As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 23, 2018
Registration No. 333-225742
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
Amendment No. 2
to
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD plc
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
England and Wales |
6500 | 98-1193584 | ||
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) |
(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number) |
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) |
125 Old Broad Street
London, United Kingdom, EC2N 1AR
Telephone: +44 20 3296 3000
(Address including zip code, telephone number, including area code, of Registrants Principal Executive Offices)
Brett Soloway
Cushman & Wakefield
225 West Wacker Drive
Chicago, Illinois 60606
Telephone: (312) 470-1800
(Name, address including zip code, telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
Copies To:
Jeffrey D. Karpf Helena K. Grannis Cleary Gottlieb Steen & Hamilton LLP One Liberty Plaza New York, New York 10006 (212) 225-2000 |
Brett Soloway Cushman & Wakefield 225 West Wacker Drive Chicago, Illinois 60606 (312) 470-1800 |
Patrick OBrien Thomas J. Fraser Ropes & Gray LLP Prudential Tower 800 Boylston Street Boston, Massachusetts 02199 (617) 951-7000 |
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date hereof.
If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following box. ☐
If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of large accelerated filer, accelerated filer, smaller reporting company and emerging growth company in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act (Check one):
Large accelerated filer ☐ | Accelerated filer ☐ | Non-accelerated filer ☒ | Smaller reporting company ☐ | Emerging growth company ☐ | ||||
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company) |
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ☐
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
|
||||||||
Title of Each Class of Securities to be Registered |
Amount to be Registered (1)(2) |
Proposed Maximum Offering Price Per Share (3) |
Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering Price (1) |
Amount of
Registration Fee (2)(4) |
||||
Ordinary shares, $0.10 nominal value per share |
51,750,000 |
$18.00 |
$931,500,000 | $115,971.75 | ||||
|
||||||||
|
(1) | Includes 6,750,000 shares that the underwriters have an option to purchase from the registrant. |
(2) | Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(a) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. |
(3) | Anticipated to be between $16.00 and $18.00. |
(4) | Includes $12,450 the registrant previously paid in connection with the initial filing of this registration statement. |
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS (Subject to Completion)
Issued July 23, 2018
45,000,000 Shares
Ordinary Shares
Cushman & Wakefield plc is offering 45,000,000 of its ordinary shares. This is our initial public offering, and no public market currently exists for our ordinary shares. We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $16.00 and $18.00 per share.
We have applied to list our ordinary shares on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) under the symbol CWK.
Investing in our ordinary shares involves risks. See Risk Factors beginning on page 22.
Price to Public |
Underwriting Discounts and Commissions(1) |
Proceeds to Cushman & Wakefield (Before Expenses) |
||||||||||
Per Share |
$ | $ | $ | |||||||||
Total |
$ | $ | $ |
(1) | See Underwriter s (Conflicts of Interest) beginning on page 180 of this prospectus for additional information regarding underwriting compensation. |
We have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to an additional 6,750,000 ordinary shares at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount. The underwriters can exercise this right at any time and from time to time, in whole or in part, within 30 days after the offering.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor state regulators have approved or disapproved of these securities, or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
The underwriters expect to deliver the ordinary shares to purchasers on or about , 2018.
MORGAN STANLEY | J.P. MORGAN | GOLDMAN SACHS & CO. LLC | UBS INVESTMENT BANK |
BARCLAYS | ||||||||
BofA MERRILL LYNCH | ||||||||
CITIGROUP | ||||||||
CREDIT SUISSE | ||||||||
WILLIAM BLAIR |
TPG CAPITAL BD, LLC | HSBC | CREDIT AGRICOLE CIB | JMP SECURITIES | |||||
CHINA RENAISSANCE |
FIFTH THIRD SECURITIES |
ACADEMY SECURITIES | LOOP CAPITAL MARKETS | RAMIREZ & CO., INC. | SIEBERT CISNEROS SHANK & CO., L.L.C. | THE WILLIAMS CAPITAL GROUP, L.P. |
, 2018
ii | ||||
1 | ||||
22 | ||||
47 | ||||
50 | ||||
51 | ||||
52 | ||||
53 | ||||
55 | ||||
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations |
58 | |||
103 | ||||
113 | ||||
119 | ||||
139 | ||||
142 | ||||
146 | ||||
163 | ||||
168 | ||||
172 | ||||
180 | ||||
189 | ||||
190 | ||||
191 | ||||
192 | ||||
F-1 |
We are responsible for the information contained in this prospectus and in any related free-writing prospectus we may prepare or authorize to be delivered to you. We have not authorized anyone to give you any other information, and we take no responsibility for any other information that others may give you. We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer of these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer is not permitted. You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the date on the front of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of our ordinary shares.
Our Internet website address is www.cushmanwakefield.com. Information on, or accessible through, our website is not part of this prospectus. We have included our website address only as an inactive textual reference and do not intend it to be an active link to our website.
MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA AND FORECASTS
This prospectus includes industry data and forecasts that we obtained from industry publications and surveys, public filings and internal company sources. Industry publications, surveys and forecasts generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but there can be no assurance as to the accuracy or completeness of the included information. We have not independently verified such third-party information nor have we ascertained the underlying economic assumptions relied upon in those sources. While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding our market, industry or similar data presented herein, such data involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed in Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and Risk Factors in this prospectus.
ii
This summary may not contain all of the information that may be important to you. You should read this summary together with the entire prospectus, including the information presented under the heading Risk Factors and the more detailed information in the financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision.
In this prospectus, unless we indicate otherwise or the context requires:
● | Cushman & Wakefield, the Company, we, ours and us refer to Cushman & Wakefield plc and its consolidated subsidiaries. |
● | Fee revenue, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin are non-GAAP measures and are defined under Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data. |
Our Business
We are a top three global commercial real estate services firm with an iconic brand and approximately 48,000 employees led by an experienced executive team. We operate from approximately 400 offices in 70 countries, managing approximately 3.5 billion square feet of commercial real estate space on behalf of institutional, corporate and private clients. We serve the worlds real estate owners and occupiers, delivering a broad suite of services through our integrated and scalable platform. Our business is focused on meeting the increasing demands of our clients across multiple service lines including property, facilities and project management, leasing, capital markets, valuation and other services. In 2017 and 2016, we generated revenues of $6.9 billion and $6.2 billion, and fee revenues of $5.3 billion and $4.8 billion. For the three months ended March 31, 2018, we generated revenue of $1.8 billion and fee revenue of $1.2 billion.
Since 2014, we have built our company organically and through the combination of DTZ, Cassidy Turley and Cushman & Wakefield, giving us the scale and worldwide footprint to effectively serve our clients multinational businesses. The result is a global real estate services firm with the iconic Cushman & Wakefield brand, steeped in over 100 years of leadership. We were recently named #2 in our industrys top brand study, the Lipsey Companys Top 25 Commercial Real Estate Brands.
The past four years have been a period of rapid growth and transformation for our company, and our experienced management team has demonstrated its expertise at integrating companies, driving operating efficiencies, realizing cost savings, attracting and retaining talent and improving financial performance. Since our inception in 2014, we have driven significant growth in fee revenue, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin and significantly exceeded our initial estimates of the integration benefits from the combination of the three companies. We recorded a net loss of $474 million in 2015 and a net loss of $221 million in 2017 and we grew Adjusted EBITDA from $336 million to $529 million over the same period. For the three months ended March 31, 2018, we recorded a net loss of $92.0 million and Adjusted EBITDA of $74.8 million.
Today, Cushman & Wakefield is one of the top three real estate services providers as measured by revenue and workforce. We have made significant investments in technology and workflow to improve our productivity, enable our scalable platform and drive better outcomes for our clients. We are well positioned to continue our growth through: (i) meeting the growing outsourcing and service needs of our target customer base, (ii) leveraging our strong competitive position to increase our market share and (iii) participating in further consolidation of our industry. Our proven track record of strong operational and financial performance leaves us well-positioned to capitalize on the attractive and growing commercial real estate services industry.
Industry Overview and Market Trends
We operate in an industry where the increasing complexity of our clients real estate operations drives strong demand for high quality services providers. We are one of the top commercial real estate services firms,
1
and beyond us and our two direct global competitors, the sector is fragmented among regional, local and boutique providers. Industry sources estimate that the five largest global firms combined account for less than 20% of the worldwide commercial real estate services industry by revenue. According to industry research, the global commercial real estate industry is expected to grow at approximately 5% per year to more than $4 trillion in 2022, outpacing expected global gross domestic product (GDP) growth. The market for global integrated facilities management is expected to grow at approximately 6% per year from 2016 to 2025. Top global services providers, including Cushman & Wakefield, are positioned to grow fee revenue faster than GDP as the industry continues to consolidate and evolve, secular outsourcing trends continue and top firms increase their share of the market.
During the next few years, key drivers of revenue growth for the largest commercial real estate services providers will include:
Continued Growth in Occupier Demand for Real Estate Services. Occupiers are focusing on their core competencies and choosing to outsource commercial real estate services. Multiple market trends like globalization and changes in workplace strategy are driving occupiers to seek third-party real estate services providers as an effective means to reduce costs, improve their operating efficiency and maximize productivity. Large corporations generally only outsource to global firms with fully developed platforms that can provide all the commercial real estate services needed. Today, only three firms, including Cushman & Wakefield, meet those requirements.
Institutional Investors Owning a Greater Proportion of Global Real Estate. Institutional owners, such as real estate investment trusts (known as REITs), pension funds, sovereign wealth funds and other financial entities, are acquiring more real estate assets and financing them in the capital markets. Industry sources estimate that there was $249 billion of global private equity institutional capital raised and available for investing in commercial real estate as of December 31, 2017, which represents an 83% increase over the last three years.
This increase in institutional ownership creates more demand for services providers in three ways:
○ | Increased demand for property management services Institutional owners self-perform property management services at a lower rate than private owners, outsourcing more to services providers. |
○ | Increased demand for transaction services Institutional owners transact real estate at a higher rate than private owners. |
○ | Increased demand for advisory services Because of a higher transaction rate, there is an opportunity for services providers to grow the number of ongoing advisory engagements. |
Owners and Occupiers Continue to Consolidate Their Real Estate Services Providers. Owners and occupiers are consolidating their services provider relationships on a regional, national and global basis to obtain more consistent execution across markets, to achieve economies of scale and enhanced purchasing power and to benefit from streamlined management oversight of single point of contact service delivery.
Global Services Providers Create Value in a Fragmented Industry. The global services providers with larger operating platforms can take advantage of economies of scale. Those few firms with scalable operating platforms are best positioned to drive profitability as consolidators in the highly fragmented commercial real estate services industry. Cushman & Wakefields platform is difficult to replicate with our approximately 48,000 employees operating from approximately 400 offices in 70 countries leveraging our iconic brand, significant scale and a comprehensive technology strategy.
2
Increasing Business Complexity Creates Opportunities for Technological Innovation. Organizations have become increasingly complex, and are relying more heavily on technology and data to manage their operations. Large global commercial real estate services providers with leading technological capabilities are best positioned to capitalize on this technological trend by better serving their clients complex real estate services needs and gaining market share from smaller operators. In addition, integrated technology platforms can lead to margin improvements for the larger global providers with scale.
Our Principal Services and Regions of Operation
We have organized our business, and report our operating results, through three geographically organized segments: the Americas, Asia Pacific and Europe, Middle East and Africa, or EMEA, representing 67%, 18% and 15% of our 2017 fee revenue, respectively. Within those segments, we organize our services into the following service lines: property, facilities and project management; leasing; capital markets; and valuation and other, representing 47%, 31%, 14% and 8% of our 2017 fee revenue, respectively.
Our Geographical Segments
We have a global presence approximately 400 offices in 70 countries across six continents providing a broad base of services across geographies. We hold a leading position in all of our key markets, globally. This global footprint, complemented with a full suite of service offerings, positions us as one of a small number of providers able to respond to complex global mandates from large multinational occupiers and owners.
3
Our Service Lines
Property, Facilities and Project Management . Our largest service line includes property management, facilities management, facilities services and project and development services. Revenues in this service line are recurring in nature, many through multi-year contracts with high switching costs.
For occupiers, services we offer include integrated facilities management, project and development services, portfolio administration, transaction management and strategic consulting. These services are offered individually, or through our global occupier services offering, which provides a comprehensive range of bundled services resulting in consistent quality service and cost savings.
For owners, we offer a variety of property management services, which include client accounting, engineering and operations, lease compliance administration, project and development services and sustainability services.
In addition, we offer self-performed facilities services globally to both owners and occupiers, which include janitorial, maintenance, critical environment management, landscaping and office services.
Fees in this service line are primarily earned on a fixed basis or as a margin applied to the underlying costs. As such, this service line has a large component of revenue that consists of us contracting with third-party providers (engineers, landscapers, etc.) and then passing these expenses on to our clients.
Leasing . Our second largest service line, leasing consists of two primary sub-services: owner representation and tenant representation. In owner representation leasing, we typically contract with a building owner on a multi-year agreement to lease their available space. In tenant representation leasing, we are typically engaged by a tenant to identify and negotiate a lease for them in the form of a renewal, expansion or relocation. We have a high degree of visibility in leasing services fees due to contractual renewal dates, leading to renewal, expansion or new lease revenue. In addition, leasing fees are cycle resilient with tenants needing to renew or lease space to operate in all economic conditions.
Leasing fees are typically earned after a lease is signed and are calculated as a percentage of the total value of payments over the life of the lease.
Capital Markets . We represent both buyers and sellers in real estate purchase and sales transactions and also arrange financing supporting purchases. Our services include investment sales and equity, debt and structured financing. Fees generated are tied to transaction volume and velocity in the commercial real estate market.
Our capital markets fees are transactional in nature and generally earned at the close of a transaction.
Valuation and other . We provide valuations and advice on real estate debt and equity decisions to clients through the following services: appraisal management, investment management, valuation advisory, portfolio advisory, diligence advisory, dispute analysis and litigation support, financial reporting and property and /or portfolio valuation. Fees are earned on both a contractual and transactional basis.
Our Competitive Strengths
We possess several competitive strengths that position us to capitalize on the growth and globalization trends in the commercial real estate services industry. Our strengths include the following:
Global Size and Scale. Our multinational clients partner with real estate services providers with the scale necessary to meet their needs across multiple geographies and service lines. Often, this scale is a pre-
4
requisite to compete for complex global service mandates, which drives the growing need to enable people and technology platforms. We are one of three global real estate services providers able to deliver such services on a global basis. Our approximately 48,000 employees offer our clients services through our network of approximately 400 offices across 70 countries. This scale provides operational leverage, translating revenue growth into increased profitability.
Breadth of Our Service Offerings. We offer our clients a fully integrated commercial real estate services experience across property, facilities and project management, leasing, capital markets, and valuation and other services. These services can be bundled into regional, national and global contracts and/or delivered locally for individual assignments to meet the needs of a wide range of client types. Regardless of a clients assignment, we view each interaction with our clients as an opportunity to deliver an exceptional experience by delivering our full platform of services, while deepening and strengthening our relationships.
Comprehensive Technology Strategy . Our technology strategy focuses on (i) delivering high-value client outcomes, (ii) increasing employee productivity and connectedness and (iii) driving business change through innovation. We have invested significantly in our technology platform over the last several years. This has improved service delivery and client outcomes. We have deployed enterprise-wide financial, human capital and client relationship management systems, such as Workday and Salesforce, to increase global connectivity and productivity in our operations. We focus on innovating solutions that improve the owner or occupier experience. As we continue to drive innovation for our clients, we have created strategic opportunities and partnerships with leading technology organizations, start-ups and property technology firms (like Metaprop NYC) focused on the built environment.
Our Iconic Brand. The history of our franchise and brand is one of the oldest and most respected in the industry. Our founding predecessor firm, DTZ, traces its history back to 1784 with the founding of Chessire Gibson in the U.K. Our brand, Cushman & Wakefield, was founded in 1917 in New York. Today, this pedigree, heritage and continuity of brand continues to be recognized by our clients, employees and the industry. Recently, Cushman & Wakefield was recognized in the Top 2 by a leading industry ranking of the Top 25 Commercial Real Estate Brands. In addition, according to leading industry publications, we have held the top positions in real estate sectors like U.S. industrial brokerage, U.S. retail brokerage and U.K. office brokerage, and have been consistently ranked among the International Association of Outsourcing Professionals, or IAOP, top 100 outsourcing professional service firms. In 2018, Forbes named Cushman & Wakefield to its list of Americas Best Large Employers.
Significant Recurring Revenue Provides Durable Platform. 47% of our fee revenue in 2017 was from our property, facilities and project management service line, which is recurring and contractual in nature. An additional 39% of our fee revenue in 2017 came from highly visible services, which is revenue from our leasing and valuation and other service lines. These revenues have proven to be resilient to changing economic conditions and provide stability to our cash flows and underlying business.
Top Talent in the Industry . For years, our people have earned a strong reputation for executing some of the most iconic and complex real estate assignments in the world. Because of this legacy of excellence, our leading platform and our brand strength, we attract and retain some of the top talent in the industry. We provide our employees with training growth opportunities to support their ongoing success. In addition, we have a strong focus on management development to drive strong operational performance and continuing innovation. The investment into our talent helps to foster a strong organizational culture, leading to employee satisfaction. This was confirmed recently when a global employee survey, which was benchmarked against other top organizations, showed our employees have a strong sense of pride in Cushman & Wakefield and commitment to our firm.
5
Industry-Leading Capabilities in Acquisitions and Integration . We have a proven track record of executing and integrating large acquisitions with the combination of DTZ, Cassidy Turley and Cushman & Wakefield. This track record is evident through the realization of synergies significantly in excess of our original estimates, which have contributed to our Adjusted EBITDA margin expanding significantly since our inception in 2014. In addition to completing our transformative combinations, we have also successfully completed 12 infill mergers and acquisitions (M&A) transactions across geographies and service lines, with two additional transactions expected to close in the third quarter of 2018. The geographic coverage, specialized capabilities and client relationships added through these infill acquisitions have been accretive to our existing platform as we continue to grow our business. In addition, over the past 20 years, our senior management team has completed more than 100 successful acquisitions, including almost all the transformative deals of scale in our industry over that period of time. This acquisition capability along with our scalable global platform creates opportunities for us to continue to grow value through infill M&A.
Capital-Light Business Model . We operate in a low capital intensity business resulting in relative significant free cash flow generation. We expect that capital expenditures will average between 1.0%-1.5% of fee revenue in the near to medium term. We expect to reinvest this free cash flow into our services platform as well as infill M&A to continue to drive growth.
Best-In-Class Executive Leadership and Sponsorship. Our executive management team possesses a diverse set of backgrounds across complementary expertise and disciplines. Our Executive Chairman and CEO, Brett White, has more than 32 years of commercial real estate experience successfully leading the largest companies in our sector. John Forrester, our President, was previously the CEO of DTZ where he began his career in 1988. Our CFO, Duncan Palmer, has held senior financial positions in global organizations across various industries over his career, including serving as CFO of Owens Corning and RELX Group.
Our Principal Shareholders, as defined herein, have supported our growth initiatives and have a proven track record of investing and growing industry-leading businesses like ours. TPG manages more than $84 billion of assets, as of March 31, 2018, with investment platforms across a wide range of asset classes, including private equity, growth equity, real estate, credit, public equity and impact investing. PAG Asia Capital is the private equity arm of PAG, one of the largest Asia-focused alternative investment managers with over $20 billion in capital under management and 350 employees globally, as of December 31, 2017. Ontario Teachers Pension Plan Board (OTPP) is the largest single-profession pension plan in Canada with CAD$189.5 billion of assets under management, as of December 31, 2017. This group of Principal Shareholders brings with them years of institutional investing and stewardship with deep knowledge and experience sponsoring public companies.
Our Growth Strategy
We have built an integrated, global services platform that delivers the best outcomes for clients locally, regionally and globally. Our primary business objective is growing revenue and profitability by leveraging this platform to provide our clients with excellent service. We expect to utilize the following strategies to achieve these business objectives:
Recruit, Hire and Retain Top Talent . We attract and retain high quality employees. These employees produce superior client results and position us to win additional business across our platform. Our real estate professionals come from a diverse set of backgrounds, cultures and expertise that creates a culture of collaboration and a tradition of excellence. We believe our people are the key to our business and we have instilled an atmosphere of collective success.
6
Expand Margins Through Operational Excellence . Our management team has driven integration benefits during the period of our ownership by the Principal Shareholders which have significantly exceeded our original estimates. These have contributed to growing our Adjusted EBITDA margins significantly from our inception in 2014 through organic operational improvements, the successful realization of synergies from previous acquisitions and through developing economies of scale. We expect to continue to grow margin and view it as a primary measure of management productivity.
Leverage Breadth of Services to Provide Superior Client Outcomes. Our current scale and position creates a significant opportunity for growth by delivering more services to existing clients across multiple service lines. Following the DTZ, Cassidy Turley and Cushman & Wakefield mergers, many of our clients realized more value by bundling multiple services, giving them instant access to global scale and better solutions through multidisciplinary service teams. As we continue to add depth and scale to our growing platform, we create more opportunities to do more for our clients, leading to increased organic growth.
Continue to Deploy Capital Around Our Infill M&A Strategy . We have an ongoing pipeline of potential acquisitions to improve our offerings to clients across geographies and service lines. We are highly focused on the successful execution of our acquisition strategy and have been successful at targeting, acquiring and integrating real estate services providers to broaden our geographic and specialized service capabilities. The opportunities offered by infill acquisitions are additive to our platform as we continue to grow our business. We expect to be able to continue to find, acquire and integrate acquisitions to drive growth and improve profitability, in part by leveraging our scalable platform and technology investments. Infill opportunities occur across all geographies and service lines but over time we expect these acquisitions to increase our recurring and highly visible revenues as a percentage of our total fee revenue.
Deploy Technology to Improve Client Experience . Through the integration of DTZ, Cassidy Turley and Cushman & Wakefield, we invested heavily in technology platforms, workflow processes and systems to improve client engagement and outcomes across our service offerings. The recent timeframe of these investments has allowed us to adopt best-in-class systems that work together to benefit our clients and our business. These systems are scalable to efficiently onboard new businesses and employees without the need for significant additional capital investment in new systems. In addition, our investments in technology have helped us attract and retain key employees, enable productivity improvements that contribute to margin expansion and strongly positioned us to expand the number and types of service offerings we deliver to our key global customers. We have made significant investments to streamline and integrate these systems, which are now part of a fully integrated platform supported by an efficient back-office.
Corporate and Other Information
DTZ Jersey Holdings Limited, our parent company prior to the restructuring, is a Jersey limited company that was formed in 2014 in connection with the purchase of DTZ from UGL Limited. On July 6, 2018, the shareholders of DTZ Jersey Holdings Limited exchanged their shares in DTZ Jersey Holdings Limited for interests in newly issued shares of Cushman & Wakefield Limited (the Share Exchange), a private limited company incorporated in England and Wales. On July 19, 2018, Cushman & Wakefield Limited re-registered as a public limited company organized under the laws of England and Wales (the Re-registration) named Cushman & Wakefield plc. On July 20, 2018, the Company undertook a share consolidation of its outstanding ordinary shares (the Share Consolidation), which resulted in a proportional decrease in the number of ordinary shares outstanding as well as corresponding adjustments to outstanding options and restricted share units (RSUs).
7
Cushman & Wakefield plc does not conduct any operations other than with respect to its direct and indirect ownership of its subsidiaries, and its business operations are conducted primarily out of its indirect operating subsidiary, DTZ Worldwide Limited. Our corporate headquarters are located at 225 West Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois. Our website address is www.cushmanwakefield.com . The information contained on, or accessible through, our website is not part of this prospectus.
The diagram below depicts our organizational structure immediately following the consummation of this offering and the transactions described above and assumes no exercise of the underwriters over allotment option.
* | Following the consummation of this offering, DTZ Jersey Holdings Limited is expected to be summarily wound up in accordance with the laws of Jersey. |
** | Following the consummation of this offering, the Principal Shareholders intend to dissolve Holdings LP in accordance with English law and thereafter hold their respective interests in the Company directly. |
8
Our History
In 2014, our Principal Shareholders started our company in its current form, with the purchase of DTZ from UGL Limited. At the end of 2014, the Principal Shareholders acquired and combined Cassidy Turley with DTZ. Finally, in 2015, we completed the last piece of our transformative growth with the acquisition of Cushman & Wakefield. The company was combined under the name Cushman & Wakefield in September 2015.
References in this prospectus to DTZ are to the DTZ Group legacy property services business of UGL Limited, acquired by our Principal Shareholders on November 5, 2014, references to Cassidy Turley are to the legacy Cassidy Turley companies, acquired by our Principal Shareholders and combined with us on December 31, 2014 and references to the C&W Group (or to Cushman & Wakefield where historical context requires) are to C&W Group, Inc., the legacy Cushman & Wakefield business, acquired by our Principal Shareholders and combined with us on September 1, 2015.
As part of this initial public offering we underwent a restructuring from our former holding company, a Jersey limited company, DTZ Jersey Holdings Limited, to a public limited company organized under the laws of England and Wales named Cushman & Wakefield plc.
Our Principal Shareholders
Approximately 70% of our outstanding ordinary shares, after giving effect to this offering, will be beneficially owned by DTZ Investment Holdings LP (Holdings LP), an entity controlled collectively by a consortium of private equity funds or plans sponsored by TPG, PAG Asia Capital and OTPP (which we refer to collectively as our Principal Shareholders). Following the consummation of this offering, the Principal Shareholders intend to liquidate and dissolve Holdings LP and thereafter hold their respective interests in the Company directly.
TPG
TPG Global, LLC (together with its affiliates, TPG) is a leading global alternative asset firm founded in 1992 with more than $84 billion of assets under management as of March 31, 2018 and offices in Austin, Beijing, Boston, Dallas, Fort Worth, Hong Kong, Houston, London, Luxembourg, Melbourne, Moscow, Mumbai, New York, San Francisco, Seoul and Singapore. TPGs investment platforms are across a wide range of asset classes, including private equity, growth equity, real estate, credit, public equity and impact investing. TPG aims to build dynamic products and options for its investors while also instituting discipline and operational excellence across the investment strategy and performance of its portfolio.
PAG Asia Capital
PAG Asia Capital is the private equity arm of PAG, one of the largest Asia-focused alternative investment managers with more than $20 billion in capital under management and 350 staff in 10 offices across Asia and in select global financial capitals. PAG Asia Capital is a pan-Asia buyout strategy whose current portfolio includes control and structured investments across many sectors including financial services, pharmaceuticals, automotive services, property management services and consumer retail sectors. PAGs limited partners, or investors, include leading institutional investors such as sovereign wealth funds, state pension funds, corporate pension funds and university endowments based in North America, Asia, Europe, Middle East and Australia. In addition to extensive investment experience in private equity, PAG has a solid track record in real estate, having invested in more than 6,800 properties across Asia with total investment value in excess of $26 billion.
9
Ontario Teachers Pension Plan Board
With CAD$189.5 billion in net assets as of December 31, 2017, OTPP is the largest single-profession pension plan in Canada. An independent organization, it invests the pension funds assets and administers the pensions of 323,000 active and retired teachers in Ontario. Private Capital is the private equity investment arm of OTPP, managing CAD$31.9 billion in invested capital as of December 31, 2017.
Recent Developments
Expected Second Quarter 2018 Results
For the three and six months ended June 30, 2018, we expect total revenue to be $1,974.3 million and $3,742.0 million, increases of $273.7 million and $580.1 million or 16% and 18% as compared to total revenue of $1,700.6 million and $3,161.9 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2017. Fee revenue is expected to be $1,444.4 million and $2,690.4 million, increases of $126.8 million and $238.9 million or 10% and 10% on a local currency basis, as compared to Fee revenue of $1,301.7 million and $2,405.3 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2017.
For the three months ended June 30, 2018, we expect net loss to be $32.2 million, a decrease of $15.1 million, as compared to a net loss of $47.3 million for the three months ended June 30, 2017. Adjusted EBITDA is expected to be $169.8 million, an increase of $36.3 million or 28% on a local currency basis, as compared to $130.6 million for the three months ended June 30, 2017.
For the six months ended June 30, 2018, we expect net loss to be $124.2 million, a decrease of $42.8 million, as compared to a net loss of $167.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2017. Adjusted EBITDA is expected to be $244.6 million, an increase of $75.7 million or 51% on a local currency basis, as compared to $159.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2017.
The estimated results for the three and six months ended June 30, 2018 are preliminary, unaudited and subject to completion, reflect managements current views and may change as a result of managements review of results and other factors. Such preliminary results are subject to the finalization of financial and accounting review procedures (which have yet to be performed) and should not be viewed as a substitute for full quarterly financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (GAAP).
Neither our independent registered public accounting firm nor any other independent registered public accounting firm has audited, reviewed or compiled, examined or performed any procedures with respect to the estimated results, nor have they expressed any opinion or any other form of assurance on the estimated results.
We consider Fee revenue, Fee-based operating expenses, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA margin and local currency to be relevant non-GAAP measures. The Company believes that these measures provide a more complete understanding of ongoing operations, enhance comparability of current results to prior periods and may be useful for investors to analyze our financial performance. The measures eliminate the impact of certain items that may obscure trends in the underlying performance of our business and are defined in the section Use of Non-GAAP Financial Information within Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
Further, we caution you that the estimates of total revenue, Fee revenue, total costs and expenses, Fee-based operating expenses, operating loss, net loss and Adjusted EBITDA are forward-looking statements and are not guarantees of future performance or outcomes and that actual results may differ materially from those described above. Factors that could cause actual results to differ from those described above are set forth in Risk Factors and Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements. You should read this information together with the financial statements and the related notes and Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations for prior periods included in this prospectus.
10
Risk Factors
Our business is subject to numerous risks. See Risk Factors beginning on page 22. In particular, our business may be adversely affected by:
● | disruptions in general economic, social and business conditions, particularly in geographies or industry sectors that we or our clients serve, and adverse developments in the credit markets; |
● | our ability to compete globally, or in local geographic markets or service lines that are material to us, and the extent to which further industry consolidation, fragmentation or innovation could lead to significant future competition; |
● | social, political and economic risks in different countries as well as foreign currency volatility; |
● | our ability to retain our senior management and attract and retain qualified and experienced employees; |
● | our reliance on our Principal Shareholders; |
● | the inability of our acquisitions to perform as expected and the unavailability of similar future opportunities; |
● | perceptions of our brand and reputation in the marketplace and our ability to appropriately address actual or perceived conflicts of interest; |
● | the operating and financial restrictions that our credit agreements impose on us and the possibility that in an event of default all of our borrowings may become immediately due and payable; |
● | the substantial amount of our indebtedness, our ability and the ability of our subsidiaries to incur substantially more debt and our ability to generate cash to service our indebtedness; |
● | the possibility we may face financial liabilities and/or damage to our reputation as a result of litigation; |
● | our dependence on long-term client relationships and on revenue received for services under various service agreements; |
● | our ability to execute information technology strategies, maintain the security of our information and technology networks and avoid or minimize the effect of an interruption or failure of our information technology, communications systems or data services; |
● | our ability to comply with new laws or regulations and changes in existing laws or regulations and to make correct determinations in complex tax regimes; |
● | our ability to execute on our strategy for operational efficiency successfully; |
● | our expectation to be a controlled company within the meaning of the NYSE corporate governance standards, which would allow us to qualify for exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements; and |
● | the fact that the Principal Shareholders will retain significant influence over us and key decisions about our business following the offering that could limit other shareholders ability to influence the outcome of matters submitted to shareholders for a vote. |
11
The Offering
Issuer |
Cushman & Wakefield plc |
Ordinary shares we are offering |
45,000,000 shares |
Underwriters option to purchase additional shares |
We may sell up to 6,750,000 additional shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full. |
Ordinary shares to be outstanding after this offering |
198,209,294 shares (or 204,959,294 shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional ordinary shares). |
Use of proceeds |
We estimate that our net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $719.3 million at an assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses. |
We expect to use the net proceeds of this offering as follows: |
● | approximately $470.0 million to reduce outstanding indebtedness, in particular to repay our Second Lien Loan (as defined in Description of Certain Indebtedness); |
● | approximately $130.0 million to repay the outstanding amount of the deferred payment obligation related to our acquisition of Cassidy Turley; |
● | approximately $11.9 million to terminate our management services agreement; and |
● | approximately $107.4 million for general corporate purposes. |
See Use of Proceeds. |
Dividend policy |
We do not expect to pay dividends on our ordinary shares for the foreseeable future. Instead, we anticipate that all of our earnings in the foreseeable future will be used for the operation and growth of our business. |
See Dividend Policy. |
Risk Factors |
Investing in our ordinary shares involves risks. See Risk Factors beginning on page 22 for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our ordinary shares. |
Proposed NYSE symbol |
CWK |
12
Conflicts of interest |
Certain affiliates of TPG Capital BD, LLC, an underwriter in this offering, will own in excess of 10% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares following this offering. As a result of the foregoing relationship, TPG Capital BD, LLC is deemed to have a conflict of interest within the meaning of FINRA Rule 5121. Accordingly, this offering will be made in compliance with the applicable provisions of FINRA Rule 5121. Pursuant to that rule, the appointment of a qualified independent underwriter is not necessary in connection with this offering. In accordance with FINRA Rule 5121(c), no sales of the shares will be made to any discretionary account over which TPG Capital BD, LLC exercises discretion without the prior specific written approval of the account holder. See Underwriters (Conflicts of Interest). |
The number of ordinary shares to be outstanding after the completion of this offering is based on 153,209,294 ordinary shares issued and outstanding as of July 23, 2018 and 45,000,000 shares to be sold in this offering, and excludes 9,800,000 shares reserved for issuance under the Management Plan (as defined herein) and 200,000 shares reserved to issuance under the Director Plan (as defined herein). The number of ordinary shares to be outstanding after the completion of this offering also excludes 113,523 ordinary shares in the aggregate to be issued in respect of vested options for which we have received notice of exercise and RSUs that are expected to settle prior to the effectiveness of this registration statement.
The number of ordinary shares to be outstanding after the completion of this offering includes 7,375,419 shares outstanding with respect to the deferred payment obligation related to the acquisition of Cassidy Turley, which remain subject to forfeiture by the holders thereof until full vesting. Because of the contractual forfeiture provisions, these shares are excluded from the outstanding share calculations for accounting purposes.
On July 20, 2018, Cushman & Wakefield plc undertook the Share Consolidation, which resulted in a proportional decrease in the number of ordinary shares outstanding as well as corresponding adjustments to outstanding options and RSUs. The ordinary share capital of the Company was consolidated and divided into 153,209,294 ordinary shares with a nominal value of $0.10 per share. Unless otherwise indicated, all references to numbers of ordinary shares, options and RSUs and corresponding conversion prices and/or exercise prices and all per ordinary share data give effect to the Share Consolidation.
In addition, except as otherwise noted, all information in this prospectus:
● | assumes an initial public offering price of $17.00 per share, the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus; and |
● | assumes the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares. |
Of our outstanding option awards as of July 23, 2018, we have outstanding time-based options to purchase an aggregate of 3,343,967 shares, with a weighted average exercise price of $11.26 per share. We also have outstanding performance-based options that vest based on a multiple of the investment price of the Principal Shareholders measured at the time of a sale of shares by the Principal Shareholders. Assuming the Principal Shareholders sold all of their shares at a price equal to the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus of $17.00 per share, there would be no shares underlying performance-based options that vest as a result of such sale.
13
Of our outstanding share-settled RSU awards as of July 23, 2018, we have outstanding time-based RSUs representing the right to receive an aggregate of 8,357,725 shares. We also have outstanding performance-based RSUs that vest based on a multiple of the investment price of the Principal Shareholders measured at the time of a sale of shares by the Principal Shareholders. Assuming the Principal Shareholders sold all of their shares at a price equal to the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus of $17.00 per share, there would be a total of 558,448 shares issued in connection with the vesting of performance-based RSUs as a result of such sale.
There would be no change to the number of performance-based options and RSUs that vest as a result of a sale at the high point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus.
14
SUMMARY HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA
The following tables present our summary historical and pro forma financial data for the periods presented. The summary historical consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 and summary historical consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 have been derived from our audited Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary historical consolidated statements of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017 and the summary historical consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2018 have been derived from our unaudited interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In the opinion of management, the unaudited interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements include all normal and recurring adjustments that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position and the operating results for these periods. Historical operating data may not be indicative of future performance. The operating results for the three months ended March 31, 2018 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ended December 31, 2018 or any other interim periods or any future year or period.
On July 6, 2018, we completed the reorganization of our company through the Share Exchange and on July 19, 2018, we completed the Re-registration. Prior to the Share Exchange, our business was conducted by DTZ Jersey Holdings Limited and its consolidated subsidiaries. Following the Share Exchange and before the Re-registration, our business was conducted by Cushman & Wakefield Limited and its consolidated subsidiaries. Following the Re-registration, our business is conducted by Cushman & Wakefield plc and its consolidated subsidiaries.
You should read the following information together with Risk Factors, Use of Proceeds, Capitalization, and Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and our historical Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future.
Statement of Operations Data: |
Three Months Ended
March 31, |
Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||
(in millions, except for per share data and share
data) |
2018 | 2017 | 2017 | 2016 | 2015 | |||||||||||||||
Revenue |
$ | 1,767.7 | $ | 1,461.3 | $ | 6,923.9 | $ | 6,215.7 | $ | 4,193.2 | ||||||||||
Operating loss |
$ | (80.7 | ) | $ | (120.2 | ) | $ | (170.2 | ) | $ | (313.4 | ) | $ | (410.4 | ) | |||||
Net loss attributable to the Company |
$ | (92.0 | ) | $ | (119.7 | ) | $ | (220.5 | ) | $ | (449.1 | ) | $ | (473.7 | ) | |||||
Net loss per share, basic and diluted: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Basic |
$ | (0.63 | ) | $ | (0.84 | ) | $ | (1.53 | ) | $ | (3.18 | ) | $ | (5.46 | ) | |||||
Diluted |
$ | (0.63 | ) | $ | (0.84 | ) | $ | (1.53 | ) | $ | (3.18 | ) | $ | (5.46 | ) | |||||
Pro forma basic (a) |
$ | (0.43 | ) | $ | (0.98 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Pro forma diluted (a) |
$ | (0.43 | ) | $ | (0.98 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Weighted Average Shares Outstanding (in thousands) |
||||||||||||||||||||
Basic |
145,277.3 | 143,084.7 | 143,935.0 | 141,431.6 | 86,816.2 | |||||||||||||||
Diluted |
145,277.3 | 143,084.7 | 143,935.0 | 141,431.6 | 86,816.2 | |||||||||||||||
Pro forma basic (a) |
181,273.2 | 179,930.9 | ||||||||||||||||||
Pro forma diluted (a) |
181,273.2 | 179,930.9 | ||||||||||||||||||
Balance Sheet Data (at period end): |
||||||||||||||||||||
Total assets |
$ | 5,935.0 | $ | 5,797.9 | $ | 5,681.9 | $ | 5,442.2 | ||||||||||||
Total debt |
$ | 3,066.6 | $ | 2,843.5 | $ | 2,660.1 | $ | 2,328.7 |
15
Other historical Data: |
Three Months Ended
March 31, |
Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||
(in millions, except for margin) | 2018 | 2017 | 2017 | 2016 | 2015 | |||||||||||||||
Fee Revenue (b) |
$ | 1,246.0 | $ | 1,103.6 | $ | 5,319.8 | $ | 4,839.8 | $ | 3,617.1 | ||||||||||
Fee-based operating expenses (c) |
$ | 1,326.6 | $ | 1,213.7 | $ | 5,466.8 | $ | 5,123.1 | $ | 3,928.0 | ||||||||||
Americas Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 62.5 | $ | 35.0 | $ | 344.6 | $ | 311.6 | $ | 217.1 | ||||||||||
EMEA Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | (8.6 | ) | $ | (12.8 | ) | $ | 108.8 | $ | 90.8 | $ | 68.0 | ||||||||
APAC Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 20.9 | $ | 6.9 | $ | 75.1 | $ | 72.4 | $ | 50.8 | ||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA (d) |
$ | 74.8 | $ | 29.1 | $ | 528.5 | $ | 474.8 | $ | 335.9 | ||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA Margin (d) |
6% | 3% | 10% | 10% | 9% |
(a) | The calculation of unaudited basic and diluted pro forma Net loss per share reflects certain pro forma adjustments in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X. Unaudited basic and diluted pro forma Net income per ordinary share assumes that $470.0 million of the proceeds of the proposed offering were used to reduce outstanding indebtedness, in particular to repay our Second Lien Loan (as defined in Description of Certain Indebtedness), and includes a pro forma adjustment to reflect the elimination of interest expense in the amount of $11.1 million and $37.5 million related to debt repaid for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and the year ended December 31, 2017, respectively, assuming that such proceeds and repayment occurred as of the beginning of the year. Unaudited basic and diluted pro forma Net income per ordinary share also assumes that $11.9 million of the proceeds of the proposed offering were used to make a one-time payment to TPG and PAG to terminate our management services agreement, and includes a pro forma adjustment to reflect the elimination of management advisory services fee expense in the amount of $1.2 million and $4.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and the year ended December 31, 2017, respectively. Unaudited basic and diluted pro forma Net income per ordinary share also assumes approximately $130.0 million was used to repay the outstanding amount of the cash-settled portion of the Cassidy Turley deferred payment obligation, and includes pro forma adjustments to reflect (1) the elimination of the expense associated with the Cassidy Turley deferred payment obligation in the amount of $4.7 million and $20.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and the year ended December 31, 2017, respectively; and (2) the elimination of the accrued interest expense incurred in connection with accrued portion of the obligation in the amount of $1.3 million and $5.3 million for the three months end March 31, 2018 and the year ended December 31, 2017, respectively. The number of shares used for purposes of pro forma per share data reflects the number of shares to be issued in the offering whose proceeds were used to (1) repay our Second Lien Loan, (2) make a one-time payment to TPG and PAG to terminate our management services agreement, and (3) repay the outstanding amount of the Cassidy Turley deferred payment obligation (assuming pricing at the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus). The table below sets forth the computation of the Companys pro forma unaudited basic and diluted pro forma net loss per share: |
Pro forma net loss per share: |
||||||||||||||||
(in millions, except per share data) |
Three Months Ended
March 31, 2018 |
Year Ended December 31, 2017 | ||||||||||||||
Basic | Diluted | Basic | Diluted | |||||||||||||
Net loss | $ | (92.0) | $ | (92.0) | $ | (220.5 | ) | $ | (220.5 | ) | ||||||
Pro forma adjustments: | ||||||||||||||||
Net interest expense, net of tax | 8.8 | 8.8 | 24.4 | 24.4 | ||||||||||||
Management advisory services fee, net of tax | 0.9 | 0.9 | 3.0 | 3.0 | ||||||||||||
Cassidy Turley deferred payment obligation, net of tax | 3.7 | 3.7 | 13.5 | 13.5 | ||||||||||||
Accrued interest on Cassidy Turley deferred payment obligation, net of tax | 1.0 | 1.0 | 3.4 | 3.4 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Pro forma net loss | $ | (77.6 | ) | $ | (77.6 | ) | $ | (176.2 | ) | $ | (176.2 | ) | ||||
Weighted average ordinary shares outstanding | 145,277.3 | 145,277.3 | 143,935.0 | 143,935.0 | ||||||||||||
Adjustment to weighted average ordinary shares outstanding related to the offering | 35,995.9 | 35,995.9 | 35,995.9 | 35,995.9 | ||||||||||||
Pro forma weighted average ordinary shares outstanding (1) | 181,273.2 | 181,273.2 | 179,930.9 | 179,930.9 | ||||||||||||
Pro forma net loss per share | $ | (0.43 | ) | $ | (0.43 | ) | $ | (0.98 | ) | $ | (0.98 | ) |
16
(1) | Excludes impact of 9.0 million ordinary shares offered whose proceeds will be used for general corporate purposes. If all 45 million ordinary shares to be issued in this offering were reflected in the calculation above unaudited basic and diluted pro forma Net income per ordinary share as adjusted would be $(0.41) and $(0.94) for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and the year ended December 31, 2017, respectively. |
(b) | Fee revenue is a non-GAAP measure and is defined in the section Use of Non-GAAP Financial Information within Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. The following table presents a reconciliation of Fee revenue to revenue. |
Three Months Ended
March 31, |
Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||||
(in millions) | 2018 | 2017 | 2017 | 2016 | 2015 | |||||||||||||||
Revenue |
$ | 1,767.7 | $ | 1,461.3 | $ | 6,923.9 | $ | 6,215.7 | $ | 4,193.2 | ||||||||||
Less: Gross contract costs |
(521.8) | (367.8) | (1,627.3) | (1,406.0) | (675.6) | |||||||||||||||
Acquisition accounting adjustments |
0.1 | 10.1 | 23.2 | 30.1 | 99.5 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Fee Revenue |
$ | 1,246.0 | $ | 1,103.6 | $ | 5,319.8 | $ | 4,839.8 | $ | 3,617.1 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(c) | Fee-based operating expenses is a non-GAAP measure and is defined in the section Use of Non-GAAP Financial Information within Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. The following table presents a reconciliation of Total costs and expenses to Fee-based operating expenses. |
Three Months Ended
March 31, |
Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||||
(in millions) | 2018 | 2017 | 2017 | 2016 | 2015 | |||||||||||||||
Total costs and expenses |
$ | 1,848.4 | $ | 1,581.5 | $ | 7,094.1 | $ | 6,529.1 | $ | 4,603.6 | ||||||||||
Less: Gross contract costs |
(521.8) | (367.8) | (1,627.3) | (1,406.0) | (675.6) | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Fee-based operating expenses |
$ | 1,326.6 | $ | 1,213.7 | $ | 5,466.8 | $ | 5,123.1 | $ | 3,928.0 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table presents a reconciliation of Fee-based operating expenses by segment to Consolidated Fee-based operating expenses (in millions):
Three Months
Ended March 31, |
Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||||
2018 | 2017 | 2017 | 2016 | 2015 | ||||||||||||||||
Americas fee-based operating expenses |
$ | 787.6 | $ | 730.7 | $ | 3,251.7 | $ | 2,992.4 | $ | 2,187.0 | ||||||||||
EMEA fee-based operating expenses |
173.3 | 142.2 | 688.5 | 605.9 | 463.4 | |||||||||||||||
APAC fee-based operating expenses |
211.7 | 202.1 | 863.5 | 775.4 | 634.3 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Segment fee-based operating expenses |
1,172.6 | 1,075.0 | 4,803.7 | 4,373.7 | 3,284.7 | |||||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
69.8 | 63.0 | 270.6 | 260.6 | 155.9 | |||||||||||||||
Integration and other costs related to acquisitions (1) | 65.6 | 52.5 | 303.1 | 397.4 | 397.9 | |||||||||||||||
Stock-based compensation |
6.1 | 8.1 | 28.2 | 40.8 | 15.4 | |||||||||||||||
Cassidy Turley deferred payment obligation |
10.4 | 11.1 | 44.0 | 47.6 | 61.8 | |||||||||||||||
Other |
2.1 | 4.0 | 17.2 | 3.0 | 12.3 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Fee-based operating expenses |
$ | 1,326.6 | $ | 1,213.7 | $ | 5,466.8 | $ | 5,123.1 | $ | 3,928.0 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) | Represents integration and other costs related to acquisitions, comprised of certain direct and incremental costs resulting from acquisitions and related integration efforts, as well as costs related to our restructuring programs. Excludes the impact of acquisition accounting revenue adjustments as these amounts do not impact operating expenses. |
17
(d) | Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin are non-GAAP measures and are defined in the section Use of Non-GAAP Financial Information within Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. The following table presents a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss. |
Three Months
Ended March 31, |
Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||||
(in millions) | 2018 | 2017 | 2017 | 2016 | 2015 | |||||||||||||||
Net loss |
$ | (92.0 | ) | $ | (119.7 | ) | $ | (220.5 | ) | $ | (449.1 | ) | $ | (473.7 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Add/(less): |
||||||||||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization (1) | 69.8 | 63.0 | 270.6 | 260.6 | 155.9 | |||||||||||||||
Interest expense, net of interest income (2) | 44.4 | 41.7 | 183.1 | 171.8 | 123.1 | |||||||||||||||
Benefit from income taxes | (31.7 | ) | (41.7 | ) | (120.4 | ) | (27.4 | ) | (56.3 | ) | ||||||||||
Integration and other costs related to acquisitions (3) | 65.7 | 62.6 | 326.3 | 427.5 | 497.4 | |||||||||||||||
Stock-based compensation (4) | 6.1 | 8.1 | 28.2 | 40.8 | 15.4 | |||||||||||||||
Cassidy Turley deferred payment obligation (5) | 10.4 | 11.1 | 44.0 | 47.6 | 61.8 | |||||||||||||||
Other (6) | 2.1 | 4.0 | 17.2 | 3.0 | 12.3 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 74.8 | $ | 29.1 | $ | 528.5 | $ | 474.8 | $ | 335.9 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) | Depreciation and amortization includes merger and acquisition-related depreciation and amortization of $52 million and $45 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively; and $193 million, $182 million and $109 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. |
(2) | Interest expense, net of interest income includes one-time financing fees related to debt modification of $3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018; $9 million and $20 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. |
(3) | Integration and other costs related to acquisitions represents certain direct and incremental costs resulting from acquisitions and certain related integration efforts as a result of those acquisitions, as well as costs related to our restructuring efforts. Integration and other costs related to acquisitions includes impairment charges of $143.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, recorded against the DTZ trade name as a result of managements plans to use the Cushman & Wakefield trade name after the C&W Group Merger. |
(4) | Stock-based compensation represents non-cash compensation expense associated with our equity compensation plans. Refer to Note 14: Share-based Payments from the Notes to the audited Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2017 and Note 10: Share-based Payments from the Notes to the unaudited interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for the three months ended March 31, 2018 for additional information. |
(5) | Cassidy Turley deferred payment obligation represents expense associated with a deferred payment obligation related to the acquisition of Cassidy Turley on December 31, 2014, which will be paid out before the end of 2018. Refer to Note 11: Employee Benefits of the Companys audited Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information. |
(6) | Other includes sponsor management advisory services fees of approximately $1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018; accounts receivable securitization costs of approximately $1 million and $3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively; and other items of approximately $1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017. |
Other includes sponsor management advisory services fees of approximately $5 million for each of the years ended December 31 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively; accounts receivable securitization costs of approximately $8 million for the year ended December 31, 2017; and other items of approximately $4 million, $(2) million, and $7 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively.
18
Expected Second Quarter 2018 Results
The estimated results for the three and six months ended June 30, 2018 are preliminary, unaudited and subject to completion, reflect managements current views and may change as a result of managements review of results and other factors. Such preliminary results are subject to the finalization of financial and accounting review procedures (which have yet to be performed) and should not be viewed as a substitute for full quarterly financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (GAAP).
Neither our independent registered public accounting firm nor any other independent registered public accounting firm has audited, reviewed or compiled, examined or performed any procedures with respect to the estimated results, nor have they expressed any opinion or any other form of assurance on the estimated results.
Fee revenue, Fee-based operating expenses, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA margin and local currency to be relevant non-GAAP measures are non-GAAP measures and are defined in the section Use of Non-GAAP Financial Information within Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
Further, we caution you that the estimates of total revenue, Fee revenue, total costs and expenses, Fee-based operating expenses, operating loss, net loss and Adjusted EBITDA are forward-looking statements and are not guarantees of future performance or outcomes and that actual results may differ materially from those described above. Factors that could cause actual results to differ from those described above are set forth in Risk Factors and Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements. You should read this information together with the financial statements and the related notes and Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations for prior periods included in this prospectus.
The following table provides selected results for the periods presented:
Three
Months Ended June 30, 2018 |
Three
Months Ended June 30, 2017 |
% Change
in USD |
% Change
in Local Currency |
Six Months
Ended June 30, 2018 |
Six Months
Ended June 30, 2017 |
% Change
in USD |
% Change
in Local Currency |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
(in millions) (unaudited) | (Preliminary) | (Actual) | (Preliminary) | (Preliminary) | (Preliminary) | (Actual) | (Preliminary) | (Preliminary) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Revenue: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total revenue (1)(2) |
$ | 1,974.3 | $ | 1,700.6 | 16 | % | 15 | % | $ | 3,742.0 | $ | 3,161.9 | 18 | % | 16 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Less: Gross contract costs |
(532.3 | ) | (401.5 | ) | 33 | % | 32 | % | (1,054.1 | ) | (769.3 | ) | 37 | % | 35 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Acquisition accounting adjustments |
2.4 | 2.6 | (8 | )% | 11 | % | 2.5 | 12.7 | (80 | )% | n/m | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Total Fee revenue (2) |
1,444.4 | 1,301.7 | 11 | % | 10 | % | 2,690.4 | 2,405.3 | 12 | % | 10 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
Service Lines: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Property, facilities and project management |
$ | 657.1 | $ | 617.3 | 6 | % | 6 | % | $ | 1,272.1 | $ | 1,205.2 | 6 | % | 4 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Leasing |
476.1 | 396.9 | 20 | % | 18 | % | 796.0 | 675.8 | 18 | % | 16 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
Capital markets |
201.0 | 170.8 | 18 | % | 16 | % | 415.1 | 317.7 | 31 | % | 28 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
Valuation and other |
110.2 | 116.7 | (6 | )% | (8 | )% | 207.2 | 206.6 | 0 | % | (4 | )% | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Total Fee revenue |
1,444.4 | 1,301.7 | 11 | % | 10 | % | 2,690.4 | 2,405.3 | 12 | % | 10 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
Total costs and expenses |
1,941.8 | 1,736.7 | 12 | % | 11 | % | 3,790.2 | 3,318.2 | 14 | % | 12 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Operating income (loss) |
$ | 32.5 | $ | (36.1 | ) | (190 | )% | (195 | )% | $ | (48.2 | ) | $ | (156.3 | ) | (69 | )% | (70 | )% | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA (3) |
$ | 169.8 | $ | 130.6 | 30 | % | 28 | % | $ | 244.6 | $ | 159.7 | 53 | % | 51 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA Margin |
12 | % | 10 | % | 9 | % | 7 | % |
19
(1) | Includes $99.3 million and $228.5 million in gross contract costs related to the adoption of Topic 606 for the three and six months ended June 30, 2018. See Note 5: Revenue of the Notes to the unaudited interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for the three months ended March 31, 2018 for additional information. |
(2) | Includes $15.2 million and $24.9 million in revenue increases related to the acceleration in the timing of revenue recognition under Topic 606 for the three and six months ended June 30, 2018. |
(3) | Includes $6.4 million and $10.7 million in adjusted EBITDA increases related to the acceleration in the timing of revenue recognition under Topic 606 for the three and six months ended June 30, 2018. |
The following table reconciles Adjusted EBITDA to net loss for the periods presented:
Three Months Ended | Six Months Ended | |||||||||||||||
June 30, 2018 | June 30, 2017 | June 30, 2018 | June 30, 2017 | |||||||||||||
(in millions) (unaudited) | (Preliminary) | (Actual) | (Preliminary) | (Actual) | ||||||||||||
Net loss |
$ | (32.2 | ) | $ | (47.3 | ) | $ | (124.2 | ) | $ | (167.0 | ) | ||||
Add/(less): |
||||||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization (1) |
71.6 | 65.9 | 141.4 | 128.9 | ||||||||||||
Interest expense, net of interest income (2) |
52.0 | 44.0 | 96.4 | 85.7 | ||||||||||||
Provision (benefit) from income taxes |
15.1 | (32.5 | ) | (16.6 | ) | (74.2 | ) | |||||||||
Integration and other costs related to acquisitions (3) |
41.1 | 79.2 | 106.8 | 141.8 | ||||||||||||
Stock-based compensation (4) |
8.8 | 6.2 | 14.9 | 14.3 | ||||||||||||
Cassidy Turley deferred payment obligation (5) |
10.9 | 11.0 | 21.3 | 22.1 | ||||||||||||
Other (6) |
2.5 | 4.1 | 4.6 | 8.1 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 169.8 | $ | 130.6 | $ | 244.6 | $ | 159.7 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) | Depreciation and amortization includes merger and acquisition-related depreciation and amortization of $52 million and $48 million and $104 million and $93 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively. |
(2) | Interest expense, net of interest income includes one-time write-off of financing fees incurred in relation to debt modifications of $3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2018. |
(3) | Integration and other costs related to acquisitions represents certain direct and incremental costs resulting from acquisitions and certain related integration efforts as a result of those acquisitions, as well as costs related to our restructuring efforts. |
(4) | Stock-based compensation represents non-cash compensation expense associated with our equity compensation plans. Refer to Note 14: Share-based Payments of the Notes to the audited Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2017 and Note 10: Share-based Payments of the Notes to the unaudited interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for the three months ended March 31, 2018 for additional information. |
(5) | Cassidy Turley deferred payment obligation represents expense associated with a deferred payment obligation related to the acquisition of Cassidy Turley on December 31, 2014, which will be paid out before the end of 2018. Refer to Note 11: Employee Benefits of the Companys audited Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information. |
(6) | Other includes sponsor management advisory services fees of approximately $1 million and $2 million and $2 million and $2 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively; accounts receivable securitization costs of approximately $2 million and $3 million and $2 million and $5 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2017; and other items. |
20
Below is the reconciliation of Total costs and expenses to Fee-based operating expenses:
Three Months Ended | Six Months Ended | |||||||||||||||
June 30, 2018 | June 30, 2017 | June 30, 2018 | June 30, 2017 | |||||||||||||
(in millions) (unaudited) | (Preliminary) | (Actual) | (Preliminary) | (Actual) | ||||||||||||
Total costs and expenses |
$ | 1,941.8 | $ | 1,736.7 | $ | 3,790.2 | $ | 3,318.2 | ||||||||
Less: Gross contract costs |
(532.3 | ) | (401.5 | ) | (1,054.1 | ) | (769.3 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Fee-based operating expenses |
$ | 1,409.5 | $ | 1,335.2 | $ | 2,736.1 | $ | 2,548.9 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21
Investing in our ordinary shares involves a high degree of risk. Risks associated with an investment in our ordinary shares include, but are not limited to, the risk factors described below. If any of the risks described below actually occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. In such case, the trading price of our ordinary shares could decline and you may lose all or part of your investment. You should carefully consider all the information in this prospectus, including the risks and uncertainties described below as well as our Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision.
Risks Related to Our Business
The success of our business is significantly related to general economic conditions and, accordingly, our business, operations and financial condition could be adversely affected by economic slowdowns, liquidity crises, fiscal or political uncertainty and possible subsequent downturns in commercial real estate asset values, property sales and leasing activities in one or more of the geographies or industry sectors that we or our clients serve.
Periods of economic weakness or recession, significantly rising interest rates, fiscal or political uncertainty, market volatility, declining employment levels, declining demand for commercial real estate, falling real estate values, disruption to the global capital or credit markets or the public perception that any of these events may occur may negatively affect the performance of some or all of our service lines.
Our results of operations are significantly impacted by economic trends, government policies and the global and regional real estate markets. These include the following: overall economic activity, changes in interest rates, the impact of tax and regulatory policies, the cost and availability of credit and the geopolitical environment.
Adverse economic conditions or political or regulatory uncertainty could also lead to a decline in property sales prices as well as a decline in funds invested in existing commercial real estate assets and properties planned for development, which in turn could reduce the commissions and fees that we earn. In addition, economic downturns may reduce demand for our valuation and other service line and sales transactions and financing services in our capital markets service line.
The performance of our property management services depends upon the performance of the properties we manage. This is because our fees are generally based on a percentage of rent collections from these properties. Rent collections may be affected by many factors, including: (1) real estate and financial market conditions prevailing generally and locally; (2) our ability to attract and retain creditworthy tenants, particularly during economic downturns; and (3) the magnitude of defaults by tenants under their respective leases, which may increase during distressed economic conditions.
Our service lines could also suffer from political or economic disruptions that affect interest rates or liquidity or create financial, market or regulatory uncertainty. For example, the U.K. has submitted formal notification under Article 50 of the Lisbon Treaty to the European Council of the U.K. to withdraw its membership in the European Union (commonly known as Brexit). Speculation about the terms and consequences of Brexit for the U.K. and other European Union members has caused and may continue to cause market volatility and currency fluctuations and adversely impact our clients confidence, which has resulted and may continue to result in a deterioration in our EMEA segment as leasing and investing activity slowed.
In continental Europe and Asia Pacific, the economies in certain countries where we operate can be uncertain, which may adversely affect our financial performance. Economic, political and regulatory uncertainty as well as significant changes and volatility in the financial markets and business environment, and in the global landscape, make it increasingly difficult for us to predict our financial performance into the future. As a result, any guidance or outlook that we provide on our performance is based on then-current conditions, and there is a risk that such guidance may turn out to be inaccurate.
22
We have numerous local, regional and global competitors across all of our service lines and the geographies that we serve, and further industry consolidation, fragmentation or innovation could lead to significant future competition.
We compete across a variety of service lines within the commercial real estate services and investment industry, including property, facilities and project management, leasing, capital markets (including representation of both buyers and sellers in real estate sales transactions and the arrangement of financing), and advisory on real estate debt and equity decisions. Although we are one of the largest commercial real estate services firms in the world as measured by 2017 revenue, our relative competitive position varies significantly across geographies, property types and service lines. Depending on the geography, property type or service line, we face competition from other commercial real estate services providers and investment firms, including outsourcing companies that have traditionally competed in limited portions of our property, facilities management and project management service line and have expanded their offerings from time to time, in-house corporate real estate departments, developers, institutional lenders, insurance companies, investment banking firms, investment managers, accounting firms and consulting firms. Some of these firms may have greater financial resources allocated to a particular geography, property type or service line than we have allocated to that geography, property type or service line. In addition, future changes in laws could lead to the entry of other new competitors, such as financial institutions. Although many of our existing competitors are local or regional firms that are smaller than we are, some of these competitors are larger on a local or regional basis. We are further subject to competition from large national and multinational firms that have similar service and investment competencies to ours, and it is possible that further industry consolidation could lead to much larger and more formidable competitors globally or in the particular geographies, property types, service lines that we serve. Our industry has continued to consolidate, as evidenced by CBRE Group, Inc.s 2015 acquisition of the facilities management business of Johnson Controls, Inc., Jones Lang LaSalle Incorporateds 2011 acquisition of King Sturge in Europe and other recent consolidations. Beyond our two direct competitors, CBRE Group, Inc. and Jones Lang LaSalle Incorporated, the sector is highly fragmented amongst regional, local and boutique providers. Although many of our competitors across our larger product and service lines are smaller local or regional firms, they may have a stronger presence in their core markets than we do. In addition, disruptive innovation by existing or new competitors could alter the competitive landscape in the future and require us to accurately identify and assess such changes and make timely and effective changes to our strategies and business model to compete effectively. There is no assurance that we will be able to compete effectively, to maintain current fee levels or margins, or maintain or increase our market share.
Adverse developments in the credit markets may harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Our capital markets (including representation of buyers and sellers in sales transactions and the arrangement of financing) and valuation and other service lines are sensitive to credit cost and availability as well as marketplace liquidity. Additionally, the revenues in all of our service lines are dependent to some extent on the overall volume of activity (and pricing) in the commercial real estate market.
Disruptions in the credit markets may adversely affect our advisory services to investors, owners, and occupiers of real estate in connection with the leasing, disposition and acquisition of property. If our clients are unable to procure credit on favorable terms, there may be fewer completed leasing transactions, dispositions and acquisitions of property. In addition, if purchasers of commercial real estate are not able to obtain favorable financing, resulting in the lack of disposition and acquisition opportunities for our projects, our valuation and other and capital markets service lines may be unable to generate incentive fees.
Our operations are subject to social, political and economic risks in different countries as well as foreign currency volatility.
We conduct a significant portion of our business and employ a substantial number of people outside of the United States and as a result, we are subject to risks associated with doing business globally. Our business
23
consists of service lines operating in multiple regions inside and outside of the United States. Outside of the United States, we generate earnings in other currencies and our operating performance is subject to fluctuations relative to the U.S. dollar, or USD. As we continue to grow our international operations through acquisitions and organic growth, these currency fluctuations have the potential to positively or adversely affect our operating results measured in USD. It can be difficult to compare period-over-period financial statements when the movement in currencies against the USD does not reflect trends in the local underlying business as reported in its local currency.
Due to the constantly changing currency exposures to which we are subject and the volatility of currency exchange rates, we cannot predict the effect of exchange rate fluctuations upon future operating results. For example, Brexit was associated with a significant decline in the value of the British pound sterling against the USD in 2016 and negotiations with respect to the terms of the U.K.s withdrawal or other changes to the membership or policies of the European Union, or speculation about such events, may be associated with increased volatility in the British pound sterling or other foreign currency exchange rates against the USD.
In addition to exposure to foreign currency fluctuations, our international operations expose us to international economic trends as well as foreign government policy measures. Additional circumstances and developments related to international operations that could negatively affect our business, financial condition or results of operations include, but are not limited to, the following factors:
● |
difficulties and costs of staffing and managing international operations among diverse geographies, languages and cultures; |
● |
currency restrictions, transfer pricing regulations and adverse tax consequences, which may affect our ability to transfer capital and profits; |
● |
adverse changes in regulatory or tax requirements and regimes or uncertainty about the application of or the future of such regulatory or tax requirements and regimes; |
● |
the responsibility of complying with numerous, potentially conflicting and frequently complex and changing laws in multiple jurisdictions, e.g., with respect to data protection, privacy regulations, corrupt practices, embargoes, trade sanctions, employment and licensing; |
● |
the responsibility of complying with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (the FCPA), the U.K. Bribery Act and other anti-bribery, anti-money laundering and corruption laws; |
● |
the impact of regional or country-specific business cycles and economic instability; |
● |
greater difficulty in collecting accounts receivable in some geographic regions such as Asia, where many countries have underdeveloped insolvency laws; |
● |
a tendency for clients to delay payments in some European and Asian countries; |
● |
political and economic instability in certain countries; |
● |
foreign ownership restrictions with respect to operations in certain countries, particularly in Asia Pacific and the Middle East, or the risk that such restrictions will be adopted in the future; and |
● |
changes in laws or policies governing foreign trade or investment and use of foreign operations or workers, and any negative sentiments as a result of any such changes to laws or policies or due to trends such as populism, economic nationalism and against multinational companies. |
24
Our business activities are subject to a number of laws that prohibit various forms of corruption, including local laws that prohibit both commercial and governmental bribery and anti-bribery laws that have a global reach, such as the FCPA and the U.K. Bribery Act. Additionally, our business activities are subject to various economic and trade sanctions programs and import and export control laws, including (without limitation) the economic sanctions rules and regulations administered by the U.S. Treasury Departments Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC), which prohibit or restrict transactions or dealings with specified countries and territories, their governments, andin certain circumstancestheir nationals, as well as with individuals and entities that are targeted by list-based sanctions programs. We maintain written policies and procedures and implement anti-corruption and anti-money laundering compliance programs, as well as programs designed to enable us to comply with applicable economic and trade sanctions programs and import and export control laws (Compliance Programs). However, coordinating our activities to address the broad range of complex legal and regulatory environments in which we operate presents significant challenges. Our current Compliance Programs may not address the full scope of all possible risks, or may not be adhered to by our employees or other persons acting on our behalf. Accordingly, we may not be successful in complying with regulations in all situations and violations may result in criminal or civil sanctions, including material monetary fines, penalties, equitable remedies (including disgorgement), and other costs against us or our employees, and may have a material adverse effect on our reputation and business.
In addition, we have penetrated, and seek to continue to enter into, emerging markets to further expand our global platform. However, certain countries in which we operate may be deemed to present heightened business, operational, legal and compliance risks. We may not be successful in effectively evaluating and monitoring the key business, operational, legal and compliance risks specific to those markets. The political and cultural risks present in emerging countries could also harm our ability to successfully execute our operations or manage our service lines there.
Our success depends upon the retention of our senior management, as well as our ability to attract and retain qualified and experienced employees.
We are dependent upon the retention of our leasing and capital markets professionals, who generate a significant amount of our revenues, as well as other revenue producing professionals. The departure of any of our key employees, including our senior executive leadership, or the loss of a significant number of key revenue producers, if we are unable to quickly hire and integrate qualified replacements, could cause our business, financial condition and results of operations to suffer. Competition for these personnel is significant, and our industry is subject to a relatively high turnover of broker and other key revenue producers, and we may not be able to successfully recruit, integrate or retain sufficiently qualified personnel. In addition, the growth of our business is largely dependent upon our ability to attract and retain qualified support personnel in all areas of our business. We and our competitors use equity incentives and sign-on and retention bonuses to help attract, retain and incentivize key personnel. As competition is significant for the services of such personnel, the expense of such incentives and bonuses may increase and we may be unable to attract or retain such personnel to the same extent that we have in the past. Any significant decline in, or failure to grow, our ordinary share price may result in an increased risk of loss of these key personnel. Furthermore, shareholder influence on our compensation practices, including our ability to issue equity compensation, may decrease our ability to offer attractive compensation to key personnel and make recruiting, retaining and incentivizing such personnel more difficult. If we are unable to attract and retain these qualified personnel, our growth may be limited and our business and operating results could suffer.
We rely on our Principal Shareholders.
We have in recent years depended on our relationship with our Principal Shareholders to help guide our business plan. Our Principal Shareholders have significant expertise in operational, financial, strategic and other matters. This expertise has been available to us through the representatives the Principal Shareholders have had on our board of directors and as a result of our management services agreement with the Principal Shareholders.
25
Pursuant to a shareholders agreement to be executed in connection with the closing of this offering, representatives of the Principal Shareholders will have the ability to appoint five of the seats on our board of directors, and as a result Jonathan Coslet, Timothy Dattels, Qi Chen, Lincoln Pan, and Rajeev Ruparelia will be appointed to our board of directors. After the offering, the Principal Shareholders may elect to reduce their ownership in our company or reduce their involvement on our board of directors, which could reduce or eliminate the benefits we have historically achieved through our relationship with them.
Our growth has benefited significantly from acquisitions, which may not perform as expected, and similar opportunities may not be available in the future.
A significant component of our growth over time has been generated by acquisitions. Starting in 2014, the Principal Shareholders and management have built our company through the combination of DTZ, Cassidy Turley and C&W Group. Any future growth through acquisitions will depend in part upon the continued availability of suitable acquisition candidates at favorable prices and upon advantageous terms and conditions, which may not be available to us, as well as sufficient funds from our cash on hand, cash flow from operations, existing debt facilities and additional indebtedness to fund these acquisitions. We may incur significant additional debt from time to time to finance any such acquisitions, subject to the restrictions contained in the documents governing our then-existing indebtedness. If we incur additional debt, the risks associated with our leverage, including our ability to service our then-existing debt, would increase. Acquisitions involve risks that business judgments concerning the value, strengths and weaknesses of businesses acquired may prove incorrect. Future acquisitions and any necessary related financings also may involve significant transaction-related expenses, which include severance, lease termination, transaction and deferred financing costs, among others. See Despite our current indebtedness levels, we and our subsidiaries may still be able to incur substantially more debt, which could further exacerbate the risks associated with our substantial leverage.
We have had, and may continue to experience, challenges in integrating operations, brands and information technology systems acquired from other companies. This could result in the diversion of managements attention from other business concerns and the potential loss of our key employees or clients or those of the acquired operations. The integration process itself may be disruptive to our business and the acquired companys businesses as it requires coordination of geographically diverse organizations and implementation of new branding, i.e., transitioning to the Cushman & Wakefield brand, and accounting and information technology systems. There is generally an adverse impact on net income for a period of time after the completion of an acquisition driven by transaction-related and integration expenses. Acquisitions also frequently involve significant costs related to integrating information technology and accounting and management services.
We complete acquisitions with the expectation that they will result in various benefits, including enhanced revenues, a strengthened market position, cross-selling opportunities, cost synergies and tax benefits. Achieving the anticipated benefits of these acquisitions is subject to a number of uncertainties, including the realization of accretive benefits in the timeframe anticipated, whether we will experience greater-than-expected attrition from professionals licensed or associated with acquired firms and whether we can successfully integrate the acquired business. Failure to achieve these anticipated benefits could result in increased costs, decreases in the amount of expected revenues and diversion of managements time and energy, which could in turn materially and adversely affect our overall business, financial condition and operating results.
Our brand and reputation are key assets of our company, and our business may be affected by how we are perceived in the marketplace.
Our brand and its attributes are key assets, and we believe our continued success depends on our ability to preserve, grow and leverage the value of our brand. Our ability to attract and retain clients is highly dependent upon the external perceptions of our level of service, trustworthiness, business practices, management, workplace culture, financial condition, our response to unexpected events and other subjective qualities. Negative perceptions or publicity regarding these matters, even if related to seemingly isolated incidents and whether or
26
not factually correct, could erode trust and confidence and damage our reputation among existing and potential clients, which could make it difficult for us to attract new clients and maintain existing ones. Negative public opinion could result from actual or alleged conduct in any number of activities or circumstances, including handling of client complaints, regulatory compliance, such as compliance with the FCPA, the U.K. Bribery Act and other anti-bribery, anti-money laundering and corruption laws, the use and protection of client and other sensitive information and from actions taken by regulators or others in response to such conduct. Social media channels can also cause rapid, widespread reputational harm to our brand.
Our brand and reputation may also be harmed by actions taken by third parties that are outside our control. For example, any shortcoming of or controversy related to a third-party vendor may be attributed to us, thus damaging our reputation and brand value and increasing the attractiveness of our competitors services. Also, business decisions or other actions or omissions of our joint venture partners, the Principal Shareholders or management may adversely affect the value of our investments, result in litigation or regulatory action against us and otherwise damage our reputation and brand. Adverse developments with respect to our industry may also, by association, negatively impact our reputation, or result in greater regulatory or legislative scrutiny or litigation against us. Furthermore, as a company with headquarters and operations located in the United States, a negative perception of the United States arising from its political or other positions could harm the perception of our company and our brand. Although we monitor developments for areas of potential risk to our reputation and brand, negative perceptions or publicity could materially and adversely affect our revenues and profitability.
The protection of our brand, including related trademarks, may require the expenditure of significant financial and operational resources. Moreover, the steps we take to protect our brand may not adequately protect our rights or prevent third parties from infringing or misappropriating our trademarks. Even when we detect infringement or misappropriation of our trademarks, we may not be able to enforce all such trademarks. Any unauthorized use by third parties of our brand may adversely affect our brand. Furthermore, as we continue to expand our business, especially internationally, there is a risk we may face claims of infringement or other alleged violations of third-party intellectual property rights, which may restrict us from leveraging our brand in a manner consistent with our business goals.
Our credit agreements impose operating and financial restrictions on us, and in an event of a default, all of our borrowings would become immediately due and payable.
Our credit agreements impose, and the terms of any future debt may impose, operating and other restrictions on us and many of our subsidiaries. These restrictions affect, and in many respects limit or prohibit, our ability to:
● |
plan for or react to market conditions; |
● |
meet capital needs or otherwise carry out our activities or business plans; and |
● |
finance ongoing operations, strategic acquisitions, investments or other capital needs or engage in other business activities that would be in our interest, including: |
● |
incurring or guaranteeing additional indebtedness; |
● |
granting liens on our assets; |
● |
undergoing fundamental changes; |
● |
making investments; |
● |
selling assets; |
27
● | making acquisitions; |
● | engaging in transactions with affiliates; |
● | amending or modifying certain agreements relating to junior financing and charter documents; |
● | paying dividends or making distributions on or repurchases of share capital; |
● | repurchasing equity interests or debt; |
● | transferring or selling assets, including the stock of subsidiaries; and |
● | issuing subsidiary equity or entering into consolidations and mergers. |
In addition, under certain circumstances we will be required to satisfy and maintain specified financial ratios and other financial condition tests under certain covenants in our First Lien Credit Agreement. See Description of Certain Indebtedness. Our ability to comply with the terms of our credit agreements can be affected by events beyond our control, including prevailing economic, financial market and industry conditions, and we cannot give assurance that we will be able to comply when required. These terms could have an adverse effect on our business by limiting our ability to take advantage of financing, merger and acquisition or other opportunities. We continue to monitor our projected compliance with the terms of our credit agreements.
A breach of any restrictive covenants in our credit agreements could result in an event of default under our debt instruments. If any such event of default occurs, the lenders under our credit agreements may elect to declare all outstanding borrowings, together with accrued interest and other fees, to be immediately due and payable. The lenders under our credit agreements also have the right in these circumstances to terminate any commitments they have to provide further borrowings and to foreclose on collateral pledged under the credit agreements. In addition, an event of default under our credit agreements could trigger a cross-default or cross-acceleration under our other material debt instruments and credit agreements.
Our credit agreements are jointly and severally guaranteed by substantially all of our material subsidiaries organized in the United States, England and Wales, Australia and Singapore, subject to certain exceptions. Each guarantee is secured by a pledge of substantially all of the assets of the subsidiary giving the pledge.
Moodys Investors Service, Inc. and S&P Global Ratings rate our significant outstanding debt. These ratings, and any downgrades or any written notice of any intended downgrading or of any possible change, may affect our ability to borrow as well as the costs of our future borrowings.
We have a substantial amount of indebtedness, which may adversely affect our available cash flow and our ability to operate our business, remain in compliance with debt covenants and make payments on our indebtedness.
We have a substantial amount of indebtedness. As of March 31, 2018, our total debt was approximately $3.1 billion, nearly all of which consisted of debt under our credit agreements. Our First Lien Loan (as defined in Description of Certain Indebtedness) had a balance, net of deferred financing fees, at March 31, 2018 of $2.6 billion, and our Second Lien Loan had a balance, net of deferred financing fees, of $460.0 million. As of March 31, 2018, we had no outstanding funds drawn under our Revolver (as defined in Description of Certain Indebtedness). For more information regarding our existing indebtedness, see Description of Certain Indebtedness.
28
Our level of indebtedness increases the possibility that we may be unable to pay the principal amount of our indebtedness and other obligations when due. Our substantial indebtedness, combined with our other financial obligations and contractual commitments, could have important consequences. For example, it could:
● |
make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to our indebtedness, and any failure to comply with the obligations under any of our debt instruments, including restrictive covenants, could result in an event of default under such instruments; |
● |
make us more vulnerable to adverse changes in general economic, industry and competitive conditions and adverse changes in government regulation; |
● |
require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes; |
● |
expose us to the risk that if unhedged, or if our hedges are ineffective, interest expense on our variable rate indebtedness will increase; |
● |
limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate; |
● |
place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that are less highly leveraged and therefore able to take advantage of opportunities that our indebtedness prevents us from exploiting; |
● |
limit our ability to borrow additional amounts for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service requirements, execution of our business strategy or other purposes; and |
● |
cause us to pay higher rates if we need to refinance our indebtedness at a time when prevailing market interest rates are unfavorable. |
Any of the above listed factors could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations and financial condition.
Furthermore, our interest expense would increase if interest rates increase because our debt under our credit agreements bears interest at floating rates, which could adversely affect our cash flows. If we do not have sufficient earnings to service our debt, we may be required to refinance all or part of our existing debt, including the First Lien Loan and Second Lien Loan, sell assets, borrow more money or sell additional equity. There is no guarantee that we would be able to meet these requirements.
Despite our current indebtedness levels, we and our subsidiaries may still be able to incur substantially more debt, which could further exacerbate the risks associated with our substantial leverage.
We may incur additional debt from time to time to finance strategic acquisitions, investments, joint ventures or for other purposes, subject to the restrictions contained in the documents governing our indebtedness. Although the credit agreements contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional debt, these restrictions are subject to a number of significant qualifications and exceptions, and the debt incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. If we incur additional debt, the risks associated with our leverage, including our ability to service our debt, would increase.
29
To service our indebtedness, we will require a significant amount of cash. Our ability to generate cash depends on many factors beyond our control, and any failure to meet our debt service obligations could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations and financial condition.
Our ability to pay interest on and principal of our debt obligations principally depends upon our operating performance. As a result, prevailing economic conditions and financial, business and other factors, many of which are beyond our control, will affect our ability to make these payments and reduce indebtedness over time.
In addition, we conduct our operations through our subsidiaries. Accordingly, repayment of our indebtedness is dependent on the generation of cash flow by our subsidiaries and their ability to make such cash available to us by dividend, debt repayment or otherwise. Our subsidiaries may not be able to, or may not be permitted to, make distributions to enable us to make payments in respect of our indebtedness. Each of our subsidiaries is a distinct legal entity and, under certain circumstances, legal and contractual restrictions may limit our ability to obtain cash from our subsidiaries.
If we do not generate sufficient cash flow from operations to satisfy our debt service obligations, we may have to undertake alternative financing plans, such as refinancing or restructuring our indebtedness, including our First Lien Loan and Second Lien Loan, selling assets or seeking to raise additional capital. Our ability to restructure or refinance our indebtedness, including our First Lien Loan and Second Lien Loan, if at all, will depend on the condition of the capital markets and our financial condition at such time. Any refinancing of our indebtedness could be at higher interest rates and may require us to comply with more onerous covenants, which could further restrict our business operations. In addition, the terms of existing or future debt instruments may restrict us from adopting some of these alternatives. Our inability to generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy our debt service obligations, or to refinance our obligations at all or on commercially reasonable terms, could affect our ability to satisfy our debt obligations and have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations and financial condition.
We are subject to various litigation risks and may face financial liabilities and/or damage to our reputation as a result of litigation.
We are exposed to various litigation risks and from time to time are party to various legal proceedings that involve claims for substantial amounts of money. We depend on our business relationships and our reputation for high-caliber professional services to attract and retain clients. As a result, allegations against us, irrespective of the ultimate outcome of that allegation, may harm our professional reputation and as such materially damage our business and its prospects, in addition to any financial impact.
As a licensed real estate broker and provider of commercial real estate services, we and our licensed sales professionals and independent contractors that work for us are subject to statutory due diligence, disclosure and standard-of-care obligations. Failure to fulfill these obligations could subject us or our sales professionals or independent contractors to litigation from parties who purchased, sold or leased properties that we brokered or managed in the jurisdictions in which we operate.
We are subject to claims by participants in real estate sales and leasing transactions, as well as building owners and companies for whom we provide management services, claiming that we did not fulfill our obligations. We are also subject to claims made by clients for whom we provided appraisal and valuation services and/or third parties who perceive themselves as having been negatively affected by our appraisals and/or valuations. We also could be subject to audits and/or fines from various local real estate authorities if they determine that we are violating licensing laws by failing to follow certain laws, rules and regulations.
In our property, facilities and project management service line, we hire and supervise third-party contractors to provide services for our managed properties. We may be subject to claims for defects, negligent performance of work or other similar actions or omissions by third parties we do not control. Moreover, our clients may seek
30
to hold us accountable for the actions of contractors because of our role as property or facilities manager or project manager, even if we have technically disclaimed liability as a contractual matter, in which case we may be pressured to participate in a financial settlement for purposes of preserving the client relationship.
Because we employ large numbers of building staff in facilities that we manage, we face the risk of potential claims relating to employment injuries, termination and other employment matters. While we are generally indemnified by the building owners in respect of such claims, we can provide no assurance that will continue to be the case. We also face employment-related claims as an employer with respect to our corporate and other employees for which we would bear ultimate responsibility in the event of an adverse outcome in such matters.
In addition, especially given the size of our operations, there is always a risk that a third party may claim that our systems or offerings, including those used by our brokers and clients, may infringe such third partys intellectual property rights and may result in claims or suits by third parties. Any such claims or litigation, whether successful or unsuccessful, could require us to enter into settlement agreements with such third parties (which may not be on terms favorable to us), to stop or revise our use or sale of affected systems, products or services or to pay damages, which could materially negatively affect our business.
Adverse outcomes of property and facilities management disputes and related or other litigation could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects, particularly to the extent we may be liable on our contracts, or if our liabilities exceed the amounts of the insurance coverage procured and maintained by us. Some of these litigation risks may be mitigated by any the commercial insurance policies we maintain in amounts we believe are appropriate. However, in the event of a substantial loss or certain types of claims, our insurance coverage and/or self-insurance reserve levels might not be sufficient to pay the full damages.
Adverse outcomes of property and facilities management disputes and related or other litigation could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects, particularly to the extent we may be liable on our contracts, or if our liabilities exceed the amounts of the insurance coverage procured and maintained by us. Some of these litigation risks may be mitigated by the commercial insurance policies we maintain. However, in the event of a substantial loss or certain types of claims, our insurance coverage and/or self-insurance reserve levels might not be sufficient to pay the full damages. Additionally, in the event of grossly negligent or intentionally wrongful conduct, insurance policies that we may have may not cover us at all. Further, the value of otherwise valid claims we hold under insurance policies could become uncollectible in the event of the covering insurance companys insolvency, although we seek to limit this risk by placing our commercial insurance only with highly rated companies. Any of these events could materially negatively impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
We are substantially dependent on long-term client relationships and on revenue received for services under various service agreements.
Many of the service agreements we have with our clients may be canceled by the client for any reason with as little as 30 to 60 days notice, as is typical in the industry. Some agreements related to our leasing service line may be rescinded without notice. In this competitive market, if we are unable to maintain long-term client relationships or are otherwise unable to retain existing clients and develop new clients, our business, results of operations and/or financial condition may be materially adversely affected. The global economic downturn and resulting weaknesses in the markets in which they themselves compete led to additional pricing pressure from clients as they came under financial pressure. These effects have continued to moderate, but they could increase again in the wake of the continuing political and economic uncertainties within the European Union, the United States and China, including as a result of volatility in oil and commodity prices, changes in trade policies and other political and commercial factors over which we have no control.
31
The concentration of business with corporate clients can increase business risk, and our business can be adversely affected due to the loss of certain of these clients.
We value the expansion of business relationships with individual corporate clients because of the increased efficiency and economics that can result from developing recurring business from performing an increasingly broad range of services for the same client. Although our client portfolio is currently highly diversified, as we grow our business, relationships with certain corporate clients may increase, and our client portfolio may become increasingly concentrated. For example, part of our strategy is to increase our revenues from existing clients which may lead to an increase in corporate clients and therefore greater concentration of revenues. Having increasingly large and concentrated clients also can lead to greater or more concentrated risks if, among other possibilities, any such client (1) experiences its own financial problems; (2) becomes bankrupt or insolvent, which can lead to our failure to be paid for services we have previously provided or funds we have previously advanced; (3) decides to reduce its operations or its real estate facilities; (4) makes a change in its real estate strategy, such as no longer outsourcing its real estate operations; (5) decides to change its providers of real estate services; or (6) merges with another corporation or otherwise undergoes a change of control, which may result in new management taking over with a different real estate philosophy or in different relationships with other real estate providers.
Where we provide real estate services to firms in the financial services industry, including banks and investment banks, we are experiencing indirectly the increasing extent of the regulatory environment to which they are subject in the aftermath of the global financial crisis. This increases the cost of doing business with them, which we are not always able to pass on, as a result of the additional resources and processes we are required to provide as a critical supplier.
Significant portions of our revenue and cash flow are seasonal, which could cause our financial results and liquidity to fluctuate significantly.
A significant portion of our revenue is seasonal, especially for service lines such as leasing and capital markets, which impacts the comparison of our financial condition and results of operations on a quarter-by-quarter basis. Historically, our fee revenue and operating profit tend to be lowest in the first quarter, and highest in the fourth quarter of each year. Also, we have historically relied on our internally generated cash flow to fund our working capital needs and ongoing capital expenditures on an annual basis. Our internally generated cash flow is seasonal and is typically lowest in the first quarter of the year, when fee revenue is lowest and largest in the fourth quarter of the year when fee revenue is highest. This variance among periods makes it difficult to compare our financial condition and results of operations on a quarter-by-quarter basis. In addition, the seasonal nature of our internally generated cash flow can result in a mismatch with funding needs for working capital and ongoing capital expenditures, which we manage using available cash on hand and, as necessary, our revolving credit facility. We are therefore dependent on the availability of cash on hand and our debt facilities, especially in the first and second quarters of the year. Further, as a result of the seasonal nature of our business, political, economic or other unforeseen disruptions occurring in the fourth quarter that impact our ability to close large transactions may have a disproportionate effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
A failure to appropriately address actual or perceived conflicts of interest could adversely affect our service lines.
Our Company has a global business with different service lines and a broad client base and is therefore subject to numerous potential, actual or perceived conflicts of interests in the provision of services to our existing and potential clients. For example, conflicts may arise from our position as broker to both owners and tenants in commercial real estate lease transactions. We have adopted various policies, controls and procedures to address or limit actual or perceived conflicts, but these policies and procedures may not be adequate and may not be adhered to by our employees. Appropriately dealing with conflicts of interest is complex and difficult and our reputation could be damaged and cause us to lose existing clients or fail to gain new clients if we fail, or appear
32
to fail, to identify, disclose and manage potential conflicts of interest, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, it is possible that in some jurisdictions regulations could be changed to limit our ability to act for parties where conflicts exist even with informed consent, which could limit our market share in those markets. There can be no assurance that conflicts of interest will not arise in the future that could cause material harm to us.
Failure to maintain and execute information technology strategies and ensure that our employees adapt to changes in technology could materially and adversely affect our ability to remain competitive in the market.
Our business relies heavily on information technology, including on solutions provided by third parties, to deliver services that meet the needs of our clients. If we are unable to effectively execute and maintain our information technology strategies or adopt new technologies and processes relevant to our service platform, our ability to deliver high-quality services may be materially impaired. In addition, we make significant investments in new systems and tools to achieve competitive advantages and efficiencies. Implementation of such investments in information technology could exceed estimated budgets and we may experience challenges that prevent new strategies or technologies from being realized according to anticipated schedules. If we are unable to maintain current information technology and processes or encounter delays, or fail to exploit new technologies, then the execution of our business plans may be disrupted. Similarly, our employees require effective tools and techniques to perform functions integral to our business. Our payroll and compensation technology systems are important to ensuring that key personnel, in particular commission based personnel, are compensated accurately and on a timely basis. Failure to pay professionals the compensation they are due in a timely manner could result in higher attrition. Failure to successfully provide such tools and systems, or ensure that employees have properly adopted them, could materially and adversely impact our ability to achieve positive business outcomes.
Failure to maintain the security of our information and technology networks, including personally identifiable and client information, intellectual property and proprietary business information could significantly adversely affect us.
Security breaches and other disruptions of our information and technology networks could compromise our information and intellectual property and expose us to liability, reputational harm and significant remediation costs, which could cause material harm to our business and financial results. In the ordinary course of our business, we collect and store sensitive data, including our proprietary business information and intellectual property, and that of our clients and personally identifiable information of our employees, contractors and vendors, in our data centers and on our networks. The secure processing, maintenance and transmission of this information are critical to our operations. Despite our security measures, and those of our third-party service providers, our information technology and infrastructure may be vulnerable to attacks by third parties or breached due to employee error, malfeasance or other disruptions. A significant actual or potential theft, loss, corruption, exposure, fraudulent use or misuse of client, employee or other personally identifiable or proprietary business data, whether by third parties or as a result of employee malfeasance or otherwise, non-compliance with our contractual or other legal obligations regarding such data or intellectual property or a violation of our privacy and security policies with respect to such data could result in significant remediation and other costs, fines, litigation or regulatory actions against us. Such an event could additionally disrupt our operations and the services we provide to clients, harm our relationships with contractors and vendors, damage our reputation, result in the loss of a competitive advantage, impact our ability to provide timely and accurate financial data and cause a loss of confidence in our services and financial reporting, which could adversely affect our business, revenues, competitive position and investor confidence. Additionally, we rely on third parties to support our information and technology networks, including cloud storage solution providers, and as a result have less direct control over our data and information technology systems. Such third parties are also vulnerable to security breaches and compromised security systems, for which we may not be indemnified and which could materially adversely affect us and our reputation. Furthermore, our, or our third-party vendors, inability to detect unauthorized use (for example, by current or former employees) or take appropriate or timely steps to enforce our intellectual property rights may have an adverse effect on our business.
33
Interruption or failure of our information technology, communications systems or data services could impair our ability to provide our services effectively, which could damage our reputation and materially harm our operating results.
Our business requires the continued operation of information technology and communication systems and network infrastructure. Our ability to conduct our global business may be materially adversely affected by disruptions to these systems or infrastructure. Our information technology and communications systems are vulnerable to damage or disruption from fire, power loss, telecommunications failure, system malfunctions, computer viruses, cyber-attacks, natural disasters such as hurricanes, earthquakes and floods, acts of war or terrorism, employee errors or malfeasance, or other events which are beyond our control. With respect to cyberattacks and viruses, these pose growing threats to many companies, and we have been a target and may continue to be a target of such threats, which could expose us to liability, reputational harm and significant remediation costs and cause material harm to our business and financial results. In addition, the operation and maintenance of our systems and networks is in some cases dependent on third-party technologies, systems and services providers for which there is no certainty of uninterrupted availability. Any of these events could cause system interruption, delays and loss, corruption or exposure of critical data or intellectual property and may also disrupt our ability to provide services to or interact with our clients, contractors and vendors, and we may not be able to successfully implement contingency plans that depend on communication or travel. Furthermore, any such event could result in substantial recovery and remediation costs and liability to customers, business partners and other third parties. We have business continuity and disaster recovery plans and backup systems to reduce the potentially adverse effect of such events, but our disaster recovery planning may not be sufficient and cannot account for all eventualities, and a catastrophic event that results in the destruction or disruption of any of our data centers or our critical business or information technology systems could severely affect our ability to conduct normal business operations, and as a result, our future operating results could be materially adversely affected.
Our business relies heavily on the use of software and commercial real estate data, some of which is purchased or licensed from third-party providers for which there is no certainty of uninterrupted availability. A disruption of our ability to access such software, including an inability to renew such licenses on the same or similar terms, or provide data to our professionals and/or our clients, contractors and vendors or an inadvertent exposure of proprietary data could damage our reputation and competitive position, and our operating results could be adversely affected.
Infrastructure disruptions may disrupt our ability to manage real estate for clients or may adversely affect the value of real estate investments we make on behalf of clients.
The buildings we manage for clients, which include some of the worlds largest office properties and retail centers, are used by numerous people daily. As a result, fires, earthquakes, floods, other natural disasters, defects and terrorist attacks can result in significant loss of life, and, to the extent we are held to have been negligent in connection with our management of the affected properties, we could incur significant financial liabilities and reputational harm.
Our goodwill and other intangible assets could become impaired, which may require us to take significant non-cash charges against earnings.
Under current accounting guidelines, we must assess, at least annually and potentially more frequently, whether the value of our goodwill and other intangible assets has been impaired. Any impairment of goodwill or other intangible assets as a result of such analysis would result in a non-cash charge against earnings, and such charge could materially adversely affect our reported results of operations, shareholders equity and our ordinary share price. A significant and sustained decline in our future cash flows, a significant adverse change in the economic environment, slower growth rates or if our ordinary share price falls below our net book value per share for a sustained period, could result in the need to perform additional impairment analysis in future periods.
34
If we were to conclude that a future write-down of goodwill or other intangible assets is necessary, then we would record such additional charges, which could materially adversely affect our results of operations.
Our service lines, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be adversely affected by new laws or regulations or by changes in existing laws or regulations or the application thereof. If we fail to comply with laws and regulations applicable to us, or make incorrect determinations in complex tax regimes, we may incur significant financial penalties.
We are subject to numerous federal, state, local and non-U.S. laws and regulations specific to the services we perform in our service lines. Brokerage of real estate sales and leasing transactions and the provision of valuation services requires us and our employees to maintain applicable licenses in each U.S. state and certain non-U.S. jurisdictions in which we perform these services. If we and our employees fail to maintain our licenses or conduct these activities without a license, or violate any of the regulations covering our licenses, we may be required to pay fines (including treble damages in certain states) or return commissions received or have our licenses suspended or revoked. A number of our services, including the services provided by certain of our indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries in the U.S., U.K., France and Japan, are subject to regulation or oversight by the SEC, FINRA, the Defense Security Service, the U.K. Financial Conduct Authority, the Autorité des Marchés Financiers (France), the Financial Services Agency (Japan), the Ministry of Land, Infrastructure, Transport and Tourism (Japan) or other self-regulatory organizations and foreign and state regulators. Compliance failures or regulatory action could adversely affect our business. We could be subject to disciplinary or other actions in the future due to claimed noncompliance with these regulations, which could have a material adverse effect on our operations and profitability.
We are also subject to laws of broader applicability, such as tax, securities, environmental, employment laws and anti-bribery, anti-money laundering and corruption laws, including the Fair Labor Standards Act, occupational health and safety regulations, U.S. state wage-and-hour laws, the FCPA and the U.K. Bribery Act. Failure to comply with these requirements could result in the imposition of significant fines by governmental authorities, awards of damages to private litigants and significant amounts paid in legal fees or settlements of these matters.
We operate in many jurisdictions with complex and varied tax regimes, and are subject to different forms of taxation resulting in a variable effective tax rate. In addition, from time to time we engage in transactions across different tax jurisdictions. Due to the different tax laws in the many jurisdictions where we operate, we are often required to make subjective determinations. The tax authorities in the various jurisdictions where we carry on business may not agree with the determinations that are made by us with respect to the application of tax law. Such disagreements could result in disputes and, ultimately, in the payment of additional funds to the government authorities in the jurisdictions where we carry on business, which could have an adverse effect on our results of operations. In addition, changes in tax rules or the outcome of tax assessments and audits could have an adverse effect on our results in any particular quarter.
As the size and scope of our business has increased significantly during the past several years, both the difficulty of ensuring compliance with numerous licensing and other regulatory requirements and the possible loss resulting from non-compliance have increased. The global economic crisis has resulted in increased government and legislative activities, including the introduction of new legislation and changes to rules and regulations, which we expect will continue into the future. New or revised legislation or regulations applicable to our business, both within and outside of the United States, as well as changes in administrations or enforcement priorities may have an adverse effect on our business, including increasing the costs of regulatory compliance or preventing us from providing certain types of services in certain jurisdictions or in connection with certain transactions or clients. For example, on May 25, 2018, the European General Data Protection Regulation will become effective with a greater territorial reach than existing laws and so may apply to many of our contracts and agreements throughout the world. To the extent it applies, we might be forced to update certain of our agreements, which may take significant time and cost. We are unable to predict how any of these new laws, rules,
35
regulations and proposals will be implemented or in what form, or whether any additional or similar changes to laws or regulations, including the interpretation or implementation thereof, will occur in the future. Any such action could affect us in substantial and unpredictable ways and could have an adverse effect on our service lines, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Any failure by us to execute on our strategy for operational efficiency successfully could result in total costs and expenses that are greater than expected.
We have an operating framework that includes a disciplined focus on operational efficiency. As part of this framework, we have adopted several initiatives, including development of our technology platforms, workflow processes and systems to improve client engagement and outcomes across our service lines .
Our ability to continue to achieve the anticipated cost savings and other benefits from these initiatives within the expected time frame is subject to many estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions are subject to significant economic, competitive and other uncertainties, some of which are beyond our control. In addition, we are vulnerable to increased risks associated with implementing changes to our tools, processes and systems given our varied service lines, the broad range of geographic regions in which we and our customers operate and the number of acquisitions that we have completed in recent years. If these estimates and assumptions are incorrect, if we are unsuccessful at implementing changes, if we experience delays, or if other unforeseen events occur, we may not achieve new or continue to achieve operational efficiencies and as a result our business and results of operations could be adversely affected.
We may be subject to environmental liability as a result of our role as a property or facility manager or developer of real estate.
Various laws and regulations impose liability on real property owners or operators for the cost of investigating, cleaning up or removing contamination caused by hazardous or toxic substances at a property. In our role as a property or facility manager or developer, we could be held liable as an operator for such costs. This liability may be imposed without regard to the legality of the original actions and without regard to whether we knew of, or were responsible for, the presence of the hazardous or toxic substances. If we fail to disclose environmental issues, we could also be liable to a buyer or lessee of a property. If we incur any such liability, our business could suffer significantly as it could be difficult for us to develop or sell such properties, or borrow funds using such properties as collateral. In the event of a substantial liability, our insurance coverage might be insufficient to pay the full damages, or the scope of available coverage may not cover certain of these liabilities. Additionally, liabilities incurred to comply with more stringent future environmental requirements could adversely affect any or all of service lines.
36
Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Ordinary Shares
We expect to be a controlled company within the meaning of the NYSE corporate governance standards and, as a result, will qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. You will not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to such requirements.
Upon completion of this offering, the Principal Shareholders will continue to control a majority of the voting power of our outstanding ordinary shares. As a result, we will be a controlled company as that term is set forth in the NYSE corporate governance standards. Under these rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a controlled company and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including the requirements:
● | that a majority of the board of directors consists of independent directors; |
● | that we have a nominating and corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors; and |
● | that we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors. |
These requirements will not apply to us as long as we remain a controlled company. Following this offering, we may utilize some or all of these exemptions. As a result, our nominating and corporate governance committee and compensation committee will not consist entirely of independent directors. Accordingly, you will not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the NYSE corporate governance standards. The Principal Shareholders significant ownership interest could adversely affect investors perceptions of our corporate governance.
The Principal Shareholders will continue to have significant influence over us after this offering, including control over decisions that require the approval of shareholders, which could limit your ability to influence the outcome of key transactions, including a change of control, and which may result in conflicts with us or you in the future.
We are currently controlled, and after this offering is completed will continue to be controlled, by the Principal Shareholders. Upon consummation of this offering, the Principal Shareholders will own approximately 70% of our total ordinary shares outstanding (or 67% if the underwriters option to purchase additional ordinary shares is exercised in full). Pursuant to a shareholders agreement to be entered into in connection with the completion of this offering, the Principal Shareholders will have the right to designate five of the seats on our board of directors, and as a result Jonathan Coslet, Timothy Dattels, Qi Chen, Lincoln Pan and Rajeev Ruparelia will be appointed to our board of directors. In addition, the Principal Shareholders jointly have the right to designate for nomination one additional director, defined herein as the Joint Designee, who must qualify as independent under the NYSE rules and must meet the independence requirements of Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act, so long as they collectively own at least 50% of our total ordinary shares outstanding as of the closing of this offering. As a result, the Principal Shareholders will be able to exercise control over our affairs and policies, including the approval of certain actions such as amending our articles of association, commencing bankruptcy proceedings and taking certain actions (including, without limitation, incurring debt, issuing shares, selling assets and engaging in mergers and acquisitions), appointing members of our management and any transaction that requires shareholder approval regardless of whether others believe that such change or transaction is in our best interests. So long as the Principal Shareholders continue to hold a majority of our outstanding ordinary shares, the Principal Shareholders will have the ability to control the vote in any election of directors, amend our articles of association or take other actions requiring the vote of our shareholders. Even if the amount owned by the Principal Shareholders falls below 50%, the Principal Shareholders will continue to be able to strongly influence or effectively control our decisions. This control may also have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers, delaying
37
or preventing changes of control or changes in management, or limiting the ability of our other shareholders to approve transactions that they may deem to be in the best interests of our company.
Additionally, the Principal Shareholders interests may not align with the interests of our other shareholders. The Principal Shareholders are in the business of making investments in companies and may acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us. The Principal Shareholders may also pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business, and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us.
Certain of our directors have relationships with the Principal Shareholders, which may cause conflicts of interest with respect to our business.
Following this offering, five of our seven directors will be affiliated with the Principal Shareholders. These directors have fiduciary duties to us and, in addition, have duties to the applicable Principal Shareholder. As a result, these directors may face real or apparent conflicts of interest with respect to matters affecting both us and the affiliated Principal Shareholder, whose interests may be adverse to ours in some circumstances.
Certain of our shareholders have the right to engage or invest in the same or similar businesses as us.
The Principal Shareholders have other investments and business activities in addition to their ownership of us. The Principal Shareholders have the right, and have no duty to abstain from exercising such right, to engage or invest in the same or similar businesses as us, do business with any of our clients, customers or vendors or employ or otherwise engage any of our officers, directors or employees. If the Principal Shareholders or any of their officers, directors or employees acquire knowledge of a potential transaction that could be a corporate opportunity, they have no duty, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to offer such corporate opportunity to us, our shareholders or our affiliates.
In the event that any of our directors and officers who is also a director, officer or employee of the Principal Shareholders acquires knowledge of a corporate opportunity or is offered a corporate opportunity, provided that this knowledge was not acquired solely in such persons capacity as our director or officer and such person acts in good faith, then to the fullest extent permitted by law such person is deemed to have fully satisfied such persons fiduciary duties owed to us and is not liable to us, if the Principal Shareholders pursue or acquire the corporate opportunity or if the Principal Shareholders do not present the corporate opportunity to us.
Additionally, the Principal Shareholders are in the business of making investments in companies and may currently hold, and may from time to time in the future acquire, controlling interests in businesses engaged in industries that complement or compete, directly or indirectly, with certain portions of our business. So long as the Principal Shareholders continue to indirectly own a significant amount of our equity, the Principal Shareholders will continue to be able to strongly influence or effectively control our decisions.
The rights of our shareholders may differ from the rights typically offered to shareholders of a U.S. corporation organized in Delaware.
We are incorporated under the laws of England and Wales. The rights of holders of our ordinary shares are governed by the laws of England and Wales, including the provisions of the U.K. Companies Act 2006, and by our articles of association. These rights differ in certain respects from the rights of shareholders in typical U.S. corporations organized in Delaware. The principal differences are set forth in Description of Share CapitalDifferences in Corporate Law.
U.S. investors may have difficulty enforcing civil liabilities against our company, our directors or members of senior management and the experts named in this prospectus.
We are incorporated under the laws of England and Wales. The United States and the United Kingdom do not currently have a treaty providing for the recognition and enforcement of judgments, other than arbitration
38
awards, in civil and commercial matters. The enforceability of any judgment of a U.S. federal or state court in the United Kingdom will depend on the laws and any treaties in effect at the time, including conflicts of laws principles (such as those bearing on the question of whether a U.K. court would recognize the basis on which a U.S. court had purported to exercise jurisdiction over a defendant). In this context, there is doubt as to the enforceability in the United Kingdom of civil liabilities based solely on the federal securities laws of the United States. In addition, awards for punitive damages in actions brought in the United States or elsewhere may be unenforceable in the United Kingdom. An award for monetary damages under U.S. securities laws would likely be considered punitive if it did not seek to compensate the claimant for loss or damage suffered and was intended to punish the defendant.
English law and provisions in our articles of association may have anti-takeover effects that could discourage an acquisition of us by others, even if an acquisition would be beneficial to our shareholders, and may prevent attempts by our shareholders to replace or remove our current management.
Certain provisions of the U.K. Companies Act 2006 and our articles of association may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control of us or changes in our management. For example, our articles of association include provisions that:
● | create a classified board of directors whose members serve staggered three-year terms (but remain subject to removal as provided in our articles of association); |
● | establish an advance notice procedure for shareholder approvals to be brought before an annual meeting of our shareholders, including proposed nominations of persons for election to our board of directors; |
● | provide our board of directors the ability to grant rights to subscribe for our ordinary shares and/or depositary interests representing our ordinary shares without shareholder approval, which could be used to, among other things, institute a rights plan that would have the effect of significantly diluting the share ownership of a potential hostile acquirer; |
● | provide certain mandatory offer provisions, including, among other provisions, that a shareholder, together with persons acting in concert, that acquires 30 percent or more of our issued shares without making an offer to all of our other shareholders that is in cash or accompanied by a cash alternative would be at risk of certain sanctions from our board of directors unless they acted with the consent of our board of directors or the prior approval of the shareholders; and |
● | provide that vacancies on our board of directors may be filled by a vote of the directors or by an ordinary resolution of the shareholders, even though less than a quorum, where the number of directors is reduced below the minimum number fixed in accordance with the articles of association. |
In addition, public limited companies are prohibited under the U.K. Companies Act 2006 from taking shareholder action by written resolution.
These provisions, alone or together, could delay or prevent hostile takeovers and changes in control or changes in our management. See also Provisions in the U.K. City Code on Takeovers and Mergers may have anti-takeover effects that could discourage an acquisition of us by others, even if an acquisition would be beneficial to our shareholders and Description of Share CapitalArticles of Association and English Law Considerations.
39
Provisions in the U.K. City Code on Takeovers and Mergers may have anti-takeover effects that could discourage an acquisition of us by others, even if an acquisition would be beneficial to our shareholders.
The U.K. City Code on Takeovers and Mergers (Takeover Code) applies, among other things, to an offer for a public company whose registered office is in the United Kingdom (or the Channel Islands or the Isle of Man) and whose securities are not admitted to trading on a regulated market in the United Kingdom (or the Channel Islands or the Isle of Man) if the company is considered by the Panel on Takeovers and Mergers (Takeover Panel) to have its place of central management and control in the United Kingdom (or the Channel Islands or the Isle of Man). This is known as the residency test. The test for central management and control under the Takeover Code is different from that used by the U.K. tax authorities. Under the Takeover Code, the Takeover Panel will determine whether we have our place of central management and control in the United Kingdom by looking at various factors, including the structure of our board of directors, the functions of the directors and where they are resident.
If at the time of a takeover offer the Takeover Panel determines that we have our place of central management and control in the United Kingdom, we would be subject to a number of rules and restrictions, including but not limited to the following: (1) our ability to enter into deal protection arrangements with a bidder would be extremely limited; (2) we might not, without the approval of our shareholders, be able to perform certain actions that could have the effect of frustrating an offer, such as issuing shares or carrying out acquisitions or disposals; and (3) we would be obliged to provide equality of information to all bona fide competing bidders.
As a public limited company incorporated in England and Wales, certain capital structure decisions will require shareholder approval, which may limit our flexibility to manage our capital structure.
The U.K. Companies Act 2006 provides that a board of directors of a public limited company may only allot shares (or grant rights to subscribe for or convertible into shares) with the prior authorization of shareholders, such authorization stating the maximum amount of shares that may be allotted under such authorization and specify the date on which such authorization will expire, being not more than five years, each as specified in the articles of association or relevant shareholder resolution. We have obtained authority from our shareholders to allot additional shares for a period of five years from July 18, 2018 (being the date on which the shareholder resolution was passed), which authorization will need to be renewed at least upon expiration (i.e., five years from July 18, 2018) but may be sought more frequently for additional five-year terms (or any shorter period).
Subject to certain limited exceptions, the U.K. Companies Act 2006 generally provides that existing shareholders of a company have statutory pre-emption rights when new shares in such company are allotted and issued for cash. However, it is possible for such statutory pre-emption right to be disapplied by either the articles of association of the company, or by shareholders passing a special resolution at a general meeting, being a resolution passed by at least 75% of the votes cast. Such a disapplication of statutory pre-emption rights may not be for more than five years from the date of adoption of the articles of association, if the disapplication is contained in the articles of association, or from the date of the special resolution, if the disapplication is by special resolution. We have obtained authority from our shareholders to disapply statutory pre-emption rights for a period of five years from July 18, 2018, which disapplication will need to be renewed upon expiration (i.e., at least every five years) to remain effective, but may be sought more frequently for additional five-year terms (or any shorter period).
Subject to certain limited exceptions, the U.K. Companies Act 2006 generally prohibits a public limited company from repurchasing its own shares without the prior approval of its shareholders by ordinary resolution, being a resolution passed by a simple majority of votes cast, and subject to compliance with other statutory formalities. Such authorization may not be for more than five years from the date on which such ordinary resolution is passed. See the section titled Description of Share Capital.
40
Transfers of shares in Cushman & Wakefield plc outside DTC may be subject to stamp duty or stamp duty reserve tax in the U.K., which would increase the cost of dealing in shares in Cushman & Wakefield plc.
On completion of this offering, it is anticipated that the new ordinary shares will be issued to a nominee for The Depository Trust Company (DTC) and corresponding book-entry interests credited in the facilities of DTC. On the basis of current law and HM Revenue & Customs (HMRC) practice, no charges to U.K. stamp duty or stamp duty reserve tax (SDRT) are expected to arise on the issue of the ordinary shares into DTCs facilities or on transfers of book-entry interests in ordinary shares within DTCs facilities and you are strongly encouraged to hold your ordinary shares in book-entry form through the facilities of DTC.
A transfer of title in the ordinary shares from within the DTC clearance system to a purchaser out of the DTC clearance system and any subsequent transfers that occur entirely outside the DTC clearance system, will attract a charge to stamp duty at a rate of 0.5% of any consideration, which is normally payable by the transferee of the ordinary shares. Any such duty must be paid (and the relevant transfer document, if any, stamped by HMRC) before the transfer can be registered in the company books of Cushman & Wakefield plc. However, if those ordinary shares are redeposited into the DTC clearance system, the redeposit will attract stamp duty or SDRT at the rate of 1.5% to be paid by the transferor.
In connection with the completion of this offering, we expect to put in place arrangements to require that Cushman & Wakefield plcs ordinary shares held in certificated form or otherwise outside the DTC clearance system cannot be transferred into the DTC clearance system until the transferor of the ordinary shares has first delivered the ordinary shares to a depositary specified by us so that stamp duty (or SDRT) may be collected in connection with the initial delivery to the depositary. Any such ordinary shares will be evidenced by a receipt issued by the depositary. Before the transfer can be registered in our books, the transferor will also be required to put the depositary in funds to settle the resultant liability to stamp duty (or SDRT), which will be charged at a rate of 1.5% of the value of the shares.
For further information about the U.K. stamp duty and SDRT implications of holding ordinary shares, please see the section entitled TaxationCertain U.K. Tax Considerations of this prospectus.
Our articles of association to be effective in connection with the closing of this offering will provide that the courts of England and Wales will be the exclusive forum for the resolution of all shareholder complaints other than complaints asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act, and that the U.S. federal district courts will be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any shareholder complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act.
Our articles of association to be effective in connection with the closing of this offering will provide that the courts of England and Wales will be the exclusive forum for resolving all shareholder complaints other than shareholder complaints asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act, and that the U.S. federal district courts will be the exclusive forum for resolving any shareholder complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act, including applicable claims arising out of this offering. This choice of forum provision may limit a shareholders ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits. If a court were to find either choice of forum provision contained in our articles of association to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
There has been no prior public market for our ordinary shares and an active, liquid trading market for our ordinary shares may not develop.
Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our ordinary shares. We cannot assure you that an active trading market will develop after this offering or how active and liquid that market may become.
41
Although we have applied to have our ordinary shares approved for listing on a stock exchange, we do not know whether third parties will find our ordinary shares to be attractive or whether firms will be interested in making a market in our ordinary shares. If an active and liquid trading market does not develop, you may have difficulty selling any of our ordinary shares that you purchase. The initial public offering price for the shares will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the open market following this offering. The market price of our ordinary shares may decline below the initial offering price, and you may not be able to sell your ordinary shares at or above the price you paid in this offering, or at all, and may suffer a loss on your investment.
The market price of our ordinary shares may fluctuate significantly following the offering, our ordinary shares may trade at prices below the initial public offering price, and you could lose all or part of your investment as a result.
The initial public offering price of our ordinary shares has been determined by negotiation between us and the representatives of the underwriters based on a number of factors as further described under Underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the open market following completion of this offering. You may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price due to a number of factors such as those listed in Risks Related to Our Business and the following, some of which are beyond our control:
● | quarterly variations in our results of operations; |
● | results of operations that vary from the expectations of securities analysts and investors; |
● | results of operations that vary from those of our competitors; |
● | changes in expectations as to our future financial performance, including financial estimates by securities analysts and investors; |
● | strategic actions by us or our competitors; |
● | announcements by us, our competitors or our vendors of significant contracts, acquisitions, joint marketing relationships, joint ventures or capital commitments; |
● | changes in business or regulatory conditions; |
● | investor perceptions or the investment opportunity associated with our ordinary shares relative to other investment alternatives; |
● | the publics response to press releases or other public announcements by us or third parties, including our filings with the SEC; |
● | guidance, if any, that we provide to the public, any changes in this guidance or our failure to meet this guidance; |
● | changes in accounting principles; |
● | announcements by third parties or governmental entities of significant claims or proceedings against us; |
● | a default under the agreements governing our indebtedness; |
● | future sales of our ordinary shares by us, directors, executives and significant shareholders; |
42
● | changes in domestic and international economic and political conditions and regionally in our markets; and |
● | other events or factors, including those resulting from natural disasters, war, acts of terrorism or responses to these events. |
Furthermore, the stock market has from time to time experienced extreme volatility that, in some cases, has been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of particular companies. These broad market and industry fluctuations may adversely affect the market price of our ordinary shares, regardless of our actual operating performance. As a result, our ordinary shares may trade at a price significantly below the initial public offering price.
In the past, following periods of market volatility, shareholders have instituted securities class action litigation. If we were involved in securities litigation, it could have a substantial cost and divert resources and the attention of executive management from our business regardless of the outcome of such litigation.
If we or our existing investors sell additional ordinary shares after this offering, the market price of our ordinary shares could decline.
The market price of our ordinary shares could decline as a result of sales of a large number of ordinary shares in the market after this offering, or the perception that such sales could occur. These sales, or the possibility that these sales may occur, also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate.
Upon the completion of this offering, we will have 198,209,294 million ordinary shares outstanding, or 204,959,294 million shares if the underwriters option to purchase additional ordinary shares is exercised in full. Of these outstanding ordinary shares, we expect all of the ordinary shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable in the public market. We expect that all of our ordinary shares outstanding prior to the closing of this offering will be restricted securities as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act (Rule 144) and may be sold by the holders into the public market from time to time in accordance with and subject to Rule 144, including, where applicable, limitation on sales by affiliates under Rule 144.
We, our directors, our executive officers and the Principal Shareholders have agreed not to sell or transfer any ordinary shares or securities convertible into, exchangeable for, exercisable for, or repayable with ordinary shares, for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC. Additionally, the remaining holders of all of our ordinary shares or securities convertible into, exchangeable for, exercisable for, or repayable with ordinary shares, have agreed to substantially similar restrictions contained in their existing management stockholders agreements with us.
We expect to enter into a new registration rights agreement with the Principal Shareholders and certain members of our management and our board of directors, which will provide the signatories thereto the right, under certain circumstances, to require us to register their ordinary shares under the Securities Act for sale into the public markets. See the information under the heading Certain Relationships and Related Party TransactionsRegistration Rights Agreement for a more detailed description of the registration rights that will be provided to the signatories thereto.
Upon the completion of this offering, we will have 3,343,967 shares and 1,537,662 shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options that vest on time-based and performance-based criteria, respectively, 8,357,725 and 2,470,000 issuable upon vesting of RSUs that vest on time-based and performance-based criteria, respectively, and 10 million shares reserved for future grant under our equity incentive plans. Shares acquired upon the exercise of vested options or RSUs under our equity incentive plans may be sold by holders into the public market from time to
43
time, in accordance with and subject to limitation on sales by affiliates under Rule 144. Sales of a substantial number of ordinary shares following the vesting of outstanding equity options or RSUs could cause the market price of our ordinary shares to decline.
Future offerings of debt or equity securities by us may adversely affect the market price of our ordinary shares.
In the future, we may attempt to obtain financing or to further increase our capital resources by issuing additional ordinary shares or offering debt or other equity securities, including commercial paper, medium-term notes, senior or subordinated notes, debt securities convertible into equity or preferred shares. Future acquisitions could require substantial additional capital in excess of cash from operations. We would expect to finance any future acquisitions through a combination of additional issuances of equity, corporate indebtedness, asset-backed acquisition financing and/or cash from operations.
Issuing additional ordinary shares or other equity securities or securities convertible into equity may dilute the economic and voting rights of our existing shareholders or reduce the market price of our ordinary shares or both. Upon liquidation, holders of such debt securities and preferred shares, if issued, and lenders with respect to other borrowings would receive a distribution of our available assets prior to the holders of our ordinary shares. Debt securities convertible into equity could be subject to adjustments in the conversion ratio pursuant to which certain events may increase the number of equity securities issuable upon conversion. Preferred shares, if issued, could have a preference with respect to liquidating distributions or a preference with respect to dividend payments that could limit our ability to pay dividends to the holders of our ordinary shares. Our decision to issue securities in any future offering will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, which may adversely affect the amount, timing or nature of our future offerings. Thus, holders of our ordinary shares bear the risk that our future offerings may reduce the market price of our ordinary shares and dilute their shareholdings in us.
Because we do not currently intend to pay cash dividends on our ordinary shares for the foreseeable future, you may not receive any return on investment unless you sell your ordinary shares for a price greater than that which you paid for it.
We currently intend to retain future earnings, if any, for future operation, expansion and debt repayment and do not intend to pay any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. Under English law, any payment of dividends would be subject to relevant legislation and our articles of association, which provide that all dividends must be approved by our board of directors and, in some cases, our shareholders, and may only be paid from our distributable profits available for the purpose, determined on an unconsolidated basis. Any decision to declare and pay dividends in the future will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on, among other things, our results of operations, financial condition, cash requirements, contractual restrictions, restrictions imposed by applicable law or the SEC and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. In addition, our ability to pay dividends may be limited by covenants of any existing and future outstanding indebtedness we or our subsidiaries incur, including our credit agreements. Accordingly, investors must be prepared to rely on sales of their ordinary shares after price appreciation to earn an investment return, which may never occur. Investors seeking cash dividends should not purchase our ordinary shares. As a result, you may not receive any return on an investment in our ordinary shares unless you sell our ordinary shares for a price greater than that which you paid for it.
We are a holding company with nominal net worth and will depend on dividends and distributions from our subsidiaries to pay any dividends.
We are a holding company with nominal net worth. We do not have any assets or conduct any business operations other than our investments in our subsidiaries. Our business operations are conducted primarily out of our indirect operating subsidiary, DTZ Worldwide Limited. As a result, our ability to pay dividends, if any, will be
44
dependent upon cash dividends and distributions or other transfers from our subsidiaries. Payments to us by our subsidiaries will be contingent upon their respective earnings and subject to any limitations on the ability of such entities to make payments or other distributions to us. See Risks Related to our BusinessOur credit agreements impose operating and financial restrictions on us, and in the event of a default, all of our borrowings would become immediately due and payable for additional information regarding the limitations currently imposed by our credit agreements. In addition, our subsidiaries, including our indirect operating subsidiary, DTZ Worldwide Limited, are separate and distinct legal entities and have no obligation to make any funds available to us.
You will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value of the shares you purchase in this offering.
Prior investors have paid substantially less per share of our ordinary shares than the price in this offering. The initial public offering price of our ordinary shares is substantially higher than the net tangible book deficit per share of our outstanding ordinary shares prior to completion of the offering. Based on our historical adjusted net tangible book deficit per share as of March 31, 2018 of $17.53 per ordinary share and upon the issuance and sale of 45,000,000 ordinary shares by us at an assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range indicated on the cover of this prospectus), if you purchase our ordinary shares in this offering, you will pay more for your shares than the amounts paid by our existing shareholders for their shares and you will suffer immediate dilution of approximately $26.80 per share in net tangible book value, representing the difference between our pro forma net tangible book deficit per share after giving effect to this offering and the assumed initial public offering price per share. We also have a significant number of outstanding equity options to purchase ordinary shares with exercise prices that are below the estimated initial public offering price of our ordinary shares. To the extent that these equity options are exercised, you will experience further dilution. See Dilution.
Our internal controls over financial reporting may not be effective and our independent registered public accounting firm may not be able to certify as to their effectiveness, which could have a significant and adverse effect on our business and reputation.
We are not currently required to comply with SEC rules that implement Sections 302 and 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and are therefore not required to make a formal assessment of the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting for that purpose. However, at such time as Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act is applicable to us, which we expect to occur immediately following effectiveness of this registration statement, we will be required to evaluate our internal controls over financial reporting. At such time, we may identify material weaknesses that we may not be able to remediate in time to meet the applicable deadline imposed upon us for compliance with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (beginning with the second Form 10-K we are required to file following the completion of this offering). In 2015, we identified material weakness in our internal controls over financial reporting resulting from the combination of DTZ, Cassidy Turley and C&W Group and the combination of legacy accounting practices and systems over a highly compressed period of time, which were remediated during our fiscal year ended December 31, 2016. We continue to identify and implement actions to improve the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures, but there can be no assurance that such remediation efforts will be successful. Failure to remediate the material weaknesses could have a negative impact on our business and the market for our ordinary shares.
In addition, if we fail to achieve and maintain the adequacy of our internal controls, as such standards are modified, supplemented or amended from time to time, we may not be able to ensure that we can conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal controls over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We cannot be certain as to the timing of completion of our evaluation, testing and any remediation actions or the impact of the same on our operations. If we are not able to implement the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in a timely manner or with adequate compliance, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue an adverse opinion due to ineffective internal controls over financial reporting and we may be subject to sanctions or investigation by regulatory authorities, such as the SEC. As a
45
result, there could be a negative reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of confidence in the reliability of our financial statements. In addition, we may be required to incur costs in improving our internal control system and the hiring of additional personnel. Any such action could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations and financial condition.
The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources and distract our management, which could make it difficult to manage our business.
Following the completion of this offering, we will be required to comply with various regulatory and reporting requirements, including those required by the SEC. Complying with these reporting and other regulatory requirements will be time-consuming and will result in increased costs to us and could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. These requirements, along with adopting the new accounting standards for revenue recognition and leasing, may place a strain on our systems and resources. The Exchange Act requires that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting. To maintain and improve the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures, we will need to commit significant resources, hire additional staff and provide additional management oversight. We will be implementing additional procedures and processes for the purpose of addressing the standards and requirements applicable to public companies. Sustaining our growth also will require us to commit additional management, operational and financial resources to identify new professionals to join our firm and to maintain appropriate operational and financial systems to adequately support expansion. These activities may divert managements attention from other business concerns, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur as a result of becoming a public company or the timing of such costs.
If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our ordinary share price and trading volume could decline.
The trading market for our ordinary shares will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. We do not currently have and may never obtain research coverage by securities and industry analysts. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of our company, the trading price for our ordinary shares would be negatively impacted. If we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage and if one or more of the analysts who covers us downgrades our ordinary shares or publishes inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our ordinary share price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of us or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our ordinary shares could decrease, which could cause our ordinary share price and trading volume to decline.
46
CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
Some of the statements under Prospectus Summary, Risk Factors, Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, Business and elsewhere in this prospectus may contain forward-looking statements that reflect our current views with respect to, among other things, future events and financial performance.
These statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts, and you can often identify these forward-looking statements by the use of forward-looking words such as outlook, believes, expects, potential, continues, may, will, should, could, seeks, approximately, predicts, intends, plans, estimates, anticipates, target, projects, forecasts, shall, contemplates or the negative version of those words or other comparable words. Any forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus are based upon our historical performance and on our current plans, estimates and expectations in light of information currently available to us. The inclusion of this forward-looking information should not be regarded as a representation by us, the underwriters or any other person that the future plans, estimates or expectations contemplated by us will be achieved. Such forward-looking statements are subject to various risks and uncertainties and assumptions relating to our operations, financial results, financial condition, business, prospects, growth strategy and liquidity. Accordingly, there are or will be important factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those indicated in these statements. You should not place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements and should consider the following factors, as well as the factors discussed elsewhere in this prospectus, including under Risk Factors beginning on page 22. We believe that these factors include, but are not limited to:
● | disruptions in general economic, social and business conditions, particularly in geographies or industry sectors that we or our clients serve; |
● | adverse developments in the credit markets; |
● | our ability to compete globally, or in local geographic markets or service lines that are material to us, and the extent to which further industry consolidation, fragmentation or innovation could lead to significant future competition; |
● | social, political and economic risks in different countries as well as foreign currency volatility; |
● | our ability to retain our senior management and attract and retain qualified and experienced employees; |
● | our reliance on our Principal Shareholders; |
● | the inability of our acquisitions to perform as expected and the unavailability of similar future opportunities; |
● | perceptions of our brand and reputation in the marketplace and our ability to appropriately address actual or perceived conflicts of interest; |
● | the operating and financial restrictions that our credit agreements impose on us and the possibility that in an event of default all of our borrowings may become immediately due and payable; |
● | the substantial amount of our indebtedness, our ability and the ability of our subsidiaries to incur substantially more debt and our ability to generate cash to service our indebtedness; |
● | the possibility we may face financial liabilities and/or damage to our reputation as a result of litigation; |
47
● |
our dependence on long-term client relationships and on revenue received for services under various service agreements; |
● |
the concentration of business with corporate clients; |
● |
the seasonality of significant portions of our revenue and cash flow; |
● |
our ability to execute information technology strategies, maintain the security of our information and technology networks and avoid or minimize the effect of an interruption or failure of our information technology, communications systems or data services; |
● |
the possibility that infrastructure disruptions may disrupt our ability to manage real estate for clients; |
● |
the possibility that our goodwill and other intangible assets could become impaired; |
● |
our ability to comply with new laws or regulations and changes in existing laws or regulations and to make correct determinations in complex tax regimes; |
● |
our ability to execute on our strategy for operational efficiency successfully; |
● |
the possibility we may be subject to environmental liability as a result of our role as a property or facility manager or developer of real estate; |
● |
our expectation to be a controlled company within the meaning of the NYSE corporate governance standards, which would allow us to qualify for exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements; |
● |
the fact that the Principal Shareholders will retain significant influence over us and key decisions about our business following the offering that could limit other shareholders ability to influence the outcome of matters submitted to shareholders for a vote; |
● |
the fact that certain of our shareholders have the right to engage or invest in the same or similar businesses as us; |
● |
the possibility that the rights of our shareholders may differ from the rights typically offered to shareholders of a U.S. corporation organized in Delaware; |
● |
the possibility that U.S. investors may have difficulty enforcing civil liabilities against our company, our directors or members of senior management and the experts named in this prospectus; |
● |
the possibility that English law and provisions in our articles of association may have anti-takeover effects that could discourage an acquisition of us by others and may prevent attempts by our shareholders to replace or remove our current management; |
● |
the possibility that provisions in the U.K. City Code on Takeovers and Mergers may have anti-takeover effects that could discourage an acquisition of us by others; |
● |
the possibility that given our status as a public limited company incorporated in England and Wales, certain capital structure decisions will require shareholder approval, which may limit our flexibility to manage our capital structure; |
48
● |
the possibility that transfers of shares in Cushman & Wakefield plc outside DTC may be subject to stamp duty or stamp duty reserve tax in the U.K., which would increase the cost of dealing in shares in Cushman & Wakefield plc; |
● |
the fact that our articles of association to be effective in connection with the closing of this offering will provide that the courts of England and Wales will be the exclusive forum for the resolution of all shareholder complaints other than complaints asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act, and that the U.S. federal district courts will be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any shareholder complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act; |
● |
the fact that there has been no prior public market for our ordinary shares and an active, liquid trading market for our ordinary shares may not develop; |
● |
the fluctuation of the market price of our ordinary shares, and the impact on the market price of our ordinary shares of the possibility that we or our existing investors may sell additional ordinary shares after this offering or that we may attempt future offerings of debt or equity securities; |
● |
the fact that we do not currently anticipate paying any dividends in the foreseeable future; |
● |
the fact that we are a holding company with nominal net worth and will depend on dividends and distributions from our subsidiaries to pay any dividends; |
● |
the fact that you will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value of the shares you purchase in this offering; |
● |
the fact that our internal controls over financial reporting may not be effective and our independent registered public accounting firm may not be able to certify as to their effectiveness, and the possibility that the requirements of being a public company may strain our resources and distract our management; and |
● |
the possibility that securities or industry analysts may not publish research or may publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business. |
The factors identified above should not be construed as exhaustive list of factors that could affect our future results, and should be read in conjunction with the other cautionary statements that are included in this prospectus. The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus are made only as of the date of this prospectus. We do not undertake any obligation to publicly update or review any forward-looking statement except as required by law, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise.
If one or more of these or other risks or uncertainties materialize, or if our underlying assumptions prove to be incorrect, our actual results may vary materially from what we may have expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. You should specifically consider the factors identified in this prospectus that could cause actual results to differ before making an investment decision to purchase our ordinary shares. Furthermore, new risks and uncertainties arise from time to time, and it is impossible for us to predict those events or how they may affect us.
49
We estimate that our net proceeds from the sale of 45,000,000 ordinary shares offered by us will be approximately $719.3 million, or approximately $828.3 million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full (in each case, at an assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per ordinary share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), after deducting underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us of approximately $45.8 million.
We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering as follows:
● | approximately $470.0 million to reduce outstanding indebtedness, in particular to repay our Second Lien Loan, which matures on November 4, 2022 and had a weighted average effective interest rate of 8.87% as of December 31, 2017; |
● | approximately $130.0 million to repay the outstanding amount of the Cassidy Turley deferred payment obligation; |
● | approximately $11.9 million to terminate our management services agreement; and |
● | approximately $107.4 million for general corporate purposes. |
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) our estimated net proceeds to us from this offering by $42.8 million, assuming the number of ordinary shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, a change in the number of ordinary shares we sell would increase or decrease our net proceeds. We believe that our intended use of proceeds would not be affected by changes in either our initial public offering price or the number of ordinary shares we sell.
50
We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our share capital. We do not expect to pay dividends on our ordinary shares for the foreseeable future. Instead, we anticipate that all of our earnings in the foreseeable future will be used for the operation and expansion of our business.
Under English law, any payment of dividends would be subject to relevant legislation and our articles of association, which provide that all dividends must be approved by our board of directors and, in some cases, our shareholders, and may only be paid from our distributable profits available for the purpose, determined on an unconsolidated basis. Future cash dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon, among other things, our future operations and earnings, capital requirements and surplus, general financial condition, contractual restrictions and other factors the board of directors may deem relevant. The timing and amount of any future dividend payments will be at the discretion of our board of directors. See Risk FactorsRisks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Ordinary SharesBecause we do not currently intend to pay cash dividends on our ordinary shares for the foreseeable future, you may not receive any return on investment unless you sell your ordinary shares for a price greater than that which you paid for it.
51
The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and our capitalization as of March 31, 2018, on:
● | an actual basis; and |
● | an as adjusted basis to give effect to this offering and the application of the net proceeds of this offering as described under Use of Proceeds. |
You should read this table together with the information included elsewhere in this prospectus, including SummarySummary Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data, Use of Proceeds, Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data, Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, Description of Certain Indebtedness and our Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes thereto.
As of March 31, 2018 | ||||||||
(in millions, except per share data) | Actual | As Adjusted | ||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 438.7 | $ | 547.2 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Long-term debt (including current portion): |
||||||||
First Lien Loan, as amended, net of unamortized discount and issuance costs of $43.7 million |
$ | 2,585.2 | $ | 2,585.2 | ||||
Second Lien Loan, as amended, net of unamortized discount and issuance costs of $9.6 million |
460.4 | | ||||||
Capital lease liabilities |
15.1 | 15.1 | ||||||
Notes payable to former shareholders |
1.4 | 1.4 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Total long-term debt |
$ | 3,062.1 | $ | 2,601.7 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Equity: |
||||||||
Ordinary shares, nominal value $0.10 per share, 145.6 shares issued and outstanding (actual) and 190.6 shares issued and outstanding (as adjusted) |
14.6 | 19.1 | ||||||
Additional paid-in capital |
1,755.7 | 2,470.5 | ||||||
Accumulated deficit |
(1,221.3) | (1,261.2 | ) | |||||
Accumulated other comprehensive income |
(63.4) | (63.4 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Total equity attributable to the Company |
485.6 | 1,165.0 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Total capitalization |
$ | 3,547.7 | $ | 3,766.7 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
52
If you invest in our ordinary shares, your ownership interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our ordinary shares in this offering and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our ordinary shares after this offering. Dilution results from the fact that the per share offering price of our ordinary shares is substantially in excess of the net tangible book value per share attributable to the existing equity holders. Net tangible book value per share represents the amount of temporary equity and shareholders equity excluding intangible assets, divided by the number of ordinary shares outstanding at that date.
Our historical net tangible book value as of March 31, 2018 was $(2,552.5) million, or approximately $(17.54) per ordinary share (assuming 145,560,000 ordinary shares outstanding).
Net tangible book value dilution per share to new investors represents the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of ordinary shares in this offering and the pro forma net tangible book value per ordinary share immediately after completion of this offering. Investors participating in this offering will incur immediate and substantial dilution. After giving effect to our sale of 45,000,000 ordinary shares in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, our pro forma net tangible book value as of March 31, 2018 would have been approximately $(1,873.1) million or approximately $(9.83) per share. This amount represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $7.71 per share to existing shareholders and an immediate dilution in pro forma net tangible book value of $26.83 per share to purchasers of ordinary shares in this offering, as illustrated in the following table.
Assumed initial public offering price per share |
$ | 17.00 | ||||
Historical net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2018 |
$ | (17.54 | ) | |||
Increase per share attributable to new investors |
$ | 7.71 | ||||
|
|
|||||
Pro forma net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering |
$ | (9.83 | ) | |||
|
|
|||||
Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors |
$ | 26.83 | ||||
|
|
A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per share would increase or decrease, as applicable, our pro forma net tangible book value by approximately $42.80 million or approximately $0.22 per share, and the dilution in the pro forma net tangible book value per share to investors in this offering by approximately $(0.23) per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses. This pro forma information is illustrative only, and following the completion of this offering, will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.
The following table summarizes, as of March 31, 2018, on the pro forma basis described above, the differences between existing shareholders and new investors with respect to the number of ordinary shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid and the average price per ordinary share paid by existing shareholders. The calculation with respect to shares purchased by new investors in this offering reflects the issuance by us of 45,000,000 of our ordinary shares in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, before deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.
Shares
Purchased |
Total
Consideration Amount |
Average
Price Per Share |
||||||||||||||||||
(in millions, except per share data) |
Number | Percent | Percent | |||||||||||||||||
Existing shareholders |
145.6 | 76% | $ | 1,623.4 | 68% | $ | 11.15 | |||||||||||||
New investors |
45.0 | 24% | $ | 765.0 | 32% | $ | 17.00 | |||||||||||||
Total |
190.6 | 100% | $ | 2,388.4 | 100% | $ | 12.53 |
53
If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full from us, the number of ordinary shares held by new investors will increase to 51,750,000, or 26% of the total number of our ordinary shares outstanding after this offering.
The discussion and table above assume no exercise of options outstanding or vesting of RSUs and no issuance of shares reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plans. As of July 23, 2018, there were an aggregate of 10,000,000 ordinary shares reserved for future issuance under the equity incentive plans.
The discussion and table above also excludes the shares outstanding with respect to the deferred payment obligation related to the acquisition of Cassidy Turley, which are also excluded from the outstanding share calculations for accounting purposes.
54
SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
The selected financial data presented in the table below should be read in conjunction with Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and our Consolidated Financial Statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected historical consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 and selected historical consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 has been derived from our audited Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected historical consolidated statement of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and selected historical consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2018 has been derived from our unaudited interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected historical consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2015 and historical consolidated statements of operations data for the period from November 5, 2014 to December 31, 2014 (Successor) have been derived from our audited Consolidated Financial Statements not included in this prospectus. The selected historical consolidated statements of operations data for the period of July 1, 2014 to November 4, 2014 (Predecessor) has been derived from our audited Combined Consolidated Financial Statements not included this prospectus. The selected historical Combined Consolidated statements of operations and balance sheet data and for the periods ended June 30, 2014 and 2013 (Predecessor) have been derived from our Combined Consolidated Financial Statements not in this prospectus.
On November 5, 2014, a private equity consortium comprising TPG, PAG and OTPP, our Principal Shareholders, acquired DTZ. As a result of DTZs acquisition and resulting change in control and changes due to the impact of acquisition accounting, we are required to present separately the operating results for the Predecessor and Successor. We refer to the period through November 4, 2014 as the Predecessor Period, and the Combined Consolidated Financial Statements for that period include the accounts of the Predecessor. We refer to the period from November 5, 2014 as the Successor Period, and the Consolidated Financial Statements for that period include the accounts of the Successor. Due to the change in control and changes due to acquisition accounting, the Successor Period may not be comparable to the Predecessor Period. On July 13, 2015, the Companys board of directors approved a change in fiscal year end from June 30 to December 31, effective with the year-end December 31, 2014. Unless otherwise noted, all references to years in this prospectus refer to the twelve-month period which ends on December 31 of each year. On December 31, 2014, we acquired Cassidy Turley. Our selected financial data beginning December 31, 2014 also includes Cassidy Turleys selected financial data. On September 1, 2015, we acquired the C&W Group. Our selected financial data beginning September 1, 2015 also includes the C&W Groups selected financial data.
On July 6, 2018, we completed the reorganization of our company through the Share Exchange and on July 19, 2018, we completed the Re-registration. Prior to the Share Exchange, our business was conducted by DTZ Jersey Holdings Limited and its consolidated subsidiaries. Following the Share Exchange and before the Re-registration, our business was conducted by Cushman & Wakefield Limited and its consolidated subsidiaries. Following the Re-registration, our business is conducted by Cushman & Wakefield plc and its consolidated subsidiaries. On July 20, 2018, the Company undertook the Share Consolidation, which resulted in a proportional decrease in the number of ordinary shares outstanding as well as corresponding adjustments to outstanding options and RSUs.
55
The following information should be read together with Risk Factors, Use of Proceeds, Capitalization, and Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and our historical consolidated and combined Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future.
Statement of Operations
Data: |
Successor | Predecessor | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(in millions, except for per
share data and share data) |
Three Months
Ended March 31, |
Year Ended December 31, |
Period from
November 5, 2014 to December 31, 2014 |
Period from
July 1, 2014 to November 4, 2014 |
Fiscal Year Ended | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2018 | 2017 | 2017 | 2016 | 2015 |
June 30,
2014 |
June 30,
2013 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Revenue |
$ | 1,767.7 | $ | 1,461.3 | $ | 6,923.9 | $ | 6,215.7 | $ | 4,193.2 | $ | 407.7 | $ | 814.2 | $ | 2,642.3 | $ | 2,457.7 | ||||||||||||||||||
Operating (loss) income |
$ | (80.7) | $ | (120.2) | $ | (170.2) | $ | (313.4) | $ | (410.4) | $ | (57.7) | $ | 1.7 | $ | 86.4 | $ | 53.2 | ||||||||||||||||||
Net (loss) income attributable to the Company | $ | (92.0) | $ | (119.7) | $ | (220.5) | $ | (449.1) | $ | (473.7) | $ | (21.8) | $ | 0.4 | $ | 58.4 | $ | 27.4 | ||||||||||||||||||
Net loss per Share, Basic and Diluted (a): | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Basic |
$ | (0.63) | $ | (0.84) | $ | (1.53) | $ | (3.18) | $ | (5.46) | $ | (0.44) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Diluted |
$ | (0.63) | $ | (0.84) | $ | (1.53) | $ | (3.18) | $ | (5.46) | $ | (0.44) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Pro forma basic (b) |
$ | (0.43) | $ | (0.98) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Pro forma diluted (b) |
$ | (0.43) | $ | (0.98) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Weighted Average Shares Outstanding (in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Basic |
145,277.3 | 143,084.7 | 143,935.0 | 141,431.6 | 86,816.2 | 49,969.5 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Diluted |
145,277.3 | 143,084.7 | 143,935.0 | 141,431.6 | 86,816.2 | 49,969.5 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Pro forma basic (b) |
181,273.2 | 179,930.9 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Pro forma diluted (b) |
181,273.2 | 179,930.9 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance sheet data (at period end): | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total assets |
$ | 5,935.0 | $ | 5,797.9 | $ | 5,681.9 | $ | 5,442.2 | $ | 2,407.2 | $ | 1,674.0 | $ | 1,574.4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Total debt |
$ | 3,066.6 | $ | 2,843.5 | $ | 2,660.1 | $ | 2,328.7 | $ | 931.1 | $ | 279.1 | $ | 414.5 |
Other Historical Data: |
Three Months
Ended March 31, |
Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||
(in millions) | 2018 | 2017 | 2017 | 2016 | 2015 | |||||||||||||||
Americas Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 62.5 | $ | 35.0 | $ | 344.6 | $ | 311.6 | $ | 217.1 | ||||||||||
EMEA Adjusted EBITDA |
(8.6) | (12.8) | 108.8 | 90.8 | 68.0 | |||||||||||||||
APAC Adjusted EBITDA |
20.9 | 6.9 | 75.1 | 72.4 | 50.8 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 74.8 | $ | 29.1 | $ | 528.5 | $ | 474.8 | $ | 335.9 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) | Prior to our acquisition by the Principal Shareholders, we operated as a part of UGL Limited and our combined consolidated financial information is derived from the Consolidated Financial Statements and accounting records of UGL Limited. Therefore, we did not have an existing share structure in place at that time and presentation of earnings per share for those periods prior to our acquisition on November 5, 2014 would not be meaningful to an investor. |
(b) |
The calculation of unaudited basic and diluted pro forma Net loss per share reflects certain pro forma adjustments in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X. Unaudited basic and diluted pro forma Net income per ordinary share assumes that $470.0 million of the proceeds of the proposed offering were used to reduce outstanding indebtedness, in particular to repay our Second Lien Loan (as defined in Description of Certain Indebtedness), and includes a pro forma adjustment to reflect the elimination of interest expense in the amount of $11.1 million and $37.5 million related to debt repaid for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and the year ended December 31, 2017, respectively, assuming that such proceeds and repayment occurred as of the beginning of the year. Unaudited basic and diluted pro forma Net income per ordinary share also assumes that $11.9 million of the proceeds of the proposed offering were used to make a one-time payment to TPG and PAG to terminate our management services agreement, and includes a pro forma adjustment to |
56
reflect the elimination of management advisory services fee expense in the amount of $1.2 million and $4.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and the year ended December 31, 2017, respectively. Unaudited basic and diluted pro forma Net income per ordinary share also assumes approximately $130.0 million was used to repay the outstanding amount of the cash-settled portion of the Cassidy Turley deferred payment obligation, and includes pro forma adjustments to reflect (1) the elimination of the expense associated with the Cassidy Turley deferred payment obligation in the amount of $4.7 million and $20.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and the year ended December 31, 2017, respectively; and (2) the elimination of the accrued interest expense incurred in connection with accrued portion of the obligation in the amount of $1.3 million and $5.3 million for the three months end March 31, 2018 and the year ended December 31, 2017, respectively. The number of shares used for purposes of pro forma per share data reflects the number of shares to be issued in the offering whose proceeds were used to (1) repay our Second Lien Loan, (2) make a one-time payment to TPG and PAG to terminate our management services agreement, and (3) repay the outstanding amount of the Cassidy Turley deferred payment obligation (assuming pricing at the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus). The table below sets forth the computation of the Companys unaudited Pro forma basic and diluted pro forma net loss per share: |
Pro forma net loss per share: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(in millions, except per share data) |
Three Months Ended March 31, 2018 |
Year Ended December 31, 2017 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Basic | Diluted | Basic | Diluted | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net loss |
$ | (92.0) | $ | (92.0) | $ | (220.5) | $ | (220.5) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Pro forma adjustments: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net interest expense, net of tax |
8.8 | 8.8 | 24.4 | 24.4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Management advisory services fee, net of tax |
0.9 | 0.9 | 3.0 | 3.0 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cassidy Turley deferred payment obligation, net of tax |
3.7 | 3.7 | 13.5 | 13.5 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Accrued interest on Cassidy Turley deferred payment obligation, net of tax |
1.0 | 1.0 | 3.4 | 3.4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Pro forma net loss |
$ | (77.6) | $ | (77.6) | $ | (176.2) | $ | (176.2 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Weighted average ordinary shares outstanding |
145,277.3 | 145,277.3 | 143,935.0 | 143,935.0 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Adjustment to weighted average ordinary shares outstanding related to the offering | 35,995.9 | 35,995.9 | 35,995.9 | 35,995.9 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Pro forma weighted average ordinary shares outstanding (1) |
181,273.2 | 181,273.2 | 179,930.9 | 179,930.9 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Pro forma net loss per share |
$ | (0.43) | $ | (0.43) | $ | (0.98) | $ | (0.98) |
(1) | Excludes impact of 9.0 million ordinary shares offered whose proceeds will be used for general corporate purposes. If all 45 million ordinary shares to be issued in this offering were reflected in the calculation above unaudited basic and diluted pro forma Net income per ordinary share as adjusted would be $(0.41) and $(0.94) for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and the year ended December 31, 2017, respectively. |
57
MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Overview
The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read together with the financial statements and related information included elsewhere in this prospectus.
The following discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may materially differ from those discussed in forward-looking statements. See the Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Cushman & Wakefield is a top three global commercial real estate services firm, built on a trusted brand and backed by approximately 48,000 employees and serving the worlds real estate owners and occupiers through a scalable platform. We operate across approximately 400 offices in 70 countries, managing over 3.5 billion square feet of commercial real estate space on behalf of institutional, corporate and private clients. Our business is focused on meeting the increasing demands of our clients across multiple service lines including Property, facilities and project management, Leasing, Capital markets, and Valuation and other services.
Critical Accounting Policies
Our Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (US GAAP or GAAP), which require us to make estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts. The estimates and assumptions are based on historical experience and on other factors that we believe to be reasonable. Actual results may differ from those estimates. We review these estimates on a periodic basis to ensure reasonableness. Although actual amounts may differ from such estimated amounts, we believe such differences are not likely to be material. For additional detail regarding our critical accounting policies and estimates discussed below, see Note 2: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. There have been no material changes to these policies as of March 31, 2018 with the exception of the Companys implementation of Accounting Standard Update (ASU) No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (together with all subsequent amendments, Topic 606) discussed further below.
Revenue Recognition
The Company principally earns revenue from Property, facilities and project management, Leasing, Capital markets and Valuation and other.
The judgments involved in revenue recognition include understanding the complex terms of agreements and determining the appropriate time and method to recognize revenue for each transaction based on such terms. The timing of revenue recognition could vary if different judgments are made.
As of January 1, 2018, the Company adopted Topic 606, which replaced most existing revenue recognition guidance under U.S. GAAP. The core principle of Topic 606 requires companies to reevaluate when revenue is recorded on a transaction based upon newly defined criteria, either at a point in time or over time as goods or services are delivered. Topic 606 requires additional disclosures about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts, including significant judgments and estimates, and changes in those estimates. For further information regarding the impact of the adoption of this standard on the unaudited interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and related disclosures, as well as significant judgments performed by the Company when applying Topic 606, refer to Note 2: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies from the Notes to the audited Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2017 and Note 5: Revenue from Notes to the unaudited interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for the three months ended March 31, 2018.
58
Business Combinations, Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets
The Company has grown, in part, through a series of acquisitions. See Note 1: Organization and Business Overview of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. We account for business combinations using the acquisition method of accounting, which requires that once control is obtained, all of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, including amounts attributable to noncontrolling interests, be recorded at their respective fair values as of the acquisition date. Determination of the fair values of the assets and liabilities acquired requires estimates and the use of valuation techniques when market values are not readily available.
The Company recorded significant goodwill and intangible assets resulting from these acquisitions. Goodwill represents the excess of purchase consideration over the fair value of the net assets of businesses acquired. In determining the fair values of assets and liabilities acquired in a business combination, we use a variety of valuation methods including the market approach, income approach, depreciated replacement cost and market values (where available).
Assumptions must often be made in determining fair values, particularly where observable market values do not exist. Assumptions may include discount rates, growth rates, cost of capital, royalty rates, tax rates and remaining useful lives. These assumptions can have a significant impact on the value of identifiable assets and accordingly can impact the value of goodwill recorded. Different assumptions could result in different values being attributed to assets as well as liabilities and may impact our Consolidated Financial Statements.
Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are tested for impairment annually, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that they may be impaired. The initial impairment evaluation of goodwill is a qualitative assessment and is performed to assess whether the fair value of a reporting unit (RU) is less than its carrying amount and only proceeds to the quantitative impairment test if it is more likely than not that the fair value of the RU is less than its carrying amount. If the Company determines the quantitative impairment test is required, the estimated fair value of the RU is compared to its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the estimated fair value of a RU exceeds its carrying value, goodwill is not considered to be impaired. If the carrying amount exceeds the estimated fair value, an impairment loss is recognized equal to that excess. The loss recognized cannot exceed the carrying amount of goodwill.
The Company records an impairment loss for other definite and indefinite-lived intangible assets if impairment triggers exist and the fair value of the asset is less than the assets carrying amount. For the year ended December 31, 2015, an impairment charge of $143.8 million was recognized on the consolidated statements of operations related to the DTZ trade name intangible asset. For a detailed discussion of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, see Note 7: Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
Income Taxes
Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method in accordance with GAAP. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences attributable to differences between carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that the new rate is enacted. A valuation allowance is established against deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax asset will not be realized in the future.
Accounting for tax positions requires judgments, including estimating reserves for potential uncertainties. We also assess our ability to utilize tax attributes, including those in the form of net operating loss carryforwards,
59
for which the benefits have already been reflected in the financial statements. We do not record valuation allowances for deferred tax assets that we believe will be realized in future periods. While we believe the resulting tax balances as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 are appropriately accounted for in accordance with GAAP, as applicable, the ultimate outcome of such matters could result in favorable or unfavorable adjustments to our Consolidated Financial Statements and such adjustments could be material.
In determining the amount of current and deferred tax, the Company takes into account the impact of uncertain tax positions and whether additional taxes and interest may be due. New information may become available that causes the Company to change its judgment regarding the adequacy of existing tax liabilities; such changes to tax liabilities will impact tax expense in the period that such a determination is made.
On December 22, 2017, H.R. 1, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the Tax Act) was enacted. The Tax Act significantly revised the U.S. corporate income tax regime by, among other things, lowering the U.S. federal corporate rate from 35% to 21% effective January 1, 2018 while also implementing a new tax system on non-US earnings and imposing a repatriation tax on deemed repatriated earnings of foreign subsidiaries. US GAAP requires the impact of tax legislation to be recognized in the period in which the law was enacted. Some amounts recorded as a discrete item in the Benefit from income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2017 to account for the changes as a result of the Tax Act were recorded as provisional amounts and the Companys best estimates. Any adjustments recorded to the provisional amounts through the fourth quarter of 2018 will be included in the statement of operations as an adjustment to income tax expense. The provisional amounts incorporate assumptions made based upon the Companys current interpretation of the Tax Act and may change as the Company receives additional clarification and implementation guidance or implements structure changes.
The provision for income taxes comprises current and deferred income tax expense and is recognized in the Consolidated Financial Statements. To the extent that the income taxes are for items recognized directly in equity, the related income tax effects are recognized in equity. The Company provides for the effects of income taxes on interim financial statements based on estimates of the effective tax rate for the full year, which is based on forecasted income by country and expected enacted tax rates. For additional discussion on income taxes, see Note 13: Income Taxes of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
See Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements section within Note 2: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies from the Notes to the audited Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2017 and Note 2: New Accounting Standards from the Notes to the unaudited interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for the three months ended March 31, 2018.
Items Affecting Comparability
When reading our financial statements and the information included in this prospectus, you should consider that we have experienced, and continue to experience, several material trends and uncertainties that have affected our financial condition and results of operations that could affect future performance. We believe that the following material trends and uncertainties are crucial to an understanding of the variability in our historical earnings and cash flows and the potential for continued variability in the future.
Macroeconomic Conditions
Our results of operations are significantly impacted by economic trends, government policies and the global and regional real estate markets. These include the following: overall economic activity; changes in interest rates; the impact of tax and regulatory policies; changes in employment rates; level of commercial construction spend; the cost and availability of credit; and the geopolitical environment.
60
Compensation is a significant expense and many of our Leasing and Capital markets professionals are paid on a commission and/or bonus basis that is linked to their revenue production or the profitability of their activity. As a result, the negative effect of difficult market conditions on our Fee revenue is partially mitigated by a reduction in our compensation expense. Nevertheless, adverse economic trends could pose significant risks to our operating performance and financial condition.
Acquisitions
Our results include the incremental impact of completed acquisitions from the date of acquisition, which may impact the comparability of our results on a year-over-year basis. Additionally, there is generally an adverse impact on net income for a period of time after the completion of an acquisition driven by transaction-related and integration expenses. We have historically used strategic and in-fill acquisitions to add new service capabilities, to increase our scale within existing capabilities and to expand our presence in new or existing geographic regions globally. We believe that strategic acquisitions will increase revenue, provide cost synergies and generate incremental income in the long term.
Seasonality
A significant portion of our revenue is seasonal, especially for service lines such as Leasing and Capital markets, which impacts the comparison of our financial condition and results of operations on a quarter-by-quarter basis. There is a general focus on completing transactions by calendar year-end with a significant concentration in the last quarter of the calendar year while certain expenses are recognized more evenly throughout the calendar year. Historically, our fee revenue and operating profit tend to be lowest in the first quarter, and highest in the fourth quarter of each year. The Property, facilities and project management service line partially mitigates this intra-year seasonality, owing to the recurring nature of this service line, which generates more stable revenues throughout the year.
Inflation
Our commission and other operating costs tied to revenue are primarily impacted by factors in the commercial real estate market. These factors have the potential to be affected by inflation. Other costs such as wages and costs of goods and services provided by third parties also have the potential to be impacted by inflation. However, we do not believe that inflation has materially impacted our operations.
International Operations
Our business consists of service lines operating in multiple regions inside and outside of the United States. Our international operations expose us to global economic trends as well as foreign government tax, regulatory and policy measures.
Additionally, outside of the U.S., we generate earnings in other currencies and are subject to fluctuations relative to the U.S. dollar (USD). As we continue to grow our international operations through acquisitions and organic growth, these currency fluctuations have the potential to positively or adversely affect our operating results measured in USD. It can be difficult to compare period-over-period financial statements when the movement in currencies against the USD does not reflect trends in the local underlying business as reported in its local currency.
In order to assist our investors and improve comparability of results, we present the year-over-year changes in certain of our non-GAAP financial measures, such as Fee revenue and Adjusted EBITDA, in local currency, which is calculated by translating results of our foreign operations to USD using a constant USD exchange rate for each underlying currency (i.e., year-over-year changes are presented in local currency assuming constant foreign exchange rates measured against USD). We believe that this provides our management and investors with a better view of comparability and trends in the underlying operating business.
61
Adoption of New Accounting Standards
On January 1, 2018, the Company adopted Topic 606 using the modified retrospective method. Results for reporting periods beginning after January 1, 2018 are presented under Topic 606. Comparative information for prior periods continues to be reported under the accounting standards in effect for those periods.
The most significant effects of the new guidance on the comparability of our results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2018 include the following:
i. | Certain revenues in our Leasing service line are recognized earlier. This resulted in additional Revenue and Fee revenue of $9.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018, partially offset by related commissions and tax impacts with no impact to cash flows. |
ii. | The proportion of facility and property management contracts accounted for on a gross basis increased, resulting in higher Revenue and Cost of services of $119.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018, with no impact on Fee revenue, Operating loss, Net loss or the statement of cash flows. |
See Note 5: Revenue of the Notes to the unaudited interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.
Use of Non-GAAP Financial Information
The following measures are considered non-GAAP financial measures under SEC guidelines:
i. | Fee revenue and Fee-based operating expenses; |
ii. | Adjusted earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (Adjusted EBITDA) and Adjusted EBITDA margin; and |
iii. | Local currency. |
Our management principally uses these non-GAAP financial measures to evaluate operating performance, develop budgets and forecasts, improve comparability of results and assist our investors in analyzing the underlying performance of our business. These measures are not recognized measurements under GAAP. When analyzing our operating results, investors should use them in addition to, but not as an alternative for, the most directly comparable financial results calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. Because the Companys calculation of these non-GAAP financial measures may differ from other companies, our presentation of these measures may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies.
The Company believes that these measures provide a more complete understanding of ongoing operations, enhance comparability of current results to prior periods and may be useful for investors to analyze our financial performance. The measures eliminate the impact of certain items that may obscure trends in the underlying performance of our business. The Company believes that they are useful to investors, for the additional purposes described below.
Fee revenue : The Company believes that investors may find this measure useful to analyze the financial performance of our Property, facilities and project management service line and our business generally. Fee revenue is GAAP revenue excluding costs reimbursable by clients which have substantially no margin, and as such provides greater visibility into the underlying performance of our business.
62
Additionally, pursuant to business combination accounting rules, certain fee revenues that were deferred by the acquiree are recorded as a receivable on the acquisition date by the Company. Such contingent fee revenues are recorded as acquisition accounting adjustments to reflect the revenue recognition of the acquiree absent the application of acquisition accounting.
Fee-based operating expenses : Consistent with GAAP, reimbursed costs for certain customer contracts are presented on a gross basis (gross contract costs) in both revenue and operating expenses. As described above, gross contract costs are excluded from revenue in determining Fee revenue. Gross contract costs are similarly excluded from operating expenses in determining Fee-based operating expenses. Excluding gross contract costs from Fee-based operating expenses more accurately reflects how we manage our expense base and operating margins and, accordingly, is useful to investors and other external stakeholders for evaluating performance.
Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin : We have determined Adjusted EBITDA to be our primary measure of segment profitability. We believe that investors find this measure useful in comparing our operating performance to that of other companies in our industry because these calculations generally eliminate integration and other costs related to acquisitions, stock-based compensation, the deferred payment obligation related to the acquisition of Cassidy Turley and other items. Adjusted EBITDA also excludes the effects of financings, income tax and the non-cash accounting effects of depreciation and intangible asset amortization. Adjusted EBITDA margin, a non-GAAP measure of profitability as a percent of revenue, is calculated by dividing Adjusted EBITDA by Fee revenue.
Local currency : In discussing our results, we refer to percentage changes in local currency. For comparability purposes, such amounts presented on a local currency basis are calculated by translating results of our foreign operations to USD using a constant USD exchange rate for each underlying currency (i.e., year-over-year changes are presented in local currency assuming constant foreign exchange rates measured against USD). Management believes that this methodology provides investors with greater visibility into the performance of our business excluding the effect of foreign currency rate fluctuations.
Pro Forma Financial Information
See Pro Forma Financial Information for further detail on the Companys use of pro forma financial information for the 2015 period.
63
Results of Operations
The following table sets forth items derived from our consolidated statements of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017 (in millions):
Three Months
Ended March 31, 2018 |
Three Months
Ended March 31, 2017 |
% Change
in USD |
% Change in
Local Currency |
|||||||||||||
Revenue: |
||||||||||||||||
Total revenue |
$ | 1,767.7 | $ | 1,461.3 | 21 | % | 18 | % | ||||||||
Less: Gross contract costs |
(521.8 | ) | (367.8 | ) | 42 | % | 39 | % | ||||||||
Acquisition accounting adjustments |
0.1 | 10.1 | n/ | m | n/ | m | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total fee revenue |
$ | 1,246.0 | $ | 1,103.6 | 13 | % | 10 | % | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Service lines: |
||||||||||||||||
Property, facilities and project management |
$ | 615.0 | $ | 587.9 | 5 | % | 2 | % | ||||||||
Leasing |
319.9 | 278.9 | 15 | % | 12 | % | ||||||||||
Capital markets |
214.1 | 146.9 | 46 | % | 43 | % | ||||||||||
Valuation and other |
97.0 | 89.9 | 8 | % | 2 | % | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total fee revenue |
$ | 1,246.0 | $ | 1,103.6 | 13 | % | 10 | % | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Costs and expenses: |
||||||||||||||||
Cost of services, operating and administrative expenses excluding gross contract costs |
$ | 1,246.4 | $ | 1,150.6 | 8 | % | 6 | % | ||||||||
Gross contract costs |
521.8 | 367.8 | 42 | % | 39 | % | ||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
69.8 | 63.0 | 11 | % | 8 | % | ||||||||||
Restructuring, impairment and related charges |
10.4 | 0.1 | n/ | m | n/ | m | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total costs and expenses |
$ | 1,848.4 | $ | 1,581.5 | 17 | % | 14 | % | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Operating loss |
$ | (80.7 | ) | $ | (120.2 | ) | (33 | )% | (34 | )% | ||||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 74.8 | $ | 29.1 | 157 | % | 158 | % | ||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA Margin |
6% | 3% |
Adjusted EBITDA is calculated as follows (in millions):
Three Months
Ended March 31, 2018 |
Three Months
Ended March 31, 2017 |
|||||||
Net loss attributable to the Company |
$ | (92.0 | ) | $ | (119.7 | ) | ||
Add/(less): |
||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
69.8 | 63.0 | ||||||
Interest expense, net of interest income |
44.4 | 41.7 | ||||||
Benefit from income taxes |
(31.7 | ) | (41.7 | ) | ||||
Integration and other costs related to acquisitions |
65.7 | 62.6 | ||||||
Stock-based compensation |
6.1 | 8.1 | ||||||
Cassidy Turley deferred payment obligation |
10.4 | 11.1 | ||||||
Other |
2.1 | 4.0 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 74.8 | $ | 29.1 | ||||
|
|
|
|
64
Below is the reconciliation of total costs and expenses to Fee-based operating expenses (in millions):
Three Months
Ended March 31, 2018 |
Three Months
Ended March 31, 2017 |
|||||||
Total costs and expenses |
$ | 1,848.4 | $ | 1,581.5 | ||||
Less: Gross contract costs |
(521.8) | (367.8) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Fee-based operating expenses |
$ | 1,326.6 | $ | 1,213.7 | ||||
|
|
|
|
The following table presents a reconciliation of Fee-based operating expenses by segment to Consolidated Fee-based operating expenses (in millions):
Three Months
Ended March 31, 2018 |
Three Months
Ended March, 31 2017 |
|||||||
Fee-based operating expenses: |
||||||||
Americas fee-based operating expenses |
$ | 787.6 | $ | 730.7 | ||||
EMEA fee-based operating expenses |
173.3 | 142.2 | ||||||
APAC fee-based operating expenses |
211.7 | 202.1 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Segment fee-based operating expenses |
1,172.6 | 1,075.0 | ||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
69.8 | 63.0 | ||||||
Integration and other costs related to acquisitions (1) |
65.6 | 52.5 | ||||||
Stock-based compensation |
6.1 | 8.1 | ||||||
Cassidy Turley deferred payment obligation |
10.4 | 11.1 | ||||||
Other |
2.1 | 4.0 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Fee-based operating expenses |
$ | 1,326.6 | $ | 1,213.7 | ||||
|
|
|
|
(1) | Represents integration and other costs related to acquisitions, comprised of certain direct and incremental costs resulting from acquisitions and related integration efforts, as well as costs related to our restructuring programs. Excludes the impact of acquisition accounting revenue adjustments as these amounts do not impact operating expenses. |
Three months ended March 31, 2018 compared to three months ended March 31, 2017
Revenue
Revenue was $1.8 billion, an increase of $306.4 million or 21%. Gross contract costs, primarily in the Property, facilities and project management service line, increased $154.0 million driven by the $119.5 million impact of the adoption of Topic 606. Foreign currency had a $38.2 million favorable impact on Revenue, driving approximately 3% growth of revenue.
Fee revenue reflected increases in Capital Markets and Leasing. Capital Markets Fee revenue increased $64.1 million or 43%, on a local currency basis, driven by an Americas increase of $44.3 million or 37%, on a local currency basis, and an APAC increase of $18.4 million or more than 200%, on a local currency basis. Leasing Fee revenue increased $33.1 million or 12%, on a local currency basis, driven by an Americas increase of $30.8 million or 14%, on a local currency basis.
Operating expenses
Operating expenses were $1.8 billion, an increase of $266.9 million or 17%. The increase in operating expenses reflected increased cost associated with revenue growth and the $119.5 million increase to gross contract costs resulting from the adoption of ASC 606 discussed above.
65
Fee-based operating expenses, excluding Depreciation and amortization, integration and other costs related to acquisitions and stock-based compensation, were $1.2 billion, a 6% increase on a local currency basis. The growth in Fee-based operating expenses reflected higher costs in Capital Markets and Leasing associated with Fee revenue growth.
Interest expense
Interest expense, net of interest income increased by $2.7 million, which reflects a one-time charge of $3.4 million related to the March 2018 debt modification.
Benefit from income taxes
The benefit from income taxes was $31.7 million, a decrease of $10.0 million. The decrease was driven by the effect of a lower loss before income taxes partially offset by a discrete tax benefit of $22.2 million related to the Tax Act in the 2018 period. Refer to Note 1: Basis of Presentation of the Notes to the unaudited interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for a further discussion of our effective tax rate.
Net loss and Adjusted EBITDA
Net loss decreased from $119.7 million to $92.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018 driven by Fee revenue exceeding the increase in Fee-based operating expenses, partially offset by a lower benefit from income taxes.
Adjusted EBITDA increased by $45.6 million or 158%, on a local currency basis, driven by the increase in Fee revenue exceeding the increase in Fee-based operating expenses and the $4.3 million impact of the adoption of Topic 606. Adjusted EBITDA margin, calculated on a Fee revenue basis, was 6%, compared to 3% in the prior year.
Segment Operations
We report our operations through the following segments: (1) Americas, (2) Europe, the Middle East and Africa (EMEA) and (3) Asia Pacific (APAC). The Americas consists of operations located in the United States, Canada and key markets in Latin America. EMEA includes operations in the UK, France, Netherlands and other markets in Europe and the Middle East. APAC includes operations in Australia, Singapore, China and other markets in the Asia Pacific region.
For segment reporting, gross contract costs are excluded from revenue in determining Fee revenue. Gross contract costs are excluded from operating expenses in determining Fee-based operating expenses. Additionally, our measure of segment results, Adjusted EBITDA, excludes depreciation and amortization, as well as integration and other costs related to acquisitions, stock-based compensation, expense related to the Cassidy Turley deferred payment obligation and other items.
66
Americas Results
The following table summarizes our results of operations by our Americas operating segment for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017 (in millions):
Three Months
Ended March 31, 2018 |
Three Months
Ended March 31, 2017 |
% Change
in USD |
%
Change in Local Currency |
|||||||||||||
Total revenue |
$ | 1,206.2 | $ | 987.2 | 22 | % | 22 | % | ||||||||
Less: Gross contract costs |
(356.3 | ) | (231.6 | ) | 54 | % | 54 | % | ||||||||
Acquisition accounting adjustments |
0.1 | 10.1 | n/ | m | n/ | m | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total fee revenue |
$ | 850.0 | $ | 765.7 | 11 | % | 11 | % | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Service lines: |
||||||||||||||||
Property, facilities and project management |
$ | 404.2 | $ | 390.9 | 3 | % | 3 | % | ||||||||
Leasing |
246.0 | 214.4 | 15 | % | 14 | % | ||||||||||
Capital markets |
163.1 | 118.6 | 38 | % | 37 | % | ||||||||||
Valuation and other |
36.7 | 41.8 | (12 | )% | (12 | )% | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total fee revenue |
$ | 850.0 | $ | 765.7 | 11 | % | 11 | % | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Segment operating expenses |
$ | 1,143.9 | $ | 962.3 | 19 | % | 19 | % | ||||||||
Less: Gross contract costs |
(356.3 | ) | (231.6 | ) | 54 | % | 54 | % | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total fee-based operating expenses |
$ | 787.6 | $ | 730.7 | 8 | % | 8 | % | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 62.5 | $ | 35.0 | 79 | % | 78 | % | ||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA Margin |
7% | 5% |
Three months ended March 31, 2018 compared to three months ended March 31, 2017
Americas revenue was $1.2 billion and Fee revenue was $850.0 million, increases of $219.0 million and $84.3 million, respectively. The change in revenue includes higher gross contract costs of $87.7 million as a result of the adoption of Topic 606.
Fee revenue increased $83.2 million or 11%, on a local currency basis. The increase in Fee revenue was driven primarily by growth in the Capital markets and Leasing service lines. The adoption of Topic 606 positively impacted fee revenue in the Leasing service line by $9.1 million or 4% on a local currency basis.
Fee-based operating expenses were $787.6 million, an 8% increase on a local currency basis. The growth in Fee-based operating expenses was driven primarily by higher cost of services associated with Fee revenue growth.
Adjusted EBITDA increased by $27.4 million or 78%, on a local currency basis, driven by the increase in Fee revenue exceeding the increase in Fee-based operating expenses and the $4.0 million impact of the adoption of Topic 606. Adjusted EBITDA margin, calculated on a Fee revenue basis, was 7%, compared to 5% in the prior year.
67
EMEA Results
The following table summarizes our results of operations by our EMEA operating segment for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017 (in millions):
Three Months
Ended March 31, 2018 |
Three Months
Ended March 31, 2017 |
% Change in
USD |
% Change in
Local Currency |
|||||||||||||
Total revenue |
$ | 209.2 | $ | 147.3 | 42% | 25% | ||||||||||
Less: Gross contract costs |
(45.9) | (18.5) | 148% | 117% | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total fee revenue |
$ | 163.3 | $ | 128.8 | 27% | 11% | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Service lines: |
||||||||||||||||
Property, facilities and project management |
$ | 54.6 | $ | 38.6 | 41% | 24% | ||||||||||
Leasing |
47.9 | 40.9 | 17% | 3% | ||||||||||||
Capital markets |
23.9 | 19.6 | 22% | 6% | ||||||||||||
Valuation and other |
36.9 | 29.7 | 24% | 9% | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total fee revenue |
$ | 163.3 | $ | 128.8 | 27% | 11% | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Segment operating expenses |
$ | 219.2 | $ | 160.7 | 36% | 20% | ||||||||||
Less: Gross contract costs |
(45.9) | (18.5) | 148% | 117% | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total fee-based operating expenses |
$ | 173.3 | $ | 142.2 | 22% | 8% | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | (8.6) | $ | (12.8) | (33)% | (36)% | ||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA Margin |
(5)% | (10)% |
Three months ended March 31, 2018 compared to three months ended March 31, 2017
EMEA revenue was $209.2 million and Fee revenue was $163.3 million, increases of $61.9 million and $34.5 million, respectively. The change in revenue includes higher gross contract costs of $24.7 million as a result of the adoption of Topic 606, which had no impact on Fee revenue.
Fee revenue increased by $16.1 million or 11%, on a local currency basis, driven primarily by growth in the Property, facilities and project management and Valuation and other service lines.
Fee-based operating expenses were $173.3 million, an 8% increase on a local currency basis. The growth in Fee-based operating expenses was driven primarily by higher cost of services associated with Fee revenue growth.
Adjusted EBITDA increased by $4.9 million or 36%, on a local currency basis, driven by the increase in Fee revenue exceeding the increase in Fee-based operating expenses.
68
APAC Results
The following table summarizes our results of operations by our APAC operating segment for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017 (in millions):
Three Months
Ended March 31, 2018 |
Three Months
Ended March 31, 2017 |
% Change in
USD |
% Change in
Local Currency |
|||||||||||||
Total revenue |
$ | 352.3 | $ | 326.8 | 8% | 3% | ||||||||||
Less: Gross contract costs |
(119.6 | ) | (117.7 | ) | 2% | (2)% | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total fee revenue |
$ | 232.7 | $ | 209.1 | 11% | 6% | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Service lines: |
||||||||||||||||
Property, facilities and project management |
$ | 156.2 | $ | 158.4 |
|
(1)% |
|
(6)% | ||||||||
Leasing |
26.0 | 23.6 | 10% | 4% | ||||||||||||
Capital markets |
27.1 | 8.7 | 211% | 210% | ||||||||||||
Valuation and other |
23.4 | 18.4 | 27% | 20% | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total fee revenue |
$ | 232.7 | $ | 209.1 | 11% | 6% | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Segment operating expenses |
$ | 331.3 | $ | 319.8 | 4% | (2)% | ||||||||||
Less: Gross contract costs |
(119.6 | ) | (117.7 | ) | 2% | (2)% | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total fee-based operating expenses | $ | 211.7 | $ | 202.1 | 5% | 6% | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 20.9 | $ | 6.9 | 203% | 178% | ||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA Margin |
9% | 3% |
Three months ended March 31, 2018 compared to three months ended March 31, 2017
APAC revenue was $352.3 million and Fee revenue was $232.7 million, increases of $25.5 million and $23.6 million, respectively. The change in revenue includes higher gross contract costs of $7.1 million as a result of the adoption of Topic 606.
Fee revenue increased by $12.7 million or 6% on a local currency basis. The increase in Fee revenue was driven primarily by growth in the Capital Markets and Valuation and other service lines, partially offset by the Property, facilities and project management service line.
Fee-based operating expenses were $211.7 million, and remained relatively consistent on a local currency basis.
Adjusted EBITDA increased by $13.3 million or 178%, on a local currency basis, driven by the increase in Fee revenue exceeding the increase in Fee-based operating expenses. Adjusted EBITDA margin, calculated on a Fee revenue basis, was 9% compared to 3% in the prior year.
69
The following table sets forth items derived from our consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 (in millions):
% Change in
USD |
% Change in Local
Currency |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Year Ended
December 31, 2017 |
Year Ended
December 31, 2016 |
Year Ended
December 31, 2015 |
2017
v 2016 |
2016
v 2015 |
2017
v 2016 |
2016
v 2015 |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Revenue: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total revenue |
$ | 6,923.9 | $ | 6,215.7 | $ | 4,193.2 | 11 | % | 48 | % | 11 | % | 51 | % | ||||||||||||||
Less: Gross contract costs |
(1,627.3 | ) | (1,406.0 | ) | (675.6 | ) | 16 | % | 108 | % | 15 | % | 112 | % | ||||||||||||||
Acquisition accounting adjustments |
23.2 | 30.1 | 99.5 | (23) | % | (70) | % | (24) | % | (69) | % | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Total fee revenue |
$ | 5,319.8 | $ | 4,839.8 | $ | 3,617.1 | 10 | % | 34 | % | 10 | % | 36 | % | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Service lines: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Property, facilities and project management |
$ | 2,488.5 | $ | 2,190.7 | $ | 1,877.7 | 14 | % | 17 | % | 13 | % | 18 | % | ||||||||||||||
Leasing |
1,650.8 | 1,498.9 | 1,101.5 | 10 | % | 36 | % | 10 | % | 38 | % | |||||||||||||||||
Capital markets |
740.5 | 730.8 | 334.8 | 1 | % | 118 | % | 1 | % | 124 | % | |||||||||||||||||
Valuation and other |
440.0 | 419.4 | 303.1 | 5 | % | 38 | % | 5 | % | 46 | % | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Total fee revenue |
$ | 5,319.8 | $ | 4,839.8 | $ | 3,617.1 | 10 | % | 34 | % | 10 | % | 36 | % | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Costs and expenses: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cost of services, operating and administrative expenses excluding gross contract costs |
$ | 5,167.7 | $ | 4,830.4 | $ | 3,569.3 | 7 | % | 35 | % | 7 | % | 35 | % | ||||||||||||||
Gross contract costs |
1,627.3 | 1,406.0 | 675.6 | 16 | % | 108 | % | 15 | % | 112 | % | |||||||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
270.6 | 260.6 | 155.9 | 4 | % | 67 | % | 4 | % | 72 | % | |||||||||||||||||
Restructuring, impairment and related charges |
28.5 | 32.1 | 202.8 | (11) | % | (84) | % | (8) | % | (73) | % | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Total costs and expenses |
$ | 7,094.1 | $ | 6,529.1 | $ | 4,603.6 | 9 | % | 42 | % | 8 | % | 45 | % | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Operating loss |
$ | (170.2 | ) | $ | (313.4 | ) | $ | (410.4 | ) | (46) | % | (24) | % | (44) | % | (18) | % | |||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 528.5 | $ | 474.8 | $ | 335.9 | 11 | % | 41 | % | 9 | % | 45 | % | ||||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA Margin |
10% | 10% | 9% |
Adjusted EBITDA is calculated as follows (in millions):
Year Ended
December 31, 2017 |
Year Ended
December 31, 2016 |
Year Ended
December 31, 2015 |
||||||||||
Net loss attributable to the Company |
$ | (220.5 | ) | $ | (449.1 | ) | $ | (473.7 | ) | |||
Add/(less): |
||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
270.6 | 260.6 | 155.9 | |||||||||
Interest expense, net of interest income |
183.1 | 171.8 | 123.1 | |||||||||
Benefit from income taxes |
(120.4 | ) | (27.4 | ) | (56.3 | ) | ||||||
Integration and other costs related to acquisitions |
326.3 | 427.5 | 497.4 | |||||||||
Stock-based compensation |
28.2 | 40.8 | 15.4 | |||||||||
Cassidy Turley deferred payment obligation |
44.0 | 47.6 | 61.8 | |||||||||
Other |
17.2 | 3.0 | 12.3 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 528.5 | $ | 474.8 | $ | 335.9 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Refer to Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial Information for additional detail on items noted above.
70
Below is the reconciliation of total costs and expenses to Fee-based operating expenses (in millions):
Year Ended
December 31, 2017 |
Year Ended
December 31, 2016 |
Year ended
December 31, 2015 |
||||||||||
Total costs and expenses |
$ | 7,094.1 | $ | 6,529.1 | $ | 4,603.6 | ||||||
Less: Gross contract costs |
(1,627.3 | ) | (1,406.0 | ) | (675.6 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Fee-based operating expenses |
$ | 5,466.8 | $ | 5,123.1 | $ | 3,928.0 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table presents a reconciliation of Fee-based operating expenses by segment to Consolidated Fee-based operating expenses (in millions):
Year Ended
December 31, 2017 |
Year Ended
December 31, 2016 |
Year Ended
December 31, 2015 |
||||||||||
Fee-based operating expenses: |
||||||||||||
Americas fee-based operating expenses |
$ | 3,251.7 | $ | 2,992.4 | $ | 2,187.0 | ||||||
EMEA fee-based operating expenses |
688.5 | 605.9 | 463.4 | |||||||||
APAC fee-based operating expenses |
863.5 | 775.4 | 634.3 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Segment fee-based operating expenses |
4,803.7 | 4,373.7 | 3,284.7 | |||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
270.6 | 260.6 | 155.9 | |||||||||
Integration and other costs related to acquisitions (1) |
303.1 | 397.4 | 397.9 | |||||||||
Stock-based compensation |
28.2 | 40.8 | 15.4 | |||||||||
Cassidy Turley deferred payment obligation |
44.0 | 47.6 | 61.8 | |||||||||
Other |
17.2 | 3.0 | 12.3 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Fee-based operating expenses |
$ | 5,466.8 | $ | 5,123.1 | $ | 3,928.0 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) | Represents integration and other costs related to acquisitions, comprised of certain direct and incremental costs resulting from acquisitions and related integration efforts, as well as costs related to our restructuring programs. Excludes the impact of acquisition accounting revenue adjustments as these amounts do not impact operating expenses. |
Year ended December 31, 2017 compared to year ended December 31, 2016
Revenue
Revenue was $6.9 billion, an increase of $708.2 million or 11%, which included an increase in gross contract costs of $221.3 million primarily in the Property, facilities and project management service line. Revenue growth also reflected the year-to-year increases in service line and segment Fee revenue discussed below. Foreign currency had a $44.2 million favorable impact on Revenue, driving approximately 1% growth of revenue.
Fee revenue was $5.3 billion, an increase of $480.0 million. Fee revenue increased $447.7 million or 10%, on a local currency basis. Foreign currency had a $32.2 million favorable impact on Fee revenue, driving approximately 1% growth of Fee revenue.
Fee revenue reflected increases in Property, facilities and project management and Leasing. Property, facilities and project management Fee revenue increased $279.8 million or 13%, on a local currency basis, driven by an Americas increase of $187.5 million or 13%, on a local currency basis, and an APAC increase of
71
$66.4 million or 12%, on a local currency basis. Leasing Fee revenue increased $143.4 million or 10%, on a local currency basis, driven by an Americas increase of $101.5 million or 9%, on a local currency basis, and an EMEA increase of $23.0 million or 11%, on a local currency basis.
Operating expenses
Operating expenses were $7.1 billion, an increase of $565.0 million or 9%. The increase in operating expenses reflected increased cost associated with revenue growth, including gross contract costs, partially offset by lower integration and other costs related to acquisitions.
Fee-based operating expenses, excluding Depreciation and amortization, integration and other costs related to acquisitions and stock-based compensation, were $4.8 billion, a 9% increase on a local currency basis. The growth in Fee-based operating expenses reflected higher costs in Property, facility and project management and Leasing associated with Fee revenue growth.
Interest expense
Interest expense, net of interest income increased by $11.3 million as a result of higher average annual borrowings. Average annual borrowings increased from $2.5 billion during 2016 to $2.7 billion during 2017 with interest expense as a percentage of average outstanding debt remaining relatively unchanged.
Benefit from income taxes
The benefit from income taxes was $120.4 million, an increase of $93.0 million. The benefit included a discrete tax benefit of $60.9 million related to the Tax Act as well as the impact of valuation allowances and other discrete items. Refer to the Income Tax discussion in the Summary of Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates and Note 13 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for a further discussion of our effective tax rate.
Net loss and Adjusted EBITDA
Net loss decreased from $449.1 million to $220.5 million in 2017 driven by the increase in Fee revenue exceeding the increase in Fee-based operating expenses, lower integration and other costs related to acquisitions and increased benefit from income taxes.
Adjusted EBITDA increased by $44.1 million or 9%, on a local currency basis, driven by the increase in Fee revenue exceeding the increase in Fee-based operating expenses. Adjusted EBITDA margin, calculated on a Fee revenue basis, was relatively unchanged from 2016 to 2017 at 10%.
Year ended December 31, 2016 compared to year ended December 31, 2015
Revenue
Revenue was $6.2 billion, an increase of $2.0 billion or 48%, including an increase in gross contract costs of $730.4 million, primarily in the Property, facilities and project management service line. The increase in revenue was primarily driven by inclusion of a full year of activity from the 2015 C&W Group merger compared to four months of activity in 2015. Foreign currency had a $34.4 million unfavorable impact on Revenue, driving approximately 1% decline of revenue.
Fee revenue was $4.8 billion, an increase of $1.2 billion. Fee revenue increased by $1.3 billion or 36% on a local currency basis. The increase in Fee revenue was driven primarily by inclusion of a full year of activity from the 2015 C&W Group merger. Foreign currency had a $36.5 million unfavorable impact on Fee revenue, driving approximately 1% decline of Fee revenue.
72
Operating expenses
Operating expenses were $6.5 billion, an increase of $1.9 billion or 42%. The increase in operating expenses was primarily driven by inclusion of a full year of activity from the 2015 C&W Group merger compared to four months of activity in 2015.
Fee-based operating expenses, excluding Depreciation and amortization, integration and other costs related to acquisitions and stock-based compensation, were $4.4 billion, a 35% increase on a local currency basis. The growth in both operating expenses and Fee-based operating expenses was driven primarily by inclusion of a full year of activity from the C&W Group merger.
Interest expense
Interest expense, net of interest income, increased by $48.7 million primarily as a result of a full year of interest expense on incremental borrowings related to the 2015 C&W Group merger. Average annual borrowings increased from $1.6 billion during 2015 to $2.5 billion during 2016, with interest expense as a percentage of average outstanding debt decreasing from 8% in 2015 to 7% in 2016.
Benefit from income taxes
The benefit from income tax was $27.4 million, a decrease of $28.9 million. The benefit included the impact of valuation allowance and other discrete items. Refer to the Income Tax discussion in the Summary of Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates and Note 13 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for a further discussion of our effective tax rate.
Net loss and Adjusted EBITDA
Net loss decreased from $473.7 million in 2015 to $449.1 million in 2016, primarily driven by a full year of Fee revenue and Fee-based operating expense activity from the C&W Group merger, partially offset by higher interest expenses and a lower benefit from income taxes.
Adjusted EBITDA increased by $145.8 million or 45%, on a local currency basis, driven primarily by inclusion of a full year of activity from the C&W Group merger. Adjusted EBITDA margin, calculated on a Fee revenue basis, increased from 9% in 2015 to 10% in 2016.
73
Segment Operations
Americas Results
The following table summarizes our results of operations by our Americas operating segment for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 (in millions):
Year
Ended December 31, 2017 |
Year
Ended December 31, 2016 |
Year
Ended December 31, 2015 |
% Change in
USD |
% Change in
Local Currency |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
2017
v 2016 |
2016
v 2015 |
2017
v 2016 |
2016
v 2015 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total revenue |
$ | 4,600.2 | $ | 4,124.3 | $ | 2,524.9 | 12% | 63% | 11% | 63% | ||||||||||||||||||
Less: Gross contract costs |
(1,023.4 | ) | (851.4 | ) | (201.5 | ) | 20% | n/m | 20% | n/m | ||||||||||||||||||
Acquisition accounting adjustments | 20.0 | 30.6 | 81.7 | (35)% | (63)% | (35)% | (63)% | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Total fee revenue |
$ | 3,596.8 | $ | 3,303.5 | $ | 2,405.1 | 9% | 37% | 9% | 37% | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Service lines: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Property, facilities and project management |
$ | 1,638.3 | $ | 1,445.4 | $ | 1,280.3 | 13% | 13% | 13% | 13% | ||||||||||||||||||
Leasing |
1,244.6 | 1,140.7 | 830.7 | 9% | 37% | 9% | 37% | |||||||||||||||||||||
Capital markets |
530.4 | 536.2 | 203.4 | (1)% | 164% | (1)% | 164% | |||||||||||||||||||||
Valuation and other |
183.5 | 181.2 | 90.7 | 1% | 100% | 1% | 100% | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Total fee revenue |
$ | 3,596.8 | $ | 3,303.5 | $ | 2,405.1 | 9% | 37% | 9% | 37% | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Segment operating expenses |
$ | 4,275.1 | $ | 3,843.8 | $ | 2,388.5 | 11% | 61% | 11% | 61% | ||||||||||||||||||
Less: Gross contract costs |
(1,023.4 | ) | (851.4 | ) | (201.5 | ) | 20% | n/m | 20% | n/m | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Total fee-based operating expenses | $ | 3,251.7 | $ | 2,992.4 | $ | 2,187.0 | 9% | 37% | 8% | 37% | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 344.6 | $ | 311.6 | $ | 217.1 | 11% | 44% | 10% | 44% | ||||||||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA Margin |
10% | 9% | 9% |
Year ended December 31, 2017 compared to year ended December 31, 2016
Americas revenue was $4.6 billion and Fee revenue was $3.6 billion, increases of $475.9 million and $293.3 million, respectively.
Fee revenue increased $284.4 million or 9%, on a local currency basis, reflecting broad growth across all four service lines. The increase in Fee revenue was driven primarily by Property, facilities and project management and Leasing.
Fee-based operating expenses were $3.3 billion, an 8% increase on a local currency basis. The growth in Fee-based operating expenses was driven primarily by higher cost of services associated with Fee revenue growth.
Adjusted EBITDA increased by $32.0 million or 10%, on a local currency basis, driven by the increase in Fee revenue exceeding the increase in Fee-based operating expenses. Adjusted EBITDA margin, calculated on a Fee revenue basis, was 10%, compared to 9%.
Year ended December 31, 2016 compared to year ended December 31, 2015
Americas revenue was $4.1 billion and fee revenue was $3.3 billion, increases of $1.6 billion and $898.4 million, respectively.
74
Fee revenue increased by $899.8 million or 37%, on a local currency basis, reflecting broad growth across all four service lines. The increase in Fee revenue was driven primarily by inclusion of a full year of activity from the C&W Group merger compared to four months of activity in 2015.
Fee-based operating expenses were $3.0 billion, a 37% increase on a local currency basis. The growth in Fee-based operating expenses was driven primarily by inclusion of a full year of activity from the C&W Group merger.
Adjusted EBITDA increased by $94.7 million or 44%, on a local currency basis, driven primarily by inclusion of a full year of activity from the C&W Group merger. Adjusted EBITDA margin, calculated on a Fee revenue basis, was relatively unchanged.
EMEA Results
The following table summarizes our results of operations by our EMEA operating segment for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 (in millions):
Year
Ended December 31, 2017 |
Year
Ended December 31, 2016 |
Year
Ended December 31, 2015 |
% Change in
USD |
% Change
in Local Currency |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
2017
v 2016 |
2016
v 2015 |
2017
v 2016 |
2016
v 2015 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total revenue |
$ 863.3 | $ 755.5 | $ 541.1 | 14% | 40% | 14% | 52% | |||||||||||||||||||||
Less: Gross contract costs |
(81.3 | ) | (65.0 | ) | (30.9 | ) | 25% | 110% | 28% | 128% | ||||||||||||||||||
Acquisition accounting adjustments |
3.2 | (0.8 | ) | 16.9 | n/m | n/m | n/m | n/m | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Total fee revenue |
$ 785.2 | $ 689.7 | $ 527.1 | 14% | 31% | 13% | 42% | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Service lines: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Property, facilities and project management |
$ 200.5 | $ 172.9 | $ 132.6 | 16% | 30% | 16% | 44% | |||||||||||||||||||||
Leasing |
256.5 | 229.1 | 160.5 | 12% | 43% | 11% | 54% | |||||||||||||||||||||
Capital markets |
154.3 | 128.0 | 94.5 | 21% | 35% | 18% | 46% | |||||||||||||||||||||
Valuation and other |
173.9 | 159.7 | 139.5 | 9% | 14% | 9% | 25% | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Total fee revenue |
$ 785.2 | $ 689.7 | $ 527.1 | 14% | 31% | 13% | 42% | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Segment operating expenses |
$ 769.8 | $ 670.9 | $ 494.3 | 15% | 36% | 15% | 46% | |||||||||||||||||||||
Less: Gross contract costs |
(81.3 | ) | (65.0 | ) | (30.9 | ) | 25% | 110% | 28% | 128% | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Total fee-based operating expenses |
$ 688.5 | $ 605.9 | $ 463.4 | 14% | 31% | 14% | 41% | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ 108.8 | $ 90.8 | $ 68.0 | 20% | 34% | 12% | 52% | |||||||||||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA Margin |
14% | 13% | 13% |
Year ended December 31, 2017 compared to year ended December 31, 2016
EMEA revenue was $863.3 million and Fee revenue was $785.2 million, increases of $107.8 million and $95.5 million, respectively.
Fee revenue increased by $84.1 million or 13%, on a local currency basis, reflecting broad growth across all four service lines. The increase in Fee revenue was driven primarily by Property, facilities and project management, Leasing and Capital markets.
Fee-based operating expenses were $688.5 million, a 14% increase on a local currency basis. The growth in Fee-based operating expenses was driven primarily by higher cost of services associated with Fee revenue growth.
75
Adjusted EBITDA increased by $10.3 million or 12%, on a local currency basis, driven by the increase in Fee revenue exceeding the increase in Fee-based operating expenses. Adjusted EBITDA margin, calculated on a Fee revenue basis, was 14%, compared to 13%.
Year ended December 31, 2016 compared to year ended December 31, 2015
EMEA revenue was $755.5 million and Fee revenue was $689.7 million, increases of $214.4 million and $162.6 million, respectively.
Fee revenue increased by $192.7 million or 42%, on a local currency basis, reflecting broad growth across all four service lines. The increase in Fee revenue was driven primarily by inclusion of a full year of activity from the C&W Group merger compared to four months of activity in 2015.
Fee-based operating expenses were $605.9 million, a 41% increase on a local currency basis. The growth in Fee-based operating expenses was driven primarily by inclusion of a full year of activity from the C&W Group merger.
Adjusted EBITDA increased by $29.8 million or 52%, on a local currency basis, driven primarily by inclusion of a full year of activity from the C&W Group merger. Adjusted EBITDA margin, calculated on a Fee revenue basis, was relatively unchanged.
APAC Results
The following table summarizes our results of operations by our APAC operating segment for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 (in millions):
Year
Ended December 31, 2017 |
Year
Ended December 31, 2016 |
Year
Ended December 31, 2015 |
% Change
in USD |
% Change
in Local Currency |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
2017
v 2016 |
2016
v 2015 |
2017
v 2016 |
2016
v 2015 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total revenue |
$ 1,460.4 | $ 1,335.9 | $ 1,127.2 | 9% | 19% | 8% | 20% | |||||||||||||||||||||
Less: Gross contract costs |
(522.6 | ) | (489.6 | ) | (443.2 | ) | 7% | 10% | 4% | 11% | ||||||||||||||||||
Acquisition accounting adjustments |
| 0.3 | 0.9 | n/m | n/m | n/m | n/m | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Total fee revenue |
$ 937.8 | $ 846.6 | $ 684.9 | 11% | 24% | 10% | 26% | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Service lines: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Property, facilities and project management |
$ 649.7 | $ 572.4 | $ 464.8 | 14% | 23% | 12% | 24% | |||||||||||||||||||||
Leasing |
149.7 | 129.1 | 110.3 | 16% | 17% | 15% | 20% | |||||||||||||||||||||
Capital markets |
55.8 | 66.6 | 36.9 | (16)% | 80% | (16)% | 80% | |||||||||||||||||||||
Valuation and other |
82.6 | 78.5 | 72.9 | 5% | 8% | 6% | 12% | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Total fee revenue |
$ 937.8 | $ 846.6 | $ 684.9 | 11% | 24% | 10% | 26% | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Segment operating expenses |
$ 1,386.1 | $ 1,265.0 | $ 1,077.5 | 10% | 17% | 8% | 19% | |||||||||||||||||||||
Less: Gross contract costs |
(522.6 | ) | (489.6 | ) | (443.2 | ) | 7% | 10% | 4% | 11% | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Total fee-based operating expenses |
$ 863.5 | $ 775.4 | $ 634.3 | 11% | 22% | 10% | 24% | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ 75.1 | $ 72.4 | $ 50.8 | 4% | 43% | 3% | 44% | |||||||||||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA Margin |
8% | 9% | 7% |
76
Year ended December 31, 2017 compared to year ended December 31, 2016
APAC revenue was $1.5 billion and Fee revenue was $937.8 million, increases of $124.5 million and $91.2 million, respectively.
Fee revenue increased by $79.2 million or 10% on a local currency basis. The increase in Fee revenue was driven primarily by Property, facilities and project management and Leasing, partially offset by Capital markets.
Fee-based operating expenses were $863.5 million, a 10% increase on a local currency basis. The growth in Fee-based operating expenses was driven primarily by higher cost of services associated with Fee revenue growth.
Adjusted EBITDA increased by $1.9 million or 3%, on a local currency basis, driven by the increase in Fee revenue exceeding the increase in Fee-based operating expenses. Adjusted EBITDA margin, calculated on a Fee revenue basis, was 8% compared to 9%.
Year ended December 31, 2016 compared to year ended December 31, 2015
APAC revenue was $1.3 billion and Fee revenue was $846.6 million, increases by $208.7 million and $161.7 million, respectively.
Fee revenue increased by $166.8 million or 26%, on a local currency basis, reflecting broad growth across all four service lines. The increase in Fee revenue was driven primarily by inclusion of a full year of activity from the C&W Group merger compared to four months of activity in 2015.
Fee-based operating expenses were $775.4 million, a 24% increase on a local currency basis. The growth in Fee-based operating expenses was driven primarily by inclusion of a full year of activity from the C&W Group merger.
Adjusted EBITDA increased by $21.3 million or 44%, on a local currency basis, driven primarily by inclusion of a full year of activity from the C&W Group merger. Adjusted EBITDA margin, calculated on a Fee revenue basis, was 9%, compared to 7%.
Pro Forma Financial Information
We believe presenting unaudited supplemental pro forma information is beneficial to investors because it provides additional information to facilitate analysis of our financial results, as historical results for the year ended December 31, 2015 are not comparable to the results for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 due to significant transactions that were completed during 2015, including the C&W Group Merger and C&W Financing Transactions (as defined in Note 1Description of the Transactions). Supplementing the audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for the year ended December 31, 2015 with pro forma financial information for the year ended December 31, 2015 allows for a more meaningful comparison of the results for the years ended December 31, 2015 through 2017. Refer to the Notes to the unaudited supplemental pro forma combined statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2015 for additional detail on the description of the transactions and applicable pro forma adjustments.
Unaudited Supplemental Pro Forma Combined Statement of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2015
The following unaudited supplemental pro forma combined statement of operations and explanatory notes for the year ended December 31, 2015, which have been prepared pursuant to Article 11 of Regulation S-X, give effect to the C&W Group Merger and C&W Financing Transactions (as defined in Note 1Description of the Transactions) as if they had occurred on January 1, 2014.
77
The unaudited supplemental pro forma combined statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2015 has been derived from the historical financial information of DTZ (including Cassidy Turley) and C&W Group.
The historical consolidated financial information of DTZ for the 12 months ended December 31, 2015 has been derived from the audited historical consolidated statement of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2015 (DTZ Historical) included elsewhere in this prospectus. The historical consolidated financial information of C&W Group for the eight months ended August 31, 2015 (C&W Group 8-Months Historical) has been derived from the audited C&W Group statement of operations for the eight months ended August 31, 2015 included elsewhere in this prospectus.
The unaudited pro forma combined balance sheet as of December 31, 2015 is not presented because the audited balance sheet of Cushman & Wakefield plc as of December 31, 2015 already includes the financial position of C&W Group.
The unaudited supplemental pro forma combined statement of operations has been prepared pursuant to Article 11 of Regulation S-X and is based upon available information and assumptions that we believe are reasonable. The historical consolidated and combined consolidated financial information has been adjusted to give effect to pro forma adjustments that are (1) directly attributable to the transactions, (2) factually supportable and (3) expected to have a continuing impact on the combined results. The supplemental pro forma combined statement of operations is for illustrative and informational purposes only and is not intended to represent or be indicative of what our results of operations would have been had the above transactions occurred on the dates indicated and also should not be considered representative of our future results of operations. The supplemental pro forma combined statement of operations does not reflect projected realization of revenue synergies and cost savings.
The following table presents the unaudited supplemental pro forma combined statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2015 as described above:
Historical | ||||||||||||||||
(in millions) | DTZ Historical |
C&W Group
8-Month Historical (Note 1) |
Pro Forma
Adjustments (Note 2) |
Pro Forma
Combined |
||||||||||||
Revenue |
$ | 4,193.2 | $ | 1,825.8 | $ | | $ | 6,019.0 | ||||||||
Costs and expenses: |
||||||||||||||||
Cost of services (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) |
3,386.3 | 1,112.7 | | 4,499.0 | ||||||||||||
Operating, administrative and other |
858.6 | 641.8 | (68.3) | (a),(b),(e) | 1,432.1 | |||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
155.9 | 41.2 | 63.0 | (a) | 260.1 | |||||||||||
Restructuring, impairment and related charges |
202.8 | 0.5 | | 203.3 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total costs and expenses |
4,603.6 | 1,796.2 | (5.3) | 6,394.5 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Operating (loss) income |
(410.4) | 29.6 | 5.3 | (375.5) | ||||||||||||
Interest (expense), net of interest income |
(123.1) | (5.3) | 3.1 | (c),(d) | (125.3) | |||||||||||
Earnings from equity method investments |
4.6 | | | 4.6 | ||||||||||||
Other income (expense), net |
(0.2) | (40.8) | 34.0 | (b) | (7.0) | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Income (loss) before income taxes |
(529.1) | (16.5) | 42.4 | (503.2) | ||||||||||||
Provision (benefit) from income taxes |
(56.3) | 5.9 | 14.9 | (f) | (35.5) | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net (loss) income |
(472.8) | (22.4) | 27.5 | (467.7) | ||||||||||||
Less: Net (loss) income attributable to non-controlling interests |
0.9 | | | 0.9 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net (loss) income attributable to the Company |
$ | (473.7) | $ | (22.4) | $ | 27.5 | $ | (468.6) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to the Unaudited Supplemental Pro Forma Combined Statement of Operations.
78
Notes to the Unaudited Supplemental Pro Forma Combined Statement of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2015
Note 1Description of the Transactions
C&W Group Merger and C&W Financing Transactions
On September 1, 2015, the Company completed the acquisition of C&W Group, referred to herein as the C&W Group Merger. The total consideration for the C&W Group Merger was cash of $1.9 billion. The consideration transferred was funded in part by equity contributions from the Sponsors totaling $940.0 million and net proceeds of $1.3 billion from debt issued. On the acquisition date, the First Lien Credit Agreement was amended. Under the First Lien Credit Agreement, as amended, the Company refinanced the outstanding principal of $746.3 million under the First Lien Loan and borrowed an additional $1.1 billion under the First Lien Credit Agreement. Additionally, the Company borrowed an additional $250.0 million under the Second Lien Credit Agreement. The additional $1.1 billion under the First Lien Credit Agreement and the additional $250.0 million under the Second Lien Credit Agreement are collectively referred to as the C&W Financing Transactions, and the C&W Group Merger along with the corresponding C&W Financing Transactions are collectively referred to as the C&W Transactions.
The historical consolidated financial information of DTZ for the 12 months ended December 31, 2015 has been derived from the historical audited DTZ statement of operations data for the period January 1, 2015 through December 31, 2015 included elsewhere in this prospectus. The historical consolidated financial information of C&W Group for the 8 months ended August 31, 2015 has been derived from the audited C&W Group statement of operations for the period January 1, 2015 through August 31, 2015 included elsewhere in this prospectus.
The adjustments disclosed in Note 2Pro forma adjustments for the combined consolidated statement of operations for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015 below are derived from fair values recorded for assets acquired and liabilities assumed of C&W Group.
Note 2Pro Forma Adjustments for the Combined Statement of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2015
(a) |
Represents additional fixed asset depreciation and intangible asset amortization of $62.8 million as a result of recording assets acquired and liabilities assumed at fair value pursuant to acquisition accounting; of which, $63.0 million is reflected in Depreciation and amortization, and $(0.2) million is reflected in Operating, administrative and other. Refer below for a breakout of the incremental amortization expense on the identified definite-lived intangible assets acquired with the C&W Group Merger: |
Fair value |
Weighted
avg. useful life (in years) |
Pro forma
amortization expense (annual) |
Pro forma
amortization expense (8-month) |
|||||||||||||
Above market leases |
$ | 9.5 | 11 | $ | 1.1 | $ | 0.8 | |||||||||
Trade name |
546.0 | Indefinite | | | ||||||||||||
Customer relationships |
599.6 | 6 | 112.2 | 74.8 | ||||||||||||
Alliance networks |
5.0 | 7 | 0.7 | 0.5 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total |
$ | 1,160.1 | N/A | $ | 114.0 | $ | 76.1 | |||||||||
Less: C&W Group 8-Month Historical amortization expense |
$ | (13.1) | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||
C&W Group pro forma amortization expense |
$ | 63.0 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Other: |
||||||||||||||||
Below market leases |
$ | (0.8) | 3 | $ | (0.2) | $ | (0.2) |
79
(b) |
Represents the removal of transaction costs of $93.6 million, which was directly attributable to the acquisitions but did not have a continuing impact on the Companys operations. Of the total $93.6 million, $59.6 million was reflected in Operating, administrative and other, and $34.0 million was reflected in Other income (expense). |
(c) |
Represents additional interest expense of $16.6 million in connection with the C&W Financing Transactions, within Interest expense, net of interest income. For each 1/8 percent variance in the applicable interest rates in excess of LIBOR, pro forma interest expense would change by approximately $2.5 million on an annual basis. Refer below for a breakout of the incremental interest expense in connection with the C&W Financing Transactions: |
Face
value |
Original
issuance discount (OID) |
Deferred
financing cost |
Net
value |
Stated
interest rate |
Stated
interest |
Amortization
of OID |
Amortization
of deferred financing costs |
Interest
expense adjustment |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Amended 1st Lien |
1,801.3 | (10.9) | (38.2) | 1,752.2 | 4.25 | % | 76.3 | 1.4 | 4.9 | 82.6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Amended 2 nd Lien |
250.0 | (5.4) | (1.2) | 243.4 | 8.75 | % | 21.8 | 0.5 | 0.1 | 22.4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
105.0 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Less : |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Historical interest expense of DTZ |
(76.2) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Historical interest expense of C&W Group |
(12.2) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net pro forma interest expense adjustment |
16.6 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
(d) |
Represents the removal of fees expensed of $19.7 million in connection with debt modification, which were reflected entirely within Interest expense, net of interest income. |
(e) |
Represents the removal of stock compensation expense of $8.5 million, which was accelerated due to the acquisition. The stock compensation expense was directly attributable to the acquisitions but did not have a continuing impact on the Companys operations. The entire amount was reflected in Operating, administrative and other. |
(f) |
Reflects the income tax effect of pro forma adjustments (a) (e) based on the applicable blended statutory rate of 35%. |
Year Ended December 31, 2016 Compared to Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2015
In order to provide the most meaningful comparison of results, the following consolidated and segment information includes both actual results for all periods presented and results on a pro forma basis for the year ended December 31, 2015. The unaudited pro forma financial information is based on the historical Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company and the C&W Group and has been prepared to illustrate the effects of the Companys acquisition of C&W Group, assuming the acquisition of C&W Group had been consummated on January 1, 2014, the beginning of the earliest period presented, rather than September 1, 2015, the date of the acquisition. For 2015, pro forma financial information reflects actual results for the last four months of 2015 plus pro forma financial information for the first eight months of 2015. The accompanying pro forma financial information does not give pro forma effect to any other transactions or events.
The unaudited pro forma financial information is not necessarily indicative of the results of operations that would have actually occurred, or the financial position, had the acquisition been completed as of the dates indicated, nor is it indicative of the future operating results, or financial position, of the Company. The unaudited
80
pro forma financial information does not reflect future events that occurred after the acquisition of C&W Group, including the potential realization of any future operating cost savings or restructuring activities or other costs related to the planned integration of C&W Group yet to be incurred, and does not consider potential impacts of current market conditions on revenues or expense efficiencies.
The unaudited pro forma financial information was prepared in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X. The unaudited pro forma financial information includes adjustments that give effect to events that are directly attributable to the transaction described above, are factually supportable and, with respect to our statement of operations, are expected to have a continuing impact. Refer to the discussion of the unaudited supplemental pro forma combined statement of operations and explanatory notes in the Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information for further detail.
The following table summarizes operational details for our consolidated operations for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 and pro forma results for the year ended December 31, 2015 (in millions):
Year
Ended December 31, 2017 |
Year
Ended December 31, 2016 |
Year
Ended December 31, 2015 |
Year
Ended December 31, 2015 (Pro Forma) |
% Change in
USD |
% Change
in Local Currency |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2017
v 2016 |
2016
v Pro Forma 2015 |
2017
v 2016 |
2016
v Pro Forma 2015 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Revenue: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total revenue |
$ | 6,923.9 | $ | 6,215.7 | $ | 4,193.2 | $ | 6,019.0 | 11% | 3% | 11% | 5% | ||||||||||||||||||||
Less: Gross contract costs |
(1,627.3 | ) | (1,406.0 | ) | (675.6 | ) | (1,260.0 | ) | 16% | 12% | 15% | 13% | ||||||||||||||||||||
Acquisition accounting adjustments |
23.2 | 30.1 | 99.5 | 99.5 | (23)% | (70)% | (24)% | (69)% | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Total fee revenue |
$ | 5,319.8 | $ | 4,839.8 | $ | 3,617.1 | $ | 4,858.5 | 10% | 0% | 10% | 1% | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Service lines: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Property, facilities and project management |
$ | 2,488.5 | $ | 2,190.7 | $ | 1,877.7 | $ | 2,099.2 | 14% | 4% | 13% | 6% | ||||||||||||||||||||
Leasing |
1,650.8 | 1,498.9 | 1,101.5 | 1,604.9 | 10% | (7)% | 10% | (5)% | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Capital markets |
740.5 | 730.8 | 334.8 | 712.5 | 1% | 3% | 1% | 4% | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Valuation and other |
440.0 | 419.4 | 303.1 | 441.9 | 5% | (5)% | 5% | (1)% | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Total fee revenue |
$ | 5,319.8 | $ | 4,839.8 | $ | 3,617.1 | $ | 4,858.5 | 10% | 0% | 10% | 1% | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 528.5 | $ | 474.8 | $ | 335.9 | $ | 418.2 | 11% | 14% | 9% | 16% | ||||||||||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA Margin | 10% | 10% | 9% | 9% |
81
Adjusted EBITDA is calculated as follows (in millions):
Year Ended
December 31, 2017 |
Year Ended
December 31, 2016 |
Year Ended
December 31, 2015 |
Year Ended
December 31, 2015 (Pro Forma) |
|||||||||||||
Net loss attributable to the Company |
$ | (220.5 | ) | $ | (449.1 | ) | $ | (473.7 | ) | $ | (468.6 | ) | ||||
Add/(less): |
||||||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization (1) |
270.6 | 260.6 | 155.9 | 260.1 | ||||||||||||
Interest expense, net of interest income (2) |
183.1 | 171.8 | 123.1 | 125.3 | ||||||||||||
Benefit from income taxes |
(120.4 | ) | (27.4 | ) | (56.3 | ) | (35.5 | ) | ||||||||
Integration and other costs related to acquisitions (3) | 326.3 | 427.5 | 497.4 | 437.9 | ||||||||||||
Stock-based compensation (4) |
28.2 | 40.8 | 15.4 | 24.9 | ||||||||||||
Cassidy Turley deferred payment obligation (5) |
44.0 | 47.6 | 61.8 | 61.8 | ||||||||||||
Other (6) |
17.2 | 3.0 | 12.3 | 12.3 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 528.5 | $ | 474.8 | $ | 335.9 | $ | 418.2 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) | Depreciation and amortization includes merger and acquisition-related depreciation and amortization of $193 million, $182 million and $109 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively; and $185 million for the pro forma year ended December 31, 2015. |
(2) | Interest expense, net of interest income includes one-time financing fees related to debt modification of $9 million and $20 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. |
(3) | Integration and other costs related to acquisitions represents certain direct and incremental costs resulting from acquisitions and certain related integration efforts as a result of those acquisitions, as well as costs related to our restructuring efforts. Integration and other costs related to acquisitions includes impairment charges of $143.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 and the pro forma year ended December 31, 2015, recorded against the DTZ trade name as a result of managements plans to use the Cushman & Wakefield trade name after the C&W Group Merger. |
(4) | Stock-based compensation represents non-cash compensation expense associated with our equity compensation plans. Refer to Note 14: Share-based Payments from the Notes to the audited Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2017. |
(5) | Cassidy Turley deferred payment obligation represents expense associated with a deferred payment obligation related to the acquisition of Cassidy Turley on December 31, 2014, which will be paid out before the end of 2018. Refer to Note 11: Employee Benefits of the Companys audited Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information. |
(6) | Other includes sponsor management advisory services fees of approximately $5 million for each of the years ended December 31 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively; accounts receivable securitization costs of approximately $8 million for the year ended December 31, 2017; and other items of approximately $4 million, $(2) million, and $7 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively. |
Year ended December 31, 2016 compared to pro forma year ended December 31, 2015
Pro forma Revenue and Fee revenue
Revenue was $6.2 billion, an increase of $196.8 million or 3%, which included an increase in gross contract costs of $146.0 million primarily in the Property, facilities and project management service line. Revenue growth also reflected year-to-year changes in service line and segment Fee revenue discussed below. Foreign currency had a $96.3 million unfavorable impact on Revenue, driving approximately 2% decline of revenue.
82
Fee revenue was $4.8 billion, a decrease of $18.7 million. Fee revenue increased $62.8 million or 1%, on a local currency basis. Foreign currency had an $81.5 million unfavorable impact on Fee revenue, driving approximately 2% decline of Fee revenue.
Fee revenue reflected increases in Property, facilities and project management and Capital Markets, partially offset by a decline in Leasing. Property, facilities and project management fee revenue increased $120.9 million or 6%, on a local currency basis, driven by an Americas increase of $71.7 million or 5%, on a local currency basis, and an APAC increase of $55.9 million or 11%, on a local currency basis. Leasing fee revenue decreased $81.6 million or 5%, on a local currency basis, driven by an Americas decrease of $76.2 million or 6% as a result of merger-related transition activities.
Pro forma Adjusted EBITDA
Adjusted EBITDA increased by $65.7 million or 16%, on a local currency basis, driven primarily by achievement of overhead expense synergies associated with the C&W Group merger and realization of operating efficiencies tied to investments in technology and process improvements. Adjusted EBITDA margin, calculated on a Fee revenue basis, increased from 9% in 2015 to 10% in 2016.
83
Americas Results
The following table summarizes operational details for our Americas segment for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 and the pro forma year ended December 31, 2015 (in millions):
Year
Ended December 31, 2017 |
Year
Ended December 31, 2016 |
Year
Ended December 31, 2015 |
Year
Ended December 31, 2015 (Pro Forma) |
% Change in
USD |
% Change
in Local Currency |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2017
v 2016 |
2016
v Pro Forma 2015 |
2017
v 2016 |
2016
v Pro Forma 2015 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total revenue |
$ | 4,600.2 | $ | 4,124.3 | $ | 2,524.9 | $ | 3,883.4 | 12% | 6% | 11% | 7% | ||||||||||||||||||||
Less: Gross contract costs | (1,023.4) | (851.4) | (201.5) | (664.6) | 20% | 28% | 20% | 28% | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Acquisition accounting adjustments | 20.0 | 30.6 | 81.7 | 81.7 | (35)% | (63)% | (35)% | (62)% | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Total fee revenue |
$ | 3,596.8 | $ | 3,303.5 | $ | 2,405.1 | $ | 3,300.5 | 9% | 0% | 9% | 1% | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Service lines: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Property, facilities and project management |
$ | 1,638.3 | $ | 1,445.4 | $ | 1,280.3 | $ | 1,381.9 | 13% | 5% | 13% | 5% | ||||||||||||||||||||
Leasing |
1,244.6 | 1,140.7 | 830.7 | 1,221.7 | 9% | (7)% | 9% | (6)% | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Capital markets |
530.4 | 536.2 | 203.4 | 511.7 | (1)% | 5% | (1)% | 5% | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Valuation and other |
183.5 | 181.2 | 90.7 | 185.2 | 1% | (2)% | 1% | (2)% | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Total fee revenue |
$ | 3,596.8 | $ | 3,303.5 | $ | 2,405.1 | $ | 3,300.5 | 9% | 0% | 9% | 1% | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA | $ | 344.6 | $ | 311.6 | $ | 217.1 | $ | 285.6 | 11% | 9% | 10% | 9% | ||||||||||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA Margin | 10% | 9% | 9% | 9% |
Year ended December 31, 2016 compared to pro forma year ended December 31, 2015
Pro forma Revenue and Fee revenue
Total revenue was $4.1 billion and Fee revenue was $3.3 billion, increases of $240.9 million and $3.0 million, respectively.
Fee revenue increased $17.0 million or 1%, on a local currency basis. The increase in Fee revenue was driven primarily by Property, facilities and project management, partially offset by a decline in Leasing driven by merger-related transition activities.
84
Pro forma Adjusted EBITDA
Adjusted EBITDA increased by $26.4 million or 9%, on a local currency basis, driven primarily by achievement of overhead expense synergies associated with the C&W Group merger. Adjusted EBITDA margin, calculated on a Fee revenue basis, was relatively unchanged.
EMEA Results
The following table summarizes operational details for our EMEA segment for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 and the pro forma year ended December 31, 2015 (in millions):
% Change in
USD |
% Change in Local
Currency |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Year
Ended December 31, 2017 |
Year
Ended December 31, 2016 |
Year
Ended December 31, 2015 |
Year
Ended December 31, 2015 (Pro Forma) |
2017
v 2016 |
2016
v Pro Forma 2015 |
2017
v 2016 |
2016
v Pro Forma 2015 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total revenue |
$ | 863.3 | $ | 755.5 | $ | 541.1 | $ | 855.9 | 14 | % | (12 | )% | 14 | % | (4 | )% | ||||||||||||||||
Less: Gross contract costs |
(81.3 | ) | (65.0 | ) | (30.9 | ) | (106.1 | ) | 25 | % | (39 | )% | 28 | % | (32 | )% | ||||||||||||||||
Acquisition accounting adjustments | 3.2 | (0.8 | ) | 16.9 | 16.9 | n/ | m | n/ | m | n/ | m | n/ | m | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total fee revenue |
$ | 785.2 | $ | 689.7 | $ | 527.1 | $ | 766.7 | 14 | % | (10 | )% | 13 | % | (3 | )% | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Service lines: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Property, facilities and project management |
$ | 200.5 | $ | 172.9 | $ | 132.6 | $ | 195.4 | 16 | % | (12 | )% | 16 | % | (4 | )% | ||||||||||||||||
Leasing |
256.5 | 229.1 | 160.5 | 240.3 | 12 | % | (5 | )% | 11 | % | 2 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
Capital markets |
154.3 | 128.0 | 94.5 | 154.6 | 21 | % | (17 | )% | 18 | % | (11 | )% | ||||||||||||||||||||
Valuation and other |
173.9 | 159.7 | 139.5 | 176.4 | 9 | % | (9 | )% | 9 | % | (2 | )% | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total fee revenue |
$ | 785.2 | $ | 689.7 | $ | 527.1 | $ | 766.7 | 14 | % | (10 | )% | 13 | % | (3 | )% | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 108.8 | $ | 90.8 | $ | 68.0 | $ | 81.0 | 20 | % | 12 | % | 12 | % | 27 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA Margin |
14% | 13% | 13% | 11% |
Year ended December 31, 2016 compared to pro forma year ended December 31, 2015
Pro forma Revenue and Fee revenue
Total revenue was $755.5 million and Fee revenue was $689.7 million, decreases of $100.4 million and $77.0 million, respectively.
Fee revenue declined $20.5 million or 3%, on a local currency basis. The decrease in Fee revenue was driven primarily by slower Capital markets activity driven by uncertainty around Brexit and lower Property, facilities and project management Fee revenue.
Pro forma Adjusted EBITDA
Adjusted EBITDA increased by $18.7 million or 27%, on a local currency basis, driven primarily by achievement of overhead expense synergies associated with the C&W Group merger, offset by the impact of lower Fee revenue. Adjusted EBITDA margin, calculated on a Fee revenue basis, was 13%, compared to 11%.
85
APAC Results
The following table summarizes operational details for our APAC segment for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 and the pro forma year ended December 31, 2015 (in millions):
% Change in USD |
% Change in Local
Currency |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Year Ended
December 31, 2017 |
Year Ended
December 31, 2016 |
Year
Ended December 31, 2015 |
Year Ended
December 31, 2015 (Pro Forma) |
2017
v 2016 |
2016
v Pro Forma 2015 |
2017
v 2016 |
2016
v Pro Forma 2015 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total revenue |
$ | 1,460.4 | $ | 1,335.9 | $ | 1,127.2 | $ | 1,279.7 | 9% | 4% | 8% | 6% | ||||||||||||||||||||
Less: Gross contract costs |
(522.6) | (489.6) | (443.2) | (489.3) | 7% | 0% | 4% | 1% | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Acquisition accounting adjustments | | 0.3 | 0.9 | 0.9 | n/m | n/m | n/m | n/m | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Total fee revenue |
$ | 937.8 | $ | 846.6 | $ | 684.9 | $ | 791.3 | 11% | 7% | 10% | 9% | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Service lines: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Property, facilities and project management |
$ | 649.7 | $ | 572.4 | $ | 464.8 | $ | 521.9 | 14% | 10% | 12% | 11% | ||||||||||||||||||||
Leasing |
149.7 | 129.1 | 110.3 | 142.9 | 16% | (10)% | 15% | (7)% | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Capital markets |
55.8 | 66.6 | 36.9 | 46.2 | (16)% | 44% | (16)% | 43% | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Valuation and other |
82.6 | 78.5 | 72.9 | 80.3 | 5% | (2)% | 6% | 1% | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Total fee revenue |
$ | 937.8 | $ | 846.6 | $ | 684.9 | $ | 791.3 | 11% | 7% | 10% | 9% | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 75.1 | $ | 72.4 | $ | 50.8 | $ | 51.6 | 4% | 43% | 3% | 42% | ||||||||||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA Margin |
8% | 9% | 7% | 7% |
Year ended December 31, 2016 compared to pro forma year ended December 31, 2015
Pro forma Revenue and Fee revenue
Total revenue was $1.3 billion and Fee revenue was $846.6 million, an increase of $56.2 million and $55.3 million, respectively.
Fee revenue increased $66.3 million or 9%, on a local currency basis. The increase in Fee revenue was driven primarily by Property, facilities and project management and Capital markets, partially offset by Leasing.
Pro forma Adjusted EBITDA
Adjusted EBITDA increased by $20.6 million or 42%, on a local currency basis, driven primarily by achievement of overhead expense synergies associated with the C&W Group merger and by the impact of higher Fee revenue. Adjusted EBITDA margin, calculated on a Fee revenue basis, was 9%, compared to 7%.
86
2014 Historical Financial Data
In order to provide investors with additional information on the historical performance of the three companies we have combined through execution of mergers and acquisitions during 2014 and 2015, we are providing the following financial data for the year ended December 31, 2014 for each of DTZ, Cassidy Turley and the C&W Group. The historical financial data below is presented for informational purposes only and is not intended to represent or be indicative of the results of operations for the combined companies and also should not be considered representative of our future results of operations. The relevant transactions completed by the Company are further discussed below.
DTZ Acquisition
On November 5, 2014, the Company acquired DTZ (DTZ Acquisition). As a result of the DTZ Acquisition and resulting change in control and changes due to the impact of acquisition accounting, we are required to present separately the operating results for the Predecessor and Successor. We refer to the period through November 4, 2014 as the Predecessor Period, and the Combined Consolidated Financial Statements for that period include the accounts of the Predecessor. We refer to the period from November 5, 2014 as the Successor Period, and the Consolidated Financial Statements for that period include the accounts of the Successor. Prior to the DTZ Acquisition, DTZs fiscal year end was June 30. On July 13, 2015, the Companys board of directors approved a change in fiscal year end from June 30 to December 31.
The historical combined consolidated financial information of DTZ for the year ended December 31, 2014 (DTZ Combined for the Year Ended December 31, 2014) has been derived from (a) the historical DTZ statement of operations for the period January 1, 2014 through June 30, 2014 (DTZ Unaudited Combined 6 Months) not included in this prospectus; (b) the audited DTZ statement of operations for the Predecessor Period from July 1, 2014 through November 4, 2014 (Audited DTZ Stub 1) not included in this prospectus; and (c) the audited DTZ statement of operations for the Successor Period from November 5, 2014 through December 31, 2014 (Audited DTZ Stub 2) not included in this prospectus.
CT Acquisition
On December 31, 2014, the Company acquired Cassidy Turley. The historical consolidated financial information of Cassidy Turley for the 12 months ended December 31, 2014 (Audited CT) has been derived from the audited Cassidy Turley statement of operations for the period January 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014 not included in this prospectus.
C&W Group Merger
On September 1, 2015, the Company completed the merger with the C&W Group. The historical consolidated financial information of the C&W Group for the 12 months ended December 31, 2014 (Audited C&W Group) has been derived from the audited C&W Group statement of operations for the period January 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014 not included in this prospectus.
87
(in millions) |
DTZ
Predecessor Period, Unaudited Combined 6 Months ended June 30, 2014 |
Audited
DTZ Predecessor Period (July 1, 2014 through November 4, 2014) |
Audited DTZ
Successor Period (November 5, 2014 through December 31, 2014) |
DTZ
Combined for the Year Ended December 31, 2014 |
Audited CT
for the Year Ended December 31, 2014 |
Audited
C&W Group for the Year Ended December 31, 2014 |
||||||||||||||||||
Revenue |
$ | 1,073.0 | $ | 814.2 | $ | 407.7 | $ | 2,294.9 | $ | 738.7 | $ | 2,849.0 | ||||||||||||
Cost and expenses: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cost of services (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) (1) |
897.4 | 737.5 | 384.1 | 2,019.0 | 692.9 | 1,686.4 | ||||||||||||||||||
Operating, administrative and other (1) |
106.6 | 63.1 | 68.3 | 238.0 | 39.9 | 991.6 | ||||||||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
15.1 | 12.0 | 13.0 | 40.1 | 13.6 | 52.2 | ||||||||||||||||||
Restructuring, impairment and related charges |
| | | | | 2.8 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total costs and expenses |
1,019.1 | 812.6 | 465.4 | 2,297.1 | 746.4 | 2,733.0 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Operating (loss) income |
53.9 | 1.6 | (57.7 | ) | (2.2 | ) | (7.7 | ) | 116.0 | |||||||||||||||
Interest (expense), net of interest income |
(11.5 | ) | (5.7 | ) | (9.1 | ) | (26.3 | ) | (8.2 | ) | (7.5 | ) | ||||||||||||
Other income (expense), net |
| 2.7 | 2.4 | 5.1 | (0.1 | ) | 1.7 | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Income (loss) before income taxes |
42.4 | (1.4 | ) | (64.4 | ) | (23.4 | ) | (16.0 | ) | 110.2 | ||||||||||||||
Provision (benefit) from income taxes |
15.0 | (1.8 | ) | (42.5 | ) | (29.3 | ) | (2.1 | ) | 33.2 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Net (loss) income |
27.4 | 0.4 | (21.9 | ) | 5.9 | (13.9 | ) | 77.0 | ||||||||||||||||
Less: Net (loss) income attributable to non-controlling interests |
1.6 | 0.1 | | 1.7 | | (0.2 | ) | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Net (loss) income attributable to the Company |
$ | 25.8 | $ | 0.3 | $ | (21.9 | ) | $ | 4.2 | $ | (13.9 | ) | $ | 77.2 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Fee Revenue: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Revenue |
$ | 2,294.9 | $ | 738.7 | $ | 2,849.0 | ||||||||||||||||||
Less: Gross contract costs |
(428.9 | ) | (14.0 | ) | (745.5 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Fee Revenue |
$ | 1,866.0 | $ | 724.7 | $ | 2,103.5 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net (loss) income attributable to the Company |
$ | 25.8 | $ | 0.3 | $ | (21.9 | ) | $ | 4.2 | $ | (13.9 | ) | $ | 77.2 | ||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
15.1 | 12.0 | 13.0 | 40.1 | 13.6 | 52.2 | ||||||||||||||||||
Interest expense, net of interest income |
11.5 | 5.7 | 9.1 | 26.3 | 8.2 | 7.5 | ||||||||||||||||||
Provision (benefit) from income taxes |
15.0 | (1.8 | ) | (42.5 | ) | (29.3 | ) | (2.1 | ) | 33.2 | ||||||||||||||
Integration and other costs related to acquisitions |
| | 54.2 | 54.2 | 48.4 | | ||||||||||||||||||
Stock-based compensation |
0.6 | 0.4 | | 1.0 | 13.6 | 10.3 | ||||||||||||||||||
Cassidy Turley deferred payment obligation |
| | 1.6 | 1.6 | | | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 68.0 | $ | 16.6 | $ | 13.5 | $ | 98.1 | $ | 67.8 | $ | 180.4 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) | Cost of services and Operating, administrative and other include gross contract costs of $428.9 million, $14.0 million and $745.5 million for DTZ Combined, Audited CT and Audited C&W Group for the year ended December 31, 2014, respectively. |
Liquidity and Capital Resources
We believe that we have adequate funds and liquidity to satisfy our working capital and other funding requirements with internally generated cash flow and, as necessary, cash on hand, borrowings under our revolving credit facility and our ability to access additional indebtedness through the capital markets.
88
We have historically relied on our internally generated cash flow to fund our working capital needs and ongoing capital expenditures on an annual basis. Our internally generated cash flow is seasonal and is typically lowest in the first quarter of the year, when Fee revenue is lowest, and largest in the fourth quarter of the year, when Fee revenue is highest. The seasonal nature of our internally generated cash flow can result in a mismatch with funding needs for working capital and ongoing capital expenditures, which we manage using available cash on hand and, as necessary, our revolving credit facility.
In the absence of a large strategic acquisition or other extraordinary events, we believe our cash on hand, cash flow from operations and our revolving credit facility will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash requirements for the foreseeable future, and at a minimum for the next 12 months. We may seek to take advantage of opportunities to refinance existing debt instruments, as we have done in the past, with new debt instruments at interest rates, maturities and terms we consider attractive.
Our long-term liquidity needs, other than those related to ordinary course obligations and commitments, are generally comprised of two elements. The first is the repayment of the outstanding principal amounts of our long-term indebtedness. As of March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, outstanding principal amounts relating to short and long-term debt with third-party lenders were approximately $3.1 billion and $2.9 billion, respectively, which includes an additional $250.0 million and $200.0 million of funding raised during the three months ended March 31, 2018 and the twelve months ended December 31, 2017, respectively. Of the total outstanding principal amount of our long-term debt facilities as of March 31, 2018, $2.6 billion becomes due and payable on or before November 4, 2021, and the remaining $470 million becomes due and payable on November 4, 2022. In March 2018, we raised an additional $250.0 million of funding under existing facilities, which also becomes due and payable on or before November 4, 2021. In April 2018, we repaid $20.0 million of our outstanding Second Lien Loan due on November 4, 2022.
As of March 2018, we maintain a $486.0 million revolving credit facility with third party lenders. During the three months ended March 31, 2018, the Company did not draw on the Revolver. In the year ended December 31, 2017, all revolving credit facility draws were subsequently repaid resulting in no balance drawn on the facility at year-end or any quarter-end during 2017. During the year, our maximum draw was $40.0 million.
Our level of indebtedness increases the possibility that we may be unable to pay the principal amount of our indebtedness and other obligations when due. In addition, we may incur additional debt from time to time to finance strategic acquisitions, investments, joint ventures or for other purposes, subject to the restrictions contained in the documents governing our indebtedness. If we incur additional debt, the risks associated with our leverage, including our ability to service our debt, would increase. See Risk FactorsRisks Related to Our BusinessDespite our current indebtedness levels, we and our subsidiaries may still be able to incur substantially more debt, which could further exacerbate the risks associated with our substantial leverage.
The second long-term liquidity need is the payment of obligations related to acquisitions. For the year ended December 31, 2017, we paid $127.0 million in cash consideration for our various acquisitions. Our acquisition structures often include deferred and/or contingent payments in future periods that are subject to the passage of time, achievement of certain performance metrics and/or other conditions. As of March 31, 2018, December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, we had accrued $103.8 million, $104.6 million and $73.3 million, respectively, of deferred and earn-out consideration payable, which was included in Accounts payable and accrued expenses and in Other long-term liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Of the total balance as of March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, we have accrued $49.4 million and $51.3 million for earn-out consideration, respectively. The maximum potential payment for these earn-outs was $59.5 million and $64.7 million, respectively, subject to the achievement of certain performance conditions. For the three months ended March 31, 2018, we did not have any business acquisitions.
We also have a deferred payment obligation related to the acquisition of Cassidy Turley on December 31, 2014, which is to be paid in December 2018 contingent on certain conditions being met by the former
89
shareholders of Cassidy Turley, such as their ongoing employment as of that date. As of March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, $111.6 million and $105.6 million were included in Other current liabilities, relating to this deferred payment obligation. As of December 31, 2016, $79.5 million was included in Other long-term liabilities, relating to this deferred payment obligation. See Note 11: Employee Benefits and Note 14: Share-based Payments of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for amounts included as cash-settled and stock-based compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016.
As a professional services firm, funding our operating activities is not capital intensive. Total capital expenditures for the year ended December 31, 2017 were $129.1 million driven mainly by certain integration-related activities as a result of the C&W Group merger, including office consolidation and information technology investments. We expect our capital requirements for 2018 and beyond to be at a lower level as integration projects are completed.
Historical Cash Flows
Cash Flow Summary for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and March 31, 2017 |
||||||||
Three Months
Ended March 31, 2018 |
Three Months
Ended March 31, 2017 |
|||||||
Net cash used in operating activities |
$ | (170.6) | $ | (174.6) | ||||
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities |
(20.2) | 53.2 | ||||||
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities |
221.0 | (14.8) | ||||||
Effects of exchange rate fluctuations on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash |
5.2 | 3.6 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Change in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash |
$ | 35.4 | $ | (132.6) | ||||
|
|
|
|
Operating Activities
Operating activities used $170.6 million of cash for three months ended March 31, 2018, a decrease of $4.0 million. This change was driven by a lower net loss partially offset by higher working capital requirements.
Investing Activities
The Company used $20.2 million in cash in investing activities for the three months ended March 31, 2018, a change of $73.4 million from the prior year. The change was driven by the receipt of cash upon the initial sale of trade receivables in the accounts receivable securitization transaction (the A/R Securitization) of $84.8 million occurring only in the prior period, partially offset by lower expenditures on property and equipment of $7.9 million in the current period.
90
Financing Activities
Financing activities provided $221.0 million in cash for the three months ended March 31, 2018, an increase of $235.8 million from the prior year. This change was driven by higher net borrowing activity of $231.7 million.
Cash Flow Summary for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 |
||||||||||||
Year Ended
December 31, 2017 |
Year Ended
December 31, 2016 |
Year Ended
December 31, 2015 |
||||||||||
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities |
$ | 4.4 | $ | (335.1 | ) | $ | (43.6) | |||||
Net cash used in investing activities |
(143.2) | (137.7 | ) | (1,929.9) | ||||||||
Net cash provided by financing activities |
167.7 | 356.5 | 2,308.1 | |||||||||
Effects of exchange rate fluctuations on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash | 14.2 | (6.8 | ) | 5.3 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Change in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash |
$ | 43.1 | $ | (123.1 | ) | $ | 339.9 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating Activities
Operating activities provided $4.4 million in cash for the year ended December 31, 2017, a change of $339.5 million from the prior year. This change was driven by a decrease of $229.0 million in the net loss from 2016 to 2017 as well as lower payments for integration-related activities.
The Company used $335.1 million in cash from operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2016, an increase of $291.5 million from the prior year. This increase was driven by higher cash expenditures associated with integration related activities as a result of the C&W Group merger.
Investing Activities
The Company used $143.2 million in cash in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2017, an increase of $5.5 million from the prior year. The increase was driven by increased capital expenditures primarily related to the continued integration of C&W Group.
The Company used $137.7 million in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2016, a decrease of $1.8 billion from the prior year. This decrease was primarily driven by the lower acquisition activity of $1.8 billion in 2016 that was a result of the C&W Group merger in 2015.
Financing Activities
Financing activities provided $167.7 million in cash for the year ended December 31, 2017, a decrease of $188.8 million from the prior year. This decrease was driven by lower net borrowings of $157.9 million and lower proceeds from the issuance of shares of $16.4 million in 2017.
Financing activities provided net cash of $356.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, a $2.0 billion decrease from the prior year. This decrease was driven by lower net borrowings of $1.1 billion in 2016 and lower Sponsor contributions of $940.0 million. The Company funded the C&W Group acquisition in 2015 with additional financing of over $1.3 billion as well as additional Sponsor contributions, whereas the Company only had a single incremental debt borrowing of $350 million in 2016.
91
Summary of Contractual Obligations
The following is a summary of our various contractual obligations and other commitments as of December 31, 2017 (in millions):
Payments by Period | ||||||||||||||||||||
Contractual Obligations |
Total |
Less than 1
year |
1 - 3 years | 3 - 5 years |
More than
5 years |
|||||||||||||||
Debt obligations |
$ | 2,876.9 | $ | 45.4 | $ | 49.0 | $ | 2,782.5 | $ | | ||||||||||
Capital lease obligations |
15.3 | 8.2 | 6.5 | 0.6 | | |||||||||||||||
Operating lease obligations |
844.0 | 146.5 | 249.3 | 230.5 | 217.7 | |||||||||||||||
Defined benefit pension obligations |
79.7 | 6.8 | 14.5 | 14.9 | 43.5 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total Contractual Obligations |
$ | 3,815.9 | $ | 206.9 | $ | 319.3 | $ | 3,028.5 | $ | 261.2 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Debt obligations Represents the gross outstanding long-term debt balance payable at maturity, excluding unamortized discount and issuance costs. While the precise value of annual interest payments cannot be determined because the majority of our debt is at variable interest rates, using current rates expected annual interest payments would be approximately $150 million until our First Lien facility matures in 2021 and approximately $40 million in 2022, the year of maturity for our Second Lien facility. See Note 10 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.
Lease obligations Our lease obligations primarily consist of operating and capital leases of office space in various buildings for our own use. The total minimum rents expected to be received and recorded as sublease income in the future for operating subleases as of December 31, 2017 was $67.6 million. See Note 15 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.
Defined benefit plan obligations Represents estimates of the expected benefits to be paid out by our defined benefit plans. These obligations will be funded from the assets held by these plans. If the assets these plans hold are not sufficient to fund these payments, we will fund the remaining obligations. We have historically funded pension costs as actuarially determined and as applicable laws and regulations require. We expect to contribute to our defined benefit pension plans in 2018; see Note 11 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.
Other contractual obligations recorded on the balance sheet include deferred consideration of $53.5 million, contingent consideration of $51.3 million and the Cassidy Turley deferred purchase obligation of $105.6 million as of December 31, 2017. These items are not included in the table above, as timing and amount of payments cannot be determined due to their nature as estimates or outcomes having connection to future events.
As of December 31, 2017, our current and non-current tax liabilities, including interest and penalties, totaled $55.1 million. Of this amount, we can reasonably estimate that $17.6 million will require cash settlement in less than one year. We are unable to reasonably estimate the timing of the effective settlement of tax positions for the remaining $37.5 million. In addition, we recognized an estimated tax liability of $4.9 million related to the transition tax on mandatory deemed repatriation due to the Tax Act, net of $6.6 million of foreign income tax credit carryforwards used to reduce the liability. The estimated state tax liability and a portion of the estimated federal tax liability totaling $0.4 million is payable in less than one year. The remainder of the federal tax liability of $4.5 million is payable over the following seven years.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
The Companys guarantees primarily relate to requirements under certain client service contracts and have arisen through the normal course of business. Our current expectation is that future payment or performance
92
related to non-performance under these guarantees is considered remote. For further information, see Note 15: Commitments and Contingencies from the Notes to the audited Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2017 and Note 11: Commitments and Contingencies from the Notes to the unaudited interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for the three months ended March 31, 2018.
The Company is party to an A/R Securitization whereby it continuously sells trade receivables to an unaffiliated financial institution, which has an investment limit of $100.0 million, $85.0 million of which the Company received in cash upon the initial sale of trade receivables. Receivables are derecognized from our balance sheet upon sale, for which we receive cash payment and record a deferred purchase price receivable. The A/R Securitization terminates on March 6, 2020, unless extended or an earlier termination event occurs. For further information, see Note 18: Accounts Receivable Securitization from the Notes to the audited Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2017 and Note 14: Accounts Receivable Securitization from the Notes to the unaudited interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for the three months ended March 31, 2018.
Indebtedness
We have incurred debt to finance the acquisitions of DTZ, Cassidy Turley and C&W Group. In addition, we may incur additional debt from time to time to finance strategic acquisitions, investments, joint ventures or for other purposes, subject to the restrictions contained in the documents governing our indebtedness.
Long-Term Debt
First Lien Loan
On November 4, 2014, certain of our subsidiaries, DTZ U.S. Borrower, LLC (the U.S. Borrower) and DTZ Aus Holdco Pty Limited (the Australian Borrower and together with the U.S. Borrower, the Borrowers) and DTZ UK Guarantor Limited, as guarantor (the UK Guarantor), entered into a $950.0 million first lien credit agreement (the First Lien Credit Agreement or First Lien), comprised of a $750.0 million term loan (as increased from time to time, the First Lien Loan) and a $200.0 million revolving facility (as increased from time to time, the Revolver). Total proceeds of $713.5 million (net of $11.3 million stated discount and $25.2 million in debt issuance costs) were received.
The First Lien Credit Agreement has been amended several times since establishment of the loan which has resulted in additional borrowings of $2.0 billion. The balance of the First Lien Loan, net of deferred financing fees, was $2.6 billion and $2.3 billion at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively.
The First Lien Loan bears interest at the U.S. Borrowers election at either the Base Rate plus 2.25% or the Eurodollar Rate plus 3.25%. The Base Rate is defined as the highest of the (1) Federal Funds Rate plus 0.50%, (2) Prime Rate (as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement) or (3) Eurodollar Rate of one month plus 1.00%. The Eurodollar Rate is defined as adjusted LIBOR subject to a floor, in the case of the First Lien Loan, of 1.00%. The First Lien Loan matures on November 4, 2021. The weighted average effective interest rate for the First Lien Loan was 4.79%, 4.79% and 4.77% as of December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
The First Lien Credit Agreement requires quarterly principal payments equal to approximately $6.8 million. The Borrowers are also required to make mandatory prepayments on the outstanding First Lien Loan in an aggregate principal amount equal to:
● |
50% of excess cash flow, as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement, as amended, less any principal prepayments of First Lien Loan and Revolver borrowings (to the extent accompanied by a corresponding termination of commitments) made for the year then ended and less any prepayment made pursuant to the Second Lien Credit Agreement (as described below), subject to certain other |
93
exceptions and deductions. The percentage is reduced to 25% of excess cash flow if the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio, as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement, is less than or equal to 3.75 to 1.00, but greater than 3.25 to 1.00, and it is reduced to 0% if the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to 3.25 to 1.00. |
● | 100% of the net cash proceeds, subject to certain exceptions and reinvestment rights, from certain asset sales or insurance recoveries. |
● | 100% of the net cash proceeds from debt issuances, other than debt permitted under the Credit Agreements. |
The First Lien Credit Agreement contains a springing financial covenant, tested on the last day of each fiscal quarter if there are outstanding loans under the Revolver and outstanding letters of credit (subject to certain exceptions) in an aggregate principal amount exceeding the then-applicable percentage threshold (which varies depending on the outstanding aggregate principal amount of undrawn letters of credit) multiplied by the aggregate Revolver commitments. If the financial covenant is triggered, the UK Guarantor may not permit the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio to exceed 5.80 to 1.00. This financial covenant has not been triggered in any period since we entered into our First Lien Credit Agreement in 2014.
On September 1, 2015, the First Lien Credit Agreement was amended (the Amended First Lien Credit Agreement). Under the Amended First Lien Credit Agreement, the Borrowers refinanced the outstanding principal of $746.3 million under the First Lien Loan, borrowed an additional approximately $1.1 billion under the First Lien Credit Agreement, and increased the available borrowing capacity under the Revolver by $175.0 million. The Amended First Lien Credit Agreement reduced the applicable margin on the Base Rate and Eurodollar Rate to 2.25% and 3.25%, respectively. Subsequent to the refinancing, the U.S. Borrower elected to use the Eurodollar Rate, resulting in a 4.25% stated interest rate.
On December 22, 2015, the Borrowers obtained incremental term commitments in an aggregate amount of $75.0 million under the First Lien Credit Agreement, as amended (First Lien Amendment No. 3). Terms of the First Lien Credit Agreement were not modified, and the incremental term commitments associated with First Lien Amendment No. 3 were issued under the same pricing and maturity terms as the existing loans under the Amended First Lien Credit Agreement. Total proceeds of $72.1 million (net of $1.5 million stated discount and $1.4 million in debt issuance costs) were received.
On June 14, 2016, the Borrowers obtained incremental term commitments in an aggregate amount of $350.0 million under the First Lien Credit Agreement, as amended (First Lien Amendment No. 5). Terms of the First Lien Credit Agreement were not modified, and the incremental term commitments associated with First Lien Amendment No. 5 were issued under the same pricing and maturity terms as the existing loans under the Amended First Lien Credit Agreement. Total proceeds of $342.1 million (net of $2.6 million stated discount and $5.3 million in debt issuance costs) were received.
On November 14, 2016, the Borrowers obtained incremental term commitments in an aggregate amount of $215.0 million under the First Lien Credit Agreement, as amended (First Lien Amendment No. 6). Terms of the First Lien Credit Agreement were not modified, and the incremental term commitments were issued under the same pricing and maturity terms as the existing loans under the Amended First Lien Credit Agreement. Total proceeds of $210.5 million (net of $1.1 million stated discount and $3.4 million in debt issuance costs) were received. Unamortized issuance costs allocated to lenders that participated in First Lien Amendment No. 6 of $10.2 million continue to be deferred as a reduction of the new loan balance and amortized under the corresponding term of the Amended First Lien Credit Agreement.
Proceeds from the November 14, 2016 incremental term commitments were used to prepay, on a pro rata basis, the $210.0 million Second Lien Loan and a portion of the $25.0 million Second Lien incremental term loan. Refer to the discussion below for the Companys evaluation and determination of the new debt instrument and the associated accounting for unamortized Second Lien Loan and incremental term commitment issuance costs.
94
On March 15, 2018, the Borrowers obtained incremental term commitments in an aggregate amount of $250.0 million under the First Lien Credit Agreement, as amended (First Lien Amendment No. 10). Terms of the First Lien Credit Agreement were not modified, and the incremental term commitments were issued under the same pricing and maturity terms as the existing loans under the Amended First Lien Credit Agreement. Total proceeds of $244.8 million (net of $3.4 million of debt issuance costs and $1.8 million of original issue discount) were received. The Borrowers also increased the capacity of the Revolver to approximately $486.0 million.
Second Lien Loan
On November 4, 2014, the Borrowers and the UK Guarantor entered into a second lien credit agreement (the Second Lien Credit Agreement, and together with the First Lien Credit Agreement, the Credit Agreements), comprised of a $210.0 million term loan (the Second Lien Loan). Total proceeds of $197.4 million (net of $4.2 million stated discount and $8.4 million in debt issuance costs) were received.
As of March 31, 2018, the Second Lien Credit Agreement has been amended several times since establishment of the loan, which has resulted in additional borrowings of $475.0 million and repayments of $215.0 million. The balance of the Second Lien Loan, net of deferred financing fees at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 was $460.4 million and $460.0 million, respectively. In April 2018, we paid off $20.0 million of our outstanding Second Lien Loan.
$450.0 million of the Second Lien Loan bears interest at the U.S. Borrowers election at either the Base Rate plus 6.75% or the Eurodollar Rate plus 7.75% and $20.0 million of the Second Lien Loan bears interest at the U.S. Borrowers election at either the Base Rate plus 7.25% or the Eurodollar Rate plus 8.25%. The Base Rate is defined as the highest of the (1) Federal Funds Rate plus 0.50%,(2) Prime Rate (as defined in the Second Lien Credit Agreement) or (3) Eurodollar Rate of one month plus 1.00%. The Eurodollar Rate is defined as adjusted LIBOR subject to a floor of 1.00%. The weighted average effective interest rate for the Second Lien Loan was 8.87%, 9.30% and 9.26% as of December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
The Second Lien Loan matures on November 4, 2022 and is payable on maturity. The mandatory prepayment requirements for the Second Lien Loan are substantially the same as for the First Lien Loan.
On September 1, 2015, the Borrowers borrowed an additional $250.0 million under the Second Lien Credit Agreement. Total proceeds of $243.4 million (net of $5.4 million stated discount and $1.2 million in debt issuance costs) were received. Terms of the Second Lien Credit Agreement were not modified, and there was no refinancing or repayment of any amounts.
On December 22, 2015, the Company obtained incremental term commitments in an aggregate amount of $25.0 million under the Second Lien Credit Agreement, as amended (Second Lien Amendment No. 3). Terms of the Second Lien Credit Agreement were not modified, and the incremental term commitments were issued under the same terms and conditions as the Second Lien Credit Agreement. Total proceeds of $24.0 million (net of $0.5 million stated discount and $0.5 million in debt issuance costs) were received.
On November 14, 2016, the First Lien Credit Agreement was amended, as described above. The Borrowers obtained incremental term commitments in an aggregate amount of $215.0 million under First Lien Amendment No. 6 to refinance and prepay the outstanding principal of $210.0 million under the Second Lien Loan and $5.0 million of the $25.0 million incremental term loan principal under the Second Lien Credit Agreement, using the new cash proceeds.
Prior to the refinancing, the balance of unamortized issuance costs related to the Second Lien Loan and the $25.0 million incremental term commitments was $11.2 million. Unamortized issuance costs of $1.0 million allocated to lenders that continue to participate in the remaining $20.0 million outstanding balance of the Second Lien term loans continue to be deferred as a reduction of that loan balance and amortized under the corresponding term of the Second Lien Credit Agreement.
95
On May 19, 2017, the U.S. Borrower obtained incremental term commitments in an aggregate amount of $200.0 million under the Second Lien Credit Agreement, as amended. Terms of the Second Lien Credit Agreement were not modified, and the incremental term commitments were issued under the same terms and conditions as the Second Lien Credit Agreement. Total proceeds of $195.3 million (net of $4.0 million stated discount and $0.7 million in debt issuance costs) were received.
For additional information on our long-term debt, see Note 10: Long-term Debt and Other Borrowings from the Notes to the audited Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2017 and Note 8: Long-term Debt and Other Borrowings from the Notes to the unaudited interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for the three months ended March 31, 2018.
Short-Term Borrowings
Revolver
The Revolver was established on November 4, 2014 pursuant to the terms included in the First Lien Credit Agreement, as amended, and has an aggregated maximum borrowing limit of $375.0 million. The applicable margins for the Revolver are determined by the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio and range from 3.00% to 3.50% for Base Rate borrowings and 4.00% to 4.50% for Eurodollar Rate borrowings (subject to a 0% LIBOR floor). The Revolver also includes an option to borrow funds under the terms of a swing line loan facility, subject to a sublimit of $10.0 million.
On September 15, 2017, the First Lien Credit Agreement was amended (First Lien Amendment No. 8 and First Lien Amendment No. 9). Under the amended agreement, the Borrowers extended certain commitments of approximately $296.2 million on the Revolver until the earlier of September 15, 2022 and any date that is 91 days before the maturity date with respect to any First Lien term loans. As of March 31, 2018, December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Borrowers had no outstanding funds drawn under the Revolver, which matures partially on (i) November 4, 2019 and (ii) the earlier of September 15, 2022 and any date that is 91 days before the maturity date with respect to any First Lien Loans. On March 15, 2018, the Borrowers increased the borrowing capacity of the Revolver by approximately $111.0 million to $486.0 million. In addition, the Revolver was amended further on March 15, 2018 to amend the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio in the financial covenant under the Revolver from 5.50 to 1.00 to 5.80 to 1.00.
The First Lien Amendment No. 10 on March 15, 2018 provided for an increase to the Revolver commitments in the aggregate amount of approximately $111.0 million.
In addition, a second amendment as of March 15, 2018 amended the financial covenant under the Revolver.
The Revolver also includes capacity for letters of credit equal to the lesser of (a) $220.0 million and (b) any remaining amount not drawn down on the Revolvers primary capacity. As of March 31, 2018, December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Borrowers had issued letters of credit with an aggregate face value of $65.5 million, $65.5 million and $66.5 million, respectively. These letters of credit were issued in the normal course of business.
The Revolver is also subject to a commitment fee. The commitment fee varies based on the UK Guarantors First Lien Net Leverage Ratio. The Borrowers were charged $1.4 million and $1.1 million for commitment fees during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.
For additional information on our short-term borrowings, see Note 10: Long-term Debt and Other Borrowings from the Notes to the audited Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2017 and Note 8: Long-term Debt and Other Borrowings from the Notes to the unaudited interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for the three months ended March 31, 2018.
96
Derivatives
We are exposed to certain risks arising from both business operations and economic conditions, including interest rate risk and foreign currency risk. We manage interest rate risk primarily by managing the amount, sources and duration of debt funding and by using derivative financial instruments. Derivative financial instruments are used to manage differences in the amount, timing and duration of known or expected cash payments principally related to borrowings under the Credit Agreements as well as certain foreign currency exposures.
See Note 9: Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities of the Notes to the audited Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2017 as well as Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk and Note 7: Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities from the Notes to the unaudited interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for the three months ended March 31, 2018 for additional information about risks managed through derivative activities.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Market and Other Risk Factors
Market Risk
The principal market risks we are exposed to are:
i. | Interest rates on debt obligations; and |
ii. | Foreign exchange risk. |
We manage these risks primarily by managing the amount, sources and duration of our debt funding and by using various derivative financial instruments such as interest rate hedges or foreign currency contracts. We enter into derivative instruments with trusted counterparties and diversify across counterparties to reduce credit risk. These derivative instruments are strictly used for risk management purposes and, accordingly, are not used for trading or speculative purposes.
Interest Rates
We are exposed to interest rate volatility with regard to our existing debt issuances. Our interest rate exposure relates to our First Lien Loan, Second Lien Loan and Revolver. We manage this interest rate risk by entering into interest rate swap and cap agreements to attempt to hedge the variability of future interest payments driven by fluctuations in interest rates.
Our $2.6 billion First Lien Loan due in November 2021 bears interest at an annual rate of LIBOR +3.25%.
$450.0 million of our Second Lien Loan due in November 2022 bears interest at an annual rate of LIBOR +7.75%.
$20.0 million of our Second Lien Loan due in November 2022 bears interest at an annual rate of LIBOR +8.25%. In April 2018, the Company paid off this portion of our outstanding debt.
We continually assess interest rate sensitivity to estimate the impact of rising short-term interest rates on our variable rate debt. Our interest rate risk management strategy is focused on limiting the impact of interest rate changes on earnings and cash flows to lower our overall borrowing cost. Historically, we have maintained the majority of our overall interest rate exposure on a fixed-rate basis. In order to achieve this, we have entered into derivative financial instruments such as interest rate swap and cap agreements when appropriate and will
97
continue to do so as appropriate. See Note 9: Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities of the Notes to the audited Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2017 and Note 7: Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities from the Notes to the unaudited interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for the three months ended March 31, 2018 for additional information about interest rate risks managed through derivative activities and notional amounts of underlying hedged items.
Foreign Exchange
Our foreign operations expose us to fluctuations in foreign exchange rates. These fluctuations may impact the value of our cash receipts and payments in terms of USD, our reporting currency. Refer to the discussion of international operations, included in Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations for further detail.
Our foreign exchange risk management strategy is achieved by establishing local operations in the markets that we serve, invoicing customers in the same currency that costs are incurred and the use of derivative financial instruments such as foreign currency forwards. Translating expenses incurred in foreign currencies into USD offsets the impact of translating revenue earned in foreign currencies into USD. We enter into forward foreign currency exchange contracts to manage currency risks associated with intercompany transactions and cash management. See Note 9: Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities of the Notes to the audited Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2017 and Note 7: Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities from the Notes to the unaudited interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for the three months ended March 31, 2018 for additional information about foreign currency risks managed through derivative activities and notional amounts of underlying hedged items.
98
Quarterly Results of Operations (Unaudited)
The tables on the following pages set forth certain consolidated statements of operations data for each of our past eight quarters. In managements view, this information has been presented on the same basis as the audited Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, and includes all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments and accruals, we consider necessary for a fair presentation. The unaudited consolidated quarterly financial information includes where applicable, retrospective application of accounting standards that became effective in the first quarter of 2018. The unaudited consolidated quarterly financial information should be read in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. The operating results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of the results for any future period.
For the Three Months Ended | ||||||||||||||||
(in millions, except per share amounts) |
March 31,
2017 |
June 30,
2017 |
September 30,
2017 |
December 31,
2017 |
||||||||||||
Revenue: |
||||||||||||||||
Total revenue |
$ | 1,461.3 | $ | 1,700.6 | $ | 1,709.3 | $ | 2,052.7 | ||||||||
Less: Gross contract costs |
(367.8) | (401.5) | (417.9) | (440.1) | ||||||||||||
Acquisition accounting adjustments |
10.1 | 2.6 | 0.3 | 10.2 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total fee revenue |
$ | 1,103.6 | $ | 1,301.7 | $ | 1,291.7 | $ | 1,622.8 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Service lines: |
||||||||||||||||
Property, facilities and project management |
$ | 587.9 | $ | 617.3 | $ | 614.6 | $ | 668.7 | ||||||||
Leasing |
278.9 | 396.9 | 398.4 | 576.6 | ||||||||||||
Capital markets |
146.9 | 170.8 | 174.8 | 248.0 | ||||||||||||
Valuation and other |
89.9 | 116.7 | 103.9 | 129.5 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total fee revenue |
$ | 1,103.6 | $ | 1,301.7 | $ | 1,291.7 | $ | 1,622.8 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Operating (loss) income |
$ | (120.2) | $ | (36.1) | $ | (54.6) | $ | 40.7 | ||||||||
Net (loss) income |
(119.7) | (47.3) | (78.6) | 25.1 | ||||||||||||
Net (loss) income attributable to the Company |
(119.7) | (47.3) | (78.6) | 25.1 | ||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
29.1 | 130.6 | 102.2 | 266.6 | ||||||||||||
Net (loss) earnings per share, basic |
(0.84) | (0.33) | (0.55) | 0.17 | ||||||||||||
Net (loss) earnings per share, diluted |
(0.84) | (0.33) | (0.55) | 0.16 | ||||||||||||
Net (loss) income attributable to the Company |
$ | (119.7) | $ | (47.3) | $ | (78.6) | $ | 25.1 | ||||||||
Add/(less): |
||||||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization (1) |
63.0 | 65.9 | 64.1 | 77.6 | ||||||||||||
Interest expense, net of interest income |
41.7 | 44.0 | 49.2 | 48.2 | ||||||||||||
Benefit from income taxes |
(41.7) | (32.5) | (23.8) | (22.4) | ||||||||||||
Integration and other costs related to acquisitions |
62.6 | 79.2 | 71.5 | 113.0 | ||||||||||||
Stock-based compensation |
8.1 | 6.2 | 6.2 | 7.7 | ||||||||||||
Cassidy Turley deferred payment obligation |
11.1 | 11.0 | 10.2 | 11.7 | ||||||||||||
Other (2) |
4.0 | 4.1 | 3.4 | 5.7 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 29.1 | $ | 130.6 | $ | 102.2 | $ | 266.6 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) | Depreciation and amortization includes merger and acquisition-related depreciation and amortization of $45 million, $48 million, $48 million and $52 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017, June 30, 2017, September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2017, respectively. |
(2) | Other includes sponsor management advisory services fees of approximately $2 million, $2 million and $1 million for the three months ended June 30, 2017, September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2017, respectively; accounts receivable securitization costs of approximately $3 million, $1 million, $1 million and $3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017, June 30, 2017, September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2017, respectively; and other items of approximately $1 million for each of the three months ended March 31, 2017, June 30, 2017, September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2017. |
99
For the Three Months Ended | ||||||||||||||||
March 31,
2017 |
June 30,
2017 |
September 30,
2017 |
December 31,
2017 |
|||||||||||||
Americas |
||||||||||||||||
Revenue: |
||||||||||||||||
Total revenue |
$ | 987.2 | $ | 1,128.7 | $ | 1,137.4 | $ | 1,346.9 | ||||||||
Less: Gross contract costs |
(231.6) | (239.8) | (255.4) | (296.6) | ||||||||||||
Acquisition accounting adjustments |
10.1 | 2.5 | 0.4 | 7.0 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total fee revenue |
$ | 765.7 | $ | 891.4 | $ | 882.4 | $ | 1,057.3 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Service lines: |
||||||||||||||||
Property, facilities and project management |
$ | 390.9 | $ | 406.8 | $ | 408.9 | $ | 431.7 | ||||||||
Leasing |
214.4 | 305.7 | 307.9 | 416.6 | ||||||||||||
Capital markets |
118.6 | 122.7 | 125.0 | 164.1 | ||||||||||||
Valuation and other |
41.8 | 56.2 | 40.6 | 44.9 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total fee revenue |
$ | 765.7 | $ | 891.4 | $ | 882.4 | $ | 1,057.3 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 35.0 | $ | 90.0 | $ | 76.3 | $ | 143.3 | ||||||||
EMEA |
||||||||||||||||
Revenue: |
||||||||||||||||
Total revenue |
$ | 147.3 | $ | 199.5 | $ | 199.6 | $ | 316.9 | ||||||||
Less: Gross contract costs |
(18.5) | (19.3) | (21.6) | (21.9) | ||||||||||||
Acquisition accounting adjustments |
| | (0.1) | 3.3 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total fee revenue |
$ | 128.8 | $ | 180.2 | $ | 177.9 | $ | 298.3 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Service lines: |
||||||||||||||||
Property, facilities and project management |
$ | 38.6 | $ | 48.0 | $ | 45.7 | $ | 68.2 | ||||||||
Leasing |
40.9 | 58.3 | 54.8 | 102.5 | ||||||||||||
Capital markets |
19.6 | 34.4 | 37.0 | 63.3 | ||||||||||||
Valuation and other |
29.7 | 39.5 | 40.4 | 64.3 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total fee revenue |
$ | 128.8 | $ | 180.2 | $ | 177.9 | $ | 298.3 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | (12.8) | $ | 22.4 | $ | 13.0 | $ | 86.2 | ||||||||
APAC |
||||||||||||||||
Revenue: |
||||||||||||||||
Total revenue |
$ | 326.8 | $ | 372.4 | $ | 372.3 | $ | 388.9 | ||||||||
Less: Gross contract costs |
(117.7) | (142.4) | (140.9) | (121.6) | ||||||||||||
Acquisition accounting adjustments |
| 0.1 | | (0.1) | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total fee revenue |
$ | 209.1 | $ | 230.1 | $ | 231.4 | $ | 267.2 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Service lines: |
||||||||||||||||
Property, facilities and project management |
$ | 158.4 | $ | 162.5 | $ | 160.0 | $ | 168.8 | ||||||||
Leasing |
23.6 | 32.9 | 35.7 | 57.5 | ||||||||||||
Capital markets |
8.7 | 13.7 | 12.8 | 20.6 | ||||||||||||
Valuation and other |
18.4 | 21.0 | 22.9 | 20.3 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total fee revenue |
$ | 209.1 | $ | 230.1 | $ | 234.1 | $ | 267.2 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 6.9 | $ | 18.2 | $ | 12.9 | $ | 37.1 |
100
For the Three Months Ended | ||||||||||||||||
(in millions, except per share amounts) |
March 31,
2016 |
June 30,
2016 |
September 30,
2016 |
December 31,
2016 |
||||||||||||
Revenue: |
||||||||||||||||
Total revenue |
$ | 1,370.8 | $ | 1,526.4 | $ | 1,536.5 | $ | 1,782.0 | ||||||||
Less: Gross contract costs |
(319.1) | (344.8) | (342.8) | (399.3) | ||||||||||||
Acquisition accounting adjustments |
3.4 | 8.3 | 3.2 | 15.2 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total fee revenue |
$ | 1,055.1 | $ | 1,189.9 | $ | 1,196.9 | $ | 1,397.9 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Service lines: |
||||||||||||||||
Property, facilities and project management |
$ | 528.4 | $ | 540.2 | $ | 544.0 | $ | 578.1 | ||||||||
Leasing |
281.0 | 376.6 | 407.5 | 433.8 | ||||||||||||
Capital markets |
154.7 | 171.4 | 157.9 | 246.8 | ||||||||||||
Valuation and other |
91.0 | 101.7 | 87.5 | 139.2 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total fee revenue |
$ | 1,055.1 | $ | 1,189.9 | $ | 1,196.9 | $ | 1,397.9 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Operating Loss |
$ | (85.6) | $ | (53.2) | $ | (57.9) | $ | (116.7) | ||||||||
Net loss |
(100.5) | (82.8) | (80.2) | (186.0) | ||||||||||||
Net loss attributable to the Company |
(100.3) | (82.8) | (80.4) | (185.6) | ||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
61.7 | 110.9 | 109.4 | 192.8 | ||||||||||||
Net loss per share, Basic |
(0.72) | (0.59) | (0.57) | (1.30) | ||||||||||||
Net loss per share, Diluted |
(0.72) | (0.59) | (0.57) | (1.30) | ||||||||||||
Net loss attributable to the Company |
$ | (100.3) | $ | (82.8) | $ | (80.4) | $ | (185.6) | ||||||||
Add/(less): |
||||||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization (1) |
62.8 | 65.5 | 70.9 | 61.4 | ||||||||||||
Interest expense, net of interest income (2) |
38.9 | 43.5 | 34.1 | 55.3 | ||||||||||||
Benefit (provision) from income taxes |
(20.6) | (10.7) | (7.1) | 11.0 | ||||||||||||
Integration and other costs related to acquisitions |
53.3 | 69.9 | 72.4 | 231.9 | ||||||||||||
Stock-based compensation |
15.5 | 14.4 | 7.5 | 3.4 | ||||||||||||
Cassidy Turley deferred payment obligation |
10.4 | 15.0 | 11.1 | 11.1 | ||||||||||||
Other (3) |
1.7 | (3.9) | 0.9 | 4.3 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 61.7 | $ | 110.9 | $ | 109.4 | $ | 192.8 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) | Depreciation and amortization includes merger and acquisition-related depreciation and amortization of $45 million, $45 million, $45 million and $47 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016, June 30, 2016, September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2016, respectively. |
(2) | Interest expense, net of interest income includes one-time financing fees related to debt modification of $9 million for the three months ended December 31, 2016. |
(3) | Other includes sponsor management advisory services fees of approximately $1 million, $2 million, $1 million and $1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016, June 30, 2016, September 30, 2016 and December 31, 2016, respectively; and other items of approximately $1 million, $(6) million and $3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016, June 30, 2016 and December 31, 2016, respectively. |
101
For the Three Months Ended | ||||||||||||||||
(in millions, except per share amounts) |
March 31,
2016 |
June 30,
2016 |
September 30,
2016 |
December 31,
2016 |
||||||||||||
Americas |
||||||||||||||||
Revenue: |
||||||||||||||||
Total revenue |
$ | 895.8 | $ | 1,010.8 | $ | 1,052.7 | $ | 1,165.0 | ||||||||
Less: Gross contract costs |
(176.5) | (205.1) | (206.6) | (263.2) | ||||||||||||
Acquisition accounting adjustments |
3.1 | 8.0 | 3.0 | 16.5 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total fee revenue |
$ | 722.4 | $ | 813.7 | $ | 849.1 | $ | 918.3 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Service lines: |
||||||||||||||||
Property, facilities and project management |
$ | 350.0 | $ | 355.0 | $ | 364.4 | $ | 376.0 | ||||||||
Leasing |
212.9 | 292.6 | 324.5 | 310.7 | ||||||||||||
Capital markets |
120.3 | 121.6 | 119.9 | 174.4 | ||||||||||||
Valuation and other |
39.2 | 44.5 | 40.3 | 57.2 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total fee revenue |
$ | 722.4 | $ | 813.7 | $ | 849.1 | $ | 918.3 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 50.3 | $ | 77.9 | $ | 90.5 | $ | 92.9 | ||||||||
EMEA |
||||||||||||||||
Revenue: |
||||||||||||||||
Total revenue |
$ | 156.8 | $ | 184.6 | $ | 163.9 | $ | 250.2 | ||||||||
Less: Gross contract costs |
(16.7) | (14.7) | (17.0) | (16.6) | ||||||||||||
Acquisition accounting adjustments |
0.3 | | 0.2 | (1.3) | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total fee revenue |
$ | 140.4 | $ | 169.9 | $ | 147.1 | $ | 232.3 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Service lines: |
||||||||||||||||
Property, facilities and project management |
$ | 40.3 | $ | 44.0 | $ | 41.1 | $ | 47.5 | ||||||||
Leasing |
45.1 | 56.7 | 51.8 | 75.5 | ||||||||||||
Capital markets |
21.5 | 32.0 | 25.3 | 49.2 | ||||||||||||
Valuation and other |
33.5 | 37.2 | 28.9 | 60.1 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total fee revenue |
$ | 140.4 | $ | 169.9 | $ | 147.1 | $ | 232.3 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 0.3 | $ | 16.4 | $ | 10.1 | $ | 64.0 | ||||||||
APAC |
||||||||||||||||
Revenue: |
||||||||||||||||
Total revenue |
$ | 318.2 | $ | 331.0 | $ | 319.9 | $ | 366.8 | ||||||||
Less: Gross contract costs |
(125.9) | (125.0) | (119.2) | (119.5) | ||||||||||||
Acquisition accounting adjustments |
| 0.3 | | | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total fee revenue |
$ | 192.3 | $ | 206.3 | $ | 200.7 | $ | 247.3 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Service lines: |
||||||||||||||||
Property, facilities and project management |
$ | 138.1 | $ | 141.2 | $ | 138.5 | $ | 154.6 | ||||||||
Leasing |
23.0 | 27.3 | 31.2 | 47.6 | ||||||||||||
Capital markets |
12.9 | 17.8 | 12.7 | 23.2 | ||||||||||||
Valuation and other |
18.3 | 20.0 | 18.3 | 21.9 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total fee revenue |
$ | 192.3 | $ | 206.3 | $ | 200.7 | $ | 247.3 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 11.1 | $ | 16.6 | $ | 8.8 | $ | 35.9 |
102
Our Business
We are a top three global commercial real estate services firm with an iconic brand and approximately 48,000 employees led by an experienced executive team. We operate from approximately 400 offices in 70 countries, managing approximately 3.5 billion square feet of commercial real estate space on behalf of institutional, corporate and private clients. We serve the worlds real estate owners and occupiers, delivering a broad suite of services through our integrated and scalable platform. Our business is focused on meeting the increasing demands of our clients across multiple service lines including property, facilities and project management, leasing, capital markets, valuation and other services. In 2017 and 2016, we generated revenues of $6.9 billion and $6.2 billion, and fee revenues of $5.3 billion and $4.8 billion. For the three months ended March 31, 2018, we generated revenue of $1.8 billion and fee revenue of $1.2 billion.
Since 2014, we have built our company organically and through the combination of DTZ, Cassidy Turley and Cushman & Wakefield, giving us the scale and worldwide footprint to effectively serve our clients multinational businesses. The result is a global real estate services firm with the iconic Cushman & Wakefield brand, steeped in over 100 years of leadership. We were recently named #2 in our industrys top brand study, the Lipsey Companys Top 25 Commercial Real Estate Brands.
The past four years have been a period of rapid growth and transformation for our company, and our experienced management team has demonstrated its expertise at integrating companies, driving operating efficiencies, realizing cost savings, attracting and retaining talent and improving financial performance. Since our inception in 2014, we have driven significant growth in fee revenue, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin and significantly exceeded our initial estimates of the integration benefits from the combination of the three companies. We recorded a net loss of $474 million in 2015 and a net loss of $221 million in 2017 and we grew Adjusted EBITDA from $336 million to $529 million over the same period. For the three months ended March 31, 2018, we recorded a net loss of $92.0 million and Adjusted EBITDA of $74.8 million.
Today, Cushman & Wakefield is one of the top three real estate services providers as measured by revenue and workforce. We have made significant investments in technology and workflow to improve our productivity, enable our scalable platform and drive better outcomes for our clients. We are well positioned to continue our growth through: (i) meeting the growing outsourcing and service needs of our target customer base, (ii) leveraging our strong competitive position to increase our market share and (iii) participating in further consolidation of our industry. Our proven track record of strong operational and financial performance leaves us well-positioned to capitalize on the attractive and growing commercial real estate services industry.
Industry Overview and Market Trends
We operate in an industry where the increasing complexity of our clients real estate operations drives strong demand for high quality services providers. We are one of the top commercial real estate services firms, and beyond us and our two direct global competitors, the sector is fragmented among regional, local and boutique providers. Industry sources estimate that the five largest global firms combined account for less than 20% of the worldwide commercial real estate services industry by revenue. According to industry research, the global commercial real estate industry is expected to grow at approximately 5% per year to more than $4 trillion in 2022, outpacing expected global gross domestic product (GDP) growth. The market for global integrated facilities management is expected to grow at approximately 6% per year from 2016 to 2025. Top global services providers, including Cushman & Wakefield, are positioned to grow fee revenue faster than GDP as the industry continues to consolidate and evolve, secular outsourcing trends continue and top firms increase their share of the market.
103
During the next few years, key drivers of revenue growth for the largest commercial real estate services providers will include:
Continued Growth in Occupier Demand for Real Estate Services. Occupiers are focusing on their core competencies and choosing to outsource commercial real estate services. Multiple market trends like globalization and changes in workplace strategy are driving occupiers to seek third-party real estate services providers as an effective means to reduce costs, improve their operating efficiency and maximize productivity. Large corporations generally only outsource to global firms with fully developed platforms that can provide all the commercial real estate services needed. Today, only three firms, including Cushman & Wakefield, meet those requirements.
Institutional Investors Owning a Greater Proportion of Global Real Estate. Institutional owners, such as real estate investment trusts (known as REITs), pension funds, sovereign wealth funds and other financial entities, are acquiring more real estate assets and financing them in the capital markets. Industry sources estimate that there was $249 billion of global private equity institutional capital raised and available for investing in commercial real estate as of December 31, 2017, which represents an 83% increase over the last three years.
This increase in institutional ownership creates more demand for services providers in three ways:
o | Increased demand for property management services Institutional owners self-perform property management services at a lower rate than private owners, outsourcing more to services providers. |
o | Increased demand for transaction services Institutional owners transact real estate at a higher rate than private owners. |
o | Increased demand for advisory services Because of a higher transaction rate, there is an opportunity for services providers to grow the number of ongoing advisory engagements. |
Owners and Occupiers Continue to Consolidate Their Real Estate Services Providers. Owners and occupiers are consolidating their services provider relationships on a regional, national and global basis to obtain more consistent execution across markets, to achieve economies of scale and enhanced purchasing power and to benefit from streamlined management oversight of single point of contact service delivery.
Global Services Providers Create Value in a Fragmented Industry. The global services providers with larger operating platforms can take advantage of economies of scale. Those few firms with scalable operating platforms are best positioned to drive profitability as consolidators in the highly fragmented commercial real estate services industry. Cushman & Wakefields platform is difficult to replicate with our approximately 48,000 employees operating from approximately 400 offices in 70 countries leveraging our iconic brand, significant scale and a comprehensive technology strategy.
Increasing Business Complexity Creates Opportunities for Technological Innovation. Organizations have become increasingly complex, and are relying more heavily on technology and data to manage their operations. Large global commercial real estate services providers with leading technological capabilities are best positioned to capitalize on this technological trend by better serving their clients complex real estate services needs and gaining market share from smaller operators. In addition, integrated technology platforms can lead to margin improvements for the larger global providers with scale.
Our Principal Services and Regions of Operation
We have organized our business, and report our operating results, through three geographically organized segments: the Americas, Asia Pacific and Europe, Middle East and Africa, or EMEA, representing 67%, 18%
104
and 15% of our 2017 fee revenue, respectively. Within those segments, we organize our services into the following service lines: property, facilities and project management; leasing; capital markets; and valuation and other, representing 47%, 31%, 14% and 8% of our 2017 fee revenue, respectively.
Our Geographical Segments
We have a global presence approximately 400 offices in 70 countries across six continents providing a broad base of services across geographies. We hold a leading position in all of our key markets, globally. This global footprint, complemented with a full suite of service offerings, positions us as one of a small number of providers able to respond to complex global mandates from large multinational occupiers and owners.
By revenue, our largest country was the United States, representing 62%, 62% and 57% of revenue in the years ending December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, followed by Australia, representing 10%, 10% and 14% of revenue in the years ending December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
Our Service Lines
Property, Facilities and Project Management . Our largest service line includes property management, facilities management, facilities services and project and development services. Revenues in this service line are recurring in nature, many through multi-year contracts with high switching costs.
For occupiers, services we offer include integrated facilities management, project and development services, portfolio administration, transaction management and strategic consulting. These services are offered individually, or through our global occupier services offering, which provides a comprehensive range of bundled services resulting in consistent quality service and cost savings.
For owners, we offer a variety of property management services, which include client accounting, engineering and operations, lease compliance administration, project and development services and sustainability services.
105
In addition, we offer self-performed facilities services globally to both owners and occupiers, which include janitorial, maintenance, critical environment management, landscaping and office services.
Fees in this service line are primarily earned on a fixed basis or as a margin applied to the underlying costs. As such, this service line has a large component of revenue that consists of us contracting with third-party providers (engineers, landscapers, etc.) and then passing these expenses on to our clients.
Leasing . Our second largest service line, leasing consists of two primary sub-services: owner representation and tenant representation. In owner representation leasing, we typically contract with a building owner on a multi-year agreement to lease their available space. In tenant representation leasing, we are typically engaged by a tenant to identify and negotiate a lease for them in the form of a renewal, expansion or relocation. We have a high degree of visibility in leasing services fees due to contractual renewal dates, leading to renewal, expansion or new lease revenue. In addition, leasing fees are cycle resilient with tenants needing to renew or lease space to operate in all economic conditions.
Leasing fees are typically earned after a lease is signed and are calculated as a percentage of the total value of payments over the life of the lease.
Capital Markets . We represent both buyers and sellers in real estate purchase and sales transactions and also arrange financing supporting purchases. Our services include investment sales and equity, debt and structured financing. Fees generated are tied to transaction volume and velocity in the commercial real estate market.
Our capital markets fees are transactional in nature and generally earned at the close of a transaction.
Valuation and other . We provide valuations and advice on real estate debt and equity decisions to clients through the following services: appraisal management, investment management, valuation advisory, portfolio advisory, diligence advisory, dispute analysis and litigation support, financial reporting and property and /or portfolio valuation. Fees are earned on both a contractual and transactional basis.
Our Competitive Strengths
We possess several competitive strengths that position us to capitalize on the growth and globalization trends in the commercial real estate services industry. Our strengths include the following:
Global Size and Scale. Our multinational clients partner with real estate services providers with the scale necessary to meet their needs across multiple geographies and service lines. Often, this scale is a pre-requisite to compete for complex global service mandates, which drives the growing need to enable people and technology platforms. We are one of three global real estate services providers able to deliver such services on a global basis. Our approximately 48,000 employees offer our clients services through our network of approximately 400 offices across 70 countries. This scale provides operational leverage, translating revenue growth into increased profitability.
Breadth of Our Service Offerings. We offer our clients a fully integrated commercial real estate services experience across property, facilities and project management, leasing, capital markets, and valuation and other services. These services can be bundled into regional, national and global contracts and/or delivered locally for individual assignments to meet the needs of a wide range of client types. Regardless of a clients assignment, we view each interaction with our clients as an opportunity to deliver an exceptional experience by delivering our full platform of services, while deepening and strengthening our relationships.
Comprehensive Technology Strategy . Our technology strategy focuses on (i) delivering high-value client outcomes, (ii) increasing employee productivity and connectedness and (iii) driving business change
106
through innovation. We have invested significantly in our technology platform over the last several years. This has improved service delivery and client outcomes. We have deployed enterprise-wide financial, human capital and client relationship management systems, such as Workday and Salesforce, to increase global connectivity and productivity in our operations. We focus on innovating solutions that improve the owner or occupier experience. As we continue to drive innovation for our clients, we have created strategic opportunities and partnerships with leading technology organizations, start-ups and property technology firms (like Metaprop NYC) focused on the built environment.
Our Iconic Brand. The history of our franchise and brand is one of the oldest and most respected in the industry. Our founding predecessor firm, DTZ, traces its history back to 1784 with the founding of Chessire Gibson in the U.K. Our brand, Cushman & Wakefield, was founded in 1917 in New York. Today, this pedigree, heritage and continuity of brand continues to be recognized by our clients, employees and the industry. Recently, Cushman & Wakefield was recognized in the Top 2 by a leading industry ranking of the Top 25 Commercial Real Estate Brands. In addition, according to leading industry publications, we have held the top positions in real estate sectors like U.S. industrial brokerage, U.S. retail brokerage and U.K. office brokerage, and have been consistently ranked among the International Association of Outsourcing Professionals, or IAOP, top 100 outsourcing professional service firms. In 2018, Forbes named Cushman & Wakefield to its list of Americas Best Large Employers.
Significant Recurring Revenue Provides Durable Platform. 47% of our fee revenue in 2017 was from our property, facilities and project management service line, which is recurring and contractual in nature. An additional 39% of our fee revenue in 2017 came from highly visible services, which is revenue from our leasing and valuation and other service lines. These revenues have proven to be resilient to changing economic conditions and provide stability to our cash flows and underlying business.
Top Talent in the Industry . For years, our people have earned a strong reputation for executing some of the most iconic and complex real estate assignments in the world. Because of this legacy of excellence, our leading platform and our brand strength, we attract and retain some of the top talent in the industry. We provide our employees with training growth opportunities to support their ongoing success. In addition, we have a strong focus on management development to drive strong operational performance and continuing innovation. The investment into our talent helps to foster a strong organizational culture, leading to employee satisfaction. This was confirmed recently when a global employee survey, which was benchmarked against other top organizations, showed our employees have a strong sense of pride in Cushman & Wakefield and commitment to our firm.
Industry-Leading Capabilities in Acquisitions and Integration . We have a proven track record of executing and integrating large acquisitions with the combination of DTZ, Cassidy Turley and Cushman & Wakefield. This track record is evident through the realization of synergies significantly in excess of our original estimates, which have contributed to our Adjusted EBITDA margin expanding significantly since our inception in 2014. In addition to completing our transformative combinations, we have also successfully completed 12 infill M&A transactions across geographies and service lines, with two additional transactions expected to close in the third quarter of 2018. The geographic coverage, specialized capabilities and client relationships added through these infill acquisitions have been accretive to our existing platform as we continue to grow our business. In addition, over the past 20 years, our senior management team has completed more than 100 successful acquisitions, including almost all the transformative deals of scale in our industry over that period of time. This acquisition capability along with our scalable global platform creates opportunities for us to continue to grow value through infill M&A.
Capital-Light Business Model . We operate in a low capital intensity business resulting in relative significant free cash flow generation. We expect that capital expenditures will average between 1.0%-1.5% of fee revenue in the near to medium term. We expect to reinvest this free cash flow into our services platform as well as infill M&A to continue to drive growth.
107
Best-In-Class Executive Leadership and Sponsorship. Our executive management team possesses a diverse set of backgrounds across complementary expertise and disciplines. Our Executive Chairman and CEO, Brett White, has more than 32 years of commercial real estate experience successfully leading the largest companies in our sector. John Forrester, our President, was previously the CEO of DTZ where he began his career in 1988. Our CFO, Duncan Palmer, has held senior financial positions in global organizations across various industries over his career, including serving as CFO of Owens Corning and RELX Group.
Our Principal Shareholders have supported our growth initiatives and have a proven track record of investing and growing industry-leading businesses like ours. TPG manages more than $84 billion of assets, as of March 31, 2018, with investment platforms across a wide range of asset classes, including private equity, growth equity, real estate, credit, public equity and impact investing. PAG Asia Capital is the private equity arm of PAG, one of the largest Asia-focused alternative investment managers with over $20 billion in capital under management and 350 employees globally, as of December 31, 2017. OTPP is the largest single-profession pension plan in Canada with CAD$189.5 billion of assets under management, as of December 31, 2017. This group of Principal Shareholders brings with them years of institutional investing and stewardship with deep knowledge and experience sponsoring public companies.
Our Growth Strategy
We have built an integrated, global services platform that delivers the best outcomes for clients locally, regionally and globally. Our primary business objective is growing revenue and profitability by leveraging this platform to provide our clients with excellent service. We expect to utilize the following strategies to achieve these business objectives:
Recruit, Hire and Retain Top Talent . We attract and retain high quality employees. These employees produce superior client results and position us to win additional business across our platform. Our real estate professionals come from a diverse set of backgrounds, cultures and expertise that creates a culture of collaboration and a tradition of excellence. We believe our people are the key to our business and we have instilled an atmosphere of collective success.
Expand Margins Through Operational Excellence . Our management team has driven integration benefits during the period of our ownership by the Principal Shareholders which have significantly exceeded our original estimates. These have contributed to growing our Adjusted EBITDA margins significantly from our inception in 2014 through organic operational improvements, the successful realization of synergies from previous acquisitions and through developing economies of scale. We expect to continue to grow margin and view it as a primary measure of management productivity.
Leverage Breadth of Services to Provide Superior Client Outcomes. Our current scale and position creates a significant opportunity for growth by delivering more services to existing clients across multiple service lines. Following the DTZ, Cassidy Turley and Cushman & Wakefield mergers, many of our clients realized more value by bundling multiple services, giving them instant access to global scale and better solutions through multidisciplinary service teams. As we continue to add depth and scale to our growing platform, we create more opportunities to do more for our clients, leading to increased organic growth.
Continue to Deploy Capital Around Our Infill M&A Strategy . We have an ongoing pipeline of potential acquisitions to improve our offerings to clients across geographies and service lines. We are highly focused on the successful execution of our acquisition strategy and have been successful at targeting, acquiring and integrating real estate services providers to broaden our geographic and specialized service capabilities. The opportunities offered by infill acquisitions are additive to our platform as we continue to
108
grow our business. We expect to be able to continue to find, acquire and integrate acquisitions to drive growth and improve profitability, in part by leveraging our scalable platform and technology investments. Infill opportunities occur across all geographies and service lines but over time we expect these acquisitions to increase our recurring and highly visible revenues as a percentage of our total fee revenue.
Deploy Technology to Improve Client Experience . Through the integration of DTZ, Cassidy Turley and Cushman & Wakefield, we invested heavily in technology platforms, workflow processes and systems to improve client engagement and outcomes across our service offerings. The recent timeframe of these investments has allowed us to adopt best-in-class systems that work together to benefit our clients and our business. These systems are scalable to efficiently onboard new businesses and employees without the need for significant additional capital investment in new systems. In addition, our investments in technology have helped us attract and retain key employees, enable productivity improvements that contribute to margin expansion and strongly positioned us to expand the number and types of service offerings we deliver to our key global customers. We have made significant investments to streamline and integrate these systems, which are now part of a fully integrated platform supported by an efficient back-office.
Corporate Information
The diagram below depicts our organizational structure immediately following the consummation of this offering and the transactions described above and assumes no exercise of the underwriters over allotment option.
109
* | Following the consummation of this offering, DTZ Jersey Holdings Limited is expected to be summarily wound up in accordance with the laws of Jersey. |
** | Following the consummation of this offering, the Principal Shareholders intend to dissolve Holdings LP in accordance with English law and thereafter hold their respective interests in the Company directly. |
Competition
We compete across a variety of geographies, markets and service lines within the commercial real estate services industry. Each of the service lines in which we operate is highly competitive on a global, national, regional and local level. While we are among the three largest commercial real estate services firms as measured by fee revenue and workforce, our relative competitive position varies significantly across service lines and across the geographic regions that we serve. Depending on the product or service, we face competition from other commercial real estate services providers, institutional lenders, in-house corporate real estate departments, investment banking firms, investment managers, accounting firms and consulting firms, some of which may have greater financial resources than we do. Although many of our competitors across our larger service lines are smaller local or regional firms, they may have a stronger presence in their core markets. We are also subject to competition from other large national and multinational firms that have similar service competencies and geographic footprint to ours, including CBRE Group, Inc. and Jones Lang LaSalle Incorporated.
Our Owner and Occupier Clients
Our clients include a full range of real estate owners and occupiers; including tenants, investors and multi-national corporations in numerous markets, including office, retail, industrial, multifamily, student housing, hotels, data center, healthcare, self-storage, land, condominium conversions, subdivisions and special use. Our clients vary greatly in size and complexity, and include for-profit and non-profit entities, governmental entities and public and private companies.
Seasonality
The market for some of our products and services is seasonal, especially in the leasing and capital markets service lines. There is a general focus in our industry on completing transactions by calendar year-end, with a significant concentration in the last quarter of the calendar year. Historically, our fee revenue and operating profit tend to be lowest in the first quarter, and highest in the fourth quarter of each year. The seasonality of fee revenue flows through to our net income and cash flow from operations.
Employees
As of December 31, 2017, we had approximately 48,000 employees worldwide. Our employees include management, brokers and other sales staff, administrative specialists, maintenance, landscaping, janitorial and office staff and others.
Across our property, facilities and project management, leasing, capital markets, and valuation and other service lines, our employees are compensated in different manners in line with the common practice in their professional field and geographic region. Many of our real estate professionals in the Americas and in certain international markets work on a commission basis, particularly our leasing and capital markets professionals in the United States. This commission is tied to the value of these professionals individual or team-based transactions and is subject to fluctuation. Many of our similar real estate professionals in EMEA and Asia Pacific work on a salary basis, with an additional performance bonus based on a share of the profits of their business unit or team. Even within our geographic segments, our service lines utilize a varied mix of professional and non-salaried employees.
As of December 31, 2017, approximately 14% of our employees were subject to collective bargaining agreements, the substantial majority of whom are employees in facilities services, including janitorial, security and mechanical maintenance services.
110
Intellectual Property
We hold various trademarks and trade names worldwide, which include the Cushman & Wakefield, DTZ and
names. Although we believe our intellectual property plays a role in maintaining our competitive position in a number of the markets that we serve, we do not believe we would be materially adversely affected by
expiration or termination of our trademarks or trade names or the loss of any of our other intellectual property rights other than the Cushman & Wakefield and
names. We primarily operate under the Cushman & Wakefield name and have generally adopted a strategy of having our acquisitions transition to the Cushman & Wakefield name. We own
numerous domain names and have registered numerous trademarks and/or service marks globally. With respect to the Cushman & Wakefield name, we have processed and continuously maintain trademark registration for this trade name in most
jurisdictions where we conduct business. We obtained our most recent U.S. trademark registrations for the Cushman & Wakefield name and logo in 2017, and these registrations would expire in 2027 if we failed to renew them.
Regulation
The brokerage of real estate sales and leasing transactions, property and facilities management, conducting real estate valuation and securing debt for clients, among other service lines, require that we comply with regulations affecting the real estate industry and maintain licenses in the various jurisdictions in which we operate. Like other market participants that operate in numerous jurisdictions and in various service lines, we must comply with numerous regulatory regimes.
A number of our services, including the services provided by certain of our indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries in the U.S., U.K., France and Japan, are subject to regulation and oversight by the SEC, FINRA, the Defense Security Service the U.K. Financial Conduct Authority, the Autorité des Marchés Financiers (France), the Financial Services Agency (Japan), the Ministry of Land, Infrastructure, Transport and Tourism (Japan) or other self-regulatory organizations and foreign and state regulators, and compliance failures or regulatory action could adversely affect our business. We could be required to pay fines, return commissions, have a license suspended or revoked or be subject to other adverse action if we conduct regulated activities without a license or violate applicable rules and regulations. Licensing requirements could also impact our ability to engage in certain types of transactions, change the way in which we conduct business or affect the cost of conducting business. We and our licensed associates may be subject to various obligations and we could become subject to claims by regulators and/or participants in real estate sales or other services claiming that we did not fulfill our obligations. This could include claims with respect to alleged conflicts of interest where we act, or are perceived to be acting, for two or more clients. While management has overseen highly regulated businesses before and expects us to comply with all applicable regulations in a satisfactory manner, no assurance can be given that it will always be the case. In addition, federal, state and local laws and regulations impose various environmental zoning restrictions, use controls and disclosure obligations that impact the management, development, use and/or sale of real estate. Such laws and regulations tend to discourage sales and leasing activities, as well as mortgage lending availability, with respect to such properties. In our role as property or facilities manager, we could incur liability under environmental laws for the investigation or remediation of hazardous or toxic substances or wastes relating to properties we currently or formerly managed. Such liability may be imposed without regard for the lawfulness of the original disposal activity, or our knowledge of, or fault for, the release or contamination.
Applicable laws and contractual obligations to property owners could also subject us to environmental liabilities through our provision of management services. Environmental laws and regulations impose liability on current or previous real property owners or operators for the cost of investigating, cleaning up or removing contamination caused by hazardous or toxic substances at the property. As a result, we may be held liable as an operator for such costs in our role as an on-site property manager. This liability may result even if the original actions were legal and we had no knowledge of, or were not responsible for, the presence of the hazardous or toxic substances. Similarly, environmental laws and regulations impose liability for the investigation or cleanup of off-site locations upon parties that disposed or arranged for disposal of hazardous wastes at such locations. As
111
a result, we may be held liable for such costs at landfills or other hazardous waste sites where wastes from our managed properties were sent for disposal. Under certain environmental laws, we could also be held responsible for the entire amount of the liability if other responsible parties are unable to pay. We may also be liable under common law to third parties for property damages and personal injuries resulting from environmental contamination at our sites, including the presence of asbestos-containing materials or lead-based paint. Insurance coverage for such matters may be unavailable or inadequate to cover our liabilities. Additionally, liabilities incurred to comply with more stringent future environmental requirements could adversely affect any or all of our service lines.
Properties
Our principal executive offices are located at 125 Old Broad Street, London, United Kingdom, EC2N 1AR and our telephone number is +44 20 3296 3000.
We operate across approximately 400 company and affiliated offices in approximately 70 countries. We operate 215 offices in the Americas, 133 offices in EMEA and 54 offices in Asia Pacific.
Our strategy is to lease rather than own offices. In general, these leased offices are fully utilized. The most significant terms of the leasing arrangements for our offices are the term of the lease and the rent. Our leases have terms varying in duration. The rent payable under our office leases varies significantly from location to location as a result of differences in prevailing commercial real estate rates in different geographic locations. Our management believes that no single office lease is material to our business, results of operations or financial condition. In addition, we believe there is adequate alternative office space available at acceptable rental rates to meet our needs, although adverse movements in rental rates in some markets may negatively affect our profits in those markets when we enter into new leases.
Legal Proceedings
We are party to a number of pending or threatened lawsuits arising out of, or incident to, the ordinary course of our business. The amounts claimed in these lawsuits can vary significantly, and some may be substantial. Our management believes that any liability imposed on us that may result from disposition of these lawsuits will not have a material effect on our consolidated financial position or results of operations. However, litigation is inherently uncertain and there could be a material adverse impact on our financial position and results of operations if one or more matters are resolved in a particular period in an amount materially in excess of what we anticipate. Refer to Risk FactorsRisks Related to Our BusinessWe are subject to various litigation risks and may face financial liabilities and/or damage to our reputation as a result of litigation for a discussion of certain types of claims we are subject to and face from time to time.
We establish reserves in accordance with FASB guidance on Accounting for Contingencies should a liability arise that is both probable and reasonably estimable. We adjust these reserves as needed to respond to subsequent changes in events. Refer to Note 15: Commitments and Contingencies to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements.
112
MANAGEMENT AND BOARD OF DIRECTORS
The following sets forth the name, age as of the date of this prospectus, position and description of the business experience of individuals who serve as executive officers and directors of our company and brief statements of those aspects of our directors backgrounds that led us to conclude that they should serve as directors.
Name |
Age |
Position |
||||
Brett White |
58 |
Director, Executive Chairman and Chief Executive Officer |
||||
Duncan Palmer |
52 | Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer | ||||
Brett Soloway |
50 |
Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary |
||||
John Forrester |
55 | President | ||||
Michelle Hay |
49 | Executive Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer | ||||
Nathaniel Robinson |
43 |
Executive Vice PresidentStrategic Planning and Chief Investment Officer |
||||
Jonathan Coslet |
53 | Director | ||||
Timothy Dattels |
60 | Lead Director | ||||
Qi Chen |
41 | Director | ||||
Lincoln Pan |
42 | Director | ||||
Rajeev Ruparelia |
42 | Director | ||||
Billie Williamson |
65 | Director |
Biographies of Executive Officers and Directors
Brett White has served as Executive Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Cushman & Wakefield since 2015. Prior to joining Cushman & Wakefield, Mr. White had a 28-year career with CBRE, serving as Chief Executive Officer from 2005 to 2012 and President from 2001 to 2005. He was also a member of CBREs Board of Directors from 1998 to 2013. He currently serves as a member of the board of directors of Edison International and Southern California Edison. Previously, he served as a trustee of the University of San Francisco and as a member of the board of directors for Realogy Holdings Corporation and Mossimo, Inc. Mr. White holds a B.A. in Biology from the University of California, Santa Barbara.
Duncan J. Palmer is our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer and has served in such capacity since 2014. Prior to joining Cushman & Wakefield, from 2012 until 2014, Mr. Palmer served as Group Finance Director of RELX Group plc, a leading provider of professional information solutions to the science, medical, legal, risk management and business-to-business sectors and its parent companies. From 2007 to 2012, Mr. Palmer was the Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer of Owens Corning, Inc., which markets building materials and composite systems. Mr. Palmer previously spent 20 years with Royal Dutch/Shell Group, where he held positions of increasing responsibility in the U.K., the Netherlands and the U.S., including Vice President, Upstream Commercial Finance, for Shell International Exploration and Production BV and Vice President, Finance, Global Lubricants, for the Royal Dutch Shell Group of Companies. Mr. Palmer has served on the board of directors of Oshkosh Corporation since 2011. He holds an M.A. from Cambridge University and an M.B.A. from the Stanford Graduate School of Business. He is a Fellow of the (U.K.) Chartered Institute of Management Accountants.
Brett Soloway is Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary and has served in such capacity since 2014. Prior to joining Cushman & Wakefield, Mr. Soloway led a team for The Home Depot, Inc.
113
that was responsible for all legal matters relating to new store and distribution center development, operations and property management activities in the U.S., Canada, Mexico, China and India. Earlier in his career, Mr. Soloway served as Vice President and General Counsel for Red Seal Development, Inc., and practiced law at Kirkland & Ellis and Rudnick & Wolfe. He received a B.A. in Political Science from the University of Michigan and a J.D. from the University of Illinois.
John Forrester is our President and has served in such capacity since December 2017. Prior to his current role, Mr. Forrester was Chief Executive, EMEA at Cushman & Wakefield, a role he previously held at DTZ Group, our predecessor firm. Mr. Forrester was also previously Group Chief Executive of DTZ Holdings plc. He joined DTZ Group in September 1988. Mr. Forrester is a member of the Board of Management and Management Executive for the British Council for Offices and has previously served as its President. He is a trustee of the Geffrye Museum. Mr. Forrester holds a B.S. in Urban Estate Surveying and is a Fellow of the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors.
Michelle Hay is our Chief Human Resources Officer and has served in such capacity since 2017. Prior to joining Cushman & Wakefield, Ms. Hay served as Head of HR for the Americas at A.T. Kearney. She also previously served as Global Chief Human Resources Officer at Heitman LLC, and previously held HR consulting positions with Deloitte & Touche LLP, Ernst & Young LLP, Cap Gemini and Capital H Group. She holds a B.S. in psychology from the University of Houston and an M.B.A. from the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
Nathaniel Robinson is our Chief Investment Officer and Executive Vice President of Strategic Planning and has served in such capacity since 2018. Prior to joining Cushman & Wakefield, Mr. Robinson was an Investment Partner at Virgo Capital where he focused on making new platform investments and developing strategic initiatives for the firms portfolio companies. Mr. Robinson also previously worked in Morgan Stanleys Global Technology Group and is a co-founder and former chairman of PhillyCarShare, which was acquired by Enterprise Holdings in 2011. He holds a B.S. in finance and accounting from Drexel University, an M.P.P. from Harvard University and an M.B.A. from Dartmouth College.
Jonathan Coslet was appointed to the board of directors of Cushman & Wakefield in 2018. Mr. Coslet is a Senior Partner of TPG. Mr. Coslet is also a member of the firms Investment Committee and Management Committee. Prior to joining TPG, he worked at Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette, and before that, at Drexel Burnham Lambert, where he started his career. Mr. Coslet previously served on the board of directors of Biomet, Inc., IASIS Healthcare LLC, Quintiles IMS Holdings, Inc., Quintiles Transnational Holdings Inc., PETCO Animal Supplies, Inc. and Neiman Marcus Group, Inc. He currently serves on the boards of Life Time Fitness, Inc., IQVIA Holdings Inc., the Stanford Medical Advisory Council and the Stanford Institute for Economic Policy Research, and he serves as a Trustee for Menlo School. Mr. Coslet holds a B.S. in economics and finance from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School.
Timothy Dattels was appointed to the board of directors of Cushman & Wakefield in 2018. Mr. Dattels is Co-Managing Partner of TPG Capital Asia. Prior to joining TPG in 2004, he served as a Partner and Managing Director of Goldman, Sachs & Co. Mr. Dattels serves or has served on the board of directors of BlackBerry Ltd., Parkway Holdings Ltd., Primedia, Inc., Shangri-La Asia Ltd. and Sing Tao News Corporation Ltd. and is a member of Northstar Equity Partners investment committee. He holds a B.A. in business administration from the University of Western Ontario and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School.
Qi Chen was appointed to the board of directors of Cushman & Wakefield in 2014. Ms. Chen is a Partner at PAG where she focuses on investments in financial services and cross-border transactions. Prior to joining PAG in 2011, she worked at TPG Capital from 2006 to 2011. She also worked in Morgan Stanleys investment banking division and Boston Consulting Group previously. She holds a B.A. from Peking University and an M.B.A from the Kellogg School of Management, Northwestern University.
114
Lincoln Pan was appointed to the board of directors of Cushman & Wakefield in 2017. Mr. Pan is a Managing Director at PAG. Prior to joining PAG, he was a Regional CEO for Willis Towers Watson. Mr. Pan has also previously worked at Advantage Partners, GE Capital and McKinsey & Company. He holds a B.A. in history and English from Williams College and a J.D. from Harvard Law School.
Rajeev Ruparelia was appointed to the board of directors of Cushman & Wakefield in 2014. Mr. Ruparelia is a Director at OTPP. Prior to joining OTPP in 2008, he worked in investment banking at Credit Suisse Group (New York), in investments at Cadillac Fairview (OTPPs wholly owned real estate subsidiary) and in the corporate finance group at Deloitte & Touche LLP. Mr. Ruparelia is also an observer on the board of Coway Co., Ltd. He holds a B.A. in economics from Wilfrid Laurier University and an M.B.A. from the Rotman School of Management at the University of Toronto.
Billie Williamson was appointed to the board of directors of Cushman & Wakefield in 2018. Ms. Williamson served in various roles at Ernst & Young L.L.P., most recently in the role of Senior Assurance Partner, from 1974 to 1993 and 1998 to 2011. She also worked at Marriott International, Inc. from 1996 to 1998 as Senior Vice President, Finance and Corporate Comptroller, and before that at AMX Corporation from 1993 to 1996 as Chief Financial Officer. Ms. Williamson also serves or has served on the boards of directors of XL Group Ltd., Pentair plc, Pharos Capital BDC, Inc., CSRA Inc., Janus Capital Group, ITT Exelis Inc., Annies Inc., and Energy Future Holdings Corporation. She holds a B.B.A. from Southern Methodist University.
Controlled Company
After the completion of this offering, the Principal Shareholders will control a majority of our outstanding ordinary shares. TPG, PAG Asia Capital and OTPP will together own approximately 70% of our ordinary shares (or approximately 67%, if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares) after the completion of this offering. As a result, we are a controlled company within the meaning of the NYSE rules. Under the NYSE rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a controlled company and may elect not to comply with certain NYSE corporate governance standards, including: the requirement that a majority of the board of directors consist of independent directors; the requirement that we have a nominating and corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committees purpose and responsibilities; the requirement that we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committees purpose and responsibilities; and the requirement for an annual performance evaluation of the nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees. Following this offering, we intend to utilize these exemptions (other than with respect to committee charter requirements and annual committee performance evaluations). As a result, we may not have a majority of independent directors, our nominating and corporate governance committee and compensation committee may not consist entirely of independent directors. Accordingly, you may not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the NYSE rules regarding corporate governance.
The controlled company exception does not modify the independence requirements for the audit committee, and we intend to comply with the audit committee requirements of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and the NYSE rules. Pursuant to such rules, we are required to have at least one independent director on our audit committee during the 90-day period beginning on the date of effectiveness of the registration statement filed with the SEC in connection with this offering. After such 90-day period and until one year from the date of effectiveness of the registration statement, we are required to have a majority of independent directors on our audit committee. Thereafter, our audit committee is required to be comprised entirely of independent directors.
Board Composition
Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors. Our board of directors is currently comprised of seven directors. Our articles of association provide that our board of directors will have
115
a minimum of five and maximum number of eleven directors. Our board of directors has determined that each of Messrs. Coslet, Dattels, Pan and Ruparelia and Mses. Chen and Williamson are independent as defined under the corporate governance rules of the NYSE.
After the completion of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes, with each director serving a three-year term and one class being elected at each years annual meeting of shareholders. Mr. Coslet and Ms. Chen will initially serve as Class I directors with an initial term expiring in 2019. Mr. White and Ms. Williamson will initially serve as Class II directors with an initial term expiring in 2020. Messrs. Dattels, Pan and Ruparelia will initially serve as Class III directors with an initial term expiring in 2021. Upon the expiration of the initial term of office for each class of directors, each director in such class shall be elected for a term of three years and serve until a successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors or a vacancy may be filled by the directors then in office.
Mr. White serves as our Executive Chairman of our board of directors and Chief Executive Officer. When the Executive Chairman is also the Chief Executive Officer, our corporate governance guidelines provide that we may elect one of our independent directors to serve as Lead Director. Mr. Dattels currently serves as our Lead Director, and is responsible for serving as liaison between the Chairman and the independent directors, approving meeting agendas and schedules for our board of directors and presiding at executive sessions of the independent directors and any other board of directors meetings at which the Chairman is not present, among other responsibilities.
Committees of the Board of Directors
Upon completion of this offering, we will have the following committees of our board of directors.
Audit Committee
The audit committee:
● | appoints our independent registered public accounting firm annually; evaluates the independent auditors independence and performance and replaces it as necessary; pre-approves all audit and non-audit services; and sets guidelines for the hiring of former employees of the independent auditor; |
● | reviews the audit plans and findings of our independent auditor and our internal audit function; |
● | reviews with our management and independent auditor our financial statements, including any significant financial reporting issues and changes in accounting policies; |
● | reviews with our management and independent auditor the adequacy of our internal controls over financial reporting; |
● | oversees our policies and procedures with respect to risk assessment and risk management; and |
● | oversees the implementation and effectiveness of our compliance and ethics program, including our whistleblowing procedures. |
The members of the audit committee are Ms. Williamson (chair), Mr. Dattels and Ms. Chen. Upon effectiveness of the registration statement, one member of the committee will be independent, as defined under the rules of the rules and Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act. Our board of directors has determined that each director appointed to the audit committee is financially literate, and the board has determined that Ms. Williamson is an audit committee financial expert.
Our board of directors has adopted a written charter for our audit committee, which will be available on our corporate website at www.cushmanwakefield.com/investorrelations upon the closing of this offering.
116
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
The nominating and corporate governance committee:
● | develops and recommends criteria to our board of directors for selecting new directors; |
● | conducts inquiries into the background and qualifications of candidates for the board and recommends proposed nominees to the board; |
● | recommends corporate governance guidelines to the board; and |
● | oversees the evaluation of the performance of the board. |
The members of the nominating and corporate governance committee are Mr. Pan (chair), Mr. Dattels and Mr. Ruparelia. Because we will be a controlled company under the rules, our nominating and corporate governance committee is not required to be fully independent, although if such rules change in the future or we no longer meet the definition of a controlled company under the current rules, we will adjust the composition of the nominating and corporate governance committee as and if necessary in order to comply with such rules.
Our board of directors has adopted a written charter for our nominating and corporate governance committee, which will be available on our corporate website at www.cushmanwakefield.com/investorrelations upon the closing of this offering.
Compensation Committee
The compensation committee:
● | reviews and approves corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our executive officers, evaluates the performance of our executive officers in light of those goals and objectives and determines the compensation of our executive officers based on that evaluation; |
● | reviews and approves policies and guidelines related to the compensation of our executive officers and directors; and |
● | establishes, reviews and administers our compensation and employee benefit plans. |
The members of the compensation committee are Mr. Dattels (chair), Mr. Pan and Mr. Ruparelia. Because we will be a controlled company under the NYSE rules, our compensation committee is not required to be fully independent, although if such rules change in the future or we no longer meet the definition of a controlled company under the current rules, we will adjust the composition of the compensation committee as and if necessary in order to comply with such rules.
Our board of directors has adopted a written charter for our compensation committee, which will be available on our corporate website at www.cushmanwakefield.com/investorrelations upon the closing of this offering.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.
Board of Directors Role in Risk Oversight
Our board of directors, as a whole and through its committees, has responsibility for the oversight of risk management. In its risk oversight role, our board of directors has the responsibility to satisfy itself that the risk
117
management processes designed and implemented by management are adequate and functioning as designed. Our board of directors oversees an enterprise-wide approach to risk management, designed to support the achievement of organizational objectives, including strategic objectives, to improve long-term organizational performance and enhance shareholder value.
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
We have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics applicable to our Chief Executive Officer and senior financial officers and all persons performing similar functions. A copy of that code is available on our corporate website at www.cushmanwakefield.com/investorrelations. We expect that any amendments to such code, or any material waivers of its requirements, will be disclosed on our website.
Auditor Independence
KPMG LLP (KPMG), our independent registered public accounting firm, provides audit, tax and advisory services to the Company and various affiliates of TPG. Our executive management and Board of Directors are aware that during 2015, a member firm of KPMG International Cooperative (KPMG member firm) engaged a subsidiary of the Company as a subcontractor for real estate valuation and consulting services, which was a business relationship determined to be impermissible under the independence rules of the SEC. The business relationship was terminated prior to the Company engaging KPMG to be its auditor. The business relationship was insignificant to KPMG and the Company based on the volume and extent of the services as well as the fees paid to the Company, relative to the size of the respective organizations. Additionally, the Companys employees that delivered the services to the KPMG member firm did not have a role in the Companys internal control over financial reporting.
Additionally, KPMG informed us that during 2015 KPMG provided certain services for fees of less than $350,000 to an affiliate of TPG, which were determined to be impermissible under the independence rules of the SEC. The services were provided to an entity not included in the Companys Consolidated Financial Statements, and therefore these services were not provided to, paid for by, or involve the Company, and the impermissible services did not have an impact on the Companys financial accounting or internal control over financial reporting.
KPMG considered whether the matters noted above impacted its objectivity and ability to exercise impartial judgment with regard to its engagement as our auditor and has concluded that there has been no impairment of KPMGs objectivity and ability to exercise impartial judgment. After taking into consideration the facts and circumstances of the above matters and KPMGs determination, our Board of Directors and Audit Committee also has concluded that KPMGs objectivity and ability to exercise impartial judgment has not been impaired.
118
COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
This Compensation Discussion and Analysis addresses the principles underlying our executive compensation program and the policies and practices for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017 (Fiscal 2017) for (i) our principal executive officer, (ii) our principal financial officer and (iii) the other executive officers of the Company as of December 31, 2017:
● | Brett White, our Executive Chairman and Chief Executive Officer; |
● | Duncan Palmer, our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer; |
● | Matthew Bouw, our Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer; and |
● | Brett Soloway, our Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary. |
We refer to these executive officers as the Named Executive Officers.
Compensation Philosophy and Objectives
Our compensation philosophy is to provide an attractive, flexible and effective compensation package to our executive officers that is tied to our corporate performance and aligned with the interests of our shareholders. Our executive compensation program is designed to help us recruit, motivate and retain the caliber of executive officers necessary to deliver consistent high performance to our clients, shareholders and other stakeholders.
Our compensation policies and practices also allow us to communicate our goals and standards of conduct and performance and to motivate and reward employees for their achievements. In general, the same principles governing the compensation of our executive officers also apply to the compensation of all our employees, which include:
Principle |
Practice |
|
Retain and hire the best leaders. | Competitive compensation to facilitate attracting and retaining high-quality talent. | |
Pay for performance. | A significant portion of pay depends on annual and long-term business and individual performance; the level of at-risk compensation increases as the officers scope of responsibility increases. | |
Reward long-term growth and profitability. | Rewards for achieving long-term results, and alignment with the interests of our shareholders. | |
Tie compensation to business performance. | A significant portion of pay is tied to measures of performance of the business or businesses over which the individual has the greatest influence. | |
Align executive compensation with shareholder interests. | The interests of our executive officers are linked with those of our shareholders through the risks and rewards of stock ownership. | |
Limited personal benefits. | Perquisites and other personal benefits are minimal and limited to items that serve a reasonable business-related purpose. |
119
Compensation Mix
Our executive compensation program has been designed to reward strong performance by focusing the compensation opportunity for each of our executive officers on annual and long-term incentives that depend upon our performance as a whole, as well as the performance of our individual businesses or on the basis of individual metrics where appropriate.
Compensation-Setting Process
Role of the Compensation Committee
The Compensation Committee is responsible for overseeing our executive compensation program (including our executive compensation policies and practices) and approving the compensation of our executive officers, including the Named Executive Officers (except for our Chief Executive Officer (CEO)).
The Board of Directors is responsible for approving all compensation paid to our CEO. Pursuant to its charter, the Compensation Committee has the responsibility to review and recommend to the Board of Directors any proposed change in base salary or target incentive compensation for our CEO at least annually, as well as for evaluating our CEOs performance and recommending actual payments under the annual incentive plan in light of the corporate goals and objectives applicable to him. Although the equity incentive plan is administered by the Board of Directors, and historically the Company has not generally made grants on an annual basis, from time to time the Compensation Committee may make recommendations to the Board of Directors regarding grants of equity incentive awards to a Named Executive Officer.
Role of Executive Officers
The Compensation Committee receives support from our Human Resources Department in designing our executive compensation program and analyzing competitive market practices. Our Chief Human Resources Officer and General Counsel attend regular meetings of the Compensation Committee in order to provide insight and expertise regarding the operation of our compensation programs and to provide support and assistance with respect to the legal implications of our compensation decisions. Our CEO also regularly participates in Compensation Committee meetings, providing management input on organizational structure, executive development and financial analysis.
Our CEO evaluates the performance of each of our executive officers against the annual objectives established for the business or functional area for which such executive officer is responsible, as well as the individual performance of each executive officer as described in their annual objectives. Our CEO then reviews each executive officers target compensation opportunity, and based upon the target compensation opportunity and the individuals performance, proposes compensation adjustments, subject to review and approval by the Compensation Committee. Our CEO presents the details of each executive officers performance to the Compensation Committee for its consideration and approval of the recommendations. Our CEO does not participate in the evaluation of his own performance, nor is he present during discussions relating to his compensation.
Role of Independent Compensation Consultant
In fulfilling its duties and responsibilities, the Compensation Committee has the authority to engage, as needed, the services of outside advisers, including compensation consultants. For Fiscal 2017, the Compensation Committee engaged Frederic W. Cook & Co., Inc. (FW Cook), a national executive compensation consulting firm, to assist it with compensation matters. FW Cook attends meetings of the Compensation Committee, responds to inquiries from members of the Compensation Committee and provides analysis with respect to these inquiries.
120
In Fiscal 2017, FW Cook assisted in the development of our compensation peer group, analyzed the executive compensation levels and practices of the companies in our compensation peer group, provided advice with respect to compensation best practices and market trends for executive officers and provided ad hoc advice and support following its engagement.
FW Cook does not provide any services to us other than the services provided to the Compensation Committee.
Peer Group
In February 2017, the Compensation Committee, with the assistance of FW Cook, developed a compensation peer group based on an evaluation of companies that it believed were comparable to us with respect to industry segment, revenue, measures of EBITDA and EBITDA margin, net income, estimated market capitalization, number of employees and percentage of total revenue from sources outside the United States as a reference source in its executive compensation deliberations. This compensation peer group, which was used by the Compensation Committee as a reference in the course of its 2017 deliberations, consists of the following 23 companies:
Direct Peers |
Other Business Services Peers |
|
CBRE |
AECOM | |
Colliers International |
Aon | |
Jones Lang LaSalle |
Boston Properties | |
Savills |
CACI International | |
CGI Group | ||
Convergys | ||
Duke Realty Corporation | ||
EMCOR | ||
Fidelity National Info Svcs | ||
Fiserv | ||
Forest City Realty | ||
Jacobs Engineering | ||
KBR | ||
Kelly Services | ||
Leidos | ||
Marsh & McLennan | ||
Robert Half International | ||
Unisys | ||
Willis Towers Watson |
As of February 2017, our revenue, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin were near the median of the peer group and number of employees was between the median and 75 th percentile. Given the positive correlation between company size as measured by revenue and target compensation opportunities in general, having our revenues positioned within a reasonable range of the median provides what the Company views as a sound basis for our comparing compensation to market competitors.
For 2018, the Compensation Committee approved the removal of Marsh & McLennan and Savills from the peer group.
This competitive market data is not used by the Compensation Committee in isolation but rather serves as one point of reference when making decisions about compensation, as well as individual elements of compensation. Compensation decisions also depend upon the consideration of other factors that the Compensation Committee considers relevant, such as the financial and operational performance of our businesses, individual performance, specific retention concerns and internal equity.
121
Competitive Positioning
For purposes of its review of the competitive market, the Compensation Committee received a market analysis prepared by FW Cook which was developed using the 23-company peer group for the CEO and Chief Financial Officer. Third-party survey data was also used for Named Executive Officer positions to capture the broader market.
Compensation-Related Risk Assessment
The Compensation Committee evaluates each element of our executive compensation program with the intent to ensure that it does not encourage our executive officers to take excessive or unnecessary risks or incentivize the achievement of short-term results at the expense of our long-term interests. In addition, we have designed our executive compensation program to address potential risks while rewarding our executive officers for achieving financial and strategic objectives through prudent business judgment and appropriate risk taking.
Compensation Elements
Our executive compensation program consists of base salary, annual incentive compensation, long-term equity incentive awards and health, welfare and other customary employee benefits.
Base Salary
We believe that a competitive base salary is critical in attracting and retaining key executive talent. In evaluating the base salaries of our executive officers, the Compensation Committee considers several factors, including our financial performance, individual contributions towards meeting our financial objectives, qualifications, knowledge, experience, tenure and scope of responsibilities, past performance against individual goals, future potential, competitive market practices, difficulty of finding a replacement, our desired compensation position with respect to the competitive market and internal equity.
Annual Incentive Compensation
Each year, our executive officers are eligible to receive annual cash incentive awards under the Annual Incentive Plan (AIP).
Typically, at the beginning of the fiscal year the Compensation Committee approves the terms and conditions of the AIP for the year, including the selection of one or more performance measures as the basis for determining the funding of annual cash bonuses for the year, the performance range relative to our annual operating plan and the weighting of such performance measures.
Target Annual Cash Bonus Opportunities
For purposes of the Fiscal 2017 AIP, the target cash bonus opportunities of the Named Executive Officers for Fiscal 2017 were as follows:
Named Executive Officer |
Fiscal 2017 Target Cash Bonus
Opportunity (as a percentage of base salary) |
Fiscal 2017 Target Cash Bonus
Opportunity (as a dollar amount) |
||||||
Mr. White |
210.5 | % | $ | 2,000,000 | ||||
Mr. Palmer |
100 | % | $ | 600,000 | ||||
Mr. Bouw |
50 | % | $ | 237,500 | ||||
Mr. Soloway |
50 | % | $ | 225,000 |
122
Corporate Performance Measures
For purposes of the Fiscal 2017 AIP, the Compensation Committee selected Adjusted EBITDA, adjusted as follows: increased by $116 million to reflect the cost of the AIP, and decreased by $26 million (recruiting and retention amortization), $16 million (currency conversion), and $23 million (M&A, restructuring and other one-time items). This Pre-Incentive Adjusted EBITDA was the sole performance measure. See Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of OperationsNon-GAAP Financial Measures for further detail on the Companys use of Adjusted EBITDA. The Compensation Committee believes that Pre-Incentive Adjusted EBITDA was the best measure of both corporate and business segment profitability and that, as we began to prepare for our initial public offering, overall profitability would best position us for a successful entry into the public marketplace.
Annual Cash Bonus Decisions
The AIP is based on the achievement of a certain percentage of Pre-Incentive Adjusted EBITDA, from a minimum of 70% to a maximum of 130% as measured against the relevant annual operating plan target, subject to the achievement of the minimum 70% on a consolidated basis and the discretion of our Board of Directors. The achievement against target excludes the impact of currency on annual results. Other items and adjustments are made to Pre-Incentive Adjusted EBITDA at the discretion of the Compensation Committee to ensure that the achievement reflects underlying performance as determined by the Compensation Committee. Individuals bonuses are then determined according to their role and company-wide financial performance, as described below.
The bonus paid to our Named Executive Officers other than Messrs. Bouw and Soloway is determined entirely by financial performance that results in a funded range of 0% to 200% of their applicable target. The bonus paid to Messrs. Bouw and Soloway is weighted 75% on the achievement of financial goals (resulting in a range of 0% to 150% of their applicable target) and 25% on the achievement on individual performance objectives relating to specific projects or initiatives at the Company (resulting in a range of 0% to 25% of their applicable target). The Compensation Committee has the discretion to adjust the amount of the actual cash bonus payments to be received by any executive officer, as it deems to be appropriate, up to the applicable cap.
For purposes of Fiscal 2017 AIP, the target Pre-Incentive Adjusted EBITDA was $637.1 million, and the actual achieved Pre-Incentive Adjusted EBITDA was $580.2 million. As a result, the Fiscal 2017 cash bonus payments for the Named Executive Officers ranged from 70% to 77.5% of their target annual cash bonus opportunities as summarized below.
Named Executive Officer |
Fiscal 2017 Actual
Cash Bonus Payment |
Actual Cash Bonus Payment
as Percentage of Target Cash Bonus Award |
||||||
Mr. White |
$ | 1,400,000 | 70.0 | % | ||||
Mr. Palmer |
$ | 420,000 | 70.0 | % | ||||
Mr. Bouw |
$ | 184,063 | 77.5 | % | ||||
Mr. Soloway |
$ | 174,375 | 77.5 | % |
Long-Term Incentive Compensation
We have generally provided long-term incentive compensation to our executive officers in the form of options to purchase shares of, and share-settled RSUs in respect of, our ordinary shares. The bulk of these awards were made at the time the Principal Shareholders acquired us, or upon a new hire, promotion or other special circumstance, and the Company has not therefore historically made annual grants of equity based awards. We believe that options provide an effective performance incentive because our executive officers derive value from their options only if the price of our ordinary shares increases (which would benefit all shareholders)
123
and they remain employed with us beyond the date that their options vested. Furthermore, a portion of our options and RSUs are subject to satisfying performance criteria, and do not vest simply based on the provision of continued services. The vesting criteria are more fully described in the Fiscal 2017 Outstanding Equity Awards at Year-End Table below, but in general the performance-based vesting of our Named Executive Officers equity awards is tied to the occurrence of a sale of a significant portion of our ordinary shares held by our Principal Shareholders for cash at a specified multiple of money of their acquisition price. Equity received by our executive officers, whether as the result of option exercises, the settlement of RSUs or outright purchases is subject to significant restrictions (as described further below).
Health, Welfare, Retirement and Other Employee Benefits
We provide benefits to our Named Executive Officers on the same basis as all of our full-time employees. These benefits include 401(k) retirement, medical, pharmacy, dental and vision benefits, medical and dependent care flexible spending accounts, short-term and long-term disability insurance, accidental death and dismemberment insurance and basic life insurance coverage.
Perquisites and Other Personal Benefits
We only provide perquisites and other personal benefits to our executive officers when we believe they are appropriate to assist an individual in the performance of duties and the achievement of business objectives, to make our executive officers more efficient and effective, and for recruitment and retention purposes. The Compensation Committee believes that these personal benefits are a reasonable component of our overall executive compensation program and are consistent with market practices. We may provide other perquisites or other personal benefits in limited circumstances in the future to achieve similar goals, subject to approval and periodic review by the Compensation Committee.
Employment Agreements and Severance Arrangements
We have entered into a written employment agreement with Messrs. White and Palmer, and Messrs. Bouw and Soloway are party to offer letters with the Company. These agreements establish the terms and conditions governing their employment, including any termination thereof, and also provide for restrictive covenants and are more fully described below.
Mr. Bouws right to receive severance is as set forth in his offer letter. Mr. Soloways offer letter does not provide for severance, although he would be entitled to certain benefits under our severance plan, as more fully described below.
Employment agreements and severance benefits assist us in the recruitment and retention of executive talent.
Recent Developments Relating to the Offering
We are still in the process of implementing the executive compensation program that will take effect following the offering, although we anticipate that it will be designed on the same principles to achieve the same objectives as our existing executive compensation program. In anticipation of becoming a public reporting company, we may negotiate new arrangements with some or all of our executive officers, including the Named Executive Officers. As a part of this process, we have retained the law firm of Kirkland and Ellis as well as compensation consulting firm Pearl Meyer to represent management.
To encourage retention, we decided to offer to all of our performance-based option holders, including Named Executive Officers, the opportunity to change the vesting conditions of a portion of their performance-based options to time-based vesting. If so elected by the participant, outstanding performance-based options that
124
were subject to a 2.5 multiple of money performance condition (generally 1/3 of the total options granted to each participant) were converted into time-based options, of which 1/3 were vested upon conversion and the remaining 2/3 will vest in equal installments on the first two anniversaries of a specified vesting commencement date in 2017, subject to continued service with the company. In addition, our option grants in 2018 have been comprised of 2/3 time-based vesting and 1/3 performance-based vesting subject to a 2.0 multiple of money performance condition. Each of Messrs. Palmer, Bouw and Soloway elected to participate in the exchange with respect to their performance-based options. Mr. White did not have any options eligible for the option exchange.
In addition, in June 2018, Mr. White agreed to certain changes to the terms of certain of his outstanding equity awards, which the Company believes overall provide better alignment between the Company and its stakeholders (including the Principal Shareholders) interests and those of Mr. White. Among other things, with respect to all of his outstanding equity-based awards other than the award of RSUs granted in March 2018, Mr. White agreed (i) to sell a pro rata portion of the ordinary shares he receives in settlement of these awards each time the Principal Shareholders sell ordinary shares for cash prior to March 6, 2020, (ii) that his retention of the RSUs in respect of 22,337,915 ordinary shares granted on May 8, 2015, and any shares delivered in settlement thereof (or the after tax proceeds received in respect of those shares), be subject to the condition that he not resign, other than for good reason, prior to January 1, 2021, and that such RSUs be subject to modified vesting conditions, (iii) that the 2,850,000 performance-vesting RSUs granted on May 8, 2015 be converted to time-vesting RSUs and (iv) the restrictions of the management stockholders agreement generally would not apply, except with respect to the call right in the event his employment is terminated for cause or he violates restrictive covenants to which he is subject, provided that Mr. White may only transfer up to 5% of the ordinary shares he holds as a result of the settlement of his outstanding time-based RSUs and options per calendar quarter, inclusive of any ordinary shares sold pursuant to the requirement to sell his ordinary shares alongside the Principal Shareholders.
New Management and Non-Employee Omnibus Equity Compensation Plans
Prior to consummation of this offering, we intend to adopt both the 2018 Omnibus Management Share and Cash Incentive Plan (the Management Plan) and the 2018 Omnibus Non-Employee Director Share and Cash Incentive Plan (the Director Plan, and together with the Management Plan, the 2018 Omnibus Plans), and we anticipate that all equity-based awards granted on or after this offering will be granted under these plans to employees, consultants and independent contractors and to non-employee directors, respectively. As a result of this initial public offering, the Compensation Committee intends to modify our approach to the use of long-term incentive compensation by making annual long-term incentive compensation awards to our executive officers and non-employee directors using a mix of equity-based awards. We may adopt a formal policy for the timing of equity awards in connection with this offering.
For a description of the material terms of the 2018 Omnibus Plans, please see the section entitled Employee Stock Plans below.
New Executive Severance Arrangement
In connection with the offering, we plan to implement a new executive severance plan for our executive officers other than Messrs. White and Palmer, whose severance is set out in their respective employment agreements, that we believe is more in line with market practice. Consistent with the arrangements governing the severance for Messrs. White and Palmer, the Company has approved severance for executive officers in the event their employment is terminated by the Company without cause based on a multiple of base salary only (1.5x in the case of Mr. Forrester and 1.0x for other executive officers). The severance will be payable over 18 months, in the case of Mr. Forrester, and 12 months, in the case of all other executive officers, and will be subject to the requirement that the individual execute a valid release and comply with any restrictive covenants to which they are subject.
125
Other Compensation Policies
In anticipation of becoming a public reporting company, we anticipate adopting certain policies in connection with this offering:
Stock Ownership Policy
Most of our executive officers have a significant interest in our ordinary shares, whether held directly or as the result of outstanding equity-based awards. The Compensation Committee believes that stock ownership by management aligns executive officer and shareholder interests and accordingly, we intend to adopt stock ownership policies for our executive officers and the non-employee members of our Board of Directors in connection with this offering.
Derivatives Trading, Hedging and Pledging Policies
In connection with this offering, we intend to adopt a general insider trading policy that provides that no employee, officer or member of our Board of Directors may acquire, sell or trade in any interest or position relating to the future price of our securities, such as a put option, a call option or a short sale (including a short sale against the box) or engage in hedging transactions (including cashless collars). Similarly, we intend to adopt a general policy that prohibits our executive officers and members of our Board of Directors from pledging any of their ordinary shares as collateral for a loan or other financial arrangement.
Tax Considerations
Section 162(m) of the Code generally disallows public companies a tax deduction for federal income tax purposes of remuneration in excess of $1 million paid to the Named Executive Officers. Once an individual has been a Named Executive Officer, the deduction limitation applies indefinitely. As we were not publicly-traded, the Compensation Committee has not previously accounted for the deductibility limit imposed by Section 162(m). Further, as a newly public company, we intend to rely upon certain transition relief under Section 162(m). Nonetheless, the Compensation Committee believes that the potential deductibility of the compensation payable under the Companys executive compensation program should be only one of many relevant considerations in setting compensation. Accordingly, the Compensation Committee has deemed or may deem in the future that it is appropriate to provide one or more executive officers with the opportunity to earn incentive compensation which may be in excess of the amount deductible by reason of Section 162(m) or other provisions of the Code.
We do not provide any executive officer with a gross-up or other reimbursement payment for any tax liability as a result of the application of Sections 280G or 4999 and we have not agreed and are not otherwise obligated to provide any Named Executive Officer with such a gross-up or other reimbursement.
Recapitalization
In connection with this offering, the shareholders of DTZ Jersey Holdings Limited exchanged their shares of DTZ Jersey Holdings Limited for newly issued shares in Cushman & Wakefield Limited. Following the Share Exchange, Cushman & Wakefield Limited re-registered as a public limited company organized under the laws of England and Wales named Cushman & Wakefield plc. Following the Re-registration, the Company undertook a share consolidation of its outstanding ordinary shares, which resulted in a proportional decrease in the number of ordinary shares outstanding as well as corresponding adjustments to outstanding options and RSUs. The value of equity awards described in the sections below entitled Fiscal 2017 Summary Compensation Table, Fiscal 2017 Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table, Fiscal 2017 Options Exercised and Stock Vested Table, Fiscal 2017 Outstanding Equity Awards at Year-End Table, and Potential Payments and Benefits upon Termination of Employment or Change in Control Table reflect a per-share price of our ordinary shares based on the fair market value of the equity of DTZ Jersey Holdings Limited, which were the shares underlying the awards as of the end of 2017, on the relevant date and as a result, do not reflect the capitalization described.
126
Fiscal 2017 Summary Compensation Table
The following table sets forth the compensation paid to, received by or earned during Fiscal 2017 by the Named Executive Officers:
Name and Principal Position |
Fiscal
Year |
Salary | Bonus (1) |
Stock
Awards (2) |
Option
Awards (2) |
Non-Equity
Incentive Plan Compensation (3) |
All Other
Compensation (4) |
Total | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Brett White, Executive Chairman and Chief Executive Officer | 2017 | $ | 950,000 | | | | $ | 1,400,000 | $ | 145,285 | $ | 2,495,285 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Duncan Palmer,
Executive Vice
President, Chief Financial Officer |
2017 | $ | 600,000 | $ | 1,000,000 | | $ | 745,400 | (5) | $ | 420,000 | $ | 6,750 | $ | 2,772,150 | |||||||||||||||||
Matthew Bouw, Executive Vice President, Chief Administrative Officer | 2017 | $ | 475,000 | | | $ | 111,810 | (5) | $ | 184,063 | $ | 35,825 | $ | 806,698 | ||||||||||||||||||
Brett Soloway,
Executive
Vice
|
2017 | $ | 437,500 | $ | 80,500 | | $ | 268,187 | (5) | $ | 174,375 | | $ | 960,562 |
(1) | Payment in respect of a retention bonus, as set forth in the applicable employment agreement or offer letter. |
(2) | The amounts reported in the Stock Awards and Option Awards columns represent the aggregate grant date fair value of the stock-based awards granted to the Named Executive Officers during Fiscal 2017, as computed in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (ASC Topic 718), disregarding the impact of estimated forfeitures. The assumptions used in calculating the grant date fair value of the options reported in the Option Awards column are set forth in Note 14 to the audited Consolidated Financial Statements included in this registration statement. Note that the amounts reported in these columns reflect the accounting cost for these stock-based awards, and do not correspond to the actual economic value that may be received by the Named Executive Officers from these awards. |
(3) | The amounts reported in the Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation column represent the amounts paid to our Named Executive Officers for Fiscal 2017 pursuant to the Fiscal 2017 AIP. For a discussion of this plan, see Compensation Discussion and Analysis Annual Incentive Compensation above. |
(4) | The amounts in this column include the following categories of perquisites: 401(k) contributions by the Company ($6,750 to Messrs. Palmer and Bouw), personal use of the Companys NetJets aircraft account ($144,785 by Mr. White), charitable contributions on behalf of Mr. White, and travel and other incidentals for Mr. Bouw and his family ($29,075) relating to Mr. Bouws ex-pat assignment in the United States. The amounts reported for perquisites and other benefits represent the actual cost incurred by us in providing these benefits to the indicated Named Executed Officer. In accordance with our policy, if Mr. White uses the Company NetJets account for personal use, he reimburses the Company for a portion thereof calculated as the amount determined under the Code based on two times the Standard Industry Fare Level (SIFL). |
(5) | This amount includes the incremental value of option awards resulting from participation in the exchange offer, pursuant to which a portion of the award subject to performance conditions was converted to time-based vesting, as described in Recent Developments Relating to the Offering above. |
127
Employee Equity Arrangements
On May 8, 2015, our Board of Directors adopted the DTZ Jersey Holdings Limited Management Equity Incentive Plan (the MEIP), which permits the grant of equity-based awards, including options, in respect of DTZ Jersey Holdings Limited ordinary shares to our executive officers. In addition, DTZ Jersey Holdings Limited has granted RSUs to its executive officers, which RSUs are subject to time based and/or performance vesting. The equity awards granted to our executive officers are more fully described below in the Fiscal 2017 Outstanding Equity Awards at Year-End Table. Generally speaking, as a privately held company, we did not make annual grants of equity awards to our executive officers.
We and the Principal Shareholders have entered into a management stockholders agreement with each of our executive officers that remains in effect until December 31, 2021 and which governs all of the equity held by our executive officers, whether acquired pursuant to the exercise of options granted under the MEIP, the settlement of RSUs or purchases. The equity is held pursuant to a nominee arrangement and is generally nontransferable, except that a participant may transfer their rights for estate planning purposes or otherwise as permitted by us. In no event will a transfer be permitted to a competitor. The management stockholders agreement provides for drag-along, tag-along and post-termination repurchase and recapture rights, lock-up and other restrictions.
As more fully described above in Recent Developments Relating to the Offering above, Mr. White agreed to certain changes to the terms of certain of his outstanding equity awards, including the management stockholders agreement, which the Company believes overall provide better alignment between the Company and its stakeholders (including the Principal Shareholders) interests and those of Mr. White.
Fiscal 2017 Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table
The following table sets forth, for each of the Named Executive Officers, the plan-based awards granted during Fiscal 2017.
Name |
Grant
Date |
Estimated
Future Payouts Under Non- Equity Incentive Plan Awards (Threshold) ($) (1 ) |
Estimated
Future Payouts Under Non- Equity Incentive Plan Awards (Target) ($) (1) |
Estimated
Future Payouts Under Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards (Maximum) (#) (1) |
Estimated
Future Payouts Under Equity Incentive Plan Awards (Threshold) (#) |
Estimated
Future Payouts Under Equity Incentive Plan Awards (Target) (#) |
Estimated
Future Payouts Under Equity Incentive Plan Awards (Maximum) (#) |
All
Other Stock Awards: Number of Shares of Stock or Units (#) |
All Other
Option Awards: Number of Securities Underlying Options (#) |
Exercise
or Base Price of Option Awards ($/sh) |
Grant
Date Fair Value of Stock and Option Awards ($) (3) |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Mr. White |
$ | 0 | $ | 2,000,000 | $ | 4,000,000 | | | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Mr. Palmer |
$ | 0 | $ | 600,000 | $ | 1,200,000 | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
5/8/15 | | | | | 2,000,000 | $ | 1.00 | $ | 745,400 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Mr. Bouw |
$ | 59,375 | $ | 237,500 | $ | 415,625 | | | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
5/8/15 | | | | | 300,000 | $ | 1.00 | $ | 111,810 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Mr. Soloway |
$ | 56,250 | $ | 225,000 | $ | 393,750 | | | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
5/8/15 | | | | | 133,334 | $ | 1.00 | $ | 49,694 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1/7/16 | | | | | 100,000 | $ | 1.20 | $ | 41,000 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
3/31/17 | | | | | 400,000 | (2) | $ | 1.70 | $ | 177,494 |
(1) | The amounts reported reflect the threshold, target and maximum annual cash bonus opportunities payable to the Named Executive Officer under the Fiscal 2017 AIP. |
(2) |
The option to purchase ordinary shares was granted pursuant to the MEIP and a written grant agreement issued thereunder and is subject to (i) time-based vesting conditions with respect to 133,333 ordinary shares in equal 20% installments on each of the first five anniversaries of March 10, 2017 and (ii) performance-based vesting conditions with respect to 266,667 ordinary shares. The portion of the shares subject to performance-based vesting conditions vests on the occurrence of a liquidity event or significant cash sale in the event the Principal Shareholders realize a multiple of money that is at least equal to 2.0 (50%) and 2.5 (50%). The options participated in an exchange offer that was completed in January 2018 and pursuant to which the 133,333 performance-based options that would vest upon the occurrence of a liquidity event or significant case sale in which the Principal Shareholders realize a multiple of money of at least 2.5 became subject to time-based vesting, 1/3 of which were immediately vested and the remaining 2/3 of which will vest in equal |
128
installments on each of the first two anniversaries of November 5, 2017. The vesting of the option is subject to Mr. Soloways continued employment with us on the applicable vesting date, provided that in certain circumstances the vesting of such shares may be accelerated as described in Potential Payments and Benefits Upon Termination of Employment or Change in Control Table below. |
(3) | These amounts represent the incremental value of option awards resulting from participation in the exchange offer, pursuant to which a portion of the award subject to performance conditions was converted to time-based vesting, other than the amount listed for Mr. Soloways option award granted March 31, 2017, which represents both the grant date fair value and the incremental value of such award resulting from participation in the exchange offer. |
Fiscal 2017 Outstanding Equity Awards at Year-End Table
The following table sets forth, for each of the Named Executive Officers, the equity awards outstanding as of December 31, 2017.
Name |
Date of
Grant of Equity Award |
Number of
Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) Exercisable |
Number of
Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) Unexercisable |
Option
Exercise Price ($) |
Option
Expiration Date |
Number of
Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested (#) (1) |
Market
Value of Shares or Unit of Stock That Have Not Vested ($) |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Mr. White |
5/8/2015 | (2) | 2,680,551 | 1,787,032 | $ | 1.00 | 5/8/2025 | |||||||||||||||||||||
5/8/2015 | (3) | 5,350,000 | $ | 9,095,000 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
5/8/2015 | (4) | 22,337,915 | $ | 37,974,455 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
10/5/2015 | (5) | 4,999,999 | $ | 8,499,998 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Mr. Palmer |
5/8/2015 | (6) | 1,200,000 | 4,800,000 | $ | 1.00 | 5/8/2025 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Mr. Bouw |
5/8/2015 | (6) | 180,000 | 720,000 | $ | 1.00 | 5/8/2025 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Mr. Soloway |
5/8/2015 | (6) | 80,001 | 319,999 | $ | 1.00 | 5/8/2025 | |||||||||||||||||||||
1/7/2016 | (6) | 40,000 | 260,000 | $ | 1.20 | 1/7/2026 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
3/31/2017 | (6) | 400,000 | $ | 1.70 | 3/31/2027 |
(1) | Each RSU award covering ordinary shares was granted pursuant the terms of a written agreement. |
(2) | The option to purchase ordinary shares was granted pursuant to the MEIP and a written grant agreement issued thereunder and is subject solely to time-based vesting conditions. The option vests in equal 20% installments on each of the first five anniversaries of November 5, 2014, subject to continued employment through the applicable vesting date, provided that in certain circumstances the vesting may be accelerated as described in Potential Payments and Benefits Upon Termination of Employment or Change in Control Table below. |
(3) | Mr. Whites RSUs with respect to 2,500,000 ordinary shares are subject to time-based vesting and shall all vest upon the earliest to occur of (i) November 5, 2019, (ii) a change in control of DTZ Jersey Holdings Limited or (iii) a liquidity event, subject to Mr. Whites continued employment with us through the applicable vesting date. Mr. Whites RSUs with respect to 2,850,000 ordinary shares are subject to a performance-based vesting condition and, prior to their amendment as described below, would have vested on the occurrence of a liquidity event in which the Principal Shareholders achieve a multiple of money of 1.6, subject to Mr. Whites continued employment with us through March 16, 2020, unless his employment is terminated by us prior to that date without cause or by Mr. White with good reason, and his continued compliance with certain obligations under his employment agreement. The transactions contemplated by this registration statement do not constitute either a liquidity event or a change in control for this purpose and additionally on June 8, 2018, the performance-based RSUs were amended and became subject to time-based vesting conditions, vesting in equal portions on each of the first five anniversaries of November 5, 2014, subject to Mr. Whites continued employment through such vesting date unless his employment is terminated by us without cause or by Mr. White for good reason. As a result of this change 60% of these RSUs vested as of June 8, 2018. |
(4) |
Mr. Whites RSUs with respect to 22,337,915 ordinary shares are subject to a performance-based vesting condition and will vest, if the Principal Shareholders achieve a certain multiple of money or internal rate of return (IRR) as follows: (i) 40% shall vest if the multiple of money is at least 2.0 but less than 2.5 or IRR is at least 19% but less than 26%, (ii) 47% shall vest if the multiple of money is at least 2.5 but less than 3.0 or IRR is at least 26% but less than 32%, (iii) 60% shall vest if the multiple of money is at least 3.0 but less than 3.5 or IRR is at least 32% but less than 37%, (iv) 73% shall vest if the multiple of money is at least 3.5 but less than 4.0 or IRR is at least 37% but less than 41%, (v) 87% shall vest if the |
129
multiple of money is at least 4.0 but less than 4.5 or IRR is at least 41% but less than 46% and (vi) 100% shall vest if the multiple of money is at least 4.5 or IRR is at least 46%. The vesting of these RSUs is further subject to Mr. Whites continued employment through the vesting date, except if Mr. Whites employment is terminated by us without cause, by him for good reason, due to him or us deciding not to renew his employment agreement at the end of the 5 year term, or due to his death or disability following the end of the 5 year term of his employment agreement. On June 8, 2018, these RSUs were amended and a portion will be eligible to vest, if at all and to the extent earlier than the vesting would otherwise occur as described above, each time the Principal Shareholders sell ordinary shares, equal to the percentage of its ordinary shares being sold and multiplied by: (i) 25% if the multiple of money on the ordinary shares being sold is at least 1.5, (ii) 50% if the multiple of money on the ordinary shares being sold is at least 2.0, (iii) 75% if the multiple of money on the ordinary shares being sold is at least 2.5 and (iv) 100% if the multiple of money on the ordinary shares being sold is at least 3.0. Furthermore, the entire award is subject to forfeiture, for any RSUs that have not previously settled, shares delivered in settlement of such RSUs that have not been sold, or recoupment of the after tax proceeds, for any ordinary shares received in settlement that were sold, as applicable, if Mr. White terminates his employment with us other than for good reason prior to January 1, 2021. |
(5) | Mr. Whites RSUs vest in substantially equal installments of 20% on each of the first five anniversaries of March 16, 2015, subject to his continued employment with us through the applicable vesting date. |
(6) | The option to purchase ordinary shares was granted pursuant to the MEIP and a written grant agreement issued thereunder, and at grant, 1 ⁄ 3 was subject to time-based vesting conditions and was scheduled to vest in equal 20% installments on each of the first five anniversaries of November 5, 2014 (other than Mr. Soloways time-based options with a grant date of January 7, 2016 and March 31, 2017, which were scheduled to vest in equal 20% installments on each of the first five anniversaries of September 1, 2015 and March 10, 2017, respectively), and 2 ⁄ 3 of which was subject to performance-based vesting conditions. The portion of the shares subject to performance-based vesting conditions vest on the occurrence of a liquidity event or significant cash sale in the event the Principal Shareholders realize a multiple of money that is at least equal to 2.0 (50%) and 2.5 (50%). The options participated in an exchange offer that was completed in January 2018 and pursuant to which the performance-based options that would vest upon the occurrence of a liquidity event or significant cash sale in which the Principal Shareholders realize a multiple of money of at least 2.5 became subject to time-based vesting, 1 ⁄ 3 of which were immediately vested and the remaining 2 ⁄ 3 of which vest in equal installments on each of the first two anniversaries of November 5, 2017. The vesting of the option is subject to the participants continued employment with us on the applicable vesting date, provided that in certain circumstances the vesting of such shares may be accelerated as described in Potential Payments and Benefits Upon Termination of Employment or Change in Control Table below. |
Fiscal 2017 Options Exercised and Stock Vested Table
The following table sets forth, for each of the Named Executive Officers, the number of ordinary shares acquired upon the exercise of options and vesting of RSUs during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017, and the aggregate value realized upon the exercise or vesting of such awards.
Name |
Option Awards
Number of Shares Acquired on Exercise (#) |
Option Awards
Value Realized on Exercise ($) |
Stock Awards
Number of Shares Vested (#) |
Stock Awards
Value on Vesting ($) |
||||||||||||
Mr. White |
| | 1,666,666 | (1) | $ | 2,833,334 | (1) | |||||||||
Mr. Palmer |
| | 225,000 | (2) | $ | 382,500 | (2) | |||||||||
Mr. Bouw |
| | 200,000 | (2) | $ | 340,000 | (2) | |||||||||
Mr. Soloway |
| | | |
(1) | These amounts represent the portion of Mr. Whites October 2015 RSU grant that vested and was settled in March 2017. |
(2) | These amounts represent the portion of the 2015 RSU grants to Messrs. Palmer and Bouw that vested in March 2017 and will be settled upon the earlier to occur of a change in control or separation from service. |
130
Fiscal 2017 Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Table
The table below includes vested RSUs that settle no later than 30 days following the earlier of a change in control or the individuals separation from service.
Name |
Executive
Contributions in Last Fiscal Year |
Registrant
Contributions in Last Fiscal Year ($) |
Aggregate
Earnings in Last Fiscal Year ($)(1) |
Aggregate
Withdrawals/ Distributions ($) |
Aggregate
Balance at Last FYE ($) |
|||||||||||||||
Mr. White |
| | | | | |||||||||||||||
Mr. Palmer |
$ | 382,500 | | | | $ | 765,000 | |||||||||||||
Mr. Bouw |
$ | 340,000 | | | | $ | 680,000 | |||||||||||||
Mr. Soloway |
| | | | |
(1) | These amounts reflect the fair market value of the portion of the 2015 RSU grants to Messrs. Palmer and Bouw that vested in March 2017 based on the fair market value on the date of vesting. The Company is privately held and therefore is not able to report the aggregate earnings in the last fiscal year. |
Employment Arrangements
Each of the Named Executive Officers is party to certain agreements or arrangements governing their employment, as described below.
Mr. White
DTZ US NewCo, Inc. is party to an employment agreement with Mr. White, effective as of March 16, 2015, and as amended from time to time thereafter, with a term extending through December 30, 2020. Mr. Whites base salary may not be reduced below $950,000. Mr. White is eligible for a target annual bonus opportunity equal to $2,000,000, based on individual and/or company performance, as determined by the Board. Mr. Whites annual compensation was initially established in connection with Mr. Whites service as our Executive Chairman, and his employment agreement also provided for equity grants made in connection with the acquisition of DTZ and Cassidy Turley by our Principal Shareholders and consistent with that Executive Chairman role and his role in effectuating the transaction. In 2015, Mr. White took over as our Chief Executive Officer, and in connection with that transition as well as the acquisition of Cushman & Wakefield, Mr. White received an additional grant of RSUs. In 2017, his overall compensation was reviewed and amended to better reflect market practice and levels for his service as the CEO and as a result, by March 15, 2018, 2019 and 2020, Mr. White had received or is entitled to receive, as applicable, a grant of RSUs with respect to a number of shares of the Company having a value of $5,000,000 on the date of grant. Of these RSUs, 75% will be subject to the provision of continued services or certain transition obligations in the event he resigns as CEO, and 25% will vest upon the occurrence of a sale of a significant portion of our ordinary shares held by our Principal Shareholders for cash at a multiple of money of 2.0, subject to his remaining employed as of such date.
If Mr. Whites employment is terminated by us without cause or if he resigns for good reason (both as defined in the employment agreement), he is entitled to: (i) continued base salary for 24 months, (ii) continued participation in our medical, dental and health plans at his cost until the second anniversary of the termination of his employment and (iii) a pro-rated annual bonus for the year of termination based on actual performance, unless the termination occurs within 12 months prior to or 24 months following a change in control, in which case this pro rata bonus payment will be at least equal to his target annual bonus opportunity. In the event Mr. Whites employment terminates due to his death or disability, in addition to earned salary and benefits, he is entitled to his annual bonus for the year of termination based on actual performance.
Mr. White is subject to certain restrictive covenants, including prohibitions on (i) competing with us during his employment with us and for a period of 18 months thereafter, (ii) soliciting or hiring our customers
131
or employees of us during his employment with us and for a period of 24 months thereafter, and (iii) non-disparagement, confidentiality and intellectual property obligations. If Mr. White resigns without good reason at the end of the term, he may continue to receive his then-current base salary and to participate in our medical, dental and health plans at his cost for up to 18 months, subject to his continued compliance with any other obligations he has to us, unless we notify him that we are waiving our rights to enforce the non-competition covenant.
Mr. Palmer
DTZ US NewCo, Inc. is party to an employment agreement with Mr. Palmer, effective as of March 16, 2015, which had an initial term of three years and subject to automatic one year extensions unless we or Mr. Palmer give notice not to renew. Mr. Palmers salary may not be reduced below $600,000. Mr. Palmer is eligible for a target annual bonus opportunity equal to $600,000, based on individual and/or company performance, as determined by the Committee. Further, under the terms of his employment agreement, Mr. Palmer was entitled to receive a retention bonus payment of $1,000,000 on October 1, 2017 as long as he remained employed on that date.
If Mr. Palmers employment is terminated by us without cause or if he resigns for good reason (both as defined in the employment agreement), or in the event we elect not to extend the term of his employment with us, he is entitled to: (i) continued base salary for a period of 18 months, (ii) continued participation in our medical, dental and health plans at his cost for a period of 18 months following termination of employment and (iii) a pro-rated annual bonus for the year of termination based on actual performance. If such termination occurs within 6 months prior to or 24 months following a change in control, Mr. Palmer is also entitled to a bonus of $600,000. If Mr. Palmers employment is terminated due to his death or disability, in addition to earned salary and benefits, he is entitled to his annual bonus for the year of termination based on actual performance.
Mr. Palmer is subject to certain restrictive covenants set forth in his employment agreement and the agreements governing his equity awards, including prohibitions on (i) competing with us during his employment with us and for a period of 18 months thereafter, (ii) soliciting or hiring our customers or employees during his employment with us and for a period of 18 months thereafter and (iii) non-disparagement, confidentiality and intellectual property obligations.
Mr. Bouw
Mr. Bouws employment is at will, although the Company set out the general terms of his employment in an offer letter, effective as of March 15, 2014. Mr. Bouws employment is terminable by us or Mr. Bouw at any time on 3 months notice. We may pay Mr. Bouw an amount equal to 3 months base salary in lieu of the notice period. Pursuant to the terms of the offer letter, if Mr. Bouws employment is terminated by us without cause, he is entitled to receive continued base salary for a period of 12 months.
Mr. Bouw is eligible for a target annual bonus opportunity equal to 50% of his annual base salary ($237,500 for 2017), based on individual and/or company performance, as determined by the Committee. Additionally, during his assignment in the United States, Mr. Bouw and his family had the right to a trip to his home in Australia at the Companys expense.
Mr. Bouw is subject to certain restrictive covenants set forth in the agreements governing his equity awards, including prohibitions on (i) competing with us during his employment with us and for a period of 12 months thereafter, (ii) soliciting or hiring our customers or employees during his employment with us and for a period of 12 months thereafter and (iii) non-disparagement, confidentiality and intellectual property obligations.
Mr. Soloway
Mr. Soloways employment is at will, although the Company set out the general terms of his employment in an offer letter, effective as of February 10, 2014. Mr. Soloways employment is terminable by us or
132
Mr. Soloway at any time on 3 months notice. We may pay Mr. Soloway an amount equal to 3 months base salary in lieu of the notice period.
Mr. Soloway is eligible for a target annual bonus opportunity equal to $225,000, based on individual and/or company performance, as determined by the Committee. Further, Mr. Soloway was entitled to receive a retention bonus payment of $80,500 on or around July 1, 2017.
Mr. Soloway is subject to certain restrictive covenants set forth in the agreements governing his equity awards, including prohibitions on (i) competing with us during his employment with us and for a period of 12 months thereafter, (ii) soliciting or hiring our customers or employees during his employment with us and for a period of 12 months thereafter and (iii) non-disparagement, confidentiality and intellectual property obligations.
Severance Plan
The Company maintains an Executive Severance Plan (the Severance Plan) pursuant to which Mr. Soloway would be entitled, in the event his employment is terminated by the Company without cause or as the result of a constructive termination, as defined under the terms of the Severance Plan, to a lump sum payment equal to 26 weeks of base salary plus COBRA reimbursement. In addition, if the termination occurs after July 1 of the applicable year, Mr. Soloway may be entitled to a pro-rated bonus under the AIP, based upon actual performance.
Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control
The current Named Executive Officers are eligible to receive certain severance payments and benefits under their employment and equity grant agreements or our Severance Plan in connection with a termination of employment under various circumstances and/or a change in control of us.
The table below provides an estimate of the value of such payments and benefits assuming that a qualifying termination of employment and, as applicable, a change in control of us, occurred on December 31, 2017, and assuming a share price of $1.70 per share, the fair market value of the ordinary shares on such date. The actual amounts that would be paid or distributed to the Named Executive Officers as a result of one of the termination events occurring in the future will depend on factors such as the date of termination, the manner of termination and the terms of the applicable agreements in effect at such time, which could differ materially from the terms and amounts described here.
133
Potential Payments and Benefits upon Termination of Employment or Change in Control Table
Triggering Event (1) |
Mr. White (2) | Mr. Palmer (3) | Mr. Bouw (4) | Mr. Soloway (5) | ||||||||||||
Termination without Cause or for Good Reason Not in Connection With Change in Control | ||||||||||||||||
Base Salary | $ | 1,900,000 | $ | 900,000 | $ | 475,000 | $ | 225,000 | ||||||||
Annual Bonus | $ | 1,400,000 | $ | 420,000 | | $ | 174,375 | |||||||||
Accelerated Vesting of Stock Options | $ | 1,250,922 | $ | 280,000 | | | ||||||||||
Accelerated Vesting of Restricted Share Unit Awards | | | | | ||||||||||||
Health and Welfare Benefits | | | | $ | 11,135 | (6) | ||||||||||
TOTAL | $ | 4,550,922 | $ | 1,600,000 | $ | 475,000 | $ | 410,510 | ||||||||
Termination without Cause or for Good Reason in Connection With Change in Control | ||||||||||||||||
Base Salary | $ | 1,900,000 | $ | 900,000 | $ | 475,000 | $ | 225,000 | ||||||||
Annual Bonus | $ | 2,000,000 | $ | 1,020,000 | | $ | 174,375 | |||||||||
Accelerated Vesting of Stock Options | $ | 1,250,922 | (7) | $ | 560,000 | (7) | $ | 84,000 | (7) | $ | 67,333 | (7) | ||||
Accelerated Vesting of Restricted Share Unit Awards | $ | 55,569,454 | (8) | | | | ||||||||||
Health and Welfare Benefits |
| | | $ | 11,135 | (6) | ||||||||||
TOTAL | $ | 60,720,376 | $ | 2,480,000 | $ | 559,000 | $ | 477,843 | ||||||||
Death or Disability |
||||||||||||||||
Base Salary | | | | $ | 225,000 | |||||||||||
Annual Bonus | $ | 1,400,000 | $ | 420,000 | | $ | 174,375 | |||||||||
TOTAL | $ | 1,400,000 | $ | 420,000 | | $ | 399,375 |
(1) | The calculations presented in this table illustrate the estimated payments and benefits that would have been paid to each of the Named Executive Officers had their employment been terminated on December 31, 2017 for each of the following reasons: a termination of employment without cause or a termination of employment by a Named Executive Officer for good reason (including following a change in control of DTZ Jersey Holdings Limited) or the individuals death or disability. The calculations assume that the options were subject to their original terms without regard to the above-described exchange. |
(2) | For purposes of this analysis, Mr. Whites compensation is assumed to be as follows: base salary equal to $950,000 and outstanding unvested options subject to time-based vesting requirements to purchase 1,787,032 ordinary shares, of which 40% of such shares would accelerate. In the event of his death or disability, Mr. White is eligible to receive a pro rata portion of his target annual cash bonus opportunity for the year of his death or disability, based on our actual performance for the year. |
(3) | For purposes of this analysis, Mr. Palmers compensation is assumed to be as follows: base salary equal to $600,000 and outstanding unvested options subject to time-based vesting requirements to purchase 800,000 ordinary shares, of which 20% of such shares would accelerate in the absence of a change in control and 40% following a change in control. In the event of his death or disability, Mr. Palmer is eligible to receive a pro rata portion of his target annual cash bonus opportunity for the year of his death or disability, based on our actual performance for the year. |
(4) | For purposes of this analysis, Mr. Bouws compensation is assumed to be as follows: base salary equal to $475,000 and outstanding unvested options subject to time-based vesting requirements to purchase 120,000 ordinary shares, the vesting of which 100% of such options would accelerate in the event of a qualifying termination following a change in control. |
134
(5) | For purposes of this analysis, Mr. Soloways compensation is assumed to be as follows: base salary equal to $450,000 and outstanding unvested options subject to time-based vesting requirements to purchase 246,665 ordinary shares, the vesting of which 100% of such options would accelerate in the event of a qualifying termination following a change in control. |
(6) | The Severance Plan provides for a lump-sum payment equal to the cost of Mr. Soloways coverage under COBRA for a period of 26 weeks. |
(7) | Pursuant to the MEIP, 100% of unvested options subject to time-based vesting conditions shall vest upon a termination without cause or for good reason within the two year period following a change in control. |
(8) | No termination of Mr. Whites employment is required for these awards to vest, subject to any applicable performance criteria, in the event of a liquidity event. These calculations assume that the change in control constitutes a liquidity event and achievement of the highest level of performance. In the absence of a liquidity event, only 2,500,000 RSUs would vest upon a change in control, with a value of $4,250,000. |
Director Compensation Program
Our directors in Fiscal Year 2017 did not earn any compensation in respect of their service on the board.
We have adopted a compensation program for the non-employee members of our board of directors following the offering who are also not employees of our Principal Shareholders. This annual compensation program consists of the following elements:
Type of Compensation |
Dollar Value |
|
Annual retainer | $75,000 | |
Audit Committee member/chair annual retainer | additional $10,000/$15,000 | |
Compensation Committee member/chair annual retainer | additional $10,000/$15,000 | |
Nominating & Corporate Governance Committee member/chair annual retainer | additional $5,000/$10,000 |
In addition, the non-employee members of our board of directors who are also not employees of our Principal Shareholders are also eligible to receive annual restricted share unit awards with a grant date value of $145,000, which will vest in full on the first anniversary of the date of grant.
Employee Stock Plans
2018 Omnibus Plans
In connection with this offering, we expect to adopt new omnibus incentive compensation plans that will permit the grant of cash and equity and equity-based incentive awards, including stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted shares, RSUs and other share-based awards. Our employees, consultants and independent contractors will be eligible for grants under the Management Plan, and our non-employee directors will be eligible for grants under the Director Plan. The purpose of the plans is to provide incentives and rewards that will align the interests of our employees, consultants, independent contractors and non-employee directors with our long-term growth, profitability and financial success. The following is a summary of the expected material terms of the plans, but does not include all of the provisions of such plans. For further information about the plans, we refer you to the complete text of each of the Management Plan and the Director Plan, which will be filed with the SEC once they have been adopted.
Administration
The plans will be administered by the Compensation Committee or such other committee as designated by our Board of Directors. Among the Compensation Committees powers will be the power to determine those
135
employees, consultants, independent contractors and non-employee directors who will be granted awards and the amount, type and other terms and conditions of awards. The Compensation Committee may delegate its powers and responsibilities under the plans, in writing, to a sub-committee, including delegating to a sub-committee of directors or employees the ability to grant awards to participants who are not our executive officers and to administer the plans. The Compensation Committee has discretionary authority to interpret and construe any and all provisions of the plans and the terms of any award (or award agreement) granted thereunder, and to adopt and amend such rules and regulations for the administration of the plans as it deems appropriate. Decisions of the Compensation Committee will be final, binding and conclusive.
On or after the date of grant of any award under the plans, the Compensation Committee may accelerate the date on which any award becomes vested, exercisable or transferable. The Compensation Committee may also extend the term of any award (including the period following a termination of a participants employment during which any award may remain outstanding); waive any conditions to the vesting, exercisability or transferability of any award; or provide for the payment of dividends or dividend equivalents with respect to any such award. The Compensation Committee does not have the authority and may not take any such action described in this paragraph to the extent that the grant of such authority or the taking of such action would cause any tax to become due under Section 409A of the Code.
Except in certain circumstances specified in the plans, including in a change in control (as defined in the plans), the Company will not reprice any stock option or stock appreciation right without the approval of our shareholders.
Available Shares
The aggregate number of our ordinary shares which may be issued or transferred pursuant to awards granted under the Management Plan and the Director Plan may not exceed 9,800,000 and 200,000 shares respectively, which may be authorized and unissued ordinary shares or ordinary shares held in or acquired for our treasury, or both. In general, if awards under the plans expire or are forfeited, cancelled or terminated without the issuance of ordinary shares, or are settled for cash in lieu of ordinary shares, or are exchanged for an award not involving ordinary shares, the shares covered by such awards will remain or become available for issuance under the plan under which it was issued. In addition, if the tax withholding requirements related to any full-value award under the plans are satisfied through the withholding by us of our ordinary shares otherwise then deliverable in respect of an award or through actual or constructive transfer to us of shares already owned, a number of shares equal to such withheld or transferred shares will again become available for issuance under the Management Plan or Director Plan, as applicable. However, if the exercise price or tax withholding requirements related to any stock option or stock appreciation right under the plans are satisfied through the withholding by us of our ordinary shares otherwise then deliverable in respect of an award or through actual or constructive transfer to us of shares already owned, then such withheld or transferred shares will be deemed issued under the applicable plan. Non-employee directors may not receive awards that when taken together with cash fees exceed a value of $700,000 in any fiscal year. Our board of directors may make exceptions to this limit for a non-executive chair of the board of directors, provided that the participant receiving such additional compensation may not participate in the decision to award such compensation.
Ordinary shares covered by awards granted pursuant to the plans in connection with the assumption, replacement, conversion or adjustment of outstanding equity-based awards in the context of a corporate acquisition or merger will not count as used under the Management Plan.
Eligibility for Participation
The persons eligible to receive awards under the Management Plan are our employees, consultants and independent contractors, and employees, consultants and independent contractors of our subsidiaries , as selected by the Compensation Committee.
136
The persons eligible to receive awards under the Director Plan are our non-employee directors , as selected by the Compensation Committee.
Cash Incentive Awards
The Compensation Committee may grant cash incentive awards, which may be settled in cash or in other property, including ordinary shares.
Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights
The Compensation Committee may grant nonqualified stock options (and incentive stock options under the Management Plan with respect to up to 9,800,000 ordinary shares) to purchase ordinary shares. The Compensation Committee determines the number of ordinary shares subject to each option, the vesting schedule, the method and procedure to exercise vested options (provided that no option may be exercisable after the expiration of ten years after the date of grant), restrictions on transfer of options and the other terms of each option. The exercise price per ordinary share covered by any option may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of an ordinary share on the date of grant.
Additionally, with respect to incentive stock options (within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code), the aggregate fair market value of ordinary shares with respect to incentive stock options that are exercisable for the first time by an option holder during any calendar year under the Management Plan or any of our other plans or plans of our subsidiaries may not exceed $100,000. To the extent the fair market value of such shares exceeds $100,000, the incentive stock options granted to such option holder, to the extent and in the order required by applicable regulations, will be automatically deemed to be nonqualified stock options, but all other terms and provisions of such option will remain unchanged. No incentive stock option may be granted to a 10% shareholder unless the exercise price of the option is at least 110% of the fair market value of an ordinary share at the time such incentive stock option is granted and such incentive stock option is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date such incentive stock option is granted.
Other Stock-Based Awards
The Compensation Committee may grant other stock, stock-based or stock-related awards in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions as determined by the Compensation Committee. Each such other stock-based award may (i) involve the transfer of ordinary shares to the award recipient, either at the time of grant or thereafter, or payment in cash or otherwise of amounts based on the value of ordinary shares, (ii) be subject to performance-based and/or service-based conditions, (iii) be in the form of stock appreciation rights, phantom stock, restricted stock, RSUs, performance shares, deferred share units or share-denominated performance units and (iv) be designed to comply with applicable laws of jurisdictions other than the United States; provided, that each award must be denominated in, or must have a value determined by reference to, a number of our ordinary shares that is specified at the time of the grant of such award.
Shareholder Rights
No person will have any rights as a shareholder with respect to any of our ordinary shares covered by or relating to any award granted pursuant to the plans until the date of the issuance of such shares on our books and records.
Amendment and Termination
Our Board of Directors may at any time suspend or discontinue the plans or revise or amend them in any respect whatsoever; provided, however, that to the extent that any applicable law, regulation or rule of a stock exchange requires shareholder approval for any such revision or amendment to be effective, such revision or
137
amendment will not be effective without such approval. However, except as expressly provided in the plans, no such amendments may adversely affect in any material respect a participants rights under any previously granted and outstanding award without the consent of such affected participant.
Recoupment
Notwithstanding any other provision of the plans or any award agreement, we may recoup compensation paid or to be paid under the plans to the extent required by applicable law, permitted or required by our policies in effect on the grant date and required by applicable stock exchange rules.
Transferability
Awards granted under the plans are generally nontransferable (other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution), except that the Compensation Committee may provide for the transferability of nonqualified stock options subject to conditions and limitations as determined by the Compensation Committee.
138
Prior to the issuance of securities in this offering, Holdings LP owns approximately 90% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares. The partnership interests in Holdings LP are owned directly by the Principal Shareholders.
Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. These rules generally provide that a person is the beneficial owner of securities if such person has or shares the power to vote or direct the voting thereof, or to dispose or direct the disposition thereof or has the right to acquire such powers within 60 days. Percentage of beneficial ownership is based on 153,209,294 ordinary shares outstanding as of July 23, 2018, and 198,209,294 ordinary shares to be outstanding after the completion of this offering based on an assumed share price of $17.00, the midpoint of the price range on the cover of this prospectus. Except as disclosed in the footnotes to this table and subject to applicable community property laws, we believe that each shareholder identified in the table possesses sole voting and investment power over all ordinary shares shown as beneficially owned by the shareholder.
For further information regarding material transactions between us and certain of our shareholders, see Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.
The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares as of for:
● | each person or group who is known by us to own beneficially more than 5% of our outstanding ordinary shares; |
● | each of our named executive officers; |
● | each of our directors and each director nominee; and |
● | all of the executive officers, directors and director nominees as a group. |
139
Unless otherwise noted, the address of each beneficial owner is c/o Cushman & Wakefield, 225 West Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois 60606.
Prior to this
Offering |
After this Offering | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Shares Beneficially
Owned |
Shares
Beneficially Owned (if Underwriters do not Exercise their Option to Purchase Additional Shares) |
Shares
Beneficially Owned (if Underwriters Exercise their Option to Purchase Additional Shares) |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner |
Number | Percent | Number | Percent | Number | Percent | ||||||||||||||||||
DTZ Investment Holdings LP (1)(2)(3)(4) |
137,901,107 | 90.01 | % | 137,901,107 | 69.57 | % | 137,901,107 | 67.28 | % | |||||||||||||||
Executive Officers and Directors |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Brett White |
329,651 | * | 329,651 | * | 329,651 | * | ||||||||||||||||||
Duncan Palmer |
75,000 | * | 75,000 | * | 75,000 | * | ||||||||||||||||||
Brett Soloway |
60,000 | * | 60,000 | * | 60,000 | * | ||||||||||||||||||
John Forrester |
60,000 | * | 60,000 | * | 60,000 | * | ||||||||||||||||||
Michelle Hay |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Nathaniel Robinson |
29,411 | * | 29,411 | * | 29,411 | * | ||||||||||||||||||
Jonathan Coslet |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Timothy Dattels |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Qi Chen |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Lincoln Pan |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Rajeev Ruparelia |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Billie Williamson |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
All Executive Officers and Directors as a group (12 Persons) |
554,062 | 0.36 | % | 554,062 | 0.28 | % | 554,062 | 0.27 | % |
* | Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1% |
(1) | 100% of the partnership interests in Holdings LP are held by the TPG Funds, PAG Asia Capital and Ontario Teachers Pension Plan Board. |
(2) | The TPG Funds beneficially own an aggregate of 68,440,319 ordinary shares (the TPG Shares) consisting of: (a) interests in 47,686,203 ordinary shares held, indirectly through Holdings LP, by TPG Drone Investment, L.P., a Cayman limited partnership, and (b) interests in 20,754,117 ordinary shares held, indirectly through Holdings LP, by TPG Drone Co-Invest, L.P., a Cayman limited partnership. The general partner of each of TPG Drone Investment, L.P. and TPG Drone Co-Invest, L.P. is TPG Asia Advisors VI, Inc., a Delaware corporation (TPG Asia Advisors VI). David Bonderman and James G. Coulter are officers and sole shareholders of TPG Asia Advisors VI and may therefore be deemed to be the beneficial owners of the TPG Shares. Messrs. Bonderman and Coulter disclaim beneficial ownership of the TPG Shares except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. The address of each of TPG Asia Advisors VI and Messrs. Bonderman and Coulter is c/o TPG Global, LLC, 301 Commerce Street, Suite 3300, Fort Worth, TX 76102. |
(3) |
PAG Asia Capital beneficially owns interests in an aggregate of 51,478,483 ordinary shares (the PAG Asia Capital Shares), all of which are held, indirectly through Holdings LP, by PAGAC Drone Holding I LP, a Cayman limited partnership (PAGAC Drone LP). The general partner of PAGAC Drone LP is PAGAC Drone Holding GP I Limited, a Cayman exempted limited company. As directors of PAGAC Drone Holding GP I Limited, Messrs. Jon Robert Lewis, David Jaemin Kim and Noel Walsh and Ms. Tamara Williams have been delegated, in accordance with certain proxy voting guidelines, the authority to implement voting decisions and the authority to implement disposition decisions with respect to shares indirectly held by |
140
PAGAC Drone Holding GP I Limited, including the Companys 51,478,483 ordinary shares. Each of Messrs. Lewis, Kim and Walsh and Ms. Williams expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares. The correspondence address of PAGAC Drone Holding GP I Limited is 32/F, AIA Central, 1 Connaught Road Central, Hong Kong. |
(4) | Refers to interests in ordinary shares owned, indirectly through Holdings LP, by 2339532 Ontario Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of OTPP. The President and Chief Executive Officer of OTPP has delegated to each of Mr. Andrew Taylor, Mr. Steve Faraone and Mr. Rajeev Ruparelia the authority to implement disposition decisions with respect to shares held by 2339532 Ontario Limited; however, approval of such decisions is made by senior personnel within the private capital group of OTPP in accordance with internal portfolio guidelines. Voting decisions are made by personnel within the public equities group of OTPP in accordance with internal proxy voting guidelines. As such, each of Messrs. Taylor, Faraone and Ruparelia expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares. The address of 2339532 Ontario Limited and OTPP is 5650 Yonge Street, Toronto, Ontario M2M 4H5. |
141
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
The following is a summary of material provisions of various transactions we have entered into with our executive officers, board members or 5% or greater shareholders and their affiliates since January 1, 2015. We believe the terms and conditions in these agreements are reasonable and customary for transactions of these types.
Pursuant to our written related party transaction policy to be adopted in connection with this offering, the audit committee of the board of directors will be responsible for evaluating each related party transaction and making a recommendation to the disinterested members of the board of directors as to whether the transaction at issue is fair, reasonable and within our policy and whether it should be ratified and approved. The audit committee, in making its recommendation, will consider various factors, including the benefit of the transaction to us, the terms of the transaction and whether they are at arms-length and in the ordinary course of our business, the direct or indirect nature of the related persons interest in the transaction, the size and expected term of the transaction and other facts and circumstances that bear on the materiality of the related party transaction under applicable law and listing standards. The audit committee will review, at least annually, a summary of our transactions with our directors and officers and with firms that employ our directors, as well as any other related person transactions.
Restructuring
In connection with this offering, the shareholders of DTZ Jersey Holdings Limited exchanged their shares of DTZ Jersey Holdings Limited for newly issued shares in Cushman & Wakefield Limited. Following the Share Exchange, Cushman & Wakefield Limited re-registered as a public limited company organized under the laws of England and Wales named Cushman & Wakefield plc. Following the Re-registration, the Company undertook a share consolidation of its outstanding ordinary shares, which resulted in a proportional decrease in the number of ordinary shares outstanding as well as corresponding adjustments to outstanding options and RSUs.
Registration Rights Agreement
In connection with the closing of this offering, we will enter into a registration rights agreement with the Principal Shareholders (the Registration Rights Agreement). The Registration Rights Agreement will provide the Principal Shareholders with demand and shelf registration rights following the expiration of the 180-day lock-up period with the right to participate in such demand and shelf registrations. In addition, the Registration Rights Agreement also will provide the Principal Shareholders with piggyback registration rights on any registration statement, other than on Forms S-4, S-8 or any other successor form, to be filed by the Company. These registration rights are subject to certain conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters to limit the number of ordinary shares to be included in a registration statement and our right to delay a registration statement under certain circumstances.
Under the Registration Rights Agreement, we will agree to pay certain expenses related to any such registration and to indemnify the Principal Shareholders against certain liabilities that may arise under the Securities Act.
Shareholders Agreement
In connection with the closing of this offering, we will enter into a Shareholders Agreement with the Principal Shareholders (the Shareholders Agreement).
The Shareholders Agreement will provide that the Principal Shareholders will have certain nomination rights to designate candidates for nomination to our board of directors. Subject to any restrictions under applicable law or the NYSE rules, each of TPG and PAG will also have the ability to appoint one director to each board committee, and OTPP will have the ability to appoint a director to the nominating and corporate governance committee.
142
As set forth in the Shareholders Agreement, for so long as each of TPG and PAG own at least 7.5% of our total ordinary shares outstanding as of the closing of this offering, TPG and PAG will each be entitled to designate for nomination two of the seats on our board of directors. Thereafter, each of TPG and PAG will be entitled to designate for nomination one director so long as they each own at least 2.5% of our total ordinary shares outstanding as of the closing of this offering. Further, for so long as OTPP owns at least 2.5% of our total ordinary shares outstanding as of the closing of this offering, it will be entitled to designate for nomination one director on our board of directors.
In addition, the Principal Shareholders jointly have the right to designate for nomination one additional director (the Joint Designee), who must qualify as independent under the rules and must meet the independence requirements of Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act, so long as they collectively own at least 50% of our total ordinary shares outstanding as of the closing of this offering. However, if the Principal Shareholders collectively own at least 50% of our total ordinary shares outstanding as of the closing of this offering and any individually owns less than 2.5% of our total ordinary shares outstanding as of the closing of this offering, then the Joint Designee shall be designated for nomination solely by the entities that own more than 2.5% of our total ordinary shares outstanding as of the closing of this offering.
We are required, to the extent permitted by applicable law, to take all necessary action (as defined in the Shareholders Agreement) to cause the board of directors and each board committee to include certain persons designated by the Principal Shareholders in the slate of director nominees recommended by the board of directors for election by the shareholders and solicit proxies and consents in favor of such director nominees. Subject to the terms of the Shareholders Agreement, each Principal Shareholder agrees to vote its shares in favor of the election of the director nominees designated by each of the Principal Shareholders.
In accordance with the Shareholders Agreement, TPG has appointed Mr. Coslet and Mr. Dattels, PAG has appointed Mr. Pan and Ms. Chen and OTPP has appointed Mr. Ruparelia to our board of directors.
In the case of a vacancy on our board of directors created by the removal or resignation of a director designated by any of the Principal Shareholders, the Shareholders Agreement will require us to nominate an individual designated by such entity for election to fill the vacancy.
Directors
Prior to our initial public offering, our directors were not compensated for their services as directors. For additional information on the compensation provided to our board of directors, see Compensation Discussion and AnalysisDirector Compensation.
Certain Relationships
From time to time, we do business with other companies affiliated with the Principal Shareholders. We believe that all such arrangements have been entered into in the ordinary course of business and have been conducted on an arms-length basis.
Management Services Agreement
TPG and PAG provide management and transaction advisory services to the Company pursuant to a management services agreement. For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, the Company paid $0.9 million, $0.7 million and $11.3 million of transaction advisory fees related to integration activities in 2017 and 2016 and merger and acquisition activity in 2015. Additionally, the Company pays an annual fee of $4.3 million, payable quarterly, for management advisory services. The management services agreement matures on December 31, 2024, though it is subject to automatic termination immediately prior to the earlier of a successful initial public offering or a sale unless otherwise agreed by both TPG and PAG. In connection with this offering, the management services agreement will be terminated and, upon termination, a one-time termination fee of
143
$11,930,000 will be paid. Of this amount, TPG will receive $6,809,000 and PAG will receive $5,121,000. In addition, in order to maintain proportionate economics, and pursuant to Holdings LP, an English limited partnership in which TPG, OTPP and PAG are partners, limited partnership agreement, OTPP will receive a distribution from the partnership of $3,252,000.
Deeds of Indemnification
In connection with this offering, we will enter into deeds of indemnification with each of our directors and executive officers. Pursuant to these agreements, we agree to indemnify these individuals to the fullest extent permissible under English law against liabilities arising out of, or in connection with, the actual or purported exercise of, or failure to exercise, any of his or her powers, duties or responsibilities as a director or officer, and to advance expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified. These agreements do not indemnify our directors against any liability attaching to such individuals in connection with any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust in relation to the company of which he or she is a director. We also agree to use all reasonable endeavors to provide and maintain appropriate directors and officers liability insurance to the fullest extent permissible under English law (including ensuring that premiums are properly paid) for their benefit for so long as any claims may lawfully be brought against them.
Charter of Aircraft
In the ordinary course of our business, we occasionally charter private aircrafts from unaffiliated air charter companies. Brett White, our Executive Chairman and CEO, owns an aircraft which is managed by an independent air charter company unaffiliated with both Mr. White and us. We occasionally charter the aircraft owned by Mr. White from this company. The aircraft in the air charter companys fleet, including the aircraft owned by Mr. White, are available to third parties for charter based upon fee schedules established by the air charter company, with the fees dependent primarily upon the type and size of the aircraft utilized and the duration of the flight. In addition to other authorizations for use of aircraft, our board has approved the charter of Mr. Whites aircraft for business use for up to 200 flight hours at prevailing prices, which are approximately $6,000 per hour. Because the air charter company establishes the prices and fees for the use of the aircraft in its fleet, Mr. White does not receive any greater benefit from our charter of the aircraft owned by him than he does from any other third party charter of his aircraft. The use of charter aircraft by Company personnel is governed by our aircraft use policy and is approved by our board of directors.
Non-employee director appointment letters
In connection with this offering, we will enter into letters of appointment with each of our non-employee directors. These letters set forth the main terms on which each of our non-employee directors serve on our board of directors. Continued appointment under the letter is contingent on continued satisfactory performance, re-nomination by the nominating and corporate governance committee and approval of the board of directors, re-election by the shareholders and any relevant statutory provisions and provisions of our articles of association relating to removal of a director.
Depositary Receipt Arrangements
Prior to this offering, a nominee of Holdings LP and a nominee of the other equity owners of DTZ Jersey Holdings Limited, received depositary receipts, each representing one ordinary share in Cushman & Wakefield Limited, in consideration for their equity in DTZ Jersey Holdings Limited, at a ratio of one of Cushman & Wakefield Limiteds ordinary shares for each share of DTZ Jersey Holdings Limited. The depositary receipts were issued by Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as depositary (the Depositary), and a nominee for the Depositary (the Depositary Nominee) is the registered holder of Cushman & Wakefield Limiteds ordinary shares issued in exchange for the shares of DTZ Jersey Holdings Limited.
The depositary receipts arrangement was established because, as a result of restrictions on transfer on certain of the Cushman & Wakefield Limited ordinary shares concerned, those ordinary shares could not be issued directly
144
into DTC at the time of this offering. The use of the Depositary allows for the ordinary shares to be held in the Depositary initially and subsequently transferred into DTC without the application of U.K. stamp duty or SDRT, provided certain conditions are met. See TaxationCertain U.K. Tax ConsiderationsStamp Duty and SDRTDepositary arrangements and clearance services for more information. The depositary receipts are not registered or listed on any stock exchange, are not currently eligible for deposit and clearing in DTC, and no trading market for them is expected to develop. Instead, subject to compliance with applicable securities laws and contractual restrictions on transfer, the holders of the depositary receipts may request of the Depositary that all or a portion of their depositary receipts be cancelled in order to effectuate a transfer of the ordinary shares underlying such depositary receipts to Cede & Co., as nominee/custodian for DTC, which will hold the transferred ordinary shares on its customary terms, in order to settle trades of such ordinary shares (in the public market or otherwise), or to otherwise hold or transfer such shares through and within the DTC clearance system.
Subject to compliance with applicable securities laws and contractual restrictions on transfer, the holders of the depositary receipts are generally entitled to the same rights as a direct holder of ordinary shares in Cushman & Wakefield plc or an investor holding book-entry interests in ordinary shares in Cushman & Wakefield plc through the DTC clearance system.
145
The following is a summary of the material terms of our articles of association. This summary does not purport to give a complete overview and may not contain all of the information that is important to you. To understand them fully, you should read our articles of association, a copy of which is filed with the SEC as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and the applicable provisions of the U.K. Companies Act 2006 as in force at the closing of this offering. The summary below also contains certain information regarding the manner in which existing shares in Cushman & Wakefield plc are held.
As of July 23, 2018, we had issued and outstanding 153,209,294 of our ordinary shares held by shareholders of record, including a deferred payment obligation related to the acquisition of Cassidy Turley that is evidenced by 7,375,419 ordinary shares that are subject to forfeiture. As of July 23, 2018, we also had outstanding options to purchase 4,881,629 of our ordinary shares, at a weighted average exercise price of $11.33 per share, and outstanding share-settled RSUs to receive up to 10,827,725 of our ordinary shares.
As of June 30, 2018, we had approximately 640 beneficial owners. As of June 30, 2018, all of the shareholders held depositary receipts in respect of our ordinary shares through one of two nominees, as described further under Related Party Transactions - Depositary Receipt Arrangements, except with respect to one fully paid up ordinary share issued to the general partner of Holdings LP in connection with the formation of Cushman & Wakefield Limited.
On July 20, 2018, Cushman & Wakefield plc undertook the Share Consolidation, which resulted in a proportional decrease in the number of ordinary shares outstanding as well as corresponding adjustments to outstanding options and RSUs. Upon the effectiveness of the Share Consolidation, the ordinary share capital of the Company was consolidated and divided into 153,209,294 ordinary shares with a nominal value of $0.10. In advance of the Share Consolidation, Cushman & Wakefield Limited issued 19 ordinary shares to the Depositary Nominee and the general partner of Holdings LP in order to avoid the creation of fractional ordinary shares as a result of the Share Consolidation. Unless otherwise indicated, all references to numbers of ordinary shares, options and RSUs and corresponding conversion prices and/or exercise prices and all per ordinary share data reflect the Companys figures prior to undertaking the Share Consolidation and have not been adjusted to give effect to the Share Consolidation.
Ordinary Shares
Dividend Rights
Subject to preferences that may apply to preferred ordinary shares outstanding at the time, holders of outstanding ordinary shares will be entitled to receive dividends out of profits legally available for that purpose (as stated in its accounts that are deemed to be relevant accounts for the purposes of the U.K. Companies Act 2006) at the times and in the amounts as our board of directors may determine from time to time. In addition, the Company may only make a distribution if the amount of its net assets is not less than the aggregate of its called-up share capital and undistributable reserves, and if, and to the extent that, the distribution does not reduce the amount of those assets to less than such aggregate amount.
The articles of association permit the Company, by passing an ordinary resolution, to declare dividends. A declaration must not be made unless the Directors have first made a recommendation as to the amount of the dividend. The dividend must not exceed that amount. In addition, the Directors may decide to pay interim dividends.
All dividends are declared and paid according to the amounts paid up on the shares in respect of which the dividend is paid. Any dividend unclaimed after a period of 12 years from the date of declaration of such dividend
146
shall be forfeited and shall revert to us. In addition, the payment by our board of directors of any unclaimed dividend, interest or other sum payable on or in respect of an ordinary share into a separate account shall not constitute us as a trustee in respect thereof.
Voting Rights
Each outstanding ordinary share will be entitled to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders. Holders of ordinary shares shall have no cumulative voting rights. None of our shareholders will be entitled to vote at any general meeting or at any separate class meeting in respect of any share unless all calls or other sums payable in respect of that share have been paid. The directors may from time to time make calls on shareholders in respect of any amounts unpaid on their shares, whether in respect of nominal value of the shares or by way of premium. Shareholders are required to pay called amounts on shares subject to receiving at least 14 clear days notice specifying the time and place for payment. If a shareholder fails to pay any part of a call, the directors may serve further notice naming another day not being less than 14 clear days from the date of the further notice requiring payment and stating that in the event of non-payment the shares in respect of which the call was made will be liable to be forfeited. Subsequent forfeiture requires a resolution by the directors.
Preemptive Rights
There are no rights of preemption under our articles of association in respect of transfers of issued ordinary shares. In certain circumstances, our shareholders may have statutory preemption rights under the U.K. Companies Act 2006 in respect of the allotment of new shares as described in Differences in corporate lawPreemptive rights. These statutory pre-emption rights would require us to offer new shares for allotment to existing shareholders on a pro rata basis before allotting them to other persons. In such circumstances, the procedure for the exercise of such statutory pre-emption rights would be set out in the documentation by which such ordinary shares would be offered to our shareholders. These statutory pre-emption rights may be disapplied only by way of a special resolution or under the articles of association. Such authority can only be granted, from time to time, for a specified period (not longer than five years).
Conversion or Redemption Rights
Our ordinary shares will be neither convertible nor redeemable.
Liquidation Rights
Holders of ordinary shares are entitled to participate in any distribution of assets upon a liquidation after payment of all debts and other liabilities and subject to the prior rights of any holders of preferred ordinary shares then outstanding.
Variation of Rights
The rights or privileges attached to any class of shares may (unless otherwise provided by the terms of the issue of the shares of that class) be varied or abrogated by a special resolution passed at a general meeting of the shareholders of that class.
Capital Calls
Our board of directors has the authority to make calls upon the shareholders in respect of any money unpaid on their shares and each shareholder shall pay to us as required by such notice the amount called on its shares. If a call remains unpaid after it has become due and payable, and the 14 days notice provided by our board of directors has not been complied with, any share in respect of which such notice was given may be forfeited by a resolution of our board of directors. None of our ordinary shares to be sold in this offering will be subject to a capital call.
147
Transfer of Shares
Our share register is maintained by our transfer agent, Computershare Trust Company, N.A. Registration in this share register is determinative of share ownership. A shareholder who holds our shares through The Depository Trust Company, or DTC, is not the holder of record of such shares. Instead, the depositary (for example, Cede & Co., as nominee for DTC) or other nominee is the holder of record of such shares. Accordingly, a transfer of shares from a person who holds such shares through DTC to a person who also holds such shares through DTC will not be registered in our official share register, as the depositary or other nominee will remain the record holder of such shares. The directors may decline to register a transfer of a share that is:
● | not fully paid or on which we have a lien; |
● | not lodged duly stamped at our registered office or at such other place as the directors may appoint, except where uncertificated shares are transferred without a written instrument; |
● | not accompanied by the certificate of the share to which it relates or such other evidence reasonably required by the directors to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer, except where a certificate has not been issued; |
● | in respect of more than one class of share; or |
● | in the case of a transfer to joint holders of a share, the number of joint holders to whom the share is to be transferred exceeds four. |
Limitations on Ownership
Under English law and our articles of association, there are no limitations on the right of non-residents of the United Kingdom or owners who are not citizens of the United Kingdom to hold or vote our ordinary shares.
Listing
We have applied to list our ordinary shares on the NYSE under the trading symbol CWK.
Preferred Ordinary Shares
Our board of directors may, from time to time, following an ordinary resolution of the ordinary shareholders granting authority to the directors to allot shares and special resolution of the ordinary shareholders to amend the articles of association (and disapply pre-emption rights, if not already disapplied), direct the issuance of preferred ordinary shares in series and may, at the time of issuance, determine the designations, powers, preferences, privileges, and relative participating, optional or special rights as well as the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption and liquidation preferences, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of the ordinary shares. Satisfaction of any dividend preferences of outstanding preferred ordinary shares would reduce the amount of funds available for the payment of dividends on ordinary shares. Holders of preferred ordinary shares may be entitled to receive a preference payment in the event of our liquidation before any payment is made to the holders of ordinary shares. Upon consummation of this offering and the redemption of the redeemable preferred shares issued prior to the Re-registration of Cushman & Wakefield plc, there will be no preferred ordinary shares outstanding, and we have no present intention to issue any preferred ordinary shares.
Registration Rights
Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Principal Shareholders will have, in certain circumstances, certain customary demand and piggyback registration rights at any time following the expiration
148
of the 180-day lock-up period described above. Upon the effectiveness of such a registration statement, all shares covered by the registration statement will be freely transferable. If these rights are exercised and the Principal Shareholders sell a large number of ordinary shares, the market price of our ordinary shares could decline. See Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions for a more detailed description of these registration rights.
Articles of Association and English Law Considerations
Directors
Number . Unless and until we, in a general meeting of our shareholders, otherwise determine, the number of directors shall not be more than eleven and shall not be less than five.
Borrowing powers . Under our directors general power to manage our business, our directors may exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge our undertaking, property and uncalled capital or parts thereof and to issue debentures and other securities whether outright or as collateral security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or of any third party.
Directors interests and restrictions . The following discussion should be read in conjunction with Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.
(a) | Our board of directors may, in accordance with our articles of association and the requirements of the U.K. Companies Act 2006, authorize a matter proposed to us that would, if not authorized, involve a breach by a director of his duty under section 175 of the U.K. Companies Act 2006 to avoid a situation in which he or she has, or can have, a direct or indirect interest that conflicts, or possibly may conflict, with our interests. A director is not required, by reason of being a director, to account to the Company for any remuneration or other benefit that he or she derives from a relationship involving a conflict of interest or possible conflict of interest which has been authorized by our board of directors. |
(b) | Provided that he or she has disclosed to the directors the nature and extent of any material interest, a director may be a party to, or otherwise interested in, any transaction, contract or arrangement with us and he or she may be a director or other officer of, or employed by, or a party to any transaction or arrangement with, or otherwise interested in any body corporate promoted by the Company or in which the Company is otherwise interested and that director shall not, by reason of his or her office, be accountable to the Company for any benefit that he or she derives from any such office or employment or from any such transaction or arrangement or from any interest in any such body corporate; and no such transaction or arrangement shall be required to be avoided because of any such interest or benefit. |
(c) | A director shall not vote at a meeting of the directors in respect of any contract or arrangement or any other proposal whatsoever in which he or she has an interest that (together with any person connected with him or her within the meaning of section 252 of the U.K. Companies Act 2006) is to his or her knowledge a material interest, other than (i) an interest in shares or debentures or other securities of the Company, (ii) where permitted by the terms of any authorization of a conflict of interest or by an ordinary resolution or (iii) in the circumstances set out in paragraph (d) below, and shall not be counted in the quorum at a meeting with respect to any resolution on which he or she is not entitled to vote. |
(d) | A director shall (in the absence of some material interest other than those indicated below) be entitled to vote (and be counted in the quorum) in respect of any resolution concerning any of the following matters: |
(i) | the giving of any guarantee, security or indemnity in respect of money lent or obligations incurred by him or her at the request of or for the benefit of us or any of our subsidiaries; |
149
(ii) | the giving of any guarantee, security or indemnity in respect of a debt or obligation of ours or any of our subsidiaries for which he or she has assumed responsibility in whole or in part under a guarantee or indemnity or by the giving of security; |
(iii) | any proposal concerning an offer of shares or debentures or other securities of or by us or any of our subsidiaries for subscription or purchase or exchange in which offer he or she is or will be interested as a participant in the underwriting or sub-underwriting of such offer; |
(iv) | any proposal concerning any other company in which he or she is interested, directly or indirectly and whether as an officer or shareholder or otherwise, provided that he or she (together with persons connected with him or her) does not to his or her knowledge hold an interest in shares representing one percent or more of the issued shares of any class of such company (or of any third company through which his or her interest is derived) or of the voting rights available to shareholders of the relevant company; |
(v) | any proposal concerning the adoption, modification or operation of a pension, superannuation fund or retirement, death or disability benefits scheme or an employees share scheme under which he or she may benefit and which relates to our employees and/or directors and does not accord to such director any privilege or benefit not generally accorded to the persons to whom such scheme relates; |
(vi) | any proposal under which he or she may benefit concerning the giving of indemnities to our directors or other officers which the directors are empowered to give under our articles of association; |
(vii) | any proposal under which he or she may benefit concerning the purchase, funding and/or maintenance of insurance for any of our directors or other officers that the directors are empowered to purchase, fund or maintain under our articles of association; and |
(viii) | any proposal under which he or she may benefit concerning the provision to directors of funds to meet expenditures in defending proceedings. |
(e) | Where proposals are under consideration to appoint two or more directors to offices or employment with us or with any company in which we are interested or to fix or vary the terms of such appointments, such proposals may be divided and considered in relation to each director separately and in such case each of the directors concerned (if not prohibited from voting under paragraph (d)(iv) above) shall be entitled to vote (and be counted in the quorum) in respect of each resolution except that concerning his or her own appointment. |
(f) | If any question shall arise at any meeting as to the materiality of a directors interest or as to the entitlement of any director to vote and such question is not resolved by his agreeing voluntarily to abstain from voting, such question shall be referred to the chairman of the meeting and his or her ruling in relation to any director shall be final and conclusive except in a case where the nature or extent of the interests of the director concerned have not been disclosed fairly. |
Remuneration . The following discussion should be read in conjunction with Compensation Discussion and AnalysisDirector Compensation.
(a) | Each of the directors may (in addition to any amounts payable under paragraph (b) and (c) below or under any other provision of our articles of association) be paid out of the funds of our company such fees as the directors may from time to time determine. |
150
(b) | Any director who is appointed to hold any employment or executive office with us or who, at our request, goes or resides abroad for any of our purposes or who otherwise performs services that in the opinion of the directors are outside the scope of his or her ordinary duties may be paid such additional remuneration (whether by way of salary, commission, participation in profits or otherwise) as the directors (or any duly authorized committee of the directors) may determine either in addition to or in lieu of any other remuneration. |
(c) | Each director may be paid his or her reasonable travelling expenses (including hotel and incidental expenses) of attending and returning from meetings of the directors or committees of the directors or general meetings or any separate meeting of the holders of any class of our shares or any other meeting that as a director he or she is entitled to attend and shall be paid all expenses properly and reasonably incurred by him or her in the conduct of our companys business or in the discharge of his or her duties as a director. |
Pensions and other benefits . The directors may exercise all the powers of our company to provide benefits, either by the payment of gratuities or pensions or by insurance or in any other manner whether similar to the foregoing or not, for any director or former director, or any person who is or was at any time employed by, or held an executive or other office or place of profit in, our company or any body corporate that is or has been a subsidiary of our company or a predecessor of the business of our company or of any such subsidiary and for the families and persons who are or was a dependent of any such persons and for the purpose of providing any such benefits contribute to any scheme trust or fund or pay any premiums.
Appointment and retirement of directors
(a) | The directors shall have power to appoint any person who is willing to act to be a director, either to fill a vacancy or as an additional director so long as the total number of directors shall not exceed eleven. |
(b) | We may by ordinary resolution elect any person who is willing to act as a director either to fill a vacancy or as an addition to the existing directors or to replace a director removed from office under our articles of association so long as the total number of directors does not at any time exceed eleven. |
(c) | Our articles of association will provide that our board of directors will be divided into three classes of directors, with the classes as nearly equal in number as possible. As a result, approximately one-third of our board of directors shall retire and shall (unless his or her terms of appointment with our company specify otherwise) be eligible for re-election at the annual general meeting held in each year. |
(d) | The directors to retire by rotation pursuant to paragraph (c) above shall also include (so far as necessary to obtain the minimum number required) any relevant director who wishes to retire and not be re-elected. |
(e) | At the meeting at which a director retires under any provision of our articles of association, we may by ordinary resolution fill the vacated office by appointing a person to it, and in default the retiring director shall be deemed to have been re-appointed except where: |
(i) | that director has given notice to us that he or she is unwilling to be elected; or |
(ii) | at such meeting it is expressly resolved not to fill such vacated office or a resolution for the reappointment of such director shall have been put to the meeting and not passed. |
(f) | In the event of the vacancy not being filled at such meeting, it may be filled by the directors as a vacancy in accordance with sub-paragraph (a) above. |
151
(g) | In filling any vacancy, the new directors appointment will be in the same class as the retiring director, and such new director shall retire from office at the annual general meeting in the same year as the director he or she is replacing would have retired. If any additional directors are appointed, the board shall as part of any such appointment specify in which year such director will be eligible for re-election, keeping each class of directors as close to one-third of the total number of directors as possible. |
(h) | The retirement of a director pursuant to paragraphs (c) and (d) shall not have effect until the conclusion of the relevant meeting except where a resolution is passed to elect some other person in the place of the retiring director or a resolution for his re-election is put to the meeting and not passed and accordingly a retiring director who is re-elected or deemed to have been re-elected will continue in office without break. |
Removal of directors . Under the U.K. Companies Act 2006 and our articles of association, directors can be removed from office at any time by ordinary resolution or by a majority vote of the board of directors before the expiration of his or her term with or without cause.
Indemnity of directors . Under our articles of association, each of our directors is entitled to be indemnified by us against all costs, charges, losses, expenses and liabilities incurred by such director or officer in the execution and discharge of his or her duties or in relation to those duties to the fullest extent permissible under the U.K. Companies Act 2006. The U.K. Companies Act 2006 renders void an indemnity for a director against any liability attaching to him or her in connection with any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust in relation to the company of which he or she is a director, as described in Differences in Corporate LawLiability of Directors and Officers.
Shareholder rights plan
The articles of association provide our board of directors with the power to establish a rights plan and to grant rights to subscribe for ordinary shares in the Company and/or depositary receipts, certificates, instruments or other documents of title representing such ordinary shares (the depositary interests) pursuant to a rights plan where, in the opinion of our board of directors, acting in good faith, in the context of an acquisition or potential acquisition of 15% or more of the issued voting shares of the Company, to do so would improve the likelihood that:
1) | any process which may result in an acquisition or change of control of the Company is conducted in an orderly manner; |
2) | an optimum price is achieved for the ordinary shares or depositary interests; |
3) | the board of directors would have time to gather relevant information or pursue appropriate strategies; |
4) | the success of the Company would be promoted for the benefit of its members as a whole; |
5) | the long term interests of the Company, its members and business would be safeguarded; and/or |
6) | the Company would not suffer serious economic harm. |
The articles of association further provide that our board of directors may, in accordance with the terms of a rights plan, determine to (i) allot ordinary shares pursuant to the exercise of rights or (ii) exchange rights for ordinary shares or depositary interests, where in the opinion of our board of directors acting in good faith, in the context of an acquisition or potential acquisition of 15% or more of the issued voting shares of the Company, to do so would improve the likelihood of any or all of the factors mentioned in clauses (1) through (6) above.
152
These measures are included in the articles of association as the Takeover Code is not expected to apply to the Company and these measures are included commonly in the constitutions of U.S. companies. These provisions will apply for so long as the Company is not subject to the Takeover Code.
Shareholders meetings
Annual general meetings . Each year, we will hold a general meeting of our shareholders in addition to any other meetings in that year, and will specify the meeting as such in the notice convening it. The annual general meeting will be held within six months from the day following the end of our fiscal year at such time and place as the directors may appoint.
Calling of general meetings . The arrangements for the calling of general meetings are described in Differences in Corporate LawNotice of General Meetings.
Quorum of meetings . No business shall be transacted at any general meeting unless a quorum is present when the meeting proceeds to business, but the absence of a quorum shall not preclude the appointment of a chairman, which appointment shall not be treated as part of the business of a meeting. Shareholders who together represent at least a majority of the voting rights of all of the shareholders entitled to vote at a meeting shall constitute a quorum for all purposes.
Shareholder proposals
The articles of association impose requirements on the content of any shareholder notice to either: (i) request a general meeting for the purposes of proposing a resolution; or (ii) propose a resolution for a general meeting. The provisions require the notice to include (without limitation) matters relating to the identity of the relevant shareholder(s) and certain associated persons (including those acting in concert), and their respective interests in the Company. Additionally, the articles of association impose further requirements as to when such notices must be delivered. The provisions require (broadly, and subject to limited exceptions) the notices to be delivered to the company no earlier than the close of business on the 120th day, nor later than the close of business on the 90th day, prior to the anniversary of the previous years annual general meeting. If these additional content and timing requirements are not complied with, then the relevant shareholder(s) who gave the notice, shall not be entitled to vote their shares (either in person or by proxy) at a general meeting in respect of the matters which are the subject of such notice.
Choice of forum/Governing law
The rights of holders of our ordinary shares will be governed by the laws of England and Wales.
Our articles of association will provide that the courts of England and Wales will be the exclusive forum for resolving all shareholder complaints other than shareholder complaints asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act, for which the U.S. federal district courts will be the exclusive forum. As a company incorporated in England and Wales, the choice of the courts of England and Wales as our exclusive forum for resolving all shareholder complaints, other than complaints arising under the Securities Act, allows us to more efficiently and affordably respond to such actions, and provides consistency in the application of the laws of England and Wales to such actions. Similarly, we have selected the U.S. federal district courts as our exclusive forum for resolving shareholder complaints arising under the Securities Act in order to more efficiently and affordably respond to such claims. This choice of forum also provides both us and our shareholders with a forum that is familiar with and regularly reviews cases involving U.S. securities law. Although we believe this choice of forum benefits us by providing increased consistency in the application of U.S. securities law for the specified types of action, it may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in our ordinary shares will be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of our articles of association, including the exclusive forum provision. However, it is possible that a court
153
could find our forum selection provision to be inapplicable or unenforceable. See Risk FactorsRisks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Ordinary SharesOur articles of association to be effective in connection with the closing of this offering will provide that the U.S. federal district courts will be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any shareholder complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act.
Mandatory offers
Although the Company will not be subject to the Takeover Code, our board of directors recognizes the importance of the mandatory offer provisions and certain other Takeover Code protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are mandatorily subject to the Takeover Code. Our articles of association include similar protections. These provisions are summarized below and seek to regulate certain acquisitions of interests in the ordinary shares of the Company but do in some respects differ from the terms of the analogous protection under the Takeover Code. These provisions do not, however, provide all of the protections provided by the Takeover Code as our board of directors does not believe all provisions of the Takeover Code would be of benefit to the Companys shareholders.
Under the applicable provisions of the articles of association, which are intended to be similar to Rule 9 of the Takeover Code (except as described below), a person must not:
(i) | whether by a series of transactions over a period of time or not, acquire an interest in ordinary shares which (taken together with ordinary shares in which persons determined by our board of directors to be acting in concert with him or her are interested) carry 30 percent or more of the voting rights of the Company; or |
(ii) | while he or she (together with persons determined by our board of directors to be acting in concert with him or her) is interested in ordinary shares which in aggregate carry not less than 30 percent but not more than 50 percent of the voting rights of the Company, acquire, whether by himself or herself or with persons determined by our board of directors to be acting in concert with him or her, an interest in any other ordinary shares that (taken together with any interests in ordinary shares held by persons determined by the board of directors to be acting in concert with him or her), increases the percentage of ordinary shares carrying voting rights in which he or she is interested, except, in either case: |
1) | with the advance consent of our board of directors or pursuant to an offer that is recommended by our board of directors; |
2) | where the acquisition is made as a result of a voluntary offer made and implemented, save to the extent that our board of directors determines otherwise, for all of the issued and outstanding ordinary shares of the Company, that is in cash (or accompanied by a cash alternative), that is at a price not less than the highest price at which the acquirer (or any person acting in concert with him or her) has acquired or been issued shares in the 12-month period prior to such offer being made, with the offer being open for acceptances for at least 14 days after such offer becomes or is declared unconditional as to acceptances, and otherwise in accordance with the Takeover Code (as if the Takeover Code applied to the Company); |
3) | where the acquisition is made pursuant to a single transaction which causes a breach of either limit described in (i) or (ii) above (otherwise than as a result of an offer) and the acquirer makes and implements a mandatory offer to all other shareholders of the Company on the basis described below (provided that, subject to certain exceptions, no further acquisitions are made by the acquirer other than pursuant to such a mandatory offer); |
4) | an acquisition previously approved in general meeting by the shareholders of the Company who are independent of the acquirer and its concert parties; or |
154
5) | there is an increase in the percentage of the voting rights attributable to an interest in ordinary shares held by a person or by persons determined by our board of directors to be acting in concert with him or her and such an increase would constitute a breach of either limit described in (i) or (ii) above where such increase results from the Company redeeming or purchasing its own ordinary shares or interests in ordinary shares. |
Where a mandatory offer is required under the articles of association for the acquirer to avail itself of the exception in (3) above, such mandatory offer must be made and implemented in accordance with the rules applicable to mandatory offers under the Takeover Code (as if the Takeover Code applied to the Company). In particular, it must be unconditional (other than as to acceptances), be in cash (or accompanied by a cash alternative) and be at the highest price paid by such person required to make the mandatory offer (or any other person acting in concert with such person) for any interest in ordinary shares in the Company during the previous 12 months. Such a mandatory offer must be made within seven days of breaching either limit described in (i) or (ii) above, which is a shorter time period than would normally apply under the analogous provisions of the Takeover Code.
The exemption from breaching either limit described in (i) or (ii) (as described in (2) above) is narrower than the analogous exemption in the Takeover Code because under the Takeover Code acquisitions pursuant to non-cash and partial offers may also be exempt. This potentially provides our board of directors with greater power to defend a hostile non-cash or partial tender offer than would otherwise be available under the Takeover Code.
As set out in Article 131 of the articles of association, our board of directors has various powers (the exercise of which are subject to their fiduciary duties) to enforce these provisions (including disenfranchisement (as regards voting and entitlement to distributions) and refusal to register the transfer of ordinary shares).
Our board of directors has the full authority to determine the application of these provisions in the articles of association, including the deemed application of any relevant parts of the Takeover Code and such authority includes all the discretion that the Takeover Panel would exercise if the Takeover Code applied to the Company. Our board of directors is not required to give any reason for any decision or determination it makes.
Other English law considerations
Mandatory purchases and acquisitions . Pursuant to sections 979 to 991 of the U.K. Companies Act 2006, where a takeover offer has been made for us and the offeror has acquired or unconditionally contracted to acquire not less than 90% of the voting rights carried by the shares to which the offer relates, the offeror may give notice to the holder of any shares to which the offer relates that the offeror has not acquired or unconditionally contracted to acquire that it desires to acquire those shares on the same terms as the general offer.
Disclosure of interest in shares . Pursuant to Part 22 of the U.K. Companies Act 2006 and our articles of association, we are empowered by notice in writing to require any person whom we know to be, or have reasonable cause to believe to be, interested in our shares, or at any time during the three years immediately preceding the date on which the notice is issued has been so interested, within a reasonable time to disclose to us the details of that persons interest and (so far as is within such persons knowledge) details of any other interest that subsists or subsisted in those shares. Under our articles of association, if a person defaults in supplying us with the required details in relation to the shares in question, or Default Shares, a court may order that:
● | in respect of the Default Shares, the relevant member shall not be entitled to vote or exercise any other right conferred by membership in relation to general meetings; and/or |
● |
where the Default Shares represent at least 0.25% of their class, (a) any dividend or other money payable in respect of the Default Shares shall be retained by us without liability to pay interest, and/ |
155
or (b) no transfers by the relevant person of shares other than approved transfers may be registered (unless such person is not in default and the transfer does not relate to Default Shares), and/or (c) any shares held by the relevant person in uncertificated form shall be converted into certificated form. |
Purchase of own shares . Subject to certain limited exceptions, under the U.K. Companies Act 2006, a public limited company may purchase its own shares only out of the distributable profits of the company or the proceeds of a new issue of shares made for the purpose of financing the purchase. A limited company may not purchase its own shares if as a result of the purchase there would no longer be any issued shares of the company other than redeemable shares or shares held as treasury shares. Subject to the foregoing, because NYSE is not a recognized investment exchange under the U.K. Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, we may, subject to certain limited exceptions, purchase our own fully paid shares only pursuant to a purchase contract authorized by ordinary resolution of the holders of our ordinary shares before the purchase takes place. Any authority will not be effective if any shareholder from whom we propose to purchase shares votes on the resolution and the resolution would not have been passed if such shareholder had not done so. The resolution authorizing the purchase must specify a date, not being later than five years after the passing of the resolution, on which the authority to purchase is to expire. A share buy-back by us of our ordinary shares will also give rise to U.K. stamp duty at the rate of 0.5% of the amount or value of the consideration payable by us, and such stamp duty will be paid by us.
Differences in Corporate Law
Certain provisions of the U.K. Companies Act 2006 differ from laws applicable to U.S. corporations and their shareholders. Set forth below is a summary of certain differences between the provisions of the U.K. Companies Act 2006 that will be applicable to us and the Delaware General Corporation Law relating to shareholders rights and protections. This summary is not intended to be a complete discussion of the respective rights and it is qualified in its entirety by reference to Delaware law and English law.
England and Wales |
Delaware |
|||
Number of directors | Under the U.K. Companies Act 2006, a public limited company must have at least two directors and the number of directors may be fixed by or in the manner provided in a companys articles of association. Our articles of association provide that the maximum number of directors is 11. | Under Delaware law, a corporation must have at least one director and the number of directors shall be fixed by or in the manner provided in the bylaws. | ||
Removal of directors | Under the U.K. Companies Act 2006, shareholders may remove a director without cause by an ordinary resolution (which is passed by a simple majority of those voting in person or by proxy at a general meeting) irrespective of any provisions of any service contract the director has with the company, provided that 28 clear days notice of the resolution is given to the company and certain other procedural requirements under the U.K. Companies Act 2006 are followed (such as allowing the director to make representations against his or her removal either at the meeting or in writing). | Under Delaware law, unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, directors may be removed from office, with or without cause, by a majority shareholder vote, though in the case of a corporation whose board is classified, shareholders may effect such removal only for cause. | ||
Vacancies on the board of directors | Under English law, the procedure by which directors (other than a companys initial directors) are appointed is generally set out in a companys articles of association, provided that | Under Delaware law, vacancies on a corporations board of directors, including those caused by an increase in the number of |
156
England and Wales |
Delaware |
|||
where two or more persons are appointed as directors of a public limited company by resolution of the shareholders, resolutions appointing each director must be voted on individually. | directors, may be filled by a majority of the remaining directors. | |||
Annual general meeting | Under the U.K. Companies Act 2006, a public limited company must hold an annual general meeting in each six-month period from the day following the companys annual accounting reference date. | Under Delaware law, the annual meeting of shareholders shall be held at such place, on such date and at such time as may be designated from time to time by the board of directors or as provided in the certificate of incorporation or by the bylaws. | ||
General meeting |
Under the U.K. Companies Act 2006, a general meeting of the shareholders of a public limited company may be called by the directors.
Shareholders holding at least 5% of the paid-up capital of the company carrying voting rights at general meetings can require the directors to call a general meeting. |
Under Delaware law, special meetings of the shareholders may be called by the board of directors or by such person or persons as may be authorized by the certificate of incorporation or by the bylaws. | ||
Notice of general meetings | Under the U.K. Companies Act 2006, not less than 21 clear days notice (i.e. 21 days, including weekdays, weekends and holidays, but excluding the date on which notice is given and the date of the meeting itself) must be given for an annual general meeting and any resolutions to be proposed at the meeting. Subject to a companys articles of association providing for a longer period, at least 14 clear days notice is required for any other general meeting. In addition, certain matters (such as the removal of directors or auditors) require special notice, which is 28 clear days notice to the Company. The shareholders of a company may in all cases consent to a shorter notice period, the proportion of shareholders consent required being 100% of those entitled to attend and vote in the case of an annual general meeting and, in the case of any other general meeting, a majority in number of the members having a right to attend and vote at the meeting, being a majority who together hold not less than 95% in nominal value of the shares giving a right to attend and vote at the meeting. | Under Delaware law, unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or bylaws, written notice of any meeting of the shareholders must be given to each shareholder entitled to vote at the meeting not less than ten nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting and shall specify the place, date, hour and purpose or purposes of the meeting. | ||
Proxy | Under the U.K. Companies Act 2006, at any meeting of shareholders, a shareholder may designate another person to attend, speak and vote at the meeting on their behalf by proxy. | Under Delaware law, at any meeting of shareholders, a shareholder may designate another person to act for such shareholder by proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. |
157
England and Wales |
Delaware |
|||
Preemptive rights | Under the U.K. Companies Act 2006, equity securities proposed to be allotted for cash must be offered first to the existing equity shareholders in the company in proportion to the respective nominal value of their holdings, unless an exception applies or a special resolution to the contrary has been passed by shareholders in a general meeting or the articles of association provide otherwise, in each case in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006. Such authority can only be granted from time to time, for a specified period (not longer than five years). Preemptive rights will not apply with respect to the shares issued in connection with the IPO. | Under Delaware law, unless otherwise provided in a corporations certificate of incorporation, a shareholder does not, by operation of law, possess preemptive rights to subscribe to additional issuances of the corporations stock. | ||
Authority to allot | Under the U.K. Companies Act 2006, the directors of a public limited company must not allot shares in the company or grant rights to subscribe for or convert any security into shares in the company unless they are authorised to do so by the companys articles or by an ordinary resolution of the companys shareholders, and in each case only in accordance with the provisions of the U.K. Companies Act 2006. | Under Delaware law, if the corporations charter or certificate of incorporation so provides, the board of directors has the power to authorize the issuance of stock. The board may authorize capital stock to be issued for consideration consisting of cash, any tangible or intangible property or any benefit to the corporation or any combination thereof. It may determine the amount of such consideration by approving a formula. In the absence of actual fraud in the transaction, the judgment of the directors as to the value of such consideration is conclusive. | ||
Liability of directors and officers | Under the U.K. Companies Act 2006, any provision (whether contained in a companys articles of association or any contract or otherwise) that purports to exempt a director of a company (to any extent) from any liability that would otherwise attach to him in connection with any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust in relation to the company is void. Any provision by which a company directly or indirectly provides an indemnity (to any extent) for a director of the company or of an associated company against any liability attaching to him in connection with any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust in relation to the company of which he is a director is also void except as permitted by the U.K. Companies Act 2006, which provides exceptions for a company to (a) purchase and maintain insurance against such liability; (b) provide a qualifying third party indemnity (being an indemnity against liability incurred by the director to a person other than the company or an associated company as long as he or she is |
Under Delaware law, a corporations certificate of incorporation may include a provision eliminating or limiting the personal liability of a director to the corporation and its shareholders for damages arising from a breach of fiduciary duty as a director. However, no provision can limit the liability of a director for:
● any breach of the directors duty of loyalty to the corporation or its shareholders;
● acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
● intentional or negligent payment of unlawful dividends or stock purchases or redemptions; or
● any transaction from which the director derives an improper personal benefit. |
158
England and Wales |
Delaware |
|||
successful in defending the claim or criminal proceedings); and (c) provide a qualifying pension scheme indemnity (being an indemnity against liability incurred in connection with the companys activities as trustee of an occupational pension plan). | ||||
Voting rights |
Under English law, unless a poll is demanded by the shareholders of a company or is required by the chairman of the meeting or the companys articles of association, shareholders shall vote on all resolutions on a show of hands. Under the U.K. Companies Act 2006, a poll may be demanded by (a) not fewer than five shareholders having the right to vote on the resolution; (b) any shareholder(s) representing at least 10% of the total voting rights of all the shareholders having the right to vote on the resolution; or (c) any shareholder(s) holding shares in the company conferring a right to vote on the resolution (being shares on which an aggregate sum has been paid up equal to not less than 10% of the total sum paid up on all the shares conferring that right). A companys articles of association may provide more extensive rights for shareholders to call a poll.
Under English law, an ordinary resolution is passed on a show of hands if it is approved by a simple majority (more than 50%) of the votes cast by shareholders present (in person or by proxy) and entitled to vote.
If a poll is demanded, an ordinary resolution is passed if it is approved by holders representing a simple majority of the total voting rights of shareholders present (in person or by proxy) who (being entitled to vote) vote on the resolution.
On a show of hands, special resolutions require the affirmative vote of not less than 75% of the votes cast by shareholders present (in person or by proxy) at the meeting. If a poll is demanded, a special resolution is passed if it is approved by holders representing not less than 75% of the total voting rights of shareholders present (in person or by proxy) who (being entitled to vote) vote on the resolution. |
Delaware law provides that, unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, each shareholder is entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such shareholder. | ||
Shareholder vote on | The U.K. Companies Act 2006 provides for schemes of arrangement, which are | Generally, under Delaware law, unless the certificate of incorporation provides for the vote |
159
England and Wales |
Delaware |
|||
certain transactions |
arrangements or compromises between a company and any class of shareholders or creditors and used in certain types of restructurings, amalgamations, capital reorganizations or takeovers.
These arrangements require the approval at a shareholders or creditors meeting convened by order of the court, of a majority in number of shareholders or creditors representing 75% in value of the capital held by, or debt owed to, the class of shareholders or creditors, or class thereof present and voting, either in person or by proxy, and the approval of the court. |
of a larger portion of the stock, completion of a merger, consolidation, sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of a corporations assets or dissolution requires the approval of the board of directors and approval by the vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding stock or, if the certificate of incorporation provides for more or less than one vote per share, a majority of the votes of the outstanding stock of a corporation entitled to vote on the matter. | ||
Standard of conduct for directors |
Under English law, a director owes various statutory and fiduciary duties to the company, including:
● to act in the way he or she considers, in good faith, would be most likely to promote the success of the company for the benefit of its members as a whole;
● to avoid a situation in which he or she has, or can have, a direct or indirect interest that conflicts, or possibly conflicts, with the interests of the company;
● to act in accordance with the companys constitution and only exercise his or her powers for the purposes for which they are conferred;
● to exercise independent judgment;
● to exercise reasonable care, skill and diligence;
● not to accept benefits from a third party conferred by reason of his or her being a director or doing (or not doing) anything as a director; and
● a duty to declare any interest that he or she has, whether directly or indirectly, in a proposed or existing transaction or arrangement with the company. |
Delaware law does not contain specific provisions setting forth the standard of conduct of a director. The scope of the fiduciary duties of directors is generally determined by the courts of the State of Delaware. In general, directors have a duty to act without self-interest, on a well-informed basis and in a manner they reasonably believe to be in the best interest of the shareholders. |
160
England and Wales |
Delaware |
|||
Shareholder litigation |
Under English law, generally, the company, rather than its shareholders, is the proper claimant in an action in respect of a wrong done to the company or where there is an irregularity in the companys internal management.
Notwithstanding this general position, the U.K. Companies Act 2006 provides that (i) a court may allow a shareholder to bring a derivative claim (that is, an action in respect of and on behalf of the company) in respect of a cause of action arising from a directors negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust and (ii) a shareholder may bring a claim for a court order where the companys affairs have been or are being conducted in a manner that is unfairly prejudicial to some of its shareholders. |
Under Delaware law, a shareholder may initiate a derivative action to enforce a right of a corporation if the corporation fails to enforce the right itself. The complaint must:
● state that the plaintiff was a shareholder at the time of the transaction of which the plaintiff complains or that the plaintiffs shares thereafter devolved on the plaintiff by operation of law; and
● allege with particularity the efforts made by the plaintiff to obtain the action the plaintiff desires from the directors and the reasons for the plaintiffs failure to obtain the action; or
● state the reasons for not making the effort.
Additionally, the plaintiff must remain a shareholder through the duration of the derivative suit. The action will not be dismissed or compromised without the approval of the Delaware Court of Chancery. |
U.K. City Code on Takeovers and Mergers
If at the time of a takeover offer the Takeover Panel determines that we have our place of central management and control in the United Kingdom, we would be subject to the Takeover Code, which is issued and administered by the Takeover Panel. The Takeover Code provides a framework within which takeovers of companies subject to it are conducted. In particular, the Takeover Code contains certain rules in respect of mandatory offers. Under Rule 9 of the Takeover Code, if a person:
(a) | acquires an interest in our shares which, when taken together with shares in which such person or persons acting in concert with such person are interested, carries 30% or more of the voting rights of our shares; or |
(b) | who, together with persons acting in concert with such person, is interested in shares that in the aggregate carry not less than 30% and not more than 50% of the voting rights in the company, acquires additional interests in shares that increase the percentage of shares carrying voting rights in which that person is interested, |
the acquirer and, depending on the circumstances, its concert parties, would be required (except with the consent of the Takeover Panel) to make a cash offer for our outstanding shares at a price not less than the highest price paid for any interests in the shares by the acquirer or its concert parties during the previous 12 months.
It is not currently expected that we would have our place of central management and control in the United Kingdom.
161
Exchange Controls
There are no laws, decrees, regulations or other legislation in the United Kingdom that may affect the import or export of capital, including the availability of cash and cash equivalents for use by us, or that may affect the remittance of dividends, interest or other payments by us to non-resident holders of our ordinary shares, other than withholding tax requirements. There is no limitation imposed by English law or our articles of association on the right of non-residents to hold or vote shares.
Depositary Receipt Arrangements
Prior to this offering, a nominee of Holdings LP, an English limited partnership in which TPG, OTPP and PAG are partners, and a nominee of the other equity owners of DTZ Jersey Holdings Limited, received depositary receipts, each representing one ordinary share of Cushman & Wakefield Limited in consideration for their equity in DTZ Jersey Holdings Limited, at a ratio of one of Cushman & Wakefield Limiteds ordinary shares for each share of DTZ Jersey Holdings Limited. The depositary receipts were issued by Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as depositary (the Depositary), and a nominee for the Depositary (the Depositary Nominee) is the registered holder of Cushman & Wakefield Limiteds ordinary shares issued in exchange for the shares of DTZ Jersey Holdings Limited.
The depositary receipts arrangement was established because, as a result of restrictions on transfer on certain of the Cushman & Wakefield Limited ordinary shares concerned, those ordinary shares could not be issued directly into DTC at the time of this offering. The use of the Depositary allows for the ordinary shares to be held in the Depositary initially and subsequently transferred into DTC without the application of U.K. stamp duty or SDRT, provided certain conditions are met. See TaxationCertain U.K. Tax ConsiderationsStamp Duty and SDRTDepositary arrangements and clearance services for more information. The depositary receipts are not registered or listed on any stock exchange, are not currently eligible for deposit and clearing in DTC, and no trading market for them is expected to develop. Instead, subject to compliance with applicable securities laws and contractual restrictions on transfer, the holders of the depositary receipts may request of the Depositary that all or a portion of their depositary receipts be cancelled in order to effectuate a transfer of the ordinary shares underlying such depositary receipts to Cede & Co., as nominee/custodian for DTC, which will hold the transferred ordinary shares on its customary terms, in order to settle trades of such ordinary shares (in the public market or otherwise), or to otherwise hold or transfer such shares through and within the systems of DTC clearance system.
Subject to compliance with applicable securities laws and contractual restrictions on transfer, the holders of the depositary receipts are generally entitled to the same rights as a direct holder of ordinary shares in Cushman & Wakefield plc or an investor holding book-entry interests in ordinary shares in Cushman & Wakefield plc through the DTC clearance system.
162
DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS
We summarize below the principal terms of the agreements that govern our existing indebtedness. We refer you to the exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part for copies of agreements governing the indebtedness described below.
First Lien Credit Agreement
The Borrowers entered into a first lien credit agreement, or the First Lien Credit Agreement, dated as of November 4, 2014, in connection with the acquisition of DTZ, which was subsequently amended as of August 13, 2015, September 1, 2015, December 22, 2015, April 28, 2016, June 14, 2016, November 14, 2016, September 15, 2017 and March 15, 2018. The First Lien Credit Agreement originally provided for term commitments in the aggregate amount of $750.0 million and Revolver commitments in the aggregate amount of $200.0 million (after giving effect to $280.0 million in term commitments and $50.0 million in Revolver commitments at a delayed draw date in connection with the acquisition of Cassidy Turley on December 31, 2014).
As of March 31, 2018, the First Lien Credit Agreement has been amended several times since establishment of the loan which has resulted in additional borrowings of $2.0 billion and an outstanding principal balance of $2.6 billion.
The amendment as of August 13, 2015, or First Lien Amendment No. 1, provided for certain technical amendments to the financial reporting covenant.
The amendment as of September 1, 2015, or First Lien Amendment No. 2, provided for, among other things, incremental term commitments in the aggregate amount of $1.1 billion incurred in connection with the acquisition of C&W Group, an increase to the Revolver commitments in the aggregate amount of $175.0 million, the refinancing of existing term loans and the amendment of the financial covenant under the Revolver.
The amendment as of December 22, 2015, or First Lien Amendment No. 3, provided for incremental term commitments in the aggregate amount of $75.0 million.
The amendment as of April 28, 2016, or First Lien Amendment No. 4, amended the First Lien Credit Agreement to, among other things, effect certain technical amendments to the financial reporting covenant.
The amendment as of June 14, 2016, or First Lien Amendment No. 5, provided for incremental term commitments in the aggregate amount of $350.0 million.
The amendment as of November 14, 2016, or First Lien Amendment No. 6, provided for incremental term commitments in the aggregate amount of $215.0 million. The new cash proceeds from the incremental term commitments under First Lien Amendment No. 6 were used to refinance and prepay the outstanding principal of $210.0 million under the Second Lien Loan and $5.0 million of the $25.0 million incremental term loan principal under the Second Lien Credit Agreement.
The amendment as of November 14, 2016, or First Lien Amendment No. 7, amended the financial covenant under the Revolver.
The amendment as of September 15, 2017, or First Lien Amendment No. 8, extended the maturity of approximately $296.2 million of the $375.0 million of outstanding Revolver commitments to the earlier of September 15, 2022 and any date that is 91 days before the maturity date with respect to any First Lien term loans.
163
The amendment as of September 15, 2017, or First Lien Amendment No. 9, amended the financial covenant under the Revolver.
The amendment as of March 15, 2018, or First Lien Amendment No. 10, provided for incremental term commitments in the aggregate amount of $250.0 million and an increase to the Revolver commitments in the aggregate amount of approximately $111.0 million.
The amendment as of March 15, 2018, or First Lien Amendment No. 11, amended the financial covenant under the Revolver.
The U.S. Borrower and the Australian Borrower are the borrowers under the First Lien Credit Agreement, as amended, and all of the UK Guarantors wholly owned subsidiaries organized under the laws of the United States, England and Wales, Australia and Singapore (subject to certain customary exceptions), as well as certain wholly owned subsidiaries organized under the laws of the British Virgin Islands, the Cayman Islands, Ireland, Luxembourg and the Netherlands, have guaranteed the obligations under the First Lien Credit Agreement, as amended. We refer to these guarantors, together with the UK Guarantor and the Borrowers as the Loan Parties. The First Lien Credit Agreement, as amended, is secured by a perfected first priority security interest in substantially all tangible and intangible assets, including intellectual property, real property and capital stock, of each Loan Party organized under the laws of the United States, England and Wales, Australia and Singapore (subject to certain customary exceptions). The First Lien Credit Agreement, as amended, is also secured by a perfected first priority security interest in all capital stock of certain Loan Parties organized under the laws of Luxembourg and the Netherlands. Loan Parties organized under the laws of the British Virgin Islands, the Cayman Islands and Ireland do not provide perfected security interests over their assets.
For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, the Borrowers did not make prepayments on the first lien term loans.
As of December 31, 2017, the Borrowers had no outstanding Revolver loans.
As of December 31, 2017, the Borrowers had outstanding letters of credit in the aggregate principal amount of $65.5 million.
The following is a summary of the material terms of the First Lien Credit Agreement, as amended. This description does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the provisions of the First Lien Credit Agreement, as amended.
Maturity. The First Lien Loan matures on November 4, 2021 and is payable in fifteen remaining consecutive equal quarterly installments of approximately $6.8 million each. Approximately $407.2 million of outstanding Revolver commitments automatically terminate and all Revolver loans thereunder become due and payable on the date that is the earlier of September 15, 2022 and any date that is 91 days before the maturity date with respect to any First Lien term loans. The remaining approximately $78.8 million of Revolver commitments that were not extended pursuant to First Lien Amendment No. 8 automatically terminate and all Revolver loans thereunder become due and payable on November 4, 2019.
Interest. The First Lien Loan bears interest at a rate equal to the Eurodollar rate plus 3.25% per annum or, at the U.S. Borrowers option, the base rate plus 2.25% per annum. The average effective interest rate on the first lien term loans for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 was 4.79%. The Revolver loans bear interest at a rate equal to the Eurodollar rate plus a margin of between 4.00% and 4.50% per annum (determined by the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio) or at the U.S. Borrowers option, the base rate plus a margin of between 3.00% and 3.50% per annum (determined by the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio). In addition, an annual commitment fee equal to 0.5% (declining to 0.375%, if the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio equal to or less than 3.75 to 1.00 is met) accrues and is payable quarterly in arrears on the daily average undrawn portion of the Revolver commitments.
164
Mandatory Prepayments. The First Lien Credit Agreement, as amended, is subject to mandatory prepayment with, in general: (1) 100% of the net cash proceeds of certain asset sales, subject to certain exceptions and reinvestment rights; (2) 100% of the net cash proceeds of certain insurance and condemnation payments, subject to certain exceptions and reinvestment rights; (3) 100% of the net cash proceeds of debt incurrences (other than debt incurrences permitted under the First Lien Credit Agreement, as amended); and (4) 50% of excess cash flow, as defined in First Lien Credit Agreement, as amended (declining to 25%, if the First Lien Leverage Ratio equal to or less than 3.75 to 1.00 but greater than 3.25 to 1.00 is met and to 0% if the First Lien Leverage Ratio of less than 3.25 to 1.00 is met). Any such prepayment is applied to the First Lien Loan to the extent not declined by the First Lien Loan lenders.
Covenants. The First Lien Credit Agreement, as amended, contains customary affirmative covenants including, among others, covenants to furnish the lenders with financial statements and other financial information and to provide the lenders notice of material events and information regarding collateral.
The First Lien Credit Agreement, as amended, contains a financial covenant, tested on the last day of each fiscal quarter if, on the last day of such fiscal quarter, there are outstanding Revolver loans, swing line loans and letters of credit (but excluding (i) any undrawn letters of credit that are performance guarantees or that backstop obligations of the UK Guarantor or any of its restricted subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and (ii) any letters of credit that are cash collateralized or backstopped in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the first lien administrative agent) in an aggregate principal amount exceeding the then applicable percentage threshold (which varies depending on the outstanding aggregate principal amount of undrawn letters of credit that are performance guarantees or that backstop obligations of the UK Guarantor or any of its restricted subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business) multiplied by the aggregate Revolver commitments. If the financial covenant is triggered, the UK Guarantor may not permit the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio as of the last day of such test period to be greater than 5.80 to 1.00. This financial covenant has not been triggered in any period since we entered into our First Lien Credit Agreement in 2014.
The First Lien Credit Agreement, amended, contains customary negative covenants that, among other things, restrict the UK Guarantors and its restricted subsidiaries ability, subject to certain exceptions, to incur additional indebtedness, grant liens on its assets, undergo fundamental changes, make investments, sell assets, make acquisitions, engage in sale and leaseback transactions, make restricted payments, engage in transactions with its affiliates, amend or modify certain agreements relating to junior financing and charter documents and change its fiscal year. In addition, under the First Lien Credit Agreement, an event of default would result upon the occurrence of a change of control. A change of control is defined to include, once the Principal Shareholders and certain management shareholders collectively own capital stock representing less than the majority of the voting power represented by our issued and outstanding capital stock, the acquisition by any person or group of thirty-five percent (35%) of the aggregate ordinary voting power if it equals or is a greater than the percentage of the voting power of the Principal Shareholders and certain management shareholders collectively.
As of December 31, 2017, we were in compliance with all covenants under the First Lien Credit Agreement, amended.
After the consummation of this offering, we expect to refinance the First Lien Loan and the Revolver with new senior secured credit facilities in an aggregate principal amount of approximately $2.65 billion of first lien term loans and approximately $805 million of revolving commitments. We can provide no assurance that we will be able to complete the refinancing or as to the terms on which any such refinancing will be completed.
Second Lien Credit Agreement
The UK Guarantor and the Borrowers entered into a second lien credit agreement, or the Second Lien Credit Agreement, dated as of November 4, 2014, in connection with the acquisition of DTZ, which was subsequently
165
amended as of August 13, 2015, September 1, 2015, December 22, 2015, April 28, 2016 and May 19, 2017. The Second Lien Credit Agreement originally provided for term commitments in the aggregate amount of $210.0 million.
As of March 31, 2018, the Second Lien Credit Agreement has been amended several times since establishment of the loan, which has resulted in additional borrowings of $475.0 million and repayments of $215.0 million, which resulted in an outstanding principal balance of $470.0 million.
The amendment as of August 13, 2015, or Second Lien Amendment No. 1, provided for certain technical amendments to the financial reporting covenant.
The amendment as of September 1, 2015, or Second Lien Amendment No. 2, provided for incremental term commitments in the aggregate amount of $250.0 million, incurred in connection with the acquisition of C&W.
The amendment as of December 22, 2015, or Second Lien Amendment No. 3, provided for incremental term commitments in the aggregate amount of $25.0 million.
The amendment as of April 28, 2016, or Second Lien Amendment No. 4, amended the Second Lien Credit Agreement to, among other things, effect certain technical amendments to the financial reporting covenant.
The amendment as of May 19, 2017, or Second Lien Amendment No. 5, provided for incremental term commitments in the aggregate amount of $200.0 million.
The U.S. Borrower and the Australian Borrower are the borrowers under the Second Lien Credit Agreement, as amended, and all of the UK Guarantors wholly owned subsidiaries organized under the laws of the United States, England and Wales, Australia and Singapore (subject to certain customary exceptions), as well as certain wholly owned subsidiaries organized under the laws of the British Virgin Islands, the Cayman Islands, Ireland, Luxembourg and the Netherlands, have guaranteed the obligations under the Second Lien Credit Agreement, as amended. We refer to these guarantors, together with the UK Guarantor and the Borrowers as the Loan Parties. The Second Lien Credit Agreement, as amended, is secured by a perfected second priority security interest in substantially all tangible and intangible assets, including intellectual property, real property and capital stock, of each Loan Party organized under the laws of the United States, England and Wales, Australia and Singapore. The Second Lien Credit Agreement, as amended, is also secured by a perfected second priority security interest in all capital stock of certain Loan Parties organized under the laws of Luxembourg and the Netherlands. Loan Parties organized under the laws of the British Virgin Islands, the Cayman Islands and Ireland do not provide perfected security interests over their assets.
For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, the Borrowers did not make mandatory prepayments on the Second Lien term loans. In November 2016, the Borrowers made voluntary prepayments of $210.0 million under the Second Lien Loan and $5.0 million of the $25.0 million incremental term loan principal under the Second Lien Credit Agreement. In April 2018, the Borrowers made voluntary prepayments of $20.0 million of the outstanding Second Lien term loans.
The following is a summary of the material terms of the Second Lien Credit Agreement, as amended. This description does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the provisions of the Second Lien Credit Agreement, as amended.
Maturity. The Second Lien Loan matures on November 4, 2022.
Interest. $450.0 million of the Second Lien Loan bears interest at the U.S. Borrowers election at either the Base Rate plus 6.75% or the Eurodollar Rate plus 7.75%. The average effective interest rates on the Second Lien term loans for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 were 8.87% and 9.30%, respectively.
166
Mandatory Prepayments. The Second Lien Credit Agreement, as amended, contains mandatory prepayment provisions substantially similar to those under the First Lien Credit Agreement but no prepayment pursuant to the mandatory prepayment provisions is required or permitted under the Second Lien Credit Agreement, as amended, with certain exceptions, prior to the maturity of the First Lien Loan or if such prepayment is prohibited by the intercreditor agreement.
Covenants. The Second Lien Credit Agreement, as amended, contains customary affirmative covenants including, among others, covenants to furnish the lenders with financial statements and other financial information and to provide the lenders notice of material events and information regarding collateral.
The Second Lien Credit Agreement does not contain a financial covenant.
The Second Lien Credit Agreement, as amended, contains customary negative covenants that, among other things, restrict the UK Guarantor and its restricted subsidiaries ability, subject to certain exceptions, to incur additional indebtedness, grant liens on its assets, undergo fundamental changes, make investments, sell assets, make acquisitions, engage in sale and leaseback transactions, make restricted payments, engage in transactions with its affiliates, amend or modify certain agreements relating to junior financing and charter documents and change its fiscal year. In addition, under the Second Lien Credit Agreement, as amended, an event of default would result upon the occurrence of a change of control. A change of control is defined to include, once the Principal Shareholders and certain management shareholders collectively own capital stock representing less than the majority of the voting power represented by our issued and outstanding capital stock, the acquisition by any person or group of thirty-five percent (35%) of the aggregate ordinary voting power if it equals or is a greater than the percentage of the voting power of the Principal Shareholders and certain management shareholders collectively.
As of December 31, 2017, we were in compliance with all covenants under Second Lien Credit Agreement, as amended.
167
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our ordinary shares, and we cannot assure you that a liquid trading market for our ordinary shares will develop or be sustained after this offering. Future sales of substantial amounts of ordinary shares, including shares issued upon exercise of options and warrants, in the public market after this offering, or the anticipation of such sales or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the market price of our ordinary shares prevailing from time to time and could impair our ability to raise capital through sales of our equity securities. No prediction can be made as to the effect, if any, future sales of shares, or the availability of shares for future sales, will have on the market price of our ordinary shares prevailing from time to time.
Sales of Restricted Shares
Upon the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding an aggregate of 198,209,294 ordinary shares, assuming 45,000,000 shares are sold in the offering. Of these shares, we expect all of the ordinary shares being sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any such shares which may be held or acquired by an affiliate of ours, as that term is defined in Rule 144 of the Securities Act (Rule 144), which shares will be subject to the volume limitations and other restrictions of Rule 144 described below. We expect that all of our ordinary shares outstanding prior to the closing of this offering will be restricted securities, as that phrase is defined in Rule 144, and may be resold only after registration under the Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption from such registration under Rule 144 or any other applicable exemption under the Securities Act. Subject to the lock-up agreements described below and the provisions of Rules 144 and 701, additional shares will be available for sale as set forth below.
Lock-up Agreements
We have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC on behalf of the underwriters, we will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus (the restricted period):
● | offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any ordinary shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for ordinary shares; or |
● | enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the ordinary shares; or |
● | file any registration statement or make a confidential submission with the SEC relating to the offering of any ordinary shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for ordinary shares; |
whether any such transaction described in the first two bullet points above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.
The restrictions described in the preceding paragraph does not apply to:
● | any ordinary shares to be sold in this offering; |
● | the issuance by us of ordinary shares upon the exercise of an option or warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date hereof of which the underwriters have been advised in writing; |
● |
the grant of restricted stock, options or other equity awards pursuant to employee benefit plans, provided that the recipients thereof execute and deliver to the Representatives a lock-up agreement |
168
for the remainder of the restricted period or, in the case of options, such options do not become exercisable during restricted period; |
● | the filing of a registration statement on Form S-8 relating to the offering of securities granted or to be granted in accordance with an equity incentive plan, employee benefit plan, employment agreement or similar arrangement described in this prospectus ( provided that any ordinary shares registered pursuant to such registration statement shall be subject to lock-up restrictions for the remainder of the restricted period); |
● | the sale or issuance of or entry into an agreement to sell or issue ordinary shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for such ordinary shares in connection with bona fide mergers, acquisitions or joint ventures, subject to certain limitations, provided that the aggregate number of ordinary shares or securities convertible into or exercisable for ordinary shares that the Company may sell or issue or agree to sell or issue does not exceed 10% of the total number of ordinary shares issued and outstanding immediately following the completion of this offering and that any recipient of the shares execute and deliver a lock-up agreement; |
● | the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of ordinary shares, provided that such plan does not provide for the transfer of ordinary shares during the restricted period and to the extent a public announcement or filing is required or voluntarily made by the company, such announcement or filing will include a lock-up provision; and |
● | the sale or issuance of ordinary shares to one or more employees of the Company as required pursuant to an agreement in effect on the date hereof, provided that any such ordinary shares shall be subject to the lock-up provisions of an existing Stockholder Agreement and the aggregate number of ordinary shares that the Company may sell or issue or agree to sell or issue shall not exceed 0.3% of the total number of ordinary shares issued and outstanding immediately following the completion of this offering. |
Each of our directors and executive officers and the Principal Shareholders have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC on behalf of the underwriters, they will not, during the restricted period:
● | offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any ordinary shares beneficially owned (as such term is used in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act), by the director, executive officer or Principal Shareholder or any other securities so owned that are convertible into, exchangeable for ordinary shares, or publicly announce its intention to enter such transaction; or |
● | enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the ordinary shares; |
whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.
With respect to each of our directors and executive officers and the Principal Shareholders, the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph does not apply to:
● | transactions relating to ordinary shares or other securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of this offering; provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be voluntarily made; |
169
● | transfers as a bona fide gift or gifts, by operation of law through estate, other testamentary document or intestate succession, to any immediate family member or trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the signatory or any immediate family member of the signatory or pursuant to a qualified domestic order or divorce settlement, provided that the transferee will sign a substantially similar lock-up agreement, and provided, further that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be voluntarily made, except as expressly permitted in the lock-up agreement; |
● | if the signatory is a business entity, transfers to limited partners, general partners, members, nominees or shareholders of the signatory or its direct or indirect affiliates or other entities controlled or managed by the signatory not involving a disposition for value, provided that the transferee will sign a substantially similar lock-up agreement, and provided, further that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be voluntarily made, except as expressly permitted in the lock-up agreement; |
● | if permitted by the Company, the establishment of a written trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b-5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of ordinary shares during the lock-up period, provided that plan does not provide for the transfer of ordinary shares during the restricted period and no public disclosure of such plan is required or will be made during the restricted period, and provided, further that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be voluntarily made, except as expressly permitted in the lock-up agreement; |
● | the exercise or settlement of stock options, restricted stock units or other equity awards pursuant to any plan or agreement granting such an award to an employee or other service provider of the Company or its affiliates (and any related transfer to the Company of ordinary shares necessary to generate such amount of cash needed for the payment of taxes due as a result of such settlement or exercise), provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be voluntarily made, except as expressly permitted in the lock-up agreement; |
● | transfers of ordinary shares to the Company in connection with the repurchase by the Company (i) of ordinary shares issued pursuant to the Cassidy Turley deferred payment obligation or (ii) pursuant to a management stockholders agreement or other agreement in effect as of the date of the lock-up agreement and pursuant to which such ordinary shares were issued or are subject, provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be voluntarily made, except as expressly permitted in the lock-up agreement; or |
● | transfers in connection with the potential dissolution of Holdings LP, DTZ Investment Holdings GenPar LLP (DTZ GenPar) and/or FTL Nominees 2 Limited, distributions or transfers of ordinary shares to the undersigneds limited partners, general partners, members, nominees or shareholders or any investment fund controlled or managed by any affiliate of DTZ Investment Holdings L.P. or DTZ Investment Holdings GenPar LLP or any of their direct or indirect affiliates, not involving a disposition for value, provided that the transferee will sign a substantially similar lock-up agreement. |
We and the Principal Shareholders have entered into a management stockholders agreement with each of our executive officers and all of our other employees that remains in effect until December 31, 2021 and which governs all of the equity held by our executive officers and all of our other employees, whether acquired pursuant to the exercise of options granted under the MEIP, the settlement of RSUs or purchases. The equity is held pursuant to a nominee arrangement and is generally nontransferable, except that a participant may transfer their rights for estate planning purposes or otherwise as permitted by us. In no event will a transfer be permitted to a competitor. The management stockholders agreement provides for drag-along, tag-along and post-termination repurchase and recapture rights, lock-up and other restrictions.
170
Rule 144
In general, under Rule 144 of the Securities Act, persons who became the beneficial owner of our ordinary shares prior to the completion of this offering may not sell their shares until the earlier of (i) the expiration of a six-month holding period, if we have been subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and have filed all required reports for at least 90 days prior to the date of the sale or (ii) a one-year holding period.
At the expiration of the six-month holding period, a person who was not one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale is entitled to sell an unlimited number of ordinary shares provided current public information about us is available, and a person who was one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale is entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number of ordinary shares that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:
● | one percent of the number of ordinary shares then outstanding, which will equal approximately 1,982,093 shares immediately after this offering; and |
● | the average weekly trading volume of the ordinary shares on the NYSE during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale. |
At the expiration of the one-year holding period, a person who was not one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of our ordinary shares without restriction. A person who was one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale would remain subject to the volume restrictions described above.
In addition, sales under Rule 144 by affiliates or persons who have been affiliates within the previous 90 days are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements. Upon completion of the 180-day lock-up period, subject to any extension of the lock-up period under circumstances described above, all shares of our outstanding restricted securities will be eligible for sale under Rule 144 subject to limitations on sales by affiliates.
Rule 701
In general, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act, any of our employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who purchased shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement before the effective date of our initial public offering, or who purchased shares from us after that date upon the exercise of options granted before that date, are eligible to resell such shares in reliance upon Rule 144 beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus. If such person is not an affiliate, the sale may be made without compliance with the holding period or current public information requirements contained in Rule 144. If such a person is an affiliate, the sale may be made under Rule 144 without compliance with its one-year minimum holding period, but subject to the other Rule 144 restrictions.
Registration Rights
Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Principal Shareholders will have, in certain circumstances, certain customary demand and piggyback registration rights at any time following the expiration of the 180-day lock-up period described above. Upon the effectiveness of such a registration statement, all shares covered by the registration statement will be freely transferable. If these rights are exercised and the Principal Shareholders sell a large number of ordinary shares, the market price of our ordinary shares could decline. See Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions for a more detailed description of these registration rights.
171
Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations
The following is a summary of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations that are likely to be relevant to the purchase, ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares by a U.S. Holder (as defined below).
This summary is based on provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), and regulations, rulings and judicial interpretations thereof, in force as of the date hereof. Those authorities may be changed at any time, perhaps retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those summarized below.
This summary is not a comprehensive discussion of all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to a particular investors decision to purchase, hold or dispose of ordinary shares. In particular, this summary is directed only to U.S. Holders that hold ordinary shares as capital assets and does not address tax consequences to U.S. Holders who may be subject to special tax rules, such as banks, brokers or dealers in securities or currencies, traders in securities electing to mark to market, financial institutions, life insurance companies, tax exempt entities, entities that are treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes (or partners therein), holders that own or are treated as owning 10% or more of our ordinary shares (by vote or value), persons holding ordinary shares as part of a hedging or conversion transaction or a straddle, or persons whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar. Moreover, this summary does not address state, local or foreign taxes, the U.S. federal estate and gift taxes, or the Medicare contribution tax applicable to net investment income of certain non-corporate U.S. Holders, or alternative minimum tax consequences of acquiring, holding or disposing of ordinary shares.
For purposes of this summary, a U.S. Holder is a beneficial owner of ordinary shares that is a citizen or resident of the United States or a U.S. domestic corporation or that otherwise is subject to U.S. federal income taxation on a net income basis in respect of such ordinary shares.
You should consult your own tax advisors about the consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of the ordinary shares, including the relevance to your particular situation of the considerations discussed below and any consequences arising under foreign, state, local or other tax laws.
Taxation of Dividends
The gross amount of any distribution of cash or property with respect to our ordinary shares that is paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for United States federal income tax purposes) will generally be includible in your taxable income as ordinary dividend income on the day on which you receive the dividend, and will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction allowed to corporations under the Code.
We will not maintain calculations of our earnings and profits in accordance with U.S. federal income tax principles. U.S. Holders therefore should expect that distributions generally will be treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
If you are a U.S. Holder, dividends paid in a currency other than U.S. dollars generally will be includible in your income in a U.S. dollar amount calculated by reference to the exchange rate in effect on the day you receive the dividends. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisers regarding the treatment of foreign currency gain or loss, if any, on any foreign currency received that is converted into U.S. dollars after it is received.
172
Subject to certain exceptions for short-term positions, the U.S. dollar amount of dividends received by an individual with respect to the ordinary shares will be subject to taxation at a preferential rate if the dividends are qualified dividends. Dividends paid on the ordinary shares will be treated as qualified dividends if:
● | the ordinary shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States or we are eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive tax treaty with the United States that the U.S. Treasury determines is satisfactory for purposes of this provision and that includes an exchange of information program; and |
● | we were not, in the year prior to the year in which the dividend was paid, and are not, in the year in which the dividend is paid, a passive foreign investment company (a PFIC). |
The ordinary shares will be listed on the NYSE, and will qualify as readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States so long as they are so listed. Based on our audited financial statements and relevant market and shareholder data, we believe that we were not treated as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes with respect to our prior taxable year. In addition, based on our audited financial statements and our current expectations regarding the value and nature of our assets, the sources and nature of our income and relevant market and shareholder data, we do not anticipate becoming a PFIC for our current taxable year or in the foreseeable future. If, contrary to our expectation, we are treated as a PFIC (or were so treated in our prior taxable year), dividends paid on the ordinary shares would not be treated as qualified dividends, and other adverse tax consequences could apply. Holders should consult their own tax advisers regarding these rules, including the availability of the reduced dividend tax rate, in light of their own particular circumstances.
Dividend distributions with respect to our ordinary shares generally will be treated as passive category income from sources outside the United States for purposes of determining a U.S. Holders U.S. foreign tax credit limitation. Subject to the limitations and conditions provided in the Code and the applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations, a U.S. Holder may be able to claim a foreign tax credit against its U.S. federal income tax liability in respect of any foreign income taxes withheld at the appropriate rate applicable to the U.S. Holder from a dividend paid to such U.S. Holder. Alternatively, the U.S. Holder may deduct such foreign income taxes from its U.S. federal taxable income, provided that the U.S. Holder elects to deduct rather than credit all foreign income taxes for the relevant taxable year. The rules with respect to foreign tax credits are complex and involve the application of rules that depend on a U.S. Holders particular circumstances. Accordingly, U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the availability of the foreign tax credit under their particular circumstances.
U.S. Holders that receive distributions of additional ordinary shares or rights to subscribe for ordinary shares as part of a pro rata distribution to all our shareholders generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax in respect of the distributions, unless the U.S. Holder has the right to receive cash or property, in which case the U.S. Holder will be treated as if it received cash equal to the fair market value of the distribution.
Taxation of Dispositions of Ordinary Shares
If a U.S. Holder realizes gain or loss on the sale, exchange or other disposition of ordinary shares, that gain or loss will be capital gain or loss and generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if the ordinary shares have been held for more than one year. Long-term capital gain realized by a U.S. Holder that is an individual generally is subject to taxation at a preferential rate. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.
Gain, if any, realized by a U.S. Holder on the sale or other disposition of the ordinary shares generally will be treated as U.S. source income for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes. Consequently, if a foreign withholding tax is imposed on the sale or disposition of the shares, a U.S. Holder that does not receive significant foreign source income from other sources may not be able to derive effective U.S. foreign tax credit benefits in respect of such foreign taxes. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of the foreign tax credit rules to their investment in, and disposition of, the ordinary shares.
173
Foreign Financial Asset Reporting
Certain U.S. Holders that own specified foreign financial assets with an aggregate value in excess of US$50,000 are generally required to file an information statement along with their tax returns, currently on Form 8938, with respect to such assets. Specified foreign financial assets include any financial accounts held at a non-U.S. financial institution, as well as securities issued by a non-U.S. issuer that are not held in accounts maintained by financial institutions. The understatement of income attributable to specified foreign financial assets in excess of U.S.$5,000 extends the statute of limitations with respect to the tax return to six years after the return was filed. U.S. Holders who fail to report the required information could be subject to substantial penalties. Prospective investors are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible application of these rules, including the application of the rules to their particular circumstances.
Backup Withholding and Information Reporting
Dividends paid on, and proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, the ordinary shares to a U.S. Holder generally may be subject to the information reporting requirements of the Code and may be subject to backup withholding unless the U.S. Holder provides an accurate taxpayer identification number and makes any other required certification or otherwise establishes an exemption. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a U.S. Holder will be allowed as a refund or credit against the U.S. Holders U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is furnished to the U.S. Internal Revenue Service in a timely manner.
A holder that is a foreign corporation or a non-resident alien individual may be required to comply with certification and identification procedures in order to establish its exemption from information reporting and backup withholding.
Certain U.K. Tax Considerations
The summary below is for general information only and is not intended to be, nor should it be considered to be, legal or tax advice to any particular investor. It relates only to certain limited aspects of the U.K. tax consequences of holding or disposing of ordinary shares and is based on current U.K. tax law and what is understood to be HMRCs current published practice as at the date of this document (which are both subject to change at any time, possibly with retrospective effect). The rates and allowances for 2018/2019 stated in the U.K. tax section below reflect the current law.
The summary below does not address all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to specific investors in light of their particular circumstances or to investors subject to special treatment under U.K. tax law. In particular, the comments below are intended to apply only to holders of ordinary shares: (i) who are resident (and, in the case of individuals, domiciled) in (and only in) the U.K. for U.K. tax purposes (except to the extent that the position of non-U.K. resident holders is expressly referred to); (ii) to whom split-year treatment does not apply; (iii) who are and will be the absolute beneficial owners of their ordinary shares and any dividends paid in respect of them; (iv) who hold, and will hold, their ordinary shares as investments (otherwise than through an individual savings account or a pension arrangement) and not as securities to be realized in the course of a trade; (v) who hold less than 5% of the ordinary shares; and (vi) to whom the U.K. tax rules concerning carried interest do not apply in relation to their holding or disposal of ordinary shares. The comments below may not apply to certain holders, such as (but not limited to) persons who are connected with us, dealers in securities, broker dealers, financial institutions, insurance companies, charities, collective investment schemes, pension schemes, holders who are exempt from U.K. taxation or holders who are or were officers or employees of Cushman & Wakefield plc (or of any related company) and have (or are deemed to have) acquired their ordinary shares by virtue of an office or employment (whether current, historic or prospective). Such holders may be subject to special rules.
174
The material set out in the paragraphs below does not constitute tax advice and these paragraphs do not describe all of the circumstances in which holders of ordinary shares in Cushman & Wakefield plc may benefit from an exemption or relief from U.K. taxation. Holders who are in any doubt as to their tax position or who are subject to tax in a jurisdiction other than the U.K. should consult an appropriate professional adviser. In particular, non-U.K. resident or domiciled persons are advised to consider the potential impact of any relevant double tax agreements.
The statements below relating to U.K. stamp duty and SDRT should be read in conjunction with the comments made in the section entitled Risk FactorsRisks Related to this Offering and Ownership of our Ordinary SharesTransfers of shares in Cushman & Wakefield plc outside DTC may be subject to stamp duty or stamp duty reserve tax in the U.K., which would increase the cost of dealing in shares in Cushman & Wakefield plc of this prospectus.
POTENTIAL INVESTORS SHOULD SATISFY THEMSELVES PRIOR TO INVESTING AS TO THE OVERALL TAX CONSEQUENCES, INCLUDING, SPECIFICALLY, THE CONSEQUENCES UNDER U.K. TAX LAW AND HMRC PRACTICE OF THE ACQUISITION, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSAL OF THE ORDINARY SHARES IN THEIR OWN PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES BY CONSULTING THEIR OWN TAX ADVISERS.
Taxation of Dividends.
Withholding tax. Dividend payments in respect of the ordinary shares may be made without withholding or deduction for or on account of U.K. tax.
Income tax.
Individual holders within the charge to U.K. income tax
When Cushman & Wakefield plc pays a dividend to a holder of ordinary shares who is an individual resident (for tax purposes) and domiciled in the U.K., the amount of income tax payable on the receipt, if any, will depend on the individuals own personal tax position. Dividend income for these purposes includes U.K. and non U.K. source dividends and certain other distributions in respect of shares.
No U.K. income tax on dividend income received from Cushman & Wakefield plc should be payable by an individual holder of ordinary shares who is resident in the U.K. for tax purposes if the amount of dividend income received, when aggregated with the holders other dividend income in the year of assessment, does not exceed the nil rate amount. The nil rate amount is £2,000 for the 2018/2019 tax year. Dividend income in excess of the nil rate amount is taxed at the following rates for 2018/2019:
(a) | 7.5%, to the extent that the dividend income falls within the basic rate band of income tax; |
(b) | 32.5%, to the extent that the dividend income falls within the higher rate band of income tax; and |
(c) | 38.1%, to the extent that the dividend income falls within the additional rate band of income tax. |
For the purposes of determining which of the taxable bands dividend income falls into, dividend income is treated as the highest part of a shareholders income. In addition, dividend income which is within the nil rate amount counts towards an individuals basic or higher rate limits, and so will be taken into account in determining whether the threshold for higher rate or additional rate income tax is exceeded.
Other individual holders
Individual holders who are not resident (for tax purposes) or domiciled in the U.K. and who hold their ordinary shares as an investment and not in connection with any trade carried on by them (whether solely or in partnership) would not generally be subject to U.K. tax on dividends received from Cushman & Wakefield plc.
175
Corporation tax.
Corporate holders within the charge to U.K. corporation tax
Holders of ordinary shares within the charge to corporation tax that are small companies (for the purposes of U.K. taxation of dividends) are not generally expected to be subject to tax on dividends from Cushman & Wakefield plc provided certain conditions are met (including an anti-avoidance condition). Other corporate holders within the charge to U.K. corporation tax (which are not a small company for the purposes of U.K. taxation of dividends) should not be subject to tax on dividends from Cushman & Wakefield plc so long as the dividends fall within an exempt class and certain conditions are met. In general, (i) dividends paid on non-redeemable ordinary shares (that is, non-redeemable shares that do not carry any present or future preferential rights to dividends or to assets of Cushman & Wakefield plc on its winding up); and (ii) dividends paid to a U.K. resident corporate shareholder holding less than 10% of the issued share capital of the class in respect of which the dividend is paid, should fall within an exempt class and so accordingly we would generally expect dividends Cushman & Wakefield plc pays not to be subject to U.K. corporation tax. However, it should be noted that the exemptions are not comprehensive and are subject to anti-avoidance rules. Corporate holders will need to ensure that they satisfy the requirements of any exempt class and that no anti-avoidance rules apply before treating any dividend as exempt, and seek appropriate professional advice where necessary.
If the conditions for exemption are not satisfied, or such holder elects, within two years of the end of the accounting period in which the dividend is received, for an otherwise exempt dividend to be taxable, U.K. corporation tax (at a rate of 19% for the 2018/2019 tax year) will be chargeable on the amount of any dividends received from Cushman & Wakefield plc.
Other corporate holders
Corporate holders of ordinary shares which are not resident in and have no permanent establishment in the U.K. for tax purposes and which hold their ordinary shares as an investment and not in connection with any trade carried on by them would not generally be subject to U.K. tax on dividends received from Cushman & Wakefield plc.
Taxation of disposals.
Individual holders resident in the U.K.
A disposal (or deemed disposal) of ordinary shares by an individual holder who is (at any time in the relevant U.K. tax year) resident in the U.K. for tax purposes, may give rise to a chargeable gain (or allowable loss) for the purposes of U.K. capital gains tax, depending on his or her individual circumstances. Subject to any available exemption, allowance or relief, gains arising on a disposal or deemed disposal of ordinary shares by an individual resident in the U.K. for tax purposes will be taxed at a rate of 10%, except to the extent that the gain, when it is added to such individuals other taxable income and gains in the relevant year, exceeds the upper limit of the income tax basic rate band (£34,500 for the 2018/2019 tax year), in which case it will be taxed at the rate of 20%. The capital gains tax annual exempt amount (£11,700 for individuals in the 2018/2019 tax year) may be available to individual holders resident in the U.K. for tax purposes to offset against chargeable gains realised on the disposal of their ordinary shares, to the extent that the exemption has not already been utilised. No indexation allowance will be available to an individual holder resident in the U.K. in respect of a disposal or deemed disposal of ordinary shares.
An individual holder of ordinary shares who ceases to be resident in the U.K. for a period of less than five years and who disposes of his or her ordinary shares during that period of temporary non-residence may be liable for U.K. capital gains tax on a chargeable gain accruing on such disposal on his or her return to the U.K. (subject to any available exemption, allowance or relief). Special rules apply to individual holders who are subject to tax on a split year basis, who should seek specific professional advice if they are in any doubt about their position.
176
Other individual holders
An individual holder who is not resident or domiciled in the U.K. for tax purposes should not be liable to U.K. capital gains tax on capital gains realized on the disposal of his or her ordinary shares unless such holder carries on (whether solely or in partnership) a trade, profession or vocation in the U.K. through a branch or agency in the U.K. to which the ordinary shares are attributable. In these circumstances, such holder may, depending on his or her individual circumstances, be chargeable to U.K. capital gains tax on chargeable gains arising from a disposal of his or her ordinary shares
Corporate holders resident in the U.K.
A disposal (or deemed disposal) of ordinary shares by a corporate holder resident in the U.K. for tax purposes may give rise to a chargeable gain (or allowable loss) for the purposes of U.K. corporation tax, depending on the circumstances and subject to any available exemption, allowance or relief. The main rate of U.K. corporation tax for the 2018/2019 tax year is 19%. As a result of legislation introduced in Finance Act (No. 2) 2017, indexation allowance will not be available to reduce any chargeable gain arising on such disposal of ordinary shares.
Other corporate holders
A corporate holder of ordinary shares that is not resident in the United Kingdom will not be liable for U.K. corporation tax on chargeable gains realized on the disposal of its ordinary shares unless it carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment to which the ordinary shares are attributable. In these circumstances, a disposal of ordinary shares by such holder may give rise to a chargeable gain (or allowable loss) for the purposes of U.K. corporation tax.
Stamp duty and SDRT
The following statements are intended as a general guide to the current U.K. stamp duty and SDRT position, and apply regardless of whether or not a holder of ordinary shares is resident or domiciled in the U.K. It should be noted that certain categories of persons, including market makers, brokers, dealers, and other specified market intermediaries, are entitled to exemption from stamp duty and SDRT in respect of purchases of securities in specified circumstances.
General rules
As a general rule, no stamp duty or SDRT is payable on an issuance of shares in a U.K. company, but transfers of shares in a U.K. company will attract a stamp duty or SDRT charge equal to 0.5% of the consideration for the shares, rounded up to the nearest £5 in the case of stamp duty. However, generally, and subject in particular to the discussion below, neither stamp duty nor SDRT should be payable in respect of the transfer of book-entry interests in Cushman & Wakefield plc ordinary shares within the DTC clearance system.
Depositary arrangements and clearance services
We expect that Cushman & Wakefield plc ordinary shares will be eligible for deposit and clearing within the DTC clearance system. Special rules apply where ordinary shares are issued or transferred to, or to a nominee or agent for, either a person whose business is or includes issuing depositary receipts or a person providing a clearance service, pursuant to which stamp duty or SDRT may be charged at a higher rate of 1.5%. However, where a clearance service has made and maintained an election under section 97A Finance Act 1986, the 1.5% charge will not apply and transfers of ordinary shares into that clearance service would then be subject to stamp duty or SDRT at the normal rate of 0.5% of the amount of value of any consideration. We understand that HMRC regards DTC as a clearance service for these purposes and that no election under section 97A Finance Act 1986 has been made by DTC.
177
Following litigation, HMRC has confirmed in its published guidance that it will no longer seek to impose stamp duty or SDRT at a rate of 1.5%. on issuances of U.K. shares to depositary receipt issuers or clearance services anywhere in the world, on the basis that the charge is not compatible with EU law.
However, HMRCs view is that the relevant case law does not have any impact upon the transfer (on sale or otherwise than on sale) of shares or securities to depositary receipt systems or clearance services that are not an integral part of an issue of share capital, such that the 1.5% SDRT or stamp duty charge will continue to apply to such transfers. If ordinary shares are withdrawn from the facilities of DTC, a charge to stamp duty or SDRT at 1.5% may therefore arise on a subsequent redeposit of ordinary shares into the facilities of DTC.
In connection with the completion of this offering, we expect to put in place arrangements to require that Cushman & Wakefield plcs ordinary shares held in certificated form or otherwise outside the DTC clearance system cannot be transferred into the DTC clearance system until the transferor of the ordinary shares has first delivered the ordinary shares to a depositary specified by us so that stamp duty (or SDRT) may be collected in connection with the initial delivery to the depositary. Any such ordinary shares will be evidenced by a receipt issued by the depositary. Before the transfer can be registered in our books, the transferor will also be required to put the depositary in funds to settle the resultant liability to stamp duty (or SDRT), which will be charged at a rate of 1.5% of the value of the shares.
It should also be noted that the 1.5% charge for all issues of shares into depositary receipt systems and clearance services remains as a provision of U.K. statute and that the removal of the 1.5% charge is based upon the provisions of EU law. There is therefore a risk that this could be affected by the U.K.s decision to leave the EU. The 2017 Autumn Budget included a statement that the U.K. government will not reintroduce the 1.5% charge on the issue of shares (and transfers integral to capital raising) into depositary receipt systems and clearance services following the U.K.s exit from the E.U., but the charge will remain as a provision of U.K. statute. Specific professional advice should be sought before incurring a 1.5% stamp duty or SDRT charge in any circumstances. To the extent that U.K. law is changed, including as a result of the U.K.s decision to leave the E.U., restrictive measures may be taken by DTC in relation to transactions in the ordinary shares.
Transfers of interests in ordinary shares within a depositary receipt system and transfers of book-entry interests in ordinary shares within a clearance system should not attract a charge to stamp duty or SDRT in the U.K., provided that (in the case of stamp duty) there is no written instrument of transfer and, in the case of a transfer within a clearance system, no election is, or has been, made by the clearance system under section 97A Finance Act 1986. Transfers of book-entry interests in ordinary shares within a clearance system where an election has been made by the clearance system under section 97A Finance Act 1986 will generally be subject to SDRT (rather than stamp duty) at a rate of 0.5% of the amount or value of the consideration. We understand that HMRC regards DTC as a clearance system for these purposes and that no election under section 97A Finance Act 1986 has been made by DTC.
The transfer on sale of ordinary shares (outside the facilities of a clearance service such as DTC) by a written instrument of transfer will generally be liable to U.K. stamp duty at the rate of 0.5% of the amount or value of the consideration for the transfer (rounded up to the nearest £5). The purchaser normally pays the stamp duty. An agreement to transfer ordinary shares (outside the facilities of a clearance service such as DTC) will generally give rise to a liability on the purchaser to SDRT at the rate of 0.5% of the amount or value of the consideration, but where an instrument of transfer is executed and duly stamped before the expiry of a period of six years beginning with the date of that agreement, (i) any SDRT that has not been paid ceases to be payable, and (ii) any SDRT that has been paid may be recovered from HMRC, generally with interest.
A share buy-back by Cushman & Wakefield plc of ordinary shares will also give rise to stamp duty at the rate of 0.5% of the consideration payable, and such stamp duty will be paid by Cushman & Wakefield plc.
178
The Proposed Financial Transaction Tax
On February 14, 2013, the European Commission published a proposal (the Commissions Proposal) for a Directive for a common financial transaction tax (the FTT) in Austria, Belgium, Estonia, France, Germany, Greece, Italy, Portugal, Slovenia, Slovakia and Spain (the Participating Member States). However, Estonia has since stated that it will not participate.
The Commissions Proposal has a very broad scope and could, if introduced in its current form, impose a tax, generally not less than 0.1% and determined by reference to the amount of consideration paid (or the market price of the relevant securities, whichever is higher), on certain dealings in the ordinary shares (including secondary market transactions) in certain circumstances. The issuance and subscription of the ordinary shares should, however, be exempt. The mechanism by which the tax would be applied and collected is not yet known, but if the proposed directive or any similar tax is adopted, transactions in the ordinary shares would be subject to higher costs, and the liquidity of the market for the ordinary shares may be diminished.
Under the Commissions Proposal, the FTT could apply in certain circumstances to persons both within and outside of the Participating Member States. Generally, it would apply to certain dealings in the ordinary shares on the condition that at least one party is established in a Participating Member State and that a financial institution established in a Participating Member State is party to the transaction, acting either for its own account or for the account of another person, or is acting in the name of a party to the transaction. A person may be, or be deemed to be, established in a Participating Member State in a broad range of circumstances, including (a) for a financial institution, by transacting with a person established in a Participating Member State or (b) for any person, where the financial instrument which is subject to the dealings is issued in a Participating Member State.
The FTT proposal remains subject to negotiation between the Participating Member States and the scope of any such tax is uncertain. It may therefore be altered prior to any implementation, the timing of which remains unclear. Additional EU Member States may decide to participate and/or certain of the Participating Member States may decide to withdraw. Prospective holders of ordinary shares are advised to seek their own professional advice in relation to the consequences of the FTT associated with subscribing for, purchasing, holding and disposing of the ordinary shares.
179
UNDERWRITERS (CONFLICTS OF INTEREST)
Under the terms and subject to the conditions in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, for whom Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and UBS Securities LLC are acting as representatives, have severally agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to them, severally, the number of ordinary shares indicated below:
Name
|
Number of Shares
|
|||
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC |
||||
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC |
||||
Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC |
||||
UBS Securities LLC |
||||
Barclays Capital Inc. |
||||
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated |
||||
Citigroup Global Markets Inc. |
||||
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC |
||||
William Blair & Company, L.L.C. |
||||
TPG Capital BD, LLC |
||||
HSBC Securities (USA) Inc. |
||||
Credit Agricole Securities (USA) Inc. |
||||
JMP Securities LLC |
||||
China Renaissance Securities (US) Inc. |
||||
Fifth Third Securities, Inc. |
||||
Academy Securities, Inc. |
||||
Loop Capital Markets LLC |
||||
Samuel A. Ramirez & Company, Inc. |
||||
Siebert Cisneros Shank & Co., L.L.C. |
||||
The Williams Capital Group, L.P. | ||||
|
|
|||
Total: |
||||
|
|
The underwriters and the representatives are collectively referred to as the underwriters and the representatives, respectively. The underwriters are offering the ordinary shares subject to their acceptance of the shares from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the ordinary shares offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the ordinary shares offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters option to purchase additional shares described below.
The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the ordinary shares directly to the public at the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $ per share under the public offering price. After the initial offering of the ordinary shares, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representatives. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters right to reject any order in whole or in part.
180
The following table shows the per share and total public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions, and proceeds before expenses to us. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters option to purchase up to an additional 6,750,000 ordinary shares.
Total | ||||||||||||
Per
Share |
No Exercise |
Full
Exercise |
||||||||||
Public offering price |
$ | $ | $ | |||||||||
Underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by us |
$ | $ | $ | |||||||||
Proceeds, before expenses, to us |
$ | $ | $ |
The estimated offering expenses payable by us, exclusive of the underwriting discounts and commissions, are approximately $7,500,000. We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for expenses relating to clearance of this offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.
The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed 5% of the total number of ordinary shares offered by them.
We have applied to list our ordinary shares on the NYSE under the symbol CWK.
We have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC on behalf of the underwriters, we will not, during the restricted period:
● | offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any ordinary shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for ordinary shares; or |
● | enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the ordinary shares; or |
● | file any registration statement or make a confidential submission with the SEC relating to the offering of any ordinary shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for ordinary shares; |
whether any such transaction described in the first two bullet points above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.
The restrictions described in the preceding paragraph does not apply to:
● | any ordinary shares to be sold in this offering; |
● | the issuance by us of ordinary shares upon the exercise of an option or warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date hereof of which the underwriters have been advised in writing; |
● | the grant of restricted stock, options or other equity awards pursuant to employee benefit plans, provided that the recipients thereof execute and deliver to the Representatives a lock-up agreement for the remainder of the restricted period or, in the case of options, such options do not become exercisable during restricted period; |
181
● | the filing of a registration statement on Form S-8 relating to the offering of securities granted or to be granted in accordance with an equity incentive plan, employee benefit plan, employment agreement or similar arrangement described in this prospectus ( provided that any ordinary shares registered pursuant to such registration statement shall be subject to lock-up restrictions for the remainder of the restricted period); |
● | the sale or issuance of or entry into an agreement to sell or issue ordinary shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for such ordinary shares in connection with bona fide mergers, acquisitions or joint ventures, subject to certain limitations, provided that the aggregate number of ordinary shares or securities convertible into or exercisable for ordinary shares that the Company may sell or issue or agree to sell or issue does not exceed 10% of the total number of ordinary shares issued and outstanding immediately following the completion of this offering and that any recipient of the shares execute and deliver a lock-up agreement; |
● | the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of ordinary shares, provided that such plan does not provide for the transfer of ordinary shares during the restricted period and to the extent a public announcement or filing is required or voluntarily made by the company, such announcement or filing will include a lock-up provision; and |
● | the sale or issuance of ordinary shares to one or more employees of the Company as required pursuant to an agreement in effect on the date hereof, provided that any such ordinary shares shall be subject to the lock-up provisions of an existing Stockholder Agreement and the aggregate number of ordinary shares that the Company may sell or issue or agree to sell or issue shall not exceed 0.3% of the total number of ordinary shares issued and outstanding immediately following the completion of this offering. |
Each of our directors and executive officers and the Principal Shareholders have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC on behalf of the underwriters, they will not, during the restricted period:
● | offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any ordinary shares beneficially owned (as such term is used in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act), by the director, executive officer or Principal Shareholder or any other securities so owned that are convertible into, exchangeable for ordinary shares, or publicly announce its intention to enter such transaction; or |
● | enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the ordinary shares; |
whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.
With respect to each of our directors and executive officers and the Principal Shareholders, the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph does not apply to:
● | transactions relating to ordinary shares or other securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of this offering; provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be voluntarily made; |
● |
transfers as a bona fide gift or gifts, by operation of law through estate, other testamentary document or intestate succession, to any immediate family member or trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the |
182
signatory or any immediate family member of the signatory or pursuant to a qualified domestic order or divorce settlement, provided that the transferee will sign a substantially similar lock-up agreement, and provided, further that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be voluntarily made, except as expressly permitted in the lock-up agreement; |
● | if the signatory is a business entity, transfers to limited partners, general partners, members, nominees or shareholders of the signatory or its direct or indirect affiliates or other entities controlled or managed by the signatory not involving a disposition for value, provided that the transferee will sign a substantially similar lock-up agreement, and provided, further that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be voluntarily made, except as expressly permitted in the lock-up agreement; |
● | if permitted by the Company, the establishment of a written trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b-5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of ordinary shares during the lock-up period, provided that plan does not provide for the transfer of ordinary shares during the restricted period and no public disclosure of such plan is required or will be made during the restricted period, and provided, further that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be voluntarily made, except as expressly permitted in the lock-up agreement; |
● | the exercise or settlement of stock options, restricted stock units or other equity awards pursuant to any plan or agreement granting such an award to an employee or other service provider of the Company or its affiliates (and any related transfer to the Company of ordinary shares necessary to generate such amount of cash needed for the payment of taxes due as a result of such settlement or exercise), provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be voluntarily made, except as expressly permitted in the lock-up agreement; |
● | transfers of ordinary shares to the Company in connection with the repurchase by the Company (i) of ordinary shares issued pursuant to the Cassidy Turley deferred payment obligation or (ii) pursuant to a management stockholders agreement or other agreement in effect as of the date of the lock-up agreement and pursuant to which such ordinary shares were issued or are subject, provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be voluntarily made, except as expressly permitted in the lock-up agreement; or |
● | transfers in connection with the potential dissolution of Holdings LP, DTZ Investment Holdings GenPar LLP (DTZ GenPar) and/or FTL Nominees 2 Limited, distributions or transfers of ordinary shares to the undersigneds limited partners, general partners, members, nominees or shareholders or any investment fund controlled or managed by any affiliate of DTZ Investment Holdings L.P. or DTZ Investment Holdings GenPar LLP or any of their direct or indirect affiliates, not involving a disposition for value, provided that the transferee will sign a substantially similar lock-up agreement. |
We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to 6,750,000 additional ordinary shares at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of the additional ordinary shares as the number listed next to the underwriters name in the preceding table bears to the total number of ordinary shares listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, in their sole discretion, may release the ordinary shares and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time.
In order to facilitate the offering of the ordinary shares, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the ordinary shares. Specifically, the underwriters may sell
183
more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under the option. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares compared to the price available under the option to purchase additional shares. The underwriters may also sell shares in excess of the option to purchase additional shares, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the ordinary shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. As an additional means of facilitating this offering, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, ordinary shares in the open market to stabilize the price of the ordinary shares. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of the ordinary shares above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of the ordinary shares. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time.
The Underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.
We and the underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of ordinary shares to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.
The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.
In addition, in the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers and may at any time hold long and short positions in such securities and instruments. Such investment and securities activities may involve our securities and instruments. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long or short positions in such securities and instruments.
Pricing of the Offering
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our ordinary shares. The initial public offering price was determined by negotiations between us and the representatives. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price were our future prospects and those of our industry in general, our sales, earnings and certain other financial and operating information in recent periods, and the price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios, market prices of securities, and certain financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to ours.
184
Conflicts of Interest
Certain affiliates of TPG Capital BD, LLC, an underwriter in this offering, will own in excess of 10% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares following this offering. As a result of the foregoing relationship, TPG Capital BD, LLC is deemed to have a conflict of interest within the meaning of FINRA Rule 5121. Accordingly, this offering will be made in compliance with the applicable provisions of FINRA Rule 5121. Pursuant to that rule, the appointment of a qualified independent underwriter is not necessary in connection with this offering. In accordance with FINRA Rule 5121(c), no sales of the shares will be made to any discretionary account over which TPG Capital BD, LLC exercises discretion without the prior specific written approval of the account holder.
Selling Restrictions
European Economic Area
In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area, an offer to the public of any of our ordinary shares may not be made in that Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Member State of any of our ordinary shares may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive:
(a) | to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive; |
(b) | to fewer than 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or |
(c) | in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of our ordinary shares shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any underwriter of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive. |
For the purposes of this provision, the expression an offer to the public in relation to any of our ordinary shares in any Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any of our ordinary shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any of our ordinary shares, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Member State, and the expression 2010 PD Amending Directive means Directive 2010/73/EU. This EEA selling restriction is in addition to any other selling restrictions set out in this prospectus.
United Kingdom
Each underwriter has represented, warranted and agreed that:
(a) | it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of our ordinary shares in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and |
(b) | it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to our ordinary shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom. |
185
Canada
Our ordinary shares may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of our ordinary shares must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.
Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchasers province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchasers province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.
Pursuant to section 3A.3 (or, in the case of securities issued or guaranteed by the government of a non-Canadian jurisdiction, section 3A.4) of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.
Switzerland
The ordinary shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, or SIX, or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, us, or the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA, or FINMA, and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes, or CISA. The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.
Dubai International Financial Centre
This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority, or DFSA. This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.
Australia
No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission, or ASIC, in relation to the offering. This
186
prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001, or the Corporations Act, and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.
Any offer in Australia of the shares may only be made to persons, or the Exempt Investors, who are sophisticated investors (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), professional investors (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.
The shares applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.
This prospectus contains general information only and does not take into account the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate for their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.
Hong Kong
The shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to professional investors as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a prospectus as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to the shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to professional investors as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that Ordinance.
Japan
No registration pursuant to Article 4, paragraph 1 of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948, as amended) (the FIEL) has been made or will be made with respect to the solicitation of the application for the acquisition of our ordinary shares.
Accordingly, our ordinary shares have not been, directly or indirectly, offered or sold and will not be, directly or indirectly, offered or sold in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan) or to others for re-offering or re-sale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements, and otherwise in compliance with, the FIEL and the other applicable laws and regulations of Japan.
For Qualified Institutional Investors (QII)
Please note that the solicitation for newly-issued or secondary securities (each as described in Paragraph 2, Article 4 of the FIEL) in relation to our ordinary shares constitutes either a QII only private placement or a
187
QII only secondary distribution (each as described in Paragraph 1, Article 23-13 of the FIEL). Disclosure regarding any such solicitation, as is otherwise prescribed in Paragraph 1, Article 4 of the FIEL, has not been made in relation to our ordinary shares. Our ordinary shares may only be transferred to QIIs.
For Non-QII Investors
Please note that the solicitation for newly-issued or secondary securities (each as described in Paragraph 2, Article 4 of the FIEL) in relation to our ordinary shares constitutes either a small number private placement or a small number private secondary distribution (each as is described in Paragraph 4, Article 23-13 of the FIEL). Disclosure regarding any such solicitation, as is otherwise prescribed in Paragraph 1, Article 4 of the FIEL, has not been made in relation to our ordinary shares. Our ordinary shares may only be transferred en bloc without subdivision to a single investor.
Singapore
This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of our shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may our shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the SFA, (2) to a relevant person or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA, or (3) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA, in each case subject to compliance with conditions set forth in the SFA.
Where our shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor as defined in Section 4A of the SFA) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor; shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 of the SFA, except: (1) to an institutional investor (for corporations under Section 274 of the SFA) or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person pursuant to an offer that is made on terms that such shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or such rights and interest in that trust are acquired at a consideration of not less than $200,000 (or its equivalent in a foreign currency) for each transaction, whether such amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange of securities or other assets, and further for corporations, in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer; or (3) where the transfer is by operation of law.
China
This prospectus does not constitute a public offer of shares, whether by sale or subscription, in the Peoples Republic of China (the PRC). The shares are not being offered or sold directly or indirectly in the PRC to or for the benefit of, legal or natural persons of the PRC.
Further, no legal or natural persons of the PRC may directly or indirectly purchase any of the shares or any beneficial interest therein without obtaining all prior PRCs governmental approvals that are required, whether statutorily or otherwise. Persons who come into possession of this document are required by the issuer and its representatives to observe these restrictions.
188
Certain legal matters relating to this offering will be passed upon for us by Cleary Gottlieb Steen & Hamilton LLP. Ropes & Gray LLP will act as counsel to the underwriters. Ropes & Gray LLP and some of its attorneys are limited partners of RGIP, LP, which is an investor in certain investment funds advised by certain of the Principal Shareholders and often a co-investor with such funds. Upon the consummation of the offering, RGIP, LP will directly or indirectly own less than 1% of our outstanding ordinary shares.
189
The Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2017, have been included herein and in the registration statement in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
The Consolidated Financial Statements of C&W Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries at August 31, 2015, and for the eight months ended August 31, 2015, appearing in this Prospectus and Registration Statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
190
We are incorporated under the laws of England and Wales. Some of our directors and officers may reside outside the United States, and a portion of our assets and the assets of such persons may be located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for you to serve legal process on us or our directors and executive officers or have any of them appear in a U.S. court.
The United States and the United Kingdom do not currently have a treaty providing for the recognition and enforcement of judgments, other than arbitration awards, in civil and commercial matters. The enforceability of any judgment of a United States federal or state court in the United Kingdom will depend on the laws and any treaties in effect at the time, including conflicts of laws principles (such as those bearing on the question of whether a United Kingdom court would recognize the basis on which a United States court had purported to exercise jurisdiction over a defendant). In this context, there is doubt as to the enforceability in the United Kingdom of civil liabilities based solely on the federal securities laws of the United States. In addition, awards for punitive damages in actions brought in the United States or elsewhere may be unenforceable in the United Kingdom. An award for monetary damages under the United States securities laws would likely be considered punitive if it did not seek to compensate the claimant for loss or damage suffered and was intended to punish the defendant.
191
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act, with respect to our ordinary shares offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which forms part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits to the registration statement. Some items are omitted in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information about us and our ordinary shares, we refer you to the registration statement and the exhibits to the registration statement filed as part of the registration statement. You may read and copy the registration statement, including the exhibits to the registration statement, at the SECs Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You can also request copies of those documents, upon payment of a duplicating fee, by writing to the SEC. For further information on the operation of the Public Reference Room, please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC maintains an Internet site at www.sec.gov, from which you can electronically access the registration statement, including the exhibits to the registration statement.
Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we will be subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act, and, in accordance with the Exchange Act, will file reports, proxy and information statements and other information with the SEC. Such annual, quarterly and special reports, proxy and information statements and other information can be inspected and copied at the locations set forth above. We intend to make this information available on the investor relations section of our website, www.cushmanwakefield.com. Information on, or accessible through, our website is not part of this prospectus. We have included our website address only as an inactive textual reference and do not intend it to be an active link to our website.
192
F-1
Cushman & Wakefield plc
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets
As of | ||||||||
(in millions, except per share data) (unaudited) |
March 31,
2018 |
December 31,
2017 |
||||||
Assets |
||||||||
Current assets: |
||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 438.7 | $ | 405.6 | ||||
Trade and other receivables, net of allowance balance of $41.8 million and $35.3 million, as of March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 |
1,276.7 | 1,314.0 | ||||||
Income tax receivable |
16.3 | 14.6 | ||||||
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
346.7 | 176.3 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total current assets |
2,078.4 | 1,910.5 | ||||||
Property and equipment, net |
303.6 | 304.3 | ||||||
Goodwill |
1,776.3 | 1,765.3 | ||||||
Intangible assets, net |
1,261.8 | 1,306.0 | ||||||
Equity method investments |
8.3 | 7.9 | ||||||
Deferred tax assets |
74.0 | 71.1 | ||||||
Other non-current assets |
432.6 | 432.8 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total assets |
$ | 5,935.0 | $ | 5,797.9 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Liabilities and Shareholders Equity |
||||||||
Current liabilities: |
||||||||
Short-term borrowings and current portion of long-term debt |
$ | 40.8 | $ | 59.5 | ||||
Accounts payable and accrued expenses |
771.1 | 771.2 | ||||||
Accrued compensation |
800.1 | 864.8 | ||||||
Income tax payable |
51.1 | 35.7 | ||||||
Other current liabilities |
247.7 | 234.4 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total current liabilities |
1,910.8 | 1,965.6 | ||||||
Long-term debt |
3,025.8 | 2,784.0 | ||||||
Deferred tax liabilities |
119.1 | 157.5 | ||||||
Other non-current liabilities |
393.7 | 386.9 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total liabilities |
5,449.4 | 5,294.0 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Commitments and contingencies (See Note 11) |
||||||||
Shareholders Equity: |
||||||||
Ordinary shares, nominal value $0.10 per share, 145.6 shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2018 and ordinary shares, nominal value $10.00 per share, 145.1 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2017 |
14.6 | 1,451.3 | ||||||
Additional paid-in capital |
1,755.7 | 305.0 | ||||||
Accumulated deficit |
(1,221.3) | (1,165.2) | ||||||
Accumulated other comprehensive loss |
(63.4) | (87.2) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total equity |
485.6 | 503.9 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total liabilities and shareholders equity |
$ | 5,935.0 | $ | 5,797.9 | ||||
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes form an integral part of these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-2
Cushman & Wakefield plc
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations
Three Months Ended | ||||||||
(in millions, except share and per share data) (unaudited) |
March 31,
2018 |
March 31,
2017 |
||||||
Revenue |
$ | 1,767.7 | $ | 1,461.3 | ||||
Costs and expenses: |
||||||||
Cost of services (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) |
1,473.3 | 1,236.6 | ||||||
Operating, administrative and other |
294.9 | 281.8 | ||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
69.8 | 63.0 | ||||||
Restructuring and related charges |
10.4 | 0.1 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total costs and expenses |
1,848.4 | 1,581.5 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Operating loss |
(80.7) | (120.2) | ||||||
Interest expense, net of interest income |
(44.4) | (41.7) | ||||||
Earnings from equity method investments |
0.4 | 0.4 | ||||||
Other income, net |
1.0 | 0.1 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Loss before income taxes |
(123.7) | (161.4) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Benefit from income taxes |
(31.7) | (41.7) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net loss |
$ | (92.0) | $ | (119.7) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Basic and Diluted loss per share: |
||||||||
Loss per share attributable to the Company |
$ | (0.63) | $ | (0.84) | ||||
Weighted average shares outstanding for basic and diluted loss per share |
145.3 | 143.1 |
The accompanying notes form an integral part of these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-3
Cushman & Wakefield plc
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss
Three Months Ended | ||||||||
(in millions) (unaudited) |
March 31,
2018 |
March 31,
2017 |
||||||
Net loss |
$ | (92.0) | $ | (119.7) | ||||
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax: |
||||||||
Designated hedge gains (losses) |
13.9 | (2.3) | ||||||
Defined benefit plan actuarial losses |
(0.2) | (0.5) | ||||||
Foreign currency translation |
10.1 | 21.4 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total other comprehensive income |
23.8 | 18.4 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total comprehensive loss |
$ | (68.2) | $ | (101.3) | ||||
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes form an integral part of these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-4
Cushman & Wakefield plc
Condensed Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(in millions) (unaudited) |
Ordinary
Shares |
Ordinary
Shares ($) |
Additional
Paid In Capital |
Accumulated
Deficit |
Unrealized
Hedging (Losses) Gains |
Foreign
Currency Translation |
Defined
Benefit Plans |
Total
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss, net of tax |
Total
Equity |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2016 |
143.1 | 1,430.8 | $ | 252.4 | $ | (944.7 | ) | $ | 17.4 | $ | (155.5 | ) | $ | (10.4 | ) | $ | (148.5 | ) | $ | 590.0 | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
Share issuances | 0.6 | 6.0 | 0.1 | | | | | | 6.1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net loss | | | | (119.7 | ) | | | | | (119.7 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Stock-based compensation | | | 12.5 | | | | | | 12.5 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Foreign currency translation | | | | | | 21.4 | | 21.4 | 21.4 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Defined benefit plans actuarial loss | | | | | | | (0.5 | ) | (0.5 | ) | (0.5 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unrealized loss on hedging instruments | | | | | (7.1 | ) | | | (7.1 | ) | (7.1 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Amounts reclassified from AOCI to the statement of operations | | | | | 4.8 | | | 4.8 | 4.8 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
Balance at March 31, 2017 | 143.7 | $ | 1,436.8 | $ | 265.0 | $ | (1,064.4 | ) | $ | 15.1 | $ | (134.1 | ) | $ | (10.9 | ) | $ | (129.9 | ) | $ | 507.5 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(in millions) (unaudited) |
Ordinary
Shares |
Ordinary
Shares ($) |
Additional
Paid In Capital |
Accumulated
Deficit |
Unrealized
Hedging (Losses) Gains |
Foreign
Currency Translation |
Defined
Benefit Plans |
Total
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss, net of tax |
Total
Equity |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2017 |
145.1 | $ | 1,451.3 | $ | 305.0 | $ | (1,165.2 | ) | $ | 19.6 | $ | (101.1 | ) | $ | (5.7 | ) | $ | (87.2 | ) | $ | 503.9 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
Adoption of new revenue accounting standard (see Note 5) | | | | 35.9 | | | | | 35.9 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Share issuances | 0.5 | 4.3 | (0.1 | ) | | | | | | 4.2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net loss | | | | (92.0 | ) | | | | | (92.0 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Stock-based compensation | | | 9.8 | | | | | | 9.8 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Foreign currency translation | | | | | | 10.1 | | 10.1 | 10.1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Defined benefit plans actuarial loss | | | | | | | (0.2 | ) | (0.2 | ) | (0.2 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unrealized gain on hedging instruments | | | | | 14.1 | | | 14.1 | 14.1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Amounts reclassified from AOCI to the statement of operations | | | | | (0.2 | ) | | | (0.2 | ) | (0.2 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Capital reduction (see Note 1) | | (1,441.0 | ) | 1,441.0 | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
Balance at March 31, 2018 | 145.6 | $ | 14.6 | $ | 1,755.7 | $ | (1,221.3 | ) | $ | 33.5 | $ | (91.0 | ) | $ | (5.9 | ) | $ | (63.4 | ) | $ | 485.6 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes form an integral part of these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-5
Cushman & Wakefield plc
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Three Months Ended | ||||||||
(in millions) (unaudited) |
March 31,
2018 |
March 31,
2017 |
||||||
Cash flows from operating activities |
||||||||
Net loss |
$ | (92.0 | ) | $ | (119.7 | ) | ||
Reconciliation of net loss to net cash used in operating activities: |
||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
69.8 | 63.0 | ||||||
Unrealized foreign exchange loss (gain) |
1.4 | (4.5 | ) | |||||
Stock-based compensation |
11.9 | 14.0 | ||||||
Amortization of debt issuance costs |
3.4 | 3.4 | ||||||
Change in deferred taxes |
(53.7 | ) | (55.7 | ) | ||||
Bad debt expense |
5.5 | 2.2 | ||||||
Other non-cash operating activities |
1.3 | 2.0 | ||||||
Changes in assets and liabilities: |
||||||||
Trade and other receivables |
31.6 | 73.4 | ||||||
Income taxes payable |
10.2 | 5.9 | ||||||
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
(37.3 | ) | (4.7 | ) | ||||
Other non-current assets |
21.2 | 36.9 | ||||||
Accounts payable and accrued expenses |
(0.7 | ) | (8.7 | ) | ||||
Accrued compensation |
(146.7 | ) | (178.7 | ) | ||||
Other current and non-current liabilities |
3.5 | (3.4 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net cash used in operating activities |
(170.6 | ) | (174.6 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Cash flows from investing activities |
||||||||
Payment for property and equipment |
(20.6 | ) | (28.5 | ) | ||||
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment |
0.2 | 0.4 | ||||||
Acquisitions of businesses, net of cash acquired |
| (3.5 | ) | |||||
Collection on beneficial interest in a securitization |
| 84.8 | ||||||
Other investing activities, net |
0.2 | | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities |
(20.2 | ) | 53.2 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Cash flows from financing activities |
||||||||
Net proceeds from issue of shares |
6.4 | 5.4 | ||||||
Shares repurchased for payment of employee taxes on stock awards |
(2.1 | ) | (1.7 | ) | ||||
Payment of contingent consideration |
(2.5 | ) | (7.1 | ) | ||||
Proceeds from long-term borrowings |
250.0 | 0.4 | ||||||
Repayment of borrowings |
(26.6 | ) | (8.7 | ) | ||||
Debt issuance costs |
(1.8 | ) | | |||||
Payment of finance lease liabilities |
(0.9 | ) | (1.2 | ) | ||||
Other financing activities, net |
(1.5 | ) | (1.9 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities |
221.0 | (14.8 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Change in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash |
30.2 | (136.2 | ) | |||||
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, beginning of the period |
467.9 | 424.8 | ||||||
Effects of exchange rate fluctuations on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash |
5.2 | 3.6 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, end of the period |
$ | 503.3 | $ | 292.2 | ||||
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes form an integral part of these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-6
Cushman & Wakefield plc
Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)
The accompanying Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in conformity with rules applicable to quarterly financial information. Readers of this unaudited consolidated quarterly financial information should refer to the audited Consolidated Financial Statements and notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements of Cushman & Wakefield plc and its subsidiaries (the Company) for the year ended December 31, 2017, since certain footnote disclosures that would substantially duplicate those contained in such audited financial statements or which are not required by the rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) for interim financial reporting have been condensed or omitted.
Refer to Note 2: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies in the Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements in the Companys audited Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2017 for further discussion of the Companys accounting policies and estimates.
All adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, except as otherwise noted, considered necessary for a fair presentation of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for these interim periods have been included. The Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements as of March 31, 2018 and for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017 are unaudited.
Due to seasonality, the results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2018 are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations to be expected for the year ending December 31, 2018.
The Company provides for the effects of income taxes on interim financial statements based on estimates of the effective tax rate for the full year, which is based on forecasted income by country and expected enacted tax rates.
On July 6, 2018, the shareholders of DTZ Jersey Holdings Limited exchanged their shares in DTZ Jersey Holdings Limited for interests in newly issued shares of Cushman & Wakefield Limited, a private limited company incorporated in England and Wales (the Share Exchange). On July 12, 2018, Cushman & Wakefield Limited reduced the nominal value of each ordinary share issued to $0.01 (Capital Reduction). On July 19, 2018, Cushman & Wakefield Limited re-registered as a public limited company organized under the laws of England and Wales (the Re-registration) named Cushman & Wakefield plc. Following the Re-registration, the Company undertook a share consolidation of its outstanding ordinary shares (the Share Consolidation), which resulted in a proportional decrease in the number of ordinary shares outstanding as well as corresponding adjustments to outstanding options and restricted share units on a 10 for 1 basis. The transactions described above are collectively referred to herein as the Corporate Reorganization.
As the Corporate Reorganization was completed prior to the effective date of this registration statement, it has been given retrospective effect in these financial statements and such financial statements represent the financial statements of Cushman & Wakefield plc. Additionally, these financial statements have been retroactively adjusted to give effect to the Share Consolidation as it relates to all issued and outstanding ordinary shares and related per share amounts contained herein.
As a result of the Capital Reduction, the Companys ordinary shares have a nominal value of $0.10. As the Capital Reduction occurred after March 31, 2018, but before the effective date of this registration statement, it has been given retrospective effect in the unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2018.
F-7
Tax Act Update
On December 22, 2017, H.R. 1, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the Tax Act) was enacted. The Tax Act significantly revised the U.S. corporate income tax regime by, among other things, (i) lowering the U.S. corporate rate from 35% to 21% effective January 1, 2018, (ii) implementing a new tax system on non-U.S. earnings and imposing a one-time repatriation tax (transition tax) on earnings of foreign subsidiaries not previously taxed in the U.S. payable over an eight-year period, (iii) limitations on the deductibility of interest expense and executive compensation, (iv) creation of a new minimum tax otherwise known as the Base Erosion Anti-Abuse Tax and (v) a requirement that certain income such as Global Intangible Low-Taxed Income (GILTI) earned by foreign subsidiaries be included in U.S. taxable income. U.S. GAAP requires the impact of tax legislation to be recognized in the period in which the law was enacted. As a result of additional information and analysis during the period, the net benefit as of March 31, 2018 is approximately $83.1 million, an increase of $22.2 million from December 31, 2017. This increase from amounts calculated as of December 31, 2017 resulted from a $0.7 million increase in the tax benefit to $124.9 million from $124.2 million and a $21.5 million decrease in tax expense due to increased foreign tax credit utilization from $63.3 million to $41.8 million. Amounts were recorded in Benefit from income taxes in the condensed consolidated statement of operations.
In December 2017, the SEC staff issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 (SAB 118), Income Tax Accounting Implications of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, which allows the Company to record provisional amounts during a measurement period not to extend beyond one year of the enactment date. The remeasurement of the net deferred tax liabilities as well as the transition tax represent provisional amounts and the Companys current best estimate. The provisional amounts incorporate assumptions that have been made based upon the Companys current interpretation of the Tax Act and may change as a result of the Company completing further analysis changes in the Companys interpretations and assumptions, additional regulatory guidance that may be issued and actions the Company may take as a result of the Tax Act. Any adjustments recorded to the provisional amount through the SAB 118 measurement period ending December 31, 2018 will be included in the statement of operations as an adjustment to the tax provision.
Because of the complexity of the new GILTI tax rules, the Company continues to evaluate this provision of the Tax Act and the application of ASC 740, Income Taxes. Under U.S. GAAP, the Company is allowed to make an accounting policy choice of either (1) treating taxes due on future U.S. inclusions in taxable income related to GILTI as a current-period expense when incurred (the period cost method) or (2) factoring such amounts into the Companys measurement of its deferred taxes (the deferred method). The Company has analyzed its structure and, as a result, has reasonably estimated the effect of this provision of the Tax Act to be $6.2 million in 2018. The Company will make an accounting policy decision to treat taxes due on future U.S. inclusions in taxable income related to GILTI under the period cost method and has included the estimate of $6.2 million in 2018 as a current-period expense.
Note 2: New Accounting Standards
The Company has adopted the following new accounting standards:
Revenue Recognition
In May 2014, the FASB and the International Accounting Standards Board issued a converged standard on recognition of revenue from contracts with customers, Accounting Standard Update (ASU) No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (together with all subsequent amendments, Topic 606), which replaced most existing revenue recognition guidance under U.S. GAAP. The core principle of Topic 606 requires companies to reevaluate when revenue is recorded on a transaction based upon newly defined criteria, either at a point in time or over time as goods or services are delivered. Topic 606 requires additional disclosures about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts, including significant judgments and estimates, and changes in those estimates.
F-8
The Company adopted Topic 606 effective January 1, 2018 using the modified retrospective transition approach. Refer to Note 5: Revenue for the impact the adoption of these standards had on the Companys Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and related disclosures.
Stock Compensation
In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-09, Scope of Modification Accounting (Topic 718) . The ASU amends the scope of modification accounting for share-based payment awards. Under the new guidance, modification accounting is required only if the fair value, vesting conditions or classification of the award (as equity or liability) changes as a result of the change in terms. The Company adopted this standard effective January 1, 2018 on a prospective basis, with no material impact on the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and related disclosures.
Pension Cost
In March 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-07, Improving the Presentation of Net Periodic Pension Cost and Net Periodic Postretirement Benefit Cost . The new guidance is intended to classify costs according to their nature and better align the effect of defined benefit plans on operating income with International Financial Reporting Standards. The ASU also provides additional direction on the components eligible for capitalization. The new guidance is required to be applied retrospectively for the change in income statement presentation, while the change in capitalized benefit cost is to be applied prospectively. The Company adopted this standard effective January 1, 2018 on a retrospective basis, reclassifying net periodic pension costs other than service cost to Other income, net. This had an immaterial impact on the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and related disclosures for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017.
Business Combinations
In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-01, Business Combinations: Clarifying the Definition of a Business (Topic 805) . The new guidance provides that when substantially all the fair value of the assets acquired is concentrated in a single identifiable asset or group of similar identifiable assets, the asset is not a business. The Company adopted this standard effective January 1, 2018 on a prospective basis, with no material impact on the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and related disclosures.
Cash Flows
In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments . The new guidance is intended to reduce the existing diversity in practice in how certain cash receipts and cash payments are presented and classified in the condensed consolidated statement of cash flows. The ASU requires the classification of eight specific cash flow issues identified under ASC 230 to be presented as either financing, investing or operating, or some combination thereof, depending upon the nature of the issue. The new guidance is required to be adopted retrospectively for all of the issues identified to each period presented. The Company adopted this standard effective January 1, 2018 on a retrospective basis.
As a result of adoption, for the three months ended March 31, 2017, the Company classified a cash inflow of $85.0 million as investing activities on the condensed consolidated statement of cash flows, and classified $44.4 million as Non-cash investing activities as disclosed in Note 15: Supplemental Cash Flow Information related to the Companys Accounts Receivable Securitization program (the A/R Securitization). Refer to Note 14: Accounts Receivable Securitization for additional information. Adoption of this standard had an immaterial impact on the other cash flow issues included in ASU No. 2016-15.
In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-18, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash . The new guidance requires restricted cash to be presented with cash and cash equivalents in the
F-9
statement of cash flows. The Companys restricted cash balances are presented in the condensed consolidated statements of financial position within Prepaid expenses and other current assets. Under the new guidance, changes in the Companys restricted cash will be classified as either operating activities or investing activities in the condensed consolidated statements of cash flows, depending on the nature of the activities that gave rise to the restriction. The Company adopted this standard effective January 1, 2018 using the retrospective transition method.
The following recently issued accounting standards are not yet required to be reflected in the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company:
Leases
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) . The ASU will replace most existing lease guidance under U.S. GAAP when it becomes effective. The new guidance requires a lessee to record a right of use asset and a corresponding lease liability on the balance sheet for all leases with terms longer than 12 months. Entities will recognize expenses for real estate related leases on statements of operations in a manner similar to current accounting guidance and, for lessors, the guidance remains substantially similar to current U.S. GAAP. Entities are required to use a modified retrospective approach for leases that exist or are entered into after the beginning of the earliest comparative period in the financial statements. The new guidance is effective for public companies for annual reporting periods and interim periods within those annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018, with early adoption permitted. The Company expects that the adoption of this standard will result in an increase to right-of-use assets and lease liabilities on the condensed consolidated statements of financial position associated with the Companys operating lease portfolio. However, the impact this standard will have on the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and related disclosures has yet to be quantified, as the Company is currently evaluating the expected adoption impact.
Income Taxes
In February 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-02, Income StatementReporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income . The new guidance allows a reclassification from accumulated other comprehensive income to retained earnings for any stranded tax effects resulting from the H.R. 1, Tax Cuts and Jobs Act that was enacted on December 22, 2017. The new guidance is effective for public companies for annual reporting periods and interim periods within those annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018. The Company is currently evaluating the effect, if any, that the ASU will have on its Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
The Company reports its operations through the following segments: (1) Americas, (2) Europe, the Middle East and Africa (EMEA) and (3) Asia Pacific (APAC). The Americas consists of operations located in the United States, Canada and key markets in Latin America. EMEA includes operations in the UK, France, Netherlands and other markets in Europe and the Middle East. APAC includes operations in Australia, Singapore, China and other markets in the Asia Pacific region. For segment reporting, gross contract costs are excluded from revenue in determining fee revenue. Additionally, pursuant to business combination accounting rules, certain fee revenues that were deferred by the acquiree are recorded as a receivable on the acquisition date by the Company. Such contingent fee revenues are recorded as acquisition accounting adjustments to reflect the revenue recognition of the acquiree absent the application of acquisition accounting.
Corporate expenses are allocated to the segments based upon fee revenues of each segment. Gross contract costs are excluded from operating expenses in determining fee-based operating expenses.
Adjusted EBITDA is the profitability metric reported to the chief operating decision maker (CODM) for purposes of making decisions about allocation of resources to each segment and assessing performance of
F-10
each segment. Adjusted EBITDA excludes depreciation and amortization, interest expense, net of interest income, income taxes, as well as integration and other costs related to acquisitions, including expense related to the Cassidy Turley deferred payment obligation (Refer to Note 10: Share-based Payments for further discussion), stock-based compensation and other charges.
Summarized financial information by segment is as follows (in millions):
Americas |
Three months
ended March 31, 2018 |
Three months
ended March 31, 2017 |
||||||
Total revenue |
$ | 1,206.2 | $ | 987.2 | ||||
Less: Gross contract costs |
(356.3 | ) | (231.6 | ) | ||||
Acquisition accounting adjustments |
0.1 | 10.1 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total Fee revenue |
850.0 | 765.7 | ||||||
Service lines: |
||||||||
Property, facilities and project management |
404.2 | 390.9 | ||||||
Leasing |
246.0 | 214.4 | ||||||
Capital markets |
163.1 | 118.6 | ||||||
Valuation and other |
36.7 | 41.8 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total fee revenue |
$ | 850.0 | $ | 765.7 | ||||
Segment operating expenses |
$ | 1,143.9 | $ | 962.3 | ||||
Less: Gross contract costs |
(356.3 | ) | (231.6 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Fee-based operating expenses |
$ | 787.6 | $ | 730.7 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 62.5 | $ | 35.0 |
EMEA |
Three months
ended March 31, 2018 |
Three months
ended March 31, 2017 |
||||||
Total revenue |
$ | 209.2 | $ | 147.3 | ||||
Less: Gross contract costs |
(45.9 | ) | (18.5 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total fee revenue |
163.3 | 128.8 | ||||||
Service lines: |
||||||||
Property, facilities and project management |
54.6 | 38.6 | ||||||
Leasing |
47.9 | 40.9 | ||||||
Capital markets |
23.9 | 19.6 | ||||||
Valuation and other |
36.9 | 29.7 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total fee revenue |
$ | 163.3 | $ | 128.8 | ||||
Segment operating expenses |
$ | 219.2 | $ | 160.7 | ||||
Less: Gross contract costs |
(45.9 | ) | (18.5 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Fee-based operating expenses |
$ | 173.3 | $ | 142.2 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | (8.6 | ) | $ | (12.8 | ) |
F-11
APAC |
Three months
ended March 31, 2018 |
Three months
ended March 31, 2017 |
||||||
Total revenue |
$ | 352.3 | $ | 326.8 | ||||
Less: Gross contract costs |
(119.6 | ) | (117.7 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Total fee revenue |
232.7 | 209.1 | ||||||
Service lines: |
||||||||
Property, facilities and project management |
156.2 | 158.4 | ||||||
Leasing |
26.0 | 23.6 | ||||||
Capital markets |
27.1 | 8.7 | ||||||
Valuation and other |
23.4 | 18.4 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Total fee revenue |
$ | 232.7 | $ | 209.1 | ||||
Segment operating expenses |
$ | 331.3 | $ | 319.8 | ||||
Less: Gross contract costs |
(119.6 | ) | (117.7 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Fee-based operating expenses |
$ | 211.7 | $ | 202.1 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 20.9 | $ | 6.9 |
Adjusted EBITDA is calculated as follows (in millions):
Three months
ended March 31, 2018 |
Three months
ended March 31, 2017 |
|||||||
Net loss attributable to the Company |
$ | (92.0 | ) | $ | (119.7 | ) | ||
Add/(less): |
||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
69.8 | 63.0 | ||||||
Interest expense, net of interest income |
44.4 | 41.7 | ||||||
Benefit from income taxes |
(31.7 | ) | (41.7 | ) | ||||
Integration and other costs related to acquisitions |
65.7 | 62.6 | ||||||
Stock-based compensation |
6.1 | 8.1 | ||||||
Cassidy Turley deferred payment obligation |
10.4 | 11.1 | ||||||
Other |
2.1 | 4.0 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 74.8 | $ | 29.1 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Below is the reconciliation of total costs and expenses to Fee-based operating expenses (in millions):
Three Months
Ended March 31, 2018 |
Three Months
Ended March 31, 2017 |
|||||||
Total operating expenses |
$ | 1,848.4 | $ | 1,581.5 | ||||
Less: Gross contract costs |
(521.8 | ) | (367.8 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Fee-based operating expenses |
$ | 1,326.6 | $ | 1,213.7 | ||||
|
|
|
|
F-12
The following table presents a reconciliation of Fee-based operating expenses by segment to Consolidated Fee-based operating expenses (in millions):
Three Months
Ended March 31, 2018 |
Three Months
Ended March 31, 2017 |
|||||||
Fee-based operating expenses: |
||||||||
Americas fee-based operating expenses |
$ | 787.6 | $ | 730.7 | ||||
EMEA fee-based operating expenses |
173.3 | 142.2 | ||||||
APAC fee-based operating expenses |
211.7 | 202.1 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Operating expenses |
1,172.6 | 1,075.0 | ||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
69.8 | 63.0 | ||||||
Integration and other costs related to acquisitions (1) |
65.6 | 52.5 | ||||||
Stock-based compensation |
6.1 | 8.1 | ||||||
Cassidy Turley deferred payment obligation |
10.4 | 11.1 | ||||||
Other |
2.1 | 4.0 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Fee-based operating expenses |
$ | 1,326.6 | $ | 1,213.7 | ||||
|
|
|
|
(1) | Represents integration and other costs related to acquisitions, comprised of certain direct and incremental costs resulting from acquisitions and related integration efforts, as well as costs related to our restructuring programs. Excludes the impact of acquisition accounting revenue adjustments as these amounts do not impact operating expenses. |
Earnings (Loss) per Share (EPS) is calculated by dividing the Net earnings or loss attributable to shareholders by the Weighted average shares outstanding. As the Company was in a loss position for all reported periods, the Company has determined all potentially dilutive shares would be anti-dilutive and therefore are excluded from the calculation of diluted weighted average shares outstanding. This results in the calculation of weighted average shares outstanding to be the same for basic and diluted EPS.
For the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, approximately 189.7 million and 178.5 million potentially dilutive securities were not included in the computation of diluted EPS because their effect would have been anti-dilutive.
The following is a calculation of EPS (in millions, except per share amounts):
Three Months ended
March 31, 2018 |
Three Months ended
March 31, 2017 |
|||||||
Basic and Diluted EPS |
||||||||
Net loss attributable to shareholders |
$ | (92.0 | ) | $ | (119.7 | ) | ||
Weighted average shares outstanding for basic and diluted loss per share | 145.3 | 143.1 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Basic and diluted loss per ordinary share attributable to shareholders | $ | (0.63 | ) | $ | (0.84 | ) | ||
|
|
|
|
On January 1, 2018, the Company adopted and applied Topic 606 and all the related amendments to all contracts using the modified retrospective method. The Company recognized the cumulative effect of applying
F-13
the new revenue standard as an adjustment to the opening balance of accumulated deficit. Comparative information continues to be reported under the accounting standards in effect for those periods. The Company recorded a net credit to the opening balance of accumulated deficit as of January 1, 2018 of $35.9 million due to the cumulative impact of adopting Topic 606. The impact to revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2018 was an increase of $129.2 million, which included an increase of $119.5 million related to reimbursed expenses due to implementation of the updated principal versus agent considerations in Topic 606 and the acceleration in the timing of revenue recognition related to variable consideration primarily for Leasing services of $9.7 million.
Revenue is recognized upon transfer of control of promised services to clients in an amount that reflects the consideration the Company expects to receive in exchange for those services. The Company enters into contracts and earns revenue from its Property, facilities, and project management, Leasing, Capital markets and Valuation and other service lines. Revenue is recognized net of any taxes collected from customers.
A performance obligation is a promise in a contract to transfer a distinct service to the client and is the unit of account in Topic 606. A contracts transaction price is allocated to each distinct performance obligation and recognized as revenue when, or as, the performance obligation is satisfied. The Company allocates the contracts transaction price to each performance obligation using the best estimate of the standalone selling price of each distinct service in the contract.
Nature of Services
Property, facilities, and project management
Fees earned from the delivery of the Companys Property, facilities and project management services are recognized over time when earned under the provisions of the related agreements and are generally based on a fixed recurring fee or a variable fee, which may be based on hours incurred, a percentage mark-up on actual costs incurred or a percentage of monthly gross receipts. The Company also may earn additional revenue based on certain qualitative and quantitative performance measures, which can be based on certain key performance indicators. This additional revenue is recognized over time when earned as the performance obligation is satisfied and the fees are not deemed probable of significant reversal in future periods.
When accounting for reimbursements of expenses incurred on a clients behalf, the Company determines whether it is acting as a principal or an agent in the arrangement. When the Company is acting as a principal, the Companys revenue is reported on a gross basis and comprises the entire amount billed to the client and reported cost of services includes all expenses associated with the client. The Company is a principal if it controls the services before they are transferred to the client. When the Company is acting as an agent, the Companys fee is reported on a net basis as revenue for reimbursed amounts is netted against the related expenses. The Company considers several factors in determining whether it is acting as principal or agent, such as whether the Company is primarily responsible for fulfilling the promise to provide the services and has discretion in establishing the price for the service. The presentation of revenues and expenses pursuant to these arrangements under either a gross or net basis has no impact on Fee revenue, Net loss or cash flows.
Leasing and Capital markets
The Company records commission revenue on real estate leases and sales at the point in time when the performance obligation is satisfied, which is generally upon lease signing or transaction closing. Terms and conditions of a commission agreement may include, but are not limited to, execution of a signed lease agreement and future contingencies, including tenants occupancy, payment of a deposit or payment of first months rent (or a combination thereof). The adoption of Topic 606 will result in an acceleration of some revenues that are based, in part, on future contingent events. For the revenues related to Leasing services, the Companys performance obligation will typically be satisfied upon execution of a lease and the portion of the commission that is contingent on a future event will likely be recognized earlier if deemed not subject to significant reversal, based
F-14
on the Companys estimates and judgments. The acceleration of the timing of revenue recognition will also result in the acceleration of expense relating to the Companys commission expense.
Valuation and other services
Valuation and advisory fees are earned upon completion of the service, which is generally upon delivery of a preliminary or final appraisal report. Consulting fees are recognized when earned under the provisions of the client contracts, which is generally upon completion of services.
If the Company has multiple contracts with the same customer, the Company assesses whether the contracts are linked or are separate arrangements. The Company considers several factors in this assessment, including the timing of negotiation, interdependence with other contracts or elements, and pricing and payment terms. The Company and its customers typically view each contract as a separate arrangement, as each service has standalone value, selling prices of the separate services exist and are negotiated independently, and performance of the services is distinct.
Contract Balances
The Company receives payments from customers based upon contractual billing schedules; accounts receivable are recorded when the right to consideration becomes unconditional. Contract assets include amounts related to the contractual right to consideration for completed performance not yet invoiced or able to be invoiced. Contract liabilities are recorded when cash payments are received in advance of performance, including amounts which are refundable. The Company had no asset impairment charges related to contract assets in the period.
Significant changes in the contract assets and contract liabilities during the period are as follows (in millions):
Contract Assets | ||||
Balance at December 31, 2017 |
$ | | ||
Contract assets recognized upon adoption |
144.1 | |||
Contract assets from revenues earned, not yet invoiced |
52.4 | |||
Contract assets transferred to accounts receivable |
(33.6 | ) | ||
|
|
|||
Balance at March 31, 2018 |
$ | 162.9 | ||
|
|
|||
Contract Liabilities | ||||
Balance at December 31, 2017 |
$ | 46.4 | ||
Contract liabilities recognized upon adoption |
| |||
Contract liabilities recognized for cash received in advance |
147.4 | |||
Contract liabilities reduced due to revenue recognition criteria being satisfied |
(132.6 | ) | ||
|
|
|||
Balance at March 31, 2018 |
$ | 61.2 | ||
|
|
Before the adoption of Topic 606, the Company had no contract assets recorded. The Companys accounting for contract liabilities (deferred revenue) recorded as of December 31, 2017 did not change upon adoption of Topic 606.
Of the total ending balances as of March 31, 2018, contract assets of $137.1 million and $25.8 million were recorded as Prepaid expenses and other current assets and Other non-current assets, respectively. As of March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the above contract liabilities were recorded as Accounts payable and accrued expenses.
F-15
Disaggregation of Revenue
The following table disaggregates revenue by reportable segment and service line (in millions):
Three months ended March 31, 2018 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Revenue
recognition timing |
Americas | EMEA | APAC | Total | ||||||||||||||||
Property, facilities, and project management | Over time | $ | 758.2 | $ | 99.9 | $ | 275.8 | $ | 1,133.9 | |||||||||||
Leasing |
Point in time | 247.3 | 48.0 | 26.0 | 321.3 | |||||||||||||||
Capital markets |
Point in time | 163.6 | 23.9 | 27.1 | 214.6 | |||||||||||||||
Valuation and other |
Point in time or over time | 37.1 | 37.4 | 23.4 | 97.9 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total revenue |
$ | 1,206.2 | $ | 209.2 | $ | 352.3 | $ | 1,767.7 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Impact of New Revenue Guidance and Financial Statement Line Items
The following table compares the reported condensed consolidated balance sheet and statement of operations as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2018, as a result of the adoption of Topic 606 on January 1, 2018 compared to the pro forma presentation of each respective statement, which assumes the previous guidance remained in effect as of March 31, 2018 (in millions):
Statement of financial position |
Balance without
adoption of Topic 606 |
Adoption
Impact |
As
Reported |
|||||||||
Trade and other receivables |
$ | 1,225.9 | $ | 50.8 | $ | 1,276.7 | ||||||
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
209.7 | 137.0 | 346.7 | |||||||||
Total current assets |
1,890.6 | 187.8 | 2,078.4 | |||||||||
Other non-current assets |
406.8 | 25.8 | 432.6 | |||||||||
Total assets |
5,721.4 | 213.6 | 5,935.0 | |||||||||
Accounts payable and accrued expenses |
720.3 | 50.8 | 771.1 | |||||||||
Accrued compensation |
709.1 | 91.0 | 800.1 | |||||||||
Total current liabilities |
1,769.0 | 141.8 | 1,910.8 | |||||||||
Deferred tax liabilities |
105.3 | 13.8 | 119.1 | |||||||||
Other non-current liabilities |
374.9 | 18.8 | 393.7 | |||||||||
Total liabilities |
5,275.0 | 174.4 | 5,449.4 | |||||||||
Accumulated deficit |
(1,260.4 | ) | 39.1 | (1,221.3 | ) | |||||||
Accumulated other comprehensive loss |
(63.5 | ) | 0.1 | (63.4 | ) | |||||||
Total equity |
446.4 | 39.2 | 485.6 | |||||||||
Total liabilities and shareholders equity |
5,721.4 | 213.6 | 5,935.0 |
Total reported assets increased by $213.6 million due to a $162.8 million increase in Prepaid expenses and other current assets resulting from new contract assets recognized from acceleration of timing of revenue recognition, but contractually not able to be invoiced and $50.8 million due to an increase in client reimbursed receivables included in trade and other receivables from contracts accounted for on a gross basis.
Total reported liabilities increased by $174.4 million primarily due to a $91.0 million increase related to accrued commissions and other employee related benefit payables related to the associated direct commissions resulting from the acceleration of the timing of revenues recognized, $50.8 million related to the increase in client reimbursed payables related to contracts accounted for on a gross basis and $13.8 million for the net
F-16
deferred tax liabilities as well as $18.8 million for other non-current liabilities related to long-term accrued commissions.
Statement of Operations |
Balance without
adoption of Topic 606 |
Adoption
Impact |
As
Reported |
|||||||||
Revenue |
$ | 1,638.5 | $ | 129.2 | $ | 1,767.7 | ||||||
Cost of services |
1,348.4 | 124.9 | 1,473.3 | |||||||||
Total costs and expenses |
1,723.5 | 124.9 | 1,848.4 | |||||||||
Operating loss |
(85.0 | ) | 4.3 | (80.7 | ) | |||||||
Loss before income taxes |
(128.0 | ) | 4.3 | (123.7 | ) | |||||||
Benefit from income taxes |
(32.7 | ) | 1.0 | (31.7 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net loss |
$ | (95.3 | ) | $ | 3.3 | $ | (92.0 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total reported net loss was $3.3 million lower than the pro forma statement of operations. The decrease in net loss was due to the acceleration of the timing of revenue recognition in the Leasing service line.
The adoption of Topic 606 had offsetting impacts within the operating cash flows section of the condensed consolidated statement of cash flows with no net impact on the Companys cash flows from operations.
Practical Expedients and Exemptions
The Company incurs incremental costs to obtain new contracts across the majority of its service lines. As the amortization period of those expenses would be 12 months or less, the Company expenses those incremental costs of obtaining the contracts in accordance with Topic 606.
Remaining performance obligations represent the aggregate transaction prices for contracts where our performance obligations have not yet been satisfied. In accordance with Topic 606, the Company does not disclose unsatisfied performance obligations for (i) contracts with an original expected length of one year or less and (ii) variable consideration for services performed as a series of daily performance obligations, such as those performed within the Property, facilities, and project management services lines. Performance obligations within these businesses represent a significant portion of our contracts with customers not expected to be completed within 12 months.
Note 6. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
The following table summarizes the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the three months ended March 31, 2018 (in millions):
Americas | APAC | EMEA | Total | |||||||||||||
Balance as of December 31, 2017 |
$ | 1,249.7 | $ | 266.6 | $ | 249.0 | $ | 1,765.3 | ||||||||
Measurement period adjustments |
11.3 | | | 11.3 | ||||||||||||
Effect of movements in exchange rates and other |
(4.6 | ) | (4.2 | ) | 8.5 | (0.3 | ) | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Balance as of March 31, 2018 |
$ | 1,256.4 | $ | 262.4 | $ | 257.5 | $ | 1,776.3 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Portions of goodwill are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, therefore a portion of the movements in the reported book value of these balances is attributable to movements in foreign currency exchange rates.
F-17
The Company identified measurement period adjustments during the current period and adjusted the provisional goodwill amounts recognized.
There were no impairment charges of goodwill and other intangible assets for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.
Note 7: Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities
The Company is exposed to certain risks arising from both business operations and economic conditions, including interest rate risk and foreign exchange risk. To mitigate the impact of interest rate and foreign exchange risk, the Company enters into derivative financial instruments. The Company manages interest rate risk on floating rate borrowings primarily with interest rate cap and interest rate swap agreements. The Company manages exposure to foreign exchange fluctuations primarily through cross-currency interest rate swap agreements.
There have been no significant changes to the interest rate and foreign exchange risk management objectives from those disclosed in the Companys audited Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2017.
Interest Rate Derivative Instruments
In February 2018, the Company elected to terminate and monetize eight interest rate cap agreements and received a $34.5 million cash settlement in exchange for its net hedge asset. Amounts relating to these terminated derivatives recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive income on the condensed consolidated balance sheets will be amortized into earnings over the remaining life of the original contracts, which were scheduled to expire between October 2019 and August 2021. Subsequently, the Company entered into eight identical interest rate cap agreements, one expiring October 2019, three expiring May 2021, one expiring July 2021 and three expiring August 2021.
The Company did not recognize any income or loss due to hedge ineffectiveness related to interest rate swap and cap agreements for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017. The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives designated and qualifying as cash flow hedges is recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive loss on the condensed consolidated balance sheets and is subsequently reclassified into earnings in the period that the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings. As of March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, there were $44.8 million and $26.9 million in pre-tax gains, respectively, included in Accumulated other comprehensive loss related to these agreements, which will be reclassified to Interest expense as interest payments are made in accordance with the Credit Agreements.
Foreign Exchange Derivative Instruments
The Company did not recognize any income or loss due to hedge ineffectiveness related to cross-currency interest rate swap agreements for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017. The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives designated and qualifying as cash flow or net investment hedges is recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive loss on the condensed consolidated balance sheets and is subsequently reclassified into earnings in the period that the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings. As of March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, there were $4.1 million and $3.4 million in pre-tax losses, respectively, included in Accumulated other comprehensive loss on the condensed consolidated balance sheets related to these agreements, which will be reclassified to Operating, administrative and other as remeasurement of the principal balance of the hedged intercompany debt or net investment is recognized in earnings.
F-18
The following table presents the fair value of derivatives as well as their classification on the condensed consolidated balance sheets as of March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 (in millions):
March 31, 2018 | December 31, 2017 | |||||||||||||||||||
Assets | Liabilities | Assets | Liabilities | |||||||||||||||||
Derivative Instrument |
Notional | Fair Value | Fair Value | Fair Value | Fair Value | |||||||||||||||
Designated: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Cash flow hedges: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Cross-currency interest rate swaps |
$ | 137.3 | $ | 4.6 | $ | 0.7 | $ | 7.1 | $ | 0.4 | ||||||||||
Interest rate swaps |
135.0 | 1.4 | | 0.5 | | |||||||||||||||
Interest rate caps |
2,035.0 | | 1.9 | 8.9 | | |||||||||||||||
Net investment hedges: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Foreign currency net investment hedges |
29.9 | | 1.3 | | 0.7 | |||||||||||||||
Non-designated: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Foreign currency forward contracts |
337.1 | 1.6 | 0.4 | 0.8 | 2.2 |
The fair value of derivative assets is included within Other non-current assets and the fair value of derivative liabilities is included within Other non-current liabilities on the condensed consolidated balance sheets. The Company does not net derivatives on the condensed consolidated balance sheets.
The following table presents the effect of derivatives designated as hedges, net of applicable income taxes, on the condensed consolidated statements of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017 (in millions):
|
Beginning Accumulated
Other Comprehensive Loss (Gain) |
Amount of Loss (Gain)
Recognized in Other Comprehensive Loss on Derivatives (Effective Portion) (1) |
Amount of (Loss) Gain
Reclassified from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss into Statement of Operations (Effective Portion) (2) |
Ending Accumulated
Other Comprehensive Loss (Gain) |
||||||||||||||||||||
For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2018 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Foreign currency cash flow hedges | $ | 2.2 | $ | 3.2 | $ | (3.1 | ) | $ | 2.3 | |||||||||||||||
Foreign currency net investment hedges | 0.7 | | | 0.7 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Interest rate cash flow hedges | (22.5 | ) | (17.3 | ) | 3.3 | (36.5 | ) | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||
$ | (19.6 | ) | $ | (14.1 | ) | 1 | $ | 0.2 | 2 | $ | (33.5 | ) | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||
For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2017 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Foreign currency cash flow hedges | $ | 0.9 | $ | 3.8 | $ | (3.2 | ) | $ | 1.5 | |||||||||||||||
Foreign currency net investment hedges | (1.9 | ) | 1.1 | | (0.8 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
Interest rate cash flow hedges | (16.4 | ) | 2.2 | (1.6 | ) | (15.8 | ) | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||
$ | (17.4 | ) | $ | 7.1 | 1 | $ | (4.8 | ) | 2 | $ | (15.1 | ) | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) | Amount is net of related income tax expense (benefit) of $3.9 million and $(1.6) million for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and March 31, 2017, respectively. |
F-19
(2) | Amount is net of related income tax (expense) benefit of $(0.8) million and $1.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and March 31, 2017, respectively. |
Gains of $3.3 million and losses of $1.6 million were reclassified into earnings during the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017 related to interest rate hedges and were recognized in Interest expense on the condensed consolidated statements of operations.
Losses of $0.1 million and $3.0 million were reclassified during the three months ended March 31, 2018 relating to foreign currency cash flow hedges and were recognized in Interest expense and Operating, administrative and other, respectively.
Gains of $0.0 million and losses of $3.2 million were reclassified during the three months ended March 31, 2017 relating to foreign currency cash flow hedges and were recognized in Interest expense and Operating, administrative and other, respectively.
As of March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the Company has not posted and does not hold any collateral related to these agreements. Additionally, the Company enters into short-term forward contracts to mitigate the risk of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates that would adversely impact some of the Companys foreign currency denominated transactions. Hedge accounting was not elected for any of these contracts. As such, changes in the fair values of these contracts are recorded directly in earnings. There were gains of $2.6 million and losses of $1.4 million included in the condensed consolidated statements of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. As of March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the Company had 30 and 24 foreign currency exchange forward contracts outstanding covering a notional amount of $337.1 million and $277.5 million, respectively. As of March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the fair value of forward contracts disclosed above were included in Other current assets and Other current liabilities on the condensed consolidated balance sheets. The Company does not net these derivatives on the condensed consolidated balance sheets.
Note 8: Long-term Debt and Other Borrowings
Long-term debt consisted of the following (in millions):
As of
March 31, 2018 |
As of
December 31, 2017 |
|||||||
Collateralized: |
||||||||
First Lien Loan, as amended, net of unamortized discount and issuance costs of $43.7 million and $44.6 million | $ | 2,585.2 | $ | 2,341.1 | ||||
Second Lien Loan, as amended, net of unamortized discount and issuance costs of $9.6 million and $10.0 million | 460.4 | 460.0 | ||||||
Capital lease liability |
15.1 | 15.3 | ||||||
Notes payable to former stockholders |
1.4 | 21.2 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total long-term debt |
3,062.1 | 2,837.6 | ||||||
Less current portion |
(36.3 | ) | (53.6 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total non-current long-term debt |
$ | 3,025.8 | $ | 2,784.0 | ||||
|
|
|
|
The Company had overdrafts of $4.5 million and $5.9 million as of March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017.
First Lien Loan
On March 15, 2018, certain of the Companys subsidiaries, DTZ U.S. Borrower, LLC and DTZ Aus Holdco Pty Limited, each a borrower (together the Borrowers) obtained incremental term commitments in an
F-20
aggregate amount of $250.0 million under the First Lien Credit Agreement, as amended (First Lien Amendment No. 10). Terms of the First Lien Credit Agreement were not modified, and the incremental term commitments associated with First Lien Amendment No. 10 were issued under the same pricing and maturity terms as the Amended First Lien Credit Agreement. Total proceeds of $244.8 million (net of $1.8 million stated discount and $3.4 million in debt issuance costs) were received.
The Company evaluated the terms of First Lien Amendment No. 10 to determine if the new debt instrument should be accounted for as a modification or an extinguishment on a lender-by-lender basis. The change in present value of future cash flows for First Lien Loan lenders, as well as participants in the Amended First Lien Credit Agreement and incremental term commitments, that remained in the syndication just prior to the effective date of First Lien Amendment No. 10 was less than 10% and, accordingly, the Company accounted for all prior unamortized debt issuance costs and fees incurred for these lenders as a debt modification.
Prior to the refinancing, the balance of unamortized issuance costs related to the First Lien Loan, Amended First Lien Credit Agreement and subsequent incremental term commitments was approximately $42.4 million. All of the unamortized issuance costs allocated to these lenders continue to be deferred as a reduction of the new loan balance and amortized under the corresponding term of the Amended First Lien Credit Agreement. Of the $5.2 million in fees related to First Lien Amendment No. 10, $1.8 million in fees to creditors were recorded as a reduction to the loan balance in accordance with modification accounting and the remaining $3.4 million in fees to third parties were expensed and included in Interest expense in the condensed consolidated statements of operations.
Revolver
On March 15, 2018, under First Lien Amendment No. 10, the Borrowers increased the borrowing capacity of the revolving (the Revolver) credit facility to $486.0 million.
As of March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the Company had no outstanding funds drawn under the Revolver, which matures partially on (i) November 4, 2019 and (ii) the earlier of September 15, 2022 and any date that is 91 days before the maturity date with respect to any First Lien term loans.
Financial Covenants and Terms
As part of First Lien Amendment No. 11, the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio in the financial covenant was updated to 5.80 to 1.00 from 5.50 to 1.00.
The Company was in compliance with all of its loan provisions under the Credit Agreements and subsequent amendments as of March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017.
During the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company incurred employee termination benefit charges, which included severance, medical and other benefits, and contract termination and lease charges for restructuring activities. Charges for these restructuring actions were recorded in accordance with FASB guidance on employers accounting for postretirement benefits and guidance on accounting for costs associated with exit or disposal activities, as appropriate.
During the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company recorded restructuring charges of $10.4 million and $0.0 million, resulting from integration activities surrounding the merger with Cushman & Wakefield (C&W Group). Charges primarily consist of severance and employment-related charges, related primarily to reductions in headcount, and lease exit charges and contract termination. All charges were classified as Restructuring and related charges in the condensed consolidated statements of operations.
F-21
The following table details the Companys severance and other restructuring accrual activity (in millions):
Severance Pay
and Benefits |
Contract
Termination and Other Costs |
Total | ||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2017 |
$ | 26.3 | $ | 11.1 | $ | 37.4 | ||||||
Restructuring charges |
6.3 | 4.1 | 10.4 | |||||||||
Payments and other (1) |
(14.0 | ) | (1.8 | ) | (15.8 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Balance at March 31, 2018 |
$ | 18.6 | $ | 13.4 | $ | 32.0 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
(1) | Other consists of changes in the liability balance due to foreign currency translations. |
Of the total ending balance as of March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, for integration activities, $24.0 million and $8.0 million, and $30.1 million and $7.3 million were recorded as Other current liabilities and Other noncurrent liabilities, respectively.
The tables below summarize the Companys outstanding time-based stock options (in millions, except for per share amounts):
Time-Based Options | ||||||||||||
Number of
Options |
Weighted
Average Exercise Price per Share |
Weighted
Average Remaining Contractual Term (in years) |
||||||||||
Outstanding at December 31, 2017 |
3.5 | $ | 13.11 | 8.5 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Granted |
0.2 | 17.00 | ||||||||||
Exercised |
(0.3 | ) | 10.00 | |||||||||
Forfeited |
(0.0 | ) | 11.50 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Outstanding at March 31, 2018 |
3.4 | $ | 13.55 | 8.4 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Exercisable at March 31, 2018 |
1.5 | 12.46 | 8.0 |
Total recognized compensation cost related to these stock option awards was $1.2 million and $0.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. At March 31, 2018, the total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested time-based option awards was $5.8 million.
F-22
Performance-Based Options
The tables below summarize the Companys outstanding performance-based stock options (in millions, except for per share amounts):
Performance-Based Options | ||||||||||||
Number of
Options |
Weighted
Average Exercise Price per Share |
Weighted
Average Remaining Contractual Term (in years) |
||||||||||
Outstanding at December 31, 2017 |
1.6 | $ | 11.23 | 7.8 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Granted |
0.1 | 17.00 | ||||||||||
Exercised |
| | ||||||||||
Forfeited |
(0.0 | ) | 11.33 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Outstanding at March 31, 2018 |
1.7 | $ | 11.52 | 7.6 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Exercisable at March 31, 2018 |
| | |
At March 31, 2018, the total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested performance-based option awards was $2.4 million, which will be recognized once the performance condition is met.
Restricted Stock Units
The following table summarizes the Companys outstanding RSUs (in millions, except for per share amounts):
Co-Investment RSUs | Time-Based RSUs | Performance-Based RSUs | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Number of
RSUs |
Weighted
Average Fair Value Per Share |
Number of
RSUs |
Weighted
Average Fair Value Per Share |
Number of
RSUs |
Weighted
Average Fair Value Per Share |
|||||||||||||||||||
Unvested at December 31, 2017 |
0.7 | $ | 11.28 | 7.1 | $ | 13.48 | 2.5 | $ | 1.50 | |||||||||||||||
Granted |
0.0 | 17.00 | 0.4 | 17.00 | 0.2 | 3.68 | ||||||||||||||||||
Vested |
| | (0.2 | ) | 17.00 | | | |||||||||||||||||
Forfeited |
(0.0 | ) | 12.00 | (0.0 | ) | 16.10 | | | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Unvested at March 31, 2018 |
0.7 | $ | 11.36 | 7.3 | $ | 14.06 | 2.7 | $ | 1.66 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table summarizes the Companys compensation expense related to RSUs (in millions, except for vesting term):
For the three
months ended March 31, 2018 |
For the three
months ended March 31, 2017 |
Unrecognized
at March 31, 2018 |
||||||||||
Time-Based RSUs |
$ | 4.7 | $ | 6.7 | $ | 34.0 | ||||||
Co-Investment RSUs |
0.2 | 0.8 | 0.4 | |||||||||
Performance-Based RSUs |
| | 4.4 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Equity classified compensation cost |
$ | 4.9 | $ | 7.5 | $ | 38.8 | ||||||
Liability classified compensation cost |
1.5 | 1.5 | 21.9 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total RSU stock-based compensation cost |
$ | 6.4 | $ | 9.0 | $ | 60.7 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-23
Cassidy Turley - Deferred Purchase Obligation
The following table summarizes the Companys expense related to the deferred purchase obligation (the DPO) for those who elected to receive their consideration in shares (in millions):
Deferred Purchase Obligation Compensation Cost | ||||||||
For the three months
ended March 31, 2018 |
For the three months
ended March 31, 2017 |
|||||||
Employees |
$ | 2.4 | $ | 3.1 | ||||
Non-Employees |
3.4 | 2.7 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total DPO Expense |
$ | 5.8 | $ | 5.8 | ||||
|
|
|
|
In conjunction with the acquisition of Cassidy Turley, Inc. on December 31, 2014, an additional payment of $179.8 million will be made on the fourth anniversary of the closing and is tied to continuing employment. This will be recognized as compensation expense over the four years until it is paid. Selling shareholders were given the option to receive the additional payment in the form of the Companys shares or cash. The accrued value of the cash-settled portion was $111.6 million and $105.6 million as of March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 and included in Other current liabilities.
Note 11: Commitments and Contingencies
Lease commitments and purchase obligations
The Company has entered into commercial operating leases on certain office premises and motor vehicles. There are no financial restrictions placed upon the lessee by entering into these leases. Additionally, the Company has entered into capital leases as a means of funding the acquisition of furniture and equipment and acquiring access to property and vehicles. Rental payments are generally fixed, with no special terms or conditions. Deferred lease incentive liabilities were $8.9 million and $6.0 million included in Other current liabilities and $44.5 million and $49.2 million included in Other non-current liabilities as of March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively.
Guarantees
The Companys guarantees primarily relate to requirements under certain client service contracts and have arisen through the normal course of business. These guarantees have both open and closed-ended terms; with remaining closed-ended terms up to 9 years and maximum potential future payments of approximately $48.1 million in the aggregate, with none of these guarantees being individually material to the Companys operating results, financial position or liquidity. The Companys current expectation is that future payment or performance related to non-performance under these guarantees is considered remote.
Contingencies
In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to various claims and litigation. Many of these claims are covered under the Companys current insurance programs, subject to self-insurance levels and deductibles. The Company is also subject to threatened or pending legal actions arising from activities of contractors. Such liabilities include the potential costs to settle litigation. A liability is recorded for the potential costs of carrying out further works based on known claims and previous claims history, and for losses from litigation that are probable and estimable. A liability is also recorded for the Companys IBNR claims, based on assessment using prior claims history. Claims liabilities are presented as Other current liabilities and Other non-current liabilities. As of March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, contingent liabilities recorded within Other current liabilities were $102.9 million and $88.5 million, respectively and contingent liabilities recorded within
F-24
Other noncurrent liabilities were $25.3 million and $29.4 million, respectively. These contingent liabilities are made up of E&O claims, workers compensation insurance liabilities, and other claims and contingent liabilities. At March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, E&O claims were $59.3 million and $54.1 million, respectively, and workers compensation liabilities were $69.0 million and $63.8 million, respectively, included within Other current and non-current liabilities in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheets. The ultimate settlement of these matters may result in payments materially in excess of the amounts recorded due to their contingent nature and inherent uncertainties of settlement proceedings.
For a portion of these liabilities, the Company had indemnification assets as of March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, totaling $18.9 million and $18.2 million, respectively. The indemnification periods for all related agreements ended before December 31, 2017. Recoveries not yet received under any expired indemnification agreements are expected to be settled in cash during 2018. The Company had insurance recoverable balances as of March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 totaling $18.0 million and $17.6 million.
Note 12: Related Party Transactions
TPG and PAG provide management and transaction advisory services to the Company pursuant to a management services agreement. For the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company paid $0.4 million and $0.0 million of transaction advisory fees related to integration and financing activities. Additionally, the Company pays an annual fee of $4.3 million, payable quarterly, for management advisory services. The management services agreement matures on December 31, 2024, though it is subject to automatic termination immediately prior to the earlier of a successful initial public offering or a sale unless otherwise agreed by both TPG and PAG.
Transactions with equity accounted investees
For the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company had no material sales or purchases with equity accounted investees.
As of March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the Company had no material receivables or payables with equity accounted investees.
Receivables from affiliates
As of March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the Company had receivables from affiliates of $41.2 million and $34.1 million and $236.1 million and $232.8 million that are included in Prepaid expenses and other current assets and Other non-current assets, respectively. These amounts primarily represent prepaid commissions, retention and sign-on bonuses to brokers and other items such as travel and other advances to employees.
Note 13: Fair Value Measurements
The Company measures certain assets and liabilities in accordance with ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (ASC 820), which defines fair value as the price that would be received for an asset, or paid to transfer a liability, in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. In addition, ASC 820 establishes a three-level fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value as follows:
| Level 1 : quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities; |
| Level 2 : inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e., as prices) or indirectly (i.e., derived from prices); and |
| Level 3 : inputs for the asset or liability that are based on unobservable inputs in which there is little or no market data. |
F-25
There were no significant transfers in or out of Level 1 and Level 2 during the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017. There have been no significant changes to the valuation techniques and inputs used to develop the recurring fair value measurements from those disclosed in the Companys audited Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2017.
Financial Instruments
The Companys financial instruments include cash and cash equivalents, trade and other receivables, deferred purchase price receivable (DPP), restricted cash, accounts payable and accrued expenses, short-term borrowings, long-term debt, interest rate swaps and foreign exchange contracts.
The estimated fair value of external debt was $3.1 billion and $2.8 billion and as of March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively. These instruments were valued using dealer quotes that are classified as Level 2 inputs in the fair value hierarchy. The gross carrying value of the debt was $3.1 billion and $2.9 billion as of March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, which excludes debt issuance costs. See Note 8: Long-term Debt and Other Borrowings for additional information.
The estimated fair values of interest rate swaps and foreign currency forward contracts and net investment hedges are determined based on the expected cash flows of each derivative. The valuation method reflects the contractual period and uses observable market-based inputs, including interest rate and foreign currency forward curves.
Recurring Fair Value Measurements
The following tables present information about the Companys assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 (in millions):
As of March 31, 2018 | ||||||||||||||||
Total | Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | |||||||||||||
Assets |
||||||||||||||||
Deferred compensation plan assets |
$ | 53.1 | $ | 53.1 | $ | | $ | | ||||||||
Foreign currency forward contracts |
1.6 | | 1.6 | | ||||||||||||
Cross-currency interest rate swaps |
4.6 | | 4.6 | | ||||||||||||
Interest rate swap agreements |
1.4 | | 1.4 | | ||||||||||||
Deferred purchase price receivable |
38.0 | | | 38.0 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total |
$ | 98.7 | $ | 53.1 | $ | 7.6 | $ | 38.0 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Liabilities |
||||||||||||||||
Deferred compensation plan liabilities |
$ | 53.1 | $ | 53.1 | $ | | $ | | ||||||||
Foreign currency forward contracts |
0.4 | | 0.4 | | ||||||||||||
Interest rate cap agreements |
1.9 | | 1.9 | | ||||||||||||
Cross-currency interest rate swaps |
0.7 | | 0.7 | | ||||||||||||
Foreign currency net investment hedges |
1.3 | | 1.3 | | ||||||||||||
Earn-out liabilities |
49.4 | | | 49.4 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total |
$ | 106.8 | $ | 53.1 | $ | 4.3 | $ | 49.4 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-26
As of December 31, 2017 | ||||||||||||||||
Total | Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | |||||||||||||
Assets |
||||||||||||||||
Deferred compensation plan assets |
$ | 59.7 | $ | 59.7 | $ | | $ | | ||||||||
Foreign currency forward contracts |
0.8 | | 0.8 | | ||||||||||||
Cross-currency interest rate swaps |
7.1 | | 7.1 | | ||||||||||||
Interest rate cap agreements |
8.9 | | 8.9 | | ||||||||||||
Interest rate swap agreements |
0.5 | | 0.5 | | ||||||||||||
Deferred purchase price receivable |
41.9 | | | 41.9 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total |
$ | 118.9 | $ | 59.7 | $ | 17.3 | $ | 41.9 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Liabilities |
||||||||||||||||
Deferred compensation plan liabilities |
$ | 59.6 | $ | 59.6 | $ | | $ | | ||||||||
Foreign currency forward contracts |
2.2 | | 2.2 | | ||||||||||||
Cross-currency interest rate swaps |
0.4 | | 0.4 | | ||||||||||||
Foreign currency net investment hedges |
0.7 | | 0.7 | | ||||||||||||
Earn-out liabilities |
51.3 | | | 51.3 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total |
$ | 114.2 | $ | 59.6 | $ | 3.3 | $ | 51.3 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred Compensation Plans
The Company provides a deferred compensation plan to certain U.S. employees whereby a portion of employee compensation is held in trust, enabling the employees to defer tax on compensation until payment is made to them from the trust. The employee is at risk for any investment fluctuations of the funds held in trust. In the event of insolvency of the entity, the trusts assets are available to all general creditors of the entity.
Deferred compensation plan assets are presented within Prepaid expenses and other current assets and Other non-current assets. Deferred compensation liabilities are presented within Accrued compensation and Other non-current liabilities.
Foreign Currency Forward Contracts and Net Investment Hedges, and Interest Rate Swaps and Cap Agreements
Refer to Note 7: Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities for discussion of the fair value associated with these derivative assets and liabilities.
Deferred Purchase Price Receivable
The Company recorded a DPP under its A/R Securitization upon the initial sale of trade receivables. The DPP represents the difference between the fair value of the trade receivables sold and the cash purchase price and is recognized at fair value as part of the sale transaction. The DPP is subsequently remeasured each reporting period in order to account for activity during the period, such as the Sellers interest in any newly transferred receivables, collections on previously transferred receivables attributable to the DPP and changes in estimates for credit losses. Changes in the DPP attributed to changes in estimates for credit losses are expected to be immaterial, as the underlying receivables are short-term and of high credit quality. The DPP is included in Other non-current assets in the condensed consolidated balance sheets and is valued using unobservable inputs (i.e., Level 3 inputs), primarily discounted cash flows. Refer to Note 14: Accounts Receivable Securitization for more information.
Earn-out Liabilities
Earn-out liabilities are classified within Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy because the methodology used to develop the estimated fair value includes significant unobservable inputs reflecting managements own
F-27
assumptions. The fair value of earn-out liabilities is based on the present value of probability-weighted expected return method related to the earn-out performance criteria on each reporting date. The probabilities of achievement assigned to the performance criteria are determined based on due diligence performed at the time of acquisition as well as actual performance achieved subsequent to acquisition. Adjustments to the earn-out liabilities in periods subsequent to the completion of acquisitions are reflected within Operating, administrative and other in the condensed consolidated statements of operations.
The table below presents a reconciliation of liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) (in millions):
Earn-out Liabilities | ||||||||
2018 | 2017 | |||||||
Balance as of January 1, |
$ | 51.3 | $ | 30.5 | ||||
Net change in fair value and other adjustments |
0.8 | 1.9 | ||||||
Settlements |
(2.7 | ) | (10.0 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Balance as of March 31, |
$ | 49.4 | $ | 22.4 | ||||
|
|
|
|
Note 14: Accounts Receivable Securitization
On March 8, 2017, the Company entered into the A/R Securitization, whereby it continuously sells trade receivables to an unaffiliated financial institution. Under the A/R Securitization, one of the Companys wholly owned subsidiaries sells (or contributes) the receivables to a wholly owned special purpose entity at fair market value. The special purpose entity then sells 100% of the receivables to an unaffiliated financial institution (the Purchaser). Although the special purpose entity is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, it is a separate legal entity with its own separate creditors who will be entitled, upon its liquidation, to be satisfied out of its assets prior to any assets or value in such special purpose entity becoming available to its equity holders and its assets are not available to pay other creditors of the Company. Upon the initial sale of trade receivables, the Company recorded a $38.3 million DPP and received $85.0 million in cash of the $100.0 million investment limit. The A/R Securitization terminates on March 6, 2020, unless extended or an earlier termination event occurs.
All transactions under the A/R Securitization are accounted for as a true sale in accordance with ASC 860, Transfers and Servicing . Following the sale and transfer of the receivables to the Purchaser, the receivables are legally isolated from the Company and its subsidiaries, and the Company sells, conveys, transfers and assigns to the Purchaser all its rights, title and interest in the receivables. Receivables sold are derecognized from the statement of financial position. The Company continues to service, administer and collect the receivables on behalf of the Purchaser, and recognizes a servicing liability in accordance with ASC 860, Transfer and Servicing . As of and for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, any financial statement impact associated with the servicing liability was immaterial.
This program allows the Company to receive a cash payment and a deferred purchase price receivable for sold receivables. The deferred purchase price is paid to the Company in cash on behalf of the Purchaser as the receivables are collected; however, due to the revolving nature of the A/R Securitization, cash collected from the Companys customers is reinvested by the Purchaser daily in new receivable purchases under the A/R Securitization. For the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, receivables sold under the A/R securitization were $276.7 million and $212.6 million, respectively, and cash collections from customers on receivables sold were $259.3 million and $57.7 million, respectively, all of which were reinvested in new receivables purchases and are included in cash flows from operating activities in the statement of cash flows. As of March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the outstanding principal on receivables sold under the A/R Securitization were $150.2 million and $132.8 million, respectively. Refer to Note 13: Fair Value Measurements for additional discussion on the fair value of the DPP as of March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017.
F-28
For the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company recognized a loss related to the receivables sold of $0.0 million and $1.2 million, respectively, that was recorded in Operating, administrative and other expense in the condensed consolidated statements of operations. Based on the Companys collection history, the fair value of the receivables sold subsequent to the initial sale approximates carrying value. For the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company incurred program costs of $0.8 million and $1.5 million, respectively, which were included in Operating, administrative and other expenses in the condensed consolidated statements of operations.
Note 15: Supplemental Cash Flow Information
The following table provides a reconciliation of cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash reported within the condensed consolidated statements of financial position to the sum of such amounts presented in the condensed consolidated statements of cash flows (in millions):
Three Months
Ended March 31, 2018 |
Three Months
Ended March 31, 2017 |
|||||||
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period |
$ | 405.6 | $ | 382.3 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Restricted cash recorded in Prepaid expenses and other current assets, beginning of period | 62.3 | 42.5 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash shown in the statements of cash flows, beginning of period | $ | 467.9 | $ | 424.8 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period |
$ | 438.7 | $ | 258.0 | ||||
Restricted cash recorded in Prepaid expenses and other current assets, end of period | 64.6 | 34.2 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash shown in the statements of cash flows, end of period | $ | 503.3 | $ | 292.2 | ||||
|
|
|
|
Supplemental cash flows and non-cash investing and financing activities are as follows (in millions):
Three Months
Ended March 31, 2018 |
Three Months
Ended March 31, 2017 |
|||||||
Cash paid for: |
||||||||
Interest |
$ | 39.4 | $ | 31.6 | ||||
Income taxes |
10.6 | 4.9 | ||||||
Non-cash investing/financing activities: |
||||||||
Property and equipment acquired through capital leases |
0.7 | 0.2 | ||||||
Deferred and contingent payment obligation incurred through acquisitions |
| 2.5 | ||||||
Equity issued in conjunction with acquisitions |
| 1.0 | ||||||
Change in beneficial interest in a securitization |
3.9 | 44.4 |
The Company has evaluated subsequent events through July 12, 2018, the date on which the financial statements were issued.
On April 30, 2018, the Borrowers paid off $20.0 million of outstanding Second Lien Loan debt due on November 4, 2022.
F-29
On June 13, 2018, a new entity was incorporated in England and Wales, Cushman & Wakefield Limited. On July 6, 2018, a share-for-share exchange occurred between the shareholders of DTZ Jersey Holdings Limited and Cushman & Wakefield Limited, after which Cushman & Wakefield Limited became the new holding entity for the Companys subsidiaries.
On July 12, 2018, Cushman & Wakefield Limited reduced the nominal value of each ordinary share issued to $0.01 (Capital Reduction). On July 19, 2018, Cushman & Wakefield Limited re-registered as a public limited company organized under the laws of England and Wales (the Re-registration) named Cushman & Wakefield plc. Following the Re-registration, the Company undertook a share consolidation of its outstanding ordinary shares (the Share Consolidation), which resulted in a proportional decrease in the number of ordinary shares outstanding as well as corresponding adjustments to outstanding options and restricted share units on a 10 for 1 basis.
On July 16, 2018, the Company announced it had entered into a definitive agreement to acquire the remaining interest in the Sherry FitzGerald Groups commercial property business, in which the Company holds an investment accounted for under the equity method. The transaction is subject to receipt of required regulatory approvals as well as other customary closing conditions, and is expected to close in September 2018.
On July 19, 2018, the Company announced its acquisition of Inc RE, an Australian Capital markets firm specializing in commercial sales, acquisitions and investment advisory. Required regulatory approvals have been received and the transaction is expected to close in July 2018, subject to customary closing conditions.
F-30
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Stockholders and Board of Directors
Cushman & Wakefield plc:
Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Cushman & Wakefield plc and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, changes in equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2017, and the related notes and financial statement schedule II (collectively, the consolidated financial statements). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2017, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
Basis for Opinion
These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Companys management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
/s/ KPMG LLP
We have served as the Companys auditor since 2015.
Chicago, Illinois
July 23, 2018
F-31
Cushman & Wakefield plc
As of | ||||||||
(in millions, except per share data) |
December 31,
2017 |
December 31,
2016 |
||||||
Assets |
||||||||
Current assets: |
||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 405.6 | $ | 382.3 | ||||
Trade and other receivables, net of allowance balances of $35.3 million and $28.8 million, as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively |
1,314.0 | 1,280.7 | ||||||
Income tax receivable |
14.6 | 36.5 | ||||||
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
176.3 | 141.4 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total current assets |
1,910.5 | 1,840.9 | ||||||
Property and equipment, net |
304.3 | 245.7 | ||||||
Goodwill |
1,765.3 | 1,608.6 | ||||||
Intangible assets, net |
1,306.0 | 1,417.0 | ||||||
Equity method investments |
7.9 | 7.6 | ||||||
Deferred tax assets |
71.1 | 145.1 | ||||||
Other non-current assets |
432.8 | 417.0 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total assets |
$ | 5,797.9 | $ | 5,681.9 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Liabilities and Equity |
||||||||
Current liabilities: |
||||||||
Short-term borrowings and current portion of long-term debt |
$ | 59.5 | $ | 35.5 | ||||
Accounts payable and accrued expenses |
771.2 | 682.0 | ||||||
Accrued compensation |
864.8 | 765.0 | ||||||
Income tax payable |
35.7 | 39.2 | ||||||
Other current liabilities |
234.4 | 102.8 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total current liabilities |
1,965.6 | 1,624.5 | ||||||
Long-term debt |
2,784.0 | 2,624.6 | ||||||
Deferred tax liabilities |
157.5 | 401.9 | ||||||
Other non-current liabilities |
386.9 | 440.9 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total liabilities |
$ | 5,294.0 | $ | 5,091.9 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Commitments and contingencies (Note 15) |
||||||||
Equity: |
||||||||
Ordinary shares, nominal value $10.00 per share, 145.1 and 143.1 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively |
$ | 1,451.3 | $ | 1,430.8 | ||||
Additional paid-in capital |
305.0 | 252.4 | ||||||
Accumulated deficit |
(1,165.2) | (944.7) | ||||||
Accumulated other comprehensive loss |
(87.2) | (148.5) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total equity attributable to the Company |
503.9 | 590.0 | ||||||
Non-controlling interests |
| | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total equity |
503.9 | 590.0 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total liabilities and equity |
$ | 5,797.9 | $ | 5,681.9 | ||||
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes form an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-32
Cushman & Wakefield plc
Consolidated Statements of Operations
Year Ended | ||||||||||||
(in millions, except per share data) |
December 31,
2017 |
December 31,
2016 |
December 31,
2015 |
|||||||||
Revenue |
$ | 6,923.9 | $ | 6,215.7 | $ | 4,193.2 | ||||||
Costs and expenses: |
||||||||||||
Cost of services (exclusive of depreciation and amortization) |
5,639.6 | 5,076.7 | 3,386.3 | |||||||||
Operating, administrative and other |
1,155.4 | 1,159.7 | 858.6 | |||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
270.6 | 260.6 | 155.9 | |||||||||
Restructuring, impairment and related charges |
28.5 | 32.1 | 202.8 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total costs and expenses |
7,094.1 | 6,529.1 | 4,603.6 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Operating loss |
(170.2) | (313.4) | (410.4) | |||||||||
Interest expense, net of interest income |
(183.1) | (171.8) | (123.1) | |||||||||
Earnings from equity method investments |
1.4 | 5.9 | 4.6 | |||||||||
Other income (expense), net |
11.0 | 2.4 | (0.2) | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Loss before income taxes |
(340.9) | (476.9) | (529.1) | |||||||||
Benefit from income taxes |
(120.4) | (27.4) | (56.3) | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net loss |
(220.5) | (449.5) | (472.8) | |||||||||
Less: Net (loss) income attributable to non-controlling interests | | (0.4) | 0.9 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net loss attributable to the Company |
$ | (220.5) | $ | (449.1) | $ | (473.7) | ||||||
Basic and diluted income per share attributable to Cushman & Wakefield plc shareholders | $ | (1.53) | $ | (3.18) | $ | (5.46) | ||||||
Weighted average shares outstanding for basic and diluted income per share | 143.9 | 141.4 | 86.8 |
The accompanying notes form an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-33
Cushman & Wakefield plc
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss
Year Ended | ||||||||||||
(in millions) |
December 31,
2017 |
December 31,
2016 |
December 31,
2015 |
|||||||||
Net loss |
$ | (220.5) | $ | (449.5) | $ | (472.8) | ||||||
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax: |
||||||||||||
Unrealized hedging gains (losses) |
2.2 | 19.9 | (2.5) | |||||||||
Defined benefit plans gains (losses) |
4.7 | (10.9) | 3.4 | |||||||||
Foreign currency translation gains (losses) |
54.4 | (85.3) | (48.1) | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total other comprehensive income (loss) |
61.3 | (76.3) | (47.2) | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total comprehensive loss |
(159.2) | (525.8) | (520.0) | |||||||||
Less: Comprehensive (loss) income attributable to non-controlling interests | | (0.7) | 0.4 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Comprehensive loss attributable to the Company |
$ | (159.2) | $ | (525.1) | $ | (520.4) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes form an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-34
Cushman & Wakefield plc
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(in millions) |
Ordinary
Shares |
Ordinary
Shares ($) |
Additional
Paid In Capital |
Accumulated
Deficit |
Unrealized
Hedging (Losses) Gains |
Foreign
Currency Translation |
Defined
Benefit Plans |
Total
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss, net of tax |
Total Equity
Attributable to the Company |
Non-
Controlling Interests |
Total
Equity |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance at January 1, 2015 |
60.4 | $ | 604.2 | $ | 0.5 | $ | (21.9 | ) | $ | | $ | (22.9 | ) | $ | (2.9 | ) | $ | (25.8 | ) | $ | 557.0 | $ | 9.9 | $ | 566.9 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
Sponsor contributions | 78.3 | 783.3 | 156.7 | | | | | | 940.0 | | 940.0 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Share issuances | 0.8 | 7.4 | | | | | | | 7.4 | | 7.4 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net (loss) earnings | | | | (473.7 | ) | | | | | (473.7 | ) | 0.9 | (472.8 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Stock-based compensation | | | 34.0 | | | | | | 34.0 | | 34.0 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Foreign currency translation | | | | | | (47.6 | ) | | (47.6 | ) | (47.6 | ) | (0.5 | ) | (48.1 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Defined benefit plans actuarial gain | | | | | | | 3.4 | 3.4 | 3.4 | | 3.4 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unrealized gain on hedging instruments | | | | | 3.1 | | | 3.1 | 3.1 | | 3.1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Amounts reclassified from AOCI to the statement of operations | | | | | (5.6 | ) | | | (5.6 | ) | (5.6 | ) | | (5.6 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Dividends to owners | | | | | | | | | | (1.9 | ) | (1.9 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Acquisition of non-controlling interest | | | | | | | | | | 0.6 | 0.6 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2015 | 139.5 | $ | 1,394.9 | $ | 191.2 | $ | (495.6 | ) | $ | (2.5 | ) | $ | (70.5 | ) | $ | 0.5 | $ | (72.5 | ) | $ | 1,018.0 | $ | 9.0 | $ | 1,027.0 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
Acquisition and disposal of non-controlling interest | | | (11.4 | ) | | | (2.4 | ) | | (2.4 | ) | (13.8 | ) | (8.3 | ) | (22.1 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Share issuances | 3.6 | 35.9 | 8.6 | | | | | | 44.5 | | 44.5 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net loss | | | | (449.1 | ) | | | | | (449.1 | ) | (0.4 | ) | (449.5 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Stock-based compensation | | | 64.0 | | | | | | 64.0 | | 64.0 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Foreign currency translation | | | | | | (82.6 | ) | | (82.6 | ) | (82.6 | ) | (0.3 | ) | (82.9 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Defined benefit plans actuarial loss | | | | | | | (11.0 | ) | (11.0 | ) | (11.0 | ) | | (11.0 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unrealized gain on hedging instruments | | | | | 31.0 | | | 31.0 | 31.0 | | 31.0 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Amounts reclassified from AOCI to the statement of operations | | | | | (11.1 | ) | | 0.1 | (11.0 | ) | (11.0 | ) | | (11.0 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2016 | 143.1 | $ | 1,430.8 | $ | 252.4 | $ | (944.7 | ) | $ | 17.4 | $ | (155.5 | ) | $ | (10.4 | ) | $ | (148.5 | ) | $ | 590.0 | $ | | $ | 590.0 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
Share issuances | 2.0 | 20.5 | 3.7 | | | | | | 24.2 | | 24.2 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net loss | | | | (220.5 | ) | | | | | (220.5 | ) | | (220.5 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Stock-based compensation | | | 46.9 | | | | | | 46.9 | | 46.9 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Foreign currency translation | | | | | | 54.4 | | 54.4 | 54.4 | | 54.4 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Defined benefit plan actuarial gain | | | | | | | 2.3 | 2.3 | 2.3 | | 2.3 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unrealized loss on hedging instruments | | | | | (14.6 | ) | | | (14.6 | ) | (14.6 | ) | | (14.6 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Amounts reclassified from AOCI to the statement of operations | | | | | 16.8 | | 2.4 | 19.2 | 19.2 | | 19.2 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other activity | | | 2.0 | | | | | | 2.0 | | 2.0 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2017 | 145.1 | $ | 1,451.3 | $ | 305.0 | $ | (1,165.2 | ) | $ | 19.6 | $ | (101.1 | ) | $ | (5.7 | ) | $ | (87.2 | ) | $ | 503.9 | $ | | $ | 503.9 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes form an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-35
The accompanying notes form an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-36
Cushman & Wakefield plc
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Note 1: Organization and Business Overview
Cushman & Wakefield plc (together with its subsidiaries, the Company) was formed on August 21, 2014, by investment funds affiliated with TPG Capital, L.P. (TPG), PAG Asia Capital Limited (PAG) and Ontario Teachers Pension Plan (OTPP) (collectively, the Sponsors). On November 5, 2014, DTZ Jersey Holdings Limited acquired 100% of the combined DTZ group for $1.1 billion from UGL Limited (the DTZ Acquisition). On September 1, 2015, the Company acquired 100% of C&W Group, Inc. (Cushman & Wakefield or C&W and also defined as the C&W Group merger) for $1.9 billion.
As of December 31, 2017, the Company operated from approximately 400 offices in 70 countries with approximately 48,000 employees. The Companys business is focused on meeting the increasing demands of our clients across multiple service lines including property, facilities and project management, leasing, capital markets, and valuation and other services. The Company primarily does business under the Cushman & Wakefield tradename.
On July 6, 2018, the shareholders of DTZ Jersey Holdings Limited exchanged their shares in DTZ Jersey Holdings Limited for interests in newly issued shares of Cushman & Wakefield Limited, a private limited company incorporated in England and Wales (the Share Exchange). On July 12, 2018, Cushman & Wakefield Limited reduced the nominal value of each ordinary share issued to $0.01 (Capital Reduction). On July 19, 2018, Cushman & Wakefield Limited re-registered as a public limited company organized under the laws of England and Wales (the Re-registration) named Cushman & Wakefield plc. Following the Re-registration, the Company undertook a share consolidation of its outstanding ordinary shares (the Share Consolidation), which resulted in a proportional decrease in the number of ordinary shares outstanding as well as corresponding adjustments to outstanding options and restricted share units on a 10 for 1 basis. The transactions described above are collectively referred to herein as the Corporate Reorganization.
As the Corporate Reorganization was completed prior to the effective date of this registration statement, it has been given retrospective effect in these financial statements and such financial statements represent the financial statements of Cushman & Wakefield plc. Additionally, these financial statements have been retroactively adjusted to give effect to the Share Consolidation as it relates to all issued and outstanding ordinary shares and related per share amounts contained herein.
Note 2: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
a) Basis of Presentation
The Company maintains its accounting records on the accrual basis of accounting and its Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP). The Consolidated Financial Statements are presented in U.S. dollars.
b) Principles of Consolidation
The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries, which include voting interest entities (VOEs) in which the Company has determined it has a controlling financial interest, in accordance with the provisions of Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 810, Consolidations . The equity attributable to the non-controlling interests in subsidiaries is shown separately in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. When applying principles of consolidation, management will identify whether an investee entity is a variable interest entity (VIE) or a VOE. For VOEs, the interest holder with control through majority ownership and majority voting rights consolidates the entity. The Company has determined that it does not have any interests in VIEs.
F-37
Entities in which the Company has significant influence over the entitys financial and operating policies, but does not control, are accounted for using the equity method. The Consolidated Financial Statements include the Companys share of the income and expenses and equity movements of investees accounted for under the equity method, after adjustments to align the accounting policies with those of the Company, from the date that significant influence or joint control commences until the date that significant influence ceases. When the Companys share of losses exceeds its interest in an investee accounted for under the equity method, the carrying amount of that interest (including any long-term loans) is reduced to zero and the recognition of further losses is discontinued, except to the extent that the Company has an obligation to make or has made payments on behalf of the investee. Refer to Note 8: Investments Accounted for Using the Equity Method for additional information on equity method investments.
Investments in which the Company does not exert significant influence are accounted for at cost less any impairment in value.
c) Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions about future events that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the dates of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting periods. Significant items subject to estimates and assumptions include, but are not limited to, the valuation of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in business combinations, including contingent consideration; the fair value of derivative instruments; the fair value of the Companys defined benefit plan assets and obligations; the fair value of awards granted under stock-based compensation plans; valuation allowances for income taxes; self-insurance program liabilities; uncertain tax positions; probability of meeting performance conditions in share-based awards; and impairment assessments related to goodwill, intangible assets and other long-lived assets.
Although these estimates and assumptions are based on managements judgment and best knowledge of current events and actions that the Company may undertake in the future, actual results may differ from those estimates. Estimates and underlying assumptions are evaluated on an ongoing basis and adjusted, as needed, using historical experience and other factors, including the current economic environment. Market factors, such as illiquid credit markets, volatile equity markets and foreign currency fluctuations can increase the uncertainty in such estimates and assumptions. The effects of such adjustments are reflected in the Consolidated Financial Statements in the periods in which they are determined.
d) Revenue Recognition
The Company earns revenue from brokerage services, facilities services, facilities and property management, project management, valuation and professional services. Revenue is recognized when all of the following criteria are met: (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; (2) services have been rendered; (3) the amount is fixed or determinable; and (4) collectability is reasonably assured.
Brokerage services (agency leasing, tenant representation and capital markets)
The Company records commission revenue on real estate sales generally upon close of escrow or transfer of title. Real estate commissions on leases are generally recorded when all obligations under the commission agreement are satisfied unless future contingencies exist. Terms and conditions of a commission agreement may include, but are not limited to, execution of a signed lease agreement and future contingencies, including tenants termination rights, tenant occupancy, payment of a deposit or payment of first months rent (or a combination thereof).
The existence of future contingencies results in the deferral of recognition of corresponding revenue until such contingencies are satisfied. Contingencies or conditions stated in agreements between the Company
F-38
and the client, and related documents such as leases, must be satisfied before recognizing revenue. A contingency or condition is defined as an event (or non-event) which must occur (or not occur) before the Companys fee is fixed and determinable.
A contingency or condition may be either stipulated in the agreement between the Company and the client or the clients agreement with a third party (e.g., landlord or tenant). These agreements may cause an implied condition or contingency to arise, due to either local legal requirements or business practices. Since there is uncertainty surrounding the resolution of the contingency or condition, revenue is not recognized until all contingencies or conditions associated with a revenue transaction are satisfied.
Facilities services and facility and property management services
Fees earned from the delivery of the Companys facilities services and facility and property management services are recognized when earned under the provisions of the related agreements and are generally based on a fixed recurring fee or a variable fee, which may be based on hours incurred, a percentage mark-up on actual costs incurred, or a percentage of monthly gross receipts. The Company also may earn revenue based on certain qualitative and quantitative performance measures. This revenue is recognized when the performance has been completed, the fees are fixed and determinable and fees are deemed collectible.
When accounting for reimbursements of expenses incurred on a clients behalf, the Company determines whether it is acting as a principal or an agent in the arrangement. When the Company is acting as a principal, the Companys revenue is reported on a gross basis and comprises the entire amount billed to the client, and reported cost of services includes all expenses associated with the client. When the Company is acting as an agent, the Companys fee is reported on a net basis as revenue; reimbursed amounts are netted against the related expenses. The Company considers several factors in determining whether it is acting as principal or agent, such as whether the Company is the primary obligor to the customer, has control over the pricing of the services, has discretion in supplier selection, is involved in the determination of service specifications, performs part of the service, and has credit risk. The presentation of revenues and expenses pursuant to these arrangements under either a gross or net basis has no impact on operating income, net income or cash flows.
Project management, valuation and professional services
Project management and consulting fees are recognized when earned under the provisions of the client contracts, which is generally upon completion of services. The Company may earn incentive fees for project management services based upon achievement of certain performance criteria as set forth in the project management services agreement. The Company recognizes such fees when the specified target is attained and fees are deemed collectible. Valuation and advisory fees are earned upon completion of the service, which is generally upon delivery of a preliminary or final appraisal report.
If the Company has multiple contracts with the same customer, the Company assesses whether the contracts are linked or are separate arrangements. The Company considers several factors in this assessment, including the timing of negotiation, interdependence with other contracts or elements, and pricing and payment terms. The Company and its customers typically view each contract as a separate arrangement, as services are valued on a standalone basis, selling prices of the separate services exist and are negotiated independently, and performance of the services is distinct.
The Company records deferred revenue to the extent that cash payments have been received in accordance with the terms of underlying agreements, but such amounts have not yet met the criteria for revenue recognition in accordance with U.S. GAAP. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company recorded deferred revenue balances of $46.4 million and $45.1 million, respectively, which are included in Accounts payable and accrued expenses on the consolidated balance sheets.
F-39
e) Cost of Services
Cost of services includes commission expenses, employee costs and other third-party transaction-related costs incurred directly in connection with the generation of revenue.
f) Advertising Costs
Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, advertising costs of $54.7 million, $48.2 million and $37.1 million respectively, were included in Operating, administrative and other expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.
g) Debt Issuance Costs, Premiums and Discounts
Debt issuance costs, premiums and discounts are amortized into Interest expense over the terms of the related loan agreements using the effective interest method or other methods which approximate the effective interest method. Debt issuance costs, premiums and discounts related to non-revolving debt are presented on the consolidated balance sheets as a direct deduction from the carrying value of the associated debt liability. Debt issuance costs related to revolving credit facilities are presented on the consolidated balance sheets as Other non-current assets.
Refer to Note 10: Long-term Debt and Other Borrowings for additional information on debt issuance costs.
h) Income Taxes
Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences attributable to differences between carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that the new rate is enacted. A valuation allowance is established against deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax asset will not be realized in the future.
In determining the amount of current and deferred tax, the Company takes into account the impact of uncertain tax positions and whether additional taxes and interest may be due. New information may become available that causes the Company to change its judgment regarding the adequacy of existing tax liabilities; such changes to tax liabilities will impact tax expense in the period that such a determination is made.
The provision for income taxes comprises current and deferred income tax expense and is recognized in the consolidated statements of operations. To the extent that the income taxes are for items recognized directly in equity, the related income tax effects are recognized in equity.
Refer to Note 13: Income Taxes for additional information on income taxes.
i) Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash balances and highly-liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less. The carrying amount of cash equivalents approximates fair value. Checks issued but not presented to banks may result in book overdraft balances for accounting purposes, which are classified within short-term borrowings and the change as a component of financing cash flows. The Company also manages certain cash and cash equivalents as an agent for its property and facilities management clients. These amounts are not included on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
F-40
Restricted cash
Included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets within Prepaid expenses and other current assets is restricted cash of $62.3 million and $42.5 million as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. These balances primarily consist of legally restricted deposits related to contracts entered into with others, including clients, in the normal course of business.
j) Trade and Other Receivables
Trade and other receivables are presented on the consolidated balance sheets net of estimated uncollectable amounts. On a periodic basis, the Company evaluates its receivables and establishes an allowance for doubtful accounts based on historical experience and other currently available information. The allowance reflects the Companys best estimate of collectability risks on outstanding receivables. Refer to Note 5: Business Combinations for additional information about receivables acquired in business combinations.
Accounts Receivable Securitization Program
In March 2017, the Company entered into a revolving trade accounts receivables securitization program which it has amended from time to time (A/R Securitization). The Company records the transactions as sales of receivables, derecognizes such receivables from its Consolidated Financial Statements and records a receivable for the deferred purchase price of such receivables.
Refer to Note 17: Fair Value Measurements and Note 18: Accounts Receivable Securitization for additional information about the A/R Securitization.
k) Concentration of Credit Risk
Concentrations that potentially subject the Company to credit risk consist principally of trade receivables. Exposure to credit risk is influenced by the individual characteristics of each customer. New customers are analyzed individually for creditworthiness, considering credit ratings where available, financial position, past experience and other factors. The risk associated with this concentration is limited due to ongoing monitoring and the large number and geographic dispersion of customers.
l) Property and Equipment
Property and equipment is stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation, or in the case of capital leases, at the present value of the future minimum lease payments. Costs include expenditures that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the asset and costs incurred to prepare the asset for its intended use. Direct costs for internally developed software are capitalized during the application development stage. All costs during the preliminary project stage are expensed as incurred. The costs capitalized include consulting, licensing and direct labor costs and are amortized upon implementation of the software in production over the useful life of the software.
Repair and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred.
Depreciation of property and equipment is computed on a straight-line basis over the assets estimated useful life. Assets held under capital leases are depreciated over the shorter of the lease term or their useful lives unless it is reasonably certain that the Company will obtain ownership by the end of the lease term. The Companys estimated useful lives are as follows:
Furniture and equipment | 3 to 20 years | |
Leasehold improvements | 2 to 19 years | |
Equipment under capital lease | Shorter of lease term or asset useful life | |
Software | 1 to 10 years |
F-41
The Company evaluates the reasonableness of the useful lives of property and equipment at least annually.
In addition, the Company reviews property and equipment for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If this review indicates that such assets are impaired, the impairment is recognized in the period the changes occur and represent the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair value.
m) Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
Acquired identifiable assets, liabilities and any non-controlling interests are recorded at fair value at the date of acquisition. Any excess of the cost of the business combination over the fair value of those assets and liabilities is recognized as goodwill on the consolidated balance sheets.
Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized and are stated at cost. Definite-lived intangible assets are stated at cost less accumulated amortization.
Amortization of definite-lived intangible assets is recognized in the consolidated statements of operations on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of intangible assets unless such lives are indefinite. The Company evaluates the reasonableness of the useful lives of these intangibles at least annually.
n) Impairment of Long-lived Assets
Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are tested for impairment annually, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that they may be impaired. The Company early adopted Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2017-04 for ASC 350, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other , which eliminates the second step of the two-step impairment test for entities performing a quantitative impairment analysis. This adoption had no impact on the Companys consolidated financial results.
On an annual basis a qualitative assessment is performed to assess whether the fair value of a reporting unit (RU) is less than its carrying amount (step zero). The Company proceeds with the impairment test if it is more likely than not that the fair value of the RU is less than its carrying amount. If the Company determines the quantitative impairment test is required, the estimated fair value of the RU is compared to its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the estimated fair value of a RU exceeds its carrying value, goodwill is not considered to be impaired. If the carrying amount exceeds the estimated fair value, an impairment loss is recognized equal to that excess. The loss recognized cannot exceed the carrying amount of goodwill.
The Company has elected an annual goodwill impairment assessment date of October 1. The Company performed a step zero impairment test on October 1, 2017, and concluded that there were no indications of impairment, and a quantitative impairment test was deemed unnecessary.
The Company records an impairment loss for other definite and indefinite-lived intangible assets if the fair value of the asset is less than the assets carrying amount. No material impairments of intangible assets were recognized during any of the periods presented. Refer to Note 7: Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets for additional information regarding the Companys intangible assets.
o) Accrued Claims and Settlements
The Company is subject to various claims and contingencies related to lawsuits. A liability is recorded for claims and legal costs when risk of loss is probable and estimable.
The Company self-insures for various risks, including workers compensation and medical in some states. A liability is recorded for the Companys obligations for both reported and incurred but not reported
F-42
(IBNR) insurance claims through assessment based on prior claims history. In addition, in the U.S. and Canada, the Company is self-insured against errors and omissions (E&O) claims through a primary insurance layer provided by its 100%-owned, consolidated, captive insurance subsidiary, Nottingham Indemnity, Inc., and an excess layer provided through a third-party insurance carrier. See Note 15: Commitments and Contingencies for additional information.
p) Derivatives and Hedging Activities
From time to time, the Company enters into derivative financial instruments, including foreign exchange forward contracts and interest rate swap or cap agreements, to manage its exposure to foreign exchange rate and interest rate risks. The Company views derivative financial instruments as a risk management tool and, accordingly, does not use derivatives for trading or speculative purposes. Derivatives are initially recognized at fair value at the date the derivative contracts are executed and are subsequently remeasured to their fair value at the end of each reporting period. The resulting gain or loss is recognized in the consolidated statements of operations immediately unless the derivative is designated and effective as a hedging instrument, in which case hedge accounting is applied. Hedge accounting generally provides for the matching of the timing of gain or loss recognition on the hedging instrument with the recognition of the changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability that are attributable to the hedged risk in a fair value hedge or the earnings effect of the hedged forecasted transactions in a cash flow hedge.
Hedge accounting is discontinued when the Company revokes the hedging relationship, when the hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated or exercised, or when it no longer qualifies for hedge accounting. Any gain or loss recognized in Other comprehensive income/(loss), net of applicable income taxes and accumulated in equity at that time, remains in equity and is recognized when the forecasted transaction is ultimately recognized in earnings. When a forecasted transaction is no longer expected to occur, the gain or loss accumulated in equity is recognized immediately in earnings.
Refer to Note 9: Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities for additional information on derivative instruments.
q) Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Comprehensive income (loss) comprises net income and changes in equity that are excluded from net income, such as foreign currency translation adjustments, unrealized actuarial gains and losses relating to the defined benefit pension plans, and unrealized gains and losses on derivatives designated as cash flow and net investment hedges, included related tax effects.
r) Foreign Currency Transactions
Foreign currency transactions are recorded in the functional currency at the exchange rate at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the reporting date are recorded in the functional currency at the foreign exchange rate at that date, which may result in a foreign currency gain or loss.
Foreign currency gains or losses are recognized in the consolidated statements of operations, except for differences arising on the retranslation of a financial liability designated as a hedge of the net investment in a foreign operation, or qualifying cash flow hedges, which are recognized in Other comprehensive income/(loss) and accumulated within equity. For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, foreign currency transactions resulted in gains of $2.6 million and $6.1 million and a loss of $11.8 million, respectively, and were recognized within Cost of services and Operating, administrative, and other expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.
F-43
Foreign Currency Translation
The assets and liabilities of foreign operations are translated into U.S. dollars at the balance sheet date. Income and expense items are translated at the monthly average rates. Translation adjustments are included in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).
s) Leases
The Company enters into various leasing arrangements in which it is the lessee. For operating leases, lease expense is recorded on a straight-line basis over the non-cancellable lease term. Lease incentives received are offset against the total lease expense and recognized over the lease term on a straight-line basis. Deferred lease incentive liabilities were $6.0 million and $4.6 million included in Other current liabilities and $49.2 million and $1.7 million included in Other non-current liabilities as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Capital leases are recorded at the lower of the fair value of the leased asset or the present value of future minimum lease payments. Minimum lease payments are apportioned between the interest charge and reduction of the outstanding liability. Refer to Note 15: Commitments and Contingencies for additional information on leases.
t) Share-based Payments
The Company grants stock options and restricted stock awards to employees under the Management Equity Investment and Incentive Plan (MEIP). The grant date fair value of awards granted to employees is recognized as compensation expense using the graded vesting method over the vesting period, with a corresponding increase in equity or liabilities, depending on the balance sheet classification. The Company also from time to time, grants such awards to non-employees. Such awards are accordingly marked-to-market at the end of each reporting period .
Refer to Note 14: Share-based Payments for additional information on the Companys stock-based compensation plans.
u) Employee Benefits
The Companys defined benefit pension plans are actuarially evaluated, incorporating various critical assumptions including the discount rate and the expected rate of return on plan assets. Any difference between actual and expected plan experience, including asset return experience, in excess of a 10% corridor is recognized in net periodic pension cost over the expected average employee future service period. Other assumptions involve demographic factors such as retirement age, mortality, attrition and the rate of compensation increases. The Company evaluates these assumptions annually and modifies them as appropriate.
Refer to Note 11: Employee Benefits for additional information on actuarial assumptions.
v) Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
The Company has adopted the following new accounting standards that have been recently issued:
Goodwill Impairment
In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, Intangibles Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment . The new guidance is intended to simplify the accounting for goodwill impairment by removing Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test. A goodwill impairment will now be the amount by which a reporting units carrying value exceeds its fair value, not to exceed the carrying amount of goodwill. The Company has early adopted this standard effective October 1, 2017 with no impact on its Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-44
Pension Cost
In March 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-07, Improving the Presentation of Net Periodic Pension Cost and Net Periodic Postretirement Benefit Cost . The new guidance is intended to classify costs according to their nature and better align the effect of defined benefit plans on operating income with International Financial Reporting Standards. The ASU also provides additional direction on the components eligible for capitalization. The new guidance is required to be applied retrospectively for the change in income statement presentation, while the change in capitalized benefit cost is to be applied prospectively. The ASU is effective for public companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017. Early adoption is permitted. The Company adopted this standard effective January 1, 2018 and retrospectively adjusted all periods presented in the Companys consolidated financial statements. Refer to Note 11: Employee Benefits for additional detail.
Stock Compensation
In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, Compensation Stock-Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting . The ASU, which affects all entities that issue share-based payment awards to their employees, simplifies several aspects of the accounting for share-based payment transactions, including the income tax consequences, accounting for forfeitures, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities and classification on the statement of cash flows. The Company adopted this standard effective January 1, 2017 with no material impact on the Consolidated Financial Statements and related disclosures.
Cash Flows
In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments. The new guidance is intended to reduce the existing diversity in practice in how certain cash receipts and cash payments are presented and classified in the statement of cash flows. The ASU requires the classification of eight specific cash flow issues identified under ASC 230 to be presented as either financing, investing or operating, or some combination thereof, depending upon the nature of the issue. The new guidance is required to be adopted retrospectively for all of the issues identified to each period presented. The ASU is effective for public companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017. Early adoption is permitted. The Company adopted this standard effective January 1, 2018 and retrospectively adjusted all periods presented in the Companys consolidated financial statements.
In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-18, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash. The new guidance requires restricted cash to be presented with cash and cash equivalents in the statement of cash flows. The ASU is required to be adopted retrospectively, and is effective for public companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017. Early adoption is permitted. The Companys restricted cash balances are presented in the consolidated balance sheets within Prepaid expenses and other current assets. Under the new guidance, changes in the Companys restricted cash will be classified as either operating activities or investing activities in the consolidated statements of cash flows, depending on the nature of the activities that gave rise to the restriction. The Company adopted this standard effective January 1, 2018 and retrospectively adjusted all periods presented in the Companys consolidated financial statements.
Consolidation
In February 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-02, Consolidation (Topic 810): Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis , which improves targeted areas of the consolidation guidance, and provides updated consolidation evaluation criteria. In October 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-17, Consolidation (Topic 810): Interests Held Through Related Parties That Are under Common Control , which amends the consolidation guidance on how a reporting entity that is the single decision maker of a VIE should treat indirect interests in the entity held through related parties that are held under common control. The new guidance is required to be
F-45
adopted retrospectively by recording a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the adoption period in which the amendments in ASU No. 2015-02 initially were applied. The Company adopted these standards as of January 1, 2017. These adoptions did not have an impact on its Consolidated Financial Statements and related disclosures.
Presentation of Financial Statements
In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15, Presentation of Financial StatementsGoing Concern (Topic 205). The new guidance requires management to evaluate an entitys ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that financial statements are issued. The ASU is required to be adopted prospectively and is effective for all companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016. The Company has adopted this standard with no impact on its Consolidated Financial Statements and related disclosures.
The following recently issued accounting standards are not yet required to be reflected in the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company:
Revenue Recognition
In May 2014, the FASB and the International Accounting Standards Board issued a converged standard on recognition of revenue from contracts with customers, ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) , which will replace most existing revenue recognition guidance under U.S. GAAP when it becomes effective. The core principle of the ASU requires companies to reevaluate when revenue is recorded on a transaction based upon newly defined criteria, either at a point in time or over time as goods or services are delivered. The ASU requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts, including significant judgments and estimates, and changes in those estimates.
In 2016, the FASB issued additional amendments that affect the guidance issued in ASU 2014-09 as described in the following updates: ASU No. 2016-08; 2016-10; 2016-11; 2016-12; and 2016-20. These updates provide further guidance and clarification on specific items within the previously issued ASU. The effective date and transition requirements for the amendments are the same as the effective date and transition requirements for Topic 606 . The new guidance permits the use of either the retrospective or modified retrospective methods of adoption, and is effective for public companies for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017 with the option to early adopt the standard for annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2016.
The Company plans to adopt the new revenue recognition guidance as of January 1, 2018 using the modified retrospective transition method. The Company will recognize the cumulative effect of initially applying the new revenue standard as an adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings. Based on the Companys assessment, the impact of the application of the new revenue recognition guidance will result in an acceleration of some revenues that are based, in part, on future contingent events. For example, some brokerage revenues from leasing commissions will get recognized earlier. Under current GAAP, a portion of these commissions are deferred until a future contingency is resolved (e.g. tenant move-in or payment of first months rent). Under the new revenue guidance, the Companys performance obligation will be typically satisfied at lease signing and therefore the portion of the commission that is contingent on a future event will be recognized earlier if not deemed probable of significant reversal. The Company is projecting a one-time transitional impact to be recorded directly to retained earnings as of the date of adoption of between $100.0 million and $125.0 million, for a net impact of $30.0 million and $40.0 million after related commissions expense and income tax expense. Additionally, management currently estimates the implementation of the updated principal-agent considerations in ASC 606 will result in an increase to the proportion of facility and property management contracts accounted for on a gross basis and an increase in revenue and cost of services of between $325.0 million and $375.0 million on an annual basis with no impact on operating loss, net loss or the statements of cash flows. The Company
F-46
expects the above adoption impacts to result in corresponding increases to total assets and total liabilities that will reflect contract assets and accrued commissions payables as well as nearly balanced increases in both receivables and payables related to additional contracts reported on a gross basis.
Leases
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) . The ASU will replace most existing lease guidance under U.S. GAAP when it becomes effective. The new guidance requires a lessee to record a right of use asset and a corresponding lease liability on the balance sheet for all leases with terms longer than 12 months. Entities will recognize expenses for real estate related leases on statements of operations in a manner similar to current accounting guidance and, for lessors, the guidance remains substantially similar to current U.S. GAAP. Entities are required to use a modified retrospective approach for leases that exist or are entered into after the beginning of the earliest comparative period in the financial statements. The new guidance is effective for public companies for annual reporting periods and interim periods within those annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the effect the guidance will have on its Consolidated Financial Statements.
Derivatives and Hedging
In August 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-12, Targeted Improvements to Accounting for Hedging Activities (Topic 815) . The new guidance eliminates the requirement to separately measure and report hedge ineffectiveness and is intended to reduce the complexity of applying hedge accounting by simplifying the designation and measurement of hedging instruments. The ASU is required to be applied retrospectively to eliminate the separate measurement of ineffectiveness through a cumulative-effect adjustment to Accumulated other comprehensive income with a corresponding adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings. The ASU is effective for public companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the effect, if any, that the ASU will have on its Consolidated Financial Statements.
Stock Compensation
In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-09, Scope of Modification Accounting (Topic 718) . The ASU amends the scope of modification accounting for share-based payment awards. Under the new guidance, modification accounting is required only if the fair value, vesting conditions or classification of the award (as equity or liability) changes as a result of the change in terms. For public companies, the amendments in this ASU are effective for annual reporting periods and those interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the effect, if any, that the ASU will have on its Consolidated Financial Statements.
Business Combinations
In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-01, Business Combinations: Clarifying the Definition of a Business (Topic 805) . The new guidance provides that when substantially all the fair value of the assets acquired is concentrated in a single identifiable asset or group of similar identifiable assets, the asset is not a business. The ASU is required to be adopted prospectively and is effective for public companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the effect, if any, that the ASU will have on its Consolidated Financial Statements.
Note 3: Segment Data
The Company reports its operations through the following segments: (1) Americas, (2) Europe, the Middle East and Africa (EMEA) and (3) Asia Pacific (APAC). The Americas consists of operations located
F-47
in the United States, Canada and key markets in Latin America. EMEA includes operations in the UK, France, Netherlands and other markets in Europe and the Middle East. APAC includes operations in Australia, Singapore, China and other markets in the Asia Pacific region.
For segment reporting, gross contract costs are excluded from revenue in determining fee revenue. Additionally, pursuant to business combination accounting rules, certain fee revenues that were deferred by the acquiree are recorded as a receivable on the acquisition date by the Company. Such contingent fee revenues are recorded as acquisition accounting adjustments to reflect the revenue recognition of the acquiree absent the application of acquisition accounting.
Corporate expenses are allocated to the segments based upon fee revenues of each segment. Gross contract costs are excluded from operating expenses in determining fee-based operating expenses.
Adjusted EBITDA is the profitability metric reported to the chief operating decision maker (CODM) for purposes of making decisions about allocation of resources to each segment and assessing performance of each segment. Adjusted EBITDA excludes depreciation and amortization, interest expense, net of interest income, income taxes, as well as integration and other costs related to acquisitions, including expense related to the Cassidy Turley deferred payment obligation (discussed in further detail below), stock-based compensation and other charges.
As segment assets are not reported to or used by the CODM to measure business performance or allocate resources, total segment assets and capital expenditures are not presented below.
F-48
Summarized financial information by segment is as follows (in millions):
Americas |
Year Ended
December 31, 2017 |
Year Ended
December 31, 2016 |
Year Ended
December 31, 2015 |
|||||||||
Total revenue |
$ | 4,600.2 | $ | 4,124.3 | $ | 2,524.9 | ||||||
Less: Gross contract costs |
(1,023.4 | ) | (851.4 | ) |
|
(201.5
|
)
|
|||||
Acquisition accounting adjustments |
20.0 | 30.6 | 81.7 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total fee revenue |
3,596.8 | 3,303.5 | 2,405.1 | |||||||||
Service lines: |
||||||||||||
Property, facilities and project management |
1,638.3 | 1,445.4 | 1,280.3 | |||||||||
Leasing |
1,244.6 | 1,140.7 | 830.7 | |||||||||
Capital markets |
530.4 | 536.2 | 203.4 | |||||||||
Valuation and other |
|
183.5
|
|
|
181.2
|
|
90.7 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total fee revenue |
$ | 3,596.8 | $ | 3,303.5 | $ | 2,405.1 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Segment operating expenses |
$ | 4,275.1 | $ | 3,843.8 | $ | 2,388.5 | ||||||
Less: Gross contract costs |
(1,023.4 | ) | (851.4 | ) | (201.5 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Fee-based operating expenses |
$ | 3,251.7 | $ | 2,992.4 | $ | 2,187.0 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 344.6 | $ | 311.6 | $ | 217.1 | ||||||
EMEA |
Year Ended
December 31, 2017 |
Year Ended
December 31, 2016 |
Year Ended
December 31, 2015 |
|||||||||
Total revenue |
$ | 863.3 | $ | 755.5 | $ | 541.1 | ||||||
Less: Gross contract costs |
(81.3 | ) | (65.0 | ) | (30.9 | ) | ||||||
Acquisition accounting adjustments |
3.2 | (0.8 | ) | 16.9 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total fee revenue |
785.2 | 689.7 | 527.1 | |||||||||
Service lines: |
||||||||||||
Property, facilities and project management |
200.5 | 172.9 | 132.6 | |||||||||
Leasing |
256.5 | 229.1 | 160.5 | |||||||||
Capital markets |
154.3 | 128.0 | 94.5 | |||||||||
Valuation and other |
173.9 | 159.7 | 139.5 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total fee revenue |
$ | 785.2 | $ | 689.7 | $ | 527.1 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Segment operating expenses |
$ | 769.8 | $ | 670.9 | $ | 494.3 | ||||||
Less: Gross contract costs |
(81.3 | ) | (65.0 | ) | (30.9 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Fee-based operating expenses |
$ | 688.5 | $ | 605.9 | $ | 463.4 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 108.8 | $ | 90.8 | $ | 68.0 |
F-49
APAC |
Year Ended
December 31, 2017 |
Year Ended
December 31, 2016 |
Year Ended
December 31, 2015 |
|||||||||
Total revenue |
$ | 1,460.4 | $ | 1,335.9 | $ | 1,127.2 | ||||||
Less: Gross contract costs |
(522.6 | ) | (489.6 | ) | (443.2 | ) | ||||||
Acquisition accounting adjustments |
| 0.3 | 0.9 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Total fee revenue |
937.8 | 846.6 | 684.9 | |||||||||
Service lines: |
||||||||||||
Property, facilities and project management |
649.7 | 572.4 | 464.8 | |||||||||
Leasing |
149.7 | 129.1 | 110.3 | |||||||||
Capital markets |
55.8 | 66.6 | 36.9 | |||||||||
Valuation and other |
82.6 | 78.5 | 72.9 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Total fee revenue |
$ | 937.8 | $ | 846.6 | $ | 684.9 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Segment operating expenses |
$ | 1,386.1 | $ | 1,265.0 | $ | 1,077.5 | ||||||
Less: Gross contract costs |
(522.6 | ) | (489.6 | ) | (443.2 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Fee-based operating expenses |
$ | 863.5 | $ | 775.4 | $ | 634.3 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 75.1 | $ | 72.4 | $ | 50.8 |
Adjusted EBITDA is calculated as follows (in millions):
Year Ended
December 31, 2017 |
Year Ended
December 31, 2016 |
Year Ended
December 31, 2015 |
||||||||||
Net loss attributable to the Company |
$ | (220.5 | ) | $ | (449.1 | ) | $ | (473.7 | ) | |||
Add/(less): |
||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
270.6 | 260.6 | 155.9 | |||||||||
Interest expense, net of interest income |
183.1 | 171.8 | 123.1 | |||||||||
Benefit from income taxes |
(120.4 | ) | (27.4 | ) | (56.3 | ) | ||||||
Integration and other costs related to acquisitions |
326.3 | 427.5 | 497.4 | |||||||||
Stock-based compensation |
28.2 | 40.8 | 15.4 | |||||||||
Cassidy Turley deferred payment obligation |
44.0 | 47.6 | 61.8 | |||||||||
Other |
17.2 | 3.0 | 12.3 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 528.5 | $ | 474.8 | $ | 335.9 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Below is the reconciliation of total costs and expenses to Fee-based operating expenses (in millions):
Year Ended
December 31, 2017 |
Year Ended
December 31, 2016 |
Year Ended
December 31, 2015 |
||||||||||
Total operating expenses |
$ | 7,094.1 | $ | 6,529.1 | $ | 4,603.6 | ||||||
Less: Gross contract costs |
(1,627.3 | ) | (1,406.0 | ) | (675.6 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Fee-based operating expenses |
$ | 5,466.8 | $ | 5,123.1 | $ | 3,928.0 |
F-50
The following table presents a reconciliation of Fee-based operating expenses by segment to Consolidated Fee-based operating expenses (in millions):
Year Ended
December 31, 2017 |
Year Ended
December 31, 2016 |
Year Ended
December 31, 2015 |
||||||||||
Fee-based operating expenses: |
||||||||||||
Americas fee-based operating expenses |
$ | 3,251.7 | $ | 2,992.4 | $ | 2,187.0 | ||||||
EMEA fee-based operating expenses |
688.5 | 605.9 | 463.4 | |||||||||
APAC fee-based operating expenses |
863.5 | 775.4 | 634.3 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Segment fee-based operating expenses |
4,803.7 | 4,373.7 | 3,284.7 | |||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
270.6 | 260.6 | 155.9 | |||||||||
Integration and other costs related to acquisitions (1) |
303.1 | 397.4 | 397.9 | |||||||||
Stock-based compensation |
28.2 | 40.8 | 15.4 | |||||||||
Cassidy Turley deferred payment obligation |
44.0 | 47.6 | 61.8 | |||||||||
Other |
17.2 | 3.0 | 12.3 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Fee-based operating expenses |
$ | 5,466.8 | $ | 5,123.1 | $ | 3,928.0 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) | Represents integration and other costs related to acquisitions, comprised of certain direct and incremental costs resulting from acquisitions and related integration efforts, as well as costs related to our restructuring programs, excluding the impact of acquisition accounting revenue adjustments as these amounts do not impact operating expenses. |
Geographic Information
Revenue in the table below is allocated based upon the country in which services are performed (in millions):
Year Ended
December 31, 2017 |
Year Ended
December 31, 2016 |
Year Ended
December 31, 2015 |
||||||||||
United States |
$ | 4,298.7 | $ | 3,854.4 | $ | 2,391.6 | ||||||
Australia |
711.3 | 630.0 | 603.7 | |||||||||
All other countries |
1,913.9 | 1,731.3 | 1,197.9 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
$ | 6,923.9 | $ | 6,215.7 | $ | 4,193.2 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The long-lived assets in the table below are comprised of net property and equipment (in millions):
As of December 31, 2017 | As of December 31, 2016 | |||||||
United States |
$ | 211.6 | $ | 167.1 | ||||
United Kingdom |
30.3 | 24.0 | ||||||
All other countries |
62.4 | 54.6 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
$ | 304.3 | $ | 245.7 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note 4: Earnings per Share
Earnings (Loss) per Share (EPS) is calculated by dividing the Net earnings or loss attributable to shareholders by the Weighted average shares outstanding. As the Company was in a loss position for all reported periods, the Company has determined all potentially dilutive shares would be anti-dilutive and therefore are excluded from the calculation of diluted weighted average shares outstanding. This results in the calculation of weighted average shares outstanding to be the same for basic and diluted EPS.
F-51
For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, approximately 188.7 million, 181.5 million and 109.5 million potentially dilutive securities were not included in the computation of diluted EPS because their effect would have been anti-dilutive.
The following is a calculation of EPS (in millions, except per share amounts):
Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
2017 | 2016 | 2015 | ||||||||||
Basic and Diluted EPS |
||||||||||||
Net loss attributable to shareholders |
$ | (220.5 | ) | $ | (449.1 | ) | $ | (473.7 | ) | |||
Weighted average shares outstanding for basic and diluted loss per share | 143.9 | 141.4 | 86.8 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Basic and diluted loss per ordinary share attributable to shareholders | $ | (1.53 | ) | $ | (3.18 | ) | $ | (5.46 | ) | |||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note 5: Business Combinations
2017 Acquisitions
During 2017, the Company completed the acquisition of several real estate service companies, including previously held non-controlling interest investments accounted for under either the cost or equity method. These acquisitions expand the Companys presence in key markets in the United States, Canada, Belgium and Luxembourg. They provide additional complementary service offerings to the Companys existing offerings most notably in the agency leasing, capital markets, property management and design and build service offerings as well as providing access to additional geographies and customers.
Aggregate consideration for these acquisitions included: cash paid at closing of $127.0 million, equity shares of the Company issued to sellers valued at $1.0 million, deferred consideration of $23.5 million and contingent consideration of $26.8 million. The Company recognized a $2.5 million fair value step-up gain on previously held investments, which was recognized in Operating, administrative and other in the consolidated statements of operations. The fair value of the previously held investments was primarily determined based on the total consideration transferred as part of the acquisitions, which the Company believed was the best indicator of fair value.
The deferred consideration relates to discounted values of future payments to the sellers of acquired businesses with the cash payments guaranteed subject only to the passage of time. Management anticipates these payments will be made over the next four years.
The contingent consideration relates to earn-out payments that may be paid out upon the achievement of certain performance targets. The aggregate value of possible earn-out payments across all 2017 acquisitions ranges from a minimum of $0 to a maximum of $33.4 million (undiscounted). See Note 17: Fair Value Measurements for further discussion.
The Company expensed acquisition-related costs of $2.6 million within Operating, administrative and other in the consolidated statements of operations.
The allocation of consideration to the net tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed in these acquisitions was based on estimated fair values at the date of acquisition. The fair value of receivables approximated its carrying value of $20.6 million. No material uncollectible amounts were noted in the accounts receivable assumed as part of the current year acquisitions.
F-52
The Company acquired certain intangible assets in the 2017 acquisitions. The total estimated fair value of intangibles acquired was $47.3 million, with a weighted-average useful life of approximately 10 years. Intangible assets acquired were comprised of customer relationships. Customer relationship assets were valued using the multi-period excess earnings method under the income approach, which estimates the value of the intangible assets by calculating the present value of the incremental after-tax cash flows, or excess earnings, attributable solely to the assets over the estimated periods that they generate revenues. After-tax cash flows were calculated by applying expense, income tax and contributory asset charge assumptions.
As a result of the acquisitions, the Company recognized goodwill of $114.7 million, which was allocated to the Companys segments as follows, $93.8 million to Americas and $20.9 million to EMEA. The goodwill arising from these acquisitions is primarily attributable to the benefit of revenue growth, assembled workforce and future market development. The Company is determining whether any goodwill is deductible for tax purposes. This evaluation is ongoing and will be finalized within the respective acquisition measurement periods.
The following table summarizes the fair values recorded for assets acquired and liabilities assumed of the various acquired entities (in millions):
|
December 31,
2017 |
|||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 26.4 | ||
Trade and other receivables |
20.6 | |||
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
2.5 | |||
Property and equipment |
5.1 | |||
Intangible assets |
47.3 | |||
Other current liabilities |
(17.7 | ) | ||
Deferred tax liabilities |
(8.7 | ) | ||
Other non-current liabilities |
(3.1 | ) | ||
|
|
|
||
Net assets acquired |
72.4 | |||
Goodwill |
114.7 | |||
Fair value of previously held investments |
(8.8 | ) | ||
|
|
|
||
Total consideration |
$ | 178.3 | ||
|
|
|
A change to the acquisition date value of the identifiable net assets during the measurement period (up to one year from the acquisition date) will affect the amount of the purchase price allocated to goodwill. As of the date of issuance of the financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2017, the acquisition accounting has not been finalized, as certain tax estimates and contingencies are still being evaluated.
2016 Acquisitions
During 2016, the Company completed the acquisition of several real estate service companies in the United States and Europe. These acquisitions provide additional complementary service offerings to the Companys existing offerings most notably in the agency leasing, capital markets, facilities management, property management and investment sales service offerings as well as providing access to additional geographies and customers.
Aggregate consideration for these acquisitions included: cash paid at closing and working capital adjustments of $80.7 million; equity shares of the Company issued to sellers valued at $3.5 million; deferred consideration of $42.2 million; and contingent consideration of $29.3 million. The Company recorded a gain of $4.0 million in relation to the fair value step-up of the carrying value of the previously held equity method
F-53
investment in Operating, administrative and other in the consolidated statements of operations. At the time of the acquisition, the investment value was determined to be $24.2 million. The fair value of the investment was determined based on the total consideration transferred as part of the acquisition, which the Company deemed to be the best indicator of fair value.
The deferred consideration relates to discounted values of future payments to the sellers of acquired businesses with the cash payments guaranteed subject to the passage of time. Management anticipates these payments will be made over the next four years. See Note 17: Fair Value Measurements for further discussion.
The contingent consideration relates to earn-out payments that may be paid out upon the achievement of certain performance conditions or retaining and winning key customer contracts. The aggregate value of possible earn-out payments across all 2016 acquisitions ranges from a minimum of $0 to a maximum of $43.3 million (undiscounted). See Note 17: Fair Value Measurements for further discussion.
The Company expensed acquisition-related costs of $2.9 million within Operating, administrative and other in the consolidated statements of operations.
The allocation of consideration to the net tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed in these acquisitions was based on estimated fair values at the date of acquisition. The fair value of receivables approximated its carrying value of $18.7 million. No material uncollectible amounts were noted in the accounts receivable assumed as part of the current year acquisitions.
The Company acquired certain intangible assets in the 2016 acquisitions. The total estimated fair value of intangibles acquired was $74.8 million, with a weighted-average useful life of approximately nine years. Intangible assets acquired were comprised of customer relationships. Customer relationship assets were valued using the multi-period excess earnings method under the income approach, which estimates the value of the intangible assets by calculating the present value of the incremental after-tax cash flows, or excess earnings, attributable solely to the assets over the estimated periods that they generate revenues. After-tax cash flows were calculated by applying expense, income tax and contributory asset charge assumptions.
As a result of the acquisitions, the Company recognized goodwill of $97.4 million, which was allocated to the Companys segments as follows: $56.6 million to Americas and $40.8 million to EMEA. Total goodwill was calculated by adding the total consideration transferred and the equity method investment at fair value less the net assets acquired. The goodwill arising from these acquisitions is primarily attributable to the benefit of revenue growth and future market development. As of December 31, 2016, the Company estimates that goodwill of $81.7 million will be deductible for tax purposes.
F-54
The following table summarizes the fair values recorded for assets acquired and liabilities assumed of the various acquired entities (in millions):
|
December 31,
2016 |
|||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 24.3 | ||
Trade and other receivables |
18.7 | |||
Property and equipment |
3.3 | |||
Intangible assets |
74.8 | |||
Other non-current assets |
9.0 | |||
Deferred tax assets |
4.6 | |||
Other current liabilities |
(26.6 | ) | ||
Pension liability |
(8.8 | ) | ||
Deferred tax liabilities |
(3.4 | ) | ||
Other non-current liabilities |
(9.4 | ) | ||
|
|
|
||
Net assets acquired |
86.5 | |||
Goodwill |
97.4 | |||
Fair value of equity method investment |
(28.2 | ) | ||
|
|
|
||
Total consideration |
$ | 155.7 | ||
|
|
|
Measurement period adjustments related to 2016 acquisitions were recognized in the periods in which they were determined. The goodwill values in the table above include measurement period adjustments for working capital adjustments as well as finalization of deferred tax liabilities determined in 2017 relating to conditions that existed at the acquisition date, but for which final information was determined subsequent to the issuance of the year-end 2016 financial statements.
C&W Group Merger
On September 1, 2015, the Company completed the merger with the C&W Group, a global leader in commercial real estate services (the C&W Group merger). The C&W Group merger provided additional complementary service offerings to the Companys existing offerings and access to additional geographies and customers. The total consideration for the C&W Group merger was cash of $1.9 billion. The consideration transferred was funded in part by equity contributions from the Sponsors totaling $940.0 million and net proceeds of $1.3 billion from debt issued.
The Company expensed acquisition-related costs of $48.3 million within Operating, administrative and other in the consolidated statements of operations.
The allocation of consideration to the net tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the C&W Group merger was based on estimated fair values at the date of acquisition. The fair value of receivables approximated its carrying value of $666.3 million. The gross amount due from customers was $681.3 million, of which $15.0 million was estimated to be uncollectible as of the acquisition date. Upon acquisition, a separate allowance for receivables acquired was not recognized as of the acquisition date as the uncertainty about future cash flows was considered in the fair value measurement.
The Company acquired certain intangible assets in the C&W Group merger. The total estimated fair value of intangibles acquired was $1.2 billion, with a weighted-average useful life of approximately six years. Intangible assets included the trade name of $546.0 million, customer relationships of $599.6 million, alliance networks of $5.0 million and above market leases of $8.7 million. The trade name was determined to be an indefinite-lived intangible asset. Customer relationships, alliance networks and above market leases acquired
F-55
have a weighted average useful life of approximately six, seven and eleven years, respectively. The trade name was valued using the relief-from-royalty method under the income approach, which estimates the value of the intangible asset by discounting to fair value the hypothetical royalty payments a market participant would be willing to pay to enjoy the benefits of the asset. Customer relationship assets were valued using the multi-period excess earnings method under the income approach, which estimates the value of the intangible assets by calculating the present value of the incremental after-tax cash flows, or excess earnings, attributable solely to the assets over the estimated periods that they generate revenues. After-tax cash flows were calculated by applying cost, expense, income tax, and contributory asset charge assumptions. The alliance networks and above market leases were valued using the income approach.
As a result of the merger, the Company recognized goodwill of $868.1 million, which was allocated to the Companys segments as follows: $763.6 million to Americas, $80.5 million to EMEA and $24.0 million to APAC. The goodwill arising from the C&W Group merger is primarily attributable to the acquired workforce as well as the benefit of revenue growth and future market development. The Company has concluded that goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes.
The following table summarizes the fair values recorded for assets acquired and liabilities assumed of C&W Group (in millions):
September 1, 2015 | ||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 115.2 | ||
Trade and other receivables |
638.8 | |||
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
65.3 | |||
Property and equipment |
129.2 | |||
Intangible assets |
1,159.3 | |||
Deferred tax assets |
1.9 | |||
Other non-current assets |
122.0 | |||
Accounts payable and accrued expenses |
(191.8 | ) | ||
Accrued compensation |
(405.6 | ) | ||
Income tax payable |
(0.7 | ) | ||
Other current liabilities |
(45.2 | ) | ||
Long-term debt |
(24.2 | ) | ||
Deferred tax liabilities |
(395.4 | ) | ||
Other non-current liabilities |
(108.5 | ) | ||
Non-controlling interest |
(0.6 | ) | ||
|
|
|
||
Net assets acquired |
1,059.7 | |||
Goodwill |
868.1 | |||
|
|
|
||
Total consideration |
$ | 1,927.8 | ||
|
|
|
Measurement period adjustments related to the C&W Group merger were recognized in the periods in which they were determined, rather than retrospectively, as permitted under new accounting guidance issued in September 2015. See Note 2: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies for more information.
A change to the acquisition date value of the identifiable net assets during the measurement period (up to one year from the acquisition date) will affect the amount of the purchase price allocated to goodwill. The values in the table above include measurement period adjustments determined in 2016 relating to conditions that existed at the acquisition date, but for which final information was determined subsequent to the issuance of the year-end 2015 financial statements.
Unaudited pro forma results, assuming the C&W Group merger had occurred as of January 1, 2015 for the purposes of the 2015 pro forma disclosures, are presented below. They include certain adjustments for the
F-56
year ended December 31, 2015, including $62.7 million of increased amortization expense as a result of intangible assets acquired in the C&W Group merger, $16.6 million of additional interest expense as a result of debt incurred to finance the C&W Group merger and the tax impact for the year ended December 31, 2015 of these pro forma adjustments. These pro forma results detailed below have been prepared for comparative purposes only and do not purport to be indicative of what operating results would have been had the C&W Group merger occurred on January 1, 2015 and may not be indicative of future operating results.
(in millions) |
(Unaudited)
Year ended December 31, 2015 |
|||
Pro Forma Revenue |
$ | 6,019.0 | ||
Pro Forma Net loss attributable to the Company |
547.8 |
Beginning in the third quarter of 2015, the Companys consolidated results of operations included the results of C&W Group. Revenue of $1.1 billion and a net loss of $46.5 million from C&W Group have been included in the Companys consolidated results of operations for 2015 from the date of the merger.
Note 6: Property and Equipment
Property and equipment consist of the following (in millions):
As of
December 31, 2017 |
As of
December 31, 2016 |
|||||||
Software |
$ | 168.4 | $ | 141.2 | ||||
Plant and equipment |
127.7 | 108.9 | ||||||
Leasehold improvements |
170.2 | 102.2 | ||||||
Equipment under capital lease |
29.8 | 21.4 | ||||||
Software under development |
11.7 | 16.9 | ||||||
Construction in progress |
11.7 | 0.1 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
519.5 | 390.7 | |||||||
Less: Accumulated depreciation |
(215.2 | ) | (145.0 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Total property and equipment, net |
$ | 304.3 | $ | 245.7 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization expense associated with property and equipment was $90.4 million, $81.0 million and $47.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company recognized impairment losses of $2.6 million related to software. The 2016 non-cash write-off resulted from the decision to discontinue the use of an enterprise resource planning tool in the Americas segment and is included in Restructuring, impairment and related charges in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.
F-57
Note 7: Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
The following table summarizes the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 (in millions):
Americas | APAC | EMEA | Total | |||||||||||||
Balance as of January 1, 2016 |
$ | 1,108.4 | $ | 161.0 | $ | 198.2 | $ | 1,467.6 | ||||||||
Acquisitions |
57.4 | | 42.9 | 100.3 | ||||||||||||
Disposals |
(5.1 | ) | (2.7 | ) | | (7.8 | ) | |||||||||
Measurement period adjustments |
(4.9 | ) | 110.5 | 0.3 | 105.9 | |||||||||||
Effect of movements in exchange rates |
| (20.7 | ) | (36.7 | ) | (57.4 | ) | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Balance as of December 31, 2016 |
$ | 1,155.8 | $ | 248.1 | $ | 204.7 | $ | 1,608.6 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Acquisitions |
93.8 | | 20.9 | 114.7 | ||||||||||||
Measurement period adjustments |
(0.7 | ) | | (2.2 | ) | (2.9 | ) | |||||||||
Effect of movements in exchange rates |
0.8 | 18.5 | 25.6 | 44.9 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Balance as of December 31, 2017 |
$ | 1,249.7 | $ | 266.6 | $ | 249.0 | $ | 1,765.3 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Portions of goodwill are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, therefore a portion of the movements in the reported book value of these balances is attributable to movements in foreign currency exchange rates.
During the year ended December 31, 2016, management identified additional information about facts that existed as of the original acquisition date related to an unfavorable long term facility management contract. Based on the additional information, the Company recorded additional goodwill of $103.6 million. Additionally, management identified other measurement period adjustments during the year and adjusted the provisional goodwill amounts recognized.
Refer to Note 5: Business Combinations for information about acquisitions and measurement period adjustments.
The following tables summarize the carrying amounts and accumulated amortization of intangible assets (in millions):
As of December 31, 2017 | ||||||||||||||||
Useful Life
(in years) |
Gross Value |
Accumulated
Amortization |
Net Value | |||||||||||||
C&W trade name |
Indefinite | $ | 546.0 | $ | | $ | 546.0 | |||||||||
Customer relationships |
1 15 | 1,211.5 | (468.0 | ) | 743.5 | |||||||||||
Other intangible assets |
2 13 | 26.9 | (10.4 | ) | 16.5 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
Total intangible assets |
$ | 1,784.4 | $ | (478.4 | ) | $ | 1,306.0 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
As of December 31, 2016 | ||||||||||||||||
Useful Life
(in years) |
Gross Value |
Accumulated
Amortization |
Net Value | |||||||||||||
C&W trade name |
Indefinite | $ | 546.0 | $ | | $ | 546.0 | |||||||||
Customer relationships |
1 15 | 1,132.0 | (280.8 | ) | 851.2 | |||||||||||
Other intangible assets |
2 13 | 26.3 | (6.5 | ) | 19.8 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
Total intangible assets |
$ | 1,704.3 | $ | (287.3 | ) | $ | 1,417.0 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-58
Identifiable intangible assets with finite lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over their useful lives. Amortization expense was $180.2 million, $179.6 million and $109.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The estimated annual future amortization expense for each of the years ending December 31, 2018 through December 31, 2022 is $184.6 million, $179.6 million, $129.8 million, $44.3 million and $42.0 million, respectively. See Note 5: Business Combinations for information on intangible assets acquired during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015.
For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, the annual impairment assessment of goodwill has been completed resulting in no impairment, as the estimated fair value of each of the identified reporting units was in excess of their carrying value.
No impairments of intangible assets were recorded for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016. For the year ended December 31, 2015, an impairment charge of $143.8 million was recorded in Restructuring, impairment and related charges in the consolidated statements of operations related to the DTZ trade name intangible asset, within the EMEA region. For the entities continuing to use the DTZ trade name, the Company records amortization expense on a straight-line basis over the useful life of seven years. All other trademarks and trade names are not amortized as they are considered to have indefinite useful lives.
Note 8: Investments Accounted for Using the Equity Method
The Company follows the equity method of accounting for joint ventures and investments in which it has significant influence, but not control, over the financial and operating policies. The table below provides details of interests in entities accounted for using the equity method of accounting.
Name |
Principal
place of business |
Principal activities |
Interests Held
as of |
Total Consolidated
Investment Carrying Amount (in millions) as of |
||||||||||||||||
December 31,
2017 and 2016 |
December 31,
2017 |
December 31,
2016 |
||||||||||||||||||
Equity accounted investees | EMEA |
|
Property advisory,
integrated real estate management services, investment services |
|
20% - 50% | 7.9 | 7.6 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
$ | 7.9 | $ | 7.6 | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
Dividends received from investments accounted for using the equity method were $1.0 million, $6.3 million and $5.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
During 2016 and 2017, the Company acquired the remaining unowned portions of certain investments. Prior to these transactions, the Company owned 50% of the investments and accounted for activity using the equity method. Refer to Note 5: Business Combinations for more information.
Note 9: Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities
Interest Rate Risk Management
The Company is exposed to certain risks arising from both business operations and economic conditions, including interest rate risk. The Company manages interest rate risk primarily by managing the amount, sources and duration of debt funding and by using derivative financial instruments. Derivative financial instruments are used to manage differences in the amount, timing and duration of known or expected cash
F-59
payments principally related to borrowings under the Credit Agreements (as defined in Note 10: Long-term Debt and Other Borrowings). As the Credit Agreements bear floating interest rates, the Companys objective in using interest rate derivatives is to effectively manage the majority of its floating rate debt obligations to fixed interest rates, thereby mitigating the impact of interest rate changes on its earnings and cash flows. To accomplish this objective, the Company primarily uses interest rate swaps and caps as part of the overall interest rate risk management strategy.
In January 2015, the Company entered into five interest rate swap agreements and one interest rate cap agreement, expiring in October 2019. In December 2015, the Company entered into three additional interest rate cap agreements with effective dates in February 2016, all of which matured May 2017. In July 2016, the Company entered into five interest rate cap agreements, three with effective dates of May 2017, one with an effective date of July 2016, and one with an effective date of August 2016 expiring in May 2021, which were terminated in 2017 as discussed below. In August 2017, the Company entered into two interest rate cap agreements that became effective in the month of trade, expiring August 2021. The Company immediately designated each of these instruments as cash flow hedges.
In February 2017, the Company elected to terminate and monetize the five interest rate cap agreements originally transacted in July 2016 and received a $26.6 million cash settlement in exchange for its net hedge asset. Amounts relating to these terminated derivatives recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive income on the consolidated balance sheets will be amortized into earnings over the remaining life of the original contracts, which were scheduled to expire between May 2021 and August 2021. Subsequently, the Company entered into five identical interest rate cap agreements, three expiring May 2021, one expiring July 2021 and one expiring August 2021.
The purpose of these agreements is to hedge potential changes to cash flows due to the variable nature of interest rates in the Credit Agreements. The ineffective portion of the change in fair value of the derivatives is recognized directly in earnings. There was no hedge ineffectiveness related to interest rate swap and cap agreements for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015. The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives designated and qualifying as cash flow hedges is recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive loss on the consolidated balance sheets and is subsequently reclassified into earnings in the period that the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, there were $26.9 million and $19.8 million in pre-tax gains, respectively, included in Accumulated other comprehensive loss related to these agreements, which will be reclassified to Interest expense as interest payments are made in accordance with the Credit Agreements. During the next twelve months, the Company estimates that gains of $5.1 million (pre-tax) will be reclassified to Interest expense.
Foreign Exchange Risk Management
The Company has intercompany loans with, external loans payable by and investments in foreign subsidiaries that have a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar. Accordingly, the Company is exposed to risks arising from changes in foreign currency exchange rates. To manage these risks, the Company enters into derivative financial instruments, primarily cross currency interest rate swaps. The purpose of these instruments is to mitigate gains or losses as a result of remeasurement of loans and manage the value of investments in foreign subsidiaries.
The Company has seven cross-currency interest rate swap agreements, expiring in October 2019. Two of these cross-currency interest rate swaps were designated as a net investment hedge of foreign investment in a Singapore subsidiary. The remaining five swaps were designated as cash flow hedges. The ineffective portion of the change in fair value of the derivatives are recognized directly in earnings. The Company did not recognize any income or loss due to hedge ineffectiveness for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016. For the year ended December 31, 2015, $1.8 million in losses were recognized in Other income/(expense), net due to hedge ineffectiveness. The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives designated and qualifying as cash
F-60
flow or net investment hedges is recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive loss on the consolidated balance sheets and is subsequently reclassified into earnings in the period that the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, there was a $3.4 million loss and $1.0 million gain (pre-tax), respectively, included in Accumulated other comprehensive loss on the consolidated balance sheets related to these agreements, which will be reclassified to Operating, administrative and other as remeasurement of the principal balance of the hedged intercompany debt or net investment is recognized in earnings. During the next twelve months, the Company estimates that losses of $0.2 million (pre-tax) will be reclassified to Operating, administrative and other.
The following table presents the fair value of derivatives as well as their classification on the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 (in millions):
December 31, 2017 | December 31, 2016 | |||||||||||||||||||
Assets | Liabilities | Assets | Liabilities | |||||||||||||||||
Derivative Instrument |
Notional | Fair Value | Fair Value | Fair Value | Fair Value | |||||||||||||||
Designated: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Cash flow hedges: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Cross-currency interest rate swaps |
$ | 137.3 | $ | 7.1 | $ | 0.4 | $ | 18.8 | $ | | ||||||||||
Interest rate swaps |
135.0 | 0.5 | | | 0.6 | |||||||||||||||
Interest rate caps |
2,035.0 | 8.9 | | 28.5 | 2.6 | |||||||||||||||
Net investment hedges: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Foreign currency net investment hedges |
29.9 | | 0.7 | 2.6 | | |||||||||||||||
Non-designated: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Foreign currency forward contracts |
277.5 | 0.8 | 2.2 | 2.0 | 0.3 |
The fair value of derivative assets are included within Other non-current assets and the fair value of derivative liabilities are included within Other non-current liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. The Company does not net derivatives on the consolidated balance sheets.
F-61
The following table presents the effect of derivatives designated as hedges on the consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, net of applicable income taxes:
(in millions) |
Beginning Accumulated
Other Comprehensive Loss (Gain) |
Amount of Loss (Gain)
Recognized in Other Comprehensive Loss on Derivatives (Effective Portion) |
Amount of (Loss) Gain
Reclassified from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss into Income Statement (Effective Portion) |
Ending Accumulated
Other Comprehensive Loss (Gain) |
||||||||||||
For the Year Ended December 31, 2015 | ||||||||||||||||
Foreign currency cash flow hedges | $ | | $ | (6.7 | ) | $ | 6.8 | $ | 0.1 | |||||||
Foreign currency net investment hedges | | (2.3 | ) | | (2.3 | ) | ||||||||||
Interest rate cash flow hedges | | 5.9 | (1.2 | ) | 4.7 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
| (3.1 | ) 1 | 5.6 | 2 | 2.5 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
For the Year Ended December 31, 2016 | ||||||||||||||||
Foreign currency cash flow hedges | $ | 0.1 | $ | (13.2 | ) | $ | 14.0 | $ | 0.9 | |||||||
Foreign currency net investment hedges | (2.3 | ) | 0.4 | | (1.9 | ) | ||||||||||
Interest rate cash flow hedges | 4.7 | (18.2 | ) | (2.9 | ) | (16.4 | ) | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
2.5 | (31.0 | ) 1 | 11.1 | 2 | (17.4 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
For the Year Ended December 31, 2017 | ||||||||||||||||
Foreign currency cash flow hedges | 0.9 | 11.0 | (9.7 | ) | 2.2 | |||||||||||
Foreign currency net investment hedges | (1.9 | ) | 2.6 | | 0.7 | |||||||||||
Interest rate cash flow hedges | (16.4 | ) | 1.0 | (7.1 | ) | (22.5 | ) | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
$ | (17.4 | ) | $ | 14.6 | 1 | $ | (16.8 | ) 2 | $ | (19.6 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) | Amount is net of related income tax (benefit) expense of $(2.9) million, $5.2 million and $0.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. |
(2) | Amount is net of related income tax benefit (expense) of $3.7 million, $(1.9) million and $0.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. |
Losses of $8.4 million, $2.9 million, and $1.2 million were reclassified into earnings during the periods ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and gains of $1.3 million, $0.0 million and $0.0 million were reclassified into earnings during the periods ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively, relating to interest rate hedges and were recognized in Interest expense on the consolidated statements of operations.
Losses of $0.1 million, gains of $0.2 million and losses of $0.5 million were reclassified into earnings during the periods ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, relating to foreign currency cash flow hedges and were recognized in Interest expense.
Losses of $9.6 million and gains of $13.8 million and $7.3 million were reclassified into earnings during the periods ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, relating to foreign currency cash flow hedges and were recognized in Operating, administrative and other.
F-62
As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company has not posted and does not hold any collateral related to these agreements. Additionally, the Companys foreign operations expose it to fluctuations in foreign exchange rates. These fluctuations may impact the value of cash receipts and payments in terms of functional currency. The Company enters into short-term forward contracts to mitigate the risk of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates that would adversely impact some of the Companys foreign currency denominated transactions. Hedge accounting was not elected for any of these contracts. As such, changes in the fair values of these contracts are recorded directly in Operating, administrative and other expense. There were losses of $3.1 million, gains of $1.7 million and losses of $0.3 million included in the consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company had 24 and 19 foreign currency exchange forward contracts outstanding covering a notional amount of $277.5 million and $201.1 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the fair value of forward contracts disclosed above were included in Other current assets and Other current liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. The Company does not net these derivatives on the consolidated balance sheets.
Note 10: Long-term Debt and Other Borrowings
Long-term debt consisted of the following (in millions):
As of
December 31, 2017 |
As of
December 31, 2016 |
|||||||
Collateralized: |
||||||||
First Lien Loan, as amended, net of unamortized discount and issuance costs of $44.6 million and $55.2 million | $ | 2,341.1 | $ | 2,354.9 | ||||
Second Lien Loan, as amended, net of unamortized discount and issuance costs of $10.0 million and $6.6 million | 460.0 | 263.4 | ||||||
Capital lease liabilities (see Note 15) |
15.3 | 10.3 | ||||||
Notes payable to former shareholders |
21.2 | 25.5 | ||||||
Other loans and promissory notes |
| 2.3 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Total long-term debt |
2,837.6 | 2,656.4 | ||||||
Less current portion |
(53.6 | ) | (31.8 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Total non-current long-term debt |
$ | 2,784.0 | $ | 2,624.6 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company had overdrafts of $5.9 million and $3.7 million as of December 31, 2017 and 2016.
First Lien Loan
On November 4, 2014, certain of our subsidiaries, DTZ U.S. Borrower, LLC (the U.S. Borrower) and DTZ Aus Holdco Pty Limited (the Australian Borrower and together with the U.S. Borrower, the Borrowers) and DTZ UK Guarantor Limited, as guarantor (the UK Guarantor), entered into a $950.0 million first lien credit agreement (the First Lien Credit Agreement or First Lien), comprised of a $750.0 million term loan (as increased from time to time, the First Lien Loan) and a $200.0 million revolving facility (as increased from time to time, the Revolver). Total proceeds of $713.5 million (net of $11.3 million stated discount and $25.2 million in debt issuance costs) were received.
As of December 31, 2017, the First Lien Credit Agreement has been amended several times since establishment of the loan which has resulted in outstanding principal of $2.4 billion.
The First Lien Loan bears interest at the U.S. Borrowers election at either the Base Rate plus 2.25% or the Eurodollar Rate plus 3.25%. The Base Rate is defined as the highest of the (1) Federal Funds Rate plus 0.50%, (2) Prime Rate (as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement) or (3) Eurodollar Rate of one month plus
F-63
1.00%. The Eurodollar Rate is defined as adjusted LIBOR subject to a floor, in the case of the First Lien Loan, of 1.00%. The First Lien Loan matures on November 4, 2021. The weighted average effective interest rate for the First Lien Loan was 4.79% as of December 31, 2017 and 2016.
The First Lien Credit Agreement requires quarterly principal payments equal to 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of the First Lien Loan, including incremental borrowings. The Borrowers are also required to make mandatory prepayments on the outstanding First Lien Loan in an aggregate principal amount equal to:
| 50% of excess cash flow, as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement, as amended, less any principal prepayments of First Lien Loan and Revolver borrowings (to the extent accompanied by a corresponding termination of commitments) made for the year then ended and less any prepayment made pursuant to the Second Lien Credit Agreement (as described below), subject to certain other exceptions and deductions. The percentage is reduced to 25% of excess cash flow if the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio, as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement, is less than or equal to 3.75 to 1.00, but greater than 3.25 to 1.00, and it is reduced to 0% if the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to 3.25 to 1.00. |
| 100% of the net cash proceeds, subject to certain exceptions and reinvestment rights, from certain asset sales or insurance recoveries. |
| 100% of the net cash proceeds from debt issuances, other than debt permitted under the Credit Agreements. |
On September 1, 2015, the First Lien Credit Agreement was amended (the Amended First Lien Credit Agreement). Under the Amended First Lien Credit Agreement, the Borrowers refinanced the outstanding principal of $746.3 million under the First Lien Loan, borrowed an additional approximately $1.1 billion under the First Lien Credit Agreement, and increased the available borrowing capacity under the Revolver by $175.0 million. The Amended First Lien Credit Agreement reduced the applicable margin on the Base Rate and Eurodollar Rate to 2.25% and 3.25%, respectively.
The Company evaluated the terms of the Amended First Lien Credit Agreement to determine if the refinancing should be accounted for as a modification or an extinguishment on a lender by lender basis. The change in present value of future cash flows for First Lien Loan lenders that remained in the syndication was less than 10% and, accordingly, the Company accounted for unamortized First Lien Loan issuance costs and fees incurred for such loans under the Amended First Lien Credit Agreement for these lenders as a debt modification. Certain lenders in the First Lien Loan syndication did not invest in the new loans issued under the Amended First Lien Credit Agreement. The Company accounted for unamortized First Lien Loan issuance costs for these lenders as an extinguishment.
Prior to the refinancing, the balance of unamortized issuance costs related to the First Lien Loan was $33.1 million. Fees allocated to lenders that did not participate in the new loans issued under the Amended First Lien Credit Agreement of $3.3 million were expensed and included in Interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations. The remaining unamortized issuance costs continued to be deferred as a reduction of the loan balance.
The Borrowers incurred $35.9 million in total fees related to the Amended First Lien Credit Agreement. The Borrowers paid $10.6 million in fees to lenders. New fees paid to creditors were recorded as a reduction to the loan balance in accordance with modification accounting. The Borrowers paid $25.3 million in fees to third parties, which were allocated to each lender on a pro-rata basis. The third party fees of $8.9 million allocated to new lenders were reported as a reduction to the loan balance. Third party fees of $16.4 million allocated to original lenders that remained in the syndication were expensed and included in Interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations.
F-64
On December 22, 2015, the Borrowers obtained incremental term commitments in an aggregate amount of $75.0 million under the First Lien Credit Agreement, as amended (First Lien Amendment No. 3). Terms of the First Lien Credit Agreement were not modified, and the incremental term commitments associated with First Lien Amendment No. 3 were issued under the same pricing and maturity terms as the existing loans under the Amended First Lien Credit Agreement. Total proceeds of $72.1 million (net of $1.5 million stated discount and $1.4 million in debt issuance costs) were received.
On June 14, 2016, the Borrowers obtained incremental term commitments in an aggregate amount of $350.0 million under the First Lien Credit Agreement, as amended (First Lien Amendment No. 5). Terms of the First Lien Credit Agreement were not modified, and the incremental term commitments associated with First Lien Amendment No. 5 were issued under the same pricing and maturity terms as the existing loans under the Amended First Lien Credit Agreement. Total proceeds of $342.1 million (net of $2.6 million stated discount and $5.3 million in debt issuance costs) were received.
The Company evaluated the terms of First Lien Amendment No. 5 to determine if the new debt instrument should be accounted for as a modification or an extinguishment on a lender-by-lender basis. The change in present value of future cash flows for First Lien Loan lenders, as well as participants in the existing loans under the Amended First Lien Credit Agreement and incremental term commitments, that remained in the syndication just prior to the effective date of First Lien Amendment No. 5 was less than 10% and, accordingly, the Company accounted for all prior unamortized debt issuance costs and fees incurred for these lenders as a debt modification.
Prior to the refinancing, the balance of unamortized issuance costs related to the First Lien Loan, Amended First Lien Credit Agreement and subsequent incremental term commitments was approximately $51.3 million. All of the unamortized issuance costs allocated to these lenders continue to be deferred as a reduction of the new loan balance and amortized under the corresponding term of the Amended First Lien Credit Agreement.
The Borrowers incurred $7.9 million in total fees related to First Lien Amendment No. 5. The Borrowers paid $2.6 million in fees to creditors, which were recorded as a reduction to the loan balance in accordance with modification accounting. The Borrowers paid $5.3 million in fees to third parties, which were expensed and included in Interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations.
On November 14, 2016, the Borrowers obtained incremental term commitments in an aggregate amount of $215.0 million under the First Lien Credit Agreement, as amended (First Lien Amendment No. 6). Terms of the First Lien Credit Agreement were not modified, and the incremental term commitments were issued under the same pricing and maturity terms as the existing loans under the Amended First Lien Credit Agreement. Total proceeds of $210.5 million (net of $1.1 million stated discount and $3.4 million in debt issuance costs) were received.
Proceeds from the November 14, 2016 incremental term commitments were used to prepay, on a pro rata basis, the $210.0 million Second Lien Loan and a portion of the $25.0 million Second Lien incremental term loan. Refer to the discussion below for the Companys evaluation and determination of the new debt instrument and the associated accounting for unamortized Second Lien Loan and incremental term commitment issuance costs.
The Borrowers incurred $4.5 million in total fees related to First Lien Amendment No. 6. The Borrowers paid $1.1 million in fees to creditors, which were recorded as a reduction to the loan balance in accordance with modification accounting. The Borrowers paid $3.4 million in fees to third parties, which were expensed and included in Interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations.
F-65
Second Lien Loan
On November 4, 2014, the Borrowers and the UK Guarantor entered into a second lien credit agreement (the Second Lien Credit Agreement, and together with the First Lien Credit Agreement, the Credit Agreements), comprised of a $210.0 million term loan (the Second Lien Loan). Total proceeds of $197.4 million (net of $4.2 million stated discount and $8.4 million in debt issuance costs) were received.
As of December 31, 2017, the Second Lien Credit Agreement has been amended several times since establishment of the loan, which has resulted in outstanding principal of $470.0 million.
$450.0 million of the Second Lien Loan bears interest at the U.S. Borrowers election at either the Base Rate plus 6.75% or the Eurodollar Rate plus 7.75% and $20.0 million of the Second Lien Loan bears interest at the U.S. Borrowers election at either the Base Rate plus 7.25% or the Eurodollar Rate plus 8.25%. The Base Rate is defined as the highest of the (1) Federal Funds Rate plus 0.50%, (2) Prime Rate (as defined in the Second Lien Credit Agreement) or (3) Eurodollar Rate of one month plus 1.00%. The Eurodollar Rate is defined as adjusted LIBOR subject to a floor of 1.00%. The weighted average effective interest rate for the Second Lien was 8.87% and 9.30% as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.
The Second Lien Loan matures on November 4, 2022 and is payable on maturity. The mandatory prepayment requirements for the Second Lien Loan are substantially the same as for the First Lien Loan.
On September 1, 2015, the Borrowers borrowed an additional $250.0 million under the Second Lien Credit Agreement. Total proceeds of $243.4 million (net of $5.4 million stated discount and $1.2 million in debt issuance costs) were received. Terms of the Second Lien Credit Agreement were not modified, and there was no refinancing or repayment of any amounts. The additional borrowings bear interest at either the Base Rate plus 6.75% or the Eurodollar Rate plus 7.75%. The Company elected the Eurodollar Rate, resulting in an 8.75% stated interest rate.
On December 22, 2015, the Company obtained incremental term commitments in an aggregate amount of $25.0 million under the Second Lien Credit Agreement, as amended (Second Lien Amendment No. 3). Terms of the Second Lien Credit Agreement were not modified, and the incremental term commitments were issued under the same terms and conditions as the Second Lien Credit Agreement. Total proceeds of $24.0 million (net of $0.5 million stated discount and $0.5 million in debt issuance costs) were received.
On November 14, 2016, the First Lien Credit Agreement was amended, as described above. The Borrowers obtained incremental term commitments in an aggregate amount of $215.0 million under First Lien Amendment No. 6 to refinance and prepay the outstanding principal of $210.0 million under the Second Lien Loan and $5.0 million of the $25.0 million incremental term loan principal under the Second Lien Credit Agreement, using the new cash proceeds.
The Company evaluated the terms of the Credit Agreements to determine if the refinancing should be accounted for as a modification or an extinguishment on a lender-by-lender basis. The change in present value of future cash flows for all lenders that were participants in the Credit Agreements just prior to the effective date of First Lien Amendment No. 6 was less than 10% and, accordingly, the Company accounted for all prior unamortized debt issuance costs and fees incurred for these lenders as a debt modification.
Prior to the refinancing, the balance of unamortized issuance costs related to the Second Lien Loan and the $25.0 million incremental term commitments was $11.2 million. Unamortized issuance costs allocated to lenders that participated in First Lien Amendment No. 6 of $10.2 million continue to be deferred as a reduction of the new loan balance and amortized under the corresponding term of the Amended First Lien Credit Agreement. Unamortized issuance costs of $1.0 million allocated to lenders that continue to participate in the remaining $20.0 million outstanding balance of the Second Lien term loans continue to be deferred as a reduction of that loan balance and amortized under the corresponding term of the Second Lien Credit Agreement.
F-66
On May 19, 2017, the U.S. Borrower obtained incremental term commitments in an aggregate amount of $200.0 million under the Second Lien Credit Agreement, as amended. Terms of the Second Lien Credit Agreement were not modified, and the incremental term commitments were issued under the same terms and conditions as the existing loans under the Second Lien Credit Agreement. Total proceeds of $195.3 million (net of $4.0 million stated discount and $0.7 million in debt issuance costs) were received.
Revolver
The Revolver was established on November 4, 2014 pursuant to the terms included in the First Lien Credit Agreement, as amended, and has an aggregated maximum borrowing limit of $375.0 million. The applicable margins for the Revolver are determined by the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio and range from 3.00% to 3.50% for Base Rate borrowings and 4.00% to 4.50% for Eurodollar Rate borrowings (subject to a 0% LIBOR floor). The Revolver also includes an option to borrow funds under the terms of a swing line loan facility, subject to a sublimit of $10.0 million.
On September 15, 2017, the First Lien Credit Agreement was amended (First Lien Amendment No. 8 and First Lien Amendment No. 9). Under the amended agreement, the Borrowers extended certain commitments of approximately $296.2 million on the Revolver until the earlier of September 15, 2022 and any date that is 91 days before the maturity date with respect to any First Lien term loans, with the remaining $78.8 million which was not amended maturing on the previously established date of November 4, 2019. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Borrowers had no outstanding funds drawn under the Revolver, which matures partially on (i) November 4, 2019 and (ii) the earlier of September 15, 2022 and any date that is 91 days before the maturity date with respect to any First Lien term loans.
The Revolver also includes capacity for letters of credit equal to the lesser of (a) $220.0 million and (b) any remaining amount not drawn down on the Revolvers primary capacity. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Borrowers had issued letters of credit with an aggregate face value of $65.5 million and $66.5 million, respectively. These letters of credit were issued in the normal course of business.
The Revolver is also subject to a commitment fee. The commitment fee varies based on the UK Guarantors First Lien Net Leverage Ratio. The Borrowers were charged $1.4 million, $1.1 million and $0.7 million of commitment fees during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
Financial Covenants and Terms
As of December 31, 2017, the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio may not exceed 5.50 to 1.00 if more than 35% of the Revolver is utilized (excluding (i) any undrawn letters of credit that are performance guarantees or that backstop obligations of the UK Guarantor or any of its restricted subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and (ii) any letters of credit that are cash collateralized or backstopped in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the First Lien administrative agent).
The Credit Agreements contain customary representations and warranties, affirmative covenants, reporting obligations and negative covenants. With respect to the negative covenants, these restrictions include, among other things and subject to certain exceptions, restrictions on the UK Guarantors and its restricted subsidiaries ability to incur additional indebtedness or other contingent obligations, create liens and enter into burdensome agreements with negative pledge clauses or restrictions on subsidiary distributions.
The UK Guarantor and its restricted subsidiaries were in compliance with all of its loan provisions under the Credit Agreements and subsequent amendments as of December 31, 2017 and 2016.
Obligations under the Credit Agreements are collateralized by a first and second lien on substantially all of the assets of the UK Guarantor and its wholly owned subsidiaries organized under the laws of the United States, England and Wales, Australia and Singapore, subject to customary exceptions and carve outs.
F-67
Note 11: Employee Benefits
Defined contribution plans
The Company offers a variety of defined contribution plans across the world including, in the U.S., benefit plans pursuant to Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. For certain plans, the Company, at its discretion, can match eligible employee contributions of up to 100% of amounts contributed up to 3% of an individuals annual compensation and subject to limitation under federal law. Additionally, the Company sponsors a number of defined contribution plans pursuant to the requirements of certain countries in which it has operations. Contributions to defined contribution plans are charged as an expense as the contributions are paid or become payable and are reflected in Cost of services and Operating, administrative and other on the consolidated statements of operations. Defined contribution plan expense was $27.8 million, $26.3 million and $19.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
Defined benefit plans
The Company offers defined benefit plans in certain jurisdictions. In the United Kingdom (UK), the Company provides a funded defined benefit plan to certain employees and former employees, and has an obligation to pay unfunded pensions to six former employees or their surviving spouses. The defined benefit plan provides benefits based on final pensionable salary, and has been closed to new members and future accruals since October 31, 2009. Also in the United Kingdom, the Company operates a hybrid pension plan that includes characteristics of both a defined contribution and a defined benefit plan (the Hybrid Plan). The Company formally gave notice to freeze this plan effective March 31, 2002 and, subject to certain transitional arrangements, introduced a defined contribution plan for employees from that date.
During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company acquired the assets and liabilities of a Netherlands defined benefit plan with a net liability of $8.8 million at the acquisition date. In December 2017, the Company elected to curtail and settle the pension plan which resulted in a gain of $10.0 million recorded in Other income (expense), net in the consolidated statement of operations.
The net liability for defined benefit plans is presented within Other non-current liabilities and is comprised of the following (in millions):
As of
December 31, 2017 |
As of
December 31, 2016 |
|||||||
Present value of funded obligations |
(222.6 | ) | (274.5 | ) | ||||
Fair value of defined benefit plan assets |
213.6 | 243.6 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Net liability |
$ | (9.0 | ) | $ | (30.9 | ) | ||
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company has no legal obligation to settle the liabilities with an immediate contribution or an additional one-off contribution. The Company intends to continue to contribute to its defined benefit plans at a rate in line with the latest recommendations provided by the plans actuaries and trustees.
Total employer contributions expected to be paid for the year ending December 31, 2018 for the UK defined benefit plans are $9.9 million.
F-68
Changes in the net liability for defined benefit plans were as follows (in millions):
As of
December 31, 2017 |
As of
December 31, 2016 |
|||||||
Change in pension benefit obligations: |
||||||||
Balance at beginning of year |
$ | (274.5 | ) | $ | (204.2 | ) | ||
Fair value of pension benefit obligation acquired |
| (70.6 | ) | |||||
Service cost |
(3.3 | ) | (0.8 | ) | ||||
Interest cost |
(7.2 | ) | (7.1 | ) | ||||
Actuarial losses |
(7.2 | ) | (39.6 | ) | ||||
Benefits paid |
16.1 | 8.7 | ||||||
Curtailments, settlements and terminations |
83.2 | | ||||||
Foreign exchange movement |
(29.7 | ) | 39.1 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Balance at end of year |
(222.6 | ) | (274.5 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Change in pension plan assets: |
||||||||
Balance at beginning of year |
243.6 | 185.3 | ||||||
Fair value of pension plan assets acquired |
| 61.8 | ||||||
Actual return on plan assets |
20.5 | 33.7 | ||||||
Employer contributions |
9.9 | 6.5 | ||||||
Benefits paid |
(16.1 | ) | (8.7 | ) | ||||
Curtailments, settlements and terminations |
(71.0 | ) | | |||||
Foreign exchange movement |
26.7 | (35.0 | ) | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Balance at end of year |
213.6 | 243.6 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Unfunded status at end of year |
$ | (9.0 | ) | $ | (30.9 | ) | ||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total amounts recognized in the consolidated statements of operations were as follows (in millions):
Year Ended
December 31, 2017 |
Year Ended
December 31, 2016 |
Year Ended
December 31, 2015 |
||||||||||
Service and other cost |
$ | (2.6 | ) | $ | (0.4 | ) | $ | | ||||
Interest cost |
(7.2 | ) | (7.0 | ) | (5.4 | ) | ||||||
Expected return on assets |
8.9 | 9.0 | 6.2 | |||||||||
Curtailments, settlements and terminations |
9.6 | | | |||||||||
Amortization of net loss |
(0.3 | ) | (0.1 | ) | | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Net periodic pension benefit |
$ | 8.4 | $ | 1.5 | $ | 0.8 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The components of net periodic benefit cost other than the service cost component are included in other income/(expense) in the statement of operations.
F-69
Total actuarial gains and losses recognized in Accumulated other comprehensive loss were as follows (in millions):
Year Ended
December 31, 2017 |
Year Ended
December 31, 2016 |
Year Ended
December 31, 2015 |
||||||||||
Cumulative actuarial (losses) gains at beginning of year |
$ | (10.8 | ) | $ | 0.5 | $ | (2.9 | ) | ||||
Actuarial gains (losses) recognized during the period, net of tax (1 ) | 3.3 | (12.7 | ) | 3.4 | ||||||||
Amortization of net loss |
0.3 | 0.1 | | |||||||||
Curtailments, settlements and terminations |
2.1 | | | |||||||||
Foreign exchange movement |
(1.3 | ) | 1.3 | | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Cumulative actuarial (losses) gains at end of year |
$ | (6.4 | ) | $ | (10.8 | ) | $ | 0.5 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) | Actuarial (losses) gains recognized are reported net of tax (expense) benefit of $(1.1) million, $2.6 million, and $(0.7) million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 respectively. |
For the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company reclassified losses of $2.1 million out of Accumulated other comprehensive income in relation to the settlement of the Netherlands pension plan. The Company anticipates that $0.1 million of the net actuarial loss in Accumulated other comprehensive loss will be recognized as a component of net periodic pension cost in 2018.
The expected rate of return on plan assets has been calculated by taking a weighted average of the expected return on assets, weighted by the actual asset allocation at each reporting period. The Company uses investment services to assist with determining the overall expected rate of return on pension plan assets. Factors considered in this determination include historical long-term investment performance and estimates of future long-term returns by asset class.
The discount rate is determined using a cash flow matching method and a yield curve which is based on AA corporate bonds with extrapolation beyond 30 years in line with a gilt yield curve to 50 years. For beyond 50 years, due to absence of data, flat forward rates are assumed.
Principal actuarial assumptions |
As of
December 31, 2017 |
As of
December 31, 2016 |
As of
December 31, 2015 |
|||||||||
Discount rate |
2.4% | 2.5% | 3.8% | |||||||||
Expected return on plan assets |
4.3% | 3.8% | 5.1% |
The Company evaluates these assumptions on a regular basis taking into consideration current market conditions and historical market data. A lower discount rate would increase the present value of the benefit obligation. Other changes in actuarial assumptions, such as plan participants life expectancy, can also have a material impact on the net benefit obligation.
Major categories of plan assets: |
As of
December 31, 2017 |
As of
December 31, 2016 |
||||||
Equity instruments |
55% | 40% | ||||||
Debt, cash and other instruments |
45% | 36% | ||||||
Guaranteed insurance contract |
% | 24% | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
100% | 100% | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, plan assets of $213.6 million and $184.3 million were held within instruments whose fair values can be readily determinable, but do not have regular active market pricing
F-70
(Level 2). Assets include marketable equity securities in both United Kingdom and United States companies, including U.S. and non-U.S. equity funds. Debt securities consist of mainly fixed income bonds, such as corporate or government bonds. For certain funds, the assets are valued using bid-market valuations provided by the funds investment managers. The plans do not invest directly in property occupied by the Company or in financial securities issued by the Company.
For the plan assets related to the Netherlands pension plan, all assets were held in a Guaranteed Insurance Contract (GIC). Under a GIC, all accrued benefits are fully insured by the corresponding insurance company holding the funds. The fair value of plan assets is based on the discounted cash flows of the accrued and guaranteed pension benefits through the valuation date. Assets held in the GIC do not have an active market or any significant observable inputs and are therefore considered to be Level 3 instruments. The fair value of such assets at December 31, 2016 was determined to be $59.3 million. As the Netherlands plan was curtailed and settled in December 2017, the Company no longer has any rights to assets or obligations under the plan. The effect of fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs on changes in plan assets for the year ended December 31, 2016 was immaterial.
The investment strategies are set by the independent trustees of the plans and are established to achieve a reasonable balance between risk and return and to cover administrative expenses, as well as to maintain funds at a level to meet any applicable minimum funding requirements. The actual asset allocations as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 approximate each plans target asset allocation percentages and are consistent with the objectives of the trustees, particularly in relation to diversification, risk, expected return, and liquidity.
Expected future benefit payments for the defined benefit pension plans are as follows (in millions):
Year Ending
December 31, |
||||
2018 |
$ | 6.8 | ||
2019 |
7.1 | |||
2020 |
7.4 | |||
2021 |
7.3 | |||
2022 |
7.6 | |||
From 2023 to 2027 |
43.5 |
Other employee liabilities
In conjunction with the acquisition of Cassidy Turley, Inc. on December 31, 2014, an additional payment of $179.8 million will be made on the fourth anniversary of the closing and is tied to continuing employment. This will be recognized as compensation expense over the four years until it is paid. Selling shareholders were given the option to receive the additional payment in the form of the Companys shares or cash. The cash-settled portion was $105.6 million and $79.5 million as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 and included in Other current liabilities and Other non-current liabilities, respectively. See Note 14: Share-based Payments for additional information and amounts included as stock-based compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016.
Note 12: Restructuring
From time to time, the Company incurs employee termination benefit charges, which include severance, medical and other benefits, and contract termination and lease charges for restructuring actions. Charges for these restructuring actions were recorded in accordance with FASB guidance on employers accounting for post-employment benefits and guidance on accounting for costs associated with exit or disposal activities, as appropriate.
F-71
During the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, the Company recorded restructuring charges, primarily resulting from its integration activities surrounding the merger with C&W Group (see Note 1: Organization and Business Overview for more information). All charges were classified as Restructuring, impairment and related charges in the consolidated statements of operations. In all periods, charges primarily consisted of severance and employment-related charges, related primarily to reductions in headcount, and lease exit charges and contract termination.
The following table details the Companys severance and other restructuring accrual activity in connection with acquisition integration programs (in millions):
Severance Pay
and Benefits |
Contract
Termination and Other Costs |
Total | ||||||||||
Balance at January 1, 2015 |
$ | | $ | | $ | | ||||||
Restructuring charges |
51.5 | 6.9 | 58.4 | |||||||||
Payments and other 1 |
(18.7 | ) | (4.4 | ) | (23.1 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Balance at January 1, 2016 |
32.8 | 2.5 | 35.3 | |||||||||
Restructuring charges |
18.5 | 11.0 | 29.5 | |||||||||
Payments and other 1 |
(28.8 | ) | (7.5 | ) | (36.3 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Balance at December 31, 2016 |
22.5 | 6.0 | 28.5 | |||||||||
Restructuring charges |
12.0 | 16.5 | 28.5 | |||||||||
Payments and other 1 |
(8.2 | ) | (11.4 | ) | (19.6 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Balance at December 31, 2017 |
$ | 26.3 | $ | 11.1 | $ | 37.4 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) | Other includes changes in the liability balance due to foreign currency translations. |
Of the total ending balance as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, $30.1 million and $7.3 million, and $28.4 million and $0.1 million were recorded as Other current liabilities and Other non-current liabilities, respectively. Further restructuring charges are expected to be recognized in 2018 as the integration is completed.
F-72
Note 13: Income Taxes
The significant components of loss before income taxes and the income tax provision from continuing operations are as follows (in millions):
Year Ended
December 31, 2017 |
Year Ended
December 31, 2016 |
Year Ended
December 31, 2015 |
||||||||||
United States |
$ | (231.4 | ) | $ | (280.3 | ) | $ | 15.7 | ||||
Other countries |
(109.5 | ) | (196.6 | ) | (544.8 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Loss before income tax |
$ | (340.9 | ) | $ | (476.9 | ) | $ | (529.1 | ) | |||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
United States federal: |
||||||||||||
Current |
$ | 1.4 | $ | (4.9 | ) | $ | 24.2 | |||||
Deferred |
(180.4 | ) | (46.1 | ) | (63.0 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Total United States federal income taxes |
(179.0 | ) | (51.0 | ) | (38.8 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
United States state and local: |
||||||||||||
Current |
17.1 | 2.4 | 10.1 | |||||||||
Deferred |
4.6 | (4.7 | ) | (3.4 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Total United States state and local income taxes |
21.7 | (2.3 | ) | 6.7 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
All other countries: |
||||||||||||
Current |
44.4 | 41.5 | 21.3 | |||||||||
Deferred |
(7.5 | ) | (15.6 | ) | (45.5 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Total all other countries income taxes |
36.9 | 25.9 | (24.2 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Total income tax benefit |
$ | (120.4 | ) | $ | (27.4 | ) | $ | (56.3 | ) | |||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Differences between income tax expense reported for financial reporting purposes and tax expense computed based upon the application of the United States federal tax rate to the reported loss before income taxes are as follows (in millions):
Year Ended
December 31, 2017 |
Year Ended
December 31, 2016 |
Year Ended
December 31, 2015 |
||||||||||
Reconciliation of effective tax rate |
||||||||||||
Loss before income taxes |
$ | (340.9 | ) | $ | (476.9 | ) | $ | (529.1 | ) | |||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Taxes at the U.S. statutory rate |
(119.3 | ) | (166.9 | ) | (185.2 | ) | ||||||
Adjusted for: |
||||||||||||
- state taxes, net of the federal benefit |
8.7 | 1.5 | (2.3 | ) | ||||||||
- other non-deductible items |
(0.5 | ) | 8.3 | 54.8 | ||||||||
- foreign tax rate differential |
13.1 | 22.1 | 15.3 | |||||||||
- change in valuation allowance |
30.6 | 79.5 | 50.6 | |||||||||
- impact of repatriation |
7.7 | 19.8 | 6.6 | |||||||||
- uncertain tax positions |
11.3 | 5.2 | | |||||||||
- return to provision adjustments |
(14.1 | ) | (5.8 | ) | 1.4 | |||||||
- other, net |
3.0 | 8.9 | 2.5 | |||||||||
- U.S. tax reform |
(60.9 | ) | | | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Income tax benefit |
$ | (120.4 | ) | $ | (27.4 | ) | $ | (56.3 | ) | |||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-73
The tax effect of temporary differences that gave rise to deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows (in millions):
As of
December 31, 2017 |
As of
December 31, 2016 |
|||||||
Deferred tax assets |
||||||||
Liabilities |
$ | 73.9 | $ | 10.0 | ||||
Deferred expenditures |
36.8 | 62.9 | ||||||
Employee benefits |
66.9 | 79.9 | ||||||
Tax losses / credits |
259.7 | 230.9 | ||||||
Intangible assets |
20.1 | 42.7 | ||||||
Other |
7.6 | 22.5 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
465.0 | 448.9 | |||||||
Less: valuation allowance |
(223.3 | ) | (192.7 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Total deferred tax assets |
$ | 241.7 | $ | 256.2 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Deferred tax liabilities |
||||||||
Property, plant and equipment |
$ | (17.4 | ) | $ | (15.8 | ) | ||
Intangible assets |
(285.9 | ) | (497.2 | ) | ||||
Other |
(24.8 | ) | | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Total deferred tax liabilities |
(328.1 | ) | (513.0 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Total net deferred tax liabilities |
$ | (86.4 | ) | $ | (256.8 | ) | ||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Valuation allowances of $223.3 million and $192.7 million were recorded at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, as it was determined that it was more likely than not that certain deferred tax assets would not be realized. These valuation allowances relate to tax loss carryforwards, other tax attributes and temporary differences that are available to reduce future tax liabilities. Valuation allowances on deferred tax assets were reduced by $17.3 million in the U.S. specifically related to changes in the U.S. tax law discussed below.
The total amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits is $26.3 million and $21.1 million at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. It is reasonably possible that unrecognized tax benefits could change by approximately $0.9 million during the next twelve months. Accrued interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions are included in the tax provision. The Company accrued interest and penalties of $10.5 million and $8.0 million as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, net of federal and state income tax benefits as applicable. The provision for income taxes includes expense for interest and penalties of $2.5 million, $8.1 million and $0.4 million in 2017, 2016 and 2015 respectively, net of federal and state income tax benefits as applicable.
Changes in the Companys unrecognized tax benefits are (in millions):
Year Ended
December 31, 2017 |
Year Ended
December 31, 2016 |
Year Ended
December 31, 2015 |
||||||||||
Beginning of year |
$ | 21.1 | $ | 17.8 | $ | 7.3 | ||||||
Increases from prior period tax positions |
7.6 | 9.0 | 7.3 | |||||||||
Decreases from prior period tax positions |
(0.7 | ) | (8.5 | ) | | |||||||
Decreases from statute of limitations expirations |
| (0.2 | ) | (3.8 | ) | |||||||
Increases from current period tax positions |
4.4 | 4.9 | 7.0 | |||||||||
Decreases relating to settlements with taxing authorities |
(6.1 | ) | (1.9 | ) | | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
End of year |
$ | 26.3 | $ | 21.1 | $ | 17.8 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-74
The Company is subject to income taxation in various U.S. states and foreign jurisdictions. Generally, the Companys open tax years include those from 2005 to the present, although audits by taxing authorities for more recent years have been completed or are in process in a number of jurisdictions. As of December 31, 2017, the Company is under examination in the U.S., Belgium, UK, Hungary, India, Indonesia and the Philippines.
On December 22, 2017, H.R. 1, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the Tax Act) was enacted. The Tax Act significantly revised the U.S. corporate income tax regime by, among other things, (i) lowering the U.S. corporate rate from 35% to 21% effective January 1, 2018, (ii) implementing a new tax system on non-U.S. earnings and imposing a one-time repatriation tax (transition tax) on earnings of foreign subsidiaries not previously taxed in the U.S. payable over an eight-year period, (iii) limitations on the deductibility of interest expense and executive compensation, (iv) creation of a new minimum tax otherwise known as the Base Erosion Anti-Abuse Tax and (v) a requirement that certain income such as Global Intangible Low-Taxed Income (GILTI) earned by foreign subsidiaries be included in U.S. taxable income. U.S. GAAP requires the impact of tax legislation to be recognized in the period in which the law was enacted. A net benefit of approximately $60.9 million was recorded as a discrete item in the Benefit from income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2017 to account for the changes resulting from the Tax Act.
The net benefit of the Tax Act, was comprised of a tax benefit of $124.2 million due to a remeasurement of deferred tax liabilities and a tax expense of $63.3 million due to the transition tax as well as remeasurement of deferred tax assets. In December 2017, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) staff issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 (SAB 118), Income Tax Accounting Implications of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, which allows the Company to record provisional amounts during a measurement period not to extend beyond one year of the enactment date. The remeasurement of the net deferred tax liabilities as well as the transition tax represent provisional amounts and the Companys current best estimate. The provisional amounts incorporate assumptions that have been made based upon the Companys current interpretation of the Tax Act and may change as a result of the Company completing further analysis changes in the Companys interpretations and assumptions, additional regulatory guidance that may be issued and actions the Company may take as a result of the Tax Act. Any adjustments recorded to the provisional amount through the SAB 118 measurement period ending December 31, 2018 will be included in the statement of operations as an adjustment to the tax provision.
Because of the complexity of the new GILTI tax rules, the Company continues to evaluate this provision of the Tax Act and the application of ASC 740, Income Taxes . Under U.S. GAAP, the Company is allowed to make an accounting policy choice of either (1) treating taxes due on future U.S. inclusions in taxable income related to GILTI as a current-period expense when incurred (the period cost method) or (2) factoring such amounts into the Companys measurement of its deferred taxes (the deferred method). The Companys selection of an accounting policy with respect to the new GILTI tax rules will depend, in part, on analyzing its global income to determine whether it expects to have future U.S. inclusions in taxable income related to GILTI and, if so, what the impact is expected to be. Whether the Company expects to have future U.S. inclusions in taxable income related to GILTI depends on not only the Companys current structure and estimated future results of global operations, but also its intent and ability to modify its structure. The Company is currently in the process of analyzing its structure and, as a result, is not yet able to reasonably estimate the effect of this provision of the Tax Act. Therefore, the Company has not made any adjustments related to potential GILTI tax in its financial statements and has not made a policy decision regarding whether to record deferred tax on GILTI.
In 2017 the European Commission (EC) announced it opened a formal State aid investigation into the group financing exemption contained within the UK controlled foreign corporation (UK CFC) rules. The role of the European Union (EU) State aid control is to ensure EU Member States do not give some companies a better tax treatment than others and the EU State aid control believes that this UK CFC exemption from an anti-avoidance provision may amount to such a selective advantage. If the EC is successful, the UK would be ordered to recoup from companies the tax benefits derived from the exemption. The Company has relied on this exemption from the UK CFC rules and any perceived benefit through December 31, 2017 could be up to $20.2 million. We ultimately do not believe the EC will prevail in its argument and a reserve has not been provided at this time.
F-75
As of December 31, 2017, and 2016, the Company has accumulated $2.3 billion of undistributed foreign earnings. As of December 31, 2017, these earnings do not meet the indefinite reinvestment criteria because such earnings are subject to the mandatory repatriation tax arising from the Tax Act and because the Company does not intend to indefinitely reinvest such earnings. As a result, the Company reversed $39.9 million of its deferred tax liability on undistributed foreign earnings as of December 31, 2017. The remaining deferred tax liability of $5.5 million as of December 31, 2017 relates to income taxes and withholding taxes on potential future distributions of cash balances in excess of working capital requirements.
As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company had available operating loss carryovers of $231.0 million and $205.3 million, respectively, which will begin to expire in 2018, and a foreign tax credit carryover of $28.7 million and $25.6 million, respectively.
The change in deferred tax balances for operating loss carryovers from 2016 to 2017 includes increases from current year losses, and decreases from current year utilization. The jurisdictional location of the operating loss carryover is broken out as follows:
Amount as of
December 31, 2017 |
Range of
expiration dates |
|||||||
United States |
$ | 69.3 | 2019 - 2037 | |||||
All other countries |
161.7 | 2018 - indefinite | ||||||
|
|
|
||||||
Total |
$ | 231.0 | ||||||
|
|
|
Valuation allowances have been provided with regard to the tax benefit of certain net operating loss and tax credit carryovers, for which it has been concluded that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax asset will not be realized. Management assesses the positive and negative evidence to estimate whether sufficient future taxable income will be generated to permit use of the existing deferred tax assets. A significant piece of objective negative evidence evaluated was the cumulative loss incurred over a three-year period ended December 31, 2017. Such objective evidence limits the ability to consider other subjective evidence, such as the Companys projections for future growth.
On the basis of this evaluation, valuation allowances were increased in 2017 by $30.6 million primarily due to increases in cumulative losses over a three year period and changes in U.S. tax law and in 2016 by $79.5 million, primarily due to an increase in cumulative losses over a three-year period. The amount of the deferred tax asset, however, could be adjusted if estimates of future taxable income during the carryforward period are reduced or increased or if objective evidence in the form of cumulative losses is no longer present and additional weight is given to subjective evidence such as the Companys projections for growth.
Note 14: Share-based Payments
In May 2015, the Company adopted the Management Equity Incentive Plan (the MEIP), which authorized an unspecified number of equity awards for the Companys ordinary shares to be granted to certain senior executives and management. The Company also issues individual grants of share-based compensation awards, subject to board approval, for purposes of recruiting and as part of its overall compensation strategy. The Company has granted both stock options and Restricted Stock Units (RSUs).
Stock Options
The Company has granted time-based options and performance-based options. Both time-based and performance-based options expire ten years from the date of grant and are classified as equity awards.
F-76
Time-Based Options
Time-based options vest over the requisite service period, which is generally two to five years. The compensation cost related to time-based options is recognized over the requisite service period using the graded-vesting method. In accordance with ASU 2016-09, the Company will no longer estimate forfeitures, but instead record actual forfeiture activity as it occurs.
The fair value of time-based options granted during 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $5.02, $4.81 and $4.20 per option, respectively. As there were multiple option grants during 2017 and 2016, assumptions below are calculated using a weighted average based on total shares issued. Fair value of time-based options was determined using the Black-Scholes model using the following assumptions:
2017 | 2016 | 2015 | ||||||||||
Exercise price |
$ | 17.00 | $ | 12.29 | $ | 10.00 | ||||||
Expected option life (in years) |
5.5 years | 6.3 years | 6.3 years | |||||||||
Risk-free interest rate |
2.3% | 1.8% | 1.9% | |||||||||
Historical volatility rate |
26.9% | 31.9% | 41.3% | |||||||||
Dividend yield |
% | % | % |
The weighted average exercise prices of the time-based options granted during 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, are $17.00, $12.29 and $10.00, which approximates the fair value of a limited liability share on the grant date. Because the Company has limited historic exercise behavior, the simplified method was used to determine the expected option life, which is calculated by averaging the contractual term and the vesting period. The risk-free interest rate is based on zero-coupon risk-free rates with a term equal to the expected option life. The historical volatility rate is based on the average historical volatility of a peer group over a period equal to the expected option life. The dividend yield is 0% as the Company has not paid any dividends nor does it plan to pay dividends in the near future.
In December 2017, the Company provided the ability for certain individuals to convert a specified number of performance-based options to time-based options which will vest over the course of the next two years, with the first tranche vesting as of the grant date. In total, 1.3 million options were modified as part of this arrangement. Per ASC 718, the Company recorded incremental expense of $2.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2017 for the modified shares. As the performance condition of the modified options was not considered probable, no expense had been recorded to date prior to the modification.
F-77
The tables below summarize the Companys outstanding time-based stock options (in millions, except for per share amounts):
Time-Based Options | ||||||||||||||||
Number of
Options |
Weighted
Average Exercise Price per Share |
Weighted
Average Remaining Contractual Term (in years) |
Aggregate
Intrinsic Value |
|||||||||||||
Outstanding at January 1, 2015 |
| $ | | | $ | | ||||||||||
Granted |
1.6 | 10.00 | 9.4 | 3.3 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Outstanding at December 31, 2015 |
1.6 | $ | 10.00 | 9.4 | $ | 3.3 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Granted |
0.6 | 12.29 | ||||||||||||||
Forfeited |
(0.0 | ) | 12.00 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Outstanding at December 31, 2016 |
2.2 | $ | 10.65 | 8.6 | $ | 14.2 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Granted |
0.1 | 17.00 | ||||||||||||||
Granted through modification |
1.3 | 17.00 | ||||||||||||||
Exercised |
(0.0 | ) | 12.00 | |||||||||||||
Forfeited |
(0.1 | ) | 11.79 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Outstanding at December 31, 2017 |
3.5 | $ | 13.11 | 8.5 | $ | 13.8 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Exercisable at December 31, 2017 |
1.6 | $ | 12.19 | 8.2 | $ | 7.7 |
Total recognized compensation cost related to these stock option awards was $4.1 million, $3.4 million and $2.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. At December 31, 2017, the total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested time-based option awards was $6.0 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 2.1 years.
Performance-Based Options
Vesting of the performance-based options is triggered by both a performance condition (a change in control or a liquidity event as defined in the award agreement) and a market condition (attainment of specified returns on capital invested by the majority stockholder). Vesting may be accelerated if certain return levels are achieved within defined time frames.
The fair value of performance-based options granted during 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $2.23, $1.42 and $1.30 per option, respectively. As the performance-based options contain a market condition, the Company has determined the fair value of these options using a Monte Carlo simulation model, which used the following assumptions:
Performance-Based Options | ||||||||||||
2017 | 2016 | 2015 | ||||||||||
Exercise price |
$ | 17.00 | $ | 12.30 | $ | 10.00 | ||||||
Expected term (1) |
1.2 years | 1.9 years | 4.0 years | |||||||||
Risk-free interest rate (2) |
0.4% to 1.5% | 0.4% to 1.5% | 1.0% to 1.6% | |||||||||
Historical volatility rate |
25.4% to 29.0% | 25.4% to 29.0% | 31.2% | |||||||||
Dividend yield |
% | % | % |
(1) | The expected term is an average expected term. The expected term assumption is based on an expected liquidity date probability distribution over the course of the next two to four years. |
F-78
(2) | The rate used for the awards granted in 2017, 2016 and 2015 is based on zero-coupon risk-free rates with a term equal to the expected term. The resulting rates range from 0.4% to 1.6%. |
The performance condition will not be considered probable until a qualifying change in control, sale or liquidation of the Company occurs. As such, the Company has not recognized any compensation cost related to the performance-based options. Upon such an event, the Company will recognize compensation expense for the portion vested based on the fair value measurement as of the grant date.
The tables below summarize the Companys outstanding performance-based stock options (in millions, except for per share amounts):
Performance-Based Options | ||||||||||||||||
Number of
Options |
Weighted
Average Exercise Price per Share |
Weighted
Average Remaining Contractual Term (in years) |
Aggregate
Intrinsic Value |
|||||||||||||
Outstanding at January 1, 2015 |
| $ | | | $ | | ||||||||||
Granted |
2.4 | 10.00 | 9.4 | 4.7 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Outstanding at December 31, 2015 |
2.4 | $ | 10.00 | 9.4 | $ | 4.7 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Granted |
1.2 | 12.30 | ||||||||||||||
Forfeited |
(0.0 | ) | 12.00 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Outstanding at December 31, 2016 |
3.6 | $ | 10.90 | 8.6 | $ | 22.2 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Exercisable at December 31, 2016 |
| | | | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Granted |
0.1 | 17.00 | ||||||||||||||
Modified (1) |
(1.3 | ) | 11.06 | |||||||||||||
Forfeited |
(0.8 | ) | 10.50 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Outstanding at December 31, 2017 |
1.6 | $ | 11.23 | 7.8 | $ | 9.5 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Exercisable at December 31, 2017 |
| $ | | | $ | |
(1) | As discussed above, 1.3 million shares were converted to time-based options during December 2017. |
At December 31, 2017, the total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested performance-based option awards was $3.2 million, which will be recognized once the performance condition is met.
Restricted Stock Units
Co-Investment RSUs
In 2017, 2016 and 2015 the Company offered certain management employees two options to purchase or otherwise acquire shares. Management may purchase shares with cash, or they may elect to receive RSUs in lieu of all or a portion of their targeted cash bonus under the target Annual Incentive Plan (AIP). Participants choosing to receive RSUs under the AIP were granted a fixed number of RSUs based upon the fair value of an equity share at the grant date. 50% of the RSUs will vest on the annual AIP payment date in March of the following year, and the remaining 50% will vest one year later. If an individuals actual bonus does not meet the total level of RSUs elected, any shortfall of shares will be forfeited. The Company recognizes compensation cost over the requisite service period using the graded vesting method. Since the co-investment RSUs are classified as equity awards, the fair value of the RSUs is the fair value of a limited liability share at the grant date. There are no vesting terms for shares purchased with cash, and as such, these awards are not considered compensation and are accounted for as an equity issuance.
F-79
Time-Based and Performance-Based RSUs
The Company may award certain individuals with RSUs. Time-based RSUs contain only a service condition, and the related compensation cost is recognized over the requisite service period of between two years and five years using the graded vesting method. The Company has determined the fair value of time-based RSUs as the fair value of a limited liability share on the grant date. For any shares granted to non-employees, the expense is adjusted for any changes in fair value at the end of each reporting period under the guidance in ASC 505-50.
Certain RSUs granted during the year ended December 31, 2016 included a contingent put option which is exercisable by the holder; such awards are liability classified. All other shares granted have been determined to be equity instruments and are recorded into equity based on the graded vesting method noted above.
Performance-based RSUs vest upon the achievement of a performance condition (change of control or liquidity event as defined in the award agreements) and a market condition (specified return upon the completion of a change of control or liquidity event). As the performance-based RSUs contain a market condition, the fair value of performance-based RSUs at the grant date is determined using a Monte Carlo simulation using the assumptions described above. No performance based RSUs were granted during 2017 and 2016. The fair value of performance-based RSUs granted during the year ended December 31, 2015 ranged from $1.00 per award to $5.10 per award. The performance condition will not be considered probable until a qualifying change in control, sale or liquidation of the Company occurs. As such, the Company has not recognized any compensation cost related to the performance-based RSUs. Upon such an event, the Company will recognize compensation expense for the portion vested based on the fair value measurement as of the grant date.
The following table summarizes the Companys outstanding RSUs (in millions, except for per share amounts):
Co-Investment RSUs | Time-Based RSUs | Performance-Based RSUs | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Number of
RSUs |
Weighted
Average Fair Value per Share |
Number of
RSUs |
Weighted
Average Fair Value per Share |
Number of
RSUs |
Weighted
Average Fair Value per Share |
|||||||||||||||||||
Unvested at January 1, 2015 |
| $ | | | $ | | | $ | | |||||||||||||||
Granted |
0.5 | 10.00 | 1.2 | 11.40 | 2.5 | 1.5 | ||||||||||||||||||
Vested |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Forfeited |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Unvested at December 31, 2015 |
0.5 | $ | 10.00 | 1.2 | $ | 11.40 | 2.5 | $ | 1.5 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Granted (1) |
0.3 | 12.29 | 7.1 | 13.60 | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Vested |
| | (0.7 | ) | 12.00 | | | |||||||||||||||||
Forfeited |
(0.0 | ) | 12.00 | (0.0 | ) | 12.00 | | | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Unvested at December 31, 2016 |
0.8 | $ | 10.90 | 7.6 | $ | 13.36 | 2.5 | $ | 1.5 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Granted |
0.1 | 17.00 | 0.5 | 17.00 | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Vested |
(0.1 | ) | 12.00 | (0.9 | ) | 11.81 | | | ||||||||||||||||
Forfeited |
(0.1 | ) | 12.00 | (0.2 | ) | 12.16 | | | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Unvested at December 31, 2017 |
0.7 | $ | 11.28 | 7.0 | $ | 13.48 | 2.5 | $ | 1.5 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) | In November 2016, 1.8 million shares granted were liability classified. |
F-80
The following table summarizes the Companys compensation expense related to RSUs (in millions, except for vesting term):
For the year
ended December 31, 2017 |
For the year
ended December 31, 2016 |
For the year
ended December 31, 2015 |
Unrecognized at
December 31, 2017 |
Weighted
Average Vesting Term (years) |
||||||||||||||||
Time-Based RSUs |
$ | 22.8 | $ | 34.4 | $ | 2.6 | $ | 34.8 | 2.8 | |||||||||||
Co-Investment RSUs |
1.3 | 3.2 | 1.5 | 0.4 | 0.2 | |||||||||||||||
Performance-Based RSUs |
| | | 3.7 | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
Equity classified compensation cost |
$ | 24.1 | $ | 37.6 | $ | 4.1 | $ | 38.9 | 2.6 | |||||||||||
Liability classified compensation cost |
6.2 | 1.3 | | 23.5 | 3.8 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
Total RSU stock-based compensation cost |
$ | 30.3 | $ | 38.9 | $ | 4.1 | $ | 62.4 | 2.8 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested performance-based RSUs will be recognized once the performance condition is met.
In conjunction with the C&W Group merger, the Company settled unvested RSUs issued by C&W for $8.5 million. This payment was treated as a separate transaction from the merger and was recognized as stock-based compensation expense in the year ended December 31, 2015.
Cassidy Turley - Deferred Purchase Obligation
Certain selling shareholders of Cassidy Turley chose to receive 7.7 million shares, in lieu of a portion of their deferred cash payment, including 4.7 million shares to employees and 3.0 million shares to non-employees (independent contractors), the issuance of which is based on fulfillment of a future service requirement. Refer to Note 11: Employee Benefits for further discussion.
The following table summarizes the Companys expense related to the deferred purchase obligation (the DPO) for those who elected to receive their consideration in shares (in millions):
Deferred Purchase Obligation Compensation Cost | ||||||||||||
For the year ended
December 31, 2017 |
For the year ended
December 31, 2016 |
For the year ended
December 31, 2015 |
||||||||||
Employees |
$ | 9.5 | $ | 10.8 | $ | 16.2 | ||||||
Non-Employees |
13.7 | 15.3 | 9.4 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total DPO Expense |
$ | 23.2 | $ | 26.1 | $ | 25.6 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
The expense for non-employees is adjusted for changes in fair value of a limited liability share each reporting period. During 2015, the fair value of a share increased from $10.00 per share to $12.00 per share. During 2016, the fair value of a share increased from $12.00 per share to its current value of $17.00 per share.
Note 15: Commitments and Contingencies
Lease commitments and purchase obligations
The Company has entered into commercial operating leases on certain office premises and motor vehicles. There are no financial restrictions placed upon the lessee by entering into these leases. Total net rent expense was $145.7 million, $138.5 million and $82.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. These amounts are net of sublease income of $12.7 million, $13.9 million and $8.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
F-81
Additionally, the Company has entered into capital leases as a means of funding the acquisition of furniture and equipment and acquiring access to property and vehicles. Rental payments are generally fixed, with no special terms or conditions.
Long-term debt is comprised of the First Lien Loan, the Second Lien Loan and other loans. The details of the Credit Agreements are discussed in Note 10: Long-term Debt and Other Borrowings.
As of December 31, 2017, the obligations described above as well as the aggregate maturities of long-term debt are as summarized below (in millions):
Operating
Leases |
Capital
Leases |
Long-term
Debt |
Total | |||||||||||||
2018 |
$ | 146.5 | $ | 8.2 | $ | 45.4 | $ | 200.1 | ||||||||
2019 |
132.7 | 4.5 | 24.5 | 161.7 | ||||||||||||
2020 |
116.6 | 2.0 | 24.5 | 143.1 | ||||||||||||
2021 |
96.0 | 0.5 | 2,312.5 | 2,409.0 | ||||||||||||
2022 |
134.5 | 0.1 | 470.0 | 604.6 | ||||||||||||
Thereafter |
217.7 | | | 217.7 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
$ | 844.0 | $ | 15.3 | $ | 2,876.9 | $ | 3,736.2 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Future minimum lease payments are net of total sub-lease rental income of $67.6 million. Capital lease obligations are shown net of $0.6 million of interest charges.
See Note 5: Business Combinations, Note 17: Fair Value Measurements and Note 11: Employee Benefits for further information on obligations related to deferred acquisition consideration, earn-out liabilities and projected payments associated with post-retirement benefit plans.
Guarantees
The Companys guarantees primarily relate to requirements under certain client service contracts and have arisen through the normal course of business. These guarantees have both open and closed-ended terms; with remaining closed-ended terms up to 10 years and maximum potential future payments of approximately $49.2 million in the aggregate, with none of these guarantees being individually material to the Companys operating results, financial position or liquidity. The Companys current expectation is that future payment or performance related to non-performance under these guarantees is considered remote.
Contingencies
In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to various claims and litigation. Many of these claims are covered under the Companys current insurance programs, subject to self-insurance levels and deductibles. The Company is also subject to threatened or pending legal actions arising from activities of contractors. Such liabilities include the potential costs to settle litigation. A liability is recorded for the potential costs of carrying out further works based on known claims and previous claims history, and for losses from litigation that are probable and estimable. A liability is also recorded for the Companys IBNR claims, based on assessment using prior claims history. Claims liabilities are presented within Other current liabilities and Other non-current liabilities. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, contingent liabilities recorded within Other current liabilities were $88.5 million and $71.8 million, respectively and contingent liabilities recorded within Other non-current liabilities were $29.4 million and $47.3 million, respectively. These contingent liabilities are made up of E&O claims, workers compensation insurance liabilities, and other claims and contingent liabilities. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, E&O claims were $54.1 million and $72.8 million, respectively, and workers compensation liabilities were $63.8 million and $46.3 million, respectively, included within Other current and
F-82
non-current liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The Company recognizes that the ultimate outcome of these claims may differ from the estimates recorded at the date of this report, therefore the settlement of these matters may result in payments materially in excess of the amounts recorded.
For a portion of these liabilities, the Company had indemnification assets as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, totaling $18.2 million and $26.2 million, respectively. The indemnification periods for all related agreements ended before December 31, 2017. Recoveries not yet received under any expired indemnification agreements are expected to be settled in cash during 2018. The Company had insurance recoverable balances as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, totaling $17.6 million and $13.7 million.
Note 16: Related Party Transactions
TPG and PAG provide management and transaction advisory services to the Company pursuant to a management services agreement. For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, the Company paid $0.9 million, $0.7 million and $11.3 million of transaction advisory fees related to integration activities in 2017 and 2016 and merger and acquisition activity in 2015. Additionally, the Company pays an annual fee of $4.3 million, payable quarterly, for management advisory services. The management services agreement matures on December 31, 2024, though it is subject to automatic termination immediately prior to the earlier of a successful initial public offering or a sale unless otherwise agreed by both TPG and PAG.
Transactions with equity accounted investees
Aggregate amounts included in the determination of income before income taxes that resulted from transactions with equity accounted investees were as follows (in millions):
Year ended
December 31, 2017 |
Year ended
December 31, 2016 |
Year ended
December 31, 2015 |
||||||||||
Sale of services |
$ | 0.5 | $ | 1.2 | $ | 1.9 | ||||||
Purchase of services |
0.1 | 0.8 | 2.9 |
As of December 31, 2017, and 2016, the Company had no significant receivables or payables with equity accounted investees.
Receivables from affiliates
As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company had receivables from affiliates of $34.1 million and $23.0 million and $232.8 million and $203.5 million that are included in Prepaid expenses and other current assets and Other non-current assets, respectively. These amounts primarily represent prepaid commissions, retention and sign-on bonuses to brokers and other items such as travel and other advances to employees.
Note 17: Fair Value Measurements
The Company measures certain assets and liabilities in accordance with ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (ASC 820), which defines fair value as the price that would be received for an asset, or paid to transfer a liability, in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. In addition, ASC 820 establishes a three-level fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value as follows:
| Level 1 : quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities; |
| Level 2 : inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e., as prices) or indirectly (i.e., derived from prices); and |
F-83
| Level 3 : inputs for the asset or liability that are based on unobservable inputs in which there is little or no market data. |
There were no transfers among levels of valuations during the years ended December 31, 2017 or 2016.
Financial Instruments
The Companys financial instruments include cash and cash equivalents, trade and other receivables, deferred purchase price receivable (DPP), restricted cash, accounts payable and accrued expenses, short-term borrowings, long-term debt, earn-out liabilities, interest rate swaps and foreign exchange contracts. The estimated fair value of cash and cash equivalents, trade and other receivables, and accounts payable and accrued expenses approximate their carrying amounts due to the short maturity of these instruments.
We estimated the fair value of external debt to be $2.8 billion and $2.7 billion as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. These instruments were valued using dealer quotes that are classified as Level 2 inputs in the fair value hierarchy. The gross carrying value of our debt was $2.9 billion and $2.7 billion as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, which excludes debt issuance costs. See Note 10: Long-term Debt and Other Borrowings for additional information.
The estimated fair values of interest rate swaps and foreign currency forward contracts and net investment hedges are determined based on the expected cash flows of each derivative. The valuation method reflects the contractual period and uses observable market-based inputs, including interest rate and foreign currency forward curves.
Recurring Fair Value Measurements
The following tables present information about the Companys assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, with the exception of defined benefit plan assets, which are separately disclosed in Note 11: Employee Benefits (in millions):
As of December 31, 2017 | ||||||||||||||||
Total | Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | |||||||||||||
Assets |
||||||||||||||||
Deferred compensation plan assets |
$ | 59.7 | $ | 59.7 | $ | | $ | | ||||||||
Foreign currency forward contracts |
0.8 | | 0.8 | | ||||||||||||
Cross-currency interest rate swaps |
7.1 | | 7.1 | | ||||||||||||
Interest rate cap agreements |
8.9 | | 8.9 | | ||||||||||||
Interest rate swap agreements |
0.5 | | 0.5 | | ||||||||||||
Deferred purchase price receivable |
41.9 | | | 41.9 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total |
$ | 118.9 | $ | 59.7 | $ | 17.3 | $ | 41.9 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Liabilities |
||||||||||||||||
Deferred compensation plan liabilities |
$ | 59.6 | $ | 59.6 | $ | | $ | | ||||||||
Foreign currency forward contracts |
2.2 | | 2.2 | | ||||||||||||
Cross-currency interest rate swaps |
0.4 | | 0.4 | | ||||||||||||
Foreign currency net investment
|
0.7 | | 0.7 | | ||||||||||||
Earn-out liabilities |
51.3 | | | 51.3 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total |
$ | 114.2 | $ | 59.6 | $ | 3.3 | $ | 51.3 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-84
As of December 31, 2016 | ||||||||||||||||
Total | Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | |||||||||||||
Assets |
||||||||||||||||
Deferred compensation plan assets |
$ | 62.5 | $ | 62.5 | $ | | $ | | ||||||||
Foreign currency forward contracts |
2.0 | | 2.0 | | ||||||||||||
Cross-currency interest rate swaps |
18.8 | | 18.8 | | ||||||||||||
Foreign currency net investment hedges |
2.6 | | 2.6 | | ||||||||||||
Interest rate cap agreements |
28.5 | | 28.5 | | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total |
$ | 114.4 | $ | 62.5 | $ | 51.9 | $ | | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Liabilities |
||||||||||||||||
Deferred compensation plan liabilities |
$ | 61.5 | $ | 61.5 | $ | | $ | | ||||||||
Foreign currency forward contracts |
0.3 | | 0.3 | | ||||||||||||
Interest rate swaps and cap agreements |
3.2 | | 3.2 | | ||||||||||||
Earn-out liabilities |
30.5 | | | 30.5 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total |
$ | 95.5 | $ | 61.5 | $ | 3.5 | $ | 30.5 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred Compensation Plans
The Company provides a deferred compensation plan to certain U.S. employees whereby a portion of employee compensation is held in trust, enabling the employees to defer tax on compensation until payment is made to them from the trust. The employee is at risk for any investment fluctuations of the funds held in trust. In the event of insolvency of the entity, the trusts assets are available to all general creditors of the entity.
Deferred compensation plan assets are presented within Prepaid expenses and other current assets and Other non-current assets. Deferred compensation liabilities are presented within Accrued compensation and Other non-current liabilities.
Foreign Currency Forward Contracts and Net Investment Hedges, and Interest Rate Swaps and Cap Agreements
Refer to Note 9: Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities for discussion of the fair value associated with these derivative assets and liabilities.
Deferred Purchase Price Receivable
The Company recorded a DPP under its A/R Securitization. The DPP represents the difference between the fair value of the trade receivables sold and the cash purchase price and is recognized at fair value as part of the sale transaction. The DPP is subsequently remeasured each reporting period in order to account for activity during the period, such as the Sellers interest in any newly transferred receivables, collections on previously transferred receivables attributable to the DPP and changes in estimates for credit losses. Changes in the DPP attributed to changes in estimates for credit losses are expected to be immaterial, as the underlying receivables are short-term and of high credit quality. The DPP is included in Other non-current assets in the consolidated balance sheets and is valued using unobservable inputs (i.e., Level 3 inputs), primarily discounted cash flows. Refer to Note 18: Accounts Receivable Securitization for more information.
Earn-out Liabilities
The Company has various contractual obligations associated with the acquisition of several real estate service companies in the United States, Canada and Europe that were completed during 2017 and 2016. These acquisitions included contingent consideration, comprised of earn-out payments to the sellers subject to achievement of certain performance criteria in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in the purchase agreements. An increase to a probability of achievement would result in a higher fair value measurement.
F-85
These amounts disclosed above are included in Other current and other long-term liabilities within the consolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company had the potential to make a maximum of $64.7 million and $43.3 million (undiscounted) in earn out payments, respectively. Assuming the achievement of the applicable performance criteria, these earn-out payments will be made over the next four years.
Earn-out liabilities are classified within Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy because the methodology used to develop the estimated fair value includes significant unobservable inputs reflecting managements own assumptions. The fair value of earn-out liabilities is based on the present value of probability-weighted expected return method related to the earn-out performance criteria on each reporting date. The probabilities of achievement assigned to the performance criteria are determined based on due diligence performed at the time of acquisition as well as actual performance achieved subsequent to acquisition. Adjustments to the earn-out liabilities in periods subsequent to the completion of acquisitions are reflected within Operating, administrative and other in the consolidated statements of operations.
Refer to Note 5: Business Combinations for additional discussion on contingent consideration associated with other 2017 and 2016 acquisitions.
The table below presents a reconciliation of items measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) (in millions):
|
Earn-out
Liabilities |
|||
Balance as of January 1, 2016 |
$ | | ||
Purchases/additions |
29.3 | |||
Net change in fair value and other adjustments |
1.2 | |||
|
|
|
||
Balance as of December 31, 2016 |
$ | 30.5 | ||
|
|
|
||
Purchases/additions |
26.8 | |||
Net change in fair value and other adjustments |
7.2 | |||
Settlements |
(13.2 | ) | ||
|
|
|
||
Balance as of December 31, 2017 |
$ | 51.3 | ||
|
|
|
The net change in fair value, included in the table above, was included in the consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 in Operating, administrative and other in the consolidated statements of operations.
Note 18: Accounts Receivable Securitization
On March 8, 2017, the Company entered into the A/R Securitization, whereby it continuously sells trade receivables to an unaffiliated financial institution. Under the A/R Securitization, one of the Companys wholly owned subsidiaries sells (or contributes) the receivables to a wholly owned special purpose entity at fair market value. The special purpose entity then sells 100% of the receivables to an unaffiliated financial institution (the Purchaser). Although the special purpose entity is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, it is a separate legal entity with its own separate creditors who will be entitled, upon its liquidation, to be satisfied out of its assets prior to any assets or value in such special purpose entity becoming available to its equity holders and its assets are not available to pay other creditors of the Company. Pursuant to the A/R Securitization, the Purchaser has an investment limit of $100.0 million, $85.0 million of which the Company received in cash upon the initial sale of trade receivables. The A/R Securitization terminates on March 6, 2020, unless extended or an earlier termination event occurs.
F-86
All transactions under the A/R Securitization are accounted for as a true sale in accordance with ASC 860, Transfers and Servicing . Following the sale and transfer of the receivables to the Purchaser, the receivables are legally isolated from the Company and its subsidiaries, and the Company sells, conveys, transfers and assigns to the Purchaser all its rights, title and interest in the receivables. The Company continues to service, administer and collect the receivables on behalf of the Purchaser, and recognizes a servicing liability in accordance with ASC 860, Transfer and Servicing . As of and for the year ended December 31, 2017, any financial statement impact associated with the servicing liability was immaterial.
This program allows the Company to receive a cash payment and a deferred purchase price receivable for sold receivables. The deferred purchase price is paid to the Company in cash on behalf of the Purchaser as the receivables are collected; however, due to the revolving nature of the A/R Securitization, cash collected from the Companys customers is reinvested by the Purchaser daily in new receivable purchases under the A/R Securitization. For the year ended December 31, 2017, receivables sold under the A/R securitization were $957.8 million and cash collections from customers on receivables sold were $825.0 million, all of which were reinvested in new receivables purchases. As of December 31, 2017, the outstanding principal on receivables sold under the A/R Securitization was $132.8 million. Refer to Note 17: Fair Value Measurements for additional discussion on the fair value of the DPP as of December 31, 2017.
The Company recognized a loss related to the receivables sold of $1.2 million that was recorded in Operating, administrative and other expense in the consolidated statements of operations. Based on the Companys collection history, the fair value of the receivables sold subsequent to the initial sale approximates carrying value. The Company incurred program costs of $3.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, which were included in Operating, administrative and other expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.
The Company reflects all cash flows related to the A/R Securitization as operating activities in its consolidated statements of cash flows, as the cash collections related to the deferred purchase price receivable are from short-term receivables with average collection cycles of less than 90 days.
Note 19: Supplemental Cash Flow Information
The following table provides a reconciliation of cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash reported within the condensed consolidated statements of financial position to the sum of such amounts presented in the condensed consolidated statements of cash flows (in millions):
Year Ended
December 31, 2017 |
Year Ended
December 31, 2016 |
Year Ended
December 31, 2015 |
||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period |
$ | 382.3 | $ | 530.4 | $ | 191.9 | ||||||
Restricted cash recorded in Prepaid expenses and other current assets, beginning of period |
42.5 | 17.5 | 16.0 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash shown in the statements of cash flows, beginning of period |
$ | 424.8 | $ | 547.9 | $ | 207.9 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period |
$ | 405.6 | $ | 382.3 | $ | 530.4 | ||||||
Restricted cash recorded in Prepaid expenses and other current assets, end of period |
62.3 | 42.5 | 17.5 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash shown in the statements of cash flows, end of period |
$ | 467.9 | $ | 424.8 | $ | 547.9 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-87
Supplemental cash flows and non-cash investing and financing activities are as follows (in millions):
Year Ended
December 31, 2017 |
Year Ended
December 31, 2016 |
Year Ended
December 31, 2015 |
||||||||||
Cash paid for: |
||||||||||||
Interest |
$ | 142.1 | $ | 128.2 | $ | 76.3 | ||||||
Income taxes |
36.8 | 36.1 | 42.2 | |||||||||
Non-cash investing/financing activities: |
||||||||||||
Property and equipment acquired through capital leases |
14.0 | 2.9 | 6.3 | |||||||||
Deferred and contingent payment obligation incurred through acquisitions |
50.3 | 71.5 | | |||||||||
Equity issued in conjunction with acquisitions |
1.0 | 3.5 | | |||||||||
Change in beneficial interest in a securitization |
67.1 | | |
Note 20: Subsequent Events
The Company has evaluated subsequent events through July 12, 2018, the date on which the financial statements were issued.
On March 15, 2018, the Borrowers borrowed an additional $250.0 million under the First Lien Credit Agreement. Total proceeds of $244.8 million (net of $3.4 million of debt issuance costs and $1.8 million of original issue discount) were received. The Borrowers also increased the capacity of the Revolver to approximately $486.0 million and updated the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio in the financial covenant from 5.50 to 1.00 to 5.80 to 1.00.
On April 30, 2018, the Borrowers paid off $20.0 million of outstanding Second Lien Loan debt due on November 4, 2022.
On June 13, 2018, a new entity was incorporated in England and Wales, Cushman & Wakefield Limited. On July 6, 2018, a share-for-share exchange occurred between the shareholders of DTZ Jersey Holdings Limited and Cushman & Wakefield Limited, after which Cushman & Wakefield Limited became the new holding entity for the Companys subsidiaries.
On July 12, 2018, Cushman & Wakefield Limited reduced the nominal value of each ordinary share issued to $0.01 (Capital Reduction). On July 19, 2018, Cushman & Wakefield Limited re-registered as a public limited company organized under the laws of England and Wales (the Re-registration) named Cushman & Wakefield plc. Following the Re-registration, the Company undertook a share consolidation of its outstanding ordinary shares (the Share Consolidation), which resulted in a proportional decrease in the number of ordinary shares outstanding as well as corresponding adjustments to outstanding options and restricted share units on a 10 for 1 basis.
On July 16, 2018, the Company announced it had entered into a definitive agreement to acquire the remaining interest in the Sherry FitzGerald Groups commercial property business, in which the Company holds an investment accounted for under the equity method. The transaction is subject to receipt of required regulatory approvals as well as other customary closing conditions, and is expected to close in September 2018.
On July 19, 2018, the Company announced its acquisition of Inc RE, an Australian Capital markets firm specializing in commercial sales, acquisitions and investment advisory. Required regulatory approvals have been received and the transaction is expected to close in July 2018, subject to customary closing conditions.
F-88
Note 21: Parent Company Information
CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD plc
PARENT COMPANY INFORMATION
CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS
As of December 31, | ||||||||
(in millions, except per share data) | 2017 | 2016 | ||||||
Assets |
||||||||
Investments in subsidiaries |
$ | 610.6 | $ | 670.2 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Total assets |
610.6 | 670.2 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Liabilities and Equity |
||||||||
Liabilities |
||||||||
Trade and other payables |
1.1 | 0.7 | ||||||
Other liabilities |
105.6 | 79.5 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Total liabilities |
106.7 | 80.2 | ||||||
Equity |
||||||||
Ordinary shares, nominal value $10.00 per share, 145.1 and 143.1 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively |
1,451.3 | 1,430.8 | ||||||
Additional paid-in-capital |
305.0 | 252.4 | ||||||
Accumulated deficit |
(1,165.2 | ) | (944.7 | ) | ||||
Accumulated other comprehensive loss |
(87.2 | ) | (148.5 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Total equity |
503.9 | 590.0 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Total liabilities and equity |
$ | 610.6 | $ | 670.2 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD plc
PARENT COMPANY INFORMATION
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
(in millions) |
Year ended
December 31, 2017 |
Year ended
December 31, 2016 |
Year ended
December 31, 2015 |
|||||||||
Interest and other expense |
$ | (5.8) | $ | (5.5) | $ | (5.4) | ||||||
Loss in earnings of subsidiaries |
(214.7) | (443.6) | (468.3) | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Loss before taxes |
(220.5) | (449.1) | (473.7) | |||||||||
Tax |
| | | |||||||||
Net loss attributable to the Parent Company |
(220.5) | (449.1) | (473.7) | |||||||||
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax: |
||||||||||||
Other comprehensive income (loss) of subsidiaries |
61.3 | (76.0) | (46.7) | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Comprehensive loss attributable to the Parent Company | $ | (159.2) | $ | (525.1) | $ | (520.4) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-89
CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD plc
PARENT COMPANY INFORMATION
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in millions) |
Year ended
December 31, 2017 |
Year ended
December 31, 2016 |
Year ended
December 31, 2015 |
|||||||||
Cash flows from operating activities: |
||||||||||||
Net loss |
$ | (220.5 | ) | $ | (449.1 | ) | $ | (473.7 | ) | |||
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities: |
||||||||||||
Loss in earnings of subsidiaries |
214.7 | 443.6 | 468.3 | |||||||||
Unrealized foreign exchange gain |
| (0.2 | ) | | ||||||||
Increase in trade and other receivables |
| | (9.2 | ) | ||||||||
Increase in trade and other payables |
0.5 | 0.7 | | |||||||||
Increase in other liability |
5.8 | 5.5 | 5.5 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities |
0.5 | 0.7 | (9.1 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Cash flows from investing activities: |
||||||||||||
Investment in subsidiaries |
(22.5 | ) | (33.9 | ) | (940.0 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Net cash used in investing activities |
(22.5 | ) | (33.9 | ) | (940.0 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Cash flows from financing activities: |
||||||||||||
Contributions from sponsors |
| | 940.0 | |||||||||
Proceeds from issuance of common stock |
22.0 | 33.2 | 7.4 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Net cash provided by financing activities |
22.0 | 33.2 | 947.4 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Net (decrease) increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash |
| | (1.7 | ) | ||||||||
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, beginning of the year |
| | 1.7 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, end of the year |
| | | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash activities: |
||||||||||||
Accretion of deferred purchase obligation |
$ | 20.8 | $ | 21.8 | $ | 36.2 | ||||||
Capital contributions to subsidiaries |
6.2 | 22.6 | | |||||||||
Stock-based compensation |
42.4 | 62.5 | 34.0 | |||||||||
Acquisition and disposal of non-controlling interest |
2.0 | (11.4 | ) | |
Background and basis of presentation
On August 21, 2014 DTZ Jersey Holdings Limited (Jersey Holdings) and its subsidiaries, were formed by investment funds affiliated with TPG Capital, L.P., PAG Asia Capital Limited, and OTPP. On November 5, 2014, Jersey Holdings acquired 100% of the combined DTZ group for $1.1 billion from UGL Limited. On September 1, 2015, Jersey Holdings acquired 100% of C&W Group, Inc. for $1.9 billion. DTZ Jersey Holdings Limited is the predecessor to Cushman & Wakefield plc.
Cushman & Wakefield plc (the Parent Company) is a holding company that conducts substantially all of its business operations through its subsidiaries. The accompanying condensed financial statements include the accounts of the Parent Company and, on an equity method basis, its investment in subsidiaries and affiliates. Accordingly, these condensed financial statements have been presented on a parent-only basis. These parent-
F-90
only financial statements should be read in conjunction with Cushman & Wakefield plcs audited Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere herein.
The condensed parent-only financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Rule 12-04, Schedule I of Regulation S-X, as the restricted net assets of the subsidiaries of the Company exceed 25% of the consolidated net assets of the Company. The total restricted net assets as of December 31, 2017 are $416.9 million.
Dividends
The ability of the Parent Companys operating subsidiaries to pay dividends may be restricted due to the terms of the subsidiaries financings agreements (see Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements). During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, the Parent Companys consolidated subsidiaries did not pay any cash dividends to the Parent Company.
F-91
Schedule II Valuation & Qualifying Accounts
(dollars in millions) |
Allowance for Doubtful
Accounts |
|||
Balance, January 1, 2015 |
$ | | ||
Charges to expense |
11.6 | |||
Write-offs, payments and other |
2.0 | |||
|
|
|
||
Balance, December 31, 2015 |
13.6 | |||
Charges to expense |
11.9 | |||
Write-offs, payments and other |
3.3 | |||
|
|
|
||
Balance, December 31, 2016 |
28.8 | |||
Charges to expense |
3.9 | |||
Write-offs, payments and other |
2.6 | |||
|
|
|
||
Balance, December 31, 2017 |
$ | 35.3 | ||
|
|
|
F-92
Report of Independent Auditors
The Board of Directors and Shareholders of
C&W Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
We have audited the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements of C&W Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries (the Company), which comprise the consolidated balance sheet as of August 31, 2015, and the related consolidated statements of operations, other comprehensive loss, changes in equity, and cash flows for the eight months ended August 31, 2015, and the related notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Managements Responsibility for the Financial Statements
Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements that are free of material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.
Auditors Responsibility
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.
An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditors judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entitys preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entitys internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements.
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.
Opinion
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of C&W Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries at August 31, 2015, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for the eight months ended August 31, 2015 in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
New York, New York
February 19, 2016
F-93
C&W GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
(In Thousands)
August 31,
2015 |
||||
Assets |
||||
Current assets: |
||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 115,164 | ||
Commission and fees receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $14,982 |
404,269 | |||
Other receivables, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $20,942 |
110,558 | |||
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
44,970 | |||
Deferred tax assets |
16,798 | |||
State and foreign income taxes receivable |
27,766 | |||
|
|
|||
Total current assets |
719,525 | |||
Non-current
commission and fees receivable, net of
allowance for doubtful
|
27,557 | |||
Deferred tax assets |
10,397 | |||
Property and equipment, net |
130,181 | |||
Goodwill |
694,932 | |||
Intangible assets, net |
294,216 | |||
Deferred compensation assets |
24,177 | |||
Other assets |
54,457 | |||
|
|
|||
Total non-current assets |
1,235,917 | |||
|
|
|||
Total assets |
$ | 1,955,442 | ||
|
|
|||
Liabilities and equity |
||||
Current liabilities: |
||||
Commissions payable |
$ | 249,313 | ||
Accounts payable |
45,204 | |||
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities |
322,982 | |||
Current portion of long-term debt |
11,988 | |||
Federal, state and foreign income taxes payable |
723 | |||
Deferred tax liabilities |
2,285 | |||
|
|
|||
Total current liabilities |
632,495 | |||
|
|
|||
Non-current commissions payable |
16,559 | |||
Long-term debt |
297,910 | |||
Deferred compensation liabilities |
24,170 | |||
Non-current federal, state and foreign income taxes payable |
8,193 | |||
Deferred tax liabilities |
43,532 | |||
Accrued employee benefits |
23,833 | |||
Other liabilities |
49,444 | |||
|
|
|||
Total non-current liabilities |
463,641 | |||
|
|
F-94
August 31,
2015 |
||||
Commitments and contingencies |
||||
Equity: |
||||
C&W Group, Inc. shareholders equity: |
||||
Common stock - $0.01 par value; 1,499,000 shares authorized; 631,770 shares issued and 625,304 shares outstanding at August 31, 2015 |
6 | |||
Treasury stock - 6,466 shares held in Rabbi Trust at August 31, 2015 |
- | |||
Additional paid-in capital |
818,108 | |||
Retained earnings |
102,136 | |||
Accumulated other comprehensive loss |
(61,578) | |||
|
|
|||
Total C&W Group, Inc. shareholders equity |
858,672 | |||
Noncontrolling interests in consolidated subsidiaries |
634 | |||
|
|
|||
Total equity |
859,306 | |||
|
|
|||
Total liabilities and equity |
$ | 1,955,442 | ||
|
|
The accompanying notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.
F-95
C&W GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statement of Operations
(In Thousands)
Eight Months
Ended August 31, 2015 |
||||
Revenue |
$ | 1,825,713 | ||
|
|
|||
Costs and expenses: |
||||
Cost of services |
1,112,735 | |||
Operating, administrative and other |
641,720 | |||
Depreciation and amortization |
41,200 | |||
Restructuring charges |
476 | |||
|
|
|||
Total costs and expenses |
1,796,131 | |||
|
|
|||
Operating income |
29,582 | |||
Interest income |
727 | |||
Interest expense |
(6,009) | |||
Other expense, net |
(40,805) | |||
|
|
|||
Loss before provision for income taxes |
(16,505) | |||
Provision for income taxes |
5,962 | |||
|
|
|||
Net loss |
(22,467) | |||
Less: net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests |
95 | |||
|
|
|||
Net loss attributable to C&W Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries |
$ | (22,372) | ||
|
|
The accompanying notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.
F-96
C&W GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statement of Other Comprehensive Loss
(In Thousands)
Eight Months
Ended August 31, 2015 |
||||
Net loss |
$ | (22,467) | ||
Other comprehensive income (loss): |
||||
Actuarial gains |
14,264 | |||
Foreign currency translation losses |
(15,536) | |||
Unrealized gains on interest rate caps entered into for cash flow hedges |
474 | |||
Unrealized losses on available for sale equity securities |
(2) | |||
Income tax benefit relating to components of other comprehensive loss |
(1,236) | |||
|
|
|||
Total comprehensive loss |
(24,503) | |||
Less comprehensive loss to noncontrolling interests |
(95) | |||
|
|
|||
Comprehensive loss attributable to C&W Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries |
$ | (24,408) | ||
|
|
The accompanying notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.
F-97
C&W GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
(In Thousands, Except Share Amounts)
C&W Group, Inc. Shareholders Equity | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Shares of
Common Stock Issued |
Common
Stock |
Shares of
Treasury Stock |
Treasury
Stock |
Treasury
Stock Held in Rabbi Trust |
Deferred
Compensation |
Additional
Paid-in Capital |
Retained
Earnings |
Accumulated
Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income |
Noncontrolling
Interest |
Total
Equity |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance January 1, 2015 |
631,777 | $ | 6 | 7,142 | $ | - | $ | (8,875) | $ | 8,875 | $ | 804,254 | $ | 124,508 | $ | (59,542) | $ | 709 | $ | 869,935 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net loss |
- | - | - | - | - | - | (22,372) | - | (95) | (22,467) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Actuarial losses, net of tax |
- | - | - | - | - | - | - | 13,378 | - | 13,378 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Foreign currency translation losses, net of tax |
- | - | - | - | - | - | - | (15,886) | - | (15,886) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Losses arising on changes in fair value of available for sale equity securities, net of tax |
- | - | - | - | - | - | - | (2) | - | (2) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Gains arising on changes in fair value of hedging instruments entered into for cash flow hedges, net of tax |
- | - | - | - | - | - | - | 474 | - | 474 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Comprehensive (loss) |
- | - | - | - | - | - | (22,372) | (2,036) | (95) | (24,503) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Employee share-based compensation, net of tax |
2,137 | - | - | - | - | - | 17,989 | - | - | - | 17,989 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Exercise of stock options |
496 | - | - | - | - | - | 614 | - | - | - | 614 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Repurchase of common stock |
- | - | 535 | (4,749) | - | - | - | - | - | - | (4,749) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Retirement of treasury stock |
(2,640) | - | (535) | 4,749 | - | - | (4,749) | - | - | - | - | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Treasury stock deferred to Rabbi Trust |
- | - | 140 | (219) | 219 | - | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Treasury stock released from Rabbi Trust |
- | - | (816) | 963 | (963) | - | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other |
- | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | 20 | 20 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance August 31, 2015 |
631,770 | $ | 6 | 6,466 | $ | - | $ | (8,131) | $ | 8,131 | $ | 818,108 | $ | 102,136 | $ | (61,578) | $ | 634 | $ | 859,306 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.
F-98
C&W GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
(In Thousands)
Eight Months
Ended August 31, 2015 |
||||
Operating activities | ||||
Net loss | $ | (22,467) | ||
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities: | ||||
Depreciation and amortization | 41,200 | |||
Amortization of deferred financing costs | 899 | |||
Employee share-based compensation expense | 9,667 | |||
Bad debt expense | 7,413 | |||
Broker acquisition and retention amortization expense | 14,225 | |||
Loss on retirement of property and equipment | 69 | |||
Deferred income taxes | (4,217) | |||
Net settlement for forward contracts | (390) | |||
Changes in operating assets and liabilities: | ||||
Commission and fees receivable |
4,495 | |||
Other receivables |
10,494 | |||
Commissions payable |
(10,337) | |||
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities |
(58,401) | |||
Other operating assets and liabilities |
(61,081) | |||
|
|
|||
Net adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities | (45,964) | |||
|
|
|||
Net cash used in operating activities | (68,431) | |||
|
|
|||
Investing activities | ||||
Acquisitions of businesses, net of cash acquired | (16,350) | |||
Capital expenditures | (25,006) | |||
Proceeds from the disposal of fixed assets | 62 | |||
|
|
|||
Net cash used in investing activities | (41,294) | |||
|
|
|||
Financing activities |
||||
Proceeds from the Revolver |
$ | 420,239 | ||
Repayments of the Revolver |
(329,194) | |||
Repayments of capital leases |
(2,770) | |||
Payment of one Promissory Note |
(715) | |||
Financing costs |
(25) | |||
Exercise of stock options |
614 | |||
Purchase of treasury stock |
(4,749) | |||
|
|
|||
Net cash provided by financing activities |
83,400 | |||
|
|
|||
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents |
(7,004) | |||
|
|
F-99
Eight Months
Ended August 31, 2015 |
||||
Net change in cash and cash equivalents |
(33,329) | |||
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period |
148,493 | |||
|
|
|||
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period |
$ | 115,164 | ||
|
|
|||
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information |
||||
Cash paid during the year for: |
||||
Income taxes |
$ | 32,431 | ||
|
|
|||
Interest |
$ | 3,474 | ||
|
|
The accompanying notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.
F-100
C&W Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
1. Organization and Business Overview
C&W Group, Inc., a Delaware, U.S.A., corporation (together with its subsidiaries, the Company, Cushman & Wakefield, the Group, our, we or C&W) was a subsidiary company of EXOR S.p.A (EXOR). EXOR is a corporation organized under the laws of the Republic of Italy, with headquarters located in Turin, Italy, Via Nizza 250. At August 31, 2015, the Company is owned 80.9% by EXOR and 19.1% by C&W employees. The percentage of ownership is calculated based on the total shares owned by EXOR and C&W employees over the total outstanding shares, which include treasury shares employees have deferred into the Companys Rabbi Trust relating to the deferred compensation plan.
On September 1, 2015, EXOR, along with the minority shareholders, closed the sale of their entire shareholding in Cushman & Wakefield to DTZ Jersey Holdings Limited (DTZ), a Jersey limited company backed by a consortium (the Consortium) of equity investors led by TPG Asia VI, L.P., a limited partnership organized under the laws of the Cayman Islands (TPG Asia) and its affiliates (together with TPG Asia, TPG), PAG Asia I LP, an exempted limited partnership organized under the laws of the Cayman Islands (PAG), and Ontario Teachers Pension Plan Board, an independent organization established by the Ontario government and Ontario Teachers Federation (OTPP). The Company was then merged with Gaja Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation and an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of DTZ.
The Company provides a broad spectrum of commercial real estate services to its clients. Founded in 1917, it has 249 offices in 61 countries and is ranked among the largest full-service international real estate service companies in the world. C&W offers clients comprehensive solutions to real estate issues within the following service lines: Leasing, Capital Markets, Corporate Occupier and Investor Services (CIS), Valuation & Advisory (V&A), and Global Consulting.
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Basis of Presentation
The Company maintains its accounting records on the accrual basis of accounting and its Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP). The accompanying financial statements reflect the operations of Cushman & Wakefield Group Inc., and subsidiaries, prior to the merger with DTZ.
Principles of Consolidation
The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements include our accounts and those of our majority-owned subsidiaries. The equity attributable to the noncontrolling interests in our consolidated subsidiaries is shown separately in our consolidated balance sheet. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
(i) Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries are entities where Group has the power to govern the financial and operating policies of the entity to allow Group to obtain the benefit of its activities. The financial statements of subsidiaries are included in the Consolidated Financial Statements from the date that control commences until the date that control ceases.
(ii) Investments in Unconsolidated Subsidiaries
The Company follows the equity method of accounting for investments in which Group has significant influence, but not control, over the financial and operating policies. Such investments are initially recognized at cost. Joint
F-101
ventures are those entities that (1) Group has joint control over the activities, (2) are established by contractual agreement and (3) require unanimous consent for strategic financial and operating decisions.
The Consolidated Financial Statements include Groups share of the income and expenses and equity movements of investees accounted for under the equity method, after adjustments to align the accounting policies with those of Group, from the date that significant influence or joint control commences until the date that significant influence or joint control ceases. When Groups share of losses exceeds its interest in an investee accounted for under the equity method, the carrying amount of that interest (including any long-term investments) is reduced to zero and the recognition of further losses is discontinued, except to the extent that Group has an obligation to make or has made payments on behalf of the investee.
Investments that do not qualify for the consolidation or equity method of accounting are accounted for on the cost method of accounting.
(iii) Variable Interest Entities (VIE)
The accounting for VIEs is based on Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 810, Consolidation. We consolidate any VIE for which we are the primary beneficiary based on whether we have (i) power over the significant activities of the VIE, and (ii) an obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that could be potentially significant to the VIE.
We determine whether an entity is a VIE and, if so, whether it should be consolidated by utilizing judgments and estimates that are inherently subjective. If we made different judgments or utilized different estimates in these evaluations, it could result in differing conclusions as to whether or not an entity is a VIE and whether or not to consolidate such entity.
Investments in Unconsolidated Subsidiaries
Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries in which the Company has the ability to exercise significant influence over operating and financial policies, but does not control, or entities which are VIEs in which the Company is not the primary beneficiary under FASB ASC Topic 810, are accounted for under the equity or cost method. Our share of the earnings from investments accounted for under the equity method is included in other income (expenses), net in our consolidated statement of operations.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of Consolidated Financial Statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying footnotes. Such estimates include the measurement of goodwill, intangible and other long-lived assets, commission and fees receivable, assumptions used in the calculation of income taxes, share-based compensation, defined benefit obligations, valuation of financial instruments and provisions and contingencies, among other things. These estimates and assumptions are based on managements best estimates and judgment. Management evaluates its estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis using historical experience and other factors, including consideration of the current economic environment, and adjusts such estimates and assumptions when facts and circumstances dictate. Volatile credit markets and foreign currency fluctuations, among other things, have combined to increase the uncertainty inherent in such estimates and assumptions. As future events and their effects cannot be determined with precision, actual results could differ significantly from these estimates. Any changes in those estimates will be reflected in the Consolidated Financial Statements in the future periods in which such changes occur.
Foreign Currency Translation and Transactions
The Companys reporting currency is the U.S. dollar, and, therefore, these Consolidated Financial Statements are presented in U.S. Dollars. The financial statements of subsidiaries located outside the U.S., and where the
F-102
functional currency is not the U.S. Dollar, are generally measured using the local currency as the functional currency. The assets and liabilities of these entities are translated at the exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date. Income and expense items are translated at the monthly average rates. The resulting translation adjustments are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss, which is a component of equity. Gains and losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are included in the determination of net income. The Company recorded a foreign currency transaction loss of $2.4 million for the eight months ended August 31, 2015 within other expenses, net, in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company considers all highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. The carrying amount of cash equivalents, which include short-term demand deposits, approximates fair value due to the short-term maturity of these investments.
Concentration of Credit Risk
Concentrations that potentially subject the Company to credit risk consist principally of commission and fees receivable. Users of real estate services account for a substantial portion of commissions and fees receivable, and collateral is generally not required. The risk associated with this concentration is limited due to the large number of users and their geographic dispersion.
Derivative Financial Instruments
Group applies FASB ASC Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging Activities, when accounting for derivatives. FASB ASC Topic 815 requires that all qualifying derivative instruments be recognized as assets or liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet and measured at fair value. The statement requires that changes in the fair value of derivatives be recognized in earnings, unless specific hedge accounting criteria are met. From time to time, Group enters into derivative financial instruments, including foreign exchange forward contracts and interest rate cap agreements, to manage its exposure to foreign exchange rate and interest rate risks. Derivatives are initially recognized at fair value at the date the derivative contracts are entered into and are subsequently remeasured to their fair value at the end of each reporting period. The resulting gain or loss is recognized in the consolidated statement of operations immediately unless the derivative is designated and effective as a hedging instrument, in which case hedge accounting is applied. Hedge accounting generally provides for the matching of the timing of gain or loss recognition on the hedging instrument with the recognition of the changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability that are attributable to the hedged risk in a fair value hedge or the earnings effect of the hedged forecasted transactions in a cash flow hedge. Group enters into foreign currency forward contracts, either directly or through its subsidiaries, to economically hedge its foreign currency risk exposures arising from intercompany transactions. Hedge accounting is not applied to derivative instruments that economically hedge monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies. Changes in the fair value of such derivatives are recognized in the consolidated statement of operations as part of foreign currency gains and losses, which offset foreign currency gains and losses from the associated intercompany transactions. The net impact to earnings is not significant. Refer to Note 19, Fair Value Measurements, for further details.
At August 31, 2015, we recognized $0.3 million of assets and $0.2 million of liabilities within prepaid expenses and other current assets and accrued expenses and other current liabilities, respectively, in our consolidated balance sheet in connection with these forward contracts. The impact on the consolidated statement of operations of marking the assets and liabilities to fair value at the end of each reporting period is recognized in other expenses, net, as part of foreign currency gains and losses. These gains and losses, which are related to the foreign currency forward contracts held by the Company, were partially offset by foreign currency gains and losses in the underlying asset or liability, such that the net impact to earnings is mitigated. As of August 31, 2015 the notional amount of these foreign currency forward contracts was $34.1 million.
F-103
Hedge Accounting
Group designates its interest rate caps, the hedging instruments to mitigate interest rate risk, as cash flow hedges. At the inception of the hedge relationship, Group documents the relationship between the hedging instrument and the hedged item, along with its risk management objectives and its strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions.
Furthermore, at the inception of the hedge, and, on an ongoing basis, the Group documents whether the hedging instrument is highly effective in offsetting changes in cash flows of the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk.
Cash Flow Hedge
The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges is recognized in other comprehensive income and accumulated within accumulated other comprehensive loss in equity. The gain or loss resulting from the ineffective portion is recognized immediately in the consolidated statement of operations. Amounts previously recognized in other comprehensive income and accumulated in equity are reclassified to earnings in the periods when the hedged item is recognized in earnings, in the same line of the consolidated statement of operations as the recognized hedged item. Hedge accounting is discontinued when Group revokes the hedging relationship, when the hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated, or exercised, or when it no longer qualifies for hedge accounting. Any gain or loss recognized in other comprehensive loss and accumulated in equity at that time remains in equity and is recognized when the forecasted transaction is ultimately recognized in earnings. When a forecasted transaction is no longer expected to occur, the gain or loss accumulated in equity is recognized immediately in earnings.
On August 15, 2011, Group entered into an interest rate cap and contemporaneously designated the derivative as a cash flow hedge of the interest rate risk attributable to the future interest payments on the Companys Credit Facility for changes in LIBOR above 1%. The total notional amount of this interest rate cap agreement, which varies over a four-year effective period based on our estimated debt level and targets an average hedge ratio of 50% over the period. The interest rate cap expired on June 29, 2015. Gains and losses related to the changes in the fair value of the derivative, which are accumulated within accumulated other comprehensive income in equity, are reclassified to earnings when the hedged transaction affects earnings. During the eight months ended August 31, 2015, we recorded net losses of less than $0.1 million to other comprehensive loss and released $0.5 million to interest expense within the consolidated statement of operations, in connection with the interest rate cap.
As of August 31, 2015, the fair value of this interest rate cap agreement amounted to zero, and was reflected as an asset in prepaid expenses and other non-current assets in the consolidated balance sheet. There was no hedge ineffectiveness for the eight months ended August 31, 2015.
Fair Value Measurements
FASB ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, requires that financial assets and liabilities recorded at fair value be classified as Level 1, 2 or 3 within the fair value hierarchy. Fair values determined by Level 1 inputs utilize quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that we have the ability to access. Fair values determined by Level 2 inputs utilize data points that are observable, such as quoted prices, interest rates and yield curves. Fair values determined by Level 3 inputs utilize unobservable data points for the asset or liability.
We have financial assets and liabilities, including foreign currency forward contracts, interest rate cap agreements, certain deferred compensation plan assets and defined benefit pension plan assets, that are classified as Level 1 and 2 within the fair value hierarchy as described above.
Refer to Note 17, Employee Benefits, Note 19, Fair Value Measurements, and Note 20, Financial Instruments, for further details on financial instruments.
F-104
Treasury Stock
Treasury shares are accounted for directly in equity, with treasury shares held for reissue presented as a deduction from equity; any difference between the purchase price and reissue proceeds does not impact income. Upon reissue, the classification within equity of gains or losses on share transactions differs based on the comparison of proceeds received to original cost. If the proceeds from the sale of the treasury shares are greater than the cost of the shares sold, then the Company recognizes the excess proceeds as additional paid-in capital. If the proceeds from the sale of the treasury shares are less than the original cost of the shares sold, then the excess cost first reduces any additional paid-in capital arising from previous sales of treasury shares for that class of share, and any additional excess is recognized as a reduction of retained earnings or an increase to accumulated deficit.
Noncontrolling Interests
The Company accounts for noncontrolling interests in accordance with the guidance contained in FASB ASC Topic 810, Consolidation, which requires a noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary to be reported as equity and the amount of consolidated net income (loss) specifically attributable to the noncontrolling interest to be identified in the Consolidated Financial Statements. The guidance also requires the Company to report changes in the Companys ownership interest and requires fair value measurements of any noncontrolling equity investment retained in a deconsolidation.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are measured at cost, less accumulated depreciation, or in the case of capital leases, at the present value of the future minimum lease payments. Costs include expenditures that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the asset and costs incurred to prepare the asset for its intended use. Property and equipment are depreciated using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives. Assets held under capital leases are depreciated over the shorter of the lease term or their useful lives unless it is reasonably certain that Group will obtain ownership by the end of the lease term.
The Companys useful lives are as follows:
Furniture, fixtures, and equipment | 3 to 6 years | |
Leasehold improvements | Lesser of lease term and asset useful life | |
Computer software | 3 to 7 years |
Depreciation methods and useful lives are reviewed at each reporting date.
Certain costs related to the development or purchases of internal-use software are capitalized in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 350, Intangibles, Goodwill and Other. Internal computer software costs that are incurred in the preliminary project stage are expensed as incurred. Direct consulting costs, payroll and related costs that are incurred during the development stage of the project are capitalized and amortized over the useful life when placed into production. Costs incurred during the post-implementation/operation stage are expensed as incurred.
Gains and losses on disposal of property and equipment are determined by comparing the proceeds from disposal with the carrying amount and are recognized net within the consolidated statement of operations.
Goodwill, Indefinite-Lived and Other Intangible Assets
(i) Goodwill and Indefinite-lived Assets
In accordance with FASB ASC Topic 805, Business Combinations, acquired identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities are recorded at fair value at the date of acquisition. Any excess of the cost of the business
F-105
combination over Groups interest in the fair value of those assets and liabilities is recognized as goodwill and recorded in the Consolidated Financial Statements. If this difference is negative, the amount is recognized in the consolidated statement of operations at the time of acquisition.
Goodwill and indefinite-lived assets are not amortized, but are tested for impairment annually, at October 1, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that they may be impaired, in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 350, Intangibles, Goodwill and Other. The net carrying value of the indefinite-lived assets was $227.3 million at August 31, 2015. The Company did not record any impairment charges for goodwill, or other indefinite-lived intangible assets for the eight months ended August 31, 2015.
The Company follows Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2011-08, Intangibles Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Goodwill for Impairment, which gives companies the option to perform a qualitative assessment to first assess whether the fair value of a reporting unit (RU) is less than its carrying amount (step zero) and only proceed with the two-step impairment test if it is more likely than not that the fair value of the RU is less than its carrying amount. Otherwise the two-step impairment test is unnecessary. If the Company determines the two-step impairment test is required, the first step, which is used to identify potential impairment, involves comparing each RUs estimated fair value to its carrying value, including goodwill. The Company would use a combined discounted cash flow and market approach to estimate the fair value of its reporting units. Managements judgment is required in developing the assumptions for the discounted cash flow and market models. These assumptions include, among others, expected future revenue and Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization (EBITDA) growth rates, EBITDA margins, discount rates and long-term growth rate. If the estimated fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, goodwill is not considered to be impaired. If the carrying value exceeds the estimated fair value, there is an indication of potential impairment and the second step is performed to measure the amount of impairment. The second step of the process involves the calculation of the fair value of goodwill for each reporting unit for which step one indicated impairment. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined similar to how goodwill is calculated in a business combination by measuring the excess of the estimated fair value of the reporting unit as calculated in step one over the estimated fair values of the individual assets, liabilities and identifiable intangibles, as if the reporting unit were being acquired in a business combination.
An impairment loss for an indefinite-lived intangible asset is recognized if the fair value of the asset is less than the assets carrying amount.
(ii) Other Definite-Lived Intangible Assets
Other intangible assets purchased are recognized as assets in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 350, Intangibles, Goodwill and Other, where it is probable that the use of the asset will generate future economic benefits and where the costs of the asset can be determined reliably. Such assets are amortized systematically on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives.
Impairment of Long-lived Assets
In accordance with FASB ASC Topic 360, Property, Plant, and Equipment, long-lived assets to be held and used, including property and equipment and other definite- and indefinite-lived assets, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. Conditions that would necessitate an impairment assessment include a significant decline in the observable market value of an asset, a significant change in the extent or manner in which an asset is used, or a significant adverse change that would indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or group of assets is not recoverable. Determination of recoverability is based on an estimate of undiscounted future cash flows resulting from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition. In the event that such cash flows are not expected to be sufficient to recover the carrying amount of the assets, the assets are written down to their estimated fair values.
F-106
Deferred Financing Costs
Costs incurred in connection with financing activities are deferred and amortized over the term of the related debt agreement using the straight-line method, which approximates the effective interest method. Amortization of these costs is charged to interest expense in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations.
As of August 31, 2015, total deferred financing costs, net of accumulated amortization was $4.7 million, of which $3.5 million was classified as non-current and were included within other assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet, and $1.2 million was classified as current within prepaid expenses and other current assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.
Accrued Claims and Settlements
In the U.S. and Canada, the Company is self-insured against errors and omissions (E&O) claims through a primary insurance layer provided by its 100%-owned, consolidated, captive insurance subsidiary, Nottingham Indemnity, Inc., and an excess layer provided through a third-party insurance carrier. As of August 31, 2015 the Company has reserves for E&O claims of $21.3 million, included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet, with related amounts receivable from the third-party insurance carrier of $12.3 million included in other receivables within current assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.
Employee Benefits
(i) Defined Contribution Plans
Obligations for contributions to defined contribution pension plans are recognized as an employee benefit expense in the consolidated statement of operations when they are due.
(ii) Defined Benefit Plans
Groups net obligation for defined benefit pension plans is calculated separately for each plan by estimating the amount of future benefits that employees have earned in return for their service in the current and prior periods, discounted to their present value. The discount rate is the yield at the reporting date on AA credit-rated bonds that have maturity dates approximating the terms of Groups obligations and that are denominated in the same currency in which the benefits are expected to be paid.
(iii) Deferred Compensation Plan
The Company has a non-qualified deferred compensation plan for highly compensated employees. Under this plan, participants can elect to defer a portion of their compensation to the plan. The investment returns on participant balances are indexed to a number of investment choices and are based on participant elections. The Company has established a Rabbi Trust under which investments are held to fund the liability of the deferred compensation plan. The investments of the Rabbi Trust consist of company-owned life insurance policies for which investment gains or losses are recognized based upon changes in cash surrender value that are driven by market performance. The changes in the deferred compensation plan liability are recognized as compensation expense in the consolidated statement of operations.
(iv) Short-Term Benefits
Short-term employee benefit obligations are measured on an undiscounted basis and are expensed as the related service is provided. A liability is recognized for the amount expected to be paid under short-term cash bonus or profit-sharing plans if Group has a present legal or constructive obligation to pay this amount as a result of past service provided by the employee and the obligation can be estimated reliably.
F-107
(v) Share-Based Payment Transactions
Our share-based compensation programs consist of share-based awards granted to employees, including stock options, phantom stock units, restricted stock and restricted stock units, and are accounted for under FASB ASC Topic 718, Compensation, Stock Compensation. Under this methodology, the grant date fair value of awards granted to employees is recognized as compensation expense, with a corresponding increase in equity, over the period that the employees become unconditionally entitled to the awards, which is generally the vesting period. The amount recognized as an expense is adjusted to reflect the estimate of the actual number of awards that ultimately vest. The company uses the graded-vesting method for graded-vesting,
Commission and Fees Receivable and Payable
Real estate brokerage commissions receivable are generally due based on contractual arrangements between the Company and its clients. Amounts that are due within one year or have been billed are included in commission and fees receivable in current assets. Amounts due beyond one year are included as non-current assets on the consolidated balance sheet and discounted to their present value by utilizing the Companys incremental borrowing rate for debt with a similar maturity. The rate is established at the beginning of the first quarter of the year and is reassessed at the beginning of each subsequent quarter. The Company assesses collectability for the commission and fees receivable based primarily on the aging of the receivables, creditworthiness of the client, and other known current collection status information.
Commissions payable to brokers are recorded at the time the Company recognizes its brokerage commission revenue and are generally not paid until after the Company has collected the related commissions receivable. Commissions payable are classified as current or non-current based on the balance sheet classifications of the related commissions receivable and non-current commission payable are discounted on the same basis as the receivable balances.
Revenue Recognition
We recognize revenue when all of the following criteria are met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; services have been rendered; the amount is fixed or determinable; and collectability is reasonably assured. We record revenue for our service lines, including Leasing, Capital Markets, CIS, V&A, and Global Consulting, generally as follows:
(i) Leasing
Real estate commissions on leases are generally recorded in revenue when all obligations under the commission agreement are satisfied. Terms and conditions of a commission agreement may include, but are not limited to, execution of a signed lease agreement and future contingencies, including tenant occupancy, payment of a deposit or payment of a first months rent (or a combination thereof).
Commission agreements will often contain contingencies that impact revenue recognition. The existence of any significant future contingencies results in the delay of revenue recognition for the contingent amounts until such contingencies are satisfied.
(ii) Capital Markets
We record commission revenue on investment real estate sales to investors as well as real estate sales to end users generally upon close of escrow or transfer of title after all contingencies are satisfied. Loan origination fees are recognized at the time a loan closes and we have no significant remaining obligations for performance in connection with the transaction.
(iii) Corporate Occupier and Investor Services
Fees earned from the delivery of the Companys Property, Facility and Asset Management services are generally based on a fixed recurring fee, cost savings realized by the entities managed or achieving a mutually agreed
F-108
operating budget or a percentage of actual costs incurred and are recognized when earned under the provisions of the related management agreements. When acting as principal under a gross maximum price arrangement, we recognize revenue using the proportionate performance method (cost-based input method), under which revenue is recognized in proportion to the direct costs of performing the service activities to the estimated total costs provided all other revenue recognition criteria are met. When the outcome and the total costs of the arrangement involving the rendering of services cannot be estimated reliably, revenue shall only be recognized to the extent the expenses recognized are recoverable.
Project management fees are either fixed or variable per the terms of the client contract. The variable component is based on input measures (e.g., time and rate per hour) or output measures (e.g., milestones). Such revenue is recognized when earned under the provisions of the related management agreements.
The Company follows the guidance of ASC Subtopic 605-45, Principal and Agent Considerations , when accounting for reimbursements received from clients. In connection with arrangements where the Company is the primary obligor, and, therefore, the Company is defined as the principal, the Company accounts for the reimbursement of employment and third-party fees, primarily related to facilities and property management operations, as revenue when the related costs are incurred. Those costs are reported as cost of services. Refer to Note 5, Revenue, for further details.
(iv) Valuation and Advisory, Global Consulting
Professional services and appraisal fees are recorded when services have been completed or as the services are being rendered, depending on the nature of the services. Other commissions, consulting fees and referral fees are recorded as revenue at the time the related services have been performed, unless significant future contingencies exist.
Cost of Services
Cost of services includes commission expenses and other transaction-related costs incurred in connection with the generation of revenue and reimbursed and unreimbursed costs primarily relating to employment and other costs mostly incurred in connection with the performance of facilities and property management operations and project management services.
Advertising Costs
Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. For the eight months ended August 31, 2015 advertising costs of $18.7 million were included in operating, administrative and other expenses in the consolidated statement of operations.
Income Taxes
Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes . Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on temporary differences between the financial reporting and the tax bases of assets and liabilities and net operating losses and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured by applying enacted tax rates and laws and for the years in which the temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Valuation allowances are provided against deferred tax assets when it is not more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax asset will be realized.
While we believe the resulting tax balances as of August 31, 2015 are appropriately accounted for in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes , as applicable, accounting for tax positions requires judgments, including estimating reserves for potential uncertainties. We also assess our ability to utilize tax attributes,
F-109
including those in the form of carryforwards, for which the benefits have already been reflected in the Consolidated Financial Statements. The ultimate outcome of such matters could result in favorable or unfavorable adjustments to our Consolidated Financial Statements and such adjustments could be material. See Note 7, Income Taxes, for further details.
The provision for income taxes comprises current and deferred income tax expense and is recognized in the consolidated statement of operations. To the extent that the income taxes are for items recognized directly in equity, the related income tax effects are recognized in equity.
Income taxes that arise from the distribution of dividends are recognized at the same time as the liability to pay the related dividend is recognized.
Comprehensive Loss
FASB ASC Topic 220, Comprehensive Income , requires us to display comprehensive loss and its components as part of our Consolidated Financial Statements. Comprehensive loss comprises net income, changes in equity that are excluded from net income, such as foreign currency translation adjustments, unrecognized actuarial gains and losses relating to our defined benefit pension plans, unrealized gains and losses on interest rate caps designated in a cash flow hedging relationship and unrealized gains and losses on available for sale securities. All of these changes in equity are reflected net of tax, except foreign currency translation adjustments, given that earnings of non-U.S. subsidiaries, with the exception of Japan, are deemed to be reinvested for an indefinite period of time.
3. Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In September 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-16, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Simplifying the Accounting for Measurement-Period Adjustments . The amendments in this ASU eliminate the requirement to restate prior period financial statements for measurement period adjustments related to business combinations. The new guidance requires that the cumulative impact of a measurement period adjustment, including the impact on prior periods, be recognized in the reporting period in which the adjustment is identifies. The ASU is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2015, and should be applied prospectively to adjustments to provisional amounts that occur after the effective date with earlier application permitted. The Company does not expect the adoption to have an impact on its financial statements.
In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-05, Intangibles Goodwill and Other Internal Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Customers Accounting for Fees Paid in a Cloud Computing Arrangement . The ASU provide guidance to customers about whether a cloud computing arrangement includes a software license. If a cloud computing arrangement includes a software license, then the customer should account for the software license element of the arrangement consistent with the acquisition of other software licenses. If a cloud computing arrangement does not include a software license, the customer should account for the arrangement as a service contract. The ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, with early adoption permitted and could be applied either prospectively to all arrangements entered into or materially modified after the effective date or retrospectively. The Company does not expect the adoption to have a material impact on its financial statements.
In February 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-02, Consolidation (Topic 810): Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis . This ASU provides consolidation guidance for legal entities such as limited partnerships, limited liability corporations and securitization structures. ASU 2015-02 offers updated consolidation evaluation criteria and may require additional disclosures. This ASU is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2015, with early adoption permitted. The Company does not expect the adoption to have an impact on its financial statements.
In January 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-01, Income Statement Extraordinary and Unusual Items (Subtopic 225-20): Simplifying Income Statement Presentation by Eliminating the Concept of Extraordinary
F-110
Items . The ASU, which eliminates the concept of extraordinary items from U.S. GAAP, is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015 and may be applied either prospectively or retrospectively to all prior periods presented in the financial statements, with early adoption permitted. The Company does not expect the adoption to have an impact on its financial statements.
In December 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-18, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Accounting for Identifiable Intangible Assets in a Business Combination (a consensus of the Private Company Council) . The ASU, which is applicable to private companies, allows an accounting alternative for the recognition of certain identifiable intangible assets. An entity within the scope of the amendments that elects the accounting alternative in this guidance should no longer recognize, or otherwise consider the fair value of intangible assets as a result of any in-scope transactions, separately from goodwill, (1) customer-related intangible assets, unless they are capable of being sold or licensed independently from the other assets of the business, and (2) noncompetition agreements. ASU 2014-18 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015 and for interim and annual periods thereafter. Early application is permitted for any period for which the entitys financial statements have not yet been made available for issuance. The Company does not intend to adopt the accounting alternative.
In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40): Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entitys Ability to Continue as a Going Concern . The amendments in this ASU provide guidance about managements responsibility to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an entitys ability to continue as a going concern and to provide related footnote disclosures. The update is effective for annual periods ending after December 15, 2016, with early application permitted. The Company does not expect the adoption of the ASU to have a material impact on its financial statements, expect as it relates to augmenting its disclosures, when applicable.
In June 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-12, Compensation Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Accounting for Share-Based Payments When the Terms of an Award Provide That a Performance Target Could Be Achieved after the Requisite Service Period (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force) , which applies to all reporting entities that have share-based payments in which the terms of the award provide that a performance target that affects vesting could be achieved after the requisite service period. The ASU requires that a performance target that affects vesting and that could be achieved after the requisite service period be treated as a performance condition. The update is effective for annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2015, with early adoption permitted, and may be applied (1) prospectively to all share-based payment awards granted or modified on or after the effective date, or (2) retrospectively to all awards with performance targets outstanding as of the beginning of the earliest annual period presented in the financial statements and to all new or modified awards thereafter. The Company does not expect the adoption of the ASU to have an impact on its Consolidated Financial Statements.
In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) , which requires an entity to recognize the amount of revenue to which it expects to be entitled for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers. The ASU will replace most existing revenue recognition guidance under U.S. GAAP when it becomes effective on January 1, 2018. The ASU permits the use of either the retrospective or cumulative effect transition method. Early adoption for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016 is permitted. The Company is evaluating the effect that ASU 2014-09 will have on its Consolidated Financial Statements and related disclosures and has not yet selected a transition method nor determined the effect of this ASU on its ongoing financial reporting.
In April 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-08, Presentation of Financial Statements (Topic 205) and Property, Plant, and Equipment (Topic 360): Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity , which changes the requirements for reporting discontinued operations. The ASU improves the definition of discontinued operations by limiting discontinued operations reporting to disposals of components of an entity that represent strategic shifts that have (or will have) a major effect on an entitys operations and financial results, and requires expanded disclosures for such discontinued operations. The
F-111
adoption of the ASU, which is effective for annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2014, did not have any impact on the Companys Consolidated Financial Statements.
In January 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-03, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Accounting for Certain Receive-Variable, Pay-Fixed Interest Rate SwapsSimplified Hedge Accounting Approach (a consensus of the Private Company Council) , which allows private companies to use the simplified hedge accounting approach to account for swaps that are entered into for the purpose of economically converting a variable-rate borrowing into a fixed-rate borrowing. The simplified hedge accounting approach provides entities within the scope of this ASU with a practical expedient to qualify for cash flow hedge accounting and to assume no ineffectiveness for qualifying swaps designated in a hedging relationship, provided certain criteria are met. If elected, the simplified hedge accounting approach should be applied retrospectively using either a modified retrospective approach or a full retrospective approach, in annual periods beginning after December 15, 2014, and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015. The Company elected not to adopt the ASU.
4. Acquisitions of Subsidiaries
Strategic acquisitions are an integral component of the Companys growth plans. The Company seeks acquisition opportunities to expand its footprint in new markets and services throughout the world to complement its core businesses. The Company typically acquires a 100% ownership position and structures partial acquisitions so that a full 100% ownership can be achieved at future milestones agreed upon between the parties. Upon the completion of an acquisition, the Company records the initial purchase accounting, including goodwill and the acquired intangible assets, at their estimated fair values.
Subsidiaries acquired in 2015
On February 2, 2015, the Company acquired PTR, a California-based firm providing a wide range of valuation and property tax consulting services and web-based software solutions for property tax management and administration across all types of property, including retail, office, residential apartments, hotels, undeveloped land, and specialty use properties, for a total purchase price of $3.9 million. The purchase adds a robust tax management technology platform, extending the firms services along vertically-aligned asset class expertise. As of August 31, 2015, the Company recognized goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets of approximately $1.1 million and $2.3 million, respectively, in connection with the acquisition. The current purchase accounting is considered preliminary at August 31, 2015.
On May 1, the Company closed on the acquisition of J.F. McKinney & Associates, a market-leading agency leasing firm in Chicago, for approximately $13.0 million. J.F. McKinney specializes in representing office landlords and is currently handling over 16 million square feet of office space in the Chicago region, including many distinguished iconic buildings such as the Merchandise Mart and the John Hancock Center. As of August 31, 2015, the Company recognized goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets of approximately $9.6 million and $3.4 million, respectively, in connection with the acquisition. The current purchase accounting is considered preliminary at August 31, 2015.
F-112
5. Revenue
Groups revenues result from the rendering of real estate services. The following table illustrates commission and service fee revenue by service line, reimbursed costs and total revenue:
Eight
Months Ended August 31, 2015 |
||||
(In Thousands) | ||||
Service fees |
||||
Leasing |
$ | 569,714 | ||
Corporate Occupier and Investor Services |
415,672 | |||
Capital Markets |
237,862 | |||
Valuation and Advisory |
124,229 | |||
Global Consulting |
10,815 | |||
|
|
|||
Revenue commission and service fees |
1,358,292 | |||
Total reimbursed costs managed properties and other costs |
467,421 | |||
|
|
|||
Total revenue |
$ | 1,825,713 | ||
|
|
6. Other expense, net
During the eight month period ended August 31, 2015, the Company recorded approximately $34 million of charges associated with the merger, including bankers and other professional services fees, as well as other expenses.
7. Income Taxes
The Companys provision for income taxes is as follows:
Eight
Months Ended August 31, 2015 |
||||
(In Thousands) | ||||
Federal: |
||||
Current |
$ | 903 | ||
Deferred |
4,884 | |||
|
|
|||
Total federal income taxes |
5,787 | |||
State and Local: |
||||
Current |
2,599 | |||
Deferred |
(9,118) | |||
|
|
|||
Total state income taxes |
(6,519) | |||
Foreign: |
||||
Current |
6,677 | |||
Deferred |
17 | |||
|
|
|||
Total foreign income taxes |
6,694 | |||
|
|
|||
Total provision for income taxes |
$ | 5,962 | ||
|
|
F-113
The following is a reconciliation, stated in dollars and as a percentage of pre-tax income, of the U.S. statutory federal income tax rate to our effective tax rate for the eight months ended August 31, 2015:
Eight Months Ended
August 31, 2015 |
||||||||
Amounts | Tax Rate | |||||||
(In Thousands) | ||||||||
Domestic income |
$ | 614 | ||||||
Foreign loss |
(17,119) | |||||||
|
|
|||||||
Loss before income tax expense |
$ | (16,505) | ||||||
|
|
|||||||
Benefit from income taxes at statutory rate |
$ | (5,777) | 35.0% | |||||
Meals and entertainment |
1,311 | (7.9) | ||||||
State taxes, net of federal benefit |
1,426 | (8.6) | ||||||
Foreign tax credits |
(1,275) | 7.7 | ||||||
Tax impact of non-deferral of earnings of Japanese subsidiaries |
1,257 | (7.6) | ||||||
Foreign rate differential |
1,758 | (10.7) | ||||||
Foreign non-deductible items |
2,116 | (12.8) | ||||||
Valuation allowance on current year non-US net operating losses |
4,891 | (29.6) | ||||||
Valuation allowance on non-US deferred tax assets |
(1,263) | 7.7 | ||||||
Tax contingency reserves |
2,329 | (14.1) | ||||||
Foreign rate change, and other discrete items |
1,678 | (10.2) | ||||||
Reduction in deferred taxes |
(3,142) | 19.0 | ||||||
Other items |
654 | (4.0) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Actual income tax expense |
$ | 5,962 | (36.1)% | |||||
|
|
|
|
Certain entities in South America, EMEA (Europe, the Middle East and Africa) and Asia Pacific are operating at a loss, but no tax benefit can be recorded relating to those losses due to a lack of forecasted taxable income in the foreseeable future to enable the ultimate realization of such benefits.
The reduction in deferred taxes of $3.1 million in 2015 is primarily due to enacted New York City income tax law change of $5.5 million, partially offset by decreases in non-U.S. deferred tax assets of $1.4 million and enacted Connecticut income tax law change of $0.2 million.
The Company intends to permanently reinvest earnings from foreign subsidiaries in accordance with ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes . This assertion excludes the Japanese subsidiaries of C&W, which were removed from the Companys assertion during 2013. As a result, U.S. taxes have not been provided on unremitted earnings of our other foreign subsidiaries. Unremitted earnings aggregated approximately $146.7 million as of August 31, 2015. It is not practicable to compute what the unrecognized deferred tax liability would be on these unremitted earnings if they were not permanently reinvested.
F-114
Recognized deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:
August 31,
2015 |
||||
Deferred tax assets | (In Thousands) | |||
Depreciation and amortization |
$ | 731 | ||
Deferred compensation |
24,929 | |||
Foreign tax credits |
27,097 | |||
Commissions payable |
2,627 | |||
Deferred rent |
8,133 | |||
Net operating losses |
44,579 | |||
Share-based payments |
1,553 | |||
Bad debt reserve |
5,139 | |||
UK pension liability |
505 | |||
Other deferred tax assets |
27,316 | |||
Valuation allowances |
(45,968) | |||
|
|
|||
Total deferred tax assets |
96,641 | |||
|
|
|||
Deferred tax liabilities |
||||
Depreciation and amortization |
| |||
Broker advances |
(5,469) | |||
Acquired intangible assets |
(107,671) | |||
Other deferred tax liabilities |
(2,122) | |||
|
|
|||
Total deferred tax liabilities |
(115,263) | |||
|
|
|||
Total net deferred tax liabilities |
$ | (18,622) | ||
|
|
The net deferred tax liabilities include the total deferred tax assets, the total deferred tax liabilities and the total valuation allowance recognized for the deferred tax assets. For balance sheet presentation purposes, current and non-current deferred tax assets are offset against current and non-current deferred tax liabilities, respectively, for particular tax-paying components and on a jurisdiction-by-jurisdiction basis.
The Companys valuation allowance increased by $3.1 million during the current year period. This increase was primarily due to an increase in the foreign valuation allowance.
Group has net operating loss carryforwards that expire at various dates in the future. Deferred tax assets are recognized to the extent that it is more likely than not that such tax losses will be utilizable in the future.
Gross net operating loss carryforwards and expiration dates as of August 31, 2015 are as follows:
Amount | Expires | |||||||
(In Thousands) | ||||||||
Federal |
$ | 18,726 | 2020 2033 | |||||
State |
67,364 | 2019 2034 | ||||||
City |
16,984 | 2034 | ||||||
Foreign |
156,859 | 2015 indefinite | ||||||
|
|
|
|
As of August 31, 2015, the total reserve for uncertain tax positions was approximately $8.2 million. The Company recognizes potential accrued interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters within the provision for income taxes. During the eight months ended August 31, 2015, the Company recorded a net increase in interest and penalties of $0.9 million. The 2015 net amount consisted of additional interest expense and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits of $0.4 million and $1.0 million, respectively, offset by a reversal of interest
F-115
expense and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits no longer required of $0.3 million and $0.2 million, respectively. The Company does not believe that a significant increase or decrease to the reserve for unrecognized tax benefits will occur within the coming year.
The Company is subject to taxation in the U.S. and various states and foreign jurisdictions. As of August 31, 2015, the Companys tax years for 2011, 2012, 2013 and 2014 are subject to examination by the tax authorities. With few exceptions, as of August 31, 2015, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state, local or foreign examinations by the tax authorities for the years prior to 2011.
8. Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents consist of the following:
August 31,
2015 |
||||
(In Thousands) | ||||
Cash |
$ | 111,358 | ||
Cash equivalents |
3,806 | |||
|
|
|||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 115,164 | ||
|
|
9. Other Receivables, Net
Other receivables, net consists of the following:
August 31,
2015 |
||||
(In Thousands) | ||||
Managed properties receivable |
$ | 71,200 | ||
Other non-commission receivables |
22,510 | |||
Receivables from brokers |
11,606 | |||
Other tax receivables |
2,648 | |||
Employee receivables |
2,594 | |||
|
|
|||
Total other receivables, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $20,942 |
$ | 110,558 | ||
|
|
10. Property and Equipment
Property and equipment consist of the following:
August 31,
2015 |
||||
(In Thousands) | ||||
Furniture, fixtures and equipment |
$ | 97,661 | ||
Leasehold improvements |
74,645 | |||
Computer software, net of impairment |
129,111 | |||
|
|
|||
Total property and equipment |
301,417 | |||
Accumulated depreciation and amortization |
(171,236) | |||
|
|
|||
Net book value |
$ | 130,181 | ||
|
|
The Company recorded depreciation and amortization expense of $27.6 million for the eight months ended August 31, 2015, including $13.5 million in connection with its capitalized computer software costs.
F-116
During the eight months ended August 31, 2015, the Company capitalized approximately $12.9 million of internally generated computer software primarily related to the development and improvement of its information management systems that satisfy the criteria for recognition defined by FASB ASC Topic 350, Intangibles, Goodwill and Other. These intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over their useful lives. At August 31, 2015, there was approximately $25.1 million of computer software in work in progress included in computer software.
11. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
Intangible assets acquired as part of a business combination are valued at fair value upon acquisition and, where applicable, amortized over their useful lives. Groups goodwill and intangible assets acquired in business combinations are primarily from EXORs acquisition of the Company and other subsequent acquisitions.
The carrying amounts of goodwill, indefinite-lived and finite-lived intangible assets at August 31, 2015 are as follows:
Weighted
Average Remaining Useful Life at August 31, 2015 |
Gross
Value |
Accumulated
Amortization |
Accumulated
Impairment |
Net Value | ||||||||||||||||
(In Thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Goodwill |
$ | 743,232 | $ | | $ | (48,300 | ) | $ | 694,932 | |||||||||||
Trademarks |
Indefinite* | 259,330 | (3,330) | (28,700 | ) | 227,300 | ||||||||||||||
Beijing Construction License |
Indefinite | 1,105 | | | 1,105 | |||||||||||||||
Backlog |
0.3 years | 1,100 | (733) | | 367 | |||||||||||||||
Customer relationships |
5 years | 175,833 | (132,654) | | 43,179 | |||||||||||||||
Alliance network |
7 years | 31,300 | (17,563) | | 13,737 | |||||||||||||||
Non-compete covenants |
3 years | 25,407 | (20,045) | | 5,362 | |||||||||||||||
Leasehold interests |
| 12,848 | (12,848) | | | |||||||||||||||
Propriety software |
4 years | 10,345 | (7,179) | | 3,166 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total goodwill and intangible assets |
$ | 1,260,500 | $ | (194,352) | $ | (77,000 | ) | $ | 989,148 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* | Trademarks have an indefinite life, with the exception of the Massey Knakal tradename, which is being amortized over one year based on the purchase price allocation, and the trademark acquired in the Sonnenblick-Goldman (SG) acquisition that was being amortized over its useful life and was fully amortized at December 31, 2011. |
Trademarks primarily include the C&W name. The Company ranks among the largest international real estate service companies in the world and its trademark is well recognized in the market. Group intends to continuously renew the trademark and maintains registrations for this service mark in jurisdictions where it conducts significant business.
The trademark and Beijing Construction License are deemed to have indefinite useful lives, as they are expected to contribute to cash flows indefinitely, and, therefore, are not amortized.
During 2015, the Company recognized a total of $10.7 million of goodwill and $5.7 million of intangible assets in connection with the acquisitions of PTR and McKinney in February and May 2015, respectively, and allocated $4.0 million from goodwill to intangibles in connection with the finalization of the purchase accounting of Massey Knakal. Refer to Note 4, Acquisitions of Subsidiaries, for more information on those acquisitions.
F-117
The Company recorded amortization expense of $13.6 million relating to its finite-lived intangible assets for the eight months ended August 31, 2015. Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill are as follows:
Eight Months
Ended August 31, 2015 |
||||
(In Thousands) | ||||
At beginning of period |
$ | 696,375 | ||
Additions |
10,685 | |||
Other |
(4,307) | |||
Foreign exchange translation |
(7,821) | |||
|
|
|||
At end of period |
$ | 694,932 | ||
|
|
The expected amortization expense related to the finite-lived intangible assets for the next five years and thereafter as of August 31, 2015 is as follows (in thousands):
Sep 2015 Aug 2016 |
$ | 14,753 | ||
Sep 2016 Aug 2017 |
12,174 | |||
Sep 2017 Aug 2018 |
10,086 | |||
Sep 2018 Aug 2019 |
9,585 | |||
Sep 2019 Aug 2020 |
8,686 | |||
Thereafter |
11,527 | |||
|
|
|||
Total |
$ | 66,811 | ||
|
|
Impairment Testing for Goodwill and Intangible Assets with Indefinite Useful Lives
Our annual assessment of goodwill and intangible assets deemed to have indefinite lives is performed as of October 1.
For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill and trademarks are allocated to Groups RUs that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the business combination from which they arose. The Company has defined the geographical regions, including the United States, Canada, Mexico, South America, EMEA and Asia Pacific, as its RUs for impairment testing purposes, as they constitute the lowest level for which discrete financial information is available and management regularly reviews the operating results of the unit.
The aggregate carrying amounts of goodwill and trademarks with indefinite lives allocated to each RU at August 31, 2015 are as follows:
August 31, 2015 | Goodwill |
Accumulated
Impairment |
Trademark (1) |
Accumulated
Impairment |
Beijing
Construction Licensee |
Total | ||||||||||||||||||
(In Thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
United States |
$ | 397,000 | $ | (42,600) | $ | 130,421 | $ | (21,100) | $ | | $ | 463,721 | ||||||||||||
Canada |
48,774 | (5,700) | 23,493 | (7,600) | | 58,967 | ||||||||||||||||||
South America |
22,675 | | 8,037 | | | 30,712 | ||||||||||||||||||
Mexico |
4,271 | | 1,969 | | | 6,240 | ||||||||||||||||||
EMEA |
210,844 | | 78,376 | | | 289,220 | ||||||||||||||||||
Asia Pacific |
59,668 | | 12,704 | | 1,104 | 73,476 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total goodwill and indefinite-lived trademarks | $ | 743,232 | $ | (48,300) | $ | 255,000 | $ | (28,700) | $ | 1,104 | $ | 922,336 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-118
(1) | The recoverable amounts for goodwill and trademarks are their fair values. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The carrying amount is the value of goodwill and trademarks recognized on a RUs balance sheet. An impairment loss occurs when the recoverable amount is less than the carrying amount. |
Goodwill
Given the merger of the Company with DTZ on September 1, 2015, the Company proceeded with step zero of the goodwill impairment test for all the RUs, with the exception of South America and Asia Pacific, according to ASU 2011-08, Intangibles Goodwill and other (Topic 350): Testing for goodwill Impairment, as of August 31, 2015, and assessed qualitative factors, which included consideration of recent fair value calculations and the difference between those fair values and the carrying amounts of the respective RUs, to determine whether it was more likely than not that the fair values of the RUs associated with its goodwill were less than their carrying amounts. We concluded that it was more likely than not that the fair values of the RUs associated with our goodwill exceeded their carrying amounts. We determined that no indicators of impairment existed primarily because forecasts of operating income and cash flows generated by our RUs appear sufficient to support the carrying values of the net assets of each RU. Our qualitative assessment included an analysis of factors, which was based on managements best estimates and judgment according to current economic conditions. The use of alternate judgments and/or assumptions, as well as the deterioration of current economic conditions or the persistence of difficult economic conditions for an extended period of time, could result in the future recognition of a substantial impairment charge in our Consolidated Financial Statements. With regards to the Asia Pacific and South America RUs, the Company performed Step 1 of the goodwill impairment test according to ASC 350 Intangibles Goodwill and Other, as of August 31, 2015 and the assessment resulted in the fair value of equity exceeding the carrying value. We determined that there was no impairment.
Trademark
The Company ranks among the largest international real estate service companies in the world and its trademark Cushman & Wakefield is well recognized in the market. Group intends to continuously renew the trademark. The trademark is deemed to have an indefinite useful life because it is expected to contribute to cash flows indefinitely, and, therefore, is not amortized. Accordingly, the Company utilizes a constant growth model to calculate the value of the trademark into perpetuity.
Beijing Construction License
The Beijing Construction License is deemed to have an indefinite useful life because it is expected to contribute to cash flows indefinitely, and, therefore, is not amortized. The Company uses the with or without method of the income approach with projections over a 5-year period to determine the fair value of the construction license.
Impairment Evaluations
Goodwill and indefinite-lived assets are tested for impairment annually, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that they may be impaired. Our annual assessment of goodwill and other intangible assets deemed to have indefinite lives has historically been completed as of October 1. During 2015, given the merger of the Company with DTZ on September 1, 2015, we performed our assessment as of August 31, 2015. We performed step zero of the goodwill impairment test for all of our RUs, with the exception of South America and Asia Pacific, and determined that the two-step impairment test was unnecessary. With regards to the Asia Pacific and South America RUs, we performed Step 1 of the goodwill impairment test and the assessment resulted in the fair value of equity exceeding the carrying value. We determined that no impairment existed. We also concluded that we dont believe that there has been a triggering event requiring a formal impairment assessment for our other intangible assess deemed to have indefinite lives.
F-119
12. Other Assets
Other assets consists of the following:
August 31, 2015 | ||||
(In Thousands) | ||||
Broker acquisition and retention, net |
$ | 37,849 | ||
Security deposits |
5,628 | |||
Deferred financing costs, net |
3,499 | |||
Other |
7,481 | |||
|
|
|||
Total other assets |
$ | 54,457 | ||
|
|
Broker acquisition and retention, net represents the unamortized amount of the payments made to attract and retain key brokers. These payments are capitalized and amortized over the term of the related contracts. The amortization expense is included within cost of services in the consolidated statement of operations.
Security deposits represent payments made in connection with the Companys operating leases.
Deferred financing costs, net primarily comprise the unamortized amount of fees paid in connection with the Companys Credit Facility as of August 31, 2015, which are capitalized and amortized over the term of the Credit Facility. These fees include legal fees, bank fees, and other financing costs. Refer to Note 15, Long-Term Debt, for further details.
As of August 31, 2015, the amount in other primarily includes cost and equity method investments (further detailed hereafter) aggregating approximately $4.1 million, prepaid expenses related to signing bonus of $1.6 million and deposits related to certain labor claims in Brazil of approximately $0.2 million.
Investments
In March 2014, the Company entered into an agreement with Sojitz Corporation, an integrated trading company engaged in a wide range of business activities in Japan, and Agility Asset Advisors Co., Ltd., a real estate asset management firm in Japan, and formed an asset management firm in which C&W has an 18% ownership interest. As of August 31, 2015, the carrying value of the investment, which is accounted for under the cost method, amounted to $0.7 million.
On September 30, 2011, Cushman & Wakefield entered into a transaction with NorthMarq Real Estate Services LLC (NMRES), whereby C&W contributed substantially all of the assets and liabilities of Cushman & Wakefield Minnesota, Inc. to NMRES in exchange for a membership interest in NMRES equal to 12% (and a profit interest in NMRES equal to 15%). This transaction represents a strategic alliance by C&W to partner with a leading real estate services firm in the upper Mid-West, thereby leveraging Cushman & Wakefields reputation in the State of Minnesota and the City of Minneapolis, which are home to many Fortune 500 corporations. At August 31, 2015, the carrying value of NMRES amounted to approximately $3.2 million.
13. Equity
Common Stock
The Company had 1,499,000 ordinary common shares authorized with a par value of $0.01. At August 31, 2015, there were 631,770 common shares issued and 625,304 outstanding (exclusive of 6,466 shares employees deferred into the Rabbi Trust and recorded as treasury shares). During the eight months ended August 31, 2015, 2,633 shares were issued to employees, of which 140 shares were deferred to the Rabbi Trust.
F-120
Treasury Stock
At August 31, 2015, the Company held 6,466 of treasury shares, all of which were shares employees had deferred in to the Companys Rabbi Trust in connection with the deferred compensation plan. As of August 31, 2015, the costs of the Rabbi Trust shares of $8.1 million were offset by the deferred compensation liability.
Minority Shareholders Agreement
August 31, 2015 | ||||||||
EXOR Ownership Percentage |
Shares |
Percentage of
Ownership |
||||||
EXOR shares owned | 511,015 | |||||||
Total outstanding shares as adjusted* | 631,770 | 80.89% | ||||||
Total outstanding shares | 625,304 | |||||||
Treasury shares | 6,466 | |||||||
|
|
|||||||
Total issued shares | 631,770 | 80.89% | ||||||
|
|
* | Total outstanding shares as adjusted includes treasury shares employees had deferred into the Companys Rabbi Trust relating to the deferred compensation plan. |
As of August 31, 2015, C&W was owned 80.9% by EXOR and 19.1% by its employees (the Groups Minority Shareholders). C&W had an agreement with the Groups Minority Shareholders (the Minority Shareholders Agreement), which outlined all of the rights and obligations of the Company and the Groups Minority Shareholders with respect to the ownership of the noncontrolling shares.
The Minority Shareholders Agreement provided C&W with the right to call for purchase, at its sole discretion beginning on the date the Groups Minority Shareholder ceased to be an employee or independent contractor of the Company and ending on the first anniversary date of the employment termination, all or a portion of the shares held by the Groups Minority Shareholder at the most recent appraised fair value of C&Ws stock as of the last day of the quarter in which the shares were called, with certain exceptions (the Call Right). The Minority Shareholders Agreement provided each of the Groups Minority Shareholders who were no longer an employee or independent contractor of the Company, the right to require C&W to repurchase all, but not less than all, of the shares held by the Groups Minority Shareholder at the most recent appraised fair value of C&Ws stock as of the last day of the quarter in which the shares were put, with certain exceptions (the Put Right).
Pursuant to the Shareholders Agreement between the Company and EXOR, if the Company had not issued common shares in an initial registered underwritten public offering (IPO) by the fifth (5th) anniversary of the acquisition of the Company by EXOR (the acquisition date), or March 30, 2012, then, commencing with the sixth (6th) anniversary from the acquisition date, or March 30, 2013, EXOR agreed to cause the Company to use its commercially reasonable efforts to provide a degree of liquidity at the then current appraised value for the Minority Shareholders who wish to sell a portion of their shares for cash, subject to certain limitations outlined in such Minority Shareholders Agreement. On September 29, 2014, the Company launched an Offer to Purchase ( the Offer) from C&W Group Minority Shareholders as of March 30, 2012 whose shares are not eligible for repurchase pursuant to the exercise of a Minority Shareholder Put Right (as defined in the Offer) or a Company Call Right (as defined in the Offer) (Eligible C&W Group Minority Shareholders), for cash up to 22,400 shares of its common stock (the C&W Group Shares), at a purchase price of $1,730 per share (the June 30, 2014 stock value), upon the terms and subject to the conditions and individual limitations set forth in the Offer. As of the expiration of the Offer on October 28, 2014, approximately 5,451 shares were tendered pursuant to the Offer, representing approximately 24% of the shares eligible for repurchase in the Offer tendered by approximately 17% of the Eligible C&W Group Minority Shareholders. During 2013, the Company launched a similar offer and approximately $23.7 million of shares were redeemed. After evaluating expected capital requirements of our
F-121
operations and other expected cash commitments, the Board of Directors of the Company determined that purchasing C&W Group shares in the Offer was commercially reasonable in 2013 and 2014.
Under the EXOR Shareholder Agreement, in the event of an IPO or sale of the Company, EXOR and the Minority Shareholders had Drag-Along and Tag-Along Rights, respectively, with respect to the non-controlling shares. If EXOR were to exercise its Drag-Along Rights, C&W would not exercise its Call Right, and the Minority Shareholders would not exercise their Put Right or Tag-Along rights. Conversely, if the Minority Shareholders were to exercise their Tag-Along rights, C&W may not exercise its Call Right.
The Groups Minority Shareholders Put Right gave control of the decision to receive cash, in exchange for their Groups minority shares, to the Groups Minority Shareholders if the shareholder ceased to be an employee or independent contractor of the Company before the occurrence of an IPO or sale of the Company. However, due to the fact that the Minority Shareholders Agreement required the Minority Shareholder to hold vested shares for a period of no less than six months plus one day in order to be subject to the Call Right or Put Right, the shares met the criteria for equity treatment within the Groups consolidated balance sheet.
Unrealized Losses (Gains) on Hedging Instrument in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
Eight Months
Ended August 31, 2015 |
||||
(In Thousands) | ||||
Balance at beginning of period |
$ | 474 | ||
Amounts released to earnings during the period |
(474) | |||
|
|
|||
Balance at end of period |
$ | | ||
|
|
Unrealized losses on hedging instruments in accumulated other comprehensive income represent the cumulative effective portion of gains or losses arising on changes in fair value of the interest rate cap agreement entered into for cash flow hedge purposes. The cumulative gain or loss arising on changes in fair value of the hedging instruments that are recognized and accumulated in accumulated other comprehensive loss will be reclassified to earnings only when the hedged transaction affects earnings. During the eight months ended August 31, 2015, we recorded net losses of less than $0.1 million to other comprehensive loss and released approximately $0.5 million to interest expense, in connection with the interest rate cap.
Dividend
No dividend was paid in 2015.
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
At August 31, 2015, Accumulated other comprehensive loss consisted of the following:
August 31, 2015 | ||||
(In Thousands) | ||||
Actuarial losses | $ | (11,684) | ||
Foreign currency translation losses | (51,163) | |||
Unrealized gains arising on changes in fair value of available for sale securities | 18 | |||
Income tax benefit relating to components of other comprehensive (loss) income | 1,251 | |||
|
|
|||
Accumulated other comprehensive loss | $ | (61,578) | ||
|
|
F-122
14. Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consists of the following:
August 31, 2015 | ||||
(In Thousands) | ||||
Accrued incentive compensation |
$ | 34,467 | ||
Managed buildings payables |
79,022 | |||
Deferred compensation and other employee costs |
51,302 | |||
Accounts payable |
54,654 | |||
Accrued expenses |
76,397 | |||
Liability to partners |
15,022 | |||
Non-income taxes payable |
11,905 | |||
Other |
213 | |||
|
|
|||
Total accrued expenses and other current liabilities |
$ | 322,982 | ||
|
|
15. Long-Term Debt
At August 31, 2015, the Company had total long-term debt of $309.9 million, consisting of the following:
Currency |
Weighted
Average Interest Rates (1) |
Maturity |
Facility
Commitment |
Current |
Non-
Current |
Total Non-
Outstanding Balance |
||||||||||||||||
(In Thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Term Loan United States | USD | 1.54% |
2015
2019 (2) |
$ | 148,125 | $ | 8,438 | $ | 139,687 | $ | 148,125 | |||||||||||
Revolver United States | USD | 1.55% | June 2019 | 290,000 | | 134,000 | 134,000 | |||||||||||||||
Revolver Europe | GBP/EUR | 1.28% | June 2019 | 30,000 | | | | |||||||||||||||
Revolver Canada | CAD | 2.27% | June 2019 | 20,000 | | | | |||||||||||||||
Revolver Australia | AUD | 3.63% | June 2019 | 5,000 | | | | |||||||||||||||
Revolver Hong Kong | HKD | 0% | June 2019 | 5,000 | | | | |||||||||||||||
Promissory Notes | USD | 0% |
January
2018 (3) |
NA | | 19,414 | 19,414 | |||||||||||||||
Capital leases | Various | NA | Various | NA | 3,550 | 4,809 | 8,359 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Total |
$ | 11,988 | $ | 297,910 | $ | 309,898 | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) | Weighted average interest rates for the Term Loan and Revolver disclosed above exclude the impact of the applicable facility fee of 25-30 bps in 2015. |
F-123
(2) | The outstanding balance on the Term Loan was contractually due as follows (in thousands): |
September 30, 2015 |
$ | 1,875 | ||
December 31, 2015 |
3,750 | |||
June 30, 2016 |
2,813 | |||
September 30, 2016 |
2,813 | |||
December 31, 2016 |
5,625 | |||
June 30, 2017 |
3,750 | |||
September 30, 2017 |
3,750 | |||
December 30, 2017 |
7,500 | |||
June 30, 2018 |
25,313 | |||
September 30, 2018 |
25,313 | |||
December 31, 2018 |
25,313 | |||
June 27, 2019 |
40,310 | |||
|
|
|||
Total outstanding balance as of August 31, 2015 |
$ | 148,125 | ||
|
|
(3) | The Promissory Notes have a maturity of nine years, with an early prepayment option at the election of the Noteholder at any time on or after the third anniversary of the Closing Date, provided, the Noteholder was continuously employed by or continuously served as an independent contractor for the Company during that period. Payment under the Promissory Notes is also accelerated in the event of the termination of a Noteholders employment without cause or by the Noteholder for good reason. The Company expects the remaining Noteholders to stay with the Company for the required period, and, as a result, expects the Promissory Notes to become due on the third anniversary of the Closing Date. |
Credit Agreement
On June 27, 2014, the Company amended and restated its 2011 existing credit agreement covering its existing $350 million senior secured revolving credit commitment (Existing Revolver) and $150 million senior secured term loan with an outstanding balance of approximately $132 million (Existing Term Loan), together the 2011 Existing Credit Facility. The amended agreement extended maturity from June 2016 to June 2019 and consists of a $350 million senior unsecured revolving credit facility (the Revolver) and a $150 million senior unsecured term loan facility (the Term Loan), together the Credit Facility.
The Credit Facility will be available for working capital and general corporate purposes. Available currencies include the U.S. Dollar, Euros, British Pound Sterling, Canadian Dollar, Australian Dollar, and Hong Kong Dollar (subject to certain levels, as outlined above). Interest on borrowed funds is calculated on a LIBOR rate or base rate, plus a spread tied to the Companys Consolidated Leverage Ratio, as defined under the Credit Facility Agreement. The interest payment on a majority of borrowings is typically due monthly in arrears, though it can be up to three months, depending on the type of specific draw. There is a facility fee that is also tied to the Companys Consolidated Leverage Ratio, which is due quarterly in arrears.
Covenants Associated With the Credit Facility
Improved terms under the Credit Facility include an increase in the Maximum Consolidated Leverage Ratio from 3.25x to 3.75x and an improvement in the borrowing cost structure through a reduction in the interest rate of 45 basis points, on average, across a pricing grid.
The Company was in compliance with all of its covenants as of August 31, 2015.
Promissory Notes
On December 31, 2014, the Company issued ten Promissory Notes for the ten Principals of Massey Knakal in connection with the Massey Knakal acquisition, whereby it unconditionally promises to pay to the order of
F-124
Holding, or the Noteholders an aggregate principal amount equal to $26 million. The Promissory Notes have subsequently been assigned by Holdings to the individual Principals. The Promissory Notes are payable after the ninth anniversary of the Closing Date, with an early prepayment option at the election of the Noteholder at any time on or after the third anniversary of the Closing Date, provided, however, such election may only be made if, during the period from the Closing Date to the third anniversary of the Closing Date, the Noteholder was continuously employed by or continuously served as an independent contractor for the Company. Payment under the Promissory Notes is also accelerated in the event of the termination of a Noteholders employment without cause or by the Noteholder for good reason. During the eight months ended August 31, 2015, the employment of one of the Noteholders was terminated without cause, and therefore, the principal amount of $0.7 million on his Promissory Note became due and a charge of approximately $0.2 million was recorded to reflect the acceleration of the payment. The Promissory Notes bear no interest. However, if an Event of Default, as defined in the SPA, occurs, the unpaid principal amount would bear interest at a rate equal to 15% per annum, compounded quarterly.
The principal payments relating to the total outstanding debt as of August 31, 2015 are as follows (in thousands):
Sep 2015 Aug 2016 |
$ | 11,988 | ||
Sep 2016 Aug 2017 |
15,320 | |||
Sep 2017 Aug 2018 |
57,390 | |||
Sep 2018 Aug 2019 |
225,097 | |||
Sep 2019 Aug 2020 |
103 | |||
After Sep 2020 |
| |||
|
|
|||
Total |
$ | 309,898 | ||
|
|
At August 31, 2015, the Company had, based on covenant ratios, $207.0 million of available credit under the Credit Facility and the Existing Credit Facility, respectively.
The Company recorded $3.7 million of interest expense, in connection with its Credit Facility, for the eight months ended August 31, 2015 and capitalized less than $0.1 million of interest expense.
16. Other Liabilities
August 31, 2015 | ||||
(In Thousands) | ||||
Tenant improvement allowances and other |
$ 26,113 | |||
Deferred rent |
18,032 | |||
Asset retirement obligations |
2,374 | |||
Other |
2,925 | |||
|
|
|||
Total |
$ 49,444 | |||
|
|
Tenant improvement allowances and other primarily comprise the unamortized amount of reimbursements received from lessors in connection with the Companys operating leases of office space for leasehold improvement expenditures made by the Group, as well as commissions the Company earned on the closing of certain leases. The amount is being amortized over the lease term, and the amortization is reported as a reduction of lease expense in operating, administrative and other expenses within the Companys consolidated statement of operations.
Deferred rent represents the cumulative extent by which the Companys operating lease expense has exceeded the related lease payments under its current operating leases, which results from the requirement to expense the full amount of the minimum lease payments, net of lease incentives received, under its operating leases on a straight-line basis over the lease terms of the related leases.
F-125
17. Employee Benefits
Deferred Compensation Plan
The Company has a non-qualified deferred compensation plan (Rabbi Trust) for highly compensated employees that is financed through corporate-owned life insurance policies (COLI). Under this plan, participants can elect to defer a portion of their compensation into the plan. Through the COLI, the investment returns on participant balances are indexed to a number of different mutual funds based on participant elections. At August 31, 2015 the assets in the Rabbi Trust were $29.4 million of which $5.2 million were recorded in prepaid expenses and other current assets as of August 31, 2015 and $24.2 million were recorded as non-current in deferred compensation assets as of August 31, 2015 in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. The total liability to the participants as of August 31, 2015 was $29.4 million, of which $5.2 million were included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities as of August 31, 2015 and $24.2 million and were classified as non-current in deferred compensation liabilities as of August 31, 2015 in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.
Investments Held in the Rabbi Trust
August 31, 2015 | ||||
(In Thousands) | ||||
Corporate-owned life insurance |
$ | 27,964 | ||
Money market funds |
1,457 | |||
|
|
|||
Total |
$ | 29,421 | ||
|
|
The change in the investments held in the Rabbi Trust is primarily due to deposits made by plan participants during the year and an improvement in the stock market, partially offset by the liquidation of fund assets in order to distribute funds to the participants of the plan.
In addition, the Rabbi Trust also contains 6,466 shares of Group stock attributable to participant elections as of August 31, 2015. Any change in the value of the non-qualified plan assets are attributable to the participants of the plan and are, therefore, reflected in the deferred compensation liability. The Rabbi Trust is consolidated, and, consequently, its investment in stock of the Company is reflected as treasury stock in the Companys consolidated balance sheet.
The Companys deferred compensation plan expense, which is recorded as compensation expense in operating, administrative and other expenses in our consolidated statement of operations, amounted to $0.2 million for the eight months ended August 31, 2015.
Other Employee Benefit Obligations
Defined Contribution Plans
Group offers a variety of defined contribution plans including, in the U.S., benefit plans pursuant to Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. At the Companys discretion, the Company can match eligible employee contributions at 100 percent of amounts contributed up to 3% of an individuals annual compensation, based upon certain targets being met by the Company and subject to limitation under federal law. EMEA and Asia sponsor a number of defined contribution plans pursuant to the requirements of the countries where they have branch operations. The Company recorded $4.2 million within operating, administrative and other expenses in the consolidated statement of operations, relating to the plans outlined above for the eight months ended August 31, 2015.
F-126
Defined Benefit Plans
The Groups subsidiary in the UK (C&W UK) operates a form of hybrid pension plan (the UK Plan) that includes characteristics of both a defined contribution and a defined benefit plan. C&W UK formally gave notice to freeze this plan with effect from March 31, 2002 and, subject to certain transitional arrangements, introduced a defined contribution plan for employees from that date. In addition, certain of Groups subsidiaries in Asia provide post-employment benefit plans in accordance with local labor regulations, one in Indonesia, one in the Philippines and two in India, together (the Asia Plans), which are defined benefit plans. The Asia Plans, except one of the two in India, are unfunded. Furthermore, all employees of our subsidiary in the Netherlands, who insured at a certain insurance company, have a defined benefit pension plan. For the eight months ended August 31, 2015 the Company recorded an expense of $2.9 million within operating, administrative and other expenses in the consolidated statement of operations, in connection with the defined benefit plans mentioned above.
The amounts included in the consolidated balance sheet arising from the Companys obligation for its plans are as follows:
August 31,
2015 |
||||
(In Thousands) | ||||
Present value of unfunded obligations |
$ | 17,116 | ||
Present value of funded obligations |
89,654 | |||
|
|
|||
Total present value of obligations |
$ | 106,770 | ||
|
|
The change in benefit obligations and assets of the UK and Asia Plans for the eight months ended August 31, 2015 consisted of the following components:
Change in Pension Benefit Obligation
Eight Months
Ended August 31, 2015 |
||||
(In Thousands) | ||||
Benefit obligation at beginning of year |
$ | 121,961 | ||
Service cost |
2,244 | |||
Interest cost |
3,463 | |||
Net actuarial loss, recognized in equity |
(17,139) | |||
Benefits paid |
(1,999) | |||
Foreign exchange translation |
(1,760) | |||
|
|
|||
Benefit obligation at end of year |
$ | 106,770 | ||
|
|
F-127
Change in Pension Plan Assets
Eight Months
Ended August 31, 2015 |
||||
(In Thousands) | ||||
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year |
$ | 89,401 | ||
Actual return on plan assets |
27 | |||
Employer contributions |
3,357 | |||
Benefits paid |
(1,837) | |||
Foreign exchange translation |
(1,294) | |||
|
|
|||
Fair value of plan assets at end of year |
$ | 89,654 | ||
|
|
|||
Unfunded status at end of year |
$ | 17,116 | ||
|
|
The unfunded status is recorded within accrued employee benefits in the consolidated balance sheet.
Expense Recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Operations
Eight Months
Ended August 31, 2015 |
||||
(In Thousands) | ||||
Service cost |
$ | 2,244 | ||
Interest cost |
3,466 | |||
Expected return on plan assets |
(3,415) | |||
Recognized actuarial losses, net |
587 | |||
|
|
|||
Net periodic pension benefit cost |
$ | 2,882 | ||
|
|
The net periodic pension benefit cost is recognized within operating, administrative and other expense in the consolidated statement of operations.
Actuarial Gains (Losses) Accumulated in Other Comprehensive Loss in Equity
Eight Months Ended
August 31, 2015 |
||||
(In Thousands) | ||||
Cumulative amount as of beginning of period | $ | (25,947) | ||
Recognized during the period | 13,676 | |||
Released to earnings during the period | 587 | |||
|
|
|||
Cumulative amount as of end of period | $ | (11,684) | ||
|
|
We anticipate that approximately $0.2 million of the net actuarial loss that is accumulated in other comprehensive loss in equity will be recognized as a component of net periodic pension cost in the four month period ended December 31, 2015.
F-128
Plan Assets Comprise
August 31, 2015 | ||||||||||||
Actual $ | Actual % | Target % | ||||||||||
(In Thousands) | ||||||||||||
Equity securities |
$ | 47,628 | 53.1% | 60.0% | ||||||||
Debt securities |
38,801 | 43.3% | 40.0% | |||||||||
Other |
536 | 0.6% | 0.0% | |||||||||
Cash |
2,689 | 3.0% | 0.0% | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total |
$ | 89,654 | 100% | 100% | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plan assets of the Companys funded plans include marketable equity securities in both United Kingdom and United States companies. Debt securities consist mainly of fixed interest bonds.
The investment policies and strategies for plan assets are established to achieve a reasonable balance between risk and return and to cover administration expenses, as well as to maintain funds at a level to meet minimum funding requirements. To ensure that an appropriate investment strategy is in place, an analysis of the UK Plans assets and liabilities is completed every three years. The investment strategy of the funded plan in India is reviewed every year by the fund manager on behalf of the Company.
The fair value of the plans assets at August 31, 2015 was based on the following:
Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using | ||||||||||||||||
August 31, 2015 | Total |
Quotable Prices in
Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) |
Significant Other
Observable Inputs (Level 2) |
Significant
Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) |
||||||||||||
(In Thousands) | ||||||||||||||||
Equity securities (a) |
$ | 47,628 | $ | 47,628 | $ | | $ | | ||||||||
Debt securities: |
||||||||||||||||
Corporate bonds |
38,357 | 38,357 | | | ||||||||||||
Government bonds |
444 | 444 | | | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total debt securities |
38,801 | 38,801 | | | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Other |
536 | 536 | | | ||||||||||||
Cash |
2,689 | 2,689 | | | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total |
$ | 89,654 | $ | 89,654 | $ | | $ | | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) | The assets in this class represent investments in U.S. and non-U.S. equity funds. Generally, these assets are valued using bid-market valuations provided by the funds investment managers. |
F-129
Actuarial Assumptions
Principal actuarial assumptions at the reporting date (expressed as weighted averages):
August 31, 2015 | ||
Discount rates |
||
UK Plan |
3.91% | |
Indonesia |
9.00% | |
India |
8.00% | |
Philippines |
4.31% | |
Netherlands |
2.40% | |
Salary increase rates |
||
Indonesia |
8.00% | |
India |
5.50% | |
Philippines |
4.10% | |
Netherland |
2.30% |
August 31, 2015 | ||||
Expected return on plan assets |
||||
UK Plan |
5.08% | |||
India (funded plan) |
8.75% | |||
Netherland |
2.40% | |||
|
|
Assumptions regarding future mortality are based on published statistics and mortality tables.
Discount rate
The discount rate is the yield at the reporting date on AA credit-rated bonds that have maturity dates approximating the terms of Groups obligations and that are denominated in the same currency in which the benefits are expected to be paid.
Salary increase rate
The salary increase rate takes into account inflation, seniority, promotion and other relevant factors on a long-term basis.
Expected return on plan assets
The overall expected long-term rate of return on assets is based on the sum of returns of individual asset categories expected to be achieved in the future. Historical returns were also considered in estimating the long-term rate of return.
During the eight month period ended August 31, 2015, the Company paid contributions of $3.0 million into the UK plan, and $0.1 million into the India funded plan. The Company also paid $0.3 million into the Netherlands Plan in the eight months ended August 31, 2015. No contributions were made into the unfunded Asia Plans in the eight months ended August 31, 2015. The Companys agreement with the trustees of the UK Plan is to contribute 2.0 million pounds sterling ($3.0 million based on the August 31, 2015 spot rate) plus expenses on March 31 in each of the years from 2015 through 2017, and 2.5 million pounds sterling ($3.9 million based on the August 31, 2015 spot rate) on March 31 in each of the years from 2018 through 2022. Regarding the funded plan in India, the Company makes annual contributions to the plan based on demand raised by the fund manager, or a minimum of 15% of the current service cost is contributed. For the plan in the Netherland, the Company has a contract with the insurance company to cover committed pension benefits.
F-130
The following estimated benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid in the following years (in thousands):
2016 |
$ | 3,681 | ||
2017 |
2,955 | |||
2018 |
3,265 | |||
2019 |
3,471 | |||
2020 |
4,118 | |||
Succeeding five years |
25,072 | |||
|
|
|||
Total |
$ | 42,562 | ||
|
|
18. Share-Based Payments
Our share-based compensation programs consist of share-based awards granted to employees, including stock options and restricted stock. The Company has two separate stock option plans, the Employee Stock Purchase Plan Option and Management Options plans and two additional incentive plans, the Equity Incentive Plan (EIP) and the Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIE) for Employees. The awards under these plans, except for awards under the Long Term Incentive Plan for Employees, which are cash-settled, are deemed to meet the requirements to be classified as equity awards.
Equity Incentive Plan
Awards distributed under the EIP may take the form of non-qualified stock options, restricted stock or restricted stock units. In accordance with the terms of the plan, awards may be granted to any employee, member of the Board of Directors or independent contractor based on prior performance and/or a demonstrated potential for future long-term value and performance at the discretion of the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors. Each non-qualified option converts into one share of the Companys common stock on exercise and the options carry neither rights to dividends nor voting rights. Options vesting may be based on continued service or achievement of specified performance criteria, or a combination of both. In the case of a restricted stock award, the recipient may pay a purchase price at the time the award is granted, in which case the purchase price and the form and timing of payment shall be specified in an agreement in addition to the vesting provisions and other applicable terms.
Long Term Incentive Plan for Employees
The LTIE was established to attract, retain and reward designated employees and drive the performance of the Company on a global basis. In accordance with the terms of the plan, awards may be granted to high performing agents, brokers, appraisers and key salaried employees to align their interests with the successful global operations of the Company. Awards distributed under the LTIE include phantom stock units, which will be indexed to the value of the Companys stock and paid in cash or, in very limited cases and at the discretion of the Company, in shares, based on the fair value of the Companys stock. The awards generally vest ratably over a four-year period, including a measurement year.
Employee Stock Purchase Plan Options
In connection with the Employee Stock Purchase Plan, employees could purchase shares or convert existing shares into new shares. For each four shares acquired, either through purchase or conversion, the employee was granted one option to purchase an additional share at the fair value of such shares on the date of the option grant. The options have a service requirement of three years and are deemed to meet the requirements to be classified as an equity award. At the grant date, the options and underlying shares were valued by an independent appraisal using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The resulting option value was multiplied by the number of options outstanding to determine the total cost of the options.
F-131
Management Options
Performance Based Options
In connection with the EXOR acquisition of C&W Group, Inc., certain executives of the Company were granted performance based stock options that vest in equal annual installments upon delivery of the Companys audited Consolidated Financial Statements (Management Options). This was projected to occur on or about April 1, 2007 through 2012. The number of annual installments for the vesting of the options was based on the term of the employees employment agreement.
The Management Options were further classified as EBITDA Options and EBITDA Margin Options. Regardless of the classification, the exercise price for all options was equal to the share price at the grant date. The EBITDA Options vested over the terms of the employment contracts if certain EBITDA targets were achieved. For each executive, there were a base number of options, and an additional number of Target 1 and Target 2 options. The EBITDA targets for each classification were predetermined at the grant date and such options only vested if the targets were met and the executive remained employed by the Company or one of its subsidiaries. Further, the number of Target 1 options or Target 2 options that vested was based on the EBITDA achieved by the Company, such that, if the actual EBITDA fell between the Base Option Target and the Target 1 EBITDA, a percentage of the Target 1 EBITDA options would vest.
The EBITDA Margin Options also vested over the terms of the employment contracts if certain EBITDA Margins were achieved. The EBITDA Margins were defined as EBITDA as a percentage of consolidated revenue. The vesting of the EBITDA Margins was similar to the EBITDA Options, with a Base, Target 1, and Target 2 EBITDA Margin targets, which were predetermined at the grant date.
The options were deemed to meet the requirements to be classified as an equity award. At the grant date, the share price and option price were determined by an independent appraisal. The Company used the Black-Scholes option pricing model to compute the estimated fair value of stock option awards. Using this model, fair value was calculated based on assumptions with respect to (i) expected volatility of our Common Stock price, (ii) the periods of time over which employees were expected to hold their options prior to exercise (expected lives), (iii) expected dividend yield on the Common Stock, and (iv) risk-free interest rates. Stock-based compensation expense also included an estimate, which was made at the time of grant, of the number of awards that were expected to be forfeited. This estimate is revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ or are expected to differ from those estimates.
Non-Performance Based Options
Certain executives of Group were granted non-performance based options vesting gradually over different periods of four to five years. The exercise prices of the options were based on Groups stock price at the end of the quarter preceding each grant date and the value of the stock options determined according to the Black-Scholes option pricing model.
F-132
The table below summarizes all our stock option awards:
Grant
Date |
Number of
options granted |
Vesting
date or period |
Exercise
price at grant date |
Term of
options |
Outstanding
at August 31, 2015 |
|||||||||||||||||||
Employee Stock Purchase Plan | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Tranche 1 |
12/14/2005 | 11,166 | 1/1/2008 | $ | 548 | 10 years | 2,826 | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Total Employee Stock Purchase Plan | 11,166 | 2,826 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Management Options |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Non-performance Based Options |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Grant 3 Executive Grant |
12/1/2010 | 374 | 2012 2014 | $ | 1,465 | 10 years | 374 | |||||||||||||||||
Grant 4 Executive Grant |
3/3/2011 | 16,000 | 2012 2015 | $ | 1,510 | 10 years | 16,000 | |||||||||||||||||
Grant 5 Executive Grant |
12/16/2013 | 15,000 | 2014 2017 | $ | 1,440 | 10 years | 15,000 | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Total non-performance Based Options | 31,374 | 31,374 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Performance Based Options (EBITDA) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Tranche 1 |
4/1/2007 | 13,450 | 2007 2011 | $ | 1,259 | 10 years | 840 | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Total Performance Based Options | 13,450 | 840 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Total Management Options | 44,824 | 32,214 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Total Options | 55,990 | 35,040 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
The Employee Stock Purchase Plan Options outstanding at August 31, 2015 have a weighted average exercise price of $548.02, and weighted average remaining contractual lives of 0.20 years. The Management Options outstanding at August 31, 2015 have weighted average exercise prices of $1,470.39 and weighted average remaining contractual lives of 6.72 years.
The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the eight months ended August 31, 2015 was $0.4 million. The total fair value of options vested during the eight months ended August 31, 2015 was $12.5 million.
F-133
The number of and weighted average exercise prices of share options are as follows:
|
Employee Stock Purchase Plan | Management Options | ||||||||||||||
Eight Months Ended August 31, 2015 |
Number of
Options |
Weighted Average
Exercise Price |
Number of
Options |
Weighted Average
Exercise Price |
||||||||||||
Outstanding at beginning of period |
2,826 | $ | 548.02 | 32,214 | $ | 1,470.87 | ||||||||||
Granted during the period |
| | | | ||||||||||||
Exercised during the period |
(122) | 548.02 | (374) | 1,465.00 | ||||||||||||
Forfeited during the period |
(82) | 548.02 | | | ||||||||||||
Cancelled during the period |
| | | | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Outstanding at end of period |
2,622 | $ | 548.02 | 31,840 | $ | 1,470.39 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Exercisable at end of period |
2,622 | $ | 548.02 | 31,840 | $ | 1,470.39 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The fair value of services received in return for share options granted is based on the fair value of share options granted, which was based on the Black-Scholes option pricing model using the following assumptions:
Employee Stock Purchase Plan | Management Options | |||
Share price |
$578.68 | $1,175 $1,510 | ||
Exercise price |
$548.02 | $1,259 $1,510 | ||
Expected volatility |
35.0% | 35.0% 47.5% | ||
Option term |
6.5 years | 10 years | ||
Risk-free interest rate |
4.22% | 1.67% 4.74% | ||
Expected dividends |
1.20% | 0% 0.36% | ||
Forfeiture rate |
0% | 0% |
An independent appraiser determined the volatility based on the historical volatility of comparable public companies. As the Company does not have historical exercise data and the stock options do not have any unusual features, the Company uses the midpoint between the vesting date and the contractual term to determine the expected term of the stock options.
For non-performance awards, the assumptions used and the Companys methodology in developing those assumptions were as follows: (i) in determining volatility, the Company elected to use a blended volatility model, which averages the historical volatility over the expected term of the options and the implied volatility of two public peer companies; (ii) due to the lack of historical data and the fact that the stock options do not have any unusual features, the Company determined it was appropriate to use the simplified method, which encompasses using the midpoint between the vesting date and the contractual term to determine the expected term; (iii) based on covenant restrictions and historical data, the Company used a 0% dividend yield assumption through 2012 and 0.36% for subsequent grants and (iv) risk free interest rate was calculated using traded zero coupon U.S. Treasury bonds with the same maturity as the grants expected term.
F-134
Restricted Stock
A summary of the status of the Companys non-vested shares as of August 31, 2015 and changes during the eight months ended August 31, 2015 are presented below:
Eight Months Ended
August 31, 2015 |
||||||||
Number
of shares |
Weighted-
Average Grant- Date Fair Value |
|||||||
Outstanding at beginning of period |
6,040 | $ | 1,571 | |||||
Granted during the period |
2,952 | 2,020 | ||||||
Vested during the period |
(2,137) | (1,562) | ||||||
Forfeited during the period |
| | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Outstanding at end of period |
6,855 | $ | 1,766 | |||||
|
|
|
|
During 2015, the Company granted 2,618 and 334 restricted shares to brokers and senior management employees under the EIP and LTIE, respectively.
Phantom Stock Units
The following illustrates the status of our phantom stock units as of August 31, 2015. These awards, which are granted under the LTIE, are indexed to the value of the Companys stock and paid in cash.
Eight Months Ended
August 31, 2015 |
||||||||
Number
of shares |
Weighted-
Average Grant- Date Fair Value |
|||||||
Outstanding at beginning of period |
222 | $ | 1,475 | |||||
Granted during the period |
| | ||||||
Vested during the period |
(84) | 1,472 | ||||||
Forfeited during the period |
| | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Outstanding at end of period |
138 | $ | 1,477 | |||||
|
|
|
|
The Company recorded total compensation expense of $9.8 million in 2015 for all its share-based payment plans, of which $9.7 million were from plans accounted for as equity-settled share-based payment transactions. As of August 31, 2015, there was $6.2 million of total unrecognized compensation expense related to all unvested share-based payment awards, which was expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.71 years.
The Company received cash of $615 thousand from the exercise of stock options under its share-based payment arrangements for the eight months ended August 31, 2015.
19. Fair Value Measurements
All of our financial assets and liabilities have been classified as Level 1 and 2, which include certain plan assets for deferred compensation, our foreign currency forward contracts and our interest rate cap arrangements, relating to which their fair values are based on market inputs. The assets and liabilities related to our foreign currency forward contracts have been initially valued at the transaction price and subsequently valued utilizing third-party pricing services. The pricing services use many inputs to determine value, including reportable trades, benchmark yields, credit spreads, broker/dealer quotes, bids, offers, current spot rates, other industry and
F-135
economic events. We obtain an understanding of the models and validate the prices provided by our third-party pricing services by obtaining market values from other pricing sources, and analyzing pricing data in certain instances. As of August 31, 2015, and after completing our validation procedures, we did not adjust or override any fair value measurements provided by our third-party pricing services.
The following tables present information about our assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of August 31, 2015, with the exception of the defined benefit plan assets, which are separately disclosed in Note 17, Employee Benefits. The tables indicate the fair value hierarchy of the valuation techniques we utilized to determine such fair value.
Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using | ||||||||||||||||
August 31,
2015 |
Quoted Prices in Active
Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) |
Significant
Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) |
Significant
Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) |
|||||||||||||
Assets at fair value | (In Thousands) | |||||||||||||||
Cash equivalents (a) | $ | 3,806 | $ | 3,806 | $ | | $ | | ||||||||
Foreign currency forward contracts | 315 | | 315 | | ||||||||||||
Plan assets for deferred compensation money market (b) | 1,457 | 1,457 | | | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total | $ | 5,578 | $ | 5,263 | $ | 315 | $ | | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Liabilities at fair value | ||||||||||||||||
Foreign currency forward contracts | $ | 213 | $ | | $ | 213 | $ | | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total | $ | 213 | $ | | $ | 213 | $ | | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) | The assets in this category represent overnight deposits. |
(b) | The assets in this category represent money market funds. In accordance with the fair value accounting standard, this disclosure excludes the cash surrender value of corporate-owned life insurance contracts. |
There were no significant non-recurring fair value measurements recorded during the 8 months ended August 31, 2015.
20. Financial Instruments
FASB ASC Topic 825, Financial Instruments, requires disclosure of fair value information about financial instruments, whether or not recognized in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The use of different market assumptions and/or estimation methodologies may have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts.
Cash equivalents: These balances include highly liquid investments with maturities of less than three months when purchased. The carrying amount approximates fair value due to the short-term maturities of these instruments.
Security deposits, commission and fees receivable and payable: Due to their short-term nature, fair value approximates carrying value.
Long-term debt: This balance primarily consists of the outstanding balances on our Credit Facility at the reporting date and the Promissory Notes issued in connection with the Massey Knakal acquisition on
F-136
December 31, 2014. Due to the variable interest rates applied to the Credit Facility, the fair value approximates carrying value. The Promissory Notes were recorded at their net present value using a risk-adjusted rate at the reporting date, which approximates their fair value.
Foreign currency forward contracts: The fair value of these contracts is based on their listed market price, if available. If a listed market price is not available, then fair value is estimated by discounting the difference between the contractual forward price and the current forward price for the residual maturity of the contract using a risk-free interest rate (based on government bonds). As the carrying values of the foreign currency forward contracts are marked to market each reporting period, the fair value equals the carrying value.
Interest rate cap agreements: The fair value of these agreements is measured at the present value of future cash flows estimated and discounted based on the applicable yield curves derived from quoted interest rates.
The carrying amounts reflected in the consolidated balance sheet for other current assets, accounts payable and other current liabilities approximate fair value due to their short-term maturities.
The carrying amounts reflected in the consolidated balance sheet for non-current commission fees receivable and payable represent the present value of future cash flows discounted at the rate of our domestic debt at the reporting date and, accordingly, approximate fair value.
21. Commitments and Contingencies
We are subject to various claims and contingencies related to lawsuits, income taxes, non-income taxes and commitments under contractual obligations. Many of these lawsuit claims are covered under our current insurance programs, subject to self-insurance levels and deductibles. Management believes that any liability imposed upon us that may result from disposition of these lawsuits will not have a material adverse effect on our business or Consolidated Financial Statements. Our contractual obligations generally relate to providing of services by us in the normal course of our business. We recognize the liability associated with a loss contingency when a loss is probable and estimable in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 450, Contingencies.
We had outstanding letters of credit totaling $11.7 million as of August 31, 2015. These letters of credit are primarily executed by us in the normal course of business in connection with the lease of office space, our insurance policy and medical benefit claims. Certain of these letters of credit expire at varying dates through 2015, while the others expire upon specified future events.
From time to time, Group incurs purchase commitments because we enter into contracts to purchase property and equipment or to obtain certain services in the normal course of our business. Some of these contractual obligations have a remaining term in excess of one year. At August 31, 2015, the aggregate amount of the required payments in connection with such obligations is as follows (in thousands):
Sep 2015 Aug 2016 |
$ | 3,115 | ||
Sep 2016 Aug 2017 |
459 | |||
Sep 2017 Aug 2018 |
| |||
|
|
|||
Total |
$ | 3,574 | ||
|
|
Group leases office space, computers, copiers and other equipment used in connection with its operations and has determined that these leases meet the criteria as operating leases, some of which contain escalation clauses or renewal options.
During the eight months ended August 31, 2015, $49.8 million was recognized as an expense in the consolidated statement of operations for operating lease payments. A small portion of Groups premises are subleased with minimal sublease income.
F-137
Future minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating leases as of August 31, 2015 are payable as follows (in thousands):
Sep 2015 Aug 2016 |
$ | 77,812 | ||
Sep 2016 Aug 2017 |
62,770 | |||
Sep 2017 Aug 2018 |
54,964 | |||
Sep 2018 Aug 2019 |
50,931 | |||
Sep 2019 Aug 2020 |
46,453 | |||
Thereafter |
171,481 | |||
|
|
|||
Total |
$ | 464,411 | ||
|
|
22. Severance and Other Restructuring Costs
The following is a reconciliation of the beginning and ending restructuring liability balances:
Eight Months Ended
August 31, 2015 |
||||
(In Thousands) | ||||
Balance at beginning of period |
$ | 68 | ||
Amounts accrued during the period |
476 | |||
Amounts reversed during the period |
(66) | |||
Amounts paid during the year |
(262) | |||
Foreign currency exchange rate changes |
(2) | |||
|
|
|||
Balance at end of period |
$ | 214 | ||
|
|
The balance of approximately $0.2 million outstanding as of August 31, 2015, which is current, relates to lease termination costs and is included within accrued expenses and other current liabilities in our consolidated balance sheet.
23. Related Parties
Transactions With Key Management Personnel
Directors of the Company own less than 5% of the voting shares of the Company at August 31, 2015. No such share purchases from members of the board of directors of the Company occurred in 2015.
Loans to Key Management Personnel
There were no loans to key management personnel outstanding at August 31, 2015.
24. Subsequent Events
We have evaluated events and transactions that have occurred subsequent to August 31, 2015 through February 19, 2016, the date at which the Consolidated Financial Statements were available for issuance, and we have not identified any that require recognition or disclosure in these Consolidated Financial Statements, other than as disclosed below.
On September 1, 2015, EXOR closed the sale of its entire shareholding in Cushman & Wakefield to DTZ. The Company was then merged with Gaja Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation and an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of DTZ.
Subsequent to the merger, the Company repaid the outstanding balance on the Credit Facility, including interest and fees.
F-138
Through and including , 2018 (the 25 th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to each dealers obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriter, and with respect to its unsold allotments or subscriptions.
45,000,000 Shares
Ordinary Shares
MORGAN STANLEY
J.P. MORGAN
GOLDMAN SACHS & CO. LLC
UBS INVESTMENT BANK
BARCLAYS
BofA MERRILL LYNCH
CITIGROUP
CREDIT SUISSE
WILLIAM BLAIR
TPG CAPITAL BD, LLC
HSBC
CREDIT AGRICOLE CIB
JMP SECURITIES
CHINA RENAISSANCE
FIFTH THIRD SECURITIES
ACADEMY SECURITIES
LOOP CAPITAL MARKETS
RAMIREZ & CO., INC.
SIEBERT CISNEROS SHANK & CO., L.L.C
THE WILLIAMS CAPITAL GROUP, L.P.
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.
Estimated expenses (except for the SEC registration fee, FINRA filing fee and stock exchange listing fee) payable in connection with the sale of the ordinary shares in this offering are as follows:
SEC registration fee |
$ | 115,972 | ||
FINRA filing fee |
140,225 | |||
NYSE listing fee |
25,000 | |||
Printing and engraving expenses |
750,000 | |||
Legal fees and expenses |
2,000,000 | |||
Accounting fees and expenses |
543,500 | |||
Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses |
500,000 | |||
Miscellaneous |
3,425,303 | |||
|
|
|||
Total |
$ | 7,500,000 | ||
|
|
* | To be completed by amendment. |
We will bear all of the expenses shown above.
Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.
Our articles of association provide that, subject to the U.K. Companies Act 2006, we shall indemnify, out of our assets, any director of the Company or any associated company against all losses, liabilities and expenditures which he or she may sustain or incur in the execution of the duties of his or her office or otherwise in relation thereto.
The relevant provisions under the U.K. Companies Act 2006 are Sections 205, 206, 232, 233, 234, 235, 236, 237, 238 and 1157.
Section 205 provides that a company can provide a director with the funds to meet expenditures incurred or to be incurred in defending any criminal or civil proceedings or in connection with any application under sections 661(3) and 661(4) (acquisition of shares by innocent nominee) or section 1157 (described below). Such financial assistance must be repaid if the director is convicted, judgment is found against such director or the court refuses to grant the relief on the application.
Section 206 provides that a company can provide a director with the funds to meet expenditures incurred or to be incurred by him or her in defending in an investigation by a regulatory authority, or against action proposed to be taken by a regulatory authority, in connection with any alleged negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust by him or her in relation to the company or an associated company.
Section 232 provides that any provision to exempt to any extent a director from liability from negligence, default, breach of duty or trust by him or her in relation to the company is void. Any provision by which a company directly or indirectly provides (to any extent) an indemnity for a director of the company or an associated company against any such liability is also void unless it is a qualifying third party indemnity provision.
II-1
Section 233 permits liability insurance, commonly known as directors and officers liability insurance, purchased and maintained by a company against liability for negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust in relation to the company.
Pursuant to Section 234, an indemnity is a qualifying third party indemnity as long as it does not provide: (i) any indemnity against any liability incurred by the director to the company or to any associated company; (ii) any indemnity against any liability incurred by the director to pay a fine imposed in criminal proceedings or a sum payable to a regulatory authority by way of a penalty in respect of non-compliance with any requirement of a regulatory nature; and (iii) any indemnity against any liability incurred by the director in defending criminal proceedings in which he or she is convicted, civil proceedings brought by the company or an associated company in which judgment is given against such director or where the court refuses to grant such director relief under an application under sections 661(3) and 661(4) (acquisition of shares by innocent nominee) or its power under section 1157 (described below).
Section 235 allows a company to provide an indemnity to a director if the company is a trustee of an occupational pension scheme, with such indemnity to protect against liability incurred in connection with the companys activities as trustee of the scheme.
Any indemnity provided under Section 234 or Section 235 in force for the benefit of one or more directors of the company or an associated company must be disclosed in the directors annual report in accordance with Section 236 and copies of such indemnification provisions made available for inspection in accordance with Section 237 (and every shareholder has a right to inspect and request such copies under Section 238).
Section 1157 provides that in proceedings against an officer of a company for negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust, the court may relieve such officer from liability if it appears to the court that such officer may be liable but acted honestly and reasonably and that having regard to all the circumstances of the case, such officer ought fairly to be excused. Further, an officer who has reason to apprehend that a claim of negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust will or might be made against him or her, such officer may apply to the court for relief, and the court will have the same power to relieve such officer as it would if the proceedings had actually been brought.
A court has wide discretion in granting relief, and may authorize civil proceedings to be brought in the name of the company by a shareholder on terms that the court directs. Except in these limited circumstances, English law does not generally permit class action lawsuits by shareholders on behalf of the company or on behalf of other shareholders.
In connection with this offering, we will enter into deeds of indemnification with each of our directors and executive officers. Pursuant to these agreements, we agree to indemnify these individuals to the fullest extent permissible under English law against liabilities arising out of, or in connection with, the actual or purported exercise of, or failure to exercise, any of his or her powers, duties or responsibilities as a director or officer, and to advance expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified. We also agree to use all reasonable endeavors to provide and maintain appropriate directors and officers liability insurance (including ensuring that premiums are properly paid) for their benefit for so long as any claims may lawfully be brought against them.
We have obtained and expect to continue to maintain insurance policies under which our directors and officers are insured, within the limits and subject to the limitations of those policies, against certain expenses in connection with the defense of, and certain liabilities that might be imposed as a result of, actions, suits or proceedings to which they are parties by reason of being or having been directors or officers. The coverage provided by these policies may apply whether or not we would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of English law.
II-2
In the underwriting agreement, the underwriters will agree to indemnify, under certain conditions, us, members of our board of directors, members of management and persons who control us within the meaning of the Securities Act, against certain liabilities.
Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.
In the three years preceding the filing of this registration statement, we have issued, or will issue, the following securities that were not registered, or will not be registered, under the Securities Act. No underwriters were used in any of the transactions described below. In this section, unless noted, all references to ordinary shares, options, restricted share units and corresponding exercise prices and all per ordinary share amounts reflect the Companys figures prior to undertaking the Share Consolidation and have not been adjusted to give effect to the Share Consolidation.
Restructuring Matters
In connection with its formation on June 13, 2018, Cushman & Wakefield Limited issued one fully paid up ordinary share (the subscriber share) to DTZ Investment Holdings GenPar LLP (DTZ GenPar), as the general partner of Holdings LP. The issuance of the subscriber share was not registered under the Securities Act, because the subscriber share was offered and sold in a transaction by the issuer not involving any public offering exempt from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.
In connection with the Share Exchange on July 6, 2018, Cushman & Wakefield Limited issued 1,532,092,920 ordinary shares to GTU Ops Inc., as nominee for Computershare Trust Company N.A. (the Depositary Nominee), in exchange for 153,081,863.85 and 1,379,011,057 ordinary shares of DTZ Jersey Holdings Limited, previously held by FTL Nominees 1 Limited and FTL Nominees 2 Limited, respectively, on bare trust for certain members of the Companys management and Holdings LP, respectively. Holdings LP is an English limited partnership whose partners consist of the Principal Shareholders. Upon receipt of the ordinary shares of Cushman & Wakefield Limited, the Depositary Nominee issued 153,081,864 and 1,379,011,056 depositary receipts in respect of such shares to each of FTL Nominees 1 Limited and FTL Nominees 2 Limited respectively, who hold such depositary receipts on bare trust for certain members of the Companys management and Holdings LP, respectively. Such ordinary shares were issued in reliance on the exemption contained in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, as transactions by issuers not involving a public offering. On July 6, 2018, a stock transfer form for the transfer of the subscriber share was executed in favor of the Depositary Nominee.
On July 11, 2018, Cushman & Wakefield Limited issued 50,000 redeemable preference shares, with a nominal value of £1.00 each, and fully paid up, to DTZ GenPar in exchange for an undertaking to pay the nominal value. The preference shares were issued in reliance on the exemption contained in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, as transactions by issuers not involving a public offering.
Options and Restricted Units
From January 1, 2018 through June 30, 2018, DTZ Jersey Holdings Limited granted options to purchase an aggregate of 2,735,295 ordinary shares at a weighted average price of $1.70 per share and issued 706,095 ordinary shares upon exercise of vested options for aggregate consideration of $707,579.
In 2017 and 2016, DTZ Jersey Holdings Limited granted options to purchase an aggregate of 2,241,178 and 17,754,902 ordinary shares, respectively, at a weighted average price of $1.70 and $1.23 per share, respectively, and issued 9,526 and zero ordinary shares, respectively, upon exercise of vested options for aggregate consideration of $11,431 and $0, respectively.
From April 1, 2015 through December 31, 2015, DTZ Jersey Holdings Limited granted options to purchase an aggregate of 40,067,583 ordinary shares at a weighted average price of $1.00 per share and did not issue any ordinary shares upon exercise of vested options.
From January 1, 2018 through June 30, 2018, DTZ Jersey Holdings Limited granted 8,723,235 RSUs to be settled in ordinary shares and issued 1,213,047 ordinary shares upon settlement of RSUs.
II-3
In 2017 and 2016, DTZ Jersey Holdings Limited granted 5,420,007 and 71,373,407 RSUs, respectively, to be settled in ordinary shares and issued 6,580,280 and 4,765,028 ordinary shares, respectively, upon settlement of RSUs.
From April 1, 2015 through December 31, 2015, DTZ Jersey Holdings Limited granted 42,625,201 RSUs to be settled in ordinary shares and issued 0 ordinary shares upon exercise of settlement of RSUs.
DTZ Jersey Holdings Limited deemed the grants of stock options and RSUs and the issuances of ordinary shares upon the exercise of stock options and settlement of RSUs described above as exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act or in reliance on Rule 701 of the Securities Act as offers and sales of securities under compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation in compliance with Rule 701. Each of the recipients of securities in any transaction exempt from registration either received or had adequate access, through employment, business or other relationships, to information about us.
Issuances to Management Holders
From January 1, 2018 through June 30, 2018, DTZ Jersey Holdings Limited issued an aggregate of 5,118,215 ordinary shares at a weighted average price of $1.70 per share for aggregate consideration of $8,700,966.
In 2017 and 2016, DTZ Jersey Holdings Limited issued an aggregate of 13,272,095 ordinary shares and 23,507,031 ordinary shares, respectively, at a weighted average price of $1.70 and $1.23 per share for aggregate consideration of $22,562,562 and $33,165,424, respectively.
From April 1, 2015 through December 31, 2015, DTZ Jersey Holdings Limited issued an aggregate of 7,414,860 ordinary shares at a weighted average price of $1.00 per share for aggregate consideration of $7,414,860.
No underwriters were used in the foregoing transactions. DTZ Jersey Holdings Limited deemed the issuances of ordinary shares described immediately above as exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, as transactions not involving a public offering.
Acquisitions
On March 2, 2017, DTZ Jersey Holdings Limited acquired 100% of the interests in Ashlar Urban for total cash consideration of CAD $9,800,000. In connection with the acquisition, DTZ Jersey Holdings Limited issued an aggregate of 588,235 ordinary shares to certain management shareholders.
On November 15, 2016, DTZ Jersey Holdings Limited acquired 50% percent of the partnership interests in DTZ Zadelhoff V.O.F. for total cash consideration of 27,000,000. In connection with the acquisition, DTZ Jersey Holdings Limited issued an aggregate of 5,555,000 ordinary shares to certain management shareholders
On August 9, 2016, DTZ Jersey Holdings Limited acquired 100% of the assets of Taylor & Mathis of Florida for total cash consideration of $28,750,000. In connection with the acquisition, DTZ Jersey Holdings Limited issued an aggregate of 1,764,705 ordinary shares to certain management shareholders.
On May 31, 2016, DTZ Jersey Holdings Limited acquired 100% of the assets of Multi-Family Advisors MHA for total cash consideration of $31,386,000. In connection with the acquisition, DTZ Jersey Holdings Limited issued an aggregate of 294,118 ordinary shares to certain management shareholders.
No underwriters were used in the foregoing transactions. DTZ Jersey Holdings Limited deemed the issuances of ordinary shares described immediately above as exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, as transactions not involving a public offering.
II-4
Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.
(a) Exhibits: The list of exhibits is set forth beginning on page II-3 of this Registration Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
(b) Financial Statement Schedules: Schedule II Valuation & Qualifying Accounts is included in the financial statements and incorporated herein by reference.
Item 17. Undertakings.
* (f) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
* (h) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers, and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer, or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
*(i) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
● | For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the undersigned registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective. |
● | For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof. |
* | Paragraph references correspond to those of Regulation S-K, Item 512. |
II-5
EXHIBIT INDEX
Exhibit Number |
Description of Exhibits |
|
1.1* |
Form of Underwriting Agreement | |
3.1 |
Articles of Association of the Registrant | |
4.1* |
Form of Ordinary Shares Certificate | |
4.2* |
Form of Registration Rights Agreement by and among Cushman & Wakefield plc and certain shareholders |
|
5.1* |
Opinion of Cleary Gottlieb Steen & Hamilton LLP | |
8.1* |
Tax Opinion of Cleary Gottlieb Steen & Hamilton LLP | |
10.1** |
||
10.2** |
||
10.3** |
||
10.4** |
||
10.5** |
||
10.6** |
||
10.7** |
II-6
Exhibit Number |
Description of Exhibits |
|
10.17** |
||
10.18** |
||
10.19** |
||
10.20** |
||
10.21** |
||
10.22* |
Form of Shareholders Agreement by and among Cushman & Wakefield plc and the shareholders party therto |
|
10.23** |
||
10.24 |
||
10.25 |
||
10.26** |
||
10.27** |
||
10.28** |
||
10.29** |
||
10.30** |
Form of DTZ Jersey Holdings Limited Restricted Stock Unit Grant Agreement |
|
10.31** |
Form of Bonus Deferral and Co-Investment Restricted Stock Unit Grant Letter Agreement |
|
10.32** |
Form of DTZ Jersey Holdings Limited Management Stockholders Agreement |
|
10.33** |
||
10.34 |
Cushman & Wakefield, Inc. Executive Employee Severance Plan, effective June 14, 2018 |
|
10.35** |
II-8
Exhibit Number |
Description of Exhibits |
|
10.36** |
Option Grant Agreement between Brett White and DTZ Jersey Holdings Limited, dated May 8, 2015 |
|
10.37** |
||
10.38** |
||
10.39** |
||
10.40** |
||
10.41** |
Side Letter between Brett White and Cushman & Wakefield Global, Inc., dated June 8, 2018 |
|
10.42** |
Employment Agreement between Duncan Palmer and DTZ US NewCo, Inc., dated March 16, 2015 |
|
10.43** |
||
10.44** |
||
21.1 |
List of subsidiaries upon completion of this offering | |
23.1 |
Consent of KPMG US LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm | |
23.2 |
Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors | |
23.3* |
Consent of Cleary Gottlieb Steen & Hamilton LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1) | |
24.1 |
Powers of Attorney (included on signature page) |
* | To be filed by amendment. |
** | Previously filed. |
II-9
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Chicago, Illinois on July 23, 2018.
CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD PLC |
||
/ S / B RETT W HITE | ||
By: | Brett White | |
Title: | Director, Executive Chairman and Chief Executive Officer |
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each officer and director of Cushman & Wakefield plc whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Brett White and Duncan Palmer, and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and revocation, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to execute any or all amendments including any post-effective amendments and supplements to this registration statement, and any additional registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
* * * *
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Name |
Title |
Date |
||
/ S / B RETT W HITE Brett White |
Director, Executive Chairman and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer and Authorized Representative in the United States) | July 23, 2018 | ||
/ S / D UNCAN P ALMER Duncan Palmer |
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) | July 23, 2018 | ||
/ S / R AJEEV R UPARELIA Rajeev Ruparelia |
Director | July 23, 2018 | ||
/ S / Q I C HEN Qi Chen |
Director | July 23, 2018 | ||
/ S / L INCOLN P AN Lincoln Pan |
Director | July 23, 2018 | ||
/ S / T IMOTHY D ATTELS Timothy Dattels |
Director | July 23, 2018 | ||
/ S / J ONATHAN C OSLET Jonathan Coslet |
Director | July 23, 2018 | ||
/ S / B ILLIE W ILLIAMSON Billie Williamson |
Director | July 23, 2018 |
II-10
Exhibit 3.1
THE COMPANIES ACT 2006
PUBLIC COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES
ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION
of
Cushman & Wakefield plc
Company number: 11414195
As at 19 July 2018
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page | ||||||
TABLE OF CONTENTS |
i | |||||
1 |
PRELIMINARY |
1 | ||||
2 |
INTERPRETATION |
1 | ||||
3 |
LIABILITY OF MEMBERS |
5 | ||||
4 |
CHANGE OF NAME |
5 | ||||
SHARE CAPITAL |
5 | |||||
5 |
ALLOTMENT OF SHARES AND SPECIAL RIGHTS |
5 | ||||
6 |
COMMISSIONS ON ISSUE OF SHARES |
8 | ||||
7 |
REDUCTION OF CAPITAL |
8 | ||||
8 |
FRACTIONS ARISING ON CONSOLIDATION OR SUBDIVISION |
9 | ||||
9 |
CAPITALIZATION OF PROFITS AND RESERVES |
9 | ||||
10 |
TRUSTS NOT RECOGNIZED |
11 | ||||
SHARE CERTIFICATES |
11 | |||||
11 |
ISSUE OF SHARE CERTIFICATES |
11 | ||||
12 |
FORM OF SHARE CERTIFICATE |
11 | ||||
13 |
REPLACEMENT OF SHARE CERTIFICATES |
12 | ||||
14 |
CONSOLIDATED AND BALANCE SHARE CERTIFICATES |
12 | ||||
SHARES NOT HELD IN CERTIFICATED FORM |
13 | |||||
15 |
UNCERTIFICATED SHARES |
13 | ||||
CALLS ON SHARES |
14 | |||||
16 |
SUMS DUE ON SHARES |
14 | ||||
17 |
POWER TO DIFFERENTIATE BETWEEN HOLDERS |
15 | ||||
18 |
CALLS |
15 | ||||
19 |
LIABILITY FOR CALLS |
15 | ||||
20 |
INTEREST ON OVERDUE AMOUNTS |
15 | ||||
21 |
PAYMENT OF CALLS IN ADVANCE |
15 | ||||
FORFEITURE AND LIEN |
16 | |||||
22 |
NOTICE ON FAILURE TO PAY A CALL |
16 | ||||
23 |
FORFEITURE FOR NON-COMPLIANCE |
16 | ||||
24 |
DISPOSAL OF FORFEITED SHARES |
17 | ||||
25 |
HOLDER TO REMAIN LIABLE DESPITE FORFEITURE |
17 | ||||
26 |
LIEN ON PARTLY-PAID SHARES |
17 | ||||
27 |
SALE OF SHARES SUBJECT TO LIEN |
18 |
-i-
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
Page | ||||||
28 |
EVIDENCE OF FORFEITURE |
19 | ||||
VARIATION OF RIGHTS |
19 | |||||
29 |
MANNER OF VARIATION OF RIGHTS |
19 | ||||
30 |
MATTERS NOT CONSTITUTING VARIATION OF RIGHTS |
20 | ||||
TRANSFER OF SHARES |
20 | |||||
31 |
FORM OF TRANSFER |
20 | ||||
32 |
RIGHT TO REFUSE REGISTRATION |
21 | ||||
33 |
NO FEE ON REGISTRATION |
22 | ||||
TRANSMISSION OF SHARES |
22 | |||||
34 |
PERSONS ENTITLED TO SHARES ON DEATH |
22 | ||||
35 |
ELECTION BY PERSONS ENTITLED BY TRANSMISSION |
22 | ||||
36 |
RIGHTS OF PERSONS ENTITLED BY TRANSMISSION |
23 | ||||
37 |
PRIOR NOTICES BINDING |
23 | ||||
UNTRACED SHAREHOLDERS |
23 | |||||
38 |
UNTRACED SHAREHOLDERS |
23 | ||||
GENERAL MEETINGS |
24 | |||||
39 |
ANNUAL GENERAL MEETINGS |
24 | ||||
40 |
CONVENING OF GENERAL MEETINGS |
25 | ||||
NOTICE OF GENERAL MEETINGS |
25 | |||||
41 |
LENGTH AND FORM OF NOTICE |
25 | ||||
PROCEEDINGS AT GENERAL MEETINGS |
26 | |||||
42 |
CHAIRPERSON |
26 | ||||
43 |
REQUIREMENT FOR QUORUM |
26 | ||||
44 |
ADJOURNMENT |
26 | ||||
45 |
NOTICE OF ADJOURNED MEETING |
27 | ||||
46 |
AMENDMENTS TO RESOLUTIONS |
27 | ||||
47 |
PROPOSED MEMBER RESOLUTIONS |
28 | ||||
48 |
SECURITY ARRANGEMENTS AND ORDERLY CONDUCT |
32 | ||||
49 |
SATELLITE MEETING PLACES |
32 | ||||
POLLS |
33 | |||||
50 |
DEMAND FOR POLL |
33 | ||||
51 |
PROCEDURE ON A POLL |
34 |
-ii-
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
Page | ||||||
52 |
TIMING OF POLL |
34 | ||||
VOTES OF MEMBERS |
35 | |||||
53 |
VOTES ATTACHING TO SHARES |
35 | ||||
54 |
VOTES OF JOINT HOLDERS |
35 | ||||
55 |
VALIDITY AND RESULT OF VOTE |
35 | ||||
DEPOSITARY |
35 | |||||
56 |
APPOINTMENT OF APPOINTED PROXIES |
35 | ||||
57 |
REGISTER OF APPOINTED PROXIES |
35 | ||||
58 |
PROXIES OF APPOINTED PROXIES |
36 | ||||
59 |
IDENTIFYING APPOINTED PROXIES |
36 | ||||
PROXIES AND CORPORATE REPRESENTATIVES |
36 | |||||
60 |
APPOINTMENT OF PROXIES |
36 | ||||
61 |
MULTIPLE PROXIES |
37 | ||||
62 |
FORM OF PROXY |
37 | ||||
63 |
DEPOSIT OF FORM OF PROXY |
37 | ||||
64 |
RIGHTS OF PROXY |
38 | ||||
65 |
TERMINATION OF PROXYS AUTHORITY |
38 | ||||
66 |
CORPORATIONS ACTING BY REPRESENTATIVES |
39 | ||||
DEFAULT SHARES |
39 | |||||
67 |
RESTRICTION ON VOTING IN PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES |
39 | ||||
DIRECTORS |
41 | |||||
68 |
NUMBER OF DIRECTORS |
41 | ||||
69 |
SHARE QUALIFICATION |
42 | ||||
70 |
REMUNERATION OF DIRECTORS |
42 | ||||
71 |
DIRECTORS EXPENSES |
43 | ||||
72 |
DIRECTORS PENSIONS AND OTHER BENEFITS |
43 | ||||
73 |
EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS AND LEAD INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR |
43 | ||||
74 |
LEAD INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR |
44 | ||||
75 |
POWERS OF EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS |
44 | ||||
76 |
INVESTOR DIRECTORS |
44 | ||||
APPOINTMENT AND RETIREMENT OF DIRECTORS |
45 | |||||
77 |
METHODS OF APPOINTING DIRECTORS |
45 |
-iii-
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
Page | ||||||
78 |
RETIREMENT AT ANNUAL GENERAL MEETINGS |
46 | ||||
79 |
TERMINATION OF OFFICE |
48 | ||||
80 |
REMOVAL OF DIRECTOR BY RESOLUTION OF COMPANY |
49 | ||||
MEETINGS AND PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS |
49 | |||||
81 |
CONVENING OF MEETINGS OF DIRECTORS |
49 | ||||
82 |
QUORUM |
49 | ||||
83 |
CHAIRPERSON |
50 | ||||
84 |
DIRECTORS WRITTEN RESOLUTIONS |
50 | ||||
85 |
VALIDITY OF PROCEEDINGS |
51 | ||||
DIRECTORS INTERESTS |
51 | |||||
86 |
AUTHORIZATION OF DIRECTORS INTERESTS |
51 | ||||
87 |
PERMITTED INTERESTS |
52 | ||||
88 |
INVESTOR DIRECTORS |
53 | ||||
89 |
RESTRICTIONS ON QUORUM AND VOTING |
56 | ||||
90 |
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION |
58 | ||||
91 |
DIRECTORS INTERESTS GENERAL |
59 | ||||
POWERS OF DIRECTORS |
59 | |||||
92 |
GENERAL POWERS |
59 | ||||
PROVISION FOR EMPLOYEES ON CESSATION OR TRANSFER OF BUSINESS |
59 | |||||
94 |
BANK MANDATES |
60 | ||||
95 |
BORROWING |
60 | ||||
DELEGATION OF POWERS |
60 | |||||
96 |
APPOINTMENT AND CONSTITUTION OF COMMITTEES |
60 | ||||
97 |
LOCAL BOARDS AND MANAGERS |
60 | ||||
98 |
APPOINTMENT OF ATTORNEY |
61 | ||||
SECRETARY |
61 | |||||
99 |
SECRETARY |
61 | ||||
100 |
MINUTES |
61 | ||||
101 |
THE SEAL |
62 | ||||
102 |
AUTHENTICATION OF DOCUMENTS |
62 | ||||
REGISTERS |
63 |
-iv-
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
Page | ||||||
103 |
REGISTERS |
63 | ||||
DIVIDENDS |
63 | |||||
104 |
DECLARATION OF FINAL DIVIDENDS |
63 | ||||
105 |
FIXED AND INTERIM DIVIDENDS |
64 | ||||
106 |
DISTRIBUTION IN SPECIE |
64 | ||||
107 |
RANKING OF SHARES FOR DIVIDEND |
64 | ||||
108 |
MANNER OF PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS |
65 | ||||
109 |
RECORD DATE FOR DIVIDENDS |
65 | ||||
110 |
NO INTEREST ON DIVIDENDS |
66 | ||||
111 |
RETENTION OF DIVIDENDS |
66 | ||||
112 |
UNCLAIMED DIVIDEND |
66 | ||||
113 |
WAIVER OF DIVIDEND |
67 | ||||
114 |
CALLS OR DEBTS MAY BE DEDUCTED |
67 | ||||
SCRIP DIVIDENDS |
67 | |||||
115 |
SCRIP DIVIDENDS |
67 | ||||
116 |
ACCOUNTING RECORDS |
69 | ||||
117 |
SERVICE OF NOTICES |
69 | ||||
118 |
COMMUNICATION WITH JOINT HOLDERS |
70 | ||||
119 |
DECEASED AND BANKRUPT MEMBERS |
71 | ||||
120 |
FAILURE TO SUPPLY ADDRESS |
71 | ||||
121 |
SUSPENSION OF POSTAL SERVICES |
72 | ||||
122 |
SIGNATURE OR AUTHENTICATION OF DOCUMENTS SENT BY ELECTRONIC MEANS |
72 | ||||
123 |
STATUTORY PROVISIONS AS TO NOTICES |
72 | ||||
WINDING UP |
72 | |||||
124 |
DIRECTORS POWER TO PETITION |
72 | ||||
DESTRUCTION OF DOCUMENTS |
73 | |||||
125 |
DESTRUCTION OF DOCUMENTS |
73 | ||||
DIRECTORS LIABILITIES |
74 | |||||
126 |
INDEMNITY |
74 | ||||
127 |
INSURANCE |
75 | ||||
128 |
DEFENCE EXPENDITURE |
75 |
-v-
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
Page | ||||||
129 |
FORUM |
76 | ||||
130 |
OTHER DEPOSITARY INTERESTS |
76 | ||||
131 |
MANDATORY OFFER PROVISIONS |
77 |
-vi-
The Companies Act 2006
PUBLIC COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES
ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION
of Cushman & Wakefield plc
(the Company)
1 | PRELIMINARY |
Neither the regulations in The Companies (Model Articles) Regulations 2008 nor any other articles or regulations prescribing forms of articles which may apply to companies under the Act or any former enactment relating to companies shall apply to the Company.
2 | INTERPRETATION |
2.1 In these Articles (if not inconsistent with the subject or context):
Act means the Companies Act 2006;
address means any address or number (including, in the case of any Uncertificated Proxy Instruction, an identification number of a participant in the relevant system) used for the purposes of sending or receiving notices, documents or information by electronic means and/or by means of a website;
Affiliate has the meaning given to it in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Exchange Act, as in effect on the date hereof;
Annual General Meeting means a General Meeting held as the Companys annual general meeting in accordance with Section 336 of the Act;
Beneficially Own has the meaning given to it in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, and Beneficial Ownership shall be construed accordingly;
Board means the Board of Directors of the Company from time to time;
clear days means a period of notice of the specified length, excluding the day on which the notice is served or deemed to be served and the day for which the notice is given;
Closing means closing of the IPO;
Company Communications Provisions has the same meaning as in Section 1143 of the Act;
Depositary means any depositary, clearing agency, custodian, nominee or similar entity appointed under arrangements entered into by the Company or otherwise approved by the Board that holds or is interested directly or indirectly, including through a nominee, in, shares or rights or interests in respect thereof, and which issues
1
certificates, instruments, securities or other documents of title, or maintains accounts, evidencing or recording the entitlement of the holders thereof, or account holders, to or to receive such shares, rights or interests (which, for the avoidance of doubt, includes DTC);
Depositary Interest means any certificate, instrument, security, depositary receipt or other document of title issued or created, or interest recorded in an account maintained, by a Depositary to evidence or record the entitlement of the holder, or account holder, or to receive shares or rights or interests in respect thereof;
Depositary Interest Holder means the holder of a Depositary Interest;
Directors means the directors of the Company;
DTC means The Depository Trust Company and any Affiliate or nominee therefore, including Cede & Co and any successors thereto;
electronic form has the same meaning as in section 1168 of the Act;
electronic means has the same meaning as in section 1168 of the Act;
Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as the same may be amended from time to time;
General Meeting means any general meeting of the Company, including any General Meeting held as the Companys Annual General Meeting;
Group means the Company and every subsidiary and holding company of the Company and of each such subsidiary and holding company;
hard copy form has the same meaning as in section 1168 of the Act;
holder means, in relation to shares, the person whose name is entered in the Register as the holder of the shares;
holding company has the meaning given in section 1159 of the Act;
Independent Director means a director that satisfies both (i) the requirements to qualify as an independent director under the stock exchange rules of the stock exchange on which the Ordinary Shares are then-currently listed and (ii) the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act as amended from time to time.
Investor Director has the meaning set given to it in Article 76.1;
Investors means TPG Global, LLC ( TPG ), PAG Capital Limited ( PAG ), Ontario Teachers Pension Plan Board ( OTPP ) and their respective Affiliates, and Investor means any one of them;
in writing means written or produced by any substitute for writing (including anything in electronic form) or partly one and partly another;
2
IPO means the underwritten initial public offering by the Company of certain of its Ordinary Shares;
month means calendar month;
Office means the registered office of the Company for the time being;
Operator means the operator of a relevant system (as defined in the Uncertificated Securities Regulations) or the transfer agent of the Company (as applicable);
Ordinary Shares means the ordinary shares in the capital of the Company and any securities issued in respect thereof, or in substitution therefor, in connection with any share split, dividend or combination, or any reclassification, recapitalization, merger, share exchange, consolidation or similar transaction ;
paid means paid or credited as paid;
participating security means a share or other security which is permitted to be transferred by means of a relevant system;
person entitled in relation to a share means a person entitled to that share by reason of the death or bankruptcy of a member or otherwise by operation of law;
Register means the register of members of the Company;
relevant system means any computer-based system and procedures, permitted by the Uncertificated Securities Regulations or other applicable regulations, which enable title to shares or other securities to be evidenced and transferred without a written instrument and which facilitate supplementary and incidental matters;
Rights has the meaning given to it in Article 5.1;
Seal means the common seal of the Company;
Secretary means the secretary of the Company and any person appointed by the Directors to perform any of the duties of the secretary, including a joint, assistant or deputy secretary;
Securities Seal means an official seal kept by the Company for sealing securities issued by the Company or for sealing documents creating or evidencing securities so issued as permitted by the Act;
subsidiary has the meaning given in section 1159 of the Act;
these Articles means these Articles of Association as amended from time to time;
Transfer Office means the place where the Register is situated for the time being;
Uncertificated Proxy Instruction means a properly authenticated dematerialized instruction and/or other instruction or notification, sent by means of a relevant system to a participant in that system acting on behalf of the Company as the Directors may prescribe, in such form and subject to such terms and conditions as may from time to
3
time be prescribed by the Directors (subject always to the facilities and requirements of the relevant system);
Uncertificated Securities Regulations means the Uncertificated Securities Regulations (2001) (as amended);
United Kingdom means Great Britain and Northern Ireland;
United States means the United States of America;
Voting Rights means the voting rights attaching to any shares which are generally exercisable at General Meetings of the Company; and
year means calendar year.
2.2 | Any reference to issued shares of any class (whether of the Company or of any other company) shall not include any shares of that class held as treasury shares except where the contrary is expressly provided. |
2.3 | Words denoting the singular shall include the plural and vice versa. Words denoting the masculine shall include the feminine. Words denoting persons shall include bodies corporate and unincorporated associations. |
2.4 | References to an Article are to a numbered paragraph of these Articles. |
2.5 | The words including and include and words of similar effect shall not be deemed to limit the general effect of the words which precede them. |
2.6 | References to any statute or statutory provision shall be construed as relating to any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof for the time being in force (whether coming into force before or after the adoption of these Articles). |
2.7 | References to a share (or to a holding of shares) being in certificated or uncertificated form are references, respectively, to that share being a certificated or an uncertificated unit of a security for the purposes of the Uncertificated Securities Regulations. |
2.8 | Subject to Article 29.2, the provisions of these Articles relating to General Meetings and to the proceedings at such meetings shall apply to separate meetings of a class of shareholders. |
2.9 | References to a person being present at a General Meeting include a person present by corporate representative. |
2.10 | Except as provided above, any words or expressions defined in the Act or the Uncertificated Securities Regulations shall (if not inconsistent with the subject or context) bear the same meanings in these Articles. |
2.11 | A reference to writing or written includes references to any method of representing or reproducing words in a legible and non-transitory form whether sent or supplied in an electronic form or otherwise. |
4
3 | LIABILITY OF MEMBERS |
The liability of each member is limited to the amount (if any) for the time being unpaid on the shares held by that member.
4 | CHANGE OF NAME |
The Company may change its name by resolution of the Directors.
SHARE CAPITAL
5 | ALLOTMENT OF SHARES AND SPECIAL RIGHTS |
5.1 | In accordance with section 551 of the Act, the Directors are generally and unconditionally authorized to allot shares in the Company or grant rights to subscribe for or to convert any security into shares in the Company (the Share Rights ) up to an aggregate maximum number of 800,000,000 Ordinary Shares, provided that this authority shall, unless renewed, varied or revoked by ordinary resolution of the Company, expire on the date which is five years from the date of the adoption of these Articles, save that the Directors may allot shares or grant Share Rights in pursuance of an offer or agreement made before such expiry which would or might require shall to be allotted or Share Rights to be granted, notwithstanding that the authority conferred by this Article 5.1 has expired. |
5.2 | The Directors are generally empowered to allot equity securities (as defined in section 560 of the Act) as if section 561(1) of the Act did not apply to any such allotment, provided that this power shall: (i) be limited to the allotment of equity securities up to an aggregate maximum number of 800,000,000 Ordinary Shares; and (ii) unless renewed, varied or revoked by ordinary resolution of the Company, expire on the date which is five years from the date of the adoption of these Articles, save that the Directors may allot equity securities in pursuance of any offer or agreement made before such expiry which would or might require equity securities to be allotted after such expiry, notwithstanding that the power conferred by this Article 5.2 has expired. |
5.3 | The provisions set forth in Articles 5.1 and 5.2 may be renewed at any meeting of the members of the Company. |
5.4 | Without prejudice to any rights attached to any existing shares and subject to the Act, the Board may issue shares with such rights or restrictions as determined either by the Company by ordinary resolution or, if the Company passes an ordinary resolution to so authorize them, the Directors. |
5.5 | Subject to the Act, these Articles and any ordinary resolution of the Company, the Directors may offer, allot (with or without conferring a right of renunciation), grant options over or otherwise deal with or dispose of any shares to such persons, at such times and generally on such terms as the Directors may decide. |
5.6 |
The Board may issue any shares which are to be redeemed or are liable to be redeemed at the option of the Company or the holder, on such terms and in |
5
such manner as the Company may determine by ordinary resolution and the Directors may determine the terms, conditions and manner of redemption of any such shares. |
5.7 | Subject to the provisions of the Act, the Board may exercise any power of the Company to establish a shareholder rights plan (the Rights Plan ) including approving the execution of any document relating to the adoption and/or implementation of the Rights Plan. The Rights Plan may be in such form as the Board shall, in its absolute discretion, decide and may in particular (but without restriction or limitation) include such terms as are described in the Summary of Example Terms in the form appearing in the Appendix to these Articles. |
5.8 | Subject to the provisions of the Act, the Board may exercise any power of the Company to grant rights (including approving the execution of any documents relating to the grant of rights) (i) to subscribe for shares of the Company and/or (ii) to acquire Depositary Interests which would be issued by the Depositary (to whom the Company would issue new shares in connection therewith), in each case in accordance with the Rights Plan (the Rights ). |
5.9 | The purposes for which the Board shall be entitled to establish the Rights Plan and to grant Rights in accordance therewith, as provided in Articles 5.7 and 5.8 above, shall include (without limitation) the following where, in the opinion of the majority of the Directors present at a duly convened (in accordance with Article 82) board meeting, acting in good faith and on such grounds as the Board shall genuinely consider reasonable, irrespective of whether such grounds would be considered reasonable by any other party with or without the benefit of hindsight, to do so would improve the likelihood that: |
5.9.1 | any process which may result in an acquisition or change of Control of the Company is conducted in an orderly manner; |
5.9.2 | an optimum price for shares (or Depositary Interests) would be received by or on behalf of all members of the Company; |
5.9.3 | the Board would have additional time to gather relevant information or pursue appropriate strategies; |
5.9.4 | the success of the Company would be promoted for the benefit of its members as a whole; |
5.9.5 | the long term interests of the Company, its employees, its members and its business would be safeguarded; and/or |
5.9.6 | the Company would not suffer serious economic harm. |
5.10 |
Subject to the provisions of the Act, the Board may determine not to redeem the Rights and accordingly exercise any power of the Company to (i) allot shares of the Company pursuant to the exercise of the Rights or (ii) exchange or cause to be exchanged all or part of the Rights (in each case, other than Rights held by an Acquiring Person) for Ordinary Shares and/or Depositary |
6
Shares and/or another class or series of shares (an Exchange ) in each case in accordance with the Rights Plan. The purposes for which the Board shall be entitled not to redeem the Rights, and accordingly to exercise any power of the Company to allot shares of the Company or effect an Exchange, shall include (without limitation) the following where, in the opinion of the majority of the Directors present at a duly convened (in accordance with Article 82) board meeting, acting in good faith and on such grounds as the Board shall genuinely consider reasonable, irrespective of whether such grounds would be considered reasonable by any other party with or without the benefit of hindsight, not to redeem the Rights and accordingly to exercise any power of the Company or effect an Exchange to allot shares in the Company would improve the likelihood that: |
5.10.1 | any process which may result in an acquisition or change of Control of the Company is conducted in an orderly manner; |
5.10.2 | an optimum price for shares (or Depositary Interests) would be received by or on behalf of all members of the Company; |
5.10.3 | the Board would have additional time to gather relevant information or pursue appropriate strategies; |
5.10.4 | the success of the Company would be promoted for the benefit of its members as a whole; |
5.10.5 | the long term interests of the Company, its employees, its members and its business would be safeguarded; and/or |
5.10.6 | the Company would not suffer serious economic harm. |
5.11 | For the purposes of Article 5.9 and Article 5.10 above, a person or group shall be deemed to have control ( Control ) of the Company if such person or group, whether alone or with affiliated or associated persons, exercises, or is able to exercise or is entitled to acquire, the direct or indirect power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of the Company, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and in particular, but without prejudice to the generality of the preceding words, if such person or group, whether alone or with affiliated or associated persons, possesses or is entitled to acquire: |
5.11.1 | beneficial ownership of 15 per cent or more of the voting rights attributable to the capital of the Company which are exercisable at a General Meeting; or |
5.11.2 | such percentage of the issued share capital of the Company as would, if the whole of the income or assets of the Company were in fact distributed among the members (without regard to any rights which he or any other person has as a loan creditor), entitle him to receive 15 per cent or more of the income or assets so distributed; or |
7
5.11.3 | such rights as would, in the event of the winding-up of the Company or in any other circumstances, entitle him to receive 15 per cent or more of the assets of the Company which would then be available for distribution among the members. |
5.12 | For the purposes of Article 5.10, Acquiring Person shall mean any person or group (other than any Investor or its Affiliates) who has, together with affiliated or associated persons, acquired beneficial ownership of 15 per cent or more of the outstanding Ordinary Shares and Depositary Interests (without duplication) of the Company. |
5.13 | For the purposes of Article 5.11: |
5.13.1 | person shall include any individual, firm, body corporate, unincorporated association, government, state or agency of state, association, joint venture or partnership, in each case whether or not having a separate legal personality and group and affiliated or associated persons shall have the meanings given to such terms under the United States federal securities laws, including the Exchange Act; |
5.13.2 | a person shall be treated as entitled to acquire anything which he is entitled to acquire at a future date, or will at a future date be entitled to acquire, irrespective of whether such future acquisition is contingent upon satisfaction of any conditions precedent; |
5.13.3 | there shall be attributed to any person any rights or powers of a nominee for him, that is to say, any rights or powers which another person possesses on his behalf or may be required to exercise on his direction or behalf; and |
5.13.4 | beneficial ownership of any person or group, together with affiliated or associated persons, shall have the meaning given to such term under the United States federal securities laws, including the Exchange Act, and may include the direct or indirect possession of any right or interest that would be required to be set forth in any notice described in Article 47.1.3 below if the person or group in question were a member giving notice under Article 47.4 below. |
6 | COMMISSIONS ON ISSUE OF SHARES |
The Company may, in connection with the issue of any shares or the sale for cash of treasury shares, exercise all powers of paying commission and brokerage permitted by the Act. Such payment may be in cash, by allotting fully or partly paid shares or other securities, or partly in one way and partly in the other.
7 | REDUCTION OF CAPITAL |
The Company may, by special resolution, reduce its share capital, share premium account, capital redemption reserve or redenomination reserve in any way permitted by the Act.
8
8 | FRACTIONS ARISING ON CONSOLIDATION OR SUBDIVISION |
8.1 | If, as the result of consolidation, consolidation and division or sub-division of shares, members would become entitled to fractions of a share, the Directors may, on behalf of the members, deal with the fractions as they think fit. Subject to the Act, the Directors may, in effecting divisions and/or consolidations, treat a members shares held in certificated form and uncertificated form as separate holdings. In particular, the Directors may: |
8.1.1 | aggregate fractional entitlements and sell any resulting shares to a person or persons (including, subject to the Act, to the Company) and distribute the net proceeds of sale in due proportion amongst the persons entitled or, if the Directors decide, some or all of the sum raised on a sale may be retained for the benefit of the Company; or |
8.1.2 | subject to the Act, allot or issue to a member credited as fully paid by way of capitalization the minimum number of shares required to round up his holding of shares to a number which, following consolidation, consolidation and division or sub-division, leaves a whole number of shares (such allotment or issue being deemed to have been effected immediately before consolidation, consolidation and division or sub-division, as the case may be). |
8.2 | To give effect to a sale pursuant to Article 8.1.1 above, the Directors may arrange for the shares representing the fractions to be entered in the Register as certificated shares. The Directors may also authorize a person to transfer the shares to, or to the direction of, the purchaser. The purchaser is not bound to see to the application of the purchase money and the title of the transferee to the shares is not affected by an irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings connected with the sale. |
8.3 | If shares are allotted or issued pursuant to Article 8.1.2 above, the amount required to pay up those shares may be capitalized as the Directors think fit out of amounts standing to the credit of reserves (including, but not limited to, profit and loss account, the share premium account, capital redemption reserve, merger reserve, revaluation reserve or share- based payment reserve), whether or not available for distribution and applied in paying up in full the appropriate number of shares. A resolution of the Directors capitalizing part of the reserves has the same effect as if the capitalization had been declared by ordinary resolution of the Company pursuant to Article 9. In relation to the capitalization the Directors may exercise all the powers conferred on them by Article 9 without an ordinary resolution of the Company. |
9 | CAPITALIZATION OF PROFITS AND RESERVES |
9.1 |
The Directors may capitalize any sum standing to the credit of any of the Companys reserve accounts (including but not limited to, profit and loss account, the share premium account, capital redemption reserve, merger reserve, revaluation reserve or share-based payment reserve) and apply such capitalized sum in paying up new Ordinary Shares (or, subject to any special rights previously conferred on any shares or class of shares, new shares of any |
9
other class) for allotment (i) in the case of any arrangements relating to, or entered into in connection with, the issuance of shares under any equity incentive schemes relating to the shares of the Company for the benefit of employees or other service providers to the Group, to such persons as they may decide; (ii) for the purposes of Article 115, as described therein; and (iii) in all other cases, if so authorized by an ordinary resolution of the members, to the persons who would have been entitled to it if it were distributed by way of dividend (the entitled members ) and in proportion to the number of Ordinary Shares held by them on such date as the Directors may determine, or in such other proportions as stated, or fixed as stated, in the ordinary resolution. |
9.2 | For the purposes of this Article 9.2, unless the ordinary resolution passed in accordance with Article 9.1 provides otherwise, if the Company holds treasury shares on the date determined in accordance with Article 9.1: |
9.2.1 | it shall be treated as an entitled member; and |
9.2.2 | all Ordinary Shares held by it as treasury shares shall be included in determining the proportions in which the capitalized sum is set aside. |
9.3 | To the extent a capitalized sum is appropriated from profits available for distribution it may also be applied by the Directors (without the need for an ordinary resolution of the Company): |
9.3.1 | in or towards paying up any amounts unpaid on existing nil or partly paid shares held by the entitled members (without the need for a separate ordinary resolution of the Company); |
9.3.2 | in paying up new debentures of the Company which are then allotted credited as fully paid to the entitled members or as they may direct; or |
9.3.3 | a combination of the two. |
9.4 | The Directors may: |
9.4.1 | make such provisions as they think fit for any fractional entitlements which might arise on a capitalization (including to disregard fractional entitlements or for the benefit of them to accrue to the Company); and |
9.4.2 | authorize any person to enter into an agreement with the Company on behalf of all of the entitled members in relation to the issue of shares or debentures pursuant to this Article 9. Any agreement made under such authority shall be binding on the entitled members. |
9.5 | The Board may, before recommending any dividend (whether preferential or otherwise), set aside out of the profits of the Company such sum as it deems fit as a reserve or reserves which shall, at the discretion of the Board, be applicable for any purpose to which the profits of the Company may be properly applied, and pending such application may, also at such discretion, be employed in the business of the Company or be invested in such investments as the Board may deem fit, and so that it shall not be necessary to keep any |
10
investments constituting the reserve or reserves separate or distinct from any other investments of the Company. The Board may also, without placing the same to reserve, carry forward any profits which it may deem prudent not to distribute.
10 | TRUSTS NOT RECOGNIZED |
Except as required by law and these Articles, the Company is not obliged to recognize any person as holding any share upon any trust nor any other right in respect of any share, except the holders absolute right to the share and the rights attaching to it.
SHARE CERTIFICATES
11 | ISSUE OF SHARE CERTIFICATES |
11.1 | The Company shall issue a share certificate to every person whose name is entered in the Register in respect of shares in certificated form, except where the Act allows the Company not to issue a certificate. |
11.2 | Subject to Article 13, the Company shall issue share certificates without charge. |
11.3 | The Company shall issue certificates within the time limit prescribed by the Act or, if earlier, within any time limit specified in the terms of the shares or under which they were issued. |
11.4 | Where shares are held jointly by several persons, the Company is not required to issue more than one certificate in respect of those shares, and delivery of a certificate to one joint holder shall be sufficient delivery to them all. |
11.5 | Each certificate must be in respect of one class of shares only. If a member holds more than one class of shares, separate certificates must be issued to that member in respect of each class, |
11.6 | Every share certificate sent in accordance with these Articles will be sent at the risk of the member or other person entitled to the certificate. The Company will not be responsible for any share certificate lost or delayed in the course of delivery. |
12 | FORM OF SHARE CERTIFICATE |
12.1 | Every share certificate shall be executed by the Company by affixing the Seal or the Securities Seal (or, in the case of shares on a branch register, an official seal for use in the relevant territory) or otherwise in any manner permitted by the Act. |
12.2 | Notwithstanding the foregoing, any signatures on any share certificates need not be autographic but may be applied to the certificates by some electronic, mechanical or other means or may be printed on them. |
11
12.3 | Every share certificate shall specify the number and class of shares to which it relates, the nominal value of those shares, the amount paid up on them and any distinguishing numbers assigned to them. |
13 | REPLACEMENT OF SHARE CERTIFICATES |
13.1 | A member who has separate certificates in respect of shares of one class may request in writing that it be replaced with a consolidated certificate. The Company may comply with such request at its discretion. |
13.2 | A member who has a consolidated share certificate may request in writing that it be replaced with two or more separate certificates representing the shares in such proportions as the member may specify. The Company may comply with such request at its discretion. |
13.3 | If a share certificate is damaged or defaced or alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, the member shall be issued a new certificate representing the same shares upon request. |
13.4 | No new certificate will be issued pursuant to this Article 13 unless the relevant member has: |
13.4.1 | first delivered the old certificate or certificates to the Company for cancellation; or |
13.4.2 | complied with such conditions as to evidence and indemnity as the Directors may think fit; and |
13.4.3 | paid such reasonable fee as the Directors may decide. |
13.5 | In the case of shares held jointly by several persons, any request pursuant to this Article 13 may be made by any one of the joint holders. |
14 | CONSOLIDATED AND BALANCE SHARE CERTIFICATES |
14.1 | If a members holding of shares of a particular class increases, the Company must issue that member with either: |
14.1.1 | a consolidated certificate in respect of all of the shares of that class held by that member; or |
14.1.2 | a separate certificate in respect of only the number of shares of that class by which that members holding has increased. |
14.2 | If only some of the shares comprised in a share certificate are transferred, or the members holding of those shares is otherwise reduced, the Company shall issue a new certificate for the balance of such shares. |
14.3 | No new certificate will be issued pursuant to this Article 14 unless the relevant member has: |
12
14.3.1 | first delivered any old certificate or certificates that represent any of the same shares to the Company for cancellation; or |
14.3.2 | complied with such conditions as to evidence and indemnity as the Directors may think fit; and |
14.3.3 | paid such reasonable fee as the Directors may decide. |
SHARES NOT HELD IN CERTIFICATED FORM
15 | UNCERTIFICATED SHARES |
15.1 | In this Article 15, the relevant rules means: |
15.1.1 | any applicable provision of the Act and the Uncertificated Securities Regulations about the holding, evidencing of title to or transfer of shares other than in certificated form; and |
15.1.2 | any applicable legislation, rules or other arrangements made under or by virtue of such provision. |
15.2 | The provisions of this Article 15 have effect subject to the relevant rules. To the extent any provision of these Articles is inconsistent with the applicable relevant rules it must be disregarded. |
15.3 | Any share or class of shares of the Company may be issued or held on such terms, or in such a way, that: |
15.3.1 | title to it or them is not, or must not be, evidenced by a certificate; or |
15.3.2 | it or they may or must be transferred wholly or partly without a certificate. |
15.4 | The Directors have power to take such steps as they think fit in relation to: |
15.4.1 | the evidencing of and transfer of title to uncertificated shares (including in connection with the issue of such shares); |
15.4.2 | any records relating to the holding of uncertificated shares; |
15.4.3 | the conversion of certificated shares into uncertificated shares; or |
15.4.4 | the conversion of uncertificated shares into certificated shares. |
15.5 | The Company may by notice in writing to the holder of a share require that share: |
15.5.1 | if it is uncertificated, to be converted into certificated form; or |
15.5.2 | if it is certificated, to be converted into uncertificated form, to enable it to be dealt with in accordance with these Articles. |
15.6 | If: |
13
15.6.1 | these Articles give the Directors power to take action or require other persons to take action, in order to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of shares; and |
15.6.2 | uncertificated shares are subject to that power, but the power is expressed in terms which assume the use of a certificate or other written instrument, the Directors may take such action as is necessary or expedient to achieve the same results when exercising that power in relation to uncertificated shares. |
15.7 | The Directors may take such action as they consider appropriate to achieve the sale, transfer, disposal, forfeiture, re-allotment or surrender of an uncertificated share or otherwise to enforce a lien in respect of it. This may include converting such share to certificated form. |
15.8 | Unless the Directors resolve otherwise, shares which a member holds in uncertificated form must be treated as separate holdings from any shares which that member holds in certificated form. |
15.9 | A class of shares must not be treated as two classes simply because some shares of that class are held in certificated form and others are held in uncertificated form. |
15.10 | The Company may be entitled to assume that entries on any record of securities maintained by it in accordance with the Uncertificated Securities Regulations and regularly reconciled with the relevant Operator register of securities are a complete and accurate reproduction of the particulars entered in the Operator register of securities, and shall accordingly not be liable in respect of any act or thing done or omitted to be done by or on behalf of the Company in reliance on such assumption. Any provision of these Articles which requires or envisages that action will be taken in reliance on information contained in the Register shall be construed to permit that action to be taken in reliance on information contained in any relevant record of securities (as so maintained and reconciled). |
CALLS ON SHARES
16 | SUMS DUE ON SHARES |
16.1 | For the purposes of these Articles, any sum (whether on account of the nominal value of the share or by way of premium) which by the terms of allotment of a share becomes payable upon allotment, or at any fixed date, shall be deemed to be a call duly made and payable on the date on which it is payable. |
16.2 | In case of non-payment, all the relevant provisions of these Articles as to payment of interest and expenses, forfeiture or otherwise shall apply as if such sum had become payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified. |
14
17 | POWER TO DIFFERENTIATE BETWEEN HOLDERS |
On the allotment of shares, the Directors may provide that the amount of calls to be paid on those shares and the times of payment are different for different holders of those shares.
18 | CALLS |
18.1 | Subject to the terms of allotment of the shares, the Directors may make a call by requiring a member to pay to the Company any money that is payable on the shares such member holds as at the date of the call. |
18.2 | A call shall be deemed to have been made at the time when the resolution of the Directors authorizing the call was passed. |
18.3 | Notice in writing of a call must be given to the relevant member and may specify the time or times and place where payment is required to be made. |
18.4 | A call may be made payable by instalments. |
18.5 | A member must pay to the Company the amount called on such members shares at the time or times and place specified, but is not required to do so until fourteen days have passed since the notice of call was sent. |
18.6 | A call may be wholly or partly revoked or postponed at any time before payment of it is made, as the Directors may decide. |
19 | LIABILITY FOR CALLS |
19.1 | The joint holders of a share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all calls in respect of such share. |
19.2 | A person on whom a call is made remains liable for the call notwithstanding the subsequent transfer of the shares in respect of which the call was made. |
20 | INTEREST ON OVERDUE AMOUNTS |
20.1 | If a sum called in respect of a share is not paid by the time it is due for payment, the member from whom the sum is due shall pay interest on the sum from the time payment was due to the time of actual payment at such rate (not exceeding fifteen per cent per annum) as the Directors decide. |
20.2 | The Directors may waive payment of such interest wholly or in part at their discretion. |
21 | PAYMENT OF CALLS IN ADVANCE |
21.1 | Any member may pay to the Company all or any part of the amount (whether on account of the nominal value of the shares or by way of premium) uncalled and unpaid upon the shares held by such member. The Directors may accept or refuse such payment, as they think fit. |
15
21.2 | Any payment in advance of calls shall, to the extent of such payment, extinguish the liability upon the shares in respect of which it is made. |
21.3 | The Company may pay interest upon the money so received (until the same would but for such advance become payable) at such rate as the member paying such sum and the Directors may agree. |
FORFEITURE AND LIEN
22 | NOTICE ON FAILURE TO PAY A CALL |
22.1 | If a member fails to pay in full any call or instalment of a call on or before the due date for payment, the Directors may at any time serve a notice in writing on such member requiring payment of: |
22.1.1 | so much of the call or instalment as is due but unpaid; |
22.1.2 | any interest which may have accrued on the unpaid amount; and |
22.1.3 | any expenses incurred by the Company by reason of such non-payment. |
22.2 | The notice shall state: |
22.2.1 | a date (not being less than seven days from the date of service of the notice) on or before which the payment is to be made; |
22.2.2 | the place where the payment is to be made; and |
22.2.3 | that in the event of non-payment the shares on which the call has been made will be liable to be forfeited. |
23 | FORFEITURE FOR NON-COMPLIANCE |
23.1 | If the requirements of any notice given pursuant to Article 22 are not complied with and all calls and interest and expenses due in respect of such share remain unpaid, any share in respect of which such notice has been given may be forfeited by a resolution of the Directors to that effect. |
23.2 | Such forfeiture shall include all dividends declared in respect of the forfeited share and not actually paid before forfeiture. |
23.3 | Where for the purposes of its disposal a forfeited share is to be transferred to any person: |
23.3.1 | in the case of a share in certificated form, the directors may authorize any person to execute an instrument of transfer and take such other steps (including the giving of directions to or on behalf of the holder, who shall be bound by them) as they think fit to effect the transfer; and |
23.3.2 | in the case of a share in uncertificated form, the Directors may: |
16
(i) | to enable the Company to deal with the share in accordance with the provisions of this Article 23, require or procure any relevant person or the Operator (as applicable) to convert the share into certificated form; and |
(ii) | after such conversion, authorize any person to execute an instrument of transfer and take such other steps (including the giving of directions to or on behalf of the holder, who shall be bound by them) as they think fit to effect the transfer. |
24 | DISPOSAL OF FORFEITED SHARES |
24.1 | A share forfeited or surrendered shall become the property of the Company and may be sold, re-allotted or otherwise disposed of to any person (including the person who was before such forfeiture or surrender the holder of that share or entitled to it) on such terms and in such manner as the Directors shall think fit. |
24.2 | At any time before a sale, re-allotment or disposal, the forfeiture or surrender may be cancelled (and any expenses in respect of the share waived) on such terms as the Directors think fit. |
24.3 | The Directors may authorize any person to transfer a forfeited or surrendered share pursuant to this Article 24. |
25 | HOLDER TO REMAIN LIABLE DESPITE FORFEITURE |
25.1 | A person whose shares have been forfeited or surrendered shall: |
25.1.1 | cease to be a member in respect of those shares; |
25.1.2 | in the case of shares held in certificated form, surrender to the Company for cancellation the certificate for such shares; and |
25.1.3 | remain liable to pay to the Company all moneys which, at the date of forfeiture or surrender, were payable by such person to the Company in respect of the shares together with interest on such sum at a rate of fifteen per cent per annum (or such lower rate as the Directors may decide) from the date of forfeiture or surrender until the date of actual payment. |
25.2 | The Directors may at their absolute discretion enforce payment without any allowance for the value of the shares at the time of forfeiture or surrender or for any consideration received on their disposal. They may also waive payment in whole or in part. |
26 | LIEN ON PARTLY-PAID SHARES |
26.1 |
The Company shall have a lien on every share that has not been fully-paid for all moneys in respect of the shares nominal value, or any premium at which it was issued, that have not been paid to the Company and are payable |
17
immediately or at a fixed time in the future, whether or not a call has been made on such sums. |
26.2 | The Companys lien over a share takes priority over the rights of any third party and extends to any dividends or other sums payable by the Company in respect of that share (including any sale proceeds if that share is sold by the Company pursuant to these Articles). |
26.3 | The Directors may waive any lien which has arisen and may resolve that any share shall be exempt wholly or partially from the provisions of this Article 26 for such period as the Directors decide. |
27 | SALE OF SHARES SUBJECT TO LIEN |
27.1 | The Company may sell, in such manner as the Directors decide, any share in respect of which an enforcement notice has been given if that notice has not been complied with. |
27.2 | An enforcement notice: |
27.2.1 | may only be given if a sum, in respect of which the lien exists, is due and has not been paid; |
27.2.2 | must specify the share concerned; |
27.2.3 | must require payment of the sum due on a date not less than fourteen days from the date of the notice; |
27.2.4 | must be in writing and addressed to the holder of, or person entitled to, that share; and |
27.2.5 | must give notice of the Companys intention to sell the share if the notice is not complied with. |
27.3 | Where for the purposes of its sale the said share is to be transferred to any person: |
27.3.1 | in the case of a share in certificated form, the Directors may authorize any person to execute an instrument of transfer and take such other steps (including the giving of directions to or on behalf of the holder, who shall be bound by them) as they think fit to effect the transfer; and |
27.3.2 | in the case of a share in uncertificated form, the Directors may: |
(i) | to enable the Company to deal with the share in accordance with the provisions of this Article 27, require or procure any relevant person or the Operator (as applicable) to convert the share into certificated form; and |
(ii) |
after such conversion, authorize any person to execute an instrument of transfer and take such other steps (including the |
18
giving of directions to or on behalf of the holder, who shall be bound by them) as they think fit to effect the transfer. |
27.4 | The net proceeds of such sale (after payment of the costs of the sale and of enforcing the lien) shall be applied: |
27.4.1 | first, in or towards payment or satisfaction of the amount in respect of which the lien exists, to the extent that amount was due on the date of the enforcement notice; and |
27.4.2 | secondly, to the person entitled to the shares immediately prior to the sale, provided that: |
(i) | that person has first delivered the certificate or certificates in respect of the shares sold to the Company for cancellation or complied with such conditions as to evidence and indemnity as the Directors may think fit; and |
(ii) | the Company shall have a lien over such proceeds (equivalent to that which existed upon the shares prior to the sale) in respect of sums which become or became due after the date of the enforcement notice in respect of the shares sold. |
27.5 | The transferee of the shares has no obligation to ensure that the purchase money is distributed in accordance with these Articles. |
27.6 | The transferees title to the shares shall not be affected by any irregularity in or invalidity of the forfeiture, surrender or sale proceedings. |
28 | EVIDENCE OF FORFEITURE |
A statutory declaration that the declarant is a Director or the Secretary and that a share has been duly forfeited or surrendered or sold to satisfy a lien of the Company on a date stated in the declaration shall be conclusive evidence of the facts stated in it as against all persons claiming to be entitled to the share. Subject to compliance with any other transfer formalities required by these Articles or by law, such declaration shall constitute a good title to the share.
VARIATION OF RIGHTS
29 | MANNER OF VARIATION OF RIGHTS |
29.1 | Whenever the share capital of the Company is divided into different classes of shares, the special rights attached to any class may be varied or abrogated: |
29.1.1 | with the consent in writing of the holders of three- quarters in nominal value of the issued shares of that class, excluding any shares held as treasury shares; or |
29.1.2 |
with the sanction of a special resolution of the members passed at a separate meeting of the holders of the shares of that class, and may be |
19
so varied or abrogated either whilst the Company is a going concern or during or in contemplation of a winding-up. |
29.2 | The provisions of these Articles relating to General Meetings and to the proceedings at such meetings shall apply to separate meetings of a class of shareholders (with only such changes as are necessary), except that: |
29.2.1 | the necessary quorum at a separate meeting shall be at least two persons, holding or representing by proxy at least one-third in nominal value of the issued shares of the class; |
29.2.2 | at any adjourned meeting any holder of shares of the class present in person or by proxy shall be a quorum; |
29.2.3 | any holder of shares of the class present in person or by proxy may demand a poll; |
29.2.4 | every such holder shall, on a poll, have one vote for each share of the class held by the holder; and |
29.2.5 | if a meeting is adjourned for any reason, including a lack of quorum, the adjourned meeting may be held less than ten clear days after the original meeting notwithstanding Article 43.1. |
29.3 | The provisions of this Article 29 shall apply to the variation or abrogation of the special rights attached to some only of the shares of any class as if each group of shares of the class differently treated form a separate class the special rights of which are to be varied. |
30 | MATTERS NOT CONSTITUTING VARIATION OF RIGHTS |
For the avoidance of doubt, the rights attached to a class of shares are not, unless otherwise expressly provided for in the rights attaching to those shares, deemed to be varied by the creation, allotment or issue of further shares ranking in priority to, pari passu with or subsequent to them or by the purchase or redemption by the Company of its own shares in accordance with the Act.
TRANSFER OF SHARES
31 | FORM OF TRANSFER |
31.1 | All transfers of shares which are in certificated form may be effected by transfer in writing in any usual or common form or in any other form acceptable to the Directors. |
31.2 | The instrument of transfer shall be signed by or on behalf of the transferor and, if any of the shares are not fully-paid shares, by or on behalf of the transferee. |
31.3 | The transferor shall remain the holder of the shares concerned until the name of the transferee is entered in the Register in respect of those shares. |
20
31.4 | All instruments of transfer which are registered may be retained by the Company. |
31.5 | Where any class of shares is, for the time being, a participating security, title to shares of that class which are recorded on an Operator register of members as being held in uncertificated form may be transferred by means of the relevant system concerned. The transfer may not be in favour of more than four transferees. |
32 | RIGHT TO REFUSE REGISTRATION |
32.1 | The Directors may decline to register any transfer of shares in certificated form unless: |
32.1.1 | the instrument of transfer is in respect of only one class of share; |
32.1.2 | the instrument of transfer is lodged at the Transfer Office or at such other place as the Directors may appoint, accompanied by the relevant share certificate(s) or such other evidence as the Directors may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer or, if the instrument of transfer is executed by some other person on the transferors behalf, the authority of that person to do so; |
32.1.3 | it is fully paid; |
32.1.4 | it is for a share upon which the Company has no lien; and |
32.1.5 | it is duly stamped or duly certificated or otherwise shown to the satisfaction of the Directors to be exempt from stamp duty (if so required). |
32.2 | The Directors may also refuse to register an allotment or transfer of shares (whether fully paid or not) in favour of more than four persons jointly or in respect of more than one class of share. |
32.3 | The Directors may refuse to register a transfer of a share in uncertificated form to a person who is to hold it thereafter in certificated form in any case where the Company is entitled to refuse (or is excepted from the requirement) under the Uncertificated Securities Regulations or other applicable regulations to register the transfer. |
32.4 | When a transfer of shares has been lodged with the Company, the Directors must either: |
32.4.1 | register the transfer; or |
32.4.2 | give the transferee notice of refusal to register the transfer, together with its reasons for the refusal, as soon as practicable and in any event within two months after the date on which the transfer is lodged with it. |
21
32.5 | If the Directors refuse to register the transfer of a share, they shall as soon as reasonably practicable following the date on which the instrument of transfer was lodged with the Company (in the case of a transfer of a share in certificated form) or the date on which transfer instructions were received by the Company or the Operator (in the case of a transfer of a share in uncertificated form to a person who is to hold it thereafter in certificated form) send to the transferee the notice of refusal, together with their reasons for the refusal, within the time limit prescribed by the Act. |
33 | NO FEE ON REGISTRATION |
No fee will be charged by the Company in respect of the registration of any transfer or other document relating to or affecting the title to any shares or otherwise for making any entry in the Register affecting the title to any shares.
TRANSMISSION OF SHARES
34 | PERSONS ENTITLED TO SHARES ON DEATH |
34.1 | If a member dies, the only persons the Company shall recognize as having any title to such members interest in the shares shall be: |
34.1.1 | the survivors or survivor where the deceased was a joint holder; and |
34.1.2 | executors or administrators of the deceased where the deceased was a sole or only surviving holder. |
34.2 | Nothing in this Article 34 shall release the estate of a deceased member (whether sole or joint) from any liability in respect of any share held by such member. |
35 | ELECTION BY PERSONS ENTITLED BY TRANSMISSION |
35.1 | A person becoming entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a member or otherwise by operation of law may either: |
35.1.1 | be registered as holder of the share upon giving to the Company notice in writing to that effect; or |
35.1.2 | transfer such share to some other person, upon supplying to the Company such evidence as the Directors may reasonably require showing such persons title to the share. |
35.2 | All the limitations, restrictions and provisions of these Articles relating to the right to transfer and the registration of transfers of shares shall apply to any such notice or transfer as if the notice or transfer were a transfer made by the member registered as the holder of any such share. |
36 | RIGHTS OF PERSONS ENTITLED BY TRANSMISSION |
36.1 | A person becoming entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a member or otherwise by operation of law: |
22
36.1.1 | subject to Article 36.1.2, shall be entitled to the same dividends and other advantages as a registered holder of the share upon supplying to the Company such evidence as the Directors may reasonably require to show such persons title to the share; and |
36.1.2 | shall not be entitled to exercise any right in respect of the share in relation to General Meetings until such person has been registered as a member in respect of the share. |
36.2 | A person entitled to a share who has elected for that share to be transferred to some other person pursuant to Article 36.1.2 shall cease to be entitled to any rights or advantages in relation to such share upon that other person being registered as the holder of that share. |
37 | PRIOR NOTICES BINDING |
If a notice is given to a member in respect of a share, a person entitled to that share is bound by the notice if it was given to the member before the name of the person entitled was entered into the Register.
UNTRACED SHAREHOLDERS
38 | UNTRACED SHAREHOLDERS |
38.1 | The Company shall be entitled to sell the shares of a member or a person entitled to those shares, if and provided that: |
38.1.1 | during the period of twelve years prior to the date of the publication of the advertisements referred to in Article 38.1.2 (or, if published on different dates, the first of them) at least three dividends in respect of the shares have become payable and no dividend in respect of those shares has been claimed; |
38.1.2 | the Company has inserted advertisements in both (i) a national newspaper in the United States and (ii) a newspaper circulating in the area in which the last known postal address of the member or other address for service notified to the Company is located, giving notice of its intention to sell the shares; and |
38.1.3 | during the period of three months following the publication of such advertisements the Company has received no communication from such member or person. |
38.2 | If the Company is entitled to sell any shares pursuant to Article 38.1, it shall do so at the best price reasonably obtainable at the time of sale. |
38.3 |
Where a power of sale is exercisable over a share pursuant to this Article 38 (a Sale Share ), the Company may at the same time also sell any additional share issued in right of such Sale Share or in right of such an additional share previously so issued provided that the requirements of Article 38.1.1 (as if the words during the period of twelve years prior to the date of the publication |
23
were omitted from Article 38.1.1) shall have been satisfied in relation to the additional share. |
38.4 | To give effect to any such sale pursuant to this Article 38: |
38.4.1 | in the case of a share in certificated form, the Directors may authorize any person to execute an instrument of transfer of the share to the purchaser or a person nominated by the purchaser and take such other steps (including the giving of directions to or on behalf of the holder, who shall be bound by them) as it thinks fit to effect the transfer; and |
38.4.2 | in the case of a share in uncertificated form, the Directors may: |
(i) | to enable the Company to deal with the share in accordance with the provisions of this Article 38, require or procure any relevant person or the Operator (as applicable) to convert the share into certificated form; and |
(ii) | after such conversion, authorize any person to execute an instrument of transfer of the share to the purchaser or person nominated by the purchaser and take such other steps (including the giving of directions to or on behalf of the holder, who shall be bound by them) as it thinks fit to effect the transfer. |
38.5 | For the purpose of giving effect to any such sale the Directors may authorize any person to transfer the shares sold to the purchaser or its nominee. |
38.6 | The transferees title to the shares shall not be affected by any irregularity in or invalidity of the sale proceedings. |
38.7 | The transferee of the shares has no obligation to ensure that the purchase money is distributed in accordance with these Articles. |
38.8 | The net proceeds of such sale (after payment of the costs of the sale) shall belong to the Company. The Company shall be obliged to account to the former member or other person previously entitled for an amount equal to such proceeds and shall enter the name of such former member or other person in the books of the Company as a creditor for such amount. No trust shall be created in respect of the debt and no interest shall be payable in respect of it. The Company shall not be required to account for any money earned on the net proceeds, which may be employed in the business of the Company or invested in such investments as the Directors may from time to time think fit. |
GENERAL MEETINGS
39 | ANNUAL GENERAL MEETINGS |
The Directors shall convene and the Company shall hold Annual General Meetings in accordance with the Act. An Annual General Meeting shall be held at such time and location as the Directors think fit.
24
40 | CONVENING OF GENERAL MEETINGS |
The Directors may, whenever and at such location as they think fit, and shall, on requisition in accordance with the Act, proceed to convene a General Meeting.
NOTICE OF GENERAL MEETINGS
41 | LENGTH AND FORM OF NOTICE |
41.1 | Notices of General Meetings shall include all information required to be included by the Act. |
41.2 | An Annual General Meeting shall be called by not less than 21 clear days notice. Subject to the Act, all other General Meetings shall be convened by not less than 14 clear days notice in writing. Subject to the Act, the notice shall specify the time, date and place of the meeting and the general nature of the business to be dealt with. |
41.3 | A notice calling an Annual General Meeting shall state that the meeting is an annual general meeting and a notice convening a meeting to pass a special resolution of the Company shall specify the intention to propose the resolution as such and shall include the text of the resolution. Where the Company has given an electronic address in any notice of meeting, any document or information relating to proceedings at the meeting may be sent be electronic means to that address, subject to any conditions or limitation specified in the relevant notice of meeting. |
41.4 | Subject to the Act, to the provisions of these Articles and to any restrictions imposed on any shares, notice shall be given to every member and every Director. The Board may determine that only those persons entered on the Register at the close of business on a day decided by the Company, such day being no more than twenty-one days before the day that notice of the meeting is sent, shall be entitled to receive such a notice. If a member is added to the Register after the day determined by the Company under this Article 41.4, this shall not invalidate the service of the notice nor entitle such member to receive notice of the meeting. |
41.5 | For the purposes of determining which persons are entitled to attend or vote at a meeting and how many votes such persons may cast, the notice of the meeting must specify a time, which shall not be more than 60 days (or, if less, the maximum period permitted by the Act) nor less than 10 days (or, if the maximum period permitted by the Act is less than 10 days, such date that is the maximum period permitted by the Act) before the date of the holding of such meeting, by which a person must be entered on the Register in order to have the right to attend or vote at the meeting. |
41.6 | Subject to the Act, if the Directors, in their absolute discretion, consider that it is impractical or unreasonable for any reason to hold a General Meeting at the time or place specified in the notice calling the General Meeting, they may move and/or postpone the General Meeting to another time and/or place. Subject to the Act, when a meeting is so moved and/or postponed, notice of |
25
the time and place of the moved and/or postponed meeting shall (if practical) be placed on the Companys investor relations page at www.cushmanwakefield.com/investorrelations . Notice of the business to be transacted at such moved and/or postponed meeting is not required. The Directors must take reasonable steps to ensure that members trying to attend the General Meeting at the original time and/or place are informed of the new arrangements for the General Meeting. Proxy forms can be delivered as specified in Article 62. Any postponed and/or moved meeting may also be postponed and/or moved under this Article 41. |
PROCEEDINGS AT GENERAL MEETINGS
42 | CHAIRPERSON |
42.1 | The Chairperson of the Board shall preside as Chairperson of any General Meeting at which he/she is present (as long as he/she is willing to do so). If he/she is not present or is unwilling, the Lead Independent Director, failing whom any Director present and willing to act and, if more than one, chosen by the Directors present at the meeting, shall preside as Chairperson. |
42.2 | If no Director is present within ten minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting and willing to act as Chairperson, a member may be elected to be the Chairperson by an ordinary resolution of the Company passed at the meeting. |
43 | REQUIREMENT FOR QUORUM |
43.1 | No business other than the appointment of a Chairperson shall be transacted at any General Meeting unless a quorum is present at the time when the meeting proceeds to business. A quorum shall be present if members who together represent at least the majority of the voting rights of all the members entitled to vote at the relevant meeting are present in person or by proxy. |
43.2 | If within five minutes from the time appointed for a General Meeting (or such longer interval as the Chairperson of the meeting may think fit to allow) a quorum is not present, or if during the meeting a quorum ceases to be present, the meeting, if convened on the requisition of members, shall be dissolved or in any other case it shall stand adjourned to such day, time and place as may have been specified for the purpose in the notice convening the meeting or (if not so specified) as the Directors may decide, provided that the adjourned meeting shall be held not less than ten clear days after the original General Meeting. |
44 | ADJOURNMENT |
44.1 | The Chairperson of any General Meeting at which a quorum is present may adjourn the meeting if: |
44.1.1 | the members consent to an adjournment by passing an ordinary resolution; |
26
44.1.2 | the Chairperson considers it necessary to restore order or to otherwise facilitate the proper conduct of the meeting; or |
44.1.3 | the Chairperson considers it necessary for the safety of the people attending the meeting (including if there is insufficient room at the meeting venue to accommodate everyone who wishes to, and is entitled to, attend). |
44.2 | The Chairperson of any General Meeting at which a quorum is present must adjourn the meeting if requested to do so by members who together represent at least the majority of the voting rights of all the members present at the meeting in person or by proxy. |
44.3 | If the Chairperson adjourns a meeting the Chairperson may specify the time and place to which it is adjourned. Where a meeting is adjourned without specifying a new time and place, the time and place for the adjourned meeting shall be fixed by the Directors. |
44.4 | No business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting except business which might lawfully have been transacted at the meeting from which the adjournment took place. |
45 | NOTICE OF ADJOURNED MEETING |
When a meeting is adjourned for thirty days or more or without specifying a new time, not less than ten clear days notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given in accordance with Article 43 (making such alterations as necessary). Otherwise it shall not be necessary to give any such notice.
46 | AMENDMENTS TO RESOLUTIONS |
46.1 | A special resolution of the Company to be proposed at a General Meeting may be amended by ordinary resolution of the Company, provided that no amendment may be made other than an amendment to correct a patent, grammatical or clerical error or as may otherwise be permitted by law. |
46.2 | An ordinary resolution of the Company to be proposed at a General Meeting may be amended by ordinary resolution of the Company, provided that: |
46.2.1 | in the opinion of the Chairperson of the meeting the amendment is within the scope of the business of the meeting as described and does not impose further obligations on the Company; and |
46.2.2 | notice in writing of the proposed amendment is given to the Company by a person entitled to vote at the General Meeting in question at least forty eight hours before the meeting or adjourned meeting (as the case may be) or the Chairperson in his absolute discretion decides that the amendment may be considered or voted on. |
46.3 |
If an amendment is proposed to any resolution of the Company under consideration but is in good faith ruled out of order by the Chairperson of the |
27
meeting, the proceedings on the substantive resolution shall not be invalidated by any error in such ruling. |
47 | PROPOSED MEMBER RESOLUTIONS |
47.1 | Where a member or members, in accordance with the provisions of the Act, request the Company to (i) call a General Meeting for the purposes of bringing a resolution of the members before the meeting or (ii) give notice of a resolution of the members to be proposed at a General Meeting, such request must, in each case and in addition to the requirements of the Act, contain the following (and, to the extent that the request relates to the nomination of a director, the content requirements of Article 77.3.2 also apply): |
47.1.1 | to the extent that the request relates to the nomination of a director as to each person whom the member(s) propose(s) to nominate for election or re-election as a director, all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act, including such persons written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected (or re-elected); |
47.1.2 | to the extent that the request relates to any business other than the nomination of a director that the member(s) propose(s) to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such member(s) (other than where the member is a Depositary) and any Member Associated Person on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made, individually or in the aggregate, including any anticipated benefit to the member(s) (other than where the member is a Depositary) or the Member Associated Person therefrom on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made; and |
47.1.3 | as to the member(s) giving the notice and the Member Associated Person, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made: |
(i) | the name and address of such member(s), as they appear on the Companys books, and of such Member Associated Persons, if any; |
(ii) | the class and number of shares of the Company held by such member(s) which are owned beneficially by such member(s) and such Member Associated Persons, if any; |
(iii) | any option, warrant, convertible security, share appreciation right or similar right with an exercise or conversion privilege or a settlement payment or mechanism at a price related to any class or series of shares of the Company or with a value derived in whole or in part from the value of the Company or any class or series of shares or other securities of the Company, whether or not such |
28
instrument or right shall be subject to settlement in the underlying class or series of shares of the Company or otherwise directly or indirectly owned beneficially by such member or by any Member Associated Person and any other direct or indirect opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from any increase or decrease in the value of any security or instrument of the Company, in each case, regardless of whether (A) such interest conveys any voting rights in such security to such member or Member Associated Person, (B) such interest is required to be, or is capable of being, settled through delivery of such security or instrument or (C) such person may have entered into other transactions to hedge the economic effect of such interest (any such interest in this Article 47.1.3 (iii), a Derivative Instrument ); |
(iv) | the name of each person with whom such member or Member Associated Person has any agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether written or oral) (A) for the purposes of acquiring, holding, voting (except pursuant to a revocable proxy given to such person in response to a public proxy or consent solicitation made generally by such person to all holders of shares of the Company) or disposing of any shares of the Company, (B) to cooperate in obtaining, changing or influencing the control of the Company (except independent financial, legal and other advisors acting in the ordinary course of their respective businesses), |
(C) | with the effect or intent of increasing or decreasing the voting power of, or that contemplates any person voting together with, any such member or Member Associated Person with respect to any shares of the Company or any business proposed by the member or (B) otherwise in connection with any business proposed by a member (and a description of each such agreement, arrangement or understanding described in this Article 47.1.3 (iv) being a Voting Agreement ); |
(v) | details of all other material interests of each member or any Member Associated Person in such proposal or any security of the Company (including, without limitation, any rights to dividends or performance-based fees based on any increase or decrease in the value of such security or Derivative Instruments or if such person directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has the opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from any decrease in the value of the subject security) (collectively, Other Interests ); |
(vi) | a list of all transactions by such member and any Member Associated Person involving any securities of the Company or any Derivative Instruments, Voting Agreements or Other Interests within the six-month period prior to the date of the notice; |
(vii) |
any proportionate interest in shares of the Company or Derivative Instruments held, directly or indirectly, by a general or limited partnership in which such member or any Member Associated |
29
Person is a general partner or, directly or indirectly, beneficially owns an interest in a general partner; |
(viii) | any performance-based fees (other than an asset-based fee) that such member or any Member Associated Person is entitled to based on any increase or decrease in the value of shares of the Company or Derivative Instruments, if any, as of the date of such notice, including (without limitation) any such interests held by the members of such members or any Member Associated Persons immediate family sharing the same household (which information shall be supplemented by such shareholder and any Member Associate Person not later than two days after the record date for the meeting to disclose such ownership as of the record date); |
(ix) | a description of the economic terms of all of the foregoing items, including all Derivative Instruments, Voting Agreements or Other Interest, and copies of all agreements and other documents (including, without limitation, master agreements, confirmations and all ancillary documents and the names and details of counterparties to, and brokers involved in, all such transactions) relating to each such item, including all Derivative Instruments, Voting Agreements or Other Interests; |
(x) | a representation that the member is a holder of record of shares of the Company entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to propose such business; |
(xi) | a representation as to whether the member or any Member Associated Person intends, or is part of a group that intends, to (A) deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Companys shares required to approve or adopt the proposal or (B) otherwise solicit proxies or votes from members in support of such proposal; |
(xii) | a certification regarding whether such member(s) and such Member Associated Persons, if any, have complied with all legal requirements in connection with such member or Member Associated Persons acquisition of shares of the Company; |
(xiii) | any other information relating to such member or Member Associated Person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act; and |
(xiv) | to the extent known by the Member Associated Person or the member(s) giving the notice, the name and address of any other member or Member Associated Person supporting the nominee for election or re-election as a Director or the proposal of other business on the date of such request. |
30
47.2 | For the purposes of this Article 47, a Member Associated Person of any member shall mean: |
47.2.1 | any person controlling, directly or indirectly, or acting in concert with such member; |
47.2.2 | any beneficial owner of shares in the capital of the Company owned of record or beneficially by such member; and |
47.2.3 | any person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Member Associated Person. |
47.3 | If a request made in accordance with Article 47.1 does not include the information specified in Article 47.1 or if a request made in accordance with Article 47.1 is not received in the time and manner required by Article 47.4, in respect of such shares which the relevant member(s) hold which are owned beneficially by such member(s) and the Member Associated Persons, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (the member default shares ) the relevant member(s) shall not be entitled to vote, either in person or by proxy at a general meeting or at a separate meeting of the holders of that class of shares (or at an adjournment of any such meeting), the member default shares with respect to the matters detailed in the request made in accordance with Article 47.1. |
47.4 | Without prejudice to the rights of any member under the Act, a member who makes a request to which Article 47.1 relates, must deliver any such request and accompanying information pursuant to Article 47.1 in writing to the secretary at the Office not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred and twentieth (120) calendar day nor later than the close of business on the ninetieth (90) calendar day prior to the date of the first anniversary of the preceding years Annual General Meeting provided, however, that in the event that the date of an Annual General Meeting is more than thirty (30) calendar days before or more than sixty (60) calendar days after the date of the first anniversary of the preceding years Annual General Meeting, notice by the member must be so delivered in writing not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred and twentieth (120) calendar day prior to such Annual General Meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of (i) the ninetieth (90) calendar day prior to such Annual General Meeting and (ii) the tenth (10) calendar day after the day on which public announcement of the date of such Annual General Meeting is first made by the Company. In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an Annual General Meeting or the public announcement thereof commence a new time period for the giving of a members notice as described in this Article 47.4. |
47.5 | Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing provisions of Article 47.4 to the contrary, in the event that the number of Directors to be elected to the Board is increased and there is no public announcement naming all of the nominees for Director or specifying the size of the increased Board made by the Company at least one hundred (100) calendar days prior to the date of the first anniversary of the preceding years Annual General Meeting, a members notice required by Article 47.4 shall also be considered as validly delivered in accordance with |
31
Article 47.4, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to the secretary at the Office not later than 5.00 pm UK time, on the tenth (10) calendar day after the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Company. |
47.6 | Notwithstanding the provisions of Articles 47.1 or 47.3 or the foregoing provisions of Articles 47.4 and 47.5, a member shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Act and of the Exchange Act with respect to the matters set forth in Articles 47.1 or 47.3 or in Articles 47.4 and 47.5. Nothing in Article 47.1 or 47.3 or in Articles 47.4 and 47.5 shall be deemed to affect any rights of members to request inclusion of proposals in, nor the right of the Company to omit proposals from, the Companys proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 (or any successor provision) under the Exchange Act, subject in each case to compliance with the Exchange Act. |
48 | SECURITY ARRANGEMENTS AND ORDERLY CONDUCT |
48.1 | The Directors may put in place such arrangements or restrictions as they think fit to ensure the safety and security of the attendees at a General Meeting and the orderly conduct of the meeting, including requiring attendees to submit to searches. |
48.2 | The Directors may refuse entry to, or remove from, a General Meeting any member, proxy or other person who fails to comply with such arrangements, restrictions or searches. |
48.3 | The Chairperson of a General Meeting may take such action as the Chairperson thinks fit to maintain the proper and orderly conduct of the meeting. |
49 | SATELLITE MEETING PLACES |
49.1 | To facilitate the organization and administration of any General Meeting, the Directors may decide that the meeting shall be held at two or more locations. |
49.2 | For the purposes of these Articles any General Meeting taking place at two or more locations shall be treated as taking place where the Chairperson of the meeting presides (the principal meeting place ) and any other location where that meeting takes place is referred to in these Articles as a satellite meeting place . In order to constitute a satellite meeting place, persons attending at any particular place must be able to hear and be seen and heard by means of audio visual links by persons attending the principal meeting place and at the other satellite meeting place(s) at which the meeting is held. |
49.3 | A member present in person or by proxy at a satellite meeting place may be counted in the quorum and may exercise all rights that they would have been able to exercise if they were present at the principal meeting place. |
49.4 | The Directors may make and change from time to time such arrangements as they shall in their absolute discretion consider appropriate to: |
32
49.4.1 | ensure that all members and proxies for members wishing to attend the meeting can do so; |
49.4.2 | ensure that all persons attending the meeting are able to participate in the business of the meeting and to see and hear anyone else addressing the meeting; |
49.4.3 | ensure the safety of persons attending the meeting and the orderly conduct of the meeting; and |
49.4.4 | restrict the numbers of members and proxies at any one location to such number as can safely and conveniently be accommodated there. |
49.5 | The entitlement of any member or proxy to attend a satellite meeting place shall be subject to any such arrangements then in force and stated by the notice of meeting or adjourned meeting to apply to the meeting. |
49.6 | If there is a failure of communication equipment or any other failure in the arrangements for participation in the meeting at more than one place, the Chairperson may adjourn the meeting in accordance with Article 44.1.2. Such an adjournment will not affect the validity of such meeting, or any business conducted at such meeting up to the point of adjournment, or any action taken pursuant to such meeting. |
49.7 | A person (a satellite chairperson ) appointed by the Directors shall preside at each satellite meeting place to the extent practicable. Every satellite chairperson shall carry out all requests made of the satellite chairperson by the Chairperson of the General Meeting, may take such action as the satellite chairperson thinks necessary to maintain the proper and orderly conduct of the satellite meeting place and shall have all powers necessary or desirable for such purposes. |
POLLS
50 | DEMAND FOR POLL |
50.1 | For so long as any shares are held in a settlement system operated by a Depositary, any resolution of the Company put to a vote at a General Meeting must be decided on a poll. |
50.2 | Subject to Article 50.1, the Directors may decide in advance of any General Meeting that some or all of the resolutions of the Company to be put to a vote at a General Meeting will be decided on a poll. |
50.3 | At any General Meeting any resolution of the Company put to a vote shall be decided on a show of hands unless the Directors have decided pursuant to Article 50.2(subject always to Article 50.1) that it will be decided on a poll or a poll is (before the resolution is put to the vote on a show of hands, or on the declaration of the result of the show of hands) demanded by: |
50.3.1 | the Chairperson of the meeting; |
33
50.3.2 | not less than five members present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote; |
50.3.3 | a member or members present in person or by proxy and representing not less than one-tenth of the total voting rights of all the members having the right to vote at the meeting (excluding the rights attaching to any shares held as treasury shares); or |
50.3.4 | a member or members present in person or by proxy and holding shares in the Company conferring a right to vote at the meeting being shares on which an aggregate sum has been paid up equal to not less than one-tenth of the total sum paid up on all the shares conferring that right (excluding any such shares held as treasury shares). |
50.4 | A demand for a poll may be withdrawn before the poll is taken but only with the consent of the Chairperson. A demand so withdrawn shall not be taken to have invalidated the result of a show of hands declared before the demand was made. |
50.5 | Unless a poll is demanded (and the demand is not duly withdrawn), a declaration by the Chairperson that the resolution has been carried, or carried by a particular majority, or lost or not carried by a particular majority, or an entry in respect of such a declaration in minutes of the meeting recorded in accordance with the Act shall be conclusive evidence of the fact without proof of the number or proportion of the rates recorded in favor of or against the resolution. |
50.6 | Cumulative voting of shares of the Company, regardless of the class of shares, is prohibited. |
51 | PROCEDURE ON A POLL |
51.1 | A poll shall be taken in such manner (including by use of ballot or voting papers or electronic means, or any combination of means) as the Chairperson of the meeting may direct. |
51.2 | The Chairperson of the meeting may appoint scrutineers (who need not be members) and may decide how and when the result of the poll is to be declared. |
51.3 | The result of the poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the meeting at which the poll was demanded. |
51.4 | On a poll, votes may be given either in person or by proxy and a person entitled to more than one vote need not use all his/her votes or cast all the votes he/she uses in the same way. |
52 | TIMING OF POLL |
52.1 | A poll shall be taken either immediately or at such subsequent time (not being more than thirty days from the date of the meeting) and place as the Chairperson may direct. |
34
52.2 | No notice need be given of a poll not taken immediately if the time and place at which it is to be taken are announced at the meeting at which it is demanded. In any other case, at least seven days notice must be given specifying the time and place at which the poll is to be taken. |
VOTES OF MEMBERS
53 | VOTES ATTACHING TO SHARES |
53.1 | Subject to Article 41.3 and to any special rights or restrictions as to voting attached by or in accordance with these Articles to any shares or any class of shares, on a poll, every member who is present in person or by proxy shall have one vote for each share of which such member is the holder. |
53.2 | A proxy shall not be entitled to vote on a poll where the member appointing the proxy would not have been entitled to vote on the resolution had such member been present in person. |
54 | VOTES OF JOINT HOLDERS |
In the case of joint holders of a share the vote of the senior who tenders a vote, whether in person or by proxy, shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holders and for this purpose seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names appear in the Register in respect of the share.
55 | VALIDITY AND RESULT OF VOTE |
No objection shall be raised as to the qualification of any voter or the admissibility of any vote except at the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the vote is tendered. Every vote not disallowed at such meeting shall be valid for all purposes. Any such objection shall be referred to the Chairperson of the meeting, whose decision shall be final and conclusive.
DEPOSITARY
56 | APPOINTMENT OF APPOINTED PROXIES |
Subject to these Articles and to applicable law, a Depositary may appoint as its proxy or proxies, in relation to any Ordinary Shares which it holds, anyone it thinks fit and may determine the manner and terms of any such appointment. Each appointment must state the number and class of shares to which it relates and the total number of shares of each class in respect of which appointments exist at any one time, which must not exceed the total number of shares of each such class registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee (the Depositary Shares ) at that time.
57 | REGISTER OF APPOINTED PROXIES |
57.1 | A Depositary must keep a register (the Proxy Register ) of each person it has appointed as a proxy under Article 56 (an Appointed Proxy ) and the number of Depositary Shares (his Appointed Number ) to which the appointment relates. The Directors will determine the requisite information to be recorded in the Proxy Register relating to each Appointed Proxy. |
35
57.2 | Any person authorized by the Directors may inspect the Proxy Register during usual business hours and the Depositary will give such person any information which he or she requests as to the contents of the Proxy Register. |
58 | PROXIES OF APPOINTED PROXIES |
An Appointed Proxy may appoint another person as his proxy for his Appointed Number of Depositary Shares, provided the appointment is made and deposited in accordance with Articles 60 to 66. These Articles apply to that appointment and to the person so appointed as though those Depositary Shares were registered in the name of the Appointed Proxy and the appointment was made by him in that capacity. The Directors may require such evidence as they think appropriate to decide that such appointment is effective.
59 | IDENTIFYING APPOINTED PROXIES |
59.1 | For the purposes of determining who is entitled as an Appointed Proxy to exercise the rights conferred by Articles 57 and 58 and the number of Depositary Shares in respect of which a person is to be treated as having been appointed as an Appointed Proxy for these purposes, the Depositary may decide that the Appointed Proxies who are so entitled are the persons entered in the Proxy Register at a time and on a date (a Record Date ) agreed between the Depositary and the Company. |
59.2 | When a Record Date is decided for a particular purpose: |
59.2.1 | an Appointed Proxy is to be treated as having been appointed for that purpose for the number and class of shares appearing against his name in the Proxy Register as at the Record Time; and |
59.2.2 | changes to entries in the Proxy Register after the Record Time will be ignored for this purpose. |
59.3 | Except for recognizing the rights given in relation to General Meetings by appointments made by Appointed Proxies pursuant to Article 58, the Company is entitled to treat any person entered in the Proxy Register as an Appointed Proxy as the only person (other than the Depositary) who has any interest in the Depositary Shares in respect of which the Appointed Proxy has been appointed. |
59.4 | At a General Meeting, the Chairperson has the final decision as to whether any person has the right to vote or exercise any other right relating to the Depositary Shares. In any other situation, the Directors have the final decision as to whether any person has the right to exercise any right relating to any Depositary Shares. |
PROXIES AND CORPORATE REPRESENTATIVES
60 | APPOINTMENT OF PROXIES |
60.1 | A member is entitled to appoint a proxy to exercise all or any of such members rights to attend and to speak and vote at a General Meeting. |
36
60.2 | A proxy need not be a member of the Company. |
61 | MULTIPLE PROXIES |
A member may appoint more than one proxy in relation to a meeting provided that each proxy is appointed to exercise the rights attached to a different share or shares held by such member.
62 | FORM OF PROXY |
62.1 | The appointment of a proxy must be in writing in any usual or common form or in any other form which the Directors may approve and: |
62.1.1 | in the case of an individual must either be signed by the appointer or the appointers attorney or authenticated in accordance with Article 122; and |
62.1.2 | in the case of a corporation must be either given under its common seal or be signed on its behalf by an attorney or a duly authorized officer of the corporation or authenticated in accordance with Article 122. |
62.2 | Any signature on or authentication of such appointment need not be witnessed. Where an appointment of a proxy is signed or authenticated in accordance with Article 122 on behalf of the appointer by an attorney, the Directors may treat that appointment as invalid unless the power of attorney or a notarially certified copy of the power of attorney is submitted to the Company. |
63 | DEPOSIT OF FORM OF PROXY |
63.1 | The appointment of a proxy must be received in the manner set out in or by way of note to, or in any document accompanying, the notice convening the meeting (or if no address is so specified, at the Transfer Office): |
63.1.1 | in the case of a meeting or adjourned meeting, no later than midnight UK time before the commencement of the meeting or adjourned meeting to which it relates; |
63.1.2 | in the case of a poll taken following the conclusion of a meeting or adjourned meeting, but not more than forty eight hours (excluding any part of a day that is not a working day) after it was demanded, no later than midnight UK time before the commencement of the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the poll was demanded; and |
63.1.3 | in the case of a poll taken more than forty eight hours (excluding any part of a day that is not a working day) after it was demanded, no later than midnight UK time before the time appointed for the taking of the poll, and in default shall not be treated as valid. |
63.2 | In relation to any shares in uncertificated form, the Directors may permit a proxy to be appointed by electronic means or by means of a website in the form of an Uncertificated Proxy Instruction and may permit any supplement to, or amendment or revocation of, any Uncertificated Proxy Instruction to be |
37
made by a further Uncertificated Proxy Instruction. The Directors may prescribe the method of determining the time at which any Uncertificated Proxy Instruction is to be treated as received by the Company. The Directors may treat any Uncertificated Proxy Instruction purporting or expressed to be sent on behalf of a holder of a share as sufficient evidence of the authority of the person sending the instruction to send it on behalf of that holder. |
63.3 | Unless the contrary is stated on the proxy form, the appointment of a proxy shall be as valid for any adjournment of a meeting as it is for the meeting to which it relates. |
63.4 | Subject to the foregoing, the Directors may (and shall for so long as any shares are held in a settlement system operated by DTC or any other Depositary or if and to the extent that the Company is required to do so by the Act) allow an appointment of proxy to be sent or supplied in electronic form subject to any conditions or limitations as the Directors may specify. Where the Company has given an electronic address in any instrument of proxy or invitation to appoint a proxy, any document or information relating to proxies for the meeting (including any document necessary to show the validity of, or otherwise relating to, an appointment of proxy, or notice of the termination of the authority of a proxy) may be sent by electronic means to that address, subject to any conditions or limitations specified in the relevant notice of meeting. |
63.5 | In the event that more than one form of proxy is executed and received by the Company in accordance with the foregoing provisions with respect to a particular number of shares, the Directors shall accept the latest dated form of proxy received prior to the relevant deadline set out in Article 63.1 and all prior appointments with respect to such number of shares shall be deemed to have terminated. |
64 | RIGHTS OF PROXY |
Subject to the Act, a proxy shall have the right to exercise all or any of the rights of the proxys appointor, or (where more than one proxy is appointed by a member) all or any of the rights attached to the shares in respect of which such person is appointed the proxy to attend, and to speak and vote, at a General Meeting.
65 | TERMINATION OF PROXYS AUTHORITY |
65.1 | Neither the death or insanity of a member who has appointed a proxy, nor the revocation or termination by a member of the appointment of a proxy (or of the authority under which the appointment was made), shall invalidate the proxy or the exercise of any of the rights of the proxy, unless notice of such death, insanity, revocation or termination shall have been received by the Company in accordance with Article 65.2. |
65.2 | Any such notice of death, insanity, revocation or termination must be in writing and be received at the address or one of the addresses (if any) specified for receipt of proxies in, or by way of note to, or in any document accompanying, the notice convening the meeting to which the appointment of |
38
the proxy relates (or if no address is so specified, at the Transfer Office), not later than the last time at which an appointment of proxy should have been delivered or received in order to be valid for use at the relevant meeting or adjourned meeting or (in the case of a poll taken otherwise than at the meeting or on the same day as the meeting or adjourned meeting) for use on the holding of a poll at which the vote is cast. |
66 | CORPORATIONS ACTING BY REPRESENTATIVES |
Subject to the Act, any corporation which is a member of the Company may by resolution of its Directors or other governing body authorize a person or persons to act as its representative or representatives at any General Meeting. A Director, the Secretary or another person authorized for the purpose by the Secretary may require a representative to produce a certified copy of the resolution of authorization before permitting him to exercise his powers.
DEFAULT SHARES
67 | RESTRICTION ON VOTING IN PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES |
67.1 | Unless the Directors resolve otherwise, no member shall be entitled in respect of any share held by such member to vote either in person or by proxy or to exercise any other right conferred by membership in relation to General Meetings if any call or other sum due from such member to the Company in respect of that share remains unpaid. |
67.2 | If any member, or any other person appearing to be interested in shares (within the meaning of Part 22 of the Act) held by such member, has been duly served with a notice under Section 793 of the Act and is in default for a period of fourteen days in supplying to the Company the information required by that notice, then (unless the Directors otherwise determine) in respect of: |
67.2.1 | the shares comprising the shareholding account in the Register which comprises or includes the shares in relation to which the default occurred (all or the relevant number as appropriate of such shares being the default shares , which expression shall include any further shares which are issued in respect of such shares); and |
67.2.2 | any other shares held by the member, the member shall not (for so long as the default continues) nor shall any transferee to whom any of such shares are transferred (other than pursuant to an approved transfer or pursuant to Article 67.3.2) be entitled to attend or vote either in person or by proxy at a General Meeting or to exercise any other right conferred by membership in relation to General Meetings. |
67.3 | Where the default shares represent 0.25 per cent or more of the issued shares of the class in question, the Directors may in their absolute discretion by notice in writing (a direction notice ) to such member direct that: |
67.3.1 |
any dividend or part of a dividend (including shares to be issued in lieu of a dividend) or other money which would otherwise be payable in |
39
respect of the default shares shall be retained by the Company without any liability to pay interest on it when such dividend or other money is finally paid to the member; and/or |
67.3.2 | no transfer of any of the shares held by such member shall be registered unless the transfer is an approved transfer or: |
(i) | the member is not in default as regards supplying the information required; and |
(ii) | the transfer is of part only of the members holding and, when presented for registration, is accompanied by a certificate by the member in a form satisfactory to the Directors to the effect that after due and careful enquiry the member is satisfied that none of the shares that are the subject of the transfer are default shares, provided that, in the case of shares in uncertificated form, the Directors may only exercise their discretion not to register a transfer if permitted to do so by the Act. |
67.4 | The Board shall send a copy of the direction notice to each other person appearing to be interested in the shares the subject of that direction notice, but the failure or omission by the Board to do so shall not invalidate such notice. |
67.5 | Any direction notice shall have effect in accordance with its terms for so long as the default in respect of which the direction notice was issued continues. Any direction notice shall cease to have effect at such time as the Directors decide. Within a period of one week of the default being duly remedied, the Directors shall decide that the relevant direction notice shall cease to have effect and shall give written notice of that fact to the member as soon as reasonably practicable. |
67.6 | Any direction notice shall cease to have effect in relation to any shares which are transferred by such member by means of an approved transfer or in accordance with Article 67.3.2. |
67.7 | For the purposes of this Article 67: |
67.7.1 | a person shall be treated as appearing to be interested in any shares if the member holding such shares has been served with a notice under Section 793 of the Act and either (i) the member has named such person as being so interested or (ii) (after taking into account the response of the member to the said notice and any other relevant information) the Company or the Board knows or has reasonable cause to believe that the person in question is or may be interested in the shares, and |
67.7.2 | a transfer of shares is an approved transfer if: |
(i) | it is a transfer of shares to an offeror by way or in pursuance of acceptance of a takeover offer (as defined in Section 974 of the Act); or |
40
(ii) | the Directors are satisfied that the transfer is made pursuant to a genuine sale of the whole of the beneficial ownership of the shares to a party unconnected with the member or with any person appearing to be interested in such shares, including any such sale made through an investment exchange that has been granted recognition under the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 or through a stock exchange outside the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland on which the Companys shares are normally traded. For the purposes of this Article 67 any associate (as that term is defined in Section 435 of the Insolvency Act 1986) shall be included amongst the persons who are connected with the member or any person appearing to be interested in such shares. |
67.8 | Where any person appearing to be interested in any shares has been served with a section 793 notice and such shares are held by a Depositary, the provisions of this Article 67 shall be deemed to apply only to those shares held by a Depositary in which such person appears to be interested and not (so far as that persons interest is concerned) to any other shares held by a Depositary in which such person does not have an interest and references to default shares shall be construed accordingly. |
67.9 | The provisions of this Article 67 are in addition and without prejudice to the provisions of the Act. |
DIRECTORS
68 | NUMBER OF DIRECTORS |
68.1 | Subject to the provisions of these Articles, the number of directors shall be as the Board may determine from time to time, but shall not be less than five and no more than eleven in number. |
68.2 | If the number of directors is reduced below the minimum number fixed in accordance with these Articles, the directors for the time being may act for the purpose of filling vacancies in their number or of calling a General Meeting, but for no other purpose. If there are no directors willing to act, then any members who together represent at least a majority of the voting rights of all the members entitled to vote at the relevant meeting in person or by proxy may summon a General Meeting for the purpose of appointing directors. |
68.3 | Immediately following the date of adoption of these Articles, the Board shall consist of seven members (the Initial Directors ), and the Company shall cause the Board to consist of seven members, in each case as follows: |
68.3.1 | five Investor Directors (one or more of whom may, but need not, be Independent Directors); |
68.3.2 | the Chief Executive Officer; and |
68.3.3 |
one Independent Director (in addition to any Investor Directors who are also Independent Directors), |
41
until such time as the Board or the Company determine otherwise, in accordance with the shareholders agreement in respect of the Company entered into by the Company from time to time and these Articles. |
68.4 | In addition to any vote or consent of the Board or the members of the Company required by applicable law or these Articles or other organizational document of the Company, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any shareholders agreement in respect of the Company entered into by the Company from time to time, for so long as any such shareholders agreement is in effect, any action by the Board to increase or decrease the total number of Directors (including pursuant to Article 68.8 below, and in each case other than any increase in the total number of Directors in connection with the election of one or more Directors elected exclusively by the holders of one or more classes of the Companys shares other than Ordinary Shares) shall require the prior written consent of the Investors. |
68.5 | Following the Closing, the Initial Directors shall be divided into three classes of Directors, designated as Class I, Class II and Class III, respectively (each a Class ). The Board is authorized to assign members of the Board already in office to such classes at the time the classification becomes effective. The Board is also authorized to assign any persons who take office as Directors after the date hereof to any such Class; provided, however, that the Classes are as close to equal size as possible. |
68.6 | In the event of any increase in the number of Directors (including pursuant to Article 68.8), the newly created directorships resulting from such increase shall be apportioned by the Board among the Classes of Directors so as to maintain such Classes as nearly equal as possible. No decrease in the number of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent Director. |
68.7 | Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, each Director shall serve until their successor is duly elected and qualified or until their earlier death, resignation or removal. |
68.8 | Subject to Article 68.1 and to the provisions of any shareholders agreement in respect of the Company entered into by the Company from time to time, up to two additional directors each satisfying the requirements to qualify as an Independent Director may be appointed by a majority of the Board. |
69 | SHARE QUALIFICATION |
A Director shall not be required to hold any shares of the Company by way of qualification. A Director who is not a member of the Company shall nevertheless be entitled to attend and speak at General Meetings.
70 | REMUNERATION OF DIRECTORS |
Any Director who holds any executive office (including for this purpose the office of Chairperson or Lead Independent Director whether or not such office is held in an executive capacity), or who serves on any committee of the Directors or who otherwise performs services which in the opinion of the Directors are outside the
42
scope of the ordinary duties of a Director, may be paid such extra remuneration by way of salary, commission or otherwise or may receive such other benefits as the Directors may determine.
71 | DIRECTORS EXPENSES |
71.1 | The Company may repay or advance to any Director all such reasonable expenses as that Director may incur in attending and returning from meetings of the Directors or of any committee of the Directors or General Meetings or separate meetings of any class of members or debentures or otherwise in connection with the business of the Company and all such reasonable expenses properly and reasonably incurred by him or her in the conduct of the Companys business or in the discharge of his or her duties as a Director. |
71.2 | Each of the Directors may be paid such fees as the Board may from time to time determine. |
71.3 | Any Director who is appointed to hold any employment or executive office with the Company or who, at the Companys request, goes or resides abroad for any of the Companys purposes or who otherwise performs services that in the opinion of the Board are outside the scope of his or her ordinary duties may be paid such additional remuneration (whether by way of salary, commission, participation in profits or otherwise) as the Directors (or any duly authorized committee of the Directors) may determine either in addition to or in lieu of any other remuneration. |
72 | DIRECTORS PENSIONS AND OTHER BENEFITS |
The Directors shall have power to pay and agree to pay remuneration, including gratuities, allowances, pensions or other retirement, superannuation, death, sickness or disability benefits, to, or to any person in respect of, a Director or former director, or any person who is or was at the time employed by, or held an executive or other office or place of profit in, the Company or any subsidiary thereof.
73 | EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS AND LEAD INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR |
73.1 | The Directors may from time to time appoint one or more of them to be the holder of any executive office (or, where considered appropriate and in accordance with Articles 83 and 74 respectively, the office of Chairperson or Lead Independent Director) on such terms and for such period as they may (subject to the provisions of the Act) resolve and, without prejudice to the terms of any contract entered into in any particular case, may at any time revoke or vary the terms of any such appointment. |
73.2 | The appointment of any Director to any other executive office shall not automatically terminate if such Director ceases to be a Director for any reason, unless the contract or resolution under which such Director holds office shall expressly state otherwise, in which event such termination shall be without prejudice to any claim for damages for breach of any contract of service between such Director and the Company. |
43
74 | LEAD INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR |
One of the Independent Directors may be elected on an annual basis by the Directors to act as the Lead Independent Director. The Lead Independent Director shall have such responsibilities as are specifically conferred upon him or her by the Directors.
75 | POWERS OF EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS |
The Directors may entrust to and confer upon any Director holding any executive office any of the powers exercisable by them as Directors upon such terms and conditions and with such restrictions as they think fit, and either collaterally with or to the exclusion of their own powers. They may from time to time revoke, withdraw, alter or vary all or any of such delegated powers.
76 | INVESTOR DIRECTORS |
76.1 | Each such individual whom an Investor shall actually designate pursuant to this Article 76 and who is thereafter elected and qualifies to serve as a Director shall be referred to herein as a Investor Director . |
76.2 | An Investor Director, being entitled to be appointed in accordance with this Article 76, shall be appointed as a director of the Company by notice, given by the relevant Investor, in writing sent to or received at the office or an address specified by the Company for the purposes of communication by electronic means or tendered at a meeting of the Board. |
76.3 | If an Investor Director ceases to be a Director for any reason, the relevant Investor shall be entitled to nominate a replacement. |
76.4 | At each applicable Annual General Meeting or General Meeting at which directors are to be elected, there shall be included in the slate of nominees recommended by the Board for election as directors that number of individuals designated by the Investors that, if elected, will result in: |
76.4.1 | TPG having two Directors; provided, however, that (A) if TPG, in the aggregate, beneficially owns, as of the date that is 120 days before the date of such Annual General Meeting or General Meeting, less than 7.5 per cent of the Ordinary Shares outstanding as of the Closing, then one TPG Director must offer to tender his or her resignation in connection with such meeting and, with respect to such meeting and subsequent meetings, the number of TPG Directors shall be reduced to one; and (B) if TPG, in the aggregate, beneficially owns, as of the date that is 120 days before the date of such Annual General Meeting or General Meeting, less than 2.5 per cent of the Ordinary Shares outstanding as of the Closing, then the remaining TPG Director must offer to tender his or her resignation in connection with such meeting and, with respect to such meeting and subsequent meetings, TPG shall have no right to designate a Director; |
76.4.2 |
PAG having two Directors; provided, however, that (A) if PAG, in the aggregate, beneficially owns, as of the date that is 120 days before the |
44
date of such Annual General Meeting or General Meeting, less than 7.5 per cent of the Ordinary Shares outstanding as of the Closing, then one PAG Director must offer to tender his or her resignation in connection with such meeting and, with respect to such meeting and subsequent meetings, the number of PAG Directors shall be reduced to one; and (B) if PAG, in the aggregate, beneficially owns, as of the date that is 120 days before the date of such Annual General Meeting or General Meeting, less than 2.5 per cent of the Ordinary Shares outstanding as of the Closing, then the remaining PAG Director must offer to tender his or her resignation in connection with such meeting and, with respect to such meeting and subsequent meetings, PAG shall have no right to designate a Director; and |
76.4.3 | OTPP having one Director; provided, however, that if OTPP, in the aggregate, beneficially owns, as of the date that is 120 days before the date of such Annual General Meeting or General Meeting, less than 2.5 per cent of the Ordinary Shares outstanding as of the Closing, then the OTPP Director must offer to tender his or her resignation in connection with such meeting and, with respect to such meeting and subsequent meetings, OTPP shall have no right to designate a Director. |
76.5 | If at any time an Investor has designated fewer than the total number of individuals that such Investor is then entitled to designate pursuant to Article 76.4, such Investor shall have the right, at any time and from time to time, to designate such additional individuals which it is entitled to so designate, in which case, any individuals nominated by or at the direction of the Board or any duly-authorized committee thereof for election as Directors to fill any vacancy on the Board shall include such designees, and the Board shall use its best efforts to (i) effect the election of such additional designees, whether by increasing the size of the Board or otherwise, and (ii) cause the election of such additional designees to fill any such newly-created vacancies or to fill any other existing vacancies. |
76.6 | In the event that a vacancy is created at any time by the death, disability, retirement, removal or resignation of any Investor Director, any individual nominated by or at the direction of the Board or any duly-authorized committee thereof to fill such vacancy shall be, and the Board shall use its best efforts to cause such vacancy to be filled, as soon as possible, by a new designee of the relevant Investor, and the Board shall take or cause to be taken, to the fullest extent permitted by law, at any time and from time to time, all actions necessary to accomplish the same. |
APPOINTMENT AND RETIREMENT OF DIRECTORS
77 | METHODS OF APPOINTING DIRECTORS |
77.1 |
Subject to the provisions of these Articles, any person who is willing to act as a Director, and is permitted by law to do so, may be appointed to be a Director by the Company by ordinary resolution or by the Board, either to fill a vacancy or as an addition to the existing Board, provided that the appointment does not |
45
cause the number of Directors to exceed any fixed number in accordance with these Articles as the maximum number of Directors. |
77.2 | The appointment of a person to fill a vacancy or as an additional Director shall take effect from the end of the relevant meeting. |
77.3 | No person shall be appointed a Director at any General Meeting unless: |
77.3.1 | he is nominated by the Board; or |
77.3.2 | notice of the intention to nominate that person for appointment is given by a member qualified to vote at the meeting (other than the person to be proposed) has been received by the Company in accordance with Article 47.1 and Article 47.4 or section 338 of the Act stating the particulars which would, if he were so appointed, be required to be included in the Companys register of directors, together with notice by that person of his willingness to be appointed. |
77.4 | The Directors may require that any notice of a proposed director by a member include additional disclosure regarding such proposed director, including such persons interest in the Company. |
77.5 | Where two or more individuals are proposed to be appointed at a General Meeting of the Company pursuant to Article 77.1, unless the members have previously approved otherwise at that General Meeting, the appointments must not be proposed as a single resolution of the Company and must be proposed as separate resolutions of the Company in accordance with section 160 of the Act. |
77.6 | In the event that at a General Meeting it is proposed to vote upon a number of the resolutions of the Company for the appointment of a person as a Director (each a Director Resolution ) that exceeds the total number of Directors that are to be appointed to the Board at that meeting (the Board Number ) , the persons that shall be appointed Directors shall first be the person who receives the greatest number of for votes (whether or not a majority of those votes cast in respect of that Director Resolution), and then shall second be the person who receives the second greatest number of for votes (whether or not a majority of those votes cast in respect of that Director Resolution), and so on, until the number of Directors so appointed equals the Board Number. |
77.7 | Subject to the Act, the Company may enter into an agreement or arrangement with any Director for the provision of any services outside the scope of the ordinary duties of a director. Any such agreement or arrangement may be made on such terms and conditions as (subject to the Act) the Board thinks fit and (without prejudice to any other provision of these Articles) the Board may remunerate any such Director for such services as it thinks fit. |
78 | RETIREMENT AT ANNUAL GENERAL MEETINGS |
78.1 |
At the first Annual General Meeting of the Company following Closing, each Director in Class I shall retire from office but shall be eligible for |
46
re-appointment by ordinary resolution of the Company at such Annual General Meeting and, in each case, where such Director is so re-appointed, they shall be entitled to serve until the third Annual General Meeting of the Company falling after the first Annual General Meeting, at which stage the Director shall retire from office but shall be eligible for further re-appointment. |
78.2 | At the second Annual General Meeting of the Company following Closing, each Director in Class II shall retire from office but shall be eligible for re-appointment by ordinary resolution of the Company at such Annual General Meeting and, in each case, where such Director is so re-appointed, they shall be entitled to serve until the third Annual General Meeting of the Company falling after the second Annual General Meeting, at which stage the Director shall retire from office but shall be eligible for further re-appointment. |
78.3 | At the third Annual General Meeting of the Company following Closing, each Director in Class III shall retire from office but shall be eligible for re-appointment by ordinary resolution of the Company at such Annual General Meeting and, in each case, where such Director is so re-appointed, they shall be entitled to serve until the third Annual General Meeting of the Company falling after the third Annual General Meeting, at which stage the Director shall retire from office but shall be eligible for further re-appointment. |
78.4 | At each succeeding Annual General Meeting of the Company following the third Annual General Meeting of the Company following Closing, Directors shall be elected to serve for a term of three years to succeed the Directors of the class whose terms expire at such Annual General Meeting. |
78.5 | Subject to the provisions of these Articles, a Director shall remain a member of the class of directors to which he or she was assigned in accordance with Article 68.5. The initial terms of each class of directors shall expire as set forth in this Article 78, subject to such directors earlier death, resignation, disqualification or removal. |
78.6 | Where a Director retires at an Annual General Meeting in accordance with Article 78.1, 78.2 or 78.3 or otherwise, the Company may at the meeting by ordinary resolution fill the office being vacated by electing the retiring Director. In the absence of such a resolution, the retiring Director shall nevertheless be deemed to have been re-elected except in any of the following cases: |
78.6.1 | where at such meeting a resolution of the Company for the re-election of such Director is put to the meeting and lost; |
78.6.2 | where such Director is ineligible for re-election or has given notice in writing to the Company that he/she is unwilling to be re-elected; or |
78.6.3 |
where a resolution of the Company to elect such Director is void by reason of contravention of section 160 of the Act (whereby at a General Meeting a motion for the appointment of two or more persons as Directors by a single resolution must not be made unless a |
47
resolution that it should be made has first been agreed to by the meeting without any vote being given against it). |
78.7 | The retirement shall not have effect until the conclusion of the meeting except where a resolution of the Company is passed to elect some other person in the place of the retiring Director or a resolution for the retiring Directors re-election is put to the meeting and lost. Accordingly a retiring Director who is re-elected or deemed to have been re-elected will continue in office without a break. |
79 | TERMINATION OF OFFICE |
79.1 | The office of a Director shall be terminated if: |
79.1.1 | the Director becomes prohibited by law from acting as a Director or ceases to be a Director by virtue of any provision of the Act; |
79.1.2 | the Company has received notice in writing of the Directors resignation or retirement from office and such resignation or retirement from office has taken effect in accordance with its terms; |
79.1.3 | the Director has retired at an Annual General Meeting in accordance with Articles 78.1, 78.2 and 78.3 or otherwise, and any of Articles 78.6.1, 78.6.2 or 78.6.3 applies; |
79.1.4 | the Director has a bankruptcy order made against him/her, compounds with his/her creditors generally or applies to the court for an interim order under Section 253 of the Insolvency Act 1986 in connection with a voluntary arrangement under that Act or any analogous event occurs in relation to the Director in another country; |
79.1.5 | an order is made by any court claiming jurisdiction in that behalf on the ground (however formulated) of mental disorder for the Directors detention or for the appointment of another person (by whatever name called) to exercise powers with respect to the Directors property or affairs; |
79.1.6 | the Director is absent from meetings of the Directors for six consecutive months without permission and the Directors have resolved that the Directors office be vacated; |
79.1.7 | notice in writing of termination is served or deemed served on the Director and that notice is given by all of the other Directors for the time being; or |
79.1.8 | in the case of a Director other than any Director holding an executive office, if the Directors resolve to require the Director to resign and the Director fails to do so within thirty days of notification of such resolution being served or deemed served on the Director. |
79.2 |
If a Director holds an appointment to an executive office which automatically terminates on termination of the Directors office as Director, the Directors |
48
removal from office pursuant to this Article 79 shall be deemed an act of the Company and shall have effect without prejudice to any claim for damages for breach of any contract of service between the Director and the Company. |
80 | REMOVAL OF DIRECTOR BY RESOLUTION OF COMPANY |
In accordance with and subject to the provisions of the Act, the Company may remove any Director from office by ordinary resolution of which special notice has been given and elect another person in place of a Director so removed from office. Such removal may take place notwithstanding any provision of these Articles or of any agreement between the Company and such Director, but shall be without prejudice to any claim the Director may have for damages for breach of any such agreement.
MEETINGS AND PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS
81 | CONVENING OF MEETINGS OF DIRECTORS |
81.1 | Subject to the provisions of these Articles, the Directors may meet together for the dispatch of business, adjourn and otherwise regulate their proceedings as they think fit. At any time any Director may, and the Secretary at the request of a Director shall, call a meeting of the Directors by giving notice to the other Directors. |
81.2 | It shall constitute reasonable and sufficient notice to each Director to send notice by first-class mail, overnight delivery, electronic mail, facsimile or hand delivery at least 2 Business Days before the meeting to: (i) such Directors usual business address; or (ii) with respect to an Investor Director, the usual business address of such Investor Directors nominating Investor. Any such notice must also be sent, at the same time, by electronic mail to the usual electronic mailing addresses of the Director and, with respect to an Investor Director, such Investor Directors nominating Investor. Notice of a meeting need not be given to any Investor Director if a written waiver of notice, executed by such Investor before or after the meeting, is filed with the records of the meeting, or to any Investor Director who attends the meeting without protesting prior thereto or at its commencement the lack of notice to such Investor Director. Neither notice of a meeting nor a waiver of a notice need specify the purposes of the meeting. |
81.3 | Any Director may waive notice of any meeting and any such waiver may be retroactive. |
81.4 | The Directors shall be deemed to meet together if they are in separate locations but are linked by conference telephone or other communication equipment which allows those participating to hear and speak to each other. |
82 | QUORUM |
82.1 | The quorum necessary for the transaction of business of the Directors shall be a majority of the total number of Directors, including, for each Investor that then-currently has designated (solely and not jointly) for nomination pursuant |
49
to these Articles and any shareholders agreement in respect of the Company entered into by the Company from time to time at least one Investor Director who is serving on the Board of Directors, one Director so designated by such Investor; provided, however, that each Investor may, in its sole discretion, agree to waive the quorum requirement set forth above with respect to its Investor Directors. |
82.2 | A meeting of the Directors at which a quorum is present shall be competent to exercise all powers and discretions for the time being exercisable by the Directors. |
82.3 | If a quorum is not present within half an hour of the time appointed for the meeting or if a quorum ceases to be present during the course of the meeting, the Director(s) present shall adjourn the meeting to a specified time and place not less than one day after the original date of the meeting, without further notice or waiver thereof. The quorum necessary for the transaction of business of the Directors at such adjourned meeting may be fixed from time to time by the Directors and unless so fixed at any other number shall be a majority of the Directors. |
83 | CHAIRPERSON |
83.1 | The Directors may elect from their number a Chairperson, and decide the period for which the Chairperson is to hold office. If no Chairperson has been appointed or if at any meeting of the Directors no Chairperson is present within five minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting, the Lead Independent Director shall be chairperson of the meeting, or, if no Lead Independent Director has been appointed or Lead Independent Director is not present at such time, the Directors present may choose one of their number to be chairperson of the meeting. |
83.2 | In the case of an equality of votes, neither the Chairperson nor any other chairperson shall be entitled to a casting vote. |
84 | DIRECTORS WRITTEN RESOLUTIONS |
84.1 | Any Director may, and the Secretary at the request of a Director shall, propose a written resolution by giving written notice to the other Directors. |
84.2 | A written resolution of the Directors shall be adopted when all the Directors who would have been entitled to vote on such resolution if it had been proposed at a meeting of the Directors have: |
84.2.1 | signed one or more copies of it; or |
84.2.2 | otherwise indicated their agreement to it in writing (including electronic mail or signature). |
84.3 | In addition to the requirements set out in Article 84.2, a written resolution of the Directors shall not be adopted if the number of Directors who have signed it is less than the quorum required in accordance with these Articles. |
50
84.4 | Once a written resolution of the Directors has been adopted, it must be treated as if it had been a resolution passed at a meeting of the Board in accordance with these Articles. |
85 | VALIDITY OF PROCEEDINGS |
All acts done by any meeting of Directors or of any committee or sub-committee of the Directors, or by any person acting as a member of any such committee or sub-committee, shall as regards all persons dealing in good faith with the Company be valid, notwithstanding that there was some defect in the appointment of any Director or any such persons, or that any such persons were disqualified or had vacated office, or were not entitled to vote.
DIRECTORS INTERESTS
86 | AUTHORIZATION OF DIRECTORS INTERESTS |
86.1 | For the purposes of section 175 of the Act, the Directors shall have the power to authorize any matter which would or might otherwise constitute or give rise to a breach of the duty of a Director to avoid a situation in which the Director has, or can have, a direct or indirect interest that conflicts, or possibly may conflict, with the interests of the Company. |
86.2 | Authorization of a matter under this Article 86 shall be effective only if: |
86.2.1 | the matter in question shall have been proposed for consideration at a meeting of the Directors, in accordance with the Directors normal procedures or in such other manner as the Directors may resolve; |
86.2.2 | any requirement as to the quorum at the meeting of the Directors at which the matter is considered is met without counting the Director in question and any other interested Director (together the Interested Directors ); and |
86.2.3 | the matter was agreed to without the Interested Directors voting or would have been agreed to if the votes of the Interested Directors had not been counted. |
86.3 | Any authorization of a matter under this Article 86 may: |
86.3.1 | extend to any actual or potential conflict of interest which may arise out of the matter so authorized; |
86.3.2 | be subject to such conditions or limitations as the Directors may resolve, whether at the time such authorization is given or subsequently; and |
86.3.3 | be terminated by the Directors at any time, and a Director shall comply with any obligations imposed on the Director by the Directors pursuant to any such authorization. |
51
86.4 | A Director shall not, save as otherwise agreed by such Director, be accountable to the Company for any benefit which the Director (or a person connected with the Director) derives from any matter authorized by the Directors under this Article 86 and any contract, transaction or arrangement relating to such a matter shall not be liable to be avoided on the grounds of any such benefit. |
87 | PERMITTED INTERESTS |
87.1 | Subject to compliance with Article 86.2, a Director, notwithstanding such Directors office, may have an interest of the following kind: |
87.1.1 | where a Director (or a person connected with the Director) is a director or other officer of, or employed by, or otherwise interested (including by the holding of shares) in any Relevant Company; |
87.1.2 | where a Director (or a person connected with the Director) is a party to, or otherwise interested in, any contract, transaction or arrangement with a Relevant Company, or in which the Company is otherwise interested; |
87.1.3 | where the Director (or a person connected with the Director) acts (or any firm of which the Director is a partner, employee or member acts) in a professional capacity for any Relevant Company (other than as the Companys auditors) whether or not the Director (or such person or firm) is remunerated for such work; |
87.1.4 | where a Director is or becomes a director or officer of any other body corporate in which the Company does not have an interest if that cannot reasonably be regarded as likely to give rise to a conflict of interest at the time of the Directors appointment as director or officer of that other body corporate; |
87.1.5 | where a Director has an interest which cannot reasonably be regarded as likely to give rise to a conflict of interest; |
87.1.6 | where a Director has an interest or a transaction or arrangement giving rise to an interest of which the Director is not aware; or |
87.1.7 | where a Director has any other interest authorized by ordinary resolution of the Company. No authorization under Article 86 shall be necessary in respect of any such interest. |
87.2 | A Director shall declare the nature and extent of any interest permitted under Article 86.1, and not falling within Article 86.3, at a meeting of the Directors or in such other manner as the Directors may resolve. |
87.3 | No declaration of an interest shall be required by a Director in relation to an interest: |
87.3.1 | falling within Article 87.1.5 or Article 87.1.6; |
52
87.3.2 | if, or to the extent that, the other Directors are already aware of such interest (and for this purpose the other Directors are treated as aware of anything of which they ought reasonably to be aware); or |
87.3.3 | if, or to the extent that, it concerns the terms of the Director service contract (as defined in section 227 of the Act) that have been or are to be considered by a meeting of the Directors, or by a committee of Directors appointed for the purpose under these Articles. |
87.4 | A Director shall not, save as otherwise agreed by the Director, be accountable to the Company for any benefit which the Director (or a person connected with the Director) derives from any such contract, transaction or arrangement or from any such office or employment or from any interest in any Relevant Company or for such remuneration, each as referred to in Article 86.1, and no such contract, transaction or arrangement shall be liable to be avoided on the grounds of any such interest or benefit. |
87.5 | For the purposes of this Article 87, Relevant Company shall mean: |
87.5.1 | the Company; |
87.5.2 | a subsidiary undertaking of the Company; |
87.5.3 | any holding company of the Company or a subsidiary undertaking of any such holding company; |
87.5.4 | any body corporate promoted by the Company; or |
87.5.5 | any body corporate in which the Company is otherwise interested. |
88 | INVESTOR DIRECTORS |
88.1 | In addition to the provisions of Article 86 and subject to Article 87, a Director who is not an employee of the Group shall be authorized for the purposes of section 175 of the Act to act or continue to act as a Director notwithstanding that at the time of his appointment or subsequently he also: |
88.1.1 | holds office as a director of an Investor or of an Affiliate of that Investor; |
88.1.2 | holds any other office, employment or engagement with that Investor or with an Affiliate of that Investor; or |
88.1.3 | is interested directly or indirectly in any shares or debentures (or any rights to acquire shares or debentures) in an Investor or an Affiliate of that Investor. |
88.2 | A Director who is not an employee of the Group shall be authorized for the purposes of section 175 of the Act to act or continue to act as a Director, notwithstanding his role as a representative of the Investor for the purposes of monitoring and evaluating its investment in the Company. |
53
88.3 | For the avoidance of doubt, this Article 88 does not authorize a Director who is not an employee of the Group for the purposes of section 175 of the Act where: |
88.3.1 | he or she holds office as a director of an Investor or an Affiliate of an Investor; and |
88.3.2 | such Affiliate is considered, following determination by the other Directors at the relevant time, to be in direct competition with the business of the Company or any member of the Group. |
88.4 | Any determination as to whether an Affiliate of an Investor is in direct competition with the business of the Company or any member of the Group will be effective only if at the meeting at which the matter is considered any requirement as to quorum is met without counting the Director in question or any other Director interested in the matter under consideration and the matter was agreed to without such Director voting. A directorship of an Affiliate of an Investor determined to be in direct competition with the business of the Company or any member of the Group and held by a Director who is not an employee of the Group will be considered in accordance with Article 85. |
88.5 | Subject to the provisions of any shareholders agreement in respect of the Company entered into by the Company from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, if any Investor Affiliated Person acquires knowledge of a potential Corporate Opportunity or otherwise is then exploiting any Corporate Opportunity, the Company and its Affiliates (excluding any Investor Affiliated Person) and its direct or indirect subsidiaries shall have no interest or expectancy in such Corporate Opportunity, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in such Corporate Opportunity, and any interest or expectancy in any Corporate Opportunity or any expectation in being offered the opportunity to participate in any Corporate Opportunity is hereby renounced and waived so that, such Investor Affiliated Person, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, (i) shall have no duty (fiduciary, statutory, contractual or otherwise) to communicate or present such Corporate Opportunity to the Company or any of its Affiliates (excluding any Investor Affiliated Person) or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries or any member of the Company; (ii) shall have the right to hold or pursue, directly or indirectly, any such Corporate Opportunity for the Investors own account and benefit and the Investor may direct such Corporate Opportunity to another person; and (iii) shall not be liable to the Company, any of its Affiliates (excluding any Investor Affiliated Person) or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries, their respective Affiliates or their respective direct or indirect partners, members, or shareholder, for breach of any duty (fiduciary, statutory, contractual or otherwise) as a member, director or officer of the Company or otherwise by reason of the fact that it pursues or acquires such Corporate Opportunity, directs such Corporate Opportunity to another person or does not communicate information regarding such Corporate Opportunity to the Company or any of its Affiliates (excluding any Investor Affiliated Person) or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries. |
54
88.6 | The Company hereby expressly acknowledges and agrees that each of the Investors, their Affiliates and affiliated investment funds and any Investor Affiliated Person, has the right to, and shall have no duty (fiduciary, statutory, contractual or otherwise) not to, (i) directly or indirectly engage in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as the Company or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries engages or proposes to engage, on such Persons own behalf, or in partnership with, or as an employee, officer, director, member or shareholder of any other Person, including those lines of business deemed to be competing with the Company or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries; (ii) do business with any potential or actual customer or supplier of the Company or any of its Affiliates or its direct or indirect subsidiaries; and (iii) employ or otherwise engage any officer or employee of the Company or any of its Affiliates or direct or indirect subsidiaries. The Company hereby expressly acknowledges and agrees that neither the Company nor any of its Affiliates or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries nor any member of the Company shall have any rights in and to the business ventures of the Investors, their Affiliates and affiliated investment funds, or the income or profits derived therefrom. To the fullest extent permitted by law, no Investor Affiliated Person shall be liable to the Company, any of its Affiliates or its direct or indirect subsidiaries, their respective Affiliates or their respective direct or indirect partners, members, or shareholders, for breach of any duty (fiduciary, statutory, contractual or otherwise) as a member, director or officer of the Company or otherwise by reason that such Investor Director is engaging in any activities or lines of business or competing with the Company or its direct or indirect subsidiaries. |
88.7 | The Company hereby acknowledges and agrees that, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Investor Directors are not restricted from using Acquired Knowledge in making investment, voting, monitoring, governance or other decisions relating to other entities or securities. |
88.8 | For the purposes of this Article 88: |
88.8.1 | Acquired Knowledge means information about the Company and its direct or indirect subsidiaries that may, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, enhance each an Investor Affiliated Persons knowledge and understanding of (i) the industries in which the Company and its direct and indirect subsidiaries operate, (ii) the activities in which the Company and its direct or indirect subsidiaries now engage, may continue to engage or may in the future engage (which shall include, without limitation, other business activities that overlap with or compete with those in which the Company and its Affiliates and its direct or indirect subsidiaries may engage directly or indirectly) or (iii) related lines of business in which the Company or its direct or indirect subsidiaries may engage directly or indirectly; |
88.8.2 | Corporate Opportunity means (i) an investment or business opportunity or activity, including without limitation those that might be considered the same as or similar to the Companys business or the business of any Affiliate or any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company, including those deemed to be competing with the Company |
55
or any Affiliate or any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company, or (ii) a prospective economic or competitive advantage in which the Company or any Affiliate or any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company could have an interest or expectancy. In addition to and notwithstanding the foregoing, a Corporate Opportunity shall not be deemed to be a potential opportunity for the Company or any Affiliates or any direct or indirect subsidiary if it is a business opportunity that (i) the Company, Affiliate or direct or indirect subsidiary, as applicable, is not financially able or contractually permitted or legally able to undertake, (ii) from its nature, is not in the line of the Companys, Affiliates or direct or indirect subsidiarys, as applicable, business or is of no practical advantage to it or (iii) is one in which the Company, Affiliate or direct or indirect subsidiary, as applicable, has no interest or reasonable expectancy; and |
88.8.3 | Investor Affiliated Person means each of the Investors and all of their respective partners, principals, directors, officers, members, managers, managing directors, advisors, consultants and employees, Affiliates, the Investor Directors, or any officer of the Company that is an Affiliate of the Investors. |
89 | RESTRICTIONS ON QUORUM AND VOTING |
89.1 | Save as provided in this Article 89, and whether or not the interest is one which is authorized pursuant to Article 85 or permitted under Article 86, a Director shall not be entitled to vote on any resolution in respect of any contract, transaction or arrangement, or any other proposal, in which the Director (or a person connected with the Director) is interested. Any vote of a Director in respect of a matter where the Director is not entitled to vote shall be disregarded. |
89.2 | A Director shall not be counted in the quorum at a meeting of the Directors in relation to any resolution on which the Director is not entitled to vote. |
89.3 | Subject to the provisions of the Act, a Director shall (in the absence of some other interest than is set out below) be entitled to vote, and be counted in the quorum, in respect of any resolution concerning any contract, transaction or arrangement or any other proposal: |
89.3.1 | in which the Director has an interest of which the Director is not aware; |
89.3.2 | in which the Director has an interest which cannot reasonably be regarded as likely to give rise to a conflict of interest; |
89.3.3 | in which the Director has an interest only by virtue of interests in shares, debentures or other securities of the Company or by reason of any other interest in or through the Company; |
89.3.4 |
which involves the giving of any security, guarantee or indemnity to the Director or any other person in respect of (i) money lent or |
56
obligations incurred by the Director or by any other person at the request of or for the benefit of the Company or any of its subsidiary undertakings or (ii) a debt or other obligation of the Company or any of its subsidiary undertakings for which the Director has assumed responsibility in whole or in part under a guarantee or indemnity or by the giving of security; |
89.3.5 | concerning an offer of shares or debentures or other securities of or by the Company or any of its subsidiary undertakings (i) in which offer the Director is or may be entitled to participate as a holder of securities or (ii) in the underwriting or sub-underwriting of which the Director is to participate; |
89.3.6 | concerning any other body corporate in which the Director is interested, directly or indirectly and whether as an officer, shareholder, creditor, employee or otherwise, provided that the Director (together with persons connected with the Director) is not the holder of or beneficially interested in one per cent or more of the issued equity share capital of any class of such body corporate or of the voting rights available to members of the relevant body corporate; |
89.3.7 | relating to an arrangement for the benefit of the employees or former employees of the Company or any of its subsidiary undertakings which does not award the Director any privilege or benefit not generally awarded to the employees or former employees to whom such arrangement relates; |
89.3.8 | concerning the purchase or maintenance by the Company of insurance for any liability for the benefit of Directors or for the benefit of persons who include Directors; |
89.3.9 | concerning the giving of indemnities in favor of Directors where all other Directors are also being offered indemnities on substantially the same terms; |
89.3.10 | concerning the funding of expenditure by any Director or Directors (i) on defending criminal, civil or regulatory proceedings or action against the Director or Directors, (ii) in connection with an application to the court for relief, or (iii) on defending the Director or Directors in any regulatory investigations, where all other Directors are being offered substantially the same arrangements; |
89.3.11 | concerning the doing of anything to enable any Director or Directors to avoid incurring expenditure as described in Article 89.3.10, where all other Directors are being offered substantially the same arrangements; and |
89.3.12 | in respect of which the Directors interest, or the interest of Directors generally, has been authorized by ordinary resolution of the Company. |
57
89.4 | Where proposals are under consideration concerning the appointment (including fixing or varying the terms of appointment) of two or more Directors to offices or employments with the Company or anybody corporate in which the Company is interested, the proposals may be divided and considered in relation to each Director separately. In such case each of the Directors concerned (if not debarred from voting under Article 88.1) shall be entitled to vote, and be counted in the quorum, in respect of each resolution except that concerning the Directors own appointment or the fixing or variation of the terms of the Directors own appointment. |
89.5 | If a question arises at any time as to whether any interest of a Director prevents the Director from voting, or being counted in the quorum, under this Article 89, and such question is not resolved by the Director voluntarily agreeing to abstain from voting, such question shall be referred to the Chairperson of the meeting and the Chairpersons ruling in relation to any Director other than the Chairperson shall be final and conclusive except in a case where the nature or extent of the interest of such Director has not been fairly disclosed. If any such question shall arise in respect of the Chairperson of the meeting, the question shall be decided by resolution of the Directors and the resolution shall be conclusive except in a case where the nature or extent of the interest of the Chairperson of the meeting (so far as it is known to the Chairperson) has not been fairly disclosed to the Directors. |
90 | CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION |
90.1 | If a Director, other than by virtue of the Directors position as Director, receives information in respect of which the Director owes a duty of confidentiality to a person other than the Company, the Director shall not be required: |
90.1.1 | to disclose such information to the Company, the Directors or to any Director, officer or employee of the Company; or |
90.1.2 | otherwise to use or apply such confidential information for the purpose of or in connection with the performance of the Directors duties as a Director. |
90.2 | Where such duty of confidentiality arises out of a situation in which the Director has, or can have a direct or indirect interest that conflicts, or possibly may conflict, with the interests of the Company, Article 90.1 shall apply only if the conflict arises out of a matter which has been authorized under Article 86 or falls within Article 87. |
90.3 | This Article 90 is without prejudice to any equitable principle or rule of law which may excuse or release the Director from disclosing information, in circumstances where disclosure may otherwise be required under this Article 90. |
58
91 | DIRECTORS INTERESTS GENERAL |
91.1 | For the purposes of Articles 85 to 90, a person is connected with a Director if that person is connected for the purposes of section 252 of the Act. |
91.2 | Where a Director has an interest which can reasonably be regarded as likely to give rise to a conflict of interest, the Director may, and shall if so requested by the Directors, take such additional steps as may be necessary or desirable for the purpose of managing such conflict of interest, including compliance with any procedures laid down from time to time by the Directors for the purpose of managing conflicts of interest generally and/or any specific procedures approved by the Directors for the purpose of or in connection with the situation or matter in question, including: |
91.2.1 | not attending any meetings of the Directors at which the relevant situation or matter falls to be considered; and |
91.2.2 | not reviewing documents or information made available to the Directors generally in relation to such situation or matter and/or arranging for such documents or information to be reviewed by a professional adviser to ascertain the extent to which it might be appropriate for the Director concerned to have access to such documents or information. |
91.3 | The Company may by ordinary resolution ratify any contract, transaction or arrangement, or other proposal, not properly authorized by reason of a contravention of any provisions of Articles 85 to 90 or suspend or relax the provisions of Articles 85to 90 to any extent. |
POWERS OF DIRECTORS
92 | GENERAL POWERS |
92.1 | The Directors shall manage the business and affairs of the Company and may exercise all powers of the Company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge the Companys undertaking, property and uncalled capital or parts thereof and to issue debentures and other securities whether outright or as collateral security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or of any third party, other than those that are required by the Act or by these Articles to be exercised by the Company in General Meeting. |
92.2 | No alteration of these Articles and no direction given by the Company shall invalidate a prior act of the Directors which would have been valid if the alteration had not been made or the direction had not been given. The provisions of these Articles giving specific powers to the Directors do not limit the general powers given by this Article 92. |
93 | PROVISION FOR EMPLOYEES ON CESSATION OR TRANSFER OF BUSINESS |
The Directors may make provision for the benefit of persons employed or formerly employed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries (other than a Director, former
59
Director or shadow director) in connection with the cessation or transfer to any person of the whole or part of the undertaking of the Company or that subsidiary.
94 | BANK MANDATES |
The Directors may by resolution authorize such person or persons as they think fit to act as signatories to any bank account of the Company and may amend or remove such authorization from time to time by resolution.
95 | BORROWING |
Subject to these Articles and the Act, the Directors may exercise all powers of the Company to borrow money, to guarantee, to indemnify, to mortgage or charge its undertaking, property, assets (present and future) and called capital, and to issue debentures and other securities whether outright or as collateral security for any debt, liability or other obligation of the Company or any third party.
DELEGATION OF POWERS
96 | APPOINTMENT AND CONSTITUTION OF COMMITTEES |
96.1 | The Directors may delegate any of their powers or discretions (including all powers and discretions whose exercise involves or may involve the payment of remuneration to or the conferring of any other benefit on all or any of the Directors) to such person (who need not be a Director) or committee (composing any number of persons, who need not be Directors) and in such manner as they think fit. Any such delegation may be either collaterally with or to the exclusion of their own powers and the Directors may revoke or alter the terms of any such delegation. Any such person or committee shall, unless the Directors otherwise resolve, have power to sub-delegate any of the powers or discretions delegated to them. |
96.2 | Any reference in these Articles to the exercise of a power or discretion by the Directors shall include a reference to the exercise of such power or discretion by any person or committee to whom it has been delegated. |
96.3 | The Directors may make regulations in relation to the proceedings of committees or sub- committees. Subject to any such regulations, the meetings and proceedings of any committee or sub-committee consisting of two or more persons shall be governed by the provisions of these Articles regulating the meetings and proceedings of the Directors (with such amendments as are necessary). |
97 | LOCAL BOARDS AND MANAGERS |
97.1 | The Directors may establish any local boards or appoint managers or agents to manage any of the affairs of the Company, in any location they think fit, and may: |
97.1.1 | appoint any persons to be managers or agents or members of such local boards, and may fix their remuneration; |
60
97.1.2 | delegate to any local board, manager or agent any of the powers, authorities and discretions vested in the Directors, with power to sub-delegate; |
97.1.3 | remove any person so appointed and may annul or vary any such delegation; and |
97.1.4 | authorize the members of any local boards, or any of them, to fill any vacancies on such boards and to act notwithstanding vacancies. |
97.2 | Any such appointment or delegation may be made upon such terms and subject to such conditions as the Directors may think fit. |
98 | APPOINTMENT OF ATTORNEY |
98.1 | The Directors may from time to time and at any time appoint any company, firm or person or any fluctuating body of persons, whether nominated directly or indirectly by the Directors, to be the attorney or attorneys of the Company for such purposes and with such powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the Directors under these Articles) and for such period and subject to such conditions as they may think fit. |
98.2 | Any such appointment may contain such provisions for the protection and convenience of persons dealing with any such attorney as the Directors may think fit. |
98.3 | The Directors may also authorize any such attorney to sub-delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions vested in the attorney. |
SECRETARY
99 | SECRETARY |
The Secretary shall be appointed by the Directors on such terms and for such period as they may think fit. Any Secretary so appointed may at any time be removed from office by the Directors, but without prejudice to any claim for damages for breach of any contract of service between the Secretary and the Company. If thought fit, two or more persons may be appointed as Joint Secretaries. The Directors or the Secretary may also appoint from time to time, on such terms as they or he may think fit, one or more Deputy and/or Assistant Secretaries.
100 | MINUTES |
100.1 | The Board shall cause minutes to be recorded for the purpose of: |
100.1.1 | all appointment of officers made by the Board; |
100.1.2 | all proceedings at meetings of the Company, the holders of any class of shares in the capital of the Company, the Board and committees of the Board, including the names of the directors present at each such meeting; and |
61
100.1.3 | all resolutions of the Company. |
100.2 | Any such minutes must be kept for the period specified in the Act. |
101 | THE SEAL |
101.1 | The Directors shall provide for the safe custody of the Seal and any Securities Seal and neither shall be used without the authority of the Directors or of a committee authorized by the Directors for that purpose. The Securities Seal shall be used only for sealing securities issued by the Company and documents creating or evidencing securities so issued. |
101.2 | Every instrument to which the Seal or the Securities Seal shall be affixed (other than a certificate for or evidencing shares, debentures or other securities (including options) issued by the Company) shall be signed autographically by one Director and the Secretary or by two Directors or by a Director or other person authorized for the purpose by the Directors in the presence of a witness unless the Directors decide, either generally or in a particular case, that a signature may be dispensed with or affixed by mechanical means. |
101.3 | The Company may exercise the powers conferred by the Act with regard to having an official seal for use abroad and such powers shall be vested in the Directors. |
101.4 | Any instrument signed by: |
101.4.1 | one Director and the Secretary; |
101.4.2 | by two Directors; or |
101.4.3 | by a Director in the presence of a witness who attests the signature, and expressed to be executed by the Company shall have the same effect as if executed under the Seal. |
AUTHENTICATION OF DOCUMENTS
102 | AUTHENTICATION OF DOCUMENTS |
102.1 | Any Director or the Secretary or any person appointed by the Directors for the purpose shall have power to authenticate: |
102.1.1 | any document affecting the constitution of the Company; |
102.1.2 | any resolution passed at a General Meeting or at a meeting of the Directors or any committee; and |
102.1.3 | any book, record, document or account relating to the business of the Company, and to certify copies or extracts as true copies or extracts. |
102.2 |
Where any book, record, document or account is elsewhere than at the Office the local manager or other officer of the Company having the custody of it |
62
shall be deemed to be a person appointed by the Directors for the purpose of Article 102.1. |
102.3 | A document purporting to be a copy of any such resolution or an extract from the minutes of any such meeting, which is certified shall be conclusive evidence in favor of all persons dealing with the Company that such resolution has been duly passed or, as the case may be, that any minute so extracted is a true and accurate record of proceedings at a duly constituted meeting. |
REGISTERS
103 | REGISTERS |
103.1 | The Company or the Directors on behalf of the Company may cause to be kept in any territory an overseas branch register of members resident in any such territory and the Directors may make, and vary, such arrangements as they may think fit in relation to the keeping of any such register. |
103.2 | Any Director or the Secretary or any other person appointed by the Board for the purpose shall have the power to authenticate and certify as true copies of and extracts from: |
103.2.1 | any document comprising of affecting the constitution of the Company, whether in hard copy form or electronic form; |
103.2.2 | any resolution passed by the Company, any holders of any class of shares in the capital of the Company, the Board or any committee of the Board, whether in hard copy form or electronic form; and |
103.2.3 | any book, record and document relating to the business of the Company, whether in hard copy form or electronic form (including, without limitation, the Accounts). |
103.3 | If certified in this way, a document purporting to be a copy of the resolution, or the minutes or an extract from the minutes of a meeting of the Company, the holders of any class of shares in the capital of the Company, the Board or a committee of the Board, whether in hard copy form or electronic form, shall be conclusive evidence in favour of all persons dealing with the Company in reliance on it or them that the resolution was duly passed or that the minutes are, or the extract from the minutes is, a true and accurate record of proceedings at a duly constituted meeting. |
DIVIDENDS
104 | DECLARATION OF FINAL DIVIDENDS |
104.1 | Subject to the provisions of the Act, the Company may by ordinary resolution declare final dividends. |
104.2 | No dividend shall be declared unless it has been recommended by the Directors and does not exceed the amount recommended by the Directors. |
63
105 | FIXED AND INTERIM DIVIDENDS |
105.1 | Subject to the provisions of the Act, if and so far as in the opinion of the Directors the profits of the Company justify such payments, the Directors may: |
105.1.1 | pay the fixed dividends on any class of shares carrying a fixed dividend expressed to be payable on fixed dates on the dates prescribed for the payment of such dividends; and |
105.1.2 | pay interim dividends on shares of any class of such amounts and on such dates and in respect of such periods as they think fit. |
105.2 | Provided the Directors act in good faith they shall not incur any liability to the holders of any shares for any loss they may suffer by the lawful payment of any fixed or interim dividend on any other class of shares having rights ranking after or equal with those shares. |
106 | DISTRIBUTION IN SPECIE |
106.1 | Without prejudice to Article 105, the Company may by ordinary resolution direct payment of a dividend in whole or in part by the transfer of specific assets, or by procuring the receipt by shareholders of specific assets, of equivalent value (including paid-up shares or debentures of any other company) and the Directors shall give effect to such resolution. |
106.2 | Where any difficulty arises in regard to such distribution, the Directors may make such arrangements as they think fit, including: |
106.2.1 | issuing fractional certificates (or ignoring fractions); |
106.2.2 | fixing the value of any of the assets to be transferred; |
106.2.3 | paying cash to any member on the basis of the value fixed for the assets in order to adjust the rights of members; and |
106.2.4 | vesting any assets in trustees. |
107 | RANKING OF SHARES FOR DIVIDEND |
107.1 | Unless and to the extent that the rights attached to any shares or the terms of issue of those shares provide otherwise, all dividends shall be: |
107.1.1 | declared and paid according to the amounts paid up on the shares on which the dividend is paid; and |
107.1.2 | apportioned and paid proportionately to the amounts paid on the shares during any portion or portions of the period in respect of which the dividend is paid. |
107.2 | If the terms of issue of a share provide that it ranks for dividends as from a particular date then that share will rank for dividends as from that date. |
64
107.3 | For the purposes of this Article 107, no amount paid on a share in advance of the date on which such payment is due shall be treated as paid on the share. |
108 | MANNER OF PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS |
108.1 | Any dividend or other sum payable on or in respect of a share shall be paid to: |
108.1.1 | the holder of that share; |
108.1.2 | if the share is held by more than one person, whichever of the joint holders names appears first in the Register; |
108.1.3 | if the member is no longer entitled to the share, the person or persons entitled to it; or |
108.1.4 | such other person or persons as the member (or, in the case of joint holders of a share, all of them) may direct and such person shall be the payee for the purpose of this Article 108. |
108.2 | Such dividend or other sum may be paid: |
108.2.1 | by cheque sent by post to the payee or, where there is more than one payee, to any one of them at the address shown in the Register or such address as that person notifies the Company in writing; |
108.2.2 | by bank transfer to such account as the payee or payees shall in writing direct; |
108.2.3 | (if so authorized by the holder of shares in uncertificated form) using the facilities of a relevant system (subject to the facilities and requirements of the relevant system); or |
108.2.4 | by such other method of payment as the payee or payees and the Directors may agree. |
108.3 | Subject to the provisions of these Articles and to the rights attaching to any shares, any dividend or other sum payable on or in respect of a share may be paid in such currency as the Directors may resolve, using such exchange rate for currency conversions as the Directors may reasonably select. |
108.4 | Every cheque, warrant or money order sent by post is sent at the risk of the person entitled to the payment. If payment is made by bank or other funds transfer, by means of a relevant system or by another method at the direction of the person entitled to payment, the Company is not responsible for amounts lost or delayed in the course of making that payment. |
109 | RECORD DATE FOR DIVIDENDS |
Notwithstanding any other provision of these Articles, but subject to the Act and rights attached to shares, the Directors may fix any date as the record date for a dividend, distribution, allotment or issue. The record date may be on or at any time before or after a date on which the dividend, distribution, allotment or issue is
65
declared, made or paid. The power to fix any such record date shall include the power to fix a time on the chosen date.
110 | NO INTEREST ON DIVIDENDS |
The Company shall not pay interest on any dividend or other sum payable on or in respect of a share unless the terms of issue of that share or the provisions of any agreement between the Company and the holder of that share provide otherwise.
111 | RETENTION OF DIVIDENDS |
111.1 | The Directors may retain all or part of any dividend or other sum payable on or in respect of a share on which the Company has a lien in respect of which the Directors are entitled to issue an enforcement notice. |
111.2 | The Directors shall apply any amounts retained pursuant to Article 111.1 in or towards satisfaction of the moneys payable to the Company in respect of that share. |
111.3 | The Directors shall notify the person otherwise entitled to payment of the sum that it has been retained and how the retained sum has been applied. |
111.4 | The Directors may retain the dividends payable upon shares: |
111.4.1 | in respect of which any person is entitled to become a member pursuant to Article 35 until such person shall become a member in respect of such shares; or |
111.4.2 | which any person is entitled to transfer pursuant to Article 35 until such person has transferred those shares. |
112 | UNCLAIMED DIVIDEND |
112.1 | The Board may cease to send any cheque, warrant or order (or other means of payment) by post for any dividend on any shares which is normally paid in that manner if in respect of at least two consecutive dividends payable on those shares the cheque, warrant or order has been returned undelivered or remains uncashed but, subject to the provisions of these Articles, shall recommence sending cheques, warrants or orders in respect of the dividends payable on those shares if the holder of or person entitled to them claims the arrears of dividend and does not instruct the Company to pay future dividends in some other way. |
112.2 | Any unclaimed dividends may be invested or otherwise applied for the benefit of the Company until they are claimed. |
112.3 | The payment by the Directors of any unclaimed dividend or other sum payable on or in respect of a share into a separate account shall not constitute the Company a trustee in respect of that amount. |
112.4 |
If a dividend remains unclaimed after a period of twelve years from the date on which it was declared or became due for payment the person who was |
66
otherwise entitled to it shall cease to be entitled and the Company may keep that sum. |
113 | WAIVER OF DIVIDEND |
A shareholder or other person entitled to a dividend may waive it in whole or in part. The waiver of any dividend shall be effective only if such waiver is in writing and signed or authenticated in accordance with Article 122 by the shareholder or the person entitled to the dividend and delivered to the Company.
114 | CALLS OR DEBTS MAY BE DEDUCTED |
The Directors may deduct from a dividend or other amounts payable to a person in respect of a share amounts due from him to the Company on account of a call or otherwise in relation to a share, provided that this Article 114 shall not apply to any shares held by DTC.
SCRIP DIVIDENDS
115 | SCRIP DIVIDENDS |
115.1 | The Directors may offer to ordinary shareholders the right to elect to receive an allotment of new ordinary shares ( Scrip Shares ) credited as fully paid in lieu of the whole or part of a dividend. |
115.2 | The Directors shall not allot Scrip Shares unless so authorized by ordinary resolution of the Company. Such a resolution may give authority in relation to particular dividends or may extend to all dividends declared or paid in the period specified in the resolution. Such period may not be longer than five years from the date of the resolution. |
115.3 | The Directors may, without the need for any further ordinary resolution of the Company, offer rights of election in respect of any dividend declared or proposed after the date of the adoption of these Articles and at or prior to the next Annual General Meeting. |
115.4 | The Directors may offer such rights of election to shareholders either: |
115.4.1 | in respect of the next dividend proposed to be paid; or |
115.4.2 | in respect of that dividend and all subsequent dividends until such time as the election is revoked or the authority given pursuant to Article 115.2 expires without being renewed (whichever is the earlier). |
115.5 | The number of the Scrip Shares to be allotted in lieu of any amount of dividend shall be decided by the Directors and shall be such whole number of ordinary shares as have a value equal to or as near as possible to but in no event greater than such amount. For such purpose, the value of an ordinary share shall be the volume weighted average price of an ordinary share on the New York Stock Exchange on each of the first five trading days on which the ordinary shares are quoted as being ex the relevant dividend. No fraction of an ordinary share shall be allotted. |
67
115.6 | If the Directors resolve to offer a right of election they shall give written notice of such right to the ordinary shareholders specifying the procedures to be followed in order to exercise such right. No notice need be given to a shareholder who has previously made, and has not revoked, an earlier election to receive ordinary shares in lieu of all future dividends, but the Directors shall instead send such shareholder a reminder of the election made, indicating how that election may be revoked in time for the next dividend proposed to be paid. |
115.7 | If a member has elected to receive Scrip Shares in place of a dividend, that dividend (or that part of the dividend in respect of which a right of election has been given) shall not be payable on ordinary shares in respect of which the share election has been duly exercised and has not been revoked (the elected Ordinary Shares ). In place of such dividend, the following provisions shall apply: |
115.7.1 | such number of Scrip Shares as are calculated in accordance with Article 115.5 shall be allotted to the holders of the elected Ordinary Shares; |
115.7.2 | unless the Uncertificated Securities Regulations require otherwise, if the elected Ordinary Shares are in uncertificated form on the Record Date then the Scrip Shares shall be issued as uncertificated shares; |
115.7.3 | if the elected Ordinary Shares are in certificated form on the Record Date then the Scrip Shares shall be issued as certificated shares; |
115.7.4 | the Directors shall capitalize in accordance with the provisions of Article 9 (without the need for a separate ordinary resolution of the Company) a sum equal to the aggregate nominal amount of the Scrip Shares to be allotted and shall apply that sum in paying up in full the appropriate number of new ordinary shares for allotment and distribution to and amongst the holders of the elected Ordinary Shares; and |
115.7.5 | the Scrip Shares allotted shall rank equally in all respects with the fully paid ordinary shares then in issue save only as regards participation in the relevant dividend. |
115.8 | No fraction of an ordinary share shall be allotted. The Directors may make such provision as they think fit for any fractional entitlements including that the whole or part of the benefit of those fractions accrues to the Company or that the fractional entitlements are accrued and/or retained on behalf of any ordinary shareholder. |
115.9 | In relation to any particular proposed dividend, the Directors may in their absolute discretion resolve and shall so resolve if the Company has insufficient reserves or otherwise does not have the necessary authorities or approvals to issue new ordinary shares: |
68
115.9.1 | that shareholders shall not be entitled to make any election to receive shares in place of a cash dividend and that any election previously made shall not extend to such dividend; or |
115.9.2 | at any time prior to the allotment of the ordinary shares which would otherwise be allotted in lieu of that dividend, that all elections to take shares shall be treated as not applying to that dividend, and if so the dividend shall be paid in cash as if no elections had been made in respect of it. |
ACCOUNTS
116 | ACCOUNTING RECORDS |
Accounting records sufficient to show and explain the Companys transactions and otherwise complying with the Act shall be kept at the Office, or at such place as the Directors think fit. No person shall have any right simply by virtue of being a member to inspect any account or book or document of the Company except as conferred by the Act or ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction or authorized by the Directors.
COMMUNICATIONS WITH MEMBERS
117 | SERVICE OF NOTICES |
117.1 | The Company may, subject to and in accordance with the Act and these Articles, send or supply all types of notices, documents or information to members by electronic means and/or by making such notices, documents or information available on a website. |
117.2 | The Company Communications Provisions have effect, subject to the provisions of Articles 117 to 120, for the purposes of any provision of the Act or these Articles that authorizes or requires notices, documents or information to be sent or supplied by or to the Company. |
117.3 | Any notice, document or information (including a share certificate) which is sent or supplied by the Company in hard copy form, or in electronic form but to be delivered other than by electronic means, and which is sent by pre-paid post and properly addressed shall be deemed to have been received by the intended recipient at the expiration of twenty four hours after the time it was posted (or forty eight hours where first class mail or an equivalent service is not employed for members with a registered address in the United Kingdom). In proving such receipt it shall be sufficient to show that such notice, document or information was properly addressed, pre-paid and posted. |
117.4 | Any notice, document or information which is sent or supplied by the Company by electronic means shall be deemed to have been received by the intended recipient twenty four hours after it was transmitted and in proving such receipt it shall be sufficient to show that such notice, document or information was properly addressed. |
117.5 |
Any notice, document or information which is sent or supplied by the Company by means of a website shall be deemed to have been received when |
69
the material was first made available on the website or, if later, when the recipient received (or, in accordance with this Article 117, is deemed to have received) notice of the fact that the material was available on the website. |
117.6 | Any notice, document or information which is sent or supplied by the Company by means of a relevant system shall be deemed to have been received by the recipient twenty four hours after the Company or any sponsoring system-participant acting on the Companys behalf sends the issuer-instruction relating to the notice, document or information. |
117.7 | An accidental failure to send or late sending of, or non-receipt by any person entitled to, any notice of or other document or information relating to any meeting or other proceeding shall not invalidate the relevant meeting or proceeding. |
117.8 | The provisions of this Article 117 shall have effect in place of the Company Communications Provisions relating to deemed delivery of notices, documents or information. |
117.9 | A notice, document or information served or delivered by the Company by any other means authorized in writing by the member concerned is deemed to be served when the Company has taken the action it has been authorized to take for that purpose. |
117.10 | A member present at a General Meeting of the Company is deemed to have received due notice of the meeting and, where required, of the purposes for which it was called. |
118 | COMMUNICATION WITH JOINT HOLDERS |
118.1 | Anything which needs to be agreed or specified by the joint holders of a share shall for all purposes be taken to be agreed or specified by all the joint holders where it has been agreed or specified by the joint holder whose name stands first in the Register in respect of the share. |
118.2 | If more than one joint holder gives instructions or notifications to the Company pursuant to these Articles then save where these Articles specifically provide otherwise, the Company shall only recognize the instructions or notifications of whichever of the joint holders names appears first in the Register. |
118.3 | Any notice, document or information which is authorized or required to be sent or supplied to joint holders of a share may be sent or supplied to the joint holder whose name stands first in the Register in respect of the share, to the exclusion of the other joint holders. |
118.4 | The provisions of this Article 118 shall have effect in place of the Company Communications Provisions regarding joint holders of shares. |
118.5 |
If two or more persons are registered as joint holders of any share, or are entitled jointly to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of the holder or otherwise by operation of law, any one of them may give instructions |
70
to the Company and give effectual receipts for any dividend or other moneys payable or property distributable on or in respect of the share. |
119 | DECEASED AND BANKRUPT MEMBERS |
119.1 | A person who claims to be entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a member or otherwise by operation of law shall supply to the Company: |
119.1.1 | such evidence as the Directors may reasonably require to show such persons title to the share; and |
119.1.2 | an address at which notices may be sent or supplied to such person. |
119.2 | Subject to complying with Article 119.1, such a person shall be entitled to: |
119.2.1 | have sent or supplied to such address any notice, document or information to which the relevant member would have been entitled. Any notice, document or information so sent or supplied shall for all purposes be deemed to be duly sent or supplied to all persons interested in the share (whether jointly with or as claiming through or under such person); and |
119.2.2 | give instructions or notifications to the Company pursuant to these Articles in relation to the relevant shares and the Company may treat such instruction or notification as duly given by all persons interested in the share (whether jointly with or as claiming through or under such person). |
119.3 | Unless a person entitled to the share has complied with Article 119.1, any notice, document or information sent or supplied to the address of any member pursuant to these Articles shall be deemed to have been duly sent or supplied in respect of any share registered in the name of such member as sole or first- named joint holder. This Article 119.3 shall apply notwithstanding even if such member is dead or bankrupt or in liquidation, and whether or not the Company has notice of such members death or bankruptcy or liquidation. |
119.4 | The provisions of this Article 119 shall have effect in place of the Company Communications Provisions regarding the death or bankruptcy of a member. |
120 | FAILURE TO SUPPLY ADDRESS |
120.1 | The Company shall not be required to send notices, documents or information to a member who (having no registered address within the United States) has not supplied to the Company either a postal address within the United States or an electronic address for the service of notices. Any notice that, notwithstanding this Article 120, is sent to a member whose registered address is not within the United States shall be deemed to have been sent for information purposes only. |
120.2 |
If the Company sends more than one document to a member on separate occasions during a twelve month period and each of them is returned |
71
undelivered then that member will not be entitled to receive notices from the Company until the member has supplied a new postal or electronic address for the service of notices. |
121 | SUSPENSION OF POSTAL SERVICES |
Where, by any suspension or curtailment of postal services, the Company is unable effectively to give notice of a General Meeting, or meeting of the holders of any class of shares, the Directors may decide that the only persons to whom notice of the affected General Meeting must be sent are the Directors, the Companys auditors, those members to whom notice to convene the General Meeting can validly be sent by electronic means and those members to whom notification as to the availability of the notice of meeting on a website can validly be sent by electronic means. In any such case the Company shall also:
121.1 | advertise the General Meeting via the Companys investor relations page at www.cushmanwakefield.com/investorrelations; and |
121.2 | send or supply a confirmatory copy of the notice to members in the same manner as it sends or supplies notices under Article 41 if at least seven clear days before the meeting the posting of notices again becomes practicable. |
122 | SIGNATURE OR AUTHENTICATION OF DOCUMENTS SENT BY ELECTRONIC MEANS |
Where these Articles require a notice or other document to be signed or authenticated by a member or other person, then any notice or other document sent or supplied in electronic form is sufficiently authenticated in any manner authorized by the Company Communications Provisions or in such other manner as may be approved by the Directors. The Directors may designate mechanisms for validating any such notice or other document, and any such notice or other document not so validated by use of such mechanisms shall be deemed not to have been received by the Company.
123 | STATUTORY PROVISIONS AS TO NOTICES |
Nothing in any of these Articles shall affect any provision of the Act that requires or permits any particular notice, document or information to be sent or supplied in any particular manner.
WINDING UP
124 | DIRECTORS POWER TO PETITION |
124.1 | The Directors shall have power in the name and on behalf of the Company to present a petition to the Court for the Company to be wound up. |
124.2 | On a voluntary winding up of the Company the liquidator may, on obtaining any sanction required by law, divide among the members in kind the whole or any part of the assets of the Company, whether or not the assets consist of property of one kind or of different kinds, and vest the whole or any part of the assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the members as he, with the like sanction, shall determine. For this purpose the liquidator may set the |
72
value he deems fair on a class or classes of property, and may determine on the basis of that valuation and in accordance with the then existing rights of members how the division is to be carried out between members or classes of members. The liquidator may not, however, distribute to a member without his consent an asset to which there is attached a liability or potential liability for the owner. |
DESTRUCTION OF DOCUMENTS
125 | DESTRUCTION OF DOCUMENTS |
125.1 | The Company may destroy: |
125.1.1 | all instruments of transfer or other documents which have been registered or on the basis of which registration was made at any time after the expiration of six years from the date of registration; |
125.1.2 | all dividend mandates and notifications of change of address at any time after the expiration of two years from the date of recording of them; |
125.1.3 | all share certificates which have been cancelled at any time after the expiration of one year from the date of the cancellation; |
125.1.4 | all proxy appointments from one year after the end of the meeting to which the appointment relates; and |
125.1.5 | any other document on the basis of which any entry in the register is made at any time after ten years from the date an entry in the register was first made in respect of it. |
125.2 | It shall conclusively be presumed in favor of the Company that: |
125.2.1 | every entry in the Register purporting to have been made on the basis of an instrument of transfer or other document so destroyed was duly and properly made; |
125.2.2 | every instrument of transfer so destroyed was a valid and effective instrument duly and properly registered; |
125.2.3 | every share certificate so destroyed was a valid and effective certificate duly and properly cancelled; and |
125.2.4 | every other document mentioned in this Article 125 so destroyed was a valid and effective document in accordance with the recorded particulars in the books or records of the Company. |
125.3 | The provisions of this Article 125: |
125.3.1 | shall apply only to the destruction of a document in good faith and without notice of any claim to which the document might be relevant; and |
73
125.3.2 | shall not be construed as imposing upon the Company any liability in respect of the destruction of any such document earlier than provided by this Article 125 or in any other circumstances, which would not attach to the Company in the absence of this Article 125. |
125.4 | Any document referred to in this Article 125 may, subject to the Act, be destroyed before the end of the relevant period so long as a copy of such document (whether made electronically or by any other means) has been made and is retained until the end of the relevant period. |
125.5 | References in this Article 125 to the destruction of any document include references to its disposal in any manner. |
DIRECTORS LIABILITIES
126 | INDEMNITY |
126.1 | So far as may be permitted by the Act every Relevant Officer may be indemnified by the Company out of its own funds against: |
126.1.1 | any liability incurred by or attaching to the Relevant Officer in connection with any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust by the Relevant Officer in relation to the Company or any Associated Company of the Company other than: |
(i) any liability to the Company or any Associated Company; and
(ii) any liability of the kind referred to in section 234(3) of the Act; and
126.1.2 | any other liability incurred by or attaching to the Relevant Officer in relation to or in connection with the Relevant Officers duties, powers or office, including in connection with the activities of the Company or an Associated Company in its capacity as a trustee of an occupational pension scheme, subject to the limitations provided for in section 234(3) of the Act. |
126.2 | Where a Relevant Officer is indemnified against any liability in accordance with this Article 126, such indemnity may extend to all costs, charges, losses, expenses and liabilities incurred by the Relevant Officer in relation thereto. |
126.3 | In this Article 126: |
126.3.1 | Associated Company shall have the same meaning as in section 256 of the Act, and |
126.3.2 | Relevant Officer means a Director, former director, officer or former officer of the Company or of an Associated Company of the Company. |
74
127 | INSURANCE |
127.1 | Without prejudice to Article 126, the Directors shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance for or for the benefit of: |
127.1.1 | any person who is or was at any time a Director, Secretary or officer of any Relevant Company (as defined in Article 127.2); or |
127.1.2 | any person who is or was at any time a trustee of any pension fund or employees share scheme in which employees of any Relevant Company are interested, including insurance against any liability (including all costs, charges, losses and expenses in relation to such liability) incurred by or attaching to such person in relation to such persons duties, powers or offices in relation to any Relevant Company, or any such pension fund or employees share scheme. |
127.2 | For the purpose of Article 127.1, Relevant Company shall mean: |
127.2.1 | the Company; |
127.2.2 | any holding company of the Company; |
127.2.3 | any other body, whether or not incorporated, in which the Company or such holding company or any of the predecessors of the Company or of such holding company has or had any interest whether direct or indirect or which is in any way allied to or associated with the Company; or |
127.2.4 | any subsidiary undertaking of the Company or of such other body. |
128 | DEFENCE EXPENDITURE |
128.1 | So far as may be permitted by the Act, the Company may: |
128.1.1 | provide a Relevant Officer with funds (including in advance) to meet expenditure incurred or to be incurred by the Relevant Officer: |
(i) | in defending any criminal or civil proceedings in connection with any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust by the Relevant Officer in relation to the Company or an Associated Company of the Company; or |
(ii) | in connection with any application for relief under the provisions mentioned in section 205(5) of the Act; and |
128.1.2 | do anything to enable any such Relevant Officer to avoid incurring such expenditure. |
128.2 | The terms set out in section 205(2) of the Act shall apply to any provision of funds or other things done under Article 128.1. |
128.3 | So far as may be permitted by the Act, the Company: |
75
128.3.1 | may provide a Relevant Officer with funds to meet expenditure incurred or to be incurred by the Relevant Officer in defending himself/herself in an investigation by a regulatory authority or against action proposed to be taken by a regulatory authority in connection with any alleged negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust by the Relevant Officer in relation to the Company or any Associated Company of the Company; and |
128.3.2 | may do anything to enable any such Relevant Officer to avoid incurring such expenditure. |
128.4 | In this Article 128: |
128.4.1 | Associated Company shall have the same meaning as in section 256 of the Act; and |
128.4.2 | Relevant Officer means a Director, former Director, Secretary or officer of the Company or of an Associated Company of the Company. |
129 | FORUM |
129.1 | Unless the Company by ordinary resolution consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum in the United States, the federal district courts of the United States shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act ). |
129.2 | Save in respect of any cause of action arising under the Securities Act, by subscribing for or acquiring shares, the member submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of England and Wales all disputes between himself or herself (in that members capacity as such) and the Company or the Director, or related to or connected with any derivative claim in respect of a cause of action vested in the Company or seeking relief on behalf of the Company, against the Company and/or the Board and/or any of the directors, former directors, officers or other employees or members individually, arising out of or in connection with these Articles or (to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law) otherwise. To the fullest extent permitted by law, any person purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares in the capital of the Company shall be deemed to have notice of and consents to the provisions of this Article 129. |
129.3 | The governing law of these Articles is the law of England and Wales and these Articles shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of England and Wales. |
130 | OTHER DEPOSITARY INTERESTS |
130.1 |
The Directors shall, subject always to applicable law and the provisions of these Articles, have power to implement or approve (or both) any arrangements which they may, in their absolute discretion, think fit in relation |
76
to (without limitation) the evidencing of title to and transfer of Depositary Interests or similar interests in shares. |
130.2 | The Directors may from time to time take such actions and do such things as they may, in their absolute direction, think fit in relation to the operation of any such arrangements under Article 130.1 including, without limitation, treating Depositary Interest Holders as if they were holders directly of the shares or interests in shares represented thereby for the purposes of compliance with any obligations imposed under these Articles on members. |
130.3 | If and to the extent that the Directors implement or approve (or both) any arrangements in relation to the evidencing of title to and transfer of Depositary Interests or similar interests in shares in accordance with Articles 130.2 and 130.3, the Directors shall ensure that such arrangements provide (in so far as is practicable): |
130.3.1 | a Depositary Interest Holder with the same or equivalent rights as a member of the Company, including, without limitation, in relation to the exercise of voting rights and provision of information; and |
130.3.2 | the Company and the Directors with the same or equivalent powers as given under these Articles in respect of a member of the Company, including, without limitation, the powers of the Directors under Article 67, so that such power may be exercised against a Depositary Interest Holder and the shares or interest in shares represented by such Depositary Interest Holder. |
131 | MANDATORY OFFER PROVISIONS |
131.1 | A person (other than a Depositary) must not: |
131.1.1 | effect or purport to effect a Prohibited Acquisition (as defined in Article 131.11); or |
131.1.2 | except as a result of a Permitted Acquisition (as defined in Article 131.8): |
(i) | whether by a series of transactions over a period of time or not, acquire an interest in shares which (taken together with shares in which persons determined by the Board to be acting in concert with him or her are interested) carry 30 per cent or more of the voting rights of the Company; or |
(ii) |
whilst he or she (together with persons determined by the Board to be acting in concert with him or her) is interested in shares that in aggregate carry not less than 30 per cent but not more than 50 per cent of the voting rights of the Company, acquire, whether by himself or herself or with persons determined by the Board to be acting in concert with him or her, an interest in any other shares that (taken together with any interests in shares held by persons determined by the Board to be acting in concert with him or her) |
77
increases the percentage of shares carrying voting rights in which he or she is interested, |
(each of (i) and (ii), a Limit ).
131.2 | Where any person (other than a Depositary) breaches any Limit, except as a result of a Permitted Acquisition, or becomes interested in any shares as a result of a Prohibited Acquisition, that person is in breach of these Articles. |
131.3 | Where the Board has any reason to believe that any Limit is or may be breached or any Prohibited Acquisition has been or may be effected, it may require any member or any other person (other than, in each case, a Depositary in its capacity as Depositary) to provide details of (i) any persons acting in concert with such member or other person, (ii) any interests in shares of such member (or other person or any persons acting in concert with them), and (iii) any other information, as in each case the Board considers appropriate to determine any of the matters under this Article 131. |
131.4 | Where the Board determines (at any time and without any requirement to have first exercised any of its rights under Article 131.3) that any Limit is breached (and, in the case of a breach of a Limit which is capable of becoming a Permitted Acquisition in accordance with the provisions of Article 131.8.3, at any time that such acquisition has not become a Permitted Acquisition) or any Prohibited Acquisition has been effected (or is purported) by any person (such person, together with any persons determined by the Board to be acting in concert with him or her, being Breaching Persons ), the Board may do all or any of the following: |
131.4.1 | require any member or person appearing or purporting to be interested in any shares of the Company or any other person (other than, in each case, a Depositary in its capacity as Depositary) to provide such information as the Board considers appropriate to determine any of the matters under this Article 131 (including, without limitation, information regarding (i) any persons acting in concert with such member or other person, and (ii) any interests in shares of such member (or other person or any persons acting in concert with any of them); |
131.4.2 | have regard to such public filings as it considers appropriate to determine any of the matters under this Article 131; |
131.4.3 | make such determinations under this Article 131 as it thinks fit, either after calling for submissions from affected members or other persons or without calling for such submissions; |
131.4.4 |
determine that, in respect of any shares held by the Breaching Persons, or in respect of which the Breaching Persons are interested, in breach of this Article 131 (together, Relevant Shares ), any shares voted (either in person or by proxy) at a General Meeting or at a separate meeting of the holders of a class of shares or on a poll shall be |
78
disregarded and shall not be counted by the Company with respect to the matter(s) being voted upon; |
131.4.5 | determine that any dividend or other distribution (or any part of a dividend or other distribution) or other amount payable in respect of the Relevant Shares that has been paid by the Company shall be repayable in full on demand by the Breaching Person upon receipt of a written notice to the same from the Company (or, to the extent that the relevant member elected, pursuant to Article 115, to receive shares instead of a dividend, such shares will be surrendered to the Company for nil consideration); |
131.4.6 | determine that no transfer of any certificated Relevant Shares (other than any Relevant Shares held by a Depositary in its capacity as Depositary) to or from a Breaching Person shall be registered; and |
131.4.7 | take such other action as it thinks fit for the purposes of this Article 131, including: |
(i) | prescribing rules (not inconsistent with this Article 131); |
(ii) | setting deadlines for the provision of information; |
(iii) | drawing adverse inferences where information requested is not provided; |
(iv) | making determinations or interim determinations; |
(v) | appointing an expert to advise the Board on any issues arising from this Article 131, including any questions of interpretation; |
(vi) | executing documents on behalf of a member; |
(vii) | converting any Relevant Shares held in uncertificated form into certificated form, or vice-versa; |
(viii) | paying costs and expenses out of proceeds of sale; and |
(ix) | changing any decision or determination or rule previously made. |
131.5 | For the purpose of enforcing the sanction in Article 131.4.6, the Board may give notice to the relevant member requiring the member to change the Relevant Shares held in uncertificated form to certificated form by the time stated in the notice. The notice may also state that the member may not change any Relevant Shares held in certificated form to uncertificated form. If the member does not comply with the notice, the Board may require the Operator to convert Relevant Shares held in uncertificated form into certificated form in the name and on behalf of the relevant member in accordance with the Uncertificated Securities Regulations. |
131.6 |
Where any Relevant Shares are held by any Depositary in its capacity as a Depositary, the provisions of this Article 131 shall be treated as applying only |
79
to such Relevant Shares held by any such Depositary and not to any other shares held by the relevant Depositary. |
131.7 | The Depositary shall not be in breach of Article 131.1 or Article 131.2 or be a Breaching Person solely as a result of holding any shares (or interests in shares) in its capacity as Depositary, provided that any shares held by the Depositary may still be Relevant Shares. Notwithstanding the preceding sentences, all interests in shares (including Depositary Shares) held by or on behalf of persons other than the Depositary shall be taken into account for all purposes of this Article 131. |
131.8 | An acquisition is a Permitted Acquisition (or, in the case of Article 131.8.3, an acquisition will become a Permitted Acquisition upon completion of the making and implementation of a Mandatory Offer in accordance with, and compliance with the other provisions of, Article 131.8.3) if: |
131.8.1 | the Board consents in advance to the acquisition or the acquisition is pursuant to an offer made by or on behalf of the acquirer that is recommended by the Board, or |
131.8.2 | the acquisition is made as a result of a voluntary offer made and implemented, save to the extent that the Board determines otherwise: |
(i) | for all of the issued and outstanding shares of the Company (except not necessarily for those already held by the acquirer), |
(ii) | in cash (or accompanied by a cash alternative), |
(iii) | at a price not less than the highest price at which the Offeror (or any person acting in concert with it) has acquired or been issued shares in the 12 month period prior to such offer being made, |
(iv) | with the offer being open for acceptances for at least 14 days after such offer becomes or is declared unconditional as to acceptances, and |
(v) | otherwise in accordance with the provisions of the City Code (as if the City Code applied to the Company), or |
131.8.3 | the acquisition is made pursuant to a single transaction which causes a breach of a Limit (otherwise than as a result of an offer) and provided that: |
(i) | no further acquisitions are made by the acquirer (or any persons determined by the Board to be acting in concert with him or her) other than (i) pursuant to a Mandatory Offer made in accordance with Article 131.8.3 (ii) or (ii) that are Permitted Acquisitions under Article 131.8.1, 131.8.4 or 131.8.5, provided that no such further acquisition (other than pursuant to a Mandatory Offer made in accordance with Article 131.8.3(ii)) shall be or become, in any event, a Permitted Acquisition under this Article 131.8.3(i), and |
80
(ii) | the acquirer makes, within 7 days of such breach, and does not subsequently withdraw, an offer which, except to the extent the Board determines otherwise, is made and implemented in accordance with Rule 9 and the other relevant provisions of the City Code (as if it so applied to the Company) (a Mandatory Offer ), and (for the avoidance of doubt) acquisitions pursuant to a Mandatory Offer shall (subject to compliance with the other provisions of this Article 131.8.3) also be Permitted Acquisitions, or |
131.8.4 | the acquisition was approved previously by an ordinary resolution passed by a General Meeting if no votes are cast in favour of the resolution by: |
(i) | the person proposing to make the acquisition and any persons determined by the Board to be acting in concert with him or her; or |
(ii) | the persons (if any) from whom the acquirer (together with persons determined by the Board to be acting in concert with him or her) has agreed to acquire shares or has otherwise obtained an irrevocable commitment in relation to the acquisition of shares by the acquirer or any persons determined by the Board to be acting in concert with him or her; or |
131.8.5 | there is an increase in the percentage of the voting rights attributable to an interest in shares held by a person or by persons determined by the Board to be acting in concert with him or her and such an increase would constitute a breach of any Limit where such increase results from the Company redeeming or purchasing its own shares or interests in shares. |
131.9 | Unless the Board determines otherwise, in the case of a Permitted Acquisition pursuant to Article 131.8.1, 131.8.2 or 131.8.3 above, an offer must also be made in accordance with Rule 15 of the City Code (as if Rule 15 applied to the Company). |
131.10 | No acquisition of any interest in shares which would give rise to a requirement for an offer pursuant to Article 131.8.3 may be made (and the Board shall be entitled to refuse to register any transfer of shares effecting such acquisition) if the making or implementation of such offer would or might be dependent on the passing of a resolution at any meeting of members of the offeror or upon any other conditions, consents or arrangements without the permission of the Board. |
131.11 |
Unless (a) the acquisition is a Permitted Acquisition, or (b) the Board determines otherwise, an acquisition of an interest in shares is a Prohibited Acquisition if Rules 4 (Restrictions on dealings), 5 (Timing restrictions on acquisitions), 6 (Acquisition resulting in an obligation to offer a minimum level of consideration), 8.1 (Disclosure by an Offeror), 8.4 (Disclosure by Concert Parties) or 11 (Nature of consideration to be offered) of the City Code would in whole or part apply to the acquisition if the Company were subject to |
81
the City Code and the acquisition of such interest in shares were made (or, if not yet made, would, if and when made, be) in breach of or otherwise would not comply with Rules 4, 5, 6, 8.1, 8.4 or 11 of the City Code. |
131.12 | The Board has full authority to determine the application of this Article 131 including as to the deemed application of relevant parts of the City Code (as if it applied to the Company). Such authority shall include all discretion vested in the Panel on Takeovers and Mergers (as if the City Code applied to the Company). Any resolution or determination of, or decision or exercise of any discretion or power by, the Board acting in good faith and on such grounds as the Board shall genuinely consider reasonable, irrespective of whether such grounds would be considered reasonable by any other party with or without the benefit of hindsight, shall be conclusive and binding on all persons concerned and shall not be open to challenge, whether as to its validity or otherwise on any ground whatsoever and, in the absence of fraud, the Board shall not owe any duty of care to or have any liability to any person in respect of any cost, loss or expense as a result of any such resolution, determination, decision or exercise of any discretion or power. The Board shall not be required to give any reasons for any decision, determination, resolution or declaration taken or made in accordance with this Article 131. |
131.13 | At all times when the Company is in an offer period pursuant to Article 131.8.3, each member (other than a Depositary) shall comply with the disclosure obligations set out in Rule 8 of the City Code as if the City Code applied to the Company, provided that members shall make any required disclosures to the Board on a private basis. |
131.14 | Neither a Depositary nor a receiver, liquidator or administrator of a company, or any other insolvency or bankruptcy official, is required to make an offer under Article 131.8.3 when he or it acquires an interest in shares carrying 30 per cent or more of the voting rights in the Company in his or its capacity as such, but Article 131.8.3 shall, for the avoidance of doubt, apply to a purchaser from any such liquidator or administrator of the company or any other insolvency or bankruptcy official. |
131.15 | Any one of more of the Directors may act as the attorney(s) of any member in relation to the execution of documents and other actions to be taken for the sale of Relevant Shares determined by the Board under this Article 131. |
131.16 | No nominee of an offeror or persons acting in concert with it may be appointed as a director, nor may an offeror or any persons acting in concert with it exercise the votes attaching to any shares until the relevant offer has been declared unconditional in all respects. |
131.17 | If a Director is affiliated with any offeror or persons acting in concert with it under this Article 131, he or she shall forthwith vacate his or her office if his or her resignation is requested by notice tendered at a meeting of the Board by a majority of the other Directors who are not so affiliated. For the purposes of this Article 131.17, like notices signed by each such Director shall be effective as a single notice signed by all such Directors. |
82
131.18 | If any provision under this Article 131 or any part of any such provision is held under any circumstances to be invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, then (i) such provision or part thereof shall, with respect to such circumstances and in such jurisdiction, be deemed amended to conform to applicable laws so as to be valid and enforceable to the fullest possible extent, (ii) the invalidity or unenforceability of such provision or part thereof under such circumstances and in such jurisdiction shall not affect the validity or enforceability of such provision or part thereof under any other circumstances or in any other jurisdiction, and (iii) the invalidity or unenforceability of such provision or part thereof shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the remainder of such provision or the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Article 131. Each provision of this Article 131 is severable from every other provision of this Article 131, and each such part of each provision of such Article is severable from every other part of such provision. |
131.19 | Where used in this Article 131, the phrase City Code shall mean the City Code on Takeovers and Mergers as promulgated by the Panel on Takeovers and Mergers, as amended from time to time, and the phrase Panel on Takeovers and Mergers shall mean the Panel on Takeovers and Mergers or such other authority designated as the supervisory authority in the United Kingdom to carry out certain regulatory functions in relation to takeovers under the EC Directive on Takeover Bids (2004/25/EC). |
131.20 | Where used in this Article 131, the phrases offer , interest in shares , acting in concert and voting rights shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the City Code. For the avoidance of doubt, an interest in shares includes an interest in Depositary Interests. |
131.21 | This Article 131 only applies whilst the City Code does not apply to the Company. Nothing in this Article 131 shall apply to any sale, transfer or grant of shares or any interest in shares by, or acquisition of shares or any interest in shares from an Investor (or any of its Affiliates), unless the Investor (or Affiliate) otherwise determines by notice in writing to the Company in any case, provided that such Investor (and its Affiliates) has the right to sell shares pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition in the same manner as other members. Nothing in this Article 131 shall apply to any acquisition of shares or any interest in shares by an Investor (or any of its Affiliates). |
83
APPENDIX
SUMMARY OF EXAMPLE TERMS
RIGHTS TO PURCHASE SHARES OF CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD PLC
Subject to the provisions of the Companies Act 2006 and every other enactment from time to time in force concerning companies (including any orders, regulations or other subordinate legislation made under the Companies Act 2006 or any such other enactment), so far as they apply to or affect Cushman & Wakefield plc (the Company ), the Board of Directors of the Company (the Board ) may exercise any power of the Company to establish a shareholders rights plan (the Rights Plan ). The Rights Plan may be in such form as the Board shall in its absolute discretion decide and may in particular (but without restriction or limitation) include such terms as are described in this Summary of Example Terms.
Pursuant to the Rights Plan, the Board would declare and issue one Share Purchase Right (a Right ) for each outstanding Ordinary Share or Depositary Interest of the Company (the Ordinary Shares ). Each Right would entitle the registered holder, upon payment to the Company of the price per Right specified in the Rights Plan, to have delivered to such holder Ordinary Shares, Depositary Interests or shares of any other class or series of the Company as specified in the Rights Plan (a Share ), subject to adjustment.
Initially, the Rights would be attached to all outstanding Ordinary Shares or Depositary Interests, as applicable, and no separate certificates evidencing Rights (each, a Rights Certificate ) would be distributed. Subject to certain exceptions that would be specified in the Rights Plan, the Rights would separate from the Ordinary Shares or Depositary Interests, as applicable, upon the earlier of (i) 10 business days following a public announcement that a person or group of affiliated or associated persons (other than any Investor) (an Acquiring Person ) had acquired beneficial ownership of 15 per cent or more of the outstanding Ordinary Shares and Depositary Interests (the Share Acquisition Date ), other than as a result of repurchases of Ordinary Shares and Depositary Interests by the Company or acquisitions by certain Exempt Persons (as defined below), or (ii) 10 Business Days (or such later date as the Board would determine) following the commencement of a tender offer or exchange offer that would result in a person or group becoming an Acquiring Person (the earlier of the events described in clauses (i) and (ii) herein being called the Distribution Date ). An Exempt Person would mean each person that beneficially owns, on the date that the Rights are declared (the Rights Dividend Declaration Date ), a number of Ordinary Shares and Depositary Interests representing more than 15 per cent of the outstanding Ordinary Shares and Depositary Interests, except that each such person would be considered an Exempt Person only if and so long as the Ordinary Shares and Depositary Interests that are beneficially owned by such person do not exceed the number of Ordinary Shares and Depositary Interests which are beneficially owned by such person on the Rights Dividend Declaration Date, plus any additional Ordinary Shares and Depositary Interests representing not more than 1 per cent of the Ordinary Shares and Depositary Interests then outstanding, and except that a person would cease to be an Exempt Person immediately at such time as such person ceases to be the beneficial owner of more than 15 per cent of the outstanding Ordinary Shares and Depositary Interests.
Until the Distribution Date, (i) the Rights would be evidenced by the balances in the book-entry account system of the transfer agent for the Ordinary Shares and Depositary Interests registered in the names of the holders of the Ordinary Shares and Depositary Interests,
(ii) any confirmation or written notices sent to holders of the Ordinary Shares and Depositary Interests in book-entry form and any new certificates evidencing the Ordinary Shares or Depositary Interests, as applicable, issued after the Record Date would contain a notation incorporating the Rights Plan by reference, and (iii) the transfer of Ordinary Shares or Depositary Interests outstanding, as applicable, would also constitute the transfer of the Rights associated with such Ordinary Shares or Depositary Interests, as applicable. Pursuant to the Rights Plan, the Company would reserve the right to require prior to the occurrence of a Triggering Event (as defined below) that, upon any exercise of Rights, a number of Rights be exercised so that only whole Shares, as applicable, would be issued.
The Rights would not be exercisable until the Distribution Date and would expire on a date certain to be specified in the Rights Plan (the Final Expiration Date ), unless the Rights Plan were earlier terminated or such date were extended or the Rights were earlier redeemed or exchanged by the Company as described below.
As soon as practicable after the Distribution Date, Rights Certificates would be mailed to holders of record of the Ordinary Shares and Depositary Interests, as applicable, as of the close of business on the Distribution Date and, thereafter, the separate Rights Certificates alone would represent the Rights.
In the event that a person were to become an Acquiring Person, each holder of a Right would thereafter have the right to receive, upon exercise, Ordinary Shares or Depositary Interests, as applicable (or, in certain circumstances, cash, property or other securities of the Company), having a value (as determined pursuant to the Rights Plan) equal to two times the exercise price of the Right. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, following the occurrence of the event described in this paragraph, all Rights that were, or (under certain circumstances specified in the Rights Plan) had been, beneficially owned by any Acquiring Person would be null and void.
In the event that a person were to become an Acquiring Person and (i) the Company were to engage in a merger or other business combination transaction in which the Company were not the surviving corporation, (ii) the Company were to engage in a merger or other business combination transaction in which the Company was the surviving corporation and the Ordinary Shares and Depositary Interests of the Company were changed or exchanged, or (iii) 50 per cent or more of the Companys assets, cash flow or earning power were sold or transferred, each holder of a Right (except Rights which had previously been voided as set forth above) would thereafter have the right to receive, upon exercise, common stock of the acquiring company having a value equal to two times the exercise price of the Right. The events set forth in this paragraph and in the preceding paragraph would be referred to as the Triggering Events .
At any time after a person or group were to become an Acquiring Person and prior to the acquisition by such person or group of 50 per cent or more of the outstanding Ordinary Shares and Depositary Interests, the Board of Directors would have the right to exchange the Rights (other than Rights owned by such person or group which had become null and void), in whole or in part, for Shares at an exchange ratio of one Share per Right (subject to adjustment). If an insufficient number of Shares were available for such exchange despite the Companys good faith efforts to authorize additional Shares, the Company would substitute a number of shares of another equity or debt security of the Company or a fraction thereof for each Share that would otherwise be issuable.
The Purchase Price payable, and the number of Shares or property issuable, upon exercise of the Rights would be subject to adjustment from time to time to prevent dilution (i) in the event of a stock dividend on, or a subdivision, combination or reclassification of, the Shares, (ii) if holders of the Shares were granted certain rights or warrants to subscribe for Shares or convertible securities at less than the current market price of the Shares, or (iii) upon the distribution to holders of the Shares of evidences of indebtedness or assets (excluding regular quarterly cash dividends) or of subscription rights or warrants (other than those referred to above).
With certain exceptions, no adjustment in the Purchase Price would be required until cumulative adjustments amounted to at least 1 per cent of the Purchase Price. No fractional Units would be issued and, in lieu thereof, an adjustment in cash would be made based on the market price of the Shares on the last trading date prior to the date of exercise.
At any time prior to the Share Acquisition Date, the Company would have the right to redeem the Rights in whole, but not in part, at a price of $0.001 per Right (payable in cash, Ordinary Shares or other consideration deemed appropriate by the Board of Directors) or amend the Rights Plan to change the Final Expiration Date to another date, including without limitation an earlier date. Immediately upon the action of the Board of Directors ordering redemption of the Rights, the Rights would terminate and the only right of the holders of Rights would be to receive the $0.001 redemption price.
Until a Right were to be exercised, the holder thereof, as such, would have no separate rights as a shareholder of the Company, including, without limitation, the right to vote or to receive dividends in respect of the Rights. While the distribution of the Rights would not generally be taxable to shareholders or to the Company, shareholders could, depending upon the circumstances, recognize taxable income in the event that the Rights were to become exercisable for Ordinary Shares (or other consideration) of the Company or for common stock of the acquiring company or in the event of the redemption of the Rights as set forth above.
Any of the provisions of the Rights Plan could be amended by the Board of Directors of the Company prior to the Share Acquisition Date. After the Share Acquisition Date, the provisions of the Rights Plan could only be amended by the Board of Directors in order to cure any ambiguity, to correct any defect or inconsistency or to make changes that would not adversely affect the interests of holders of Rights.
Copies of the Rights Plan would be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an Exhibit to a Registration Statement on Form 8-A of the Company and as an Exhibit to a Current Report on Form 8-K. A copy of the Rights Plan would also be made available free of charge from the Company.
Exhibit 10.24
CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD PLC
2018 OMNIBUS MANAGEMENT SHARE AND CASH INCENTIVE PLAN
(Effective as of June 19, 2018)
1. |
Purpose of the Plan |
This Plan is intended to promote the interests of the Company and its shareholders by providing certain employees, consultants or independent contractors of the Company with incentives and rewards to encourage them to continue in the service of the Company.
2. |
Definitions |
As used in the Plan or in any instrument governing the terms of any Incentive Award, the following definitions apply to the terms indicated below:
(a) Affiliate means, with respect to a specified Person, a Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the specified Person.
(b) Award Agreement means a written or electronic agreement, in a form determined by the Committee from time to time, entered into by each Participant and the Company, evidencing the grant of an Incentive Award under the Plan.
(c) Board of Directors means the Board of Directors of C&W.
(d) C&W means Cushman & Wakefield plc, a public limited company incorporated under the law of England and Wales, whose registration number is 11414195 (and any successor thereto).
(e) Cash Incentive Award means an award granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 8 of the Plan.
(f) Change in Control means, unless otherwise defined in the Award Agreement, (i) any one Person, or more than one Person acting as a group (as defined under Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-3(i)(5)(v)(B)), other than C&W, the Consortium or any employee benefit plan sponsored by C&W, acquires ownership of shares of C&W that, together with shares held by such Person or group, constitutes more than 50 percent of the total fair market value or total Voting Power of the shares of C&W; (ii) any one Person, or more than one Person acting as a group (as defined under Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-3(i)(5)(v)(B)) other than C&W, the Consortium or any employee benefit plan sponsored by C&W acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such Person or Persons) ownership of shares of C&W possessing 30 percent or more of the total Voting Power of the shares of C&W; (iii) a majority of members of the Board of Directors is replaced during any 36-month period by directors whose appointment or election is (x) not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors before the date of each appointment or election or (y) approved in connection with any actual or threatened contest for election to positions on the Board of Directors; (iv) any one Person, or more than one Person acting as a group (as defined in Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-3(i)(5)(v)(B)) acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such Person or Persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 40 percent of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately before such acquisition or acquisitions, or (v) a merger, consolidation, reorganization or similar transaction with or into C&W or in which securities of C&W are issued, as a result of which the holders of Voting Securities of C&W immediately before such event own, directly or indirectly, immediately after such event less than 50% of the combined Voting Power of the outstanding Voting Securities of the parent corporation resulting from, or issuing its Voting Securities as part of, such event. For purposes of subsection (iv), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of,
1
determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an event described herein shall be considered a Change in Control for distribution or payment purposes only if it constitutes a change in control event under Section 409A of the Code, to the extent necessary to avoid adverse tax consequences thereunder.
(g) Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and all regulations, interpretations and administrative guidance issued thereunder.
(h) Committee means the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors or such other committee as the Board of Directors shall appoint from time to time to administer the Plan and to otherwise exercise and perform the authority and functions assigned to the Committee under the terms of the Plan.
(i) Company means C&W and all of its Subsidiaries, collectively.
(j) Consortium means, collectively or individually as the context requires, TPG Asia VI SF Pte. Ltd, PAGAC Drone Holding I LP, and 2339532 Ontario Ltd and/or their respective Affiliates for so long as such Person is subject to any orderly market sell-down provision, or any other trading restriction, contained in the Coordination Agreement (as defined in the GenPar LPA) and provided such Person has agreed to be bound by, and adhere to, the governance arrangements of the Partnership or, if applicable, the IPO Company (each as defined in the GenPar LPA) contemplated by the Coordination Agreement.
(k) Deferred Compensation Plan means any plan, agreement or arrangement maintained by the Company from time to time that provides opportunities for deferral of compensation.
(l) Effective Date means the date the Plan is adopted.
(m) Employment means the period during which an individual is classified or treated by the Company as an employee, consultant or independent contractor of the Company.
(n) Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
(o) Fair Market Value means, with respect to an Ordinary Share, as of the applicable date of determination or if the exchange is not open for trading on such date, the immediately preceding day on which the exchange is open for trading, the closing price as reported on the date of determination on the principal securities exchange on which Ordinary Shares are then listed or admitted to trading (the Securities Exchange). In the event that the price of an Ordinary Share shall not be so reported, the Fair Market Value of an Ordinary Share shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion taking into account the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.
(p) GenPar LPA means the First Amended and Restated Limited Liability Partnership Agreement of DTZ Investment Holdings GenPar LLP, as such may be amended from time to time in accordance with its terms.
(q) Incentive Award means one or more Share Incentive Awards and/or Cash Incentive Awards, collectively.
(r) Option means a stock option to purchase Ordinary Shares granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 6.
(s) Ordinary Shares means C&Ws ordinary shares of $0.10 nominal value, or any other security into which the ordinary shares shall be changed pursuant to the adjustment provisions of section 9 of the Plan, or depositary receipts or instruments representing the same.
(t) Other Share-Based Award means an award granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 7.
2
(u) Participant means an employee, consultant or independent contractor of the Company who is eligible to participate in the Plan and to whom one or more Incentive Awards have been granted pursuant to the Plan and have not been fully settled or cancelled and, following the death of any such Person, his successors, heirs, executors and administrators, as the case may be.
(v) Person means a person as such term is used in Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act, including any group within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) under the Exchange Act.
(w) Plan means the [Cushman & Wakefield] 2018 Omnibus Management Share and Cash Incentive Plan, as it may be amended from time to time.
(x) Registration Date means the effective date of the first registration statement that is filed by C&W and declared effective pursuant to 12(g) of the Exchange Act, with respect to any class of C&Ws securities.
(y) Securities Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(z) Share Incentive Award means an Option or Other Share-Based Award granted pursuant to the terms of the Plan.
(aa) Subsidiary means any subsidiary within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act.
(bb) Substitute Award means Incentive Awards that result from the assumption of, or are in substitution for, outstanding awards previously granted by a company or other entity acquired, directly or indirectly, by C&W or one of its Subsidiaries or with which C&W or one of its Subsidiaries combines.
(cc) Voting Power means the number of votes available to be cast (determined by reference to the maximum number of votes entitled to be cast by the holders of Voting Securities upon any matter submitted to shareholders where the holders of all Voting Securities vote together as a single class) by the holders of Voting Securities.
(dd) Voting Securities means any securities or other ownership interests of an entity entitled, or which may be entitled, to vote on the election of directors, or securities or other ownership interests which are convertible into, or exercisable in exchange for, such Voting Securities, whether or not subject to the passage of time or any contingency.
3. |
Shares Subject to the Plan |
The maximum number of Ordinary Shares that may be covered by Incentive Awards granted under the Plan shall not exceed 9,800,000 Ordinary Shares in the aggregate. Out of such aggregate, the maximum number of Ordinary Shares that may be covered by Options that are designated as incentive stock options within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code shall not exceed 9,800,000 Ordinary Shares. The maximum number of shares referred to in the preceding sentences of this Section 3(a) shall in each case be subject to adjustment as provided in Section 9 and the following provisions of this Section 3. Of the shares described, 100% may be delivered in connection with full-value Awards, meaning Incentive Awards other than Options or stock appreciation rights. Any shares granted under any Incentive Awards shall be counted against the share limit on a one-for-one basis. Ordinary Shares issued under the Plan may be unissued shares, treasury shares, shares purchased by the Company or by an employee benefit trust or similar vehicle in the open market, or any combination of the preceding categories as the Committee determines in its sole discretion.
3
For purposes of the preceding paragraph, Ordinary Shares covered by Incentive Awards shall only be counted as used to the extent they are actually issued and delivered to a Participant (or such Participants permitted transferees as described in the Plan) pursuant to the Plan; provided, however, that if Ordinary Shares are tendered (either actually or through attestation) or withheld to pay the exercise price of an Option or stock appreciation right or to satisfy any tax withholding requirement in connection with an Option or stock appreciation right, both the shares issued (if any) and the shares withheld will be deemed delivered for purposes of determining the number of Ordinary Shares that are available for delivery under the Plan. For the avoidance of doubt, Ordinary Shares that are tendered (either actually or through attestation) or withheld to satisfy any tax withholding requirement in connection with any full-value Awards shall be added to the number of Ordinary Shares that are available for delivery under the Plan. In addition, if Ordinary Shares are issued subject to conditions which may result in the forfeiture, cancellation or return of such shares to the Company, any portion of the shares forfeited, cancelled or returned shall be treated as not issued pursuant to the Plan. Ordinary Shares underlying Incentive Awards that are settled for cash shall be added to the number of Ordinary Shares that are available for delivery under the Plan. Ordinary Shares covered by Incentive Awards granted pursuant to the Plan in connection with the assumption, replacement, conversion or adjustment of outstanding equity-based awards in the context of a corporate acquisition or merger (within the meaning of Section 303A.08 of the New York Stock Exchange Listed Company Manual) shall not count as used under the Plan for purposes of this Section 3.
4. |
Administration of the Plan |
The Plan shall be administered by a Committee of the Board of Directors consisting of two or more Persons, each of whom qualifies as a non-employee director (within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 promulgated under Section 16 of the Exchange Act), and as independent as required by NYSE or any security exchange on which the Ordinary Shares are listed, in each case if and to the extent required by applicable law or necessary to meet the requirements of such Rule, Section or listing requirement at the time of determination. From time to time, the Board may increase or decrease the size of the Committee, add additional members to, remove members (with or without cause) from, appoint new members in substitution therefor, and fill vacancies, however caused, in the Committee. The Committee shall, consistent with the terms of the Plan, from time to time designate those individuals who shall be granted Incentive Awards under the Plan and the amount, type and other terms and conditions of such Incentive Awards. All of the powers and responsibilities of the Committee under the Plan may be delegated by the Committee, in writing, to any subcommittee thereof, in which case the acts of such subcommittee shall be deemed to be acts of the Committee hereunder. The Committee may also from time to time authorize a subcommittee consisting of one or more members of the Board of Directors (including members who are employees of the Company) or employees of the Company to grant Incentive Awards to Persons who are not executive officers of the Company (within the meaning of Rule 16a-1 under the Exchange Act), subject to such restrictions and limitations as the Committee may specify and to the requirements of applicable law.
The Committee shall have full discretionary authority to administer the Plan, including discretionary authority to interpret and construe any and all provisions of the Plan and any Award Agreement thereunder, and to adopt, amend and rescind from time to time such rules and regulations for the administration of the Plan, including rules and regulations related to sub-plans established for the purpose of satisfying applicable foreign laws and/or qualifying for preferred tax treatment under applicable foreign tax laws, as the Committee may deem necessary or appropriate. Decisions of the Committee shall be final, binding and conclusive on all parties. For the avoidance of doubt, the Committee may exercise all discretion granted to it under the Plan in a non-uniform manner among Participants.
The Committee may delegate the administration of the Plan to one or more officers or employees of the Company, and such administrator(s) may have the authority to execute and distribute Award Agreements, to maintain records relating to Incentive Awards, to process or oversee the issuance of Ordinary Shares under Incentive Awards, to interpret and administer the terms of Incentive Awards, and to take such other actions as may be necessary or appropriate for the administration of the Plan and of Incentive Awards under the Plan, provided that in no case shall any such administrator be authorized (i) to grant Incentive Awards under the Plan (except in connection with any delegation made by the Committee pursuant to the first paragraph of this Section 4), (ii) to take any action inconsistent with Section 409A of the Code or (iii) to take any action inconsistent with applicable law. Any action by any such administrator within the scope of its delegation shall be deemed for all purposes to have
4
been taken by the Committee and, except as otherwise specifically provided, references in this Plan to the Committee shall include any such administrator. The Committee and, to the extent it so provides, any subcommittee, shall have sole authority to determine whether to review any actions and/or interpretations of any such administrator, and if the Committee shall decide to conduct such a review, any such actions and/or interpretations of any such administrator shall be subject to approval, disapproval, or modification by the Committee.
On or after the date of grant of an Incentive Award under the Plan, the Committee may (i) accelerate the date on which any such Incentive Award becomes vested, exercisable or transferable, as the case may be, (ii) extend the term of any such Incentive Award, including, without limitation, extending the period following a termination of a Participants Employment during which any such Incentive Award may remain outstanding, (iii) waive any conditions to the vesting, exercisability or transferability, as the case may be, of any such Incentive Award or (iv) provide for the payment of dividends or dividend equivalents with respect to any such Incentive Award; provided , that the Committee shall not have any such authority to the extent that the grant of such authority would cause any tax to become due under Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, except in connection with a Change in Control or as permitted under Section 9, the Company shall not (x) reprice (within the meaning of Section 303A.08 of the New York Stock Exchange Listed Company Manual and any other formal or informal guidance issued by the New York Stock Exchange) any Option or stock appreciation right or (y) purchase underwater Options or stock appreciation rights from a Participant for value in excess of zero, in each case without the approval of the shareholders of C&W.
The Company shall pay any amount payable with respect to an Incentive Award in accordance with the terms of such Incentive Award, provided that the Committee may, in its discretion, defer, or give a Participant the election to defer, the payment of amounts payable with respect to an Incentive Award subject to and in accordance with the terms of a Deferred Compensation Plan.
No member of the Committee shall be liable for any action, omission, or determination relating to the Plan, and C&W shall indemnify and hold harmless each member of the Committee and each other director or employee of the Company to whom any duty or power relating to the administration or interpretation of the Plan has been delegated, against any cost or expense (including counsel fees) or liability (including any sum paid in settlement of a claim with the approval of the Committee) arising out of any action, omission or determination relating to the Plan, unless, in either case, such action, omission or determination was taken or made by such member, director or employee in bad faith and without reasonable belief that it was in the best interests of the Company.
5. |
Eligibility |
The Persons who shall be eligible to receive Incentive Awards pursuant to the Plan shall be those employees, consultants and independent contractors of the Company whom the Committee shall select from time to time, including officers of C&W, whether or not they are directors. Each Incentive Award granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement.
6. |
Options |
The Committee may from time to time grant Options on such terms as it shall determine, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan. The Award Agreement shall clearly identify such Option as either an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code or as not an incentive stock option.
(a) Exercise Price
The exercise price per Ordinary Share covered by any Option shall be not less than the greater of its nominal value and 100% of the Fair Market Value of an Ordinary Share on the date on which such Option is granted, it being understood that the exercise price of an Option that is a Substitute Award may be less than the Fair Market Value per Ordinary Share on the date such Substitute Award is assumed, provided that such substitution complies with applicable laws and regulations.
(b) Term and Exercise of Options
5
(1) Each Option shall become vested and exercisable on such date or dates, during such period and for such number of Ordinary Shares as set forth in the Award Agreement; provided that each Option shall be subject to earlier termination, expiration or cancellation as provided in the Plan or the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten years from the date such Option is granted; provided , however that the expiration of the Option (other than an Incentive Stock Option) may be tolled while the Participant cannot exercise such Option because an exercise would violate an applicable federal, state, local, or foreign law, or would jeopardize the ability of C&W to continue as a going concern, provided , further that the period during which the Option may be exercised is not extended more than 30 days after the exercise of the Option first would no longer violate such applicable federal, state, local, and foreign laws or jeopardize the ability of C&W to continue as a going concern.
(2) Each Option shall be exercisable in whole or in part; provided , however that no partial exercise of an Option shall be for an aggregate exercise price of less than $1,000. The partial exercise of an Option shall not cause the expiration, termination or cancellation of the remaining portion thereof.
(3) An Option shall be exercised by such methods and procedures as the Committee determines from time to time, including without limitation through net physical settlement or other method of cashless exercise.
(c) Special Rules for Incentive Stock Options
(1) The aggregate Fair Market Value of Ordinary Shares with respect to which incentive stock options (within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code) are exercisable for the first time by a Participant during any calendar year under the Plan and any other stock option plan of C&W or any of its subsidiaries (within the meaning of Section 424 of the Code) shall not exceed $100,000. Such Fair Market Value shall be determined as of the date on which each such incentive stock option is granted. In the event that the aggregate Fair Market Value of Ordinary Shares with respect to such incentive stock options exceeds $100,000, then incentive stock options granted hereunder to such Participant shall, to the extent and in the order required by regulations promulgated under the Code (or any other authority having the force of regulations), automatically be deemed to be non-qualified stock options, but all other terms and provisions of such incentive stock options shall remain unchanged. In the absence of such regulations (and authority), or in the event such regulations (or authority) require or permit a designation of the Options which shall cease to constitute incentive stock options, incentive stock options granted hereunder shall, to the extent of such excess and in the order in which they were granted, automatically be deemed to be non-qualified stock options, but all other terms and provisions of such incentive stock options shall remain unchanged.
(2) Incentive stock options may only be granted to individuals who are employees of the Company. No incentive stock option may be granted to an individual if, at the time of the proposed grant, such individual owns shares possessing more than ten percent of the total combined voting power (within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code) of all classes of shares of C&W or any of its subsidiaries (within the meaning of Section 424 of the Code), unless (i) the exercise price of such incentive stock option is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value of a Ordinary Share at the time such incentive stock option is granted and (ii) such incentive stock option is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date such incentive stock option is granted.
7. |
Other Share-Based Awards |
The Committee may from time to time grant equity-based or equity-related awards not otherwise described herein in such amounts and on such terms as it shall determine, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan. Without limiting the generality of the preceding sentence, each such Other Share-Based Award may (i) involve the transfer of actual Ordinary Shares to Participants, either at the time of grant or thereafter, or payment in cash or otherwise of amounts based on the value of Ordinary Shares, (ii) be subject to performance-based and/or service-based conditions, (iii) be in the form of stock appreciation rights, phantom stock, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares, deferred share units or share-denominated performance units, and (iv) be designed to comply with applicable laws of jurisdictions other than the United States; provided , that each Other Share-Based Award shall be denominated in, or shall have a value determined by reference to, a number of Ordinary Shares that is specified at the time of the grant of such Incentive Award.
8. |
Cash Incentive Awards |
6
The Committee may from time to time grant Cash Incentive Awards on such terms as it shall determine, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan. Cash Incentive Awards may be settled in cash or in other property, including Ordinary Shares, provided that the term Cash Incentive Award shall exclude any Option or Other Share-Based Award.
9. |
Adjustment Upon Certain Changes |
Subject to any action by the shareholders of C&W required by law, applicable tax rules or the rules of any exchange on which Ordinary Shares of C&W are listed for trading:
(a) Shares Available for Grants
In the event of any change in the number of Ordinary Shares outstanding by reason of any stock dividend or split, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, combination or exchange of shares, spin-off or similar corporate change or extraordinary cash dividend, the maximum aggregate number of Ordinary Shares with respect to which the Committee may grant Incentive Awards, exercise or base price of any Option or stock appreciation right and the applicable performance targets or criteria shall be equitably adjusted or substituted by the Committee to prevent enlargement or reduction in rights granted under the Incentive Award. In the event of any change in the number of Ordinary Shares of C&W outstanding by reason of any other event or transaction, the Committee shall, to the extent deemed appropriate by the Committee, make such adjustments to the type or number of Ordinary Shares with respect to which Incentive Awards may be granted.
(b) Increase or Decrease in Issued Shares Without Consideration
In the event of any increase or decrease in the number of issued Ordinary Shares resulting from a subdivision or consolidation of Ordinary Shares or the payment of a stock dividend (but only on the Ordinary Shares), or any other increase or decrease in the number of such shares effected without receipt or payment of consideration by the Company, the Committee shall, to the extent deemed appropriate by the Committee, adjust the type or number of Ordinary Shares subject to each outstanding Incentive Award and the exercise price per Ordinary Share of each such Incentive Award.
(c) Certain Mergers and Other Transactions
In the event of any merger, consolidation or similar transaction as a result of which the holders of Ordinary Shares receive consideration consisting exclusively of securities of the acquiring or surviving corporation in such transaction, the Committee shall, to the extent deemed appropriate by the Committee, adjust each Incentive Award outstanding on the date of such merger or consolidation or similar transaction so that it pertains and applies to the securities which a holder of the number of Ordinary Shares subject to such Incentive Award would have received in such merger or consolidation or similar transaction.
In the event of (i) a dissolution or liquidation of C&W, (ii) a sale of all or substantially all of the Companys assets (on a consolidated basis), (iii) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving C&W in which the holders of Ordinary Shares receive securities and/or other property, including cash, other than or in addition to shares of the surviving corporation in such transaction, the Committee shall, to the extent deemed appropriate by the Committee, have the power to:
(i) cancel, effective immediately prior to the occurrence of such event, each Incentive Award (whether or not then exercisable or vested), and, in full consideration of such cancellation, pay to the Participant to whom such Incentive Award was granted an amount in cash, for each Ordinary Share subject to such Incentive Award, equal to the value, as determined by the Committee, of such Incentive Award, provided that with respect to any outstanding Option or stock appreciation right such value shall be equal to the excess of (A) the value, as determined by the Committee, of the property (including cash) received by the holder of an Ordinary Share as a result of such event over (B) the exercise price of such Option or stock appreciation right (which, for the avoidance of doubt, may be zero in the case of underwater Options and stock appreciation rights); or
7
(ii) provide for the exchange of each Incentive Award (whether or not then exercisable or vested) for an Incentive Award with respect to (A) some or all of the property which a holder of the number of Ordinary Shares subject to such Incentive Award would have received in such transaction or (B) securities of the acquiror or surviving entity and, incident thereto, make an equitable adjustment as determined by the Committee in the exercise price of the Incentive Award, or the number of shares or amount of property subject to the Incentive Award or provide for a payment (in cash or other property) to the Participant to whom such Incentive Award was granted in partial consideration for the exchange of the Incentive Award.
(d) Other Changes
In the event of any change in the capitalization of C&W or corporate change other than those specifically referred to in Sections 9(a), (b) or (c), the Committee shall, to the extent deemed appropriate by the Committee, make such adjustments in the number and class of shares subject to Incentive Awards outstanding on the date on which such change occurs and in such other terms of such Incentive Awards as the Committee may consider appropriate.
(e) Cash Incentive Awards
In the event of any transaction or event described in this Section 9, including without limitation any corporate change referred to in paragraph (d) hereof, the Committee shall, to the extent deemed appropriate by the Committee, make such adjustments in the terms and conditions of any Cash Incentive Award.
(f) No Other Rights
Except as expressly provided in the Plan or any Award Agreement, no Participant shall have any rights by reason of any subdivision or consolidation of shares of any class, the payment of any dividends or dividend equivalents, any increase or decrease in the number of shares of any class or any dissolution, liquidation, merger or consolidation of C&W or any other corporation. Except as expressly provided in the Plan, no issuance by C&W of shares of any class, or securities convertible into shares of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number of shares or amount of other property subject to, or the terms related to, any Incentive Award.
(g) Savings Clause
No provision of this Section 9 shall be given effect to the extent that such provision would cause any tax to become due under Section 409A of the Code.
No provision of this Section 9 shall be given effect to the extent such provision would result in short-swing profits liability under Section 16 of the Exchange Act or violate the exemptive conditions of Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act.
10. |
Change in Control; Termination of Employment |
(a) Change in Control
The consequences of a Change in Control, if any, will be set forth in the Award Agreement in addition to what is provided in this Section 10.
(b) Termination of Employment
(1) Except as to any awards constituting stock rights subject to Section 409A of the Code, termination of Employment shall mean a separation from service within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, unless the Participant is retained as a consultant pursuant to a written agreement and such agreement provides otherwise. The
8
Employment of a Participant with the Company shall be deemed to have terminated for all purposes of the Plan if such Person is employed by or provides services to a Person that is a Subsidiary of the Company and such Person ceases to be a Subsidiary of the Company, unless the Committee determines otherwise. Unless otherwise agreed by the Committee upon the advice of counsel that so agreeing does not result in the imposition of penalties under Section 409A of the Code, a Participant who ceases to be an employee of the Company but continues, or simultaneously commences, services as a director of the Company shall be deemed to have had a termination of Employment for purposes of the Plan. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee shall determine whether an authorized leave of absence, or absence in military or government service, shall constitute termination of Employment, provided that a Participant who is an employee will not be deemed to cease employment in the case of any leave of absence approved by the Company. Furthermore, no payment shall be made with respect to any Incentive Awards under the Plan that are subject to Section 409A of the Code as a result of any such authorized leave of absence or absence in military or government service unless such authorized leave of absence constitutes a separation from service for purposes of Section 409A of the Code.
(2) The Award Agreement shall specify the consequences with respect to such Incentive Award of the termination of Employment of the Participant holding the Incentive Award.
11. |
Rights Under the Plan |
No Person shall have any rights as a shareholder with respect to any Ordinary Shares covered by or relating to any Incentive Award until the date of the issuance of such shares on the books and records of C&W. Except as otherwise expressly provided in Section 9 hereof or in a Participants Award Agreement, no adjustment of any Incentive Award shall be made for dividends or other rights for which the record date occurs prior to the date of such issuance. Nothing in this Section 11 is intended, or should be construed, to limit authority of the Committee to cause the Company to make payments based on the dividends that would be payable with respect to any Ordinary Share if it were issued or outstanding, or from granting rights related to such dividends; provided that dividends or dividend equivalents that would be payable with respect to any Ordinary Share subject to a performance-based Incentive Award shall not be paid until, and only to the extent that, the performance-based conditions are met.
The Company shall not have any obligation to establish any separate fund or trust or other segregation of assets to provide for payments under the Plan. To the extent any Person acquires any rights to receive payments hereunder from the Company, such rights shall be no greater than those of an unsecured creditor.
12. |
No Special Employment Rights; No Right to Incentive Award |
(a) Nothing contained in the Plan or any Award Agreement shall confer upon any Participant any right with respect to the continuation of his or her Employment by the Company or interfere in any way with the right of the Company at any time to terminate such Employment or to increase or decrease the compensation of the Participant from the rate in existence at the time of the grant of an Incentive Award.
(b) No Person shall have any claim or right to receive an Incentive Award hereunder. The Committees granting of an Incentive Award to a Participant at any time shall neither require the Committee to grant an Incentive Award to such Participant or any other Participant or other Person at any time nor preclude the Committee from making subsequent grants to such Participant or any other Participant or other Person.
13. |
Securities Matters |
(a) C&W shall be under no obligation to effect the registration pursuant to the Securities Act of any Ordinary Shares to be issued hereunder or to effect similar compliance under any state or local laws. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, C&W shall not be obligated to cause to be issued Ordinary Shares pursuant to the Plan unless and until C&W is advised by its counsel that the issuance is in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations of governmental authority and the requirements of any securities exchange on which Ordinary Shares are traded. The Committee may require, as a condition to the issuance of Ordinary Shares pursuant to the terms hereof, that the recipient of such shares make such covenants, agreements and representations, and that any related certificates representing such shares bear such legends, as the Committee, in its sole discretion, deems necessary or desirable.
9
(b) The exercise or settlement of any Incentive Award (including, without limitation, any Option) granted hereunder shall be effective unless at such time counsel to C&W determines that the issuance and delivery of Ordinary Shares pursuant to such exercise would not be in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations of governmental authority and the requirements of any securities exchange on which Ordinary Shares are traded. C&W may, in its sole discretion, defer the effectiveness of any exercise or settlement of an Incentive Award granted hereunder in order to allow the issuance of shares pursuant thereto to be made pursuant to registration or an exemption from registration or other methods for compliance available under federal or state or local securities laws. C&W shall inform the Participant in writing of its decision to defer the effectiveness of the exercise or settlement of an Incentive Award granted hereunder. During the period that the effectiveness of the exercise of an Incentive Award has been deferred, the Participant may, by written notice, withdraw such exercise and obtain the refund of any amount paid with respect thereto.
14. |
Withholding Taxes |
(a) Cash Remittance
Whenever withholding tax obligations are incurred in connection with any Incentive Award, C&W shall have the right to require the Participant to remit to C&W in cash an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state and local withholding tax requirements, if any, attributable to such event. In addition, upon the exercise or settlement of any Incentive Award in cash, or the making of any other payment with respect to any Incentive Award (other than in Ordinary Shares), C&W shall have the right to withhold from any payment required to be made pursuant thereto an amount sufficient to satisfy the federal, state and local withholding tax requirements, if any, attributable to such exercise, settlement or payment.
(b) Stock Remittance
At the election of the Participant, subject to the approval of the Committee, whenever withholding tax obligations are incurred in connection with any Incentive Award, the Participant may tender to C&W a number of Ordinary Shares that have been owned by the Participant having a Fair Market Value at the tender date determined by the Committee to be sufficient to satisfy the minimum federal, state and local withholding tax requirements, if any, attributable to such event. Such election shall satisfy the Participants obligations under Section 14(a) hereof, if any.
(c) Stock Withholding
At the election of the Participant, subject to the approval of the Committee, whenever withholding tax obligations are incurred in connection with any Incentive Award, C&W shall withhold a number of such shares having a Fair Market Value determined by the Committee to be sufficient to satisfy the minimum federal, state and local withholding tax requirements, if any, attributable to such event. Such election shall satisfy the Participants obligations under Section 14(a) hereof, if any.
15. |
Amendment or Termination of the Plan |
The Board of Directors may at any time suspend or discontinue the Plan or revise or amend it in any respect whatsoever; provided , however , that to the extent that any applicable law, tax requirement, or rule of a stock exchange requires shareholder approval in order for any such revision or amendment to be effective, such revision or amendment shall not be effective without such approval. The preceding sentence shall not restrict the Committees ability to exercise its discretionary authority hereunder pursuant to Section 4 hereof, which discretion may be exercised without amendment to the Plan. No provision of this Section 15 shall be given effect to the extent that such provision would cause any tax to become due under Section 409A of the Code. Except as expressly provided in the Plan, no action hereunder may, without the consent of a Participant, adversely affect in any material respect the Participants rights under any previously granted and outstanding Incentive Award. Nothing in the Plan shall limit the right of the Company to pay compensation of any kind outside the terms of the Plan.
16. |
Recoupment |
10
Notwithstanding anything in the Plan or in any Award Agreement to the contrary, the Company will be entitled to the extent (i) required by applicable law (including, without limitation, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act), (ii) permitted or required by Company policy as in effect on the date of grant and/or (iii) required by the rules of an exchange on which the Companys shares are listed for trading to recoup compensation of whatever kind paid or to be paid by the Company at any time to a Participant under this Plan.
17. |
No Obligation to Exercise |
The grant to a Participant of an Incentive Award shall impose no obligation upon such Participant to exercise such Incentive Award.
18. |
Transfers |
Incentive Awards may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised, during the lifetime of a Participant, only by the Participant; provided , however that the Committee may permit Options that are not incentive stock options to be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of, on a general or specific basis, subject to such conditions and limitations as the Committee may determine. Upon the death of a Participant, outstanding Incentive Awards granted to such Participant may be exercised only by the executors or administrators of the Participants estate or by any Person or Persons who shall have acquired such right to exercise by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. No transfer by will or the laws of descent and distribution of any Incentive Award, or the right to exercise any Incentive Award, shall be effective to bind C&W unless the Committee shall have been furnished with (a) written notice thereof and with a copy of the will and/or such evidence as the Committee may deem necessary to establish the validity of the transfer and (b) an agreement by the transferee to comply with all the terms and conditions of the Incentive Award that are or would have been applicable to the Participant and to be bound by the acknowledgements made by the Participant in connection with the grant of the Incentive Award.
19. |
Expenses and Receipts |
The expenses of the Plan shall be paid by C&W. Any proceeds received by C&W in connection with any Incentive Award will be used for general corporate purposes.
20. |
Failure to Comply |
In addition to the remedies of the Company elsewhere provided for herein, failure by a Participant to comply with any of the material terms and conditions of the Plan or any Award Agreement, unless such failure is remedied by such Participant within ten days after having been notified of such failure by the Committee, shall be grounds for the cancellation and forfeiture of such Incentive Award, in whole or in part, as the Committee, in its absolute discretion, may determine.
21. |
Relationship to Other Benefits |
No payment with respect to any Incentive Awards under the Plan shall be taken into account in determining any benefits under any pension, retirement, profit sharing, group insurance or other benefit plan of the Company except as otherwise specifically provided in such other plan.
22. |
Governing Law |
The Plan and the rights of all Persons under the Plan shall be construed and administered in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to its conflict of law principles.
23. |
Severability |
11
If all or any part of this Plan is declared by any court or governmental authority to be unlawful or invalid, such unlawfulness or invalidity shall not serve to invalidate any portion of this Plan not declared to be unlawful or invalid. Any Section or part of a Section so declared to be unlawful or invalid shall, if possible, be construed in a manner that will give effect to the terms of such Section or part of a Section to the fullest extent possible while remaining lawful and valid.
24. |
Effective Date and Term of Plan |
The Effective Date of the Plan is June 19, 2018. No grants of Incentive Awards may be made under the Plan after June 19, 2028, the tenth anniversary of the date upon which the Plan was approved.
12
Exhibit 10.25
CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD PLC
2018 OMNIBUS NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR SHARE AND CASH INCENTIVE PLAN
(Effective as of June 19, 2018)
1. |
Purpose of the Plan |
This Plan is intended to promote the interests of the Company and its shareholders by providing its non-employee directors of the Company with incentives and rewards to encourage them to continue in the service of the Company.
2. |
Definitions |
As used in the Plan or in any instrument governing the terms of any Incentive Award, the following definitions apply to the terms indicated below:
(a) Affiliate means, with respect to a specified Person, a Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the specified Person.
(b) Award Agreement means a written or electronic agreement, in a form determined by the Committee from time to time, entered into by each Participant and the Company, evidencing the grant of an Incentive Award under the Plan.
(c) Board of Directors means the Board of Directors of C&W.
(d) C&W means Cushman & Wakefield plc, a public limited company incorporated under the law of England and Wales, whose registration number is 11414195 (and any successor thereto).
(e) Cash Incentive Award means an award granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 8 of the Plan.
(f) Change in Control means, unless otherwise defined in the Award Agreement, (i) any one Person, or more than one Person acting as a group (as defined under Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-3(i)(5)(v)(B)), other than C&W, the Consortium or any employee benefit plan sponsored by C&W, acquires ownership of shares of C&W that, together with shares held by such Person or group, constitutes more than 50 percent of the total fair market value or total Voting Power of the shares of C&W; (ii) any one Person, or more than one Person acting as a group (as defined under Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-3(i)(5)(v)(B)) other than C&W, the Consortium or any employee benefit plan sponsored by C&W acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such Person or Persons) ownership of shares of C&W possessing 30 percent or more of the total Voting Power of the shares of C&W; (iii) a majority of members of the Board of Directors is replaced during any 36-month period by directors whose appointment or election is (x) not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors before the date of each appointment or election or (y) approved in connection with any actual or threatened contest for election to positions on the Board of Directors; (iv) any one Person, or more than one Person acting as a group (as defined in Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-3(i)(5)(v)(B)) acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such Person or Persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 40 percent of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately before such acquisition or acquisitions, or (v) a merger, consolidation, reorganization or similar transaction with or into C&W or in which securities of C&W are issued, as a result of which the holders of Voting Securities of C&W immediately before such event own, directly or indirectly, immediately after such event less than 50% of the combined Voting Power of the outstanding Voting Securities of the parent corporation resulting from, or issuing its Voting Securities as part of, such event. For purposes of subsection (iv), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or
1
the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an event described herein shall be considered a Change in Control for distribution or payment purposes only if it constitutes a change in control event under Section 409A of the Code, to the extent necessary to avoid adverse tax consequences thereunder.
(g) Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and all regulations, interpretations and administrative guidance issued thereunder.
(h) Committee means the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors or such other committee as the Board of Directors shall appoint from time to time to administer the Plan and to otherwise exercise and perform the authority and functions assigned to the Committee under the terms of the Plan.
(i) Company means C&W and all of its Subsidiaries, collectively.
(j) Consortium means, collectively or individually as the context requires, TPG Asia VI SF Pte. Ltd, PAGAC Drone Holding I LP, and 2339532 Ontario Ltd and/or their respective Affiliates for so long as such Person is subject to any orderly market sell-down provision, or any other trading restriction, contained in the Coordination Agreement (as defined in the GenPar LPA) and provided such Person has agreed to be bound by, and adhere to, the governance arrangements of the Partnership or, if applicable, the IPO Company (each as defined in the GenPar LPA) contemplated by the Coordination Agreement.
(k) Deferred Compensation Plan means any plan, agreement or arrangement maintained by the Company from time to time that provides opportunities for deferral of compensation.
(l) Effective Date means the date the Plan is adopted.
(m) Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
(n) Fair Market Value means, with respect to an Ordinary Share, as of the applicable date of determination or if the exchange is not open for trading on such date, the immediately preceding day on which the exchange is open for trading, the closing price as reported on the date of determination on the principal securities exchange on which Ordinary Shares are then listed or admitted to trading (the Securities Exchange). In the event that the price of an Ordinary Share shall not be so reported, the Fair Market Value of an Ordinary Share shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion taking into account the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.
(o) GenPar LPA means the First Amended and Restated Limited Liability Partnership Agreement of DTZ Investment Holdings GenPar LLP, as such may be amended from time to time in accordance with its terms.
(p) Incentive Award means one or more Share Incentive Awards and/or Cash Incentive Awards, collectively.
(q) Option means a stock option to purchase Ordinary Shares granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 6.
(r) Ordinary Shares means C&Ws ordinary shares of $0.10 nominal value, or any other security into which the ordinary shares shall be changed pursuant to the adjustment provisions of section 9 of the Plan, or depositary receipts or instruments representing the same.
(s) Other Share-Based Award means an award granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 7.
(t) Participant means a non-employee director of the Company who is eligible to participate in the Plan and to whom one or more Incentive Awards have been granted pursuant to the Plan and have not been fully settled or cancelled and, following the death of any such Person, his successors, heirs, executors and administrators, as the case may be.
2
(u) Person means a person as such term is used in Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act, including any group within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) under the Exchange Act.
(v) Plan means the Cushman & Wakefield plc 2018 Omnibus Non-Employee Director Share and Cash Incentive Plan, as it may be amended from time to time.
(w) Securities Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(x) Service Period means the period during which an individual is classified or treated by the Company as a non-employee director of the Company.
(y) Share Incentive Award means an Option or Other Share-Based Award granted pursuant to the terms of the Plan.
(z) Subsidiary means any subsidiary within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act.
(aa) Substitute Award means Incentive Awards that result from the assumption of, or are in substitution for, outstanding awards previously granted by a company or other entity acquired, directly or indirectly, by C&W or one of its Subsidiaries or with which C&W or one of its Subsidiaries combines.
(bb) Voting Power means the number of votes available to be cast (determined by reference to the maximum number of votes entitled to be cast by the holders of Voting Securities upon any matter submitted to shareholders where the holders of all Voting Securities vote together as a single class) by the holders of Voting Securities.
(cc) Voting Securities means any securities or other ownership interests of an entity entitled, or which may be entitled, to vote on the election of directors, or securities or other ownership interests which are convertible into, or exercisable in exchange for, such Voting Securities, whether or not subject to the passage of time or any contingency.
3. |
Shares Subject to the Plan and Limitations on Cash Incentive Awards |
(a) Shares Subject to the Plan
The maximum number of Ordinary Shares that may be covered by Incentive Awards granted under the Plan shall not exceed 200,000 Ordinary Shares in the aggregate. The maximum number of shares referred to in the preceding sentence of this Section 3(a) shall be subject to adjustment as provided in Section 9 and the following provisions of this Section 3. Of the shares described, 100% may be delivered in connection with full-value Awards, meaning Incentive Awards other than Options or stock appreciation rights. Any shares granted under any Incentive Awards shall be counted against the share limit on a one-for-one basis. Ordinary Shares issued under the Plan may be unissued shares, treasury shares, shares purchased by the Company or by an employee benefit trust or similar vehicle in the open market, or any combination of the preceding categories as the Committee determines in its sole discretion.
For purposes of the preceding paragraph, Ordinary Shares covered by Incentive Awards shall only be counted as used to the extent they are actually issued and delivered to a Participant (or such Participants permitted transferees as described in the Plan) pursuant to the Plan; provided, however, that if Ordinary Shares are tendered (either actually or through attestation) or withheld to pay the exercise price of an Option or stock appreciation right or to satisfy any tax withholding requirement in connection with an Option or stock appreciation right, both the shares issued (if any) and the shares withheld will be deemed delivered for purposes of determining the number of Ordinary Shares that are available for delivery under the Plan. For the avoidance of doubt, Ordinary Shares that are tendered (either actually or through attestation) or withheld to satisfy any tax withholding requirement in connection
3
with any full-value Awards shall be added to the number of Ordinary Shares that are available for delivery under the Plan. In addition, if Ordinary Shares are issued subject to conditions which may result in the forfeiture, cancellation or return of such shares to the Company, any portion of the shares forfeited, cancelled or returned shall be treated as not issued pursuant to the Plan. Ordinary Shares that are settled for cash shall be added to the number of Ordinary Shares that are available for delivery under the Plan.
(b) Individual Award Limit
The maximum number of shares subject to Incentive Awards (assuming maximum performance, if applicable) granted during a single fiscal year to any Participant, taken together with any Cash Incentive Awards granted during the fiscal year to the Participant and any cash fees paid during the fiscal year to the Participant in respect of the Participants service as a member of the Board of Directors during such year (including service as a member or chair of any committees of the Board), shall not exceed $700,000 in total value (calculating the value of any such Incentive Awards based on the grant date fair value of such Incentive Awards for financial reporting purposes). The Board of Directors may make exceptions to this limit for a non-executive chair of the Board of Directors, as the Board of Directors may determine in its discretion, provided that the Participant receiving such additional compensation may not participate in the decision to award such compensation.
4. |
Administration of the Plan |
The Plan shall be administered by a Committee of the Board of Directors consisting of two or more Persons, each of whom qualifies as a non-employee director (within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 promulgated under Section 16 of the Exchange Act), and as independent as required by NYSE or any security exchange on which the Ordinary Shares are listed, in each case if and to the extent required by applicable law or necessary to meet the requirements of such Rule, Section or listing requirement at the time of determination. From time to time, the Board may increase or decrease the size of the Committee, add additional members to, remove members (with or without cause) from, appoint new members in substitution therefor, and fill vacancies, however caused, in the Committee. The Committee shall, consistent with the terms of the Plan, from time to time designate those individuals who shall be granted Incentive Awards under the Plan and the amount, type and other terms and conditions of such Incentive Awards. All of the powers and responsibilities of the Committee under the Plan may be delegated by the Committee, in writing, to any subcommittee thereof, in which case the acts of such subcommittee shall be deemed to be acts of the Committee hereunder.
The Committee shall have full discretionary authority to administer the Plan, including discretionary authority to interpret and construe any and all provisions of the Plan and any Award Agreement thereunder, and to adopt, amend and rescind from time to time such rules and regulations for the administration of the Plan, including rules and regulations related to sub-plans established for the purpose of satisfying applicable foreign laws and/or qualifying for preferred tax treatment under applicable foreign tax laws, as the Committee may deem necessary or appropriate. Decisions of the Committee shall be final, binding and conclusive on all parties. For the avoidance of doubt, the Committee may exercise all discretion granted to it under the Plan in a non-uniform manner among Participants.
The Committee may delegate the administration of the Plan to one or more officers or employees of the Company, and such administrator(s) may have the authority to execute and distribute Award Agreements, to maintain records relating to Incentive Awards, to process or oversee the issuance of Ordinary Shares under Incentive Awards, to interpret and administer the terms of Incentive Awards, and to take such other actions as may be necessary or appropriate for the administration of the Plan and of Incentive Awards under the Plan, provided that in no case shall any such administrator be authorized (i) to grant Incentive Awards under the Plan (except in connection with any delegation made by the Committee pursuant to the first paragraph of this Section 4), (ii) to take any action inconsistent with Section 409A of the Code or (iii) to take any action inconsistent with applicable law. Any action by any such administrator within the scope of its delegation shall be deemed for all purposes to have been taken by the Committee and, except as otherwise specifically provided, references in this Plan to the Committee shall include any such administrator. The Committee and, to the extent it so provides, any subcommittee, shall have sole authority to determine whether to review any actions and/or interpretations of any such administrator,
4
and if the Committee shall decide to conduct such a review, any such actions and/or interpretations of any such administrator shall be subject to approval, disapproval, or modification by the Committee.
On or after the date of grant of an Incentive Award under the Plan, the Committee may (i) accelerate the date on which any such Incentive Award becomes vested, exercisable or transferable, as the case may be, (ii) extend the term of any such Incentive Award, including, without limitation, extending the period following a termination of a Participants Service Period during which any such Incentive Award may remain outstanding, (iii) waive any conditions to the vesting, exercisability or transferability, as the case may be, of any such Incentive Award or (iv) provide for the payment of dividends or dividend equivalents with respect to any such Incentive Award; provided , that the Committee shall not have any such authority to the extent that the grant of such authority would cause any tax to become due under Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, except in connection with a Change in Control or as permitted under Section 9, the Company shall not (x) reprice (within the meaning of Section 303A.08 of the New York Stock Exchange Listed Company Manual and any other formal or informal guidance issued by the New York Stock Exchange) any Option or stock appreciation right or (y) or purchase underwater Options or stock appreciation rights from a Participant for value in excess of zero, in each case without the approval of the shareholders of C&W.
The Company shall pay any amount payable with respect to an Incentive Award in accordance with the terms of such Incentive Award, provided that the Committee may, in its discretion, defer, or give a Participant the election to defer, the payment of amounts payable with respect to an Incentive Award subject to and in accordance with the terms of a Deferred Compensation Plan.
No member of the Committee shall be liable for any action, omission, or determination relating to the Plan, and C&W shall indemnify and hold harmless each member of the Committee and each other director or employee of the Company to whom any duty or power relating to the administration or interpretation of the Plan has been delegated, against any cost or expense (including counsel fees) or liability (including any sum paid in settlement of a claim with the approval of the Committee) arising out of any action, omission or determination relating to the Plan, unless, in either case, such action, omission or determination was taken or made by such member, director or employee in bad faith and without reasonable belief that it was in the best interests of the Company.
5. |
Eligibility |
The Persons who shall be eligible to receive Incentive Awards pursuant to the Plan shall be those non-employee directors of the Company whom the Committee shall select from time to time. Each Incentive Award granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement.
6. |
Options |
The Committee may from time to time grant Options on such terms as it shall determine, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan.
(a) Exercise Price
The exercise price per Ordinary Share covered by any Option shall be not less than the greater of its nominal value and 100% of the Fair Market Value of an Ordinary Share on the date on which such Option is granted, it being understood that the exercise price of an Option that is a Substitute Award may be less than the Fair Market Value per Ordinary Share on the date such Substitute Award is assumed, provided that such substitution complies with applicable laws and regulations.
(b) Term and Exercise of Options
(1) Each Option shall become vested and exercisable on such date or dates, during such period and for such number of Ordinary Shares as set forth in the Award Agreement; provided that each Option shall be subject to earlier termination, expiration or cancellation as provided in the Plan or the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten years from the date such Option is granted; provided , however that the expiration of the Option may be tolled while the Participant cannot exercise such Option
5
because an exercise would violate an applicable federal, state, local, or foreign law, or would jeopardize the ability of C&W to continue as a going concern, provided , further that the period during which the Option may be exercised is not extended more than 30 days after the exercise of the Option first would no longer violate such applicable federal, state, local, and foreign laws or jeopardize the ability of C&W to continue as a going concern.
(2) Each Option shall be exercisable in whole or in part; provided , however that no partial exercise of an Option shall be for an aggregate exercise price of less than $1,000. The partial exercise of an Option shall not cause the expiration, termination or cancellation of the remaining portion thereof.
(3) An Option shall be exercised by such methods and procedures as the Committee determines from time to time, including without limitation through net physical settlement or other method of cashless exercise.
7. |
Other Share-Based Awards |
The Committee may from time to time grant equity-based or equity-related awards not otherwise described herein in such amounts and on such terms as it shall determine, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan. Without limiting the generality of the preceding sentence, each such Other Share-Based Award may (i) involve the transfer of actual Ordinary Shares to Participants, either at the time of grant or thereafter, or payment in cash or otherwise of amounts based on the value of Ordinary Shares, (ii) be subject to performance-based and/or service-based conditions, (iii) be in the form of stock appreciation rights, phantom stock, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares, deferred share units or share-denominated performance units, and (iv) be designed to comply with applicable laws of jurisdictions other than the United States; provided , that each Other Share-Based Award shall be denominated in, or shall have a value determined by reference to, a number of Ordinary Shares that is specified at the time of the grant of such Incentive Award.
8. |
Cash Incentive Awards |
The Committee may from time to time grant Cash Incentive Awards on such terms as it shall determine, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan. Cash Incentive Awards may be settled in cash or in other property, including Ordinary Shares, provided that the term Cash Incentive Award shall exclude any Option or Other Share-Based Award.
9. |
Adjustment Upon Certain Changes |
Subject to any action by the shareholders of C&W required by law, applicable tax rules or the rules of any exchange on which Ordinary Shares of C&W are listed for trading:
(a) Shares Available for Grants
In the event of any change in the number of Ordinary Shares outstanding by reason of any stock dividend or split, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, combination or exchange of shares, spin-off or similar corporate change or extraordinary cash dividend, the maximum aggregate number of Ordinary Shares with respect to which the Committee may grant Incentive Awards, exercise or base price of any Option or stock appreciation right and the applicable performance targets or criteria shall be equitably adjusted or substituted by the Committee to prevent enlargement or reduction in rights granted under the Incentive Award. In the event of any change in the number of Ordinary Shares of C&W outstanding by reason of any other event or transaction, the Committee shall, to the extent deemed appropriate by the Committee, make such adjustments to the type or number of Ordinary Shares with respect to which Incentive Awards may be granted.
(b) Increase or Decrease in Issued Shares Without Consideration
In the event of any increase or decrease in the number of issued Ordinary Shares resulting from a subdivision or consolidation of Ordinary Shares or the payment of a stock dividend (but only on the Ordinary Shares), or any other increase or decrease in the number of such shares effected without receipt or payment of consideration by the Company, the Committee shall, to the extent deemed appropriate by the Committee, adjust the
6
type or number of Ordinary Shares subject to each outstanding Incentive Award and the exercise price per Ordinary Share of each such Incentive Award.
(c) Certain Mergers and Other Transactions
In the event of any merger, consolidation or similar transaction as a result of which the holders of Ordinary Shares receive consideration consisting exclusively of securities of the acquiring or surviving corporation in such transaction, the Committee shall, to the extent deemed appropriate by the Committee, adjust each Incentive Award outstanding on the date of such merger or consolidation or similar transaction so that it pertains and applies to the securities which a holder of the number of Ordinary Shares subject to such Incentive Award would have received in such merger or consolidation or similar transaction.
In the event of (i) a dissolution or liquidation of C&W, (ii) a sale of all or substantially all of the Companys assets (on a consolidated basis), (iii) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving C&W in which the holders of Ordinary Shares receive securities and/or other property, including cash, other than or in addition to shares of the surviving corporation in such transaction, the Committee shall, to the extent deemed appropriate by the Committee, have the power to:
(i) cancel, effective immediately prior to the occurrence of such event, each Incentive Award (whether or not then exercisable or vested), and, in full consideration of such cancellation, pay to the Participant to whom such Incentive Award was granted an amount in cash, for each Ordinary Share subject to such Incentive Award, equal to the value, as determined by the Committee, of such Incentive Award, provided that with respect to any outstanding Option or stock appreciation right such value shall be equal to the excess of (A) the value, as determined by the Committee, of the property (including cash) received by the holder of an Ordinary Share as a result of such event over (B) the exercise price of such Option or stock appreciation right (which, for the avoidance of doubt, may be zero in the case of underwater Options and stock appreciation rights); or
(ii) provide for the exchange of each Incentive Award (whether or not then exercisable or vested) for an Incentive Award with respect to (A) some or all of the property which a holder of the number of Ordinary Shares subject to such Incentive Award would have received in such transaction or (B) securities of the acquiror or surviving entity and, incident thereto, make an equitable adjustment as determined by the Committee in the exercise price of the Incentive Award, or the number of shares or amount of property subject to the Incentive Award or provide for a payment (in cash or other property) to the Participant to whom such Incentive Award was granted in partial consideration for the exchange of the Incentive Award.
(d) Other Changes
In the event of any change in the capitalization of C&W or corporate change other than those specifically referred to in Sections 9(a), (b) or (c), the Committee shall, to the extent deemed appropriate by the Committee, make such adjustments in the number and class of shares subject to Incentive Awards outstanding on the date on which such change occurs and in such other terms of such Incentive Awards as the Committee may consider appropriate.
(e) Cash Incentive Awards
In the event of any transaction or event described in this Section 9, including without limitation any corporate change referred to in paragraph (d) hereof, the Committee shall, to the extent deemed appropriate by the Committee, make such adjustments in the terms and conditions of any Cash Incentive Award.
(f) No Other Rights
Except as expressly provided in the Plan or any Award Agreement, no Participant shall have any rights by reason of any subdivision or consolidation of shares of any class, the payment of any dividends or dividend
7
equivalents, any increase or decrease in the number of shares of any class or any dissolution, liquidation, merger or consolidation of C&W or any other corporation. Except as expressly provided in the Plan, no issuance by C&W of shares of any class, or securities convertible into shares of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number of shares or amount of other property subject to, or the terms related to, any Incentive Award.
(g) Savings Clause
No provision of this Section 9 shall be given effect to the extent that such provision would cause any tax to become due under Section 409A of the Code.
No provision of this Section 9 shall be given effect to the extent such provision would result in short-swing profits liability under Section 16 of the Exchange Act or violate the exemptive conditions of Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act.
10. |
Change in Control; Termination of the Service Period |
(a) Change in Control
The consequences of a Change in Control, if any, will be set forth in the Award Agreement in addition to what is provided in this Section 10.
(b) Termination of the Service Period
(1) Except as to any awards constituting stock rights subject to Section 409A of the Code, termination of the Service Period shall mean a separation from service within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, unless the Participant is otherwise employed by the Company or retained as a consultant pursuant to a written agreement and such agreement provides otherwise.
(2) The Award Agreement shall specify the consequences with respect to such Incentive Award of the termination of the Service Period on the Participant holding the Incentive Award.
11. |
Rights Under the Plan |
No Person shall have any rights as a shareholder with respect to any Ordinary Shares covered by or relating to any Incentive Award until the date of the issuance of such shares on the books and records of C&W. Except as otherwise expressly provided in Section 9 hereof or in a Participants Award Agreement, no adjustment of any Incentive Award shall be made for dividends or other rights for which the record date occurs prior to the date of such issuance. Nothing in this Section 11 is intended, or should be construed, to limit authority of the Committee to cause the Company to make payments based on the dividends that would be payable with respect to any Ordinary Share if it were issued or outstanding, or from granting rights related to such dividends; provided that dividends or dividend equivalents that would be payable with respect to any Ordinary Share subject to a performance-based Incentive Award shall not be paid until, and only to the extent that, the performance-based conditions are met.
The Company shall not have any obligation to establish any separate fund or trust or other segregation of assets to provide for payments under the Plan. To the extent any Person acquires any rights to receive payments hereunder from the Company, such rights shall be no greater than those of an unsecured creditor.
12. |
No Special Rights; No Right to Incentive Award |
(a) Nothing contained in the Plan or any Award Agreement shall confer upon any Participant any right with respect to the continuation of his or her Service Period or interfere in any way with the right of the Company at any time to terminate such Service Period or to increase or decrease the compensation of the Participant from the rate in existence at the time of the grant of an Incentive Award.
8
(b) No Person shall have any claim or right to receive an Incentive Award hereunder. The Committees granting of an Incentive Award to a Participant at any time shall neither require the Committee to grant an Incentive Award to such Participant or any other Participant or other Person at any time nor preclude the Committee from making subsequent grants to such Participant or any other Participant or other Person.
13. |
Securities Matters |
(a) C&W shall be under no obligation to effect the registration pursuant to the Securities Act of any Ordinary Shares to be issued hereunder or to effect similar compliance under any state or local laws. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, C&W shall not be obligated to cause to be issued Ordinary Shares pursuant to the Plan unless and until C&W is advised by its counsel that the issuance is in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations of governmental authority and the requirements of any securities exchange on which Ordinary Shares are traded. The Committee may require, as a condition to the issuance of Ordinary Shares pursuant to the terms hereof, that the recipient of such shares make such covenants, agreements and representations, and that any related certificates representing such shares bear such legends, as the Committee, in its sole discretion, deems necessary or desirable.
(b) The exercise or settlement of any Incentive Award (including, without limitation, any Option) granted hereunder shall be effective unless at such time counsel to C&W determines that the issuance and delivery of Ordinary Shares pursuant to such exercise would not be in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations of governmental authority and the requirements of any securities exchange on which Ordinary Shares are traded. C&W may, in its sole discretion, defer the effectiveness of any exercise or settlement of an Incentive Award granted hereunder in order to allow the issuance of shares pursuant thereto to be made pursuant to registration or an exemption from registration or other methods for compliance available under federal or state or local securities laws. C&W shall inform the Participant in writing of its decision to defer the effectiveness of the exercise or settlement of an Incentive Award granted hereunder. During the period that the effectiveness of the exercise of an Incentive Award has been deferred, the Participant may, by written notice, withdraw such exercise and obtain the refund of any amount paid with respect thereto.
14. |
Withholding Taxes |
(a) Cash Remittance
Whenever withholding tax obligations are incurred in connection with any Incentive Award, C&W shall have the right to require the Participant to remit to C&W in cash an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state and local withholding tax requirements, if any, attributable to such event. In addition, upon the exercise or settlement of any Incentive Award in cash, or the making of any other payment with respect to any Incentive Award (other than in Ordinary Shares), C&W shall have the right to withhold from any payment required to be made pursuant thereto an amount sufficient to satisfy the federal, state and local withholding tax requirements, if any, attributable to such exercise, settlement or payment.
(b) Stock Remittance
At the election of the Participant, subject to the approval of the Committee, whenever withholding tax obligations are incurred in connection with any Incentive Award, the Participant may tender to C&W a number of Ordinary Shares that have been owned by the Participant having a Fair Market Value at the tender date determined by the Committee to be sufficient to satisfy the minimum federal, state and local withholding tax requirements, if any, attributable to such event. Such election shall satisfy the Participants obligations under Section 14(a) hereof, if any.
(c) Stock Withholding
At the election of the Participant, subject to the approval of the Committee, whenever withholding tax obligations are incurred in connection with any Incentive Award, C&W shall withhold a number of such shares having a Fair Market Value determined by the Committee to be sufficient to satisfy the minimum federal, state and
9
local withholding tax requirements, if any, attributable to such event. Such election shall satisfy the Participants obligations under Section 14(a) hereof, if any.
15. |
Amendment or Termination of the Plan |
The Board of Directors may at any time suspend or discontinue the Plan or revise or amend it in any respect whatsoever; provided , however , that to the extent that any applicable law, tax requirement, or rule of a stock exchange requires shareholder approval in order for any such revision or amendment to be effective, such revision or amendment shall not be effective without such approval. The preceding sentence shall not restrict the Committees ability to exercise its discretionary authority hereunder pursuant to Section 4 hereof, which discretion may be exercised without amendment to the Plan. No provision of this Section 15 shall be given effect to the extent that such provision would cause any tax to become due under Section 409A of the Code. Except as expressly provided in the Plan, no action hereunder may, without the consent of a Participant, adversely affect in any material respect the Participants rights under any previously granted and outstanding Incentive Award. Nothing in the Plan shall limit the right of the Company to pay compensation of any kind outside the terms of the Plan.
16. |
Recoupment |
Notwithstanding anything in the Plan or in any Award Agreement to the contrary, the Company will be entitled to the extent (i) required by applicable law (including, without limitation, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act), (ii) permitted or required by Company policy as in effect on the date of grant and/or (iii) required by the rules of an exchange on which the Companys shares are listed for trading to recoup compensation of whatever kind paid or to be paid by the Company at any time to a Participant under this Plan.
17. |
No Obligation to Exercise |
The grant to a Participant of an Incentive Award shall impose no obligation upon such Participant to exercise such Incentive Award.
18. |
Transfers |
Incentive Awards may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised, during the lifetime of a Participant, only by the Participant; provided , however that the Committee may permit Options to be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of, on a general or specific basis, subject to such conditions and limitations as the Committee may determine. Upon the death of a Participant, outstanding Incentive Awards granted to such Participant may be exercised only by the executors or administrators of the Participants estate or by any Person or Persons who shall have acquired such right to exercise by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. No transfer by will or the laws of descent and distribution of any Incentive Award, or the right to exercise any Incentive Award, shall be effective to bind C&W unless the Committee shall have been furnished with (a) written notice thereof and with a copy of the will and/or such evidence as the Committee may deem necessary to establish the validity of the transfer and (b) an agreement by the transferee to comply with all the terms and conditions of the Incentive Award that are or would have been applicable to the Participant and to be bound by the acknowledgements made by the Participant in connection with the grant of the Incentive Award.
19. |
Expenses and Receipts |
The expenses of the Plan shall be paid by C&W. Any proceeds received by C&W in connection with any Incentive Award will be used for general corporate purposes.
20. |
Failure to Comply |
In addition to the remedies of the Company elsewhere provided for herein, failure by a Participant to comply with any of the material terms and conditions of the Plan or any Award Agreement, unless such failure is remedied by such Participant within ten days after having been notified of such failure by the Committee, shall be
10
grounds for the cancellation and forfeiture of such Incentive Award, in whole or in part, as the Committee, in its absolute discretion, may determine.
21. |
Relationship to Other Benefits |
No payment with respect to any Incentive Awards under the Plan shall be taken into account in determining any benefits under any pension, retirement, profit sharing, group insurance or other benefit plan of the Company except as otherwise specifically provided in such other plan.
22. |
Governing Law |
The Plan and the rights of all Persons under the Plan shall be construed and administered in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to its conflict of law principles.
23. |
Severability |
If all or any part of this Plan is declared by any court or governmental authority to be unlawful or invalid, such unlawfulness or invalidity shall not serve to invalidate any portion of this Plan not declared to be unlawful or invalid. Any Section or part of a Section so declared to be unlawful or invalid shall, if possible, be construed in a manner that will give effect to the terms of such Section or part of a Section to the fullest extent possible while remaining lawful and valid.
24. |
Effective Date and Term of Plan |
The Effective Date of the Plan is June 19, 2018. No grants of Incentive Awards may be made under the Plan after June 19, 2028, the tenth anniversary of the date upon which the Plan was approved.
11
Exhibit 10.34
Execution Copy
June 14, 2018
CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD GLOBAL, INC.
EXECUTIVE EMPLOYEE SEVERANCE PAY PLAN
& SUMMARY PLAN DESCRIPTION
June 14, 2018
1
CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD GLOBAL, INC.
EXECUTIVE EMPLOYEE SEVERANCE PAY PLAN
& SUMMARY PLAN DESCRIPTION
ARTICLE 1
Introduction
Cushman & Wakefield Global, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the Company), hereby establishes this Cushman & Wakefield Global, Inc. Executive Employee Severance Pay Plan (the Plan), effective June 14, 2018 (the Effective Date), to provide severance benefits to certain Executive Employees of the Company and its participating affiliates who suffer a loss of employment under the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan. The Plan replaces and supersedes any and all severance plans, policies and/or practices of the Company and its participating affiliates in effect for covered Executive Employees prior to the Effective Date including without limitation the Cushman & Wakefield, Inc. Executive Employee Severance Plan Dated June 3, 2017 (the Prior Plan); provided that individuals who incurred a Termination of Employment on or before the Effective Date shall continue to be covered by the terms of the Prior Plan and shall not be eligible to receive payments or benefits under the Plan. The Plan is intended to, and shall be interpreted in all respects to, come within the definition of an employee welfare benefit plan under Section 3(1) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (ERISA) and to be exempt from Internal Revenue Code (Code) Section 409A as involuntary severance. This document constitutes both the Plan document and the Summary Plan Description. Except as otherwise provided in Section 6.01, the Company reserves the right, in its sole and absolute discretion, to terminate, amend or modify the Plan, in whole or in part, at any time and for any reason and to eliminate or reduce benefits. All benefits under the Plan shall be paid solely from the general assets of the Company.
ARTICLE 2
Definitions and Interpretations
2.01 Administrator shall mean the person or persons appointed by the Chief Human Resources Officer, Americas to administer the Plan pursuant to Article 5.
2.02 Base Salary shall mean the Executive Employees base rate of pay at the time of Termination of Employment, excluding bonuses, overtime pay, premium or differential pay, commissions, perquisites, non-cash compensation, incentive compensation, or any other additional compensation. However, Base Salary shall not be reduced by any voluntary salary reduction contributions made on an Executive Employees behalf to any deferred compensation or benefit plan of the Employer.
2.03 Board of Directors shall mean the Board of Directors of C&W.
2
2.04 Bonus shall mean the annual bonus incentive that would otherwise have been payable to the Executive Employee by the Company for the calendar year in which Termination of Employment occurs under the Companys Annual Incentive Plan (AIP).
2.05 C&W shall mean Cushman & Wakefield plc, a public limited company incorporated under the law of England and Wales, whose registration number is 11414195 (and any successor thereto).
2.06 Cause shall mean: (a) the Participants dishonesty, fraud, or misrepresentation to the Company (including in each instance used in this definition any subsidiary) or any third party; (b) violation of (or refusal to comply with) the terms of the Participants offer letter or service agreement with the Company, the agreements governing the Participants equity awards (if any), any material instructions from management, or the policies, rules or regulations of the Company applicable to the Participant, as may be amended from time to time; or (c) any indictment of, or plea of guilty or no contest by, the Participant to a felony or any crime involving moral turpitude.
2.07 Change in Control shall mean (i) any one Person, or more than one Person acting as a group (as defined under Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-3(i)(5)(v)(B)), other than C&W, the Consortium or any employee benefit plan sponsored by C&W, acquires ownership of shares of C&W that, together with shares held by such Person or group, constitutes more than 50 percent of the total fair market value or total Voting Power of the shares of C&W; (ii) any one Person, or more than one Person acting as a group (as defined under Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-3(i)(5)(v)(B)) other than C&W, the Consortium or any employee benefit plan sponsored by C&W acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such Person or Persons) ownership of shares of C&W possessing 30 percent or more of the total Voting Power of the shares of C&W; (iii) a majority of members of the Board of Directors is replaced during any 36-month period by directors whose appointment or election is (x) not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors before the date of each appointment or election or (y) approved in connection with any actual or threatened contest for election to positions on the Board of Directors; (iv) any one Person, or more than one Person acting as a group (as defined in Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-3(i)(5)(v)(B)) acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such Person or Persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 40 percent of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately before such acquisition or acquisitions, or (v) a merger, consolidation, reorganization or similar transaction with or into C&W or in which securities of C&W are issued, as a result of which the holders of Voting Securities of C&W immediately before such event own, directly or indirectly, immediately after such event less than 50% of the combined Voting Power of the outstanding Voting Securities of the parent corporation resulting from, or issuing its Voting Securities as part of, such event. For purposes of subsection (iv), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.
3
Notwithstanding the foregoing, an event described herein shall be considered a Change in Control for distribution or payment purposes only if it constitutes a change in control event under Section 409A of the Code, to the extent necessary to avoid adverse tax consequences thereunder.
2.08 Company, except as used in Section 2.05, shall mean Cushman & Wakefield Global, Inc. and its subsidiaries, as well as any predecessor entities thereof, exclusive of C&W Services, Inc.
2.09 Consortium shall mean, collectively or individually as the context requires, TPG Asia VI SF Pte. Ltd, PAGAC Drone Holding I LP, and 2339532 Ontario Ltd and/or their respective Affiliates for so long as such Person is subject to any orderly market sell-down provision, or any other trading restriction, contained in the Coordination Agreement (as defined in the GenPar LPA) and provided such Person has agreed to be bound by, and adhere to, the governance arrangements of the Partnership or, if applicable, the IPO Company (each as defined in the GenPar LPA) contemplated by the Coordination Agreement.
2.10 Effective Date shall mean June 14, 2018.
2.11 Employer shall mean the Company and each of its majority owned domestic subsidiaries specified as a participating company by the Administrator.
2.12 Executive Employee shall mean an individual listed or who otherwise meets the criteria described on Schedule A.
2.13 GenPar LPA shall mean the First Amended and Restated Limited Liability Partnership Agreement of DTZ Investment Holdings GenPar LLP, as such may be amended from time to time in accordance with its terms.
2.14 Involuntary Termination shall mean the termination by an Employer of an Executive Employees employment relationship with all Employers (including after a Change in Control). Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, an Involuntary Termination shall not include a discharge or other separation of employment under any of the following circumstances:
(a) | termination for Cause; |
(b) | an Executive Employees retirement or voluntary resignation; |
(c) | death or disability of the Executive Employee; |
(d) |
the business or a portion of the business of an Employer, including in a transaction constituting a Change in Control, is (1) sold in whole or in part to another corporation or company, whether by sale of stock or assets, (2) merged or consolidated with another corporation or company or is part of a similar corporate transaction, or (3) outsourced to another corporation or company, and the |
4
Executive Employee is offered employment with the purchaser or surviving business or the corporation or company to which the business is outsourced (whether or not he or she accepts any such position with the purchaser, surviving business or other company). In the event of such a sale or outsourcing, the Executive Employee also shall not incur an Involuntary Termination if the Executive Employee does not participate in good faith in the hiring process of the purchaser or surviving business or the other corporation or company to which the business is outsourced; or |
(e) | the Executive Employee (1) is offered employment any Employer or affiliate of any Employer (whether or not he/she accepts such position), or (2) transfers to any position with any Employer. |
If an Executive Employee is terminated from employment and it is subsequently determined that, by virtue of conduct or circumstances arising either before or after the termination, the Executive Employee or former Executive Employee engaged in what would have constituted Cause, the termination will be deemed to have been as a result of Cause, and the individual will be ineligible for any further payments and benefits under the Plan. In such circumstances, in the event that Plan payments or benefits have already been paid or provided by the Employer, the Employer shall be entitled to recover any such payments or benefits. The determination as to whether a discharge or other separation from service is for Cause or is otherwise described in this Section will be made by the Plan Administrator, in its sole and absolute discretion, and such determination shall be final and binding on all affected Executive Employees. An Executive Employees Involuntary Termination shall be deemed to occur on the last day of his or her employment with the Employer.
2.15 Participant shall mean an Executive Employee who meets the requirements for eligibility under the Plan, as set forth in Article 3 of the Plan. An individual shall cease being a Participant once all payments and benefits due to such individual under the Plan has been paid or provided.
2.16 Person shall mean a person as such term is used in Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act, including any group within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) under the Exchange Act.
2.17 Severance Multiple shall mean the multiple listed on Schedule A applicable to an Executive Employee.
2.18 Severance Pay shall have the meaning given to such term as set forth in Section 4.01.
2.19 Severance Period shall mean a number of months equal to (i) 12 multiplied by (ii) the Severance Multiple.
5
2.20 Subsidized COBRA Payment shall mean an amount equal to the Employers predetermined cost of coverage applicable to a Participant under the Companys eligible group medical, dental and vision insurance plans during the Severance Period, as determined by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion.
2.21 Termination Date shall mean the date specified by the Employer in a notice of termination to an Executive Employee as the effective date of such Executive Employees Termination of Employment with such Employer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any eligible Executive Employee, the Employer reserves the right, in its sole and absolute discretion, to change a previously designated Termination Date.
2.22 Termination of Employment shall mean the date of the cessation of the Participants employment with the Employer for any reason whatsoever, whether voluntary or involuntary, including as a result of the Executive Employees retirement, death, or disability.
2.23 Voting Power shall mean the number of votes available to be cast (determined by reference to the maximum number of votes entitled to be cast by the holders of Voting Securities upon any matter submitted to shareholders where the holders of all Voting Securities vote together as a single class) by the holders of Voting Securities.
2.24 Voting Securities shall mean any securities or other ownership interests of an entity entitled, or which may be entitled, to vote on the election of directors, or securities or other ownership interests which are convertible into, or exercisable in exchange for, such Voting Securities, whether or not subject to the passage of time or any contingency.
ARTICLE 3
Eligibility for Benefits
3.01 Eligibility for Benefits. An Executive Employee shall be eligible for severance benefits under the Plan only if he or she is notified of his/her Involuntary Termination, to be effective as of his/her Termination Date, remains in the continuous employ of an Employer until his/her Termination Date, and experiences an Involuntary Termination.
To be eligible to receive Severance Pay, an Executive Employee must timely execute, and not revoke, a general release of claims in a form provided by the Company, in its sole and absolute discretion, under which, among other things, the Executive Employee releases and discharges all Employers and related entities (as well as any third party for whom the Executive Employee provides services on the Employers behalf) from all claims and liabilities relating to the Executive Employees employment with the Employer and/or the termination of the Executive Employees employment, including without limitation, claims under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Americans with Disabilities Act, the Family and Medical Leave Act, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act, where applicable, the California Fair Employment and Housing Act, the California Labor Code sections 200 et seq., 510 et seq., and 970 et seq., defamation provisions of California Civil Code
6
section 44 et seq., the New Jersey Law Against Discrimination, the New Jersey Conscientious Employee Protection Act (Whistleblowing Law), and the New York State and City Human Rights Laws (and similar laws of any other state). The general release of claims shall be provided to the Executive Employee on or before his/her Termination Date and the executed general release of claims agreement must be returned to the Plan Administrator. The general release of claims will not waive or release claims the Executive Employee may have (a) arising after the Execution Date of the general release of claims, (b) that by law may not be released by private settlement, (c) for Workers Compensation benefits for job-related illness or injury, (d) for unemployment compensation, (e) against Employer insurers pursuant to any life, health, or disability insurance policy the Executive Employee has or had through the Employer, or (f) under COBRA (as defined below). Further, nothing in the general release of claims will preclude the Executive Employee from filing a lawsuit for the exclusive purpose of enforcing rights under the general release of claims.
If the Participant executes, without revocation, such release within twenty-one (21) or forty-five (45) days, as applicable, following his or her Termination of Employment, provided that this does not affect any right to file an administrative charge with the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission or cooperate with such organization, receipt of benefit under this Plan shall not affect an Executive Employees right to any bonus, incentive pay or pension benefit to which he or she would otherwise be entitled under the terms of the respective plans governing those programs on account of service with the Employer prior to the Termination of Employment. The Participant may not execute the release prior to his/her Termination Date.
ARTICLE 4
Benefits Payable from the Plan
4.01 Severance Pay . Participants shall be entitled to receive Severance Pay from the Plan based on the following formula:
(a) | Cash Severance . Participants shall be eligible to receive an amount, less any applicable taxes, equal to (i) the Severance Multiple multiplied by (ii) such Participants Base Salary. |
(b) | If a Participant is eligible to receive a bonus under the Corporate Annual Incentive Compensation Plan, then the Participant shall be eligible to receive a discretionary pro-rated bonus for the applicable bonus year, as determined in the complete and sole discretion of the Administrator, based on (i) the performance of the Company, (ii) the performance of the Participant, and (iii) taking into account the Participants period of service in the applicable bonus year. |
4.02 Continued Benefits. The Participant shall be entitled to elect to continue health coverage under the Employers group medical, dental, vision insurance plans in accordance with the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (COBRA). The
7
Employer shall provide to the Participant an amount equal to the Subsidized COBRA Payment for the duration of the Severance Period, less applicable taxes, in relation to the eligible group medical and dental insurance coverage elected by a Participant (and his or her covered eligible dependents) in effect on the date of a Participants Termination of Employment.
A detailed explanation of continuation and duration of benefits rights is available from, and will be provided to the Participant by, the Administrator.
4.03 Offset of Other Severance Benefits. If a Participant is eligible to receive benefits under this Plan, such Participant shall not be entitled to receive any other severance, separation, notice or termination payments on account of his or her employment with any Employer under any other plan, policy, program or agreement. If, for any reason, a Participant becomes entitled to or receives any other severance, separation, notice or termination payments on account of his or her employment or Termination of Employment with any Employer, including, for example, any payments required to be paid to the Participant under any federal, state, or local law (including, without limitation, the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act) or pursuant to any agreement (except unemployment benefits payable in accordance with state law and payment for accrued but unused vacation), his or her severance under the Plan may be reduced by the amount of such other payments paid or payable, subject to compliance with Code Section 409A and all applicable laws. An Executive Employee must notify the Plan Administrator if he or she receives or is claiming to be entitled to receive any such payment(s). If a foreign Executive Employee is entitled to receive benefits under local law that are greater than or equal to the benefits that such foreign Executive Employee would otherwise be entitled to receive under this Plan, then the Executive Employee (receiving such benefits under local law) shall not be entitled to receive any benefits under this Plan. If a foreign Executive Employee is entitled to receive benefits under local law that are less than the benefits that such foreign Executive Employee would otherwise be entitled to receive under this Plan, then the Executive Employee shall be entitled to receive under this Plan the amount of benefits that such Participant is entitled to receive under this Plan less any benefits such Participant receives under local law.
4.04 Cessation or Repayment of Severance Benefits. If a Participant received benefits under this Agreement and such Participant is re-hired by any Employer during the Severance Period, the Executive Employee may be required to repay to the Company any amount received as of such re-hiring that is in excess of the pro-rata portion of such benefits that would have been due over the Severance Period in the discretion of the Administrator.
4.05 Withholding. Severance Pay shall be subject to federal, state, and local income and Social Security tax withholdings and any other withholdings mandated by law.
4.06 Payment of Benefits. Except as otherwise provided, and subject to the conditions set forth in Section 3.01, Severance Pay and the Subsidized COBRA Payment shall be paid in substantially equal installments over the Severance Period (which shall be deemed to commence on the Participants Termination Date) in accordance with the Companys normal payroll practices; provided , that payments shall commence in the first payroll period commencing after
8
the applicable period in which to execute the release has lapsed plus an additional seven (7) days, at which time any payments that would have been made in such period shall be paid on the occurring payroll date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, severance benefits which are exempt from the application of Code Section 409A (for example, as short term deferrals or involuntary severance) may be accelerated following a Termination of Employment, in the complete and sole discretion of the Employer. If the Participant does not execute the release within twenty-one (21) or forty-five (45) days, as applicable, following his or her Termination of Employment, all payments under Article 4 that would have been paid shall be forfeited. In the event that a Participant dies before receiving all of the payments due to the Participant under the Plan, any remaining amounts shall be paid to the appointed administrator, executor, or personal representative of the Participants estate.
ARTICLE 5
Administration
5.01 Administration. The Plan shall be administered by the Administrator appointed by the Chief Human Resources Officer, Americas, which shall have the exclusive right and full discretion: (a) to interpret the Plan; (b) to decide any and all matters arising hereunder (including the right to remedy possible ambiguities, inconsistencies, or admissions); (c) to make, amend, and rescind such rules as it deems necessary for the proper administration of the Plan; and (d) to make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan, including determinations regarding eligibility for benefits payable under the Plan. The Administrator is the named fiduciary for purposes of Section 402(a)(2) of ERISA. All interpretations of the Administrator with respect to any matter hereunder shall be final, conclusive, and binding on all persons affected thereby. No member of the Administrator shall be liable for any determination, whenever possible, to be in conformity with the requirements of ERISA, or any subsequent laws decision, or action made in good faith with respect to the Plan. The Company will indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Administrator from and against any and all liabilities, costs, and expenses incurred by such persons as a result of any act, or omission, in connection with the performance of such persons duties, responsibilities, and obligations under the Plan, other than such liabilities, costs, and expenses as may result from the bad faith, willful misconduct, or criminal acts of such persons.
ARTICLE 6
Miscellaneous Provisions
6.01 Amendment and Termination. Except in contemplation of a Change in Control or within twelve (12) months after a Change in Control, the Company reserves the right, in its sole and absolute discretion, to terminate, amend, or modify the Plan, in whole or in part, at any time and for any reason, by direction of the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors. In such case, the Administrator shall have the complete discretion to terminate, modify or reduce Plan benefits but shall only increase Plan benefits with approval of the Compensation Committee. If the Plan is terminated, amended, or modified, an Executive Employees right to participate in, or to receive benefits under, the Plan may be changed; provided, however, that
9
severance payable (or which becomes payable) to a Participant who has incurred a Termination of Employment prior to such termination, amendment, or modification of the Plan, shall not be affected by the termination, amendment, or modification. Subject to compliance with Code Section 409A, in contemplation of or within twelve (12) months following a Change in Control, the Company shall not amend or modify the Plan unless such amendment or modification would result in more favorable treatment to the Executive Employees who become Participants in such period. The Company may at any time accelerate distributions of benefits under the Plan under any circumstance specifically authorized under Code Section 409A and applicable authorities. Acceleration in compliance with Code Section 409A shall be considered more favorable treatment to Participants. Neither the Company nor the Administrator shall amend or terminate the Plan in a manner that violates the provisions of Code Section 409A. Unless otherwise specified by the Company in an amendment, amendments made by the Company will apply to all Employers.
6.02 No Additional Rights Created. Neither the establishment of this Plan, nor any modification thereof, nor the payment of any benefits hereunder, shall be construed as giving to any Participant, employee, or other person any legal or equitable right against any Employer or any officer, director or employee thereof; and in no event shall the terms and conditions of employment by an Employer of any Executive Employee be modified or in any way affected by this Plan.
6.03 Records. The records of the Employer with respect to service time, employment history, Base Salary, absences, and all other relevant matters shall be conclusive for all purposes of this Plan.
6.04 Construction. The respective terms and provisions of the Plan shall be construed, whenever possible, to be in conformity with the requirement of ERISA, or any subsequent laws or amendments thereto. To the extent not in conflict with the preceding sentence or another provision in the Plan, the construction and administration of the Plan shall be in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed within the State of New York (without reference to its conflicts of law provisions).
6.05 Severability. Should any provisions of the Plan be deemed or held to be unlawful or invalid for any reason, such fact shall not adversely affect the other provisions of the Plan unless such determination shall render impossible or impracticable the functioning of the Plan, and in such case, an appropriate provision or provisions shall be adopted so that the Plan may continue to function properly.
6.06 Incompetency. In the event that the Plan Administrator finds that a Participant is unable to care for his or her affairs because of illness or accident, then benefits payable hereunder, unless claim has been made therefor by a duly appointed guardian, committee, or other legal representative, may be paid in such manner as the Plan Administrator shall determine, and the application thereof shall be a complete discharge of all liability for any payments or benefits to which such Participant was or would have been otherwise entitled under this Plan.
10
6.07 Payments to a Minor. Any payments to a minor from this Plan may be paid by the Plan Administrator in its sole and absolute discretion: (a) directly to such minor; (b) to the legal or natural guardian of such minor; or (c) to any other person, whether or not appointed guardian of the minor, who shall have the care and custody of such minor. The receipt by such individual shall be a complete discharge of all liability under the Plan therefor.
6.08 Plan Not a Contract of Employment. Nothing contained in this Plan shall be held or construed to create any liability upon any Employer to retain any Executive Employee in its service. All Executive Employees shall remain subject to discharge or discipline to the same extent as if the Plan had not been put into effect.
6.09 Unfunded. The benefits payable under this Plan shall be paid out of the general assets of the applicable Employer. To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive payments under this Plan, such right shall not be secured by any other assets of any Employer and such person shall be no more than unsecured general creditor of the Company with no special or prior right to any assets of the Company for payment of any obligations hereunder.
6.10 Nontransferability. The benefits provided under the Plan may not be alienated, assigned, transferred, pledged, or hypothecated by any person, at any time, or to any person whatsoever. Those benefits shall be exempt from the claims of creditors or other claimants of the Participant and from all orders, decrees, levies, garnishment, or executions to the fullest extent allowed by law.
6.11 Governing Law. The Plan is covered by Title I of ERISA as a welfare benefit plan. In the event any provision of, or legal issue relating to, this Plan is not fully preempted by ERISA, such issue or provision shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed within the State of New York (without reference to its conflicts of law provisions).
6.12 Tax Matters. The Company shall be entitled to withhold or cause to be withheld from amounts to be paid under this Plan to an eligible Executive Employee any federal, state, or local withholding or other taxes or amounts that it is from time to time required to withhold. The Plan and the payments and benefits hereunder are intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code, as amended (Section 409A), to the extent subject thereto, and, accordingly, to the maximum extent permitted, this Plan shall be interpreted and administered to be in compliance therewith. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary: (i) if at the time of an Executive Employees Termination of Employment with the Company, such Executive Employee is a specified employee as defined in Section 409A and the deferral of the commencement of any payments or benefits otherwise payable hereunder as a result of such Termination of Employment is necessary in order to prevent any accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A, then the Company will defer the commencement of the payment of any such payments or benefits hereunder (without any reduction in such payments or benefits ultimately paid or provided to such Executive Employee who becomes a Participant) until the date that is six (6) months following the Participants Termination of Employment with the Company (or the
11
earliest date as is permitted under Section 409A); (ii) if any other payments of money or other benefits due to such Participant hereunder could cause the application of an accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A, such payments or other benefits shall be deferred if deferral will make such payment or other benefits compliant under Section 409A, or otherwise such payment or other benefits shall be restructured, to the extent possible, in a manner determined by the Company that does not cause such an accelerated or additional tax; (iii) to the extent required in order to avoid accelerated taxation and/or tax penalties under Section 409A, a Participant shall not be considered to have terminated employment with the Company for purposes of this Plan and no payment shall be due to such Participant under this Plan until the Participant would be considered to have incurred a separation from service from the Company within the meaning of Section 409A; and (iv) each amount to be paid or benefit to be provided to a Participant pursuant to this Plan, which constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A, shall be construed as a separate identified payment for purposes of Section 409A. To the extent required to avoid an accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A, amounts reimbursable to a Participant under this Agreement shall be paid to the Participant on or before the last day of the year following the year in which the expense was incurred and the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement (and in-kind benefits provided to the Participant) during any one year may not affect amounts reimbursable or provided in any subsequent year. Neither the Company nor any of its employees or representatives shall have any liability to a Participant with respect to Section 409A.
ARTICLE 7
Additional Information Employees
Need to Know About the Plan
7.01 Plan and Summary Plan Description. This document is both the Plan and Summary Plan Description and shall be distributed to all Participants in this form. This Article includes additional information about your rights under ERISA which are required to be included in a Summary Plan Description.
7.02 Notice of Right to Claim Benefits. The Administrator is the named fiduciary and will notify you of a right to claim benefits under the Plan, will make forms available for filing of such claims, and will provide the name of the person or persons with whom such claim should be filed. You will find contact information for the Administrator at the end of this Article in Section 7.06. Service of legal process may be made upon the Plan Administrator.
7.03 Claims Procedures. The Administrator shall act upon claims initially made and then communicate a decision to the claimant promptly and, in any event, not later than ninety (90) days after the date of the claim. The claim may be deemed by the claimant to have been denied for purposes of further review described below in the event a decision is not furnished to the claimant within such ninety (90) day period. If additional information is necessary to make a determination on a claim, the claimant shall be advised of the need for such additional information within forty-five (45) days after the date of the claim. The claimant shall have up to one hundred eighty (180) days to supplement the claim information, and the claimant
12
shall be advised of the decision on the claim within forty-five (45) days after the earlier of the date the supplemental information is supplied or the end of the one hundred eighty (180) day period. Every claim for benefits which is denied shall be denied by written notice setting forth in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant: (a) the specific reason or reasons for the denial; (b) specific reference to any provisions of the Plan (including any internal rules, guidelines, protocols, criteria, etc.) on which the denial is based; (c) description of any additional material or information that is necessary to process the claim; and (d) an explanation of the procedure for further reviewing the denial of the claim (including applicable time limits and a statement of the claimants right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA following an adverse decision on review).
7.04 Review Procedures. The Administrator shall establish procedures for review of claim denials, such review to be undertaken by the Administrator. The review given after denial of any claim shall be a full and fair review, with the claimant or his duly authorized representative have a right to know why this was done, to obtain copies of documents relating If your claim for a welfare benefit is denied or ignored, in whole or in part, you having one hundred eighty (180) days after receipt of denial of his claim to request such review, having the right to review all pertinent documents and the right to submit issues and comments in writing. The Administrator shall establish a procedure for issuance of a decision by the Administrator not later than sixty (60) days after receipt of a request for review from a claimant unless special circumstances, such as the need to hold a hearing, require a longer period of time, in which case a decision shall be rendered as soon as possible but not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of the claimants request for review. The decision on review shall be in writing and shall include specific reasons for the decision written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant with specific reference to any provisions of the Plan on which the decision is based and a statement of the Executive Employees right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA.
7.05 Know Your ERISA Rights . As a Participant in the Plan you are entitled to certain rights and protections under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (ERISA). ERISA provides that all Plan Participants shall be entitled to:
(a) | Receive Information About Your Plan and Benefits: |
Examine, without charge, at the Plan Administrators office and at other specified locations, such as worksites, all documents governing the Plan , including insurance contracts, and a copy of the latest annual report (Form 5500 Series), if any, filed by the Plan with the U.S. Department of Labor and available at the Public Disclosure Room of the Pension and Welfare Benefit Administration.
Obtain, upon written request to the Plan Administrator, copies of documents governing the operation of the Plan, including insurance contracts, and copies of the latest annual report (Form 5500 Series), if any, and updated Summary Plan Description. The Plan Administrator may make a reasonable charge for the copies.
Receive a summary of the Plans annual financial report (if any).
13
(b) | Prudent Actions by Plan Fiduciaries: |
In addition to creating rights for Plan Participants, ERISA imposes duties upon the people who are responsible for the operation of the employee benefit plan. The people who operate your Plan, called fiduciaries of the Plan, have a duty to do so prudently and in the interest of you and other Plan Participants. No one, including your employer or any other person, may fire you or otherwise discriminate against you in any way to prevent you from obtaining a welfare benefit or exercising your rights under ERISA.
(c) | Enforce Your Rights: |
If your claim for a welfare benefit is denied or ignored, in whole or in part, you have a right to know why this was done, to obtain copies of documents relatingto the decision without charge, and to appeal any denial, all within certain time schedules.
Under ERISA, there are steps you can take to enforce the above rights. For instance, if you request a copy of Plan documents or the latest annual report from the Plan and do not receive them within thirty (30) days, you may file suit in a Federal court. In such a case, the court may require the Plan Administrator to provide materials and pay you up to one hundred ten dollars ($110.00) a day until you receive the materials, unless the materials were not sent because of reasons beyond the control of the Plan Administrator. If you have a claim for benefits which is denied or ignored, in whole or in part, you may file suit in a state or federal court. If you are discriminated against for asserting your rights, you may seek assistance from the U.S. Department of Labor, or you may file suit in a federal court. The court will decide who should pay court costs and legal fees. If you are successful the court may order the person you have sued to pay these costs and fees. If you lose, the court may order you to pay these costs and fees, for example, if it finds your claim is frivolous.
(d) | Assistance with Your Questions: |
If you have any questions about your Plan, you should contact the Plan Administrator. If you have any questions about this statement or about your rights under ERISA, or if you need assistance in obtaining documents from the Plan Administrator, you should contact the nearest office of the Pension and Welfare Benefits Administration, U.S. Department of Labor, listed in your
14
telephone directory or the Division of Technical Assistance and Inquiries, Pension and Welfare Benefits Administration, U.S. Department of Labor, 200 Constitution Avenue N.W., Washington, D.C. 20210. You may also obtain certain publications about your rights and responsibilities under ERISA by calling the publications hotline of the Pension and Welfare Benefits Administration.
7.06 Contact Information and Other Important Facts.
OFFICIAL NAME OF THE PLAN: |
Cushman & Wakefield Executive Employee Severance Pay Plan | |
SPONSOR: |
Cushman & Wakefield Global, Inc.
225 West Wacker Drive Chicago, IL 60606 (312) 470-1800 |
|
PLAN EMPLOYERS: |
Cushman & Wakefield Global, Inc., and each of its majority owned U.S. subsidiaries. A complete list of the Employers sponsoring the Plan may be obtained by Participants upon written request to the Administrator, and is available for examination by Participants at the Administrators office. | |
EMPLOYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (EIN): |
47-1818510 | |
PLAN NUMBER: |
[ ● ] | |
TYPE OF PLAN: |
Executive Employee Severance Welfare Benefit Plan | |
END OF PLAN YEAR: |
December 31 | |
TYPE OF ADMINISTRATION: |
Employer Administered | |
PLAN ADMINISTRATOR: |
Attn.: Chief Human Resources Officer, Americas
Cushman & Wakefield Global, Inc. 225 West Wacker Drive, 29th Floor Chicago, IL 60606 (312) 424-8038 |
|
EFFECTIVE DATE: |
June 14, 2018 |
15
Schedule A
Executive Employee
|
Severance Multiple
|
|
John Forrester
|
1.5x
|
|
Brett Soloway
|
1.0x
|
|
Michelle Hay
|
1.0x
|
|
Nathaniel Robinson
|
1.0x
|
Exhibit 21.1
CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD plc
List of Subsidiaries as of June 30, 2018
Name |
Jurisdiction of Incorporation |
|
3H SARL |
France | |
Abel Immo SARL |
France | |
ActImmo SAS |
France | |
ADMOS LUX S.à r.l. |
Luxembourg | |
ADMOS SPRL |
Belgium | |
Aurora Europe General Partner Limited |
England & Wales | |
Beijing PREMAS Property Services Co., Ltd. |
China | |
BPO EA Malaysia SDN. BHD. |
Malaysia | |
BPOEA (Thailand) Company Limited |
Thailand | |
Bre Otay, LLC |
California | |
Brilliant Time Investment Limited |
Hong Kong | |
Business Integration Group (UK) Limited |
England & Wales | |
Buying Force Limited |
England & Wales | |
C & W (U.K.) LLP |
England & Wales | |
C&W Facility Services (Australia) Receivables Ltd. |
Cayman Islands | |
C&W Facility Services Canada Inc. |
Ontario | |
C&W Facility Services Inc. |
Massachusetts | |
C&W Facility Services Receivables LLC |
Delaware | |
C&W Government Services Inc. |
Delaware | |
C&W Group, Inc. |
Delaware | |
C&W Management Services LLP |
England & Wales | |
C&W Operacion de Servicios, S. de R.L. de C.V.s. |
Mexico | |
C&W Operacion Inmobiliaria, S. de R.L. de C.V.s. |
Mexico | |
C&W Secure Services Inc. |
Delaware | |
C&W Services (S) Pte. Ltd. |
Singapore | |
C&W Services Operations Pte. Ltd. |
Singapore | |
C&W Services Township Pte. Ltd. |
Singapore | |
C&W-Japan G.K. |
Japan | |
Cantium Estates Limited |
England & Wales | |
Casper UK Bidco Limited |
England & Wales | |
Cassidy Turley Northern California, Inc. |
California | |
Cassidy Turley, Inc. |
Missouri | |
Cassidy Turley, L.P. |
California | |
Cogest Retail d.o.o |
Croatia | |
Cogest Retail s.r.l. |
Italy | |
Commerce Consolidated, LLC |
Utah | |
Commerce CRG of Nevada, LLC |
Nevada | |
Commerce CRG Provo, LLC |
Utah | |
Commerce CRG Utah, LLC |
Utah | |
Commerce CRMG, L.C. |
Utah | |
Commerce Real Estate Solutions, LLC |
Washington | |
Commerce Reno, LLC |
Nevada | |
Cooperative Queratie U.A. |
Netherlands | |
Cushfield Maintenance Corp. |
California | |
Cushfield Maintenance West Corp. |
California | |
Cushman & WakefieldChile Negocios Inmobiliarios Limitada |
Chile | |
Cushman & Wakefield International Property Advisers (Chongqing) Co., Ltd. |
China | |
Cushman & WakefieldServicos Gerais Ltda |
Brazil | |
Cushman & WakefieldSociedade de Mediacao Imobilaria, Lda |
Portugal | |
Cushman & Wakefield (Australia) Pty Ltd |
Australia | |
Cushman & Wakefield (Bahrain) WLL |
Bahrain |
Name |
Jurisdiction of Incorporation |
|
Cushman & Wakefield (BVI), Inc. |
British Virgin Islands | |
Cushman & Wakefield (China) Limited |
Hong Kong | |
Cushman & Wakefield (EMEA) Limited |
England & Wales | |
Cushman & Wakefield (HK) Limited |
Hong Kong | |
Cushman & Wakefield (Middle East) FZE |
Dubai | |
Cushman & Wakefield (Qatar) Holdings Pty Ltd |
Australia | |
Cushman & Wakefield (QLD) Pty Ltd |
Australia | |
Cushman & Wakefield (S) Pte Ltd |
Singapore | |
Cushman & Wakefield (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. |
China | |
Cushman & Wakefield (Thailand) Ltd. |
Thailand | |
Cushman & Wakefield (U.K.) Ltd. |
England & Wales | |
Cushman & Wakefield (U.K.) Services Ltd. |
England & Wales | |
Cushman & Wakefield (Valuations) Pty Ltd |
Australia | |
Cushman & Wakefield (VIC) Pty Ltd |
Australia | |
Cushman & Wakefield (Vietnam) Limited |
Vietnam | |
Cushman & Wakefield (Warwick Court) Limited |
England & Wales | |
Cushman & Wakefield Advisory Asia (India) Private Limited |
India | |
Cushman & Wakefield Agency (NSW) Pty Ltd |
Australia | |
Cushman & Wakefield Agency (QLD) Pty Ltd |
Australia | |
Cushman & Wakefield Agency (VIC) Pty Ltd |
Australia | |
Cushman & Wakefield Argentina S.R.L. |
Argentina | |
Cushman & Wakefield Asia Pacific Limited |
Hong Kong | |
Cushman & Wakefield Asset Management Italy S.r.l. |
Italy | |
Cushman & Wakefield Asset Management K.K. |
Japan | |
Cushman & Wakefield Asset Services Inc. |
Canada | |
Cushman & Wakefield Beijing Asset Valuation Company Limited |
China | |
Cushman & Wakefield Belux Group SA |
Belgium | |
Cushman & Wakefield BVI Holdco Limited |
England & Wales | |
Cushman & Wakefield Canada Limited Partnership |
Ontario | |
Cushman & Wakefield Capital Holdings (Asia) |
Belgium | |
Cushman & Wakefield Capital Partners Limited |
Hong Kong | |
Cushman & Wakefield Capital Services, LLC |
Delaware | |
Cushman & Wakefield Central & Eastern Europe B.V. |
Netherlands | |
Cushman & Wakefield Colombia S.A.S. |
Colombia | |
Cushman & Wakefield Construction G.K. |
Japan | |
Cushman & Wakefield Consulting Brussels SA |
Belgium | |
Cushman & Wakefield Consultoria Imobiliaria Ltda |
Brazil | |
Cushman & Wakefield Consultoria Imobiliaria, Unipessoal, Lda. |
Portugal | |
Cushman & Wakefield Corporate Finance (HK) Limited |
Hong Kong | |
Cushman & Wakefield Corporate Finance Limited |
England & Wales | |
Cushman & Wakefield Czech Republic a.s. |
Czech Republic | |
Cushman & Wakefield de Mexico, S. de R.L. de C.V.s. |
Mexico | |
Cushman & Wakefield Debenham Tie Leung Limited |
England & Wales | |
Cushman & Wakefield Decoration Engineering (Beijing) Co., Ltd. |
China | |
Cushman & Wakefield Design & Build Czech Republic, s.r.o. |
Czech Republic | |
Cushman & Wakefield Design & Build Italy S.r.l. |
Italy | |
Cushman & Wakefield Design & Build Spain, S.L. |
Spain | |
Cushman & Wakefield Eastern, Inc. |
Delaware | |
Cushman & Wakefield Facilities Management (Greece) Monoprosopi EPE |
Greece | |
Cushman & Wakefield Facilities Management AB |
Sweden | |
Cushman & Wakefield Facilities Management Denmark Aps |
Denmark | |
Cushman & Wakefield Facilities Management France S.a.r.l. |
France | |
Cushman & Wakefield Facilities Management Holdco Limited |
England & Wales | |
Cushman & Wakefield Facilities Management Ireland Limited |
Ireland | |
Cushman & Wakefield Facilities Management Limited |
England & Wales | |
Cushman & Wakefield Facilities Management Romania S.r.l. |
Romania |
Name |
Jurisdiction of Incorporation |
|
Cushman & Wakefield Facilities Management S.p.r.l. |
Belgium | |
Cushman & Wakefield Facilities Management Trading Holdco Limited |
England & Wales | |
Cushman & Wakefield Facilities Management Trading Limited |
England & Wales | |
Cushman & Wakefield Facility Management Services |
Ontario | |
Cushman & Wakefield Fiduciary, Inc. |
Missouri | |
Cushman & Wakefield First Nova Scotia ULC |
Nova Scotia | |
Cushman & Wakefield FM Limited Partnership |
Ontario | |
Cushman & Wakefield FM Services Pty Ltd |
Australia | |
Cushman & Wakefield France SAS |
France | |
Cushman & Wakefield Gayrimenkul Danismanlik Mumessillik ve Turizm Hizmetleri Anonim Sirketi |
Turkey | |
Cushman & Wakefield Global Holdco Limited |
England & Wales | |
Cushman & Wakefield Global Services, Inc. |
Delaware | |
Cushman & Wakefield Global, Inc. |
Delaware | |
Cushman & Wakefield GmbH |
Germany | |
Cushman & Wakefield GP ULC |
British Columbia | |
Cushman & Wakefield Holdco Limited |
England & Wales | |
Cushman & Wakefield Holding Pty Ltd |
Australia | |
Cushman & Wakefield Hungary Kft |
Hungary | |
Cushman & Wakefield Iberica Asesores Inmobiliarios Internacionales S.A. |
Spain | |
Cushman & Wakefield India Private Limited |
India | |
Cushman & Wakefield Indonesia Holdings Pte Ltd. |
Singapore | |
Cushman & Wakefield Industrial Dutch Holdings B.V. |
Netherlands | |
Cushman & Wakefield Insurance Services Limited |
England & Wales | |
Cushman & Wakefield International Finance Subsidiary, LLC |
Delaware | |
Cushman & Wakefield International Limited |
England & Wales | |
Cushman & Wakefield International Property Advisers (Chengdu) Co., Ltd. |
China | |
Cushman & Wakefield International Property Advisers (Dalian) Co., Ltd. |
China | |
Cushman & Wakefield International Property Advisers (GuangZhou) Co., Ltd. |
China | |
Cushman & Wakefield International Property Advisers (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. |
China | |
Cushman & Wakefield International Property Advisers (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd. |
China | |
Cushman & Wakefield International Property Advisers (Tianjin) Co., Ltd. |
China | |
Cushman & Wakefield International Property Advisers (Wuhan) Co., Ltd. |
China | |
Cushman & Wakefield International Property Advisers (Zhengzhou) Co., Ltd. |
China | |
Cushman & Wakefield International, LLC |
Delaware | |
Cushman & Wakefield Investment Advisors K.K. |
Japan | |
Cushman & Wakefield Japan Holdco 2, LLC |
Delaware | |
Cushman & Wakefield Japan Holdco, LLC |
Delaware | |
Cushman & Wakefield Japan N.K. |
Japan | |
Cushman & Wakefield K.K. |
Japan | |
Cushman & Wakefield Korea Ltd. |
Korea, Republic of | |
Cushman & Wakefield Korea Real Estate Brokerage Ltd |
Korea, Republic of | |
Cushman & Wakefield Limited |
Hong Kong | |
Cushman & Wakefield Luxembourg Holdings S.à.r.l |
Luxembourg | |
Cushman & Wakefield Luxembourg S.à.r.l. |
Luxembourg | |
Cushman & Wakefield Malaysia Sdn Bhd |
Malaysia | |
Cushman & Wakefield Mauritius Holdings, Inc. |
Mauritius | |
Cushman & Wakefield Mexico Holdco 2, LLC |
Delaware | |
Cushman & Wakefield Mexico Holdco, LLC |
Delaware | |
Cushman & Wakefield National Corporation |
New York | |
Cushman & Wakefield Negocios Imobiliarios Ltda |
Brazil | |
Cushman & Wakefield Nemzetközi Ingatlan Tanácsadó Kft |
Hungary | |
Cushman & Wakefield Netherlands B.V. |
Netherlands | |
Cushman & Wakefield Netherlands Holdco B.V. |
Netherlands | |
Cushman & Wakefield New Canada Limited Partnership |
Ontario | |
Cushman & Wakefield New Zealand Limited |
New Zealand |
Name |
Jurisdiction of Incorporation |
|
Cushman & Wakefield of Arizona, Inc. |
Arizona | |
Cushman & Wakefield of Asia Holdco Limited |
England & Wales | |
Cushman & Wakefield of Asia Limited |
British Virgin Islands | |
Cushman & Wakefield of Asia, Inc. |
Delaware | |
Cushman & Wakefield of California, Inc. |
California | |
Cushman & Wakefield of Colorado, Inc. |
Colorado | |
Cushman & Wakefield of Connecticut, Inc. |
Connecticut | |
Cushman & Wakefield of Delaware, Inc. |
Delaware | |
Cushman & Wakefield of Florida, LLC |
Florida | |
Cushman & Wakefield of Georgia, LLC |
Georgia | |
Cushman & Wakefield of Illinois, Inc. |
Illinois | |
Cushman & Wakefield of Long Island, Inc. |
New York | |
Cushman & Wakefield of Maryland, LLC |
Maryland | |
Cushman & Wakefield of Massachusetts, Inc. |
Massachusetts | |
Cushman & Wakefield of Minnesota, Inc. |
Delaware | |
Cushman & Wakefield of Missouri, Inc. |
Missouri | |
Cushman & Wakefield of Nevada, Inc. |
Delaware | |
Cushman & Wakefield of New Hampshire, Inc. |
New Hampshire | |
Cushman & Wakefield of New Jersey, LLC |
New Jersey | |
Cushman & Wakefield of North America, Inc. |
Delaware | |
Cushman & Wakefield of North Carolina, Inc. |
North Carolina | |
Cushman & Wakefield of Ohio, Inc. |
Ohio | |
Cushman & Wakefield of Oregon, Inc. |
Oregon | |
Cushman & Wakefield of Pennsylvania, LLC |
Pennsylvania | |
Cushman & Wakefield of San Diego, Inc. |
California | |
Cushman & Wakefield of Texas, Inc. |
Texas | |
Cushman & Wakefield of the Americas, Inc. |
Delaware | |
Cushman & Wakefield of Virginia, LLC |
Virginia | |
Cushman & Wakefield of Washington, D.C., Inc. |
District of Columbia | |
Cushman & Wakefield of Washington, Inc. |
Washington | |
Cushman & Wakefield OOO |
Russian Federation | |
Cushman & Wakefield Pacific Holdings Limited |
British Virgin Islands | |
Cushman & Wakefield Participaties B.V. |
Netherlands | |
Cushman & Wakefield Peru S.A. |
Peru | |
Cushman & Wakefield Philippines Inc. |
Philippines | |
Cushman & Wakefield Polska SP Z.O.O. |
Poland | |
Cushman & Wakefield Polska Trading SP Z.O.O. |
Poland | |
Cushman & Wakefield Project Management Services Philippines Inc. |
Philippines | |
Cushman & Wakefield Project Services Limited |
Hong Kong | |
Cushman & Wakefield Property Advisers Private Limited |
India | |
Cushman & Wakefield Property Management (Beijing) Limited |
China | |
Cushman & Wakefield Property Management (Guangzhou) Co., Ltd. |
China | |
Cushman & Wakefield Property Management Limited |
Hong Kong | |
Cushman & Wakefield Property Management Services India Private Limited |
India | |
Cushman & Wakefield Property Management Services Kft |
Hungary | |
Cushman & Wakefield Property Services Slovakia, s.r.o. |
Slovakia | |
Cushman & Wakefield Pty Ltd |
Australia | |
Cushman & Wakefield Real Estate Appraiser Office |
Taiwan Province of China | |
Cushman & Wakefield Real Estate Services (ACT) Pty Ltd |
Australia | |
Cushman & Wakefield Real Estate Services (NSW) Pty Ltd |
Australia | |
Cushman & Wakefield Real Estate Services (NT) Pty Ltd |
Australia | |
Cushman & Wakefield Real Estate Services (QLD) Pty Ltd |
Australia | |
Cushman & Wakefield Real Estate Services (SA) Pty Ltd |
Australia | |
Cushman & Wakefield Real Estate Services (TAS) Pty Ltd |
Australia | |
Cushman & Wakefield Real Estate Services (VIC) Pty Ltd |
Australia | |
Cushman & Wakefield Real Estate Services (WA) Pty Ltd |
Australia |
Name |
Jurisdiction of Incorporation |
|
Cushman & Wakefield Real Estate Services LLC |
Minnesota | |
Cushman & Wakefield Realty of Brooklyn, LLC |
Delaware | |
Cushman & Wakefield Realty of Manhattan, LLC |
Delaware | |
Cushman & Wakefield Realty of New Jersey, LLC |
Delaware | |
Cushman & Wakefield Realty of Queens, LLC |
Delaware | |
Cushman & Wakefield Realty of the Bronx, LLC |
Delaware | |
Cushman & Wakefield Regional, Inc. |
Delaware | |
Cushman & Wakefield Residential Limited |
England & Wales | |
Cushman & Wakefield Second Nova Scotia ULC |
Nova Scotia | |
Cushman & Wakefield Securities, Inc. |
Delaware | |
Cushman & Wakefield Servicios, S. de R.L. de C.V.s. |
Mexico | |
Cushman & Wakefield Shenzhen Valuation Co., Ltd. |
China | |
Cushman & Wakefield Singapore Holdings Pte Limited |
Singapore | |
Cushman & Wakefield Site Services Holdco Limited |
England & Wales | |
Cushman & Wakefield Site Services Limited |
England & Wales | |
Cushman & Wakefield Slovakia S.R.O. |
Slovakia | |
Cushman & Wakefield Spain Limited |
England & Wales | |
Cushman & Wakefield SPV 1 Limited |
England & Wales | |
Cushman & Wakefield Sweden AB |
Sweden | |
Cushman & Wakefield Taiwan Limited |
Taiwan Province of China | |
Cushman & Wakefield Trading B.V. |
Netherlands | |
Cushman & Wakefield U.S., Inc. |
Missouri | |
Cushman & Wakefield UK EUR Holdco Limited |
England & Wales | |
Cushman & Wakefield UK Holdco (Canada) Limited |
England & Wales | |
Cushman & Wakefield UK Holdco (India) Limited |
England & Wales | |
Cushman & Wakefield UK Holdco (Japan) Limited |
England & Wales | |
Cushman & Wakefield UK Holdco (Mexico) Limited |
England & Wales | |
Cushman & Wakefield UK Holdco (Singapore) Limited |
England & Wales | |
Cushman & Wakefield UK Holdco 2 (Canada) Limited |
England & Wales | |
Cushman & Wakefield UK Holdco 2 (Mexico) Limited |
England & Wales | |
Cushman & Wakefield UK Holdco 3 (Canada) Limited |
England & Wales | |
Cushman & Wakefield UK Holdco 3 (Mexico) Limited |
England & Wales | |
Cushman & Wakefield UK Holdco 4 (Mexico) Limited |
England & Wales | |
Cushman & Wakefield UK Limited Partnership |
England & Wales | |
Cushman & Wakefield UK New Holdco A (Mexico) Limited |
England & Wales | |
Cushman & Wakefield UK USD Holdco (II) Limited |
England & Wales | |
Cushman & Wakefield UK USD Holdco Limited |
England & Wales | |
Cushman & Wakefield ULC |
British Columbia | |
Cushman & Wakefield V.O.F. |
Netherlands | |
Cushman & Wakefield Valuation Advisory Services (HK) Limited |
Hong Kong | |
Cushman & Wakefield Valuation France SA |
France | |
Cushman & Wakefield Ventures, LLC |
New York | |
Cushman & Wakefield VHS Pte Limited |
Singapore | |
Cushman & Wakefield Western, Inc. |
California | |
Cushman & Wakefield Winssinger Tie Leung SA |
Belgium | |
Cushman & Wakefield Zarzadzanie SP Z.O.O. |
Poland | |
Cushman & Wakefield, Inc. |
New York | |
Cushman & Wakefield, S. de R.L. de C.V. |
Mexico | |
Cushman & Wakefield, s.r.o. |
Czech Republic | |
D T & C Limited |
England & Wales | |
Drone Holdings (Cayman) Ltd. |
Cayman Islands | |
DTZ (Northern Ireland) Limited |
England & Wales | |
DTZ Americas, Inc. |
Illinois | |
DTZ Asia Pte. Ltd. |
Singapore | |
DTZ Asset Management Deutschland GmbH |
Germany | |
DTZ Auckland Limited |
New Zealand |
Name |
Jurisdiction of Incorporation |
|
DTZ AUS Bidco Pty Ltd |
Australia | |
DTZ AUS Holdco Pty Ltd |
Australia | |
DTZ Australia (Leasing) Pty Ltd |
Australia | |
DTZ Australia (North Shore Agency) Pty Ltd |
Australia | |
DTZ Australia (North Shore Property Management) Pty Ltd |
Australia | |
DTZ Australia Pty Ltd |
Australia | |
DTZ Bahrain WLL |
Bahrain | |
DTZ Corporate Finance Limited |
England & Wales | |
DTZ Debenham Tie Leung Australasia Pty Ltd |
Australia | |
DTZ Debenham Tie Leung Incorporated |
Delaware | |
DTZ Debenham Tie Leung K.K. |
Japan | |
DTZ Deutschland Holding GmbH |
Germany | |
DTZ Drone Singapore Pte. Ltd. |
Singapore | |
DTZ Dutch Holdings B.V. |
Netherlands | |
DTZ Europe Limited |
England & Wales | |
DTZ Facilities & Engineering (Thailand) Co., Ltd. |
Thailand | |
DTZ HR Services Pty Ltd |
Australia | |
DTZ IM (SPFS) Limited |
England & Wales | |
DTZ India Limited |
England & Wales | |
DTZ Investment Management Limited |
England & Wales | |
DTZ Investments Pte. Ltd. |
Singapore | |
DTZ Investors France |
France | |
DTZ Investors Limited |
England & Wales | |
DTZ Investors REIM |
France | |
DTZ Investors UK Limited |
England & Wales | |
DTZ Irish Finco Limited |
Ireland | |
DTZ Japan Limited |
British Virgin Islands | |
DTZ Jersey Holdings Limited |
Jersey | |
DTZ KSA Limited |
Saudi Arabia | |
DTZ Management Services Limited |
England & Wales | |
DTZ Management Services, S. de R.L. de C.V. |
Chihuahua | |
DTZ Mexico, S. de R.L. de C.V. |
Chihuahua | |
DTZ New Zealand (Holdings) Limited |
New Zealand | |
DTZ New Zealand Limited |
New Zealand | |
DTZ No. 2 Limited |
New Zealand | |
DTZ Parent, LLC |
Delaware | |
DTZ Pension Trustee Limited |
England & Wales | |
DTZ Process Solutions Pty Ltd |
Australia | |
DTZ Procurement Services Pty Ltd |
Australia | |
DTZ Qatar LLC |
Qatar | |
DTZ Saudi Arabia Co. |
Saudi Arabia | |
DTZ Services (Europe) Limited |
England & Wales | |
DTZ Technologies Pte. Ltd. |
Singapore | |
DTZ U.S. Borrower, LLC |
Delaware | |
DTZ UK Bidco 2 Limited |
England & Wales | |
DTZ UK Bidco Limited |
England & Wales | |
DTZ UK Guarantor Limited |
England & Wales | |
DTZ UK Holdco Limited |
England & Wales | |
DTZ UK Newco Limited |
England & Wales | |
DTZ US Holdco, Inc. |
Delaware | |
DTZ US Holdings, LLC |
Delaware | |
DTZ US NewCo, Inc. |
Delaware | |
DTZ Winssinger Tie Leung (Luxembourg) SA |
Luxembourg | |
DTZ Worldwide Limited |
England & Wales | |
DTZ Zadelhoff Property Management B.V. |
Netherlands | |
DTZ Zadelhoff V.O.F. |
Netherlands |
Name |
Jurisdiction of Incorporation |
|
DTZI Co-Investment GP Limited |
England & Wales | |
DTZI Co-Investment Holdings Limited |
England & Wales | |
DTZI Co-Investment L.P. |
England & Wales | |
E2E Asset Management Pte. Ltd. |
Singapore | |
Equis (India) Real Estate Private Limited |
India | |
Equis Canada, Inc. |
Ontario | |
Esmaco Valuers & Property Agents Pte Ltd |
Singapore | |
EuroAsia Properties Limited |
British Virgin Islands | |
Hodnett Martin Smith Limited |
England & Wales | |
LandArt Pte Ltd |
Singapore | |
McCombe Pierce LLP |
England & Wales | |
Mosanada Facilities Management |
Qatar | |
NeMaSe BV |
Netherlands | |
NM Holdings LLC |
Minnesota | |
Nottingham Indemnity, Inc. |
Vermont | |
PREMAS Property Services (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. |
China | |
Premas Valuers & Property Consultants Pte. Ltd. |
Singapore | |
PT BPO Indonesia |
Indonesia | |
PT Cushman & Wakefield Indonesia |
Indonesia | |
PT Premas International |
Indonesia | |
Resma Property Services Pte Ltd |
Singapore | |
SCP Germinal |
France | |
Sherry FitzGerald (Commercial) Limited |
Ireland | |
Sojitz Reit Advisors K.K. |
Japan | |
Sportshub Holdings Pte. Ltd. |
Singapore | |
UGL Equis Canada, Inc. |
Ontario | |
Webimm SAS |
France | |
Winssinger & Associes SA |
Belgium |
Exhibit 23.1
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors
Cushman & Wakefield plc:
We consent to the use of our report dated July 23, 2018 with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of Cushman & Wakefield plc and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, changes in equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2017, and the related notes and financial statement schedule II (collectively, the consolidated financial statements), included herein and to the reference to our firm under the heading Experts in the prospectus.
/s/ KPMG LLP
Chicago, Illinois
July 23, 2018
Exhibit 23.2
Consent of Independent Auditors
We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption Experts and to the use of our report dated February 19, 2016, in Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement (Form S-1 No. 333-225742) and related Prospectus of Cushman & Wakefield plc for the registration of 45,000,000 shares of its ordinary shares.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
New York, NY
July 23, 2018